MHT Cet Triumph Physics Mcqs Based On STD Xi Xii Syllabus MH Board Sol

MHT-CET TRIUMPH
PHYSICS
HINTS TO MULTIPLE CHOICE QUESTIONS

&
EVALUATION TESTS
CONTENT
Textbook
Sr. No. Chapter Chapter Name Page No.
No.
Std. XI
1 1 Measurements 1
2 2 Scalars and Vectors 12
3 4 Force 26
4 5 Friction in Solids and Liquids 51
5 8 Refraction of Light 68
6 9 Ray Optics 84
7 12 Magnetic Effect of Electric Current 99
8 13 Magnetism 113
Std. XII
9 1 Circular Motion 121
10 2 Gravitation 142
11 3 Rotational Motion 163
12 4 Oscillations 187
13 5 Elasticity 217
14 6 Surface Tension 232
15 7 Wave Motion 244
16 8 Stationary Waves 260
17 9 Kinetic Theory of Gases and Radiation 280
18 10 Wave Theory of Light 309
19 11 Interference and Diffraction 318
20 12 Electrostatics 337
21 13 Current Electricity 366
23 15 Magnetism 404
24 16 Electromagnetic Induction 410
25 17 Electrons and Photons 434
26 18 Atoms, Molecules and Nuclei 445
27 19 Semiconductors 470
28 20 Communication Systems 481
CONTENT
Textbook
Sr. No. Chapter Chapter Name Page No.
No.
Std. XI
1 1 Measurements 1
2 2 Scalars and Vectors 12
3 4 Force 26
4 5 Friction in Solids and Liquids 51
5 8 Refraction of Light 68
6 9 Ray Optics 84
8 13 Magnetism 113
Std. XII
9 1 Circular Motion 121
10 2 Gravitation 142
11 3 Rotational Motion 163
12 4 Oscillations 187
13 5 Elasticity 217
14 6 Surface Tension 232
15 7 Wave Motion 244
16 8 Stationary Waves 260
17 9 Kinetic Theory of Gases and Radiation 280
18 10 Wave Theory of Light 309
19 11 Interference and Diffraction 318
20 12 Electrostatics 337
21 13 Current Electricity 366
23 15 Magnetism 404
24 16 Electromagnetic Induction 410
25 17 Electrons and Photons 434
26 18 Atoms, Molecules and Nuclei 445
27 19 Semiconductors 470
28 20 Communication Systems 481
MHT-CET Triumph Physics (Hints)
24. From F = at + bt2 29. In the given wave equation x denotes
M1LT1 2
 æ xö
F displacement. Thus ççç ÷÷÷ has dimensions of T.
a= = = [M1L1T3] è vø
t T1 
Hence from the principle of homogenity k has
 M1L1T 2  dimensions of T.
F
b= 2 = = [M1L1T4]
t  T 2
 a  t2
  30. P=
bx
25. F= a x a = [t2] = [T2]
F  M1L1T 2  T2
 a= = = [M1L1/2T2]  P=
x  L1/ 2  bx
bt2 = F T2 T  2
 T 4 
b= = =
 M1L1T 2  Px  M1L1T 2   L1   M1 
F
 b= 2 =  = [M1L1T4]
t T 2  a  M1 
2 
= [T ] 4 = [M1T2]
 M1L1/ 2 T 2  b T 
a
=  1 1 4  = [L1/2 T2]
b  M L T  31. By principle of dimensional homogeneity
26. [M1L1T2] = [L2]a [L1T1]b [M1L3]c  a 
 V 2  = [P]
= [L2a] [LbTb] [McL3c]  
= [Mc L2a + b 3c Tb]  [a] = [P] [V2] = [M1L1T2]  [L6]
Comparing powers of M, L and T, = [M1L5T2]
c = 1, 2a + b  3c = 1, b =  2 Dimensions of b are same as that of V,
 b=2 [b] = [L3]
2a + 2  3(1) = 1 a   M1L5T 2 
 2a = 2   b  = =  M1L2T 2 
 L 
3
 a=1
4π 2 a x 32. Let G  cxgypz
27. Let T2 = y z
G M Substituting dimensions,
42 being pure number is dimensionless. [M1L3T2]= [M0L1T1]x [M0L1T2]y [M1L1T2]z
[M 0 L1T 0 ]x Comparing powers of M, L, T
 [M0L0T2] =  1 = z,
[M-1L3T-2 ] y [M1L0 T 0 ]z
x + y  z = 3 and
 [M0L0T2] = [Lx] [M1L3T2]y [M1]z  x  2y  2z =  2
Comparing powers of M, L and T Solving, x = 0, y = 2
y  z = 0,
x  3y = 0 and 2y = 2 s
33. Acceleration due to gravity = g =
 y=1 t2
Substituting value of y, g = [L1T2]
z = 1, x = 3 a = 1, b = 2
4π 2 a 3 1st system 2nd system
Thus, T2 = L1 = 1 cm L2 = 1 km
GM
= 105 km
28. T = PaDbSc
1 T2 = 1 min
[M0L0T1] = [M1L1T2]a [M1L3T0]b [M1L0T2]c T1 = 1 s = min
Comparing powers of M, L, T 60
a b 1 2
 10 5 km   1 /60 min 
a + b + c = 0, n =  L 1   T 1  = 980     
 a  3b = 0 and  2a  2c = 1  L2  T 2   1 km   1 min 
3 1 = 980  105  3600
Solving, a = - , b = and c = 1.
2 2 = 35.28 km min2
2
Chapter 01: Measurements
39. The number of significant figures in all of the 49. Maximum possible error in measurement of
given number is 4. L  L T 
2
= 2 %
41. A vernier calliper has a least count 0.01 cm. T  L T 
Hence measurement is accurate only upto = (0.1 + 2  3) % = 6.1%
three significant figures.
42 l
50. T = 2π l / g  T2 = 4π2l/g  g =
42. In multiplication or division, final result T2
should retain the same number of significant 1mm 0.1
figures as there are in the original number with % error in l = × 100 = 100 = 0.1%
100cm 100
the least significant figures.
 Area of rectangle = 6  12 = 72 m2  0.1 
and error in T = 2  100  = 0.2%
100 
20.17  21.23  20.79  22.07  21.78
43. am =  % error in g = % error in l + % error in T
5 = 0.1 + 0.2 = 0.3 %
am = 21.21
a1 = 21.21  20.17= 1.04 V  l b h 
51.  100 =      100%
a2 = 21.21  21.23 = 0.02 V  l b h 
a3 = 0.42  0.02 0.01 0.02 
=     100%
a4 = 0.86  13.12 7.18 4.16 
a5 = 0.57 = 0.77%
Δa1 + Δa 2 + Δa 3 + Δa 4 + Δa 5
am = I 2 Rt
5 52. H=
4.2
1.04  0.02  0.42  0.86  0.57 H
= = 0.58  I R t 
5 % Error, 100 =  2   %
H  I R t 
 d  = 2  2 + 1 + 1 = 6%
45. Percentage error =   100  %
 d  53. [Energy] = [M1L2T2]
=
 0.005 
 100  % = 25%
= [M1L1T1] [L1] [T1]
 0.020  = [P1A1/2T1]
r 4 54. Avogadro number (N) represents the number

46.  100 = 0.1% and V = r 3 of atoms in 1 gram mole of an element. i.e., it
r 3
has the dimensions of mole1.
V
Percentage error in volume = % 55. As the graph is a straight line , P  Q, or
V
P
3r P = Constant  Q i.e., = constant.
= = 0.3% Q
r
F F Competitive Thinking
47. P= = 2
A l
3. The van der Waals equation for ‘n’ moles of
so maximum error in pressure (P) the gas is,
 P  F l  n 2a 
  100  =  100 + 2  100 
 P  max F l  P   [V  nb] = nRT
 V2 
= 4% + 2 × 2% = 8% Pressure Volume
correction correction
 m 2v 
48. Percentage error in K.E =   % F
 m v   V 2 FlV Fl 4
PV 2 A
 a= 2 =  2  2
= (0.75 + 2  1.85)% n n2 n n
= 4.45% Thus, S.I.units of a is N m4/mol2.
3
4. From Van der Waal’s equation, 1 2
nb has dimensions of volume. 25. W= Kx
2
V
 b= [W]  M1L2 T 2  1 2
n  [K] = 2
=  2  = [M T ]
[x ]  L 
Thus, S.I. units of b is m3/mol.
12. [x] = [bt2] 26. Fv
x metre m F = kv
unit of b = 2 = 2
= 2
t (hour) hr  M1L1T 2 
F
k= =  1 1  = [M1L0T1]
13. Energy = force  distance, so if both are increased v  LT 
by 4 times then energy will increase by 16 times.
14. 1 dyne = 105 N and 1 cm = 102 m PV  M1L1T 2  L3  1 2 2 1
28. R= =   = [M L T θ ]
 1 dyne/cm = 103 N/m T   
 108 dyne/cm = 105 N/m
15. RC is the time constant of RC circuit and x
29. F=
L d
  is the time constant of LR circuit. Hence,
[x] =  F d 
1/ 2
R 
L 1/2
both RC and   have the dimensions of time =  M1L1T 2   M1L3T0  =  M 3/ 2 L1/ 2 T 2 
R
Alternate method:
X
coulomb 30. F=
RC = ohm  farad = ohm  Linear density
volt
volt coulomb coulomb Linear density is mass per unit length
=  =  M1 
ampere volt ampere  [M1L1T2]   1  = [X]
= second = [T] L 
2 0 –2
L henry ohm  second  [X] = [M L T ]
Now, = =
R ohm ohm 31. The van der Waals equation for ‘n’ moles of
= second = [T] the gas is,
L
Both RC and have the dimensions of time.  n 2a 
R  P  2   [V  nb] = nRT
 V 
16. [ 0 L]  [C] Pressure Volume
0 LV C  V Q correction correction
 X    Current
t t t F
 V 2 FlV Fl 4
PV 2 A
Gm1m 2  a= 2 =  2  2
20. F= n n2 n n
r2
 Fl 
4
G=
Fr 2   a    2  = [M1L5T2mol2]
m1m 2 n 
 M1L1T 2   L2  q1 q 2
 [G] =  = [M1L3T2] 32. 0 =
 M 
2 4 Fr 2
A2 T2
1 1 [0] = = [M1 L3 T4 A2]
22. C=  00 = 2 (M1L1T 2 ) L2
0 0 C
[C] = [M0L1T–1] Force [M1L1T 2 ]
33. Electric Field = =
 1  0 –2 2 Charge [A1T1 ]
 C2  = [M L T ]
  [E] = [M1L1T3A1]
4
Charge(Q) Drift velocity vd
34. Capacitance (C) = 39. Mobility = 
Voltage(V) Electricfield E
Work (W)  M 0 L1T 1 
But, Voltage (V) = =
Charge(Q)  M1L1T 3 A 1 
Q Q2 = M1L0T2A1
 C= =
W W
Q W
40. Units of solar constant :
m2
 Q 2 
 C= = [M1L2T2Q2] m2 1 kg
 ML T 
2 2 = kg 3
 2  3
s m s
 Dimension  [M1 L0T3]
35. [0E2] = [0] [E]2
= [M1L3T4A2] [M1L1T3A1]2 41. c = [T]
= [M1L1T2A0] v [L1 T 1 ]
a= = = [L1T2]
OR t [T1 ]
1 b = v(t + c) = [L1T1]  T1 = [L1]
ε0 E2 = u
2
EJ 2 [M1L2 T 2 ][M1L2 T 1 ]2
where u is energy density and has dimensions 42. = = [M0L0T0]
M 5G 2 [M1 ]5 [M 1L3T 2 ]2
[M1L1T2]
The dimensions of angle are [M0L0T0].
36. Magnetic flux =  = BA,
43. F = A cos(Bx) + C cos(Dt)
where, B = magnetic flield, A = area
But,
B
Permeability =  = ,  2x   2 t 
H F = A cos   + C cos  
where, H = magnetic intensity     T 
 BA on comparing we get,
  = Area  magnetic intensity
 B 2
  B= = metre1
H 
Now, 2
[Area] = [A] = [L2] and, D = = second1
T
Magnetic intensity = H = nI D second 1 metre
number of turns i.e.   = = = velocity
=  current B metre 1
second
metre
[H] =  
A X [M 1L2 T 4 A 2 ]
....( [Current] = Ampere [A]) 44. Y= = = [M3L2T8A4]
L 3Z2 [M1L0 T 2 A 1 ]2
  2 A
      L  L  = [LA] 45. [G] = [M1 L3 T2]
   
[c] = [M0 L1 T1]

 0 1 0 1
   = M L T A  [h] = [M1 L2 T1]
  Now, let the relation between given quantities
and length be,
1 B2 L = Gx cy hz
37. Energy density is given by U =
2 0  [L1] = [M1 L3 T2]x [M0 L1 T1]y [M1 L2 T1]z
Also,  We get,
Energy [ML2 T 2 ] x + z = 0
Energy density = = i.e., z = x …(i)
Volume [L3 ]
3x + y + 2z = 1 ...(ii)
B2 2x  y  z = 0
 = [ML1T2] ...(iii)
20  y =  3x ...[from (i) and (iii)]
5
Substituting the value in equation (ii), Z
 3x  3x + 2z = 1 48. In the given equation, should be
k
1 dimensionless,
i.e., z =
2 k
 
Substituting this value we get, Z
1 3 [M1L2 T 2 K 1  K1 ]
x= and y =  [α] = = [M1L1T2]
2 2 [L1 ]
Gh 
 L= And P =
c3/2 
46. T = krxρySz 1 1 2
   [M L T ]
Time (T) = [L0M0T1] [β] =    1 1 2
Radius (r) = [L1M0T0]  P  [M L T ]
Density () = [L3 M1T0]  [β] = [M0L2T0]
Surface tension (S) = [L0M1T2] V
 [T1] = k[L]x[ML3]y[MT2]z 49. [R]  [M1L2T3A2] using R =
I
 T1 = kLx3y My+z T2z U
1 [V]  [M1L2T3A1] using V =
2z = 1  z =  ; q
2
RA
1 []  [M1L3T3A2] using  =
y+z=0y=z=+ ; l
2
1
3 []  [M1L3T3A2] using  =
x  3y = 0  x = 3y = ; 
2
r 3 PV
 T = kr3/2 1/2 S1/2 = k 50. Boltzmann constant (kB) =
S NT
47. Let the physical quantity formed of the S.I. unit: J K1  [M1 L2 T2 K1]
dimensions of length be given as, F
Coefficient of viscosity () =
 e2 
z  dv 
x y
A 
[L] = [c] [G]   ….(i)  dx 
 4 0  Ns
Now, S.I. unit :  [M1 L1 T1]
m2
Dimensions of velocity of light [c]x = [LT1]x
Water equivalent is the mass of water that will
Dimensions of universal gravitational constant
absorb or lose same quantity of heat as that of
[G]y = [L3T2M1]y the substance for the same change in
z
 e2  3 2 z
temperature.
Dimensions of   = [ML T ] S.I. unit : kg  [M1 L0 T0]
 4  0 
Coefficient of thermal conductivity (K)
Substituting these in equation (i)
Q
[L] = [LT1]x [M1L3T2]y [ML3T2]z =
= Lx + 3y + 3z My + z Tx  2y  2z   
At  
Solving for x, y, z  x 
x + 3y + 3z = 1 S.I. unit : J/ m s K  [M1 L1 T3 K1]
y + z = 0
x + 2y + 2z = 0 53. 30 VSD = 29 MSD
Solving the above equation, 29
1 VSD = MSD
1 1 30
x = 2, y = , z = L.C. = 1 MSD – 1 VSD
2 2
1  29  1
1  e2  2 = 1   MSD =  0.5
 L = 2 G   30  30
c   0  = 1 minute
6
54. 20 VSD = 16 MSD Least count of vernier = 1 M.S.D. – 1 V.S.D.
1 VSD = 0.8 MSD  29 
Least count = MSD – VSD = 0.5    0.5 
 30 
= 1 mm – 0.8 mm
= 0.2 mm 0.5
=
Main scale 30
Reading of vernier = M.S. reading
0.8 mm + V.S. reading  L.C.
0 0.5
1mm = 58.5 + 9 
30
= 58.65
0 10
61. A = 4πr2
55. For a given vernier callipers, A 2r
1 MSD = 5.15  5.10 = 0.05 cm  Fractional error =
A r
2.45
1 VSD = = 0.049 cm A
50  100 = 2  0.3% = 0.6%
A
 L.C = 1 MSD  1VSD = 0.001 cm
Thus, the reading = 5.10 + (0.001  24) 4 3
= 5.124 cm 63. Volume of sphere (V) = πr
3
 diameter of cylinder = 5.124 cm Δr
% error in volume = 3   100
56. As per the question, the measured value is r
3.50 cm. Hence the least count must be  0.1 
= 3×  100
0.01 cm = 0.1 mm
 5.3 
For vernier scale, where the 10 divisions in
vernier scale matches with 9 division in main V R V I
scale and main scale has 10 divisions in 1 cm 64. R=   
I R V I
1 MSD = 1 mm and 9 MSD = 10 VSD,
= 3 + 3 = 6%
Least count = 1 MSD – 1 VSD = 0.1 mm
Hence, correct option is (B). a 3b2
65. Given that: P =
57. One main scale division, 1 M.S.D. = x cm cd
One vernier scale division,  a 
error contributed by a = 3   100 
(n 1) x  a 
1 V.S.D. =
n = 3  1% = 3%
Least count = 1 M.S.D. – 1 V.S.D.  b 
nx  nx  x x error contributed by b = 2   100 
= = cm.  b 
n n = 2  2% = 4%
1  c 
58. Least count of screw gauge = mm error contributed by c =  100  = 3%
100  c 
= 0.01 mm  d 
Diameter = Main scale reading + (Divisions on error contributed by d =  100  = 4%
 d 
circular scale  least count)
 Percentage error in P is given as,
 1 
= 0 +  52   = 0.52 mm Dp
 100  ´100 = (error contributed by a)+(error
p
Diameter = 0.052 cm.
contributed by b) + (error contributed by c)
59. 30 VSD = 29 MSD + (error contributed by d)
29 = 3% + 4% + 3% + 4%
1 VSD = MSD
30 = 14%
7
a 2 b2 Corrected Observed zero

66. Given: x =  
c reading reading correction
Percentage error is given by, Corrected reading = 5.25 + 0.04
x 2a 2b c = 5.29 mm = 0.529 cm
  
x a b c 0.5
71. Least count = = 0.01 mm
= (2  2) + (2  3) + 4 50
= 4 + 6 + 4 = 14 Diameter of ball D = 2.5 mm + (20) (0.01)
x D = 2.7 mm
 %  14%
x M M
= =
V 4  D 3
67. Least count =
Pitch  
No.of div.in circular scale 3 2
0.5    M D
=    = 3
50   max M D
= 0.01 mm      0.01  
Actual reading = 0.01  35 + 3 = 3.35 mm   = 2% + 3   100% 
  max   2.7  
Taking error into consideration
= 3.35 + 0.03 
 = 3.1%
= 3.38 mm. 
0.5 Force (F)

68. Zero error = 5  = 0.05 mm 72. Pressure (P) =
50 Area (A)
Actual measurement F
= .... ( Area = length2)
0.5 L2
= 2  0.5 mm + 25   0.05 mm
50 Percentage error in pressure is given by,
= 1 mm + 0.25 mm  0.05 mm P F L
  100 =  100 + 2  100
= 1.20 mm P F L
= 4% + 2 (3%) = 4% + 6% = 10%
69. Main Scale Reading (MSR) = 0.5 mm
Circular Scale Division (CSD) = 25th
mass m
73. Density () =  3
Number of divisions on circular scale = 50 Volume l
Pitch of screw = 0.5 mm …(for cube V = l3)
0.5
 LC of screw gauge = = 0.01 mm Percentage relative error in density will be,
50
 zero error = 5  LC = –0.05 mm  m l
100 = 100  3 100
 zero correction = +0.05 mm  m l
Observed reading = 0.5 mm + (25  0.01) mm = 1.5 + (3  1) = 1.5 + 3 = 4.5%
= 0.75 mm 74. Least count of both instrument
Corrected reading = 0.75 mm + 0.05 mm 0.5
= 0.80 mm d =  l = mm = 5  103mm
100
70. Least count of screw gauge = 0.001 cm 4MLg
Y=
= 0.01 mm ld 2
Main scale reading = 5 mm,  Y  l d
Zero error = – 0.004 cm   = +2
 Y  max l d
= – 0.04 mm
Zero correction = +0.04 mm
l
Error due to l measurement
Observed Mainscale l
  (Division  least count) 0.5 /100mm
reading reading = = 2%
Observed reading = 5 + (25  0.01) = 5.25 mm 0.25mm
8
Error due to d measurement, 78. D = 1.25  10–2 m; h = 1.45  10–2 m
0.5 The maximum permissible error in D
2
d 100 0.5 / 100 = D = 0.01  10–2 m
2 = = = 2%
d 0.5mm 0.25 The maximum permissible error in h
= h = 0.01  10–2 m
75. We have; g is given as a constant and is errorless.
l rhg dhg
T = 2 T=  103 N/m =  103 N/m
g 2 4
Squaring T d h
 % error  
2 l  T d h
T2 = 4   
g T d h
  100   100   100
l T d h
g = 4 2
2

T  0.01  10 2 0.01  102 
=    100
Fractional error in g is  1.25  10
2
1.45  102 
g  l T
 2 100 100
g l T = 
125 145
g L  T  T
76. = + 2   = 0.8 % + 0.7 % = 1.5 %
g L  T  T
 L  T   4  2l
 g = g   2  79. g=
 L  T  T2
Time for 20 oscillations = 40 s g
 % error in g =  100
40 g
 Time for 1 oscillation =
20
 l   T 
 T=2s =    100 + 2    100
 l   T 
4  2 L 4(3.14) 2  0.98
g= = = 9.68 m/s2 0.1  0.1 
T2  2 2 EI = 100  2   100 = 1.406%
64  16 
 0.1  0.1  
 g = 9.68   2    0.1  0.1 
 98  2  EII = 100  2   100 = 1.406%
64  16 
 0.1 
 g = 9.68   0.1 0.1  0.1 
 98  EIII = 100  2   100 = 2.72%
20  9 
L  M1L2 
77. Given : T = 2  ML2
g 81. = = [M1L2T2A2]
Q2 1 1 2
 A T 
L
 g = 42. These are the dimensions of unit Henry.
T2
% Accuracy in determination of g, x2  b
g L T 82. Given: P =
100 = 100 + 2 100 at
g L T From principle of homogeneity, ‘b’ will have
L t the dimensions of x2
= 100  2 100
L t  [b] = [L2] ….(i)
0.1 1 Also,
= 100  2  100
20 90 [P] = [M1L2T3]
100 200 [t] = [T1]
=  = 0.5 + 2.22 [b] [L2 ]
200 90  [a] = = 1 2 3
= 2.72  3% [P][t] [M L T ][T1 ]
9
[a] = [M1T2] ….(ii) 85. [T] = [M1T2]
[b] [L2 ] [] = [M1L1T1]
 = = [M1L2T–2] ….(iii)
[a] [M 1T 2 ] [] = [M1L3]
 From the options given,
Torsional constant K =
 T    M1T 2 
= [L1T1] = [v]
 [K] = []    M1L1T 1 
[K] = [M1L2T2] ….(iv)
T
From (iii) and (iv),  v

[b]
= [K]
[a] 86. Planck constant (h) is related to angular
nh
mv momentum (L) as, L
83. F = ma = 2
t
 [h] = [L] = [mvr]
Ft
 m= Moment of inertia I = mr2
v h mvr v
 Ft   = = =
 [m] =   = [F1 V1 T1] I mr 2 r
v
But  = 2f
h
[Surface tension] =     2   
F E E 
84.     [2 f ]  [f ]
 L   L   (VT) 2  I
= [E1V–2T–2]
Evaluation Test
1. A given dimensional formula may represent 6. Two full turns of circular scale covers distance
two or more physical quantities. But given a of 1 mm. Hence one full turn will cover
physical quantity, it has unique dimensions… distance of 0.5 mm.
2. [A] = [M1L1T2] 0.5
 L.C. of given instrument =
[mass] 50
[m] =
[length] Diameter = Zero error + MSR + CSR  LC
= [M1L1T0] 0.5
= 0.02 + 4 + 37 
[A] [M1L1T 2 ] 50
[B] = = = 4.39 mm
[m] [M1L1T 0 ]
= [M0L2T2]
A x
This is a dimensional formula for latent heat. 7. In the expression, U =
x2  B
3. An instrument is said to have a high degree of B must have the dimensions of x2 i.e., [L2]
precision if measured value remains
Ux 2  M L T  L
1 2 2 2
unchanged over number of readings repeated.
Dimensions of A = =
Here readings are constant upto three x L1/ 2
significant figures. Hence average
measurement is precise. But, as zero error is = [M1L7/2T2]
not considered readings are inaccurate.  AB = [M1L7/2T2] [L2] = [M1L11/2T2]
q q q2 8. The number 37800 has three significant digits

5. Capacitance, C = = = because the terminal zeros in a number
V work / charge W
without a decimal point are not significant. All
[C1 ]2 zeros occuring between two non-zero digits
 [C] = = [M1L2T2C2]
[M1L2 T 2 ] are significant.
10
C 14. Here [N] = [M0L2T1]
9. A=B+
DE [n1] = [n2] = [M0L3T0]
 [D] = [E] and [z1] = [z2] = [M0L1T0]
 C   C  C [N]
 [A] = [B] =  Hence [D] =  [z1]
=  =   [n1 ]
DE D E 
 [A] = [B] = [M0LT1] [M 0 L2T 1 ]
=  [M0L1T0]
C 0 1
[M 0 L3T 0 ]
 D  = [A] = [M LT ] = [M0L2T1]
 
 C   M LT 
0 0
15. As zero of circular scale is above the reference
[D] = [E] =  1  =  0 1  = [T]
 LT   M LT  line of graduation, zero correction is positive
and zero error is negative
A2B  Zero error =  4  103 cm
10. Given X =
C1/3 D3 16. Relative velocity is defined as the time rate of
Taking logarithm of both sides, change of relative position of one object with
1 respect to another. It is not the ratio of similar
log X = 2 log A + log B  log C  3log D
3 quantities.
Partially differentiating,
17. M.S.D. = 3.48 cm, V.S.D. = 6
X A B 1 C D
=2 +  3 L.C. = 0.01 cm
X A B 3 C D
 observed internal diameter of calorimeter
A
Percentage error in A = 2 = 2  1% = 2% D0 = M.S.D. + (V.S.D.  L.C.)
A
= 3.48 + (6  0.01) = 3.48 + 0.06
B D0 = 3.54 cm
Percentage error in B = = 3%
B zero error = 0.03 cm
1 C 1 4 Since, zero error is negative, it is added into
Percentage error in C = =  4% = %
3 C 3 3 observed reading.
D Corrected internal diameter,
Percentage error in D = 3 = 3  5% = 15%
D D = D0 + zero error
The minimum percentage error is contributed D = 3.54 + 0.03 = 3.57 cm
by C. Hence the correct choice is (C).
18. M.S.D. = 6.4 cm, V.S.D. = 4
11. E = [M1L2T2], G = [M1L3T2], I = [M1L1T1] L.C = 0.01 cm
 GI 2 M  [M 1L3T 2 ][M1L1T 1 ]2 [M1 ]  observed depth of beaker
  2 =
 E  [M1L2T 2 ]2 = M.S.D. + (V.S.D.  L.C.) = 6.4 + (4  0.01)
= 6.4 + 0.04 = 6.44 cm
= [M0L1T0]
This is the dimension of wavelength. Here zero error = 0
 Actual depth of beaker = observed depth of
12. Mere dimensional correctness of an equation beaker = 6.44 cm.
does not ensure its physical correctness. A
dimensionally correct equation may or may
not be physically correct but a dimensionally
incorrect equation is definitely incorrect.
13. Percentage error
r
= 3  100
r
0.4
=3  100 = 19.35%
6.2
Nearest answer is option (C).
11
4. From Van der Waal’s equation, 1 2
nb has dimensions of volume. 25. W= Kx
2
V
 b= [W]  M1L2 T 2  1 2
n  [K] = 2
=  2  = [M T ]
[x ]  L 
Thus, S.I. units of b is m3/mol.
12. [x] = [bt2] 26. Fv
x metre m F = kv
unit of b = 2 = 2
= 2
t (hour) hr  M1L1T 2 
F
k= =  1 1  = [M1L0T1]
13. Energy = force  distance, so if both are increased v  LT 
by 4 times then energy will increase by 16 times.
14. 1 dyne = 105 N and 1 cm = 102 m PV  M1L1T 2  L3  1 2 2 1
28. R= =   = [M L T θ ]
 1 dyne/cm = 103 N/m T   
 108 dyne/cm = 105 N/m
15. RC is the time constant of RC circuit and x
29. F=
L d
  is the time constant of LR circuit. Hence,
[x] =  F d 
1/ 2
R 
L 1/2
both RC and   have the dimensions of time =  M1L1T 2   M1L3T0  =  M 3/ 2 L1/ 2 T 2 
R
Alternate method:
X
coulomb 30. F=
RC = ohm  farad = ohm  Linear density
volt
volt coulomb coulomb Linear density is mass per unit length
=  =  M1 
ampere volt ampere  [M1L1T2]   1  = [X]
= second = [T] L 
2 0 –2
L henry ohm  second  [X] = [M L T ]
Now, = =
R ohm ohm 31. The van der Waals equation for ‘n’ moles of
= second = [T] the gas is,
L
Both RC and have the dimensions of time.  n 2a 
R  P  2   [V  nb] = nRT
 V 
16. [ 0 L]  [C] Pressure Volume
0 LV C  V Q correction correction
 X    Current
t t t F
 V 2 FlV Fl 4
PV 2 A
Gm1m 2  a= 2 =  2  2
20. F= n n2 n n
r2
 Fl 
4
G=
Fr 2   a    2  = [M1L5T2mol2]
m1m 2 n 
 M1L1T 2   L2  q1 q 2
 [G] =  = [M1L3T2] 32. 0 =
 M 
2 4 Fr 2
A2 T2
1 1 [0] = = [M1 L3 T4 A2]
22. C=  00 = 2 (M1L1T 2 ) L2
0 0 C
[C] = [M0L1T–1] Force [M1L1T 2 ]
33. Electric Field = =
 1  0 –2 2 Charge [A1T1 ]
 C2  = [M L T ]
  [E] = [M1L1T3A1]
4
Chapter 02: Scalars and Vectors
 
î ˆj kˆ
39. W = F s  
 
= 2iˆ  3ˆj  5kˆ . 3iˆ  2ˆj  2kˆ = 6 + 6 + 10  49. PQ = 1 2 1
3 1 1
 W = 22 J
 
= î (2  1)  ĵ(1  3) + k̂ (1  6)
P Q = 3 î + 4 ĵ  5 k̂
40. cos  =  
| P ||Q| 50. Angular momentum
î ˆj kˆ
=
3iˆ  ˆj  2kˆ  î  2ˆj  3kˆ   
  3
2
 1   2 
2 2
 1
2
  2    3
2 2
 = r  p = 3 1 2
2 4 5
3 2 6 7 1
= = = = î (5  8)  ĵ(15  4) + k̂ (12 + 2)
14 14 14 2
= 13 î  11 ĵ + 14 k̂
1
 cos  = 1  
2 52. Area of triangle = |AB|
  = 60 2
î ˆj kˆ
 
 
A B  A  B = 1 2 2
41. cos  =  
|A||B| 2 2 3
=
 î  ˆj  kˆ  . î  ˆj  2kˆ  = î (6 + 4)  ˆj (3 + 4) + k̂ (2 + 4)
1  1  1 .  1   1   2 
2 2 2 2 2 2
= 2iˆ  7 ˆj  6kˆ
1  1  2  
 2    7    6 
2 2 2
= =0  | A  B |= = 89
18
  = 90 89
Area of triangle = = 4.717 sq. unit
2
   
 

42. A  B = | A | | B | cos  
53. Let P = î  2ˆj  3kˆ , Q = î  3ˆj  kˆ
 
1
A  B = 3  5  cos 60 = 15   
2 Area of parallelogram = | P  Q |
 
 A  B = 7.5 î ˆj kˆ
 
   PQ = 1 2 3
46. = r F
1 3 1
î ˆj kˆ
  = î(2  9)  ˆj(1  3)  k(
ˆ 3  2)
47. A  B = 2 3 4
3 4 5 = 11iˆ  2ˆj  5kˆ
 
11   2    5
2 2 2
= î (15  16)  ĵ(10 +12) + k̂ (8  9)  | P Q | =
=  î  2jˆ  k̂ = 121  4  25 = 150 m2
   
 
î ˆj kˆ 54. P + Q = î  2jˆ  4kˆ + î  2jˆ  kˆ
 
48. A B = 1 1 1 = 2iˆ  4ˆj  5kˆ
3 1 2
   
 
P  Q = î  2jˆ  4kˆ  î  2jˆ  kˆ = 3kˆ
= î (2 1)  ĵ (2 + 3) + k̂ (1 + 3)
= 3 î  ĵ + 4 k̂










ˆ ˆ ˆ 
 P  Q  .  P  Q  = 2i  4j  5k   3kˆ  = 15
13
  
55.
 
ˆ ˆ
 ˆ ˆ ˆ ˆ
 2 A  B  = 2 2i  3 j  4k  i  2 j  3k   11. As the multiple of ĵ in the given vector is zero
therefore this vector lies in XZ plane and
projection of this vector on Y-axis is zero.
= 3iˆ  4ˆj  5kˆ

  R = 3iˆ + ĵ + 2kˆ
ˆ ˆ
 ˆ ˆ ˆ
 
ˆ
 A  2 B  = 2i  3 j  4k + 2 i  2 j  3k
 
 12.
 Length in XY plane = R 2x  R 2y = 32  12
= 4iˆ  7 ˆj  10kˆ
= 10
     
2A  B . A  2 B 13.
 
If two vectors A and B are given then the
   
resultant Rmax = A + B = 7 N and
ˆ ˆ

= 3i  4 j  5kˆ   4iˆ  7ˆj  10kˆ  Rmin = 4  3 = 1 N i.e., net force on the
= 12 + 28 + 50 = 90 particle is in between 1 N and 7 N.
  
56. s = s 2  s1 14. 5= F12  F22  2F1F2 .cos90
  
= 14iˆ  13ˆj  9kˆ  3iˆ  2ˆj  6kˆ  25 = F12  F22 …..(i)
When  = 120
= 11iˆ  11jˆ  15kˆ
13 = F12  F22  2F1F2 cos120
 
W = F s  1
13 = 25 + 2F1F2   

= 4iˆ  ˆj  3kˆ 
11iˆ  11jˆ  15kˆ   2
= 44 + 11 + 45 = 100 J 13 = 25  F1F2
F1F2 = 12
Critical Thinking 12
F2 = …..(ii)
4. The vectors acting along parallel straight lines F1
are called collinear vectors. When they are in Substituting equation (ii) in (i)
same direction, angle between them is 0c and 144
they are said to be parallel vectors. When they F12 + 2 = 25
F1
are in opposite direction, angle between them is
c and they are said to be antiparallel vectors. F14 + 144 = 25 F12
6. A vector representing rotational effects and is F14  25 F12 + 144 = 0
always along the axis of rotation in ( F12  9) ( F12  16) = 0
accordance with right hand screw rule is
called an axial vector. F1, F2 = 3, 4
eg.: Angular velocity, torque  
Axis of rotation AA
Axial vector 15. Â   
|A| A
16. Magnitude of vector = 1
Anticlock wise rotation Clock wise rotation a 2x  a 2y  a z2 = 1
Axis of rotation Axial vector
 0.52  0.82  c 2 = 1
9. Resultant of forces will be zero when they can c 2  0.89 = 1
be represented by the sides of a triangle taken  c2 = 0.11
in same order. In such a case, the sum of the
two smaller sides of the triangle is more than  c = 0.11
the third side. 
Only in option (D), sum of the first two forces 17. Negative of the given vector be A .
 

is smaller than third force, thus not forming a  A =  î  ˆj  kˆ
possible triangle.
14
a 2 b2 Corrected Observed zero

66. Given: x =  
c reading reading correction
Percentage error is given by, Corrected reading = 5.25 + 0.04
x 2a 2b c = 5.29 mm = 0.529 cm
  
x a b c 0.5
71. Least count = = 0.01 mm
= (2  2) + (2  3) + 4 50
= 4 + 6 + 4 = 14 Diameter of ball D = 2.5 mm + (20) (0.01)
x D = 2.7 mm
 %  14%
x M M
= =
V 4  D 3
67. Least count =
Pitch  
No.of div.in circular scale 3 2
0.5    M D
=    = 3
50   max M D
= 0.01 mm      0.01  
Actual reading = 0.01  35 + 3 = 3.35 mm   = 2% + 3   100% 
  max   2.7  
Taking error into consideration
= 3.35 + 0.03 
 = 3.1%
= 3.38 mm. 
0.5 Force (F)

68. Zero error = 5  = 0.05 mm 72. Pressure (P) =
50 Area (A)
Actual measurement F
= .... ( Area = length2)
0.5 L2
= 2  0.5 mm + 25   0.05 mm
50 Percentage error in pressure is given by,
= 1 mm + 0.25 mm  0.05 mm P F L
  100 =  100 + 2  100
= 1.20 mm P F L
= 4% + 2 (3%) = 4% + 6% = 10%
69. Main Scale Reading (MSR) = 0.5 mm
Circular Scale Division (CSD) = 25th
mass m
73. Density () =  3
Number of divisions on circular scale = 50 Volume l
Pitch of screw = 0.5 mm …(for cube V = l3)
0.5
 LC of screw gauge = = 0.01 mm Percentage relative error in density will be,
50
 zero error = 5  LC = –0.05 mm  m l
100 = 100  3 100
 zero correction = +0.05 mm  m l
Observed reading = 0.5 mm + (25  0.01) mm = 1.5 + (3  1) = 1.5 + 3 = 4.5%
= 0.75 mm 74. Least count of both instrument
Corrected reading = 0.75 mm + 0.05 mm 0.5
= 0.80 mm d =  l = mm = 5  103mm
100
70. Least count of screw gauge = 0.001 cm 4MLg
Y=
= 0.01 mm ld 2
Main scale reading = 5 mm,  Y  l d
Zero error = – 0.004 cm   = +2
 Y  max l d
= – 0.04 mm
Zero correction = +0.04 mm
l
Error due to l measurement
Observed Mainscale l
  (Division  least count) 0.5 /100mm
reading reading = = 2%
Observed reading = 5 + (25  0.01) = 5.25 mm 0.25mm
8
  î ˆj kˆ
24. A and B are parallel to each other. This  
  A B = 3 1 2
implies A = m B . comparing X-component,
2 2 4
1
m = . Comparing Y-component, b = 18 and
6 = î (4 + 4)  ˆj (12  4) + k̂ (6 2)
comparing Z-component a = 1.
  = 8 î  8 ˆj  8 k̂
25. Let A = 2 î + 3 ĵ + 8 k̂ and B = –4 î + 4 ĵ + m k̂ .  
  | A B | = 82  (8) 2  (8) 2 = 192
For A perpendicular to B ,
  
 3  1   2  = 14
2 2 2
A.B= 0 | A |=
 
2iˆ  3ˆj  8kˆ   4iˆ  4ˆj  mkˆ  = 0 
| B|=  2    2 
2 2
  4 =
2
24
 8 + 12 + 8m = 0
1 192
 m=  sin  =  0.76
2 14 24
 
26. W = F s  
32. Let the two vectors be A and B .
 
6 = 3iˆ  cjˆ  2kˆ   4iˆ  2ˆj  3kˆ  
B

 6 = 12 + 2c + 6 sin  = A  
6 = 18 + 2c | A || B |
2c =  12 B
 
c = 6 cos  = A
 
| A || B |
 
27. W = F  s = Fs cos   
A B
For force causing displacement in its own cot  =  
= 3   = 30
direction  = 0 A B
 W = Fs =  7   4   4   10
2 2 2
            
34.  A  B A  B =  A  A    A B
=  
49  16  16  10 = 9  10 = 90 J        
   
    B A    B B 
28. P + Q = 5iˆ  4ˆj  3kˆ    
 
=   A  B  +  B  A 
 
Let  be the angle made by P  Q with X-axis   
   
   ˆ
P Qi    
 cos  =      B A    B A 
| P  Q | | î |    
5 5 1  

= = = = 2  B A 
 
5  ( 4 )  3
2 2 2
50 2
 1 
P .  P  Q  = P2
  
  = cos1   = 45 35.
 2  
       
30. A = 3iˆ  ˆj  2kˆ , B = 2iˆ  2ˆj  4kˆ  P  P + P  Q = P2  P2 + P  Q = P2
 
 
| A B |  P  Q=0  PQ cos  = 0
sin  =  
|A||B|  cos  = 0   = 90
16
    6.
36. A  B = | A | | B | cos  = 0 and 
    C 
B
A  B = | A | | B | sin  = 0
 
If A and B are not null vectors then sin  
A
and cos  both should be zero simultaneously.
This is not possible so it is essential that one C = A 2  B2 = 32 + 42 = 5
of the vector must be null vector.   π
 Angle between A and B is
37. Cross product of two vectors is perpendicular 2
to the plane containing both the vectors.
7. 20 km
38. As the ball is in equilibrium under the effect B C
of three forces, 10 km
  
T  P  W  0 . Hence, option (B) is true.
Resolving tension into two rectangular A
components,
T T cos AC = AB + BC

 AB   BC  = (10) 2  (20) 2
2 2
AC =
T sin
P = 100  400 = 500 = 22.36 km
W
8. From figure we have,
  
From the figure, A = 4 i 3 j ….(i)
T cos = W and T sin = P  
T cos  W B= 3 i ….(ii)
=  P = W tan. Hence, option  
T sin  P C= 2 j ….(iii)
(A) is true.    
Also, (T sin )2 + (T cos )2 = T2 Resultant is given by R = A + B + C
    
 P2 + W2 = T2 R = (4 i + 3 j ) + 3 i + 2 j
Hence option, (C) is true.   
R =7i +5 j
But T = (Tsin )  (T cos ) =
2 2
P W2 2
Magnitude of resultant vector is

Hence, option (D) is wrong. 
R= 49  25
Competitive Thinking

  R= 74 = 8.6 m
4. Resultant of two vectors A and B can be
   
given by, R = A + B Angle made by R with X-axis is,
  
|R | = |A + B| = A 2  B2  2ABcos  R  5
 = tan1  y  = tan1   = 35.5
    Rx  7
If  = 0 then | R | = A + B = | A | + | B | 
9. Velocity of A vA
5. Initial position vector 
 v A = 10 km/h 
r1 = ( 3iˆ  4ˆj  3kˆ ) m Velocity of B v AB 
Final position vector   vB

v B = 10 km/h
r2 = (7 î  2ˆj 3kˆ ) m velocity of A w.r.t. B
  
  
Displacement r = r1  r2 v AB  v A  v B

= (7 î  2 ĵ 3 k̂ )  (3 î + 4 ĵ  3 k̂ ) = 10 î  6 ĵ | v AB | = (10) 2  (10) 2
17
 Similarly,
| v AB | = 10 2 km/h directed along AC 
100 N B = 1  9  25  35 ….(ii)
displacement AC = km 
2 vA A
W E 
 100  100/ 245 C = 4  1  16  21 ….(iii)
AC   100 km

2 C 
 time t =  vB
From equations (i), (ii) and (iii), we get,
| v AB | 10 2 B B2 = A2 + C2
t=5h 2Fsin 
S 17. tan  = =  (as  = 90°)
F  2Fcos 
10. Particle B moves making an angle of 60 with 2F R
F + 2F cos  = 0
X-axis. Hence resolving it into components, 1
 cos  = 
v = 20 cos60 î + 20 sin60 ˆj
B 2   = 90°
    = 120 F
Relative velocity, v BA = v B  v A
 
 
= 20 cos60 î  20 sin 60 ˆj  10iˆ 18. | A | + | B | = 18 .…(i)
= 10iˆ  10  12 = A  B  2ABcos 
2 2
.…(ii)
3 ˆj 10iˆ = 10 3 ˆj
Bsin 
tan  = = tan 90
11. R = 12 2  52  6 2 = 144  25  36 A  Bcos 
A
= 205  14.31 m  cos  = – .…(iii)
B
12. R= F12  F22  2F1F2 cos  By solving (i), (ii) and (iii),
A = 13 N and B = 5 N
 40 3  F2  F2  2F2 cos 60  3F2
 F = 40 N 19. 2
Fnet = F12 + F22 + 2F1F2 cos 
2
13. Fmax = 5 + 10 = 15 N and Fmin = 10  5 = 5 N F 2 2 2
Range of resultant force is 5  F  15   = F + F + 2F cos 
3
14. Rmax = A + B = 17 when  = 0 F2
= 2F2(1 + cos )
Rmax = A  B = 7 when  = 180 9
by solving, A = 12 and B = 5 1
When  = 90  1 + cos  =
18
2 2
then R = A +B  17 
cos  =   
 R = (12) 2 + (5) 2 = 169 = 13  18 
      
15. r = a + b + c = 4 î  ĵ  3 î + 2 ĵ  k̂ 20. |F R | = | F  F | = F2  F2  2F2 cos 
= î + ĵ  k̂ 1

=  2F2 (1  cos )  2
r î  ˆj  kˆ î  ˆj  kˆ 1
r̂ = = =
|r| 1  1  ( 1)
2 2 2
3 =  2F2 (2cos 2  / 2)  2
= 2 F cos /2
16.
  ˆ ˆ ˆ ˆ ˆ ˆ
Here, B  C = i  3j  5k  2i  j  4k   
 21. Since, R = A 2  B2  2ABcos 
= 3iˆ  2ˆj  kˆ  A A=B=R
  A2 = 2A2 + 2A2 cos 
As, A  3iˆ  2ˆj  kˆ ,
1
 cos  = – = cos 120
A = 9  4  1  14 ….(i) 2
  = 120
18
22. R2 = (3P)2 + (2P)2 + 2  3P  2P  cos  
R2 = 9P2 + 4P2 + 12P2 cos  Which gives A + B cos  = 2B cos2  
2
R2 = 13P2 +12P2 cos  ….(i)
(2R)2 = (6P)2 + (2P)2  2  6P  2P  cos 
   
 A + B  2cos 2    1 = 2B cos2  
4R2 = 40P2 + 24P2 cos   2  2
R2 = 10P2 + 6P2 cos  ….(ii) Which gives A = B.
From (i) and (ii)  
13P2 +12P2 cos  = 10P2 + 6P2 cos  28. Let A = 2iˆ  3jˆ  kˆ and B = 3 î + 4 k̂
   
3P2 = 6P2 cos  A  B = | A | | B | cos   cos  = A B
 
1
 cos  =   
2 | A || B |
 = 120
    

| A | cos  =
 
A B
=
 
2iˆ  3jˆ  kˆ . 3iˆ  4kˆ 

23. As A + B = A  B , | B| 32  42
 A2 + B2 + 2AB cos = A2 + B2  2AB cos 10

= =2
 4AB cos  = 0, i.e. cos  = 0 = cos 90, 5
  = 90  
29. A  B = AB cos 
   
25. Let  be the angle between A and B .  A B 2  3 5
Given:      | A | cos  = = =
| A B| n | A B| B 2 2
  2   2  
 | A  B |  n2 | A  B | 30. A B = 0
 A2+ B2 + 2 AB cos  = n2 [A2 + B2  2AB cos  ]  [2  (– 4)] + (3  4) + (8  ) = 0
 A2 + A2 + 2A2 cos  = n2 [A2 + A2 2A2 cos ]  – 8 + 12 + 8 = 0  8 + 4 = 0
( A = B) 4 1
 =  = 
 2A2(1 + cos ) = n22A2 (1  cos ) 8 2
 1 + cos  = n2 (1  cos )  
31. P Q = 0
 (n2 +1) cos  = (n2  1)
 a2  2a 3 = 0  a = 3
 n2 1  1  n  1 
2
 cos  =  2    = cos  2  32. As the vectors are mutually perpendicular,
 n 1  n 1      
A  B  BC  A C  0
26. Unit vector = 0.8iˆ  bjˆ  0.4kˆ
   
a î  ˆj  kˆ  î  bjˆ  kˆ  0
  0.8 2  b 2   0.4 2 =1
 a+b+1=0 ….(i)
 0.64 + b2 + 0.16 = 1 Similarly,
 0.80 + b2 = 1  b2 = 1 – 0.8 = 0.2 1+b+c= 0 ....(ii)
 b = 0.2 a+1+c= 0 ....(iii)
Adding equations (i), (ii) and (iii), we get,
27. The angle  which the resultant R makes with
2(a + b + c) + 3 = 0
A is given by
Bsin θ 3
 a+b+c= 
tan  = 2
A + Bcosθ
3
 Bsin     1 + c = ....[from (i)]
tan   =     2
 2  A  Bcos   2 1
 c= 
 θ θ 2
sin   2 Bsin   cos  
 2 = 2 2 Substituting in equation (ii) and (iii), we get,
 A + Bcosθ 1
cos   a=b= 
2 2
19
 
33. Vectors are orthogonal, i.e., A B = 0 40. Unit vector along X-axis is î .

 t   t 
cost cos   + sin t sin   = 0 cos  = 

p î
=

î  ˆj  kˆ . î
=
1  
 2   2  12  12  12 12 3
| p | | î |
 t   t 
 cos  t   = 0  cos   = 0  1 
 2  2    = cos1  
t   3
 =
2 2
41. ( î + ĵ).( ĵ + k̂ ) = 0 + 0 + 1 + 0 = 1

 t=  
 A B 1
cos  = = 1 =
   
34. F1  F2 = ( 2ˆj + 5kˆ )( 3jˆ + 4kˆ ) = 6 + 20 = 26 | A || B | 2 2 2
   = 60
35. F  î  5kˆ
 42. px = 2 cos t, py = 2 sin t
s   4iˆ  4ˆj  2kˆ 
   p = 2 cos t î + 2sin t ˆj
W = F  s = 1  (–4) + 5  2 = –4 + 10 = 6 J

 dp
= 2sin t î + 2cos t ˆj
 
36. P = F  v = (4 î + ĵ  2 k̂ ). (2 î + 2 ĵ + 3 k̂ ) F =
dt
= (8 + 2  6) W = 4 W  
F p = (2sin t î + 2cos t ĵ)  (2cos t î + 2sin t ĵ)
  
2 
Given: F   2t i  3t j 
 
37. F p = 0
 
But, F = ma   = 90
As mass m = 1 kg , 
F 43. AB  3iˆ  ˆj  kˆ
 a=
1 
   AC  î  2ˆj  kˆ
a  2t i  3t 2 j
   
  
t  
CB  AB  AC  3iˆ  ˆj  kˆ  î  2jˆ  kˆ = 2iˆ  ˆj
v   adt  t i  t j
2 3
 
0 ∠ABC is angle between AB and CB ,
   
   
 Consider,
P = F  v =  2t i  3t 2 j   (t2 i + t3 j )
 
   
2 2 3 3 5
AB  CB = AB CB cos ....(i)
= 2tt + 3t t = (2t + 3t ) W
  
   
38. A  B = AB cos   AB  CB  3iˆ  ˆj  kˆ  2iˆ  ˆj  6  1 5
   
Given, A  B =  | A | | B | 
 3  1  1 2  11
2 2
AB 
i.e., cos  =  1
  = 180 
 2
2
  and CB   (1) 2  5
i.e., A and B act in the opposite direction.
39. cos  =
 
A B
=
3iˆ  4ˆj  5kˆ   3iˆ  4ˆj  5kˆ   5 = 11  5  cos  ....[from (i)]
 
32  42  52 32  42  ( 52 ) 5
| A || B |  cosθ =
9  16  25 11
= =0
25 25  5 
   cos 1  
  = 90  11 
20
    
45. A  B  ABsin  nˆ i (–36 + 36)  j (12 + 12) + k (6 + 6) = 0
Where, n̂ is a unit vector indicating the  12 + 12 = 0 or 6 + 6 = 0
 
direction of A  B .   = 1
Vector product is non commutative, 52. Angular momentum
  
   
 A B =  B  A L  r  p in terms of component becomes
46. Direction of vector A is along Z-axis î ˆj kˆ
 
 A = akˆ L x y z
Direction of vector B is towards north px py pz

 B = bjˆ As motion is in x-y plane (z = 0 and pz = 0), hence
   
Now A  B = akˆ  bjˆ = ab( î) L  k(xp y  yp x )
 
Here x = vt, y = b, px = mv and py = 0
 The direction of A  B is along west.  
47. Vector product is non commutative,  L  k[vt  0  bmv]   mvbkˆ
  
v  r   and v     r 
  
 
 53. Here, r1 = 1.5 ˆj , r2 = 2.8 î
 

î ˆj kˆ p1 = 6.5  2.2 î = 14.3 î
  

48. v = r   = 5 6 6 P2 = 3.1  3.6 ˆj = 11.16 ˆj
3 4 1   
L= r p
= î (6 + 24)  ĵ(5  18) + k̂ (20 +18)
L =  r1  p1  +  r2  p 2 
    
 
v = 18iˆ + 13jˆ  2kˆ    
49. AB sin  = AB sin  = 1.5 j14.3i  +  2.8iˆ 11.16 ˆj
ˆ ˆ
2AB sin  = 0 ˆ  31.248kˆ = 9.798 k̂ kg m2/s
= 21.45 (  k)
sin  = 0 or  = 180
L  r  p = r  (m v) = m  r  v 
      
   

50. r  2iˆ  3kˆ  2iˆ  2ˆj  2kˆ = 2ˆj  kˆ 54.
 
  
  r F î ˆj kˆ
 
  
= 2jˆ  kˆ  4iˆ  5jˆ  6kˆ  r  v = 2 4 6
5 4 6
î ˆj kˆ
= î[24  24]  ˆj[ 12  30]  k[
ˆ 8  20]
= 0 2 1
4 5 6 = 42ˆj  28kˆ

 L = m(42ˆj  28k)
ˆ
 12   5    j  0   4    k  0  8
= î  ˆ ˆ
 
= 7iˆ  4ˆj  8kˆ 55. Area of parallelogram = | A B |
51. For angular momentum to be conserved,
   
 
 A B = î  2jˆ  3kˆ  3iˆ  2ˆj  kˆ
 ext = 0
 
î ˆj kˆ
 r  F= 0
= 1 2 3
  
i j k 3 2 1
 2 6 12 = 0 = (8)iˆ  (8)ˆj  (8)kˆ
 3 6  
 | A B | = 64  64  64  8 3
21
  
55.
 
ˆ ˆ
 ˆ ˆ ˆ ˆ
 2 A  B  = 2 2i  3 j  4k  i  2 j  3k   11. As the multiple of ĵ in the given vector is zero
therefore this vector lies in XZ plane and
projection of this vector on Y-axis is zero.
= 3iˆ  4ˆj  5kˆ

  R = 3iˆ + ĵ + 2kˆ
ˆ ˆ
 ˆ ˆ ˆ
 
ˆ
 A  2 B  = 2i  3 j  4k + 2 i  2 j  3k
 
 12.
 Length in XY plane = R 2x  R 2y = 32  12
= 4iˆ  7 ˆj  10kˆ
= 10
     
2A  B . A  2 B 13.
 
If two vectors A and B are given then the
   
resultant Rmax = A + B = 7 N and
ˆ ˆ

= 3i  4 j  5kˆ   4iˆ  7ˆj  10kˆ  Rmin = 4  3 = 1 N i.e., net force on the
= 12 + 28 + 50 = 90 particle is in between 1 N and 7 N.
  
56. s = s 2  s1 14. 5= F12  F22  2F1F2 .cos90
  
= 14iˆ  13ˆj  9kˆ  3iˆ  2ˆj  6kˆ  25 = F12  F22 …..(i)
When  = 120
= 11iˆ  11jˆ  15kˆ
13 = F12  F22  2F1F2 cos120
 
W = F s  1
13 = 25 + 2F1F2   

= 4iˆ  ˆj  3kˆ 
11iˆ  11jˆ  15kˆ   2
= 44 + 11 + 45 = 100 J 13 = 25  F1F2
F1F2 = 12
F2 = …..(ii)
4. The vectors acting along parallel straight lines F1
are called collinear vectors. When they are in Substituting equation (ii) in (i)
same direction, angle between them is 0c and 144
they are said to be parallel vectors. When they F12 + 2 = 25
F1
are in opposite direction, angle between them is
c and they are said to be antiparallel vectors. F14 + 144 = 25 F12
6. A vector representing rotational effects and is F14  25 F12 + 144 = 0
always along the axis of rotation in ( F12  9) ( F12  16) = 0
accordance with right hand screw rule is
called an axial vector. F1, F2 = 3, 4
eg.: Angular velocity, torque  
Axis of rotation AA
Axial vector 15. Â   
|A| A
16. Magnitude of vector = 1
Anticlock wise rotation Clock wise rotation a 2x  a 2y  a z2 = 1
Axis of rotation Axial vector
 0.52  0.82  c 2 = 1
9. Resultant of forces will be zero when they can c 2  0.89 = 1
be represented by the sides of a triangle taken  c2 = 0.11
in same order. In such a case, the sum of the
two smaller sides of the triangle is more than  c = 0.11
the third side. 
Only in option (D), sum of the first two forces 17. Negative of the given vector be A .
 

is smaller than third force, thus not forming a  A =  î  ˆj  kˆ
possible triangle.
14
The difference of the two forces be,  
Let A   B A  = A  C
  
  
66.
F2 = A  B ….(ii)  
  
Since sum of the two forces is perpendicular C = B  A which is perpendicular to both
 
to their difference, vectors A and B
 
 
F1  F2 = 0  A C = 0
  A  B    A  B  = 0
   
     
   67. As A  B  C  0, it means A, B and C form

a closed triangle and hence from triangle law,
 A2  A B + B  A  B2 = 0
resultant is zero.
 A2 = B2  
 
Also, As A  B , C B
 |A| = |B|
Thus, the forces are equal to each other in 
magnitude. A
 
and C  2 A
   
65. (a +b)  (a – b) 135
          
= a  a – a  b + b  a – b  b ….(i)  A  B and angle between C

B

As, cross product of parallel vectors is zero 
    
B and C is 180  45 = 135 
 a a = b  b = 0  A
  68. r  3tiˆ  4t 2 ˆj  5kˆ
As, a  b = (ab sin ) n̂ = – [(ba sin ) n̂ ] 
 dr
 
 v  3iˆ  4(2t)ˆj
=– b  a dt
Substituting the values in relation (i), For t = 2 s,
      
( a + b )  ( a – b ) = 2( b  a ) | v | 32  [4(2  2)]2 = 9  256  265 m/s
Evaluation Test
 But two unequal vectors may have same
1. F = 4 î + 3 ĵ  2 k̂ , magnitude.
  
r = 1 î + 1 ĵ + 0 k̂ eg.: if P = î + ĵ  k̂ and Q = î  ĵ + k̂ , then
    
 = r F two vectors are unequal but | P | = | Q |
î ˆj kˆ 3. For the given two forces, magnitude of
=1 1 0 resultant is maximum if 2 forces act along
  
4 3 2 same direction, i.e., | R max |  | A  B | and
magnitude of resultant is minimum if 2 forces
= [ î (2)  ĵ(2) + k̂ (3  4)]   
act in opposite direction, i.e., | R min |  | A  B |
= 2 î + 2 ĵ  k̂
For all other directions,

R = A 2  B2  2ABcos  where,  is the
| a | = 12  22   2  = 3 and
2
2.  
 angle between A and B .
22  12   1 =
2
|b| = 6 Therefore the magnitude of the resultant
  between 3 N and 5 N will be between 8 N and
 |a|  |b| 2 N.
23

10. To find the net force, we vectorially add the
4. A = 3 units due east.

three vectors. The x-component is
 4 A = 4 (3 units due east) Fnet x = F1  F2 sin 60 + F3 cos 30
= 12 units due east = 12 units due west. =  3  4 sin 60 + 10 cos 30
5. The displacement is along the Z direction, i.e., 3 3

=34 + 10  = 2.196 N
s = 10 k̂ 2 2
  and the y-component is
Work done W = F s Fnet y = F2 cos 60 + F3 sin 30
W = (2 î + 15 ĵ + 6 k̂ )10 k̂ = 60 J =  4 cos 60 + 10 sin 30 = 3 N
The magnitude of net force is
6.
D C Fnet = Fnet2 x  Fnet2 y = (2.196) 2  32
  
 R=PQ = 3.72 N
Q
The work done by the net force is
W = Fnet x x = (3.72) (5)  18.6 J
A   
 B A.B ABcos 
P 11.  
= = cot 
| A B | ABsin 
R2 = P2 + Q2 + 2PQ cos 
 
From this relation, it is clear that
A.B 1
R2 = P2 + Q2, when  = 90 Given,  
=
R2 > P2 + Q2, when  < 90 | A B | 3
R2 < P2 + Q2, when  > 90 1
 cot  =
7. 1  a 2  b 2  a2 + b2 = 1 ….(i) 3
  
and aiˆ  bjˆ  2iˆ  ˆj  0  2a + b = 0
 1 
  = cot1 
 3
 = 60 =
c
3
 b = 2a
Substituting for b in (i) 12. The three vectors not lying in one plane
1 2 cannot form a triangle, hence their resultant
a2 + (2a)2 = 1  a  and b   cannot be zero. Also, their resultant will
5 5  
 neither be in the plane of P or Q nor in the
8. r  î  ˆj 
plane of R . Hence option (D) is correct.
 
  
Torque at that point,   r  F  î  ˆj   4F  kˆ   
î  kˆ =  ĵ and ˆj  kˆ  î 13. Net force on the body F = F1  F 2


   
 = 4F î  kˆ  4F ˆj  kˆ
  
= 5iˆ  ˆj  2kˆ  2iˆ  ˆj  2kˆ 
= 7 î  2 ˆj  4 kˆ
= 4F  ˆj  4F  î 
 

s = 6iˆ  4 ˆj  2kˆ  2iˆ  2 ˆj  4kˆ
= 4Fiˆ  4F ˆj
= 4iˆ  2 ˆj  2kˆ
 
= 4F î  ˆj
  
 
W = F. s = 7 î  2 ˆj  4 kˆ  4iˆ  2 ˆj  2kˆ
9. cos  
 î  ˆj  kˆ   ˆj = 28 + 4  8 = 24 units.
 î  ˆj  kˆ    ˆj 
1/ 2 1/ 2
2 2 2 2
 
14. Let, A  îA x  ˆjA y , B  îBx  ˆjB y
î  ˆj  ˆj  ˆj  kˆ  ˆj 0 1 0 1
   
 
=    A  B = îA x  ˆjA y  îBx  ˆjB y
1  1  1  1
1/ 2
3 3
( î  ˆj  kˆ  ˆj  0 and ˆj  ˆj  1 ) = î  A x  A x   ˆj A y  B y 
24
Given Ax = 4 m, Ay = 6 m 1 ˆ ˆ ˆ
= 6i  8j  3k
Ax + Bx = 12 m , Ay + By = 10 m 2
 Bx = 12 m  Ax = 12 m  4 m = 8 m 1
= 36  64  9
By = 10 m  Ay = 10 m  6 m = 4 m. 2
15. The angle subtended is 1
=  109 = 5.22 units
3 3 2
sin  = 
62  32  42 61 
20. A  a x î  a y ˆj  a z kˆ
 3 
 = sin1  
 
 61  Magnitude of vector A  | A |  a x 2  a y 2  a z 2

where, ax, ay and az are the magnitudes of
16. p = îp x  ˆjp y 
projections of A along three coordinate axes
= î[3cos t]  ˆj [3sin t] x, y and z respectively.
According to Newton’s second law of motion, | ˆj  kˆ | = 12  (1) 2  2
 
 dp  Component of vector A along the direction of
F =
dt ˆ = ay  az
(ˆj  k)
 d ˆ 2
 F = i 3cos t  ˆj 3sin t 
dt  
= î (3sin t)  ˆj(3cos t)

 |F| = (3sin t) 2  (3cos t) 2 = 3
 
    A.B
17. A  B = | A | | B | cos   cos  =  
| A |.| B |
 
The component of A in the direction of B
 
  A.B
= |A| cos   |A|   
|A||B|
3 2 5 
=  along B
2 2
18. The vector product of two non-zero vectors is

zero if they are in the same direction or in the

opposite direction. Hence vector B must be

parallel to vector A , i.e. along  x-axis.
1  
19. Area of the triangle = | A B|
2
î ˆj kˆ
1
= 2 3 4
2
1 0 2
1 ˆ
= i(6  0)  ˆj (4  4)  k(
ˆ 3) 
2  
25
Textbook
Chapter No.
04 Force
Hints
31. W = F s = Fs cos 180°

Classical Thinking
=  Fs = 200  10 = 2000 J
vu
5. F = m  37. As m2 < m1, v2 > v1
 t 
39. m1u1 + m2u2 = m1v1 + m2v2
 15  20 
= 0.25   (ball rebounds  v = 0) mu + 2m  0 = m  0 + 2m  v2
 0.1  u
F = 87.5 N  v2 =
2

6. |F| = (6) 2  (8) 2  (10) 2 = 200 = 10 2 u
0
v 2  v1
Also F = ma e= = 2
u1  u 2 u 0
F 10 2
 m= = = 10 2 kg u/2 1
a 1 e= = = 0.5
u 2
G m1 m 2
15. F= 40. m1u1 + m2u2 = (m1 + m2)v
r2
6.67  1011  6  1024  4.8  1024  0.1  5 + 0.2  1.2 = (0.1 + 0.2) v
= 0.5  0.24
 2.5 10 
10 2  v =
0.3
= 3.1  1018 N 0.74
=
MV 1000  30 0.3
22. v= = = 104 cm/s = 2.467 m/s
m 3
mv 0.01  100 41. m1u1 + m2u2 = (m1 + m2)v
23. V= = = 0.4 m/s m1 u 1  m 2 u 2
M 2.5  v =
24. MV = m1v1 + m2v2 m1  m 2
MV 3  m  2m  0
v2 = [ v1 = 0 m/s] =
m2 m  2m
= 1 km h1
30  48
= = 120 m s1
12 î ˆj kˆ
  
25. For ball ‘A’, 55.  = r F = 3 2 3
Initial momentum = 0.05  6 = 0.3 kg m s1
2 3 4
Final momentum = (0.05)(6) = 0.3 kg m s1
 Change in momentum = 0.3  0.3 = î (8  9)  ˆj(12  6)  kˆ (9  4)
For ball ‘B’,

= 0.6 kg m s1
 
= î  18jˆ  13kˆ N m
initial momentum = 0.05  (6) d

= 0.3 kg m s1 56. r= = 20 cm = 0.2 m,
2
Final momentum = (0.05)  (6)   
= +0.3 kg m s1  = r  F = rF sin 
 Change in momentum = 0.3  (0.3) In this case, motion of wheel is perpendicular
= 0.3 + (0.3) to the axis of rotation. Hence,  = 90
= 0.6 kg m s1   = rF = 0.2  10  9.8 = 19.6 N m
26
Chapter 04: Force
3 4. Internal force of the system cannot change the
m x
i 1
i i
0  50  50  5  0  50 momentum.
64. XC.M = =
3
50  50  50 Force, F = (M kg s1) (v m s1)
m i
5.
i 1 = Mv kg m s2 = Mv N
250 5
= = cm 6. Impulse = change in momentum = 2 mv
150 3
3 = 2  0.06  4 = 0.48 kg m/s
m y
i 1
i i
0  50  0  50  5  50 7. Impulse = Ft = change in momentum
YCM = =
3
50  50  50 = mv – (mv) = 2 mv = 2  0.01  5 = 0.1
mi 1
i
0.1
 F= = 10 N
250 5 0.01
= cm =
150 3
dp d
65. x=
        7  1 = 12 m
2  0  3  0  5  1 8. F= =
dt dt
(a + bt2) = 2bt  F  t
2357 17
y=
 2  0    3  1   5  1   7  0 
=
8
m
9. When tension in the rope is zero it breaks and
acceleration of lift equals g.
2357 17
66. m1r1 = m2r2 
5 r1 = 35 (0.7  r1) 10. Given that p = p x î  p y ˆj = 2cos t î  2sin t ˆj

 r1 = 0.6125 m 
 dp
72. 30 kg  F= = 2 sin t î  2 cos t ĵ
20 kg dt
A B    
x 6x Here, F p = 0 hence angle between F and p
20  x = 30(6  x) is 90°.
20x = 180  30x
11. The pressure on the rear side would be more
 50x = 180
due to fictitious force (acting in the opposite
 x = 3.6 m from 20 kg direction of acceleration) on the rear face.
74. From the law of conservation of momentum Consequently, the pressure in the front side
3  16 = 6  v would be lowered.
 v = 8 m/s
1 15. Law of conservation of linear momentum is
 K.E. =  6  (8)2 = 192 J correct when no external force acts. When
2
bullet is fired from a rifle then both should
1 possess equal momentum but different kinetic
75. Loss of K.E. =  0.02  (250)2 = 625 J
2 p2
Loss of K.E. = W = F  0.12 energy. E =  Kinetic energy of the rifle
2m
 625 = 0.12 F
is less than that of bullet because E  1/m
625
 F=
0.12 M
16. Momentum of one piece = 3
 F = 5.2  103 N 4
M
Critical Thinking Momentum of the other piece = 4
4
3. As the mass of 10 kg has acceleration 12 m/s2,
therefore it applies 120 N force on mass 20 kg 9M 2 5M
 Resultant momentum =  M2 =
in a backward direction. 16 4
 Net forward force on 20 kg mass = 200 – 120 The third piece should also have the same
= 80 N momentum. Let its velocity be v, then
80 5M M 5
 Acceleration = = 4 m/s2 =  v or v = = 2.5 m/s
20 4 2 2
27
17. Let two pieces have equal mass m and third m  0 + m  0 = mv1 sin 45 – mv2 sin 45
piece has a mass of 3 m. m (v1  v 2 )
0 =
Y 2
 v1 = v2  2 v1 = 10 2
18 m/s m
18 m/s
 v1 = 5 2 m/s  v2 = 5 2 m/s
B S2 
m X
135° 20. W =  dw   F ds   F ds
3m
A S1
v
x 4 x 4
According to law of conservation of linear 21. W= 

x 0
F dx =  (0.5x  12) dx
x 0
momentum, since the initial momentum of the
x 4 x4
system was zero, therefore final momentum of
the system must be zero. i.e., the resultant of
= 
x 0
0.5x dx +  12 dx
x 0
momentum of two pieces must be equal to the x4
 x2 
momentum of third piece. = 0.5   + 12  x  x=4
x=0
If two particle possess same momentum and  2  x 0
angle between them is 90°, then resultant will  42  0 
be given by = 0.5   + 12[4  0]
 2 
p 2 = mv 2 = 18 2 m.
Let the velocity of mass 3m is v. So W = 4 + 48 = 52 J
m  m2
3mv = 18m 2 22. v1 = 1 u1 + 2m 2 u2
m1  m 2 m1  m 2
 v = 6 2 m/s and angle 135° from either.
 0=
 m1  m 2  u1 ( u2 = 0)
18. m1u1 + m2u2 = m1v1 + m2v2
0.25  400 + 4.75  0 = 400  0 + 4.75  v2 m1  m 2
100 = 4.75  v2  m1  m2 = 0
 v2  21 m/s  m1 = m2
Y m1
19.  =1
v1 sin1 v1 m2
m1 23. m1u1 + m2u2 = m1v1 + m2v2
2  4  1  2 = 2v1 + v2
 2v1 + v2 = 6
v1 cos1
m1 m2 X  v2 = 6  2v1
v2 cos2 1 1
Also [m1u12 + m2u22] = [m1v12 + m2v22]
2 2
m1
v2  2  (4)2 + 1  (2)2 = 2(v12) + (v22)
v2 sin2  32 + 4 = 2v12 + v22
Y  36 = 2v12 + v22
According to law of conservation of momentum,  2v12 + (6  2v1)2 = 36
m1u1 + m2u2 = m1v1 cos 1 + m2v2 cos 2  v1 = 0 or v1 = 4
In this case, m1 = m2 = m, u2 = 0 and When v1 = 0, v2 = 6 and v1 = 4, v2 = 2
1 = 2 = 45  v1 = 0, v2 = 6 m/s
 mu1 = mv1 cos + mv2 cos m  m2 2m 2
24. v1 = 1 u1 + u2
m  10 = mv1 cos 45 + mv2 cos 45 m1 + m2 m1  m 2
m
10 m = (v1 + v2) u1  m1  m 2  u1  2m 2 u 2
2  =
3 m1  m 2
v1 + v2 = 10 2
By conservation of momentum along the =
 0.1  m 2  u1  2  m 2  0
direction perpendicular to the original line. 0.1  m 2
28
Chapter 04: Force

u
 1=
 0.1  m 2  u1 31. For the given body

 F  0 . Hence body is in
3 0.1  m 2
translational equilibrium.
1  0.1  m 2    
  = Also,  =  1   2
3 0.1  m 2
 d  3d 
 0.1 + m2 = 0.3 + 3m2 =  3F     F  
 2  2 
 2m2 = 0.4
 m2 = 0.2 kg (considering sense of rotation)
=0
25. m1u1 + m2u2 = m1v1 + m2v2 Hence body is in rotational equilibrium.
 1  5  2  1.5 = 1  v1 + 2v2 32. RA
 v1 + 2v2 = 2 ....(i) RB
v 2  v1 A 0.5 m G B
e=
u1  u 2 C 1m
W1 W
 0.8 (5 + 1.5) = v2  v1
50 kg wt 50 kg wt
 v2  v1 = 5.2 ....(ii)
Solving equation (i) and (ii) simultaneously For equilibrium,
 v1 = 2.8 m/s , v2 = +2.4 m/s Considering moments about point A,
dL RA  0 – W1  AC – W  AG + RB  AB
26. = , if  = 0 then L = constant RA  0  50  0.5  50  1 + RB  2 = 0
dt
 2RB = 75
27. No external force is acting on the system so  RB = 37.5 kg wt
C.M. will not shift. RA = 100  37.5 = 62.5 kg wt
28. Assuming point A as origin, let AE be along 33. R1 R2
Y-axis and AF be along X-axis. Due to x cm
uniform density, let mass of AF be m and R 80 cm
A G S
mass of AE be 2 m. B
10 cm 20 cm
The centre of mass of AE is at a distance of l
from A and the centre of mass of AF is at a 50 g wt
distance of l/2 from A. 100 g wt 100 g wt
Hence distance of centre of mass of the metal Let the knife – edge be balanced at x cm from
strip from A is point R. For equilibrium, considering
m  (l / 2)  2m(0) moments about point R,
Xc.m. = = l /6
m  2m W1  RA + W  RG + W2  RB
m  (0)  2m(l ) 2l = (W1 + W + W2)  x
Yc.m. = =
m  2m 3 50  10 + 100  40 + 100  60
Thus, the coordinates of centre of mass of = (50 + 100 + 100) x
strip = (l /6, 2l /3) 500  4000  6000
x = = 42 cm
In the given figure, point ‘c’ is the only point 250
having approximately same coordinates. 34.
m x  m 2 x 2  .... RA RB
29. xCM = 1 1
m1  m 2  .... 0.5 m
ml  2m.2l  3m.3l  .... A B
= 0.3 m C G D
m  2m  3m  ....
l n(n  1)(2n  1) 0.8 m
ml (1  4  9  ....) 6
= = W1 = 4 kg wt W2 = 6 kg wt
m(1  2  3  ....) n(n  1)
2
l (2n  1) W = 10 kg wt
=
3 1m
29
For translational equilibrium By the principle of conservation of momentum,
 RA + RB  W  W1  W2 = 0 m m
 RA + RB = W + W1 + W2 mv cos = v cos + v
2 2
= (10 + 4 + 6) kg wt
 1 m
 RA + RB = 20 kg wt 1   mv cos  = v
For rotational equilibrium, considering  2  2
moments about A, v = 3 v cos
RA  0  W1  AC  W  AG  W2  AD
38. From the principle of momentum conservation,
+ RB  AB = 0
mgvg = mbvb (considering magnitudes)
4  0.3  10  0.5  6  0.8 + RB  1 = 0
0.05  400
 RB = 11 kg wt  vg = = 4 m/s
 RA = 9 kg wt 5
= 9  9.8 N = 88.2 N ( mb = 50 g = 0.05 kg)
35. If the man starts walking on the trolley in the The gun fires 30 bullets in 1 minute i.e., in
forward direction then whole system will 60 s. This means 1 bullet is fired every 2 s.
move in backward direction with same From Newton’s second law,
momentum. 1m/s p p
F= 2 1
t
v
Where p2, p1 is final and intial momentum of
gun respectively.
m v 0 5 4
Momentum of man in forward direction  F= g g = = 10 N
= Momentum of system (man + trolley) in 2 2
backward direction
39. Let ‘m0’ be the initial mass of rocket. Its
 80  1 = (80 + 320)  v
 dm 
 v = 0.2 m/s ejection speed of gases   = 16 kg/s
So the velocity of man w.r.t. ground  dt 
1.0  0.2 = 0.8 m/s Hence after t = 1 min = 60 s, its mass will be
 Displacement of man w.r.t. ground, m = m0  
 dm 
 t = 6000  (16)  60
= 0.8  4 = 3.2 m  dt 
36. Gravitational field is a conservative field.  m = 5040 kg
Therefore work done in moving a particle At this time instant thrust on the rocket is,
from A to B is independent of path chosen. dm
F=u
37. Y dt
where u is constant relative speed.
dm
v m/s v cos ma = u
dt
v sin Hmax
(u dm / dt)
a=
 m
X
v cos 11 103  16
= = 34.92 m/s2
Let the mass of shell be m. At the highest point 5040
it has only horizontal component of velocity.  35 m/s2
Hence its momentum at that point = mv cos
It breaks into two equal mass. One piece traces 40. To hold the gun stable, rate of change of
its path with speed v cos. momentum of the gun should not exceed
Let speed of other piece just after explosion be maximum exerted force.
v then, p
Hence F =
m m t
Final momentum = vcos   v
2 2 For t = 1 s, F = p  144 N s
30
Chapter 04: Force
From the principle of conservation of momentum, 45. Gas will come out with sufficient speed in forward
Momentum of gun = momentum of bullet direction, so reaction of this forward force will
p = 40  103  12  102 change the reading of the spring balance.
= 48 kg m/s.
So, number of bullets that can be fired per second, 46. According to law of conservation of
p 144 momentum the third piece has momentum
= =3
p  48 = 1   (3 î + 4 ĵ) kg m s1
y

41. As v = 5t î  2t ˆj
1  4 ĵ

 a = a x î  a y ˆj = 5iˆ  2jˆ F

F = max î + m(g + ay) ĵ 1  (3 î + 4 ĵ ) 1  3 î

 | F | = m a 2x  (g  a y ) 2 = 26 N
 W
 
m v
42. F t = m v  F = Impulse = Average force  time
t
Impulse
By doing so time of change in momentum  Average force =
increases and impulsive force on knees decreases. time
Changein momentum
43. Momentum of vehicle = 100  0.02 = 2 kg m/s =
time
….(i)
Momentum of weight = 4  10  10  102
3 3
=

 3iˆ  4ˆj 
= 4  102 kg m/s ….(ii) 10 4
1
For 200 g weight, K.E. = mv 2 = 106 J
2

=  3iˆ  4ˆj 104 N.
1/ 2
 2  106 
 v=   = 105/2
 0.2  Competitive Thinking
5/2
Hence, its momentum = 0.2  10 kg m/s
2. If a large force F acts for a short time dt the
….(iii)
impulse imparted J is
For a weight falling from h = 1 km = 103 m
(P.E)max = (K.E)max dp
J = F dt = dt
1 dt
mgh = mv 2 J = dp = change in momentum
2
 v = 2gh = 2  9.8  103 = 140 m/s 3. Impulse = change in linear momentum
Hence, its momentum = 0.2  140 = 0.5  20  0.5  (10)
= 28 kg m/s ….(iv) = 10 + 5 = 15 N s
Comparing the values, momentum of a 200 g weight
after falling through 1 km has maximum value. 4. Change in momentum = Area below the F
versus t graph in that interval
44. If man slides down with some acceleration,
then its apparent weight decreases. For critical 1 
=   2  6   (2  3)  (4  3)
condition, rope can bear only 2/3 of his 2 
weight. If a is the minimum acceleration then, = 6 – 6 + 12 = 12 N s
Tension in the rope = m (g  a) = Breaking strength
2 5. Since all three blocks are moving up with a
 m (g  a) = mg
3 constant speed v, acceleration a is zero.
2g g F=0
 a=g =
3 3  Net force is zero.
31
22. R2 = (3P)2 + (2P)2 + 2  3P  2P  cos  
R2 = 9P2 + 4P2 + 12P2 cos  Which gives A + B cos  = 2B cos2  
2
R2 = 13P2 +12P2 cos  ….(i)
(2R)2 = (6P)2 + (2P)2  2  6P  2P  cos 
   
 A + B  2cos 2    1 = 2B cos2  
4R2 = 40P2 + 24P2 cos   2  2
R2 = 10P2 + 6P2 cos  ….(ii) Which gives A = B.
From (i) and (ii)  
13P2 +12P2 cos  = 10P2 + 6P2 cos  28. Let A = 2iˆ  3jˆ  kˆ and B = 3 î + 4 k̂
   
3P2 = 6P2 cos  A  B = | A | | B | cos   cos  = A B
 
1
 cos  =   
2 | A || B |
 = 120
    

| A | cos  =
 
A B
=
 
2iˆ  3jˆ  kˆ . 3iˆ  4kˆ 

23. As A + B = A  B , | B| 32  42
 A2 + B2 + 2AB cos = A2 + B2  2AB cos 10

= =2
 4AB cos  = 0, i.e. cos  = 0 = cos 90, 5
  = 90  
29. A  B = AB cos 
   
25. Let  be the angle between A and B .  A B 2  3 5
Given:      | A | cos  = = =
| A B| n | A B| B 2 2
  2   2  
 | A  B |  n2 | A  B | 30. A B = 0
 A2+ B2 + 2 AB cos  = n2 [A2 + B2  2AB cos  ]  [2  (– 4)] + (3  4) + (8  ) = 0
 A2 + A2 + 2A2 cos  = n2 [A2 + A2 2A2 cos ]  – 8 + 12 + 8 = 0  8 + 4 = 0
( A = B) 4 1
 =  = 
 2A2(1 + cos ) = n22A2 (1  cos ) 8 2
 1 + cos  = n2 (1  cos )  
31. P Q = 0
 (n2 +1) cos  = (n2  1)
 a2  2a 3 = 0  a = 3
 n2 1  1  n  1 
2
 cos  =  2    = cos  2  32. As the vectors are mutually perpendicular,
 n 1  n 1      
A  B  BC  A C  0
26. Unit vector = 0.8iˆ  bjˆ  0.4kˆ
   
a î  ˆj  kˆ  î  bjˆ  kˆ  0
  0.8 2  b 2   0.4 2 =1
 a+b+1=0 ….(i)
 0.64 + b2 + 0.16 = 1 Similarly,
 0.80 + b2 = 1  b2 = 1 – 0.8 = 0.2 1+b+c= 0 ....(ii)
 b = 0.2 a+1+c= 0 ....(iii)
Adding equations (i), (ii) and (iii), we get,
27. The angle  which the resultant R makes with
2(a + b + c) + 3 = 0
A is given by
Bsin θ 3
 a+b+c= 
tan  = 2
A + Bcosθ
3
 Bsin     1 + c = ....[from (i)]
tan   =     2
 2  A  Bcos   2 1
 c= 
 θ θ 2
sin   2 Bsin   cos  
 2 = 2 2 Substituting in equation (ii) and (iii), we get,
 A + Bcosθ 1
cos   a=b= 
2 2
19
Chapter 04: Force
(C) is correct, as the reaction of 6th coin on 23. a1 a2
the 7th coin is 4 mg (upwards) F F
(D) is wrong as 10th coin, which is the topmost m1 m2
coin, experiences a reaction force of mg r
(upwards) from all the coins below it. Gm1m 2 F Gm
F=  a1 = = 22
17. For a freely falling lift, (a = g) r2 m1 r
Apparent weight = m(g  a)  a1  m2
= m (g – g)
=0 24. The weight of body changes but its mass
18. F = m  g = 0.05  9.8 = 0.49 N. As the remains the same.
weight of ball acts downwards, the net force 25. From law of conservation of momentum,
will act vertically downward.   
p1  p 2  p 3  0
19. F = m(g – a)
 
= 60(9.8 – 1.8) Let p 1 and p 2 go off at right angles to each
= 480 N
20. Tension in spring before cutting the strip other.

4 mg T  | p3 | = p12  p 22
A B  m3  4 = (1  12) 2  (2  8) 2 = 122  162 = 20

20
mg  m3 = = 5 kg
4
3 mg T
 
 T = mg
26. Let, P A   3Piˆ and P B  2Pjˆ
After cutting the strip
According to law of conservation of
4 mg momentum,
  
B
A PA  PB  PC  0

3 mg mg  3Piˆ  2Pjˆ  P C = 0

Acceleration in brick A  P C  3Piˆ  2Pjˆ
4mg  3mg g
aA = =  |PC| = 9P 2  4P 2  13 P
3m 3
Acceleration in block B 27. As the bullet explodes at highest point of
mg trajectory, it only has horizontal velocity.
aB = =g
m 1
vH = vcos 60° = 30  =15 m/s
F 2
21. For mass m1, a1 = 6 = According to law of conservation of
m1
momentum, momentum before and after
F explosion must be same.
 m1 = ....(i)
6 (m1 + m2 ) vH = m1v1 + m2v2
F But, m1 = m and m2 = 3m (given)
For mass m2, a2 = 3 =
m2  4m  15 = m  0 + 3m v2
F 15  4
 m2 = ....(ii)  v2 = = 20 m/s
3 3
F 28. By law of conservation of momentum,
 a=
m1  m 2   
| p1  p 2 |  | p 3 |
From equations (i) and (ii), 
F  p12  p 22  2p1p 2 cos  = | p 3 |
a= = 2 m/s2
F/6F/3 as p1 = p2 = p and p1  p2, θ = 90°.
33

2p2 = | p 3 | p3 (2i  3j)
  Force F = =

p1 t 105
  
 2 p = | p3 |  p1  p 2  =  (2iˆ  3j)
ˆ  105 newton
 
as v1 = v2 = v = 30 m/s

 30 2 m = m3v3 p2 p2 36
32. K.E. = = = 4.5 J
also, m + m + 3m = M 2m 24
M
 m=  1
5 p3 33. (K.E.)1 = m1v12
3M 2
m3 = 3m = 1 m12 v12
5 =
M 3M 2 m1
 30 2 = v3
5 5 1 p12
=
 v3 = 10 2 m/s 2 m1
29. By conservation of linear momentum, 1 p 22
(K.E.)2 =
initial momentum final momentum of 2 m2
=
of bullet system
 (K.E.)1 = (K.E.)2 ….(given)
 mvb = (M + m) vsys
p12 p2
here, m = mass of bullet = 0.016 kg   2
M = mass of block = 4 kg 2m1 2m 2
vsys = velocity of system = 2gh p1 m1
 
h = 0.1 m p2 m2
 0.016 vb = 4.016   2  9.8  0.1  34. From principle of conservation of momentum,
 vb = 351.4 m/s Final momentum = Initial momentum
mv
30. By law of conservation of momentum,  m1v1  m2v2 = 0  v1 = 2 2
m1
m1u1 + m2u2 = m1v1 + m2v2
here, m1 = mass of bullet = 10 g = 0.01 kg 1
 K.E.1 m v2
m2 = mass of block = 2 kg E1 2 1 1 m1v12
  
u1 = initial velocity of bullet = 400 ms1  K.E.2 E 2 1 m v2 m 2 v 22
2 2
u2 = initial velocity of block = 0 2
v1 = final velocity of bullet Substituting for v1
v2 = final velocity of block = 2gh m2 v 2
m1 2 2 2
 (0.01)  400 + 0 = 0.01 v1 + 2  2  9.8  0.1 E1 m1 m
 2
= 2
E2 m2 v 2 m1
4 = 0.01v1 + 2  1.96
4  2  1.4 35. From conservation of linear momentum,
 v1 = = 120 m/s
0.01 MV = m1v1 + m2v2
As bomb is at rest initially, its initial
31. Mass of each piece (m) = 1 kg.
momentum will be zero.
Initial momentum = 0.
 m1v1 + m2v2 = 0
Final momentum = p1 + p2 + p3.
From the principle of conservation of  20 + 8v2 = 0
momentum, we have 20 5
 v2 =  =  m/s
p1 + p2 + p3 = 0 8 2
p3 = (p1 + p2)  Kinetic energy of the 8 kg piece is,
=  (mv1 + mv2) = m(v1 + v2) 1 1  25 
K.E. = m 2 v 22 =  8    = 25 J
= 1 kg  (2iˆ  3j)
ˆ m s1 =  (2iˆ  3j)
ˆ kg m s1 2 2  4 
34
Chapter 04: Force
36. Let the point B represents the position of bat. 40. Displacement is in x direction and force is in
The ball strikes the bat with velocity v along y –direction,
the path AB and gets deflected with same  Force is perpendicular to displacement, hence
velocity along BC, such that  ABC =  work done will be zero.
A
t2
41. s=
B 4
N  2t t
 ds = dt = dt
4 2
C
d 2 s d  ds  d  t  1
 a= = = =
Initial momentum of the ball = mv cos   dt 2 dt  dt  dt  2  2
2
(along NB) 1
 F = ma = 6  = 3 N
 2
Final momentum of the ball = mv cos   2 2
2 t
Now, W =  Fds   3 dt
(along BN) 0 0
2
Hence, Impulse = change in momentum 2
3  t2  3
     =   = (2)  (0)  = 3 J
2 2
= mv cos      mvcos    2  2 0 4
2   2 
 
= 2mv cos  
2 42. dW = F  dx
37. Impulse = change in momentum  
x y
 I = pf  p i =K î  ˆj  dx î  dy ˆj
  x2  y 
2 3/ 2
x 2
y 
2 3/ 2   
Resultant of two vectors having same  
magnitude and separated by angle ,
  
xdx  ydy 
R = 2A cos = K ….(i)
2   x 2  y 2 3/ 2 
here,  = 60 + 60 = 120  
2 2 2
 120 
o Let x + y = r
 I = 2p cos   = 2mV cos (60) = mV  2xdx + 2ydy = 2rdr
 2 
 xdx + ydy = rdr
 

38. F = 3iˆ  ˆj
Substituting in equation (i),

s =  r 2  r 1   2iˆ  3jˆ  2kˆ 
 
 rdr  K
dw = K  3  = 2 dr
  
r  r
 
 
W = F  s = 3iˆ  ˆj  2iˆ  3jˆ  2kˆ  = 6 + 3 + 0 K  K 
r2
2 r
Integrating, W =  2 dr   
 W=9J r1
r  r  r1
K
39. F= r1 = x12  y12 = a, r2 = x 22  y 22 = a
v
 W = Fs cos  W=0
K
 W= s (  = 0)
v 43. Work done by the net force
s = change in kinetic energy of the particle
 v=
t
t 44. Using Work-Energy Theorem,
 W=K s 1
s W= m(v2 – u2)
 W = Kt 2
35
 Final K.E., 48. 20% of fat burned is converted into
1 1 mechanical energy
mv2 = W + mu2 Here, mechanical energy is potential energy
2 2
30 1    P.E. = mgh
= 0.1  xdx   10  102 ( W = F  s ) When person lifts the mass 1000 times,
20 2
Total P.E. = U = 10  9.8  1  1000 = 9.8  104 J
(Negative sign indicates retardation)
30
Let total fat burned be x kg,
 x2   302 202  Hence the energy supplied by x kg fat is
= 0.1   + 500 =  0.1    + 500
 2  20  2 2  E = x  3.8  107
= 25 + 500 = 475 J 20 % of which is converted to U
20
45. F = 6t = ma  x  3.8  107  = 9.8  104
100
m = 1 kg 76 x = 9.8  101
 a = 6t  x = 12.89  103 kg
dv 49. This is a case of a perfectly inelastic collision
 = 6t
dt in which linear momentum is conserved but
Integrating we get, kinetic energy is not conserved.
v 1 52. When two bodies with same mass collide
 dv   6t dt elastically, their velocities get interchanged.
0 0
53. Let mass of bullet be m and mass of ice be M.
 
v = 3t 2 1
0
= 3 m/s According to the conservation of linear
momentum,
From work energy theorem, m  300 + M  0 = m  0 + Mv
1 0.01  300 + 0 = 5v
W = (v2 – u2)
2 3
 v = = 0.6 m/s = 60 cm/s
1 5
= (1) (9 – 0)
2 54. For collision, the relative velocity of one
= 4.5 J particle should be directed towards the relative
position of other particle.
46. Work done by gravitation force is given by (Wg) 
Wg = mgh = 103  10  103 = 10 J Let v R be direction of relative velocity of B


According to work energy theorem
w.r.t. A and r R be direction of relative
Wg + Wres = KE
position of A w.r.t. B.
1
10 + Wres =  103  50  50    
2  v 2  v1  r1  r2
 vR =   and r R =  
5
10 + Wres = v 2  v1 r1  r2
4
Wres = 8.75 J    
  r1  r2 v2  v1
47. From graph, work done is area under the curve  vR = r R   
  
1  1  r1  r2 v2  v1
 W =   3  20   (3  20)    3  20 
2  2 
55. Before collision:
= 30 + 60 + 30 = 120 J 1 1
From work energy theorem, (K.E.)1 = m1u12  m 2 u 22
2 2
1 After collision:
mv2 = W = 120
2 1 1
1 (K.E.)2 = m1 v12  m 2 v 22
  2.4  v2 = 120 2 2
2 Total energy being conserved in collision,
 v2 = 100 1 1 1 1
m1u12  m 2 u 22    m1 v12  m 2 v 22
 v = 10 m/s 2 2 2 2
36
Chapter 04: Force
56. Coefficient of restitution is a ratio of same Using binomial expansion,
physical quantity viz., velocity. Hence, it has 1
(1 + e2 +e4+ …) =
no dimensions.
1 e2 
57. Coefficient of restitution:
 1 
v  v1  Total distance = h + 2e2h  2 
e= 2 1 e 
u1  u 2
Given: u1 = v, u2 = 0 2e2 h
= h+
v  v1 v v 1  e2
 e= 2 = 2 1 .…(i)
v v v h  e2 h  2e2 h
=
By law of conservation of momentum, 1 e2 
mu1 + mu2 = mv1 + mv2
h(1  e 2 )
mv = mv1 + mv2 =
v = v1 + v 2 (1  e 2 )
v v
1= 1  2 h1
v v 60. As e =
v1 v
h0
 =1– 2 .…(ii)
v v  h1 = e2h0
From equation (i) and (ii), For n number of bouncing, hn = e2nh
v  v  2h 2he2 2he4
e = 2  1  2   t = 2 2  ......
v  v  g g g
v v 2h
 e= 2 –1+ 2
v v
=
g
1  2e  2e2  ....
2v 2
e= 1 2h 1  e 
v =
g 1  e 
2v 2
 =e+1 2  0.4  1  e 
v  10 =  
v2 e 1 10  1  e 
 =
v 2 25 2 1 17
 e= 
58. Given: m1 = m, m2 = 4m, u1 = v, u2 = 0, v1 = 0 25 2  1 18
According to law of conservation of 61. Let v1 and v2 be their respective velocities
momentum, after collision.
m1u1 + m2u2 = m1v1 + m2v2 Applying the law of conservation of linear
mv + 4m  0 = m  0 + 4mv2 momentum,
v  m1u1 + m2u2 = m1v1 + m2v2
 v2 =
4  m  2 + 2m  0 = m  v1 + 2m  v2
v 2m = mv1 + 2mv2
v 2  v1 0
1
e= = 4 = = 0.25 2 = (v1 + 2v2) …(i)
u1  u 2 v0 4 By definition of coefficient of restitution,
v  v1
59. e= 2
u1  u 2
h e2h e4h e(u1  u2) = v2 v1
0.5(2  0) = v2 v1 …(ii)
1 = v2  v1
Total distance = h + 2e2h + 2e4h …. Solving equations (i) and (ii),
= h + 2e2h (1 + e2 +….) v1 = 0 m/s, v2 = 1 m/s
37
    59.
56. A  B = 0; A  C = 0
10
Z   
D = B  C 25 – x

C x
 Y

(25 – x)2 = 102 + x2
B
X 625 + x2  50x = 100 + x2
 x = 10.5 N
    25 – x = 14.5 N
A is perpendicular to B as well as C .
   60. The net force acting on particle,
Let D = B  C   
 F  F1  F2 = 5iˆ  3jˆ  kˆ
The direction of D is perpendicular to the Displacement,
 
  
plane containing B and C . s  r2  r1 = 20iˆ 15jˆ  7kˆ cm
  
 
Hence, A is parallel to D i.e., A is parallel
 
 W = F. s
to B  C . = (–100 + 45 + 7)  10–2
= –0.48 J
57.
y 61. Given,
         
s  r2  r1 =  4 j 3k    2 i  5 j 
    
r sin r   
= 2 i  j 3k

x   
O r cos F  4 i 3 j

Component of vector r along x-axis is r cos.
         
 W = F  s =  4 i  3 j    2 i  j 3k  = 8  3 + 0
    
 rx = r cos =5J
Now rx will have maximum value if cos  = 1
62. For motion of the particle from (0, 0) to (a, 0)
  = cos1(1)  
 =0 F = K (y î + x ĵ)  F = K a ĵ
 
Hence, component of r along x-axis will Displacement r = (a î + 0 ĵ)  (0 î + 0 ĵ) = a î

 So work done from (0, 0) to (a, 0) is given by
have maximum value if r is along +ve x-axis.  
W = F r =  Kajˆ  aiˆ = 0
   
58. |A  B| = 3 AB For motion (a, 0) to (a, a)

AB sin  = 3 AB cos  F = K(aiˆ  aj)
ˆ and displacement

 tan  = 3 r = (aiˆ  aj)
ˆ  (aiˆ  0ˆj)  ajˆ
  = 60 So work done from (a, 0) to (a, a),
    
Now | R | = | A + B | W = F r
= A 2  B2  2ABcos  =  K(aiˆ  aj)
ˆ  ajˆ =  Ka2
1 So total work done =  Ka2

= A 2  B2  2AB  
2 63. The sum of the two forces be,
  
= (A  B  AB)
2 2 1/2
F1 = A + B ….(i)
22
Chapter 04: Force

p = 2 2 mv 2 2
p2  p2  = v  v = v
3m 3
= p f2 + pi2 (  = 90) Loss in K.E. = total initial K.E.  total final K.E.
2
1 1 1  2v 2 
=p 2 = m(2v) 2  (2m)v 2   (3m)  
=5 2 2 2 2  3 

p = 7.07 kg ms1  3  8  5
= 2mv2 + mv2   m  v 2   = mv 2
 2  9  3
68. In case of inelastic collision 5
mv 2
m1m 2 Percentage loss in K.E. = 3 100
K.E. 
2  m1  m 2 
1  e 2   u1  u 2 
2
2mv 2  mv 2
5
1 0.5   1  = 100 = 55.56%
9
1   6   9  
2
=
2 1  0.5   9   56%
18 71. Say mass of 2 kg is at rest initially, then
=   225 3  15 + 2  0 = 3v1 + 2v2
69
 45 = 3v1 + 2v2 ….(i)
8  225
= 5 1
54  e= 
15 3
= 33.33 J v 2  v1 1
 
1 m m  15  0 3
69. KEloss =  1 2  (1  e2) (u1 – u2)2  15 = 3v2  3v1 ….(ii)
2  m1  m 2 
Solving equations (i) and (ii),
1  m1m 2  2 2
v1 = 7 , v2 = 12
=   (1  0 ) (v – 0)  Loss of kinetic energy
2  m1  m 2 
1 1 1
1  4.2  102  9  4.2  102  =  3  152   3  72   2  122
= 2 2 2 2
  (300)
2 42  102  = 337.5  73.5  144 = 120 J
= 1701 J 72. The frame of reference which are at rest or in
1701 uniform motion are called inertial frames while
= frames which are accelerated with respect to
4.2
each other are non-inertial frames. Spinning or
= 405 cal
rotating frames are accelerated frames.
  
70. m 74.  = r F
2v
  
v Vector τ is perpendicular to both r and F .
v
   
=  r   = 0 and F    0
45
45

2m 3m 75. F  Fkˆ Y
 

Before collision After collision r  î  ˆj
Fkˆ
   O
  
Collision being perfectly inelastic,  = r  F = î  ˆj Fkˆ X
m(2v) cos 45 + 2m(v) cos 45 = (m + 2m)v
= F  î  kˆ   F  ˆj  kˆ 
1 1
 2mv + 2mv = 3mv
2 2 = F  ˆj  F  î   F ˆj  Fiˆ  F  î  ˆj
39
   
  
76. r  r 1  r 2  î  2ˆj  3kˆ  3iˆ  2jˆ  3kˆ m1x1  m 2 x 2  m3 x 3  m 4 x 4
 XCM =
m1  m 2  m3  m 4
= 2iˆ  4ˆj  6kˆ
1 0  2  0  3  0  4  
   XCM =
Now   r  F 1 2  3  4
  
= 2iˆ  4ˆj  6kˆ  4iˆ  5ˆj  3kˆ  1=
4
=
5
10 2
î ˆj kˆ
 Similarly,
  2 4 6 = î(12  30)  ˆj( 6  24)  k(10
ˆ  16) 1 0  2  0  3  0  4  2
4 5 3 YCM =
1 2  3  4
= (42iˆ  30ˆj  6k)
ˆ Nm 8 20 5
2= = =
77. Couple consists of two equal and opposite 10 8 2
forces which causes pure rotational motion. 1  0  2  0  3  0  4  3
ZCM =
78. Depends on the distribution of mass in the body. 1 2  3  4
12 30 5
79. Centre of mass always lies towards heavier mass. 3= = =
10 12 2
81. xCM
85.
Y
(0,0) (R,0)
m1 m2 m3
R (3, 3)
m 1  0  m2 R m2 R m2
xCM =  (2, 2)
m1  m 2 m1  m 2 m1
(1, 1)
82. Considering A as origin
X
(0, 0)
B
The co-ordinates of the centre of mass are
A C
m x  m 2 x 2  m3 x 3
 For 1st sphere = x1 = 0 XC.M = 1 1
m1  m 2  m3
2nd sphere = x2 = AB
3rd sphere = x3 = AC m 1  m  2  m  3
= =2
m x  m 2 x 2  m3 x 3 mmm
 x= 1 1
m1  m 2  m3 m y  m 2 y 2  m3 y3
YC.M = 1 1
0  m(AB)  m(AC) AB  AC m1  m 2  m3
= =
3m 3 m 1  m  2  m  3
= =2
83. d C d mmm
Hence, the co-ordinates of centre of mass are
m1 m2
(2, 2).
x1 x2
m1x1 = m2x2 ....(i) 86. Since the object has only translational motion
without rotation therefore the centre of mass
m1(x1 – d) = m2(x2 – d) ....(ii)
of the object is the point where the force has
 m1x1 – m1d = m2x2 – m2d
been applied. To find the centre of mass of the
m1d = m2d ....[From (i)] object, let C be taken as the origin and CD to
m be along Y-axis. If m be the mass of AB, then
 d = 1 d
m2 the mass of CD is 2m. The centre of mass of
84. The (x, y, z) co-ordinates of masses 1 g, 2 g, AB is at a distance 2l from C. The centre of
3 g and 4 g are mass of CD is at a distance l from C.
(x1 = 0, y1 = 0, z1= 0), (x2 = 0, y2 = 0, z2 = 0) Distance of centre of mass of the object from C
(x3 = 0, y3 = 0, z3 = 0), 2m  l  m  2l 4ml 4l
=  
(x4 = , y4 = 2, z4 = 3) 2m  m 3m 3
40
Chapter 04: Force
87. Velocity of centre of mass in X-direction is Position vector of centre of mass
zero since there is no external force in     
X-direction. This means centre of mass can’t

 m r + m 2 r 2 + m 3 r 3 + m 4 r 4  m5 r 5
r cm  1 1
change its position in X-direction. In other m1  m 2  m3  m 4  m5
words, gun and bullet move in opposite  0  m(aiˆ  aj)
ˆ  m(aiˆ  aj)
ˆ  0  m(aj)
ˆ
direction along X-axis to maintain same r cm =
position of C.M. in horizontal direction. 10m
a
v
 = 0iˆ  ˆj
10
So, the coordinate of centre of mass =
 a 
In Y-direction, external force is exerted by  0,  .
horizontal surface on gun and hence gun is at  10 
rest and only bullet moves with velocity 92. Centre of mass is closer to massive part of the
mv sin in Y-direction. body therefore the bottom piece of bat has
velocity of C.M. is larger mass.
m 1 v1  m 2 v 2
v= 93. As particles are placed around A B
m1  m 2
origin they form arc. R
mvsin   m  0 If arc length  0, centre of
 vy =
mM mass is at a distance R from
mvsin  the origin. O
 vy = But as the arc length AB increases,
Mm
centre of mass starts moving down.
m1v1  m 2 v 2 10  14  4  0
88. vCM = = = 10 m s1 94. m1r1 = m2r2
m1  m 2 4  10
r m
   1  2
 m r  m1 r 2 y r2 m1
89. r1 = 1 1
m1  m 2 1
 r
 35.5  1.27 H Cl m
r = î x
1  35.5 m1 m2 95. The position of centre of mass remains
 35.5 unaffected because breaking of mass into two
r =  1.27 î 1.27 Å
36.5 parts is due to internal forces.
= 1.24 î 96. Centre of mass lies always on the line that
  joins the two particles.

m v  m2 v 2 2  3  3 2 For the combination cd and ab this line does
90. v cm = 1 1 =
m1  m 2 23 not pass through the origin.
12 For combination bd, initially it passes through
= = 2.4 m/s the origin but later on its moves towards
5
negative X-axis.
91. According to problem But for combination ac it will always pass
m1 = 6 m, m2 = m3 = m4 = m5 = m through origin. So we can say that centre of
  
r 1  0iˆ  0ˆj , r 2  a î  a ˆj , r 3  a î  a ˆj ; mass of this combination will remain at
 
origin.
r 4  0 î  0 ˆj , r 5  0 î  a ˆj  
y  m r  m2 r 2
m1 97. r cm = 1 1
m1  m 2
m2 m3
1(i  2ˆj  k)
ˆ  3(3iˆ  2ˆj  k)
ˆ
x =
m4 1 3

m5  r cm = 2iˆ  ˆj  kˆ
41
m1x1  m 2 x 2  m3 x 3  m 4 x 4  distance of centre of mass from base is
98. X=
m1  m 2  m3  m 4 3h h
h =
0  40 x 4 40 x 4 4 4
X=  3  h
100 100  centre of mass has co-ordinates  0,0, 
300  4
x4 = = 7.5 102. R1 R2
40
Similarly y4 = 7.5 and z4 = 7.5.
100. Mass = density  volume d
dm = r2dz
A CM B
From the figure, z  x d-x
r R r
tan  = = h
z h W
R For equilibrium,
 r= z
h N1d = W(d  x)
Now, R W(d  x)
h  N1 =
d
 r
2
zdz
 z dm 0
103. The rule hanging from a peg is at equilibrium,
zCM = = 1 hence, the principle of moments applies here.
 dM R 2 h
3 L/2
where, dM = mass element of entire cone. (90– )  L
h 2 x1
3 R 
 zCM = 2   z  z dz x2
R h 0 h 
W1 = (L)g
3  R2  3
h
hR 2  h 2  0
=   z dz W2 = (2L)g
For equilibrium,
h W1x1 = W2x2
3  z4  3h
= 3   = L
h 4
 0 4 Where, x1 = sin  90°  θ  and x2 = Lsin θ
2
101. Mass = density  volume L
 (L)g  sin(90 – ) = 2(L)g  Lsin
dm = r2dz 2
From the figure, z   cos() = 4sin ....[ sin(90 – ) = cos]
r R r 1
tan  = = h  tan =
z h 4
R 1
 r= z   = tan1  
h 4
Now,
h R
104. (a) Centre of mass of a body not always
coincides with the centre of gravity of
 r zdz
2
 z dm 0 the body.
zCM = = (c) A couple on a body produces purely
 dM 1 2
R h rotational motion.
3
where dM = mass element of entire cone Hence, (b) and (d) are correct.
105. Total initial momentum of balls = mnu
3  R2  3
h 2 h
3 R 
hR 2  h 2  0
 zCM = 2   z  z dz =   z dz Total final momentum of balls = mnu
R h 0 h  Force experienced by the surface = Rate of
3  z4 
h
change of momentum
3h
= 3  = = mnu  ( mnu) ….(Assuming unit time)
h  4 0 4 = 2mnu
42
Chapter 04: Force
106. F = ma = kt By formula, maximum height
Since m = 1 kg, u 02 sin 2 
a = kt H= substituting in (i) and solving,
2g
dv
 = kt Speed of 2nd particle = u0cos
dt
Collision being inelastic, final momentum of
dv = kt dt
Integrating both sides, composite system = mu0cos î + mu0cos ĵ
kt 2 
v Hence angle made w.r.t. horizontal =
2 4
kt 2  dx 
 dx = dt ....  v   110. B
2  dt 
Integrating both sides,
a
kt 3 6 66 mg B = ma ….(i)
x  1  36 m
6 6 (B is buoyant force)
 
 m v1  m 2 v 2
107. v  1 Let m0 be the mass that should be removed then
m1  m 2
B

  
3 2iˆ  3jˆ  3kˆ  4 3iˆ  2ˆj  3kˆ 
34
a B – (m – m0)g = (m – m0)a ….(ii)
18iˆ  17ˆj  3kˆ

7
  
(m – m0)g
108. p = Acos kt i  Asin kt j

 dp   Adding equations (i) and (ii),
 F= =  Ak sin kt i  Ak cos kt j  mg  mg + m0g = ma + ma  m0a
dt
  2ma
Now, to find angle between F and p  m0 =
ga
 
F p = (Ak sin kt) (A cos kt) + (Ak cos kt)
111. If monkey moves downward with acceleration
(A sin kt) a then its apparent weight decreases. In that
 Fpcos = A2 k sin kt (cos kt + cos kt) condition
= A2 k sin kt(0)
Tension in string = m(g  a)
 cos = 0
This should not exceed the breaking strength
  = 90
of the rope i.e.,
109. u0cos ĵ 360  m(g  a)
 360  60(10  a)
 a  4 m/s2
u0 45
u0cos î
112. Force on the pulley by the clamp
T FPC
H m
FPC = T 2 + [(M + m)g]2
 u0
m m
FPC = (Mg)2 +[(M + m)g]2 mg Mg
st
Speed of 1 particle at highest point = u0cos
Speed of 2nd particle at highest point =
u 02  2gH ….(i) FPC = (M + m) 2 + M 2 g
43
Chapter 04: Force

u
 1=
 0.1  m 2  u1 31. For the given body

 F  0 . Hence body is in
3 0.1  m 2
translational equilibrium.
1  0.1  m 2    
  = Also,  =  1   2
3 0.1  m 2
 d  3d 
 0.1 + m2 = 0.3 + 3m2 =  3F     F  
 2  2 
 2m2 = 0.4
 m2 = 0.2 kg (considering sense of rotation)
=0
25. m1u1 + m2u2 = m1v1 + m2v2 Hence body is in rotational equilibrium.
 1  5  2  1.5 = 1  v1 + 2v2 32. RA
 v1 + 2v2 = 2 ....(i) RB
v 2  v1 A 0.5 m G B
e=
u1  u 2 C 1m
W1 W
 0.8 (5 + 1.5) = v2  v1
50 kg wt 50 kg wt
 v2  v1 = 5.2 ....(ii)
Solving equation (i) and (ii) simultaneously For equilibrium,
 v1 = 2.8 m/s , v2 = +2.4 m/s Considering moments about point A,
dL RA  0 – W1  AC – W  AG + RB  AB
26. = , if  = 0 then L = constant RA  0  50  0.5  50  1 + RB  2 = 0
dt
 2RB = 75
27. No external force is acting on the system so  RB = 37.5 kg wt
C.M. will not shift. RA = 100  37.5 = 62.5 kg wt
28. Assuming point A as origin, let AE be along 33. R1 R2
Y-axis and AF be along X-axis. Due to x cm
uniform density, let mass of AF be m and R 80 cm
A G S
mass of AE be 2 m. B
10 cm 20 cm
The centre of mass of AE is at a distance of l
from A and the centre of mass of AF is at a 50 g wt
distance of l/2 from A. 100 g wt 100 g wt
Hence distance of centre of mass of the metal Let the knife – edge be balanced at x cm from
strip from A is point R. For equilibrium, considering
m  (l / 2)  2m(0) moments about point R,
Xc.m. = = l /6
m  2m W1  RA + W  RG + W2  RB
m  (0)  2m(l ) 2l = (W1 + W + W2)  x
Yc.m. = =
m  2m 3 50  10 + 100  40 + 100  60
Thus, the coordinates of centre of mass of = (50 + 100 + 100) x
strip = (l /6, 2l /3) 500  4000  6000
x = = 42 cm
In the given figure, point ‘c’ is the only point 250
having approximately same coordinates. 34.
m x  m 2 x 2  .... RA RB
29. xCM = 1 1
m1  m 2  .... 0.5 m
ml  2m.2l  3m.3l  .... A B
= 0.3 m C G D
m  2m  3m  ....
l n(n  1)(2n  1) 0.8 m
ml (1  4  9  ....) 6
= = W1 = 4 kg wt W2 = 6 kg wt
m(1  2  3  ....) n(n  1)
2
l (2n  1) W = 10 kg wt
=
3 1m
29
Chapter 04: Force
121. As the spherical bodies have their own size 125. Initial velocity of C.M in X-direction
so the distance covered by both the body m1 u X1  m2 u X2 m(2  0)
12R – 3R = 9R, but individual distance covered ux = = =1
m1  m2 2m
by each body depends upon their masses.
5M acceleration of C.M in X-direction
M
9R m1 a X1  m2 a X2 m(3  0) 3
R 2R ax = = 
12R m1  m2 2m 2
From v = u + at, final velocity of C.M in
x 9R-x X-direction is
These bodies are moving under the effect of 3
mutual attraction only, so their position of vx = ux + axt  vx = 1 + t
2
centre of mass remains unaffected. Initial velocity of C.M in Y-direction
Let smaller body cover distance x just before
m1 u Y1  m2 u Y2 m(0  2)
collision uy = = =1
From m1r1 = m2r2, m1  m2 2m
 M x = 5 M (9R – x)  x = 7.5R acceleration of C.M in Y-direction
a m1 a Y1  m2 a Y2 m(3  0) 3
122. For free fall, sn = u +  2n 1 ay = = 
2 m1  m2 2m 2
Where, sn = distance covered during nth second. Now, vy = uy + ayt
 hn  (2n  1) 3
When the ball is released from the top of  vy = 1 + t
2
tower, then ratio of distances covered by the
As C.M travels with same velocity in X and Y
ball in first, second and third second is
direction, it must be travelling in straight line.
 h I : h II : h III =1: 3: 5
126. Velocity of centre of mass of a body is
 Ratio of work done, constant when no external force acts on the
mghI : mghII : mghIII = 1:3:5 body. If there is no external torque, it does not
123. According to law of conservation of momentum, mean that no external force acts on it.
M  20 = (M + m)V 127. According to law of inertia (Newton’s first law),
M  20 when cloth is pulled from a table, the cloth
V= ….(i)
Mm comes in state of motion but dishes remain
Work done in penetration, stationary due to inertia. Thus we can pull the
1 cloth from table without dislodging the dishes.
W =  (M + m) V2 128.
2 ma cos 
But W = f  s where f is resistive force and ma 
s = 1 cm = 102 m. mg sin 
1 mg a
 (M + m)V2 = f  10–2 
2
Substituting for V using equation (i), Let the mass of block be m. It will remain
2 2 stationary if forces acting on it are in
10 M  20 
(M + m)    =f equilibrium i.e., ma cos  = mg sin 
2  Mm  Here, ma = Pseudo force on block.
400 M 2 102  a = g tan 
=f
2(M  m)
129.
2M 2
 f=  104
Mm 90
124. Initially both the particles are at rest, so
velocity of centre of mass is equal to zero and
45 45
no external force acts on the system, therefore
its velocity of centre of mass remains constant
i.e., zero. 2 mgsin
45
Acceleration of the centre of mass of the P
system is given by, Force F = = n  P
t
F Where, n = no. of molecules incident per unit
a = ext …(M  mass of the system)
M time
2mg sin  2 g sin  Force
= = Pressure P =
mm 2 Area
10  sin 45 5 2 n  2mv
= =  P=
2 2 A
2
a = 5 m/s vertically downward 1023  2  3.32  1027  103
P=
130. Initial momentum = pi = 0 2  104

Final momentum pf = 0 = mviˆ  mvjˆ  p 3 3.32
P=  103 = 2.35  103 N/m2
1.41
 p3 = mv 2 and m3 = 4m  2(m) = 2m
 
p2 p32 133. P = F  v
K.E. of 3rd piece = 3 = ….(i)
2m3 2  2m
F = mg = 250  9.8 = 2450 N
p32 1 1 v = 0.2 m/s
Total KE =  mv 2  mv 2
2 2m 2 2 From equation (i),
2m 2 v 2 3mv 2 P = 2450  0.2 = 490 W
=  mv 2 = As, 1 hp = 746 W
4m 2
490
W F  s ma  s dv s  P= hp = 0.65 hp
131. P = = = =m  746
t t t dt t
Here P = k 134. Mass of deuterium is twice that of a neutron.
dv Now, according to law of conservation of
 k = mv ....(i)
dt momentum,
v2 k mu = mv1 + 2m v2
 t  u = v1 + 2v2 ….(i)
2 m
Coefficient of restitution for perfectly elastic
2kt
v= collision,
m
v  v1
dv e= 2 =1
F=m u
dt
Using (i)  v2  v1 = u ….(ii)
On solving equations (i) and (ii),
k k mk 21
F= =  t 2u u
v 2kt 2 v2 = and v1 = 
m
3 3
1
132. Initial K.E. of neutron is, (K.E.)i = mu2
2
 Final K.E. of neutron,
v 2
1   u  1  1 2
(K.E.)f = mv12  m     mu 
v cos 45 2 2  3  9 2 

v  Loss in K.E. = (K.E.)f  (K.E.)i
m 81 
v sin = E =  mu 2 
9 2 
Change in momentum of one molecule, E 8
Fractional loss = pd = = 0.89
P = 2mv cos 45 = 2 mv  K.E.i 9
46
Chapter 04: Force
(C) is correct, as the reaction of 6th coin on 23. a1 a2
the 7th coin is 4 mg (upwards) F F
(D) is wrong as 10th coin, which is the topmost m1 m2
coin, experiences a reaction force of mg r
(upwards) from all the coins below it. Gm1m 2 F Gm
F=  a1 = = 22
17. For a freely falling lift, (a = g) r2 m1 r
Apparent weight = m(g  a)  a1  m2
= m (g – g)
=0 24. The weight of body changes but its mass
18. F = m  g = 0.05  9.8 = 0.49 N. As the remains the same.
weight of ball acts downwards, the net force 25. From law of conservation of momentum,
will act vertically downward.   
p1  p 2  p 3  0
19. F = m(g – a)
 
= 60(9.8 – 1.8) Let p 1 and p 2 go off at right angles to each
= 480 N
20. Tension in spring before cutting the strip other.

4 mg T  | p3 | = p12  p 22
A B  m3  4 = (1  12) 2  (2  8) 2 = 122  162 = 20

20
mg  m3 = = 5 kg
4
3 mg T
 
 T = mg
26. Let, P A   3Piˆ and P B  2Pjˆ
After cutting the strip
According to law of conservation of
4 mg momentum,
  
B
A PA  PB  PC  0

3 mg mg  3Piˆ  2Pjˆ  P C = 0

Acceleration in brick A  P C  3Piˆ  2Pjˆ
4mg  3mg g
aA = =  |PC| = 9P 2  4P 2  13 P
3m 3
Acceleration in block B 27. As the bullet explodes at highest point of
mg trajectory, it only has horizontal velocity.
aB = =g
m 1
vH = vcos 60° = 30  =15 m/s
F 2
21. For mass m1, a1 = 6 = According to law of conservation of
m1
momentum, momentum before and after
F explosion must be same.
 m1 = ....(i)
6 (m1 + m2 ) vH = m1v1 + m2v2
F But, m1 = m and m2 = 3m (given)
For mass m2, a2 = 3 =
m2  4m  15 = m  0 + 3m v2
F 15  4
 m2 = ....(ii)  v2 = = 20 m/s
3 3
F 28. By law of conservation of momentum,
 a=
m1  m 2   
| p1  p 2 |  | p 3 |
From equations (i) and (ii), 
F  p12  p 22  2p1p 2 cos  = | p 3 |
a= = 2 m/s2
F/6F/3 as p1 = p2 = p and p1  p2, θ = 90°.
33
 
10. Mass of rope, m = 0.2 kg,  = 30
F  p  A 2 k (cos kt sin kt + sin kt cost) = 0
 The momentum and force are perpendicular to
each other at 90.  T sin 
T T sin
6. Suppose x1 is distance of m1 and x2 is distance T
of m2 from centre of mass C, as shown in  
figure below. Let m1 be pushed towards C T cos T cos
through a distance d. If m2 is pushed through a mg
distance d to keep the centre of mass at C,
then taking C as the origin, we have From figure, 2Tsin = mg
C mg 0.2  9.8
d d m  T   1.96 N
m1 2 2sin  2sin 30
x1 x2
11. From the F.B.D.,
m1 x1 = m2x2 .…(i)
and m1 (x1  d) = m2 (x2  d) .…(ii)
m1d = m2d
m T
 d = 1 d a
m2
m1g
7. Let m1 = 2 kg, m2 = 12 kg and m3 = 4 kg. If ‘a’ T
is acceleration of the system to the right, then N
a
the equations of motion of the three bodies are N
m1a = T1  m1g,
m2a = T2  T1 and m2g
m3a = m3g  T2 For m1 : N + T  m1g = m1a .…(i)
Adding the three equations, For m2 : T  N  m2g = m2a .…(ii)
From (i) and (ii),
(m1 + m2 + m3)a = (m3  m1)g
(m1  m 2 )
a
 m3  m1  g N
2
(g  a).
m1  m 2  m3
12. From F.B.D., at the moment of breaking off the
=
 4  2 10 = 1.11 m/s2 inclined plane, normal reaction will be zero.
2  12  4 N F sin 
F
1 m  mv    mv 
2 2
1  F cos 
8. K  mv 2  
2 2 m 2m
2
p
 K mg
2m
2
F sin  = mg  kt sin = mg
K1 p 2 2m 5  p  10 mg
  1  22    1    t
K 2 2m1 p 2 2  p2  4 k sin 
 p1 : p2 = 1 : 1 dv
Since F cos  = ma  kt cos  = m
   dt
9. Torque is given by,  = r  F . Hence option v
k cos 
t
 k cos   2
(A) is incorrect.   dv 
0
m 0
t dt  v =

 2m 
t
Though torque and work have same dimensions
and unit, they are different physical quantities. mg
At the time of breaking off t 
Hence option (B) is incorrect. k sin 
The direction of moment of force is k cos   mg 
2
mg 2 cos 
perpendicular to the plane of figure. Hence  v   
option (C) is incorrect.
2m  k sin   2k sin 2 
48
Chapter 04: Force
13. Initial momentum = 0 17. When an explosion breaks a rock, its initial
  momentum is zero. Hence, according to the
Final momentum = 2mv  2mv  0 law of conservation of momentum, final
Relative velocity of one with respect to the momentum will be zero.
other = 2v mv
1 E
Final K.E. = 2   2mv 2  E  v 
2 2m 1.5 kg  12 m/s = m1v1
E
 Relative velocity = 2v  2
2m m2v2 = 2 kg  8 m/s
4E 2E Total momentum of the two pieces of 1.5 kg
  and 2 kg
2m m
= 182  162  24 kg m s1.
14. Assertion is true, but the Reason is not true.
The third piece will have the same momentum
Infact, the centre of mass is related to the
but in direction opposite to the resultant of
distribution of mass of the body.
these two momenta.
15. According to law of conservation of  Momentum of the third piece = 24 kg m s1
momentum, velocity = 6 m s1.
mPu1 + mQ  0 = mPv1 + mQ(v1) mv 24
 Mass of the 3rd piece =   4 kg
mPu1 = (mP  mQ)v1 …(i) v 6
u1 m P  m Q 18. Y
  …(ii)
v1 mP
According to law of conservation of kinetic
energy, C
1 1
m P u12   m P  m Q  v12 …(iii)
2 2 60
Dividing (iii) by (i), O
X
A N B
u1 
m P  m Q  v1
m P  mQ Taking A as the origin, the co-ordinates of the
u1 m P  m Q three vertices of the triangle are:
  …(iv) A(x1, y1) = (0, 0); B(x2, y2) = (2 r, 0) and
v1 m P  m Q
From (ii) and (iv), 
C(x3, y3) = r, r 3 
m  mQ m P  mQ  Co-ordinates of centre of mass O are
 P  m  x1  x 2  x 3  0  2r  r
mP mP  mQ x  r
3m 3
mP 1
On solving,  . m  y1  y 2  y3  0  0  r 3 r
mQ 3 y  
3m 3 3
16. Earth revolves around the sun in almost 19. The velocity of ball hitting the bat = v m/s
circular orbit and has spinning motion about The velocity of recoil in the opposite direction
its axis. Due to this, the velocity of earth is = (v/2) m/s
changing with time. Hence Newton’s first law
 mv 
of motion does not hold good for the earth.  Change of momentum = mv    
Thus, Reason is correct.  2 
3mv
But for the object moving on the earth, the  p  .
earth can be taken at rest and the frame of 2
reference attached to motion on the earth is 3mv
 Force on the ball = .
taken as inertial. 2t
49
F
20. Common acceleration, a 
m1  m 2  m3
5
a  2.5m / s 2
10  8  2
Equation of motion of m3 is T3  T2 = m3a
 50  T2 = 2  2.5  T2 = 45 N
21. Amongst the given balls, glass balls have
maximum coefficient of restitution i.e., e = 0.94.
22. For the completely filled bob, C.G. coincides
with its centre. As the liquid flows out, C.G.
shifts downward. When more than half of
liquid flows out, it starts shifting upwards and
when the bob gets emptied completely, C.G. is
at centre again.
50
 Final K.E., 48. 20% of fat burned is converted into
1 1 mechanical energy
mv2 = W + mu2 Here, mechanical energy is potential energy
2 2
30 1    P.E. = mgh
= 0.1  xdx   10  102 ( W = F  s ) When person lifts the mass 1000 times,
20 2
Total P.E. = U = 10  9.8  1  1000 = 9.8  104 J
(Negative sign indicates retardation)
30
Let total fat burned be x kg,
 x2   302 202  Hence the energy supplied by x kg fat is
= 0.1   + 500 =  0.1    + 500
 2  20  2 2  E = x  3.8  107
= 25 + 500 = 475 J 20 % of which is converted to U
20
45. F = 6t = ma  x  3.8  107  = 9.8  104
100
m = 1 kg 76 x = 9.8  101
 a = 6t  x = 12.89  103 kg
dv 49. This is a case of a perfectly inelastic collision
 = 6t
dt in which linear momentum is conserved but
Integrating we get, kinetic energy is not conserved.
v 1 52. When two bodies with same mass collide
 dv   6t dt elastically, their velocities get interchanged.
0 0
53. Let mass of bullet be m and mass of ice be M.
 
v = 3t 2 1
0
= 3 m/s According to the conservation of linear
momentum,
From work energy theorem, m  300 + M  0 = m  0 + Mv
1 0.01  300 + 0 = 5v
W = (v2 – u2)
2 3
 v = = 0.6 m/s = 60 cm/s
1 5
= (1) (9 – 0)
2 54. For collision, the relative velocity of one
= 4.5 J particle should be directed towards the relative
position of other particle.
46. Work done by gravitation force is given by (Wg) 
Wg = mgh = 103  10  103 = 10 J Let v R be direction of relative velocity of B


According to work energy theorem
w.r.t. A and r R be direction of relative
Wg + Wres = KE
position of A w.r.t. B.
1
10 + Wres =  103  50  50    
2  v 2  v1  r1  r2
 vR =   and r R =  
5
10 + Wres = v 2  v1 r1  r2
4
Wres = 8.75 J    
  r1  r2 v2  v1
47. From graph, work done is area under the curve  vR = r R   
  
1  1  r1  r2 v2  v1
 W =   3  20   (3  20)    3  20 
2  2 
55. Before collision:
= 30 + 60 + 30 = 120 J 1 1
From work energy theorem, (K.E.)1 = m1u12  m 2 u 22
2 2
1 After collision:
mv2 = W = 120
2 1 1
1 (K.E.)2 = m1 v12  m 2 v 22
  2.4  v2 = 120 2 2
2 Total energy being conserved in collision,
 v2 = 100 1 1 1 1
m1u12  m 2 u 22    m1 v12  m 2 v 22
 v = 10 m/s 2 2 2 2
36
78. From the Bernoulli’s Principle 8.
1 F
P1  P2 =   v 22  v12 
2 m
1 mg sin 
=  1.3  [(120)2  (90)2] mg cos  
2 mg
30
= 4095 N/m2 or pascal
82. amax = Sg Here,  = 30
 amax = 0.15  10 = 1.5 m/s2 N = mg cos 
FS = N =  (mg cos ) = 0.5
 
83. W = F ds = (N)S 3 3
(mg)  mg
2 4
84. P = P0 + hg
While the downward force component,
= 1.01  105 + 0.20  1000  10 1
= 1.01  105 + 0.02  105 = 1.03  105 Pa mg sin  = mg sin 30 = mg
2
 F = PA  mg sin  >  (mg cos )
 F = 1.03  105  1 = 1.03  105 N This means force of static friction is not
sufficient to stop the block from slipping
Critical Thinking downwards.
Let F be the minimum force applied on it, so
2. Friction is non-conservative force. Also that it does not slip. Then N = F + mg cos 30
frictional force = mg i.e., it depends upon the  mg sin 30 = N = (F + mg cos30)
mass of the body.
mg sin 30
F=  mg cos30
6. When a bicycle is in motion, two cases may arise: 
i. When the bicycle is being pedalled, the
 (2)(10)(1 / 2)   3
applied force has been communicated to =   (2) (10)  
0.5 
rear wheel. Due to which the rear wheel    2 
pushes the earth backwards. Now the  F = 2.68 N
force of friction acts in the forward
direction on the rear wheel but front wheel 10. For block A to just move,
moves forward due to inertia, so force of (FS)A  mA
friction works on it in backward direction. For block A and B to just move,
ii. When the bicycle is not being pedalled, (FS)AB  (mA + mB)
both the wheels move in forward Taking ratio,
direction, due to inertia. Hence force of  FS AB (mA  mB )
friction on both the wheels acts in 
 FS A mA
backward direction.
(4  8)
7.  (FS)AB = 12  = 36 N
M
4
11. N
θ Mg sin θ
Mg
θ
W1 T
The component of weight Mg of the block
along the inclined plane = Mg sin.
The minimum frictional force to overcome is
F1
also Mg sin.
To make the block just move up the plane the As shown in free body diagram,
minimum force applied must overcome the Weight of block = N
F1 = T = Force due to static friction between
component Mg sin of gravitational force as
block and surface = FS
well as the frictional force Mg sin is 2 Mg sin. 1
52
Chapter 05: Friction in Solids and Liquids
12. For the limiting condition, upward frictional 5 10
force between board and block will balance 21. r1 = m , r2 = m,
100 100
the weight of the block. F
F2 = 1350 kg f = 1350  9.8 N;
i.e., F > mg F1 F2
 (R) > mg As, 
a1 a 2
 (ma) > mg R m ma a1 r 2
g  F1  F2  12 F2
> a2 r1
a mg
r12 (5 / 100) 2
 F1  F   1350  9.8
13. Resolving force Q into its components, the r12 2
(10 / 100) 2
free body diagram of the block is given by
= 1470N
R F F
Pressure, P  1 = 12
a1 r1
F 1470
P+Q sin
=
(22 / 7) (5 / 100) 2
mg + Q cos = 1.87  105 Pa
F = R 24. Hydraulic brakes work as per Pascal’s law.
 P + Q sin  = (mg + Q cos ) Hence change in liquid pressure is transmitted
equally to wheels.
P  Qsin 
 = 29. According to the equation of continuity,
mg  Qcos 
Av = constant
14. Acceleration of block on horizontal surface The speed of still water is very small and
a = (100   R)/ m hence area will be large. This makes the still
water run deep.
= (100  0.5  100)/ 10 = 5 m/s2
Note: g is gravitational acceleration and 30. The equation of continuity is derived on the
motion is along horizontal. Hence g will not basis of the principle of conservation of mass
play any role in this case. and it is true in every case, whether tube is
kept horizontal or vertical.
15. At a point, pressure acts in all directions and a 31. If the liquid is incompressible then mass of
definite direction is not associated with it, so liquid entering through left end, should be equal
pressure is a scalar quantity. to mass of liquid coming out from the right end.
16. When two holes are made in the tin, air keeps  M = m1 + m2
entering through the other hole. Due to this the  Av = A1v1 + A2v2
pressure inside the tin does not become less  24  10 = 12  6 + 8  v2
than atmospheric pressure which happens 240  72
when only one hole is made.  v2 = = 21 m/s
8
18. Pressure depends on depth alone. 32. Volume of big drop = 2 (Volume of small drop)
19. pressure (Pg) = 200 kPa, 4 3 4
 r2 = 2   r13
P0 = atmospheric pressure = 1.01  105 Pa 3 3
= 101 kPa  r2 = 21/3 r1
Absolute pressure (P) = P0 + Pg Also v1  r12 , v2  r22
= 101 + 200 = 301 kPa v 2 r22
 =
20. Total pressure= Pa + gh v1 r12
[ water = 103 kg/ms2] 2
= 1.01  105 + 103  10  10 r2 2 3 r12

 v2 = 22  v1 =  0.15
= 2.01  105 Pa r1 r12
 2 atm v2 = 0.15  22/3 cm/s
53
Chapter 04: Force

p = 2 2 mv 2 2
p2  p2  = v  v = v
3m 3
= p f2 + pi2 (  = 90) Loss in K.E. = total initial K.E.  total final K.E.
2
1 1 1  2v 2 
=p 2 = m(2v) 2  (2m)v 2   (3m)  
=5 2 2 2 2  3 

p = 7.07 kg ms1  3  8  5
= 2mv2 + mv2   m  v 2   = mv 2
 2  9  3
68. In case of inelastic collision 5
mv 2
m1m 2 Percentage loss in K.E. = 3 100
K.E. 
2  m1  m 2 
1  e 2   u1  u 2 
2
2mv 2  mv 2
5
1 0.5   1  = 100 = 55.56%
9
1   6   9  
2
=
2 1  0.5   9   56%
18 71. Say mass of 2 kg is at rest initially, then
=   225 3  15 + 2  0 = 3v1 + 2v2
69
 45 = 3v1 + 2v2 ….(i)
8  225
= 5 1
54  e= 
15 3
= 33.33 J v 2  v1 1
 
1 m m  15  0 3
69. KEloss =  1 2  (1  e2) (u1 – u2)2  15 = 3v2  3v1 ….(ii)
2  m1  m 2 
Solving equations (i) and (ii),
1  m1m 2  2 2
v1 = 7 , v2 = 12
=   (1  0 ) (v – 0)  Loss of kinetic energy
2  m1  m 2 
1 1 1
1  4.2  102  9  4.2  102  =  3  152   3  72   2  122
= 2 2 2 2
  (300)
2 42  102  = 337.5  73.5  144 = 120 J
= 1701 J 72. The frame of reference which are at rest or in
1701 uniform motion are called inertial frames while
= frames which are accelerated with respect to
4.2
each other are non-inertial frames. Spinning or
= 405 cal
rotating frames are accelerated frames.
  
70. m 74.  = r F
2v
  
v Vector τ is perpendicular to both r and F .
v
   
=  r   = 0 and F    0
45
45

2m 3m 75. F  Fkˆ Y
 

Before collision After collision r  î  ˆj
Fkˆ
   O
  
Collision being perfectly inelastic,  = r  F = î  ˆj Fkˆ X
m(2v) cos 45 + 2m(v) cos 45 = (m + 2m)v
= F  î  kˆ   F  ˆj  kˆ 
1 1
 2mv + 2mv = 3mv
2 2 = F  ˆj  F  î   F ˆj  Fiˆ  F  î  ˆj
39
Equating (i) and (ii), Force
pressure 
m1a + m1g sin  = m2g  m2a area
m2 (g  a) = m1 (a + g sin )  Force = pressure  area
m ma = 550  20 (m = mass of a wing)
Given 2  sin 
m1 11000
m= = 1100 kg ( a = g)
a  g sin  10
 sin  =
ga Assuming mass of the plane is mostly due to
its wings,
 2 a = 0  a = 0  No motion.
Mass of plane = 2m = 1100  2 = 2200 kg.
v2 m2 v2 P2
61. s= = = 67. Let ‘A’ be the area of cross-section of the
2g 2gm 2 2m 2 g
tank, ‘a’ be tha area of hole, ‘ve’ be the
62. Limiting friction = SR = Smg velocity of efflux. ‘V’ be the speed with which
= 0.5  60  10 = 300 N level decreases.
Kinetic friction = kR = kmg So according to equation of continuity
= 0.4  60  10 = 240 N ave = AV [i.e., area (a)  velocity (v) = constant]
Force applied on the body = 300 N and if the av
body is moving then, V e
A
Net accelerating force Now applying Bernoulli’s theorem,
= Applied force – kinetic friction 2
1  av e  1
 ma = 300  240 = 60 0 + Hg +   0  v e2
60 2  A  2
 a= = 1 m/s2  1  av e   1 2
2
60    Hg     v e
63. Velocity of ball when it strikes the water  2  A   2
surface v = 2gh .…(i) 2
1  av e  1 2
 Hg +  ve
Terminal velocity of ball inside the water 2  A  2
2
v = r 2g
   1 .…(ii)   a 2 
9  2Hg = ve2 1    
Equating (i) and (ii)   A  
2 r 2g 2Hg 2   4  0.6  10
2gh = (  1) ve2 =  = 71 m2/s2.
1   0.2 
2 2
9  a
1  
2 A
2 4   1 
 h= r g   ve = 71 = 8.4 m/s
81   
64. A part of pressure energy is dissipated in 68. Acceleration down a rough inclined plane
doing work against friction. a = g (sin    cos ) and this is less than g.
65. Area of each wing = 20 m2
5 Competitive Thinking
Speed, v1 = 216 km h1 = 216  = 60 m s1
18 1. Sand is used to increase the friction.
5 2. There is increase in normal reaction when the
Speed, v2 = 180 km h1 = 180  = 50 m s1
18 object is pushed and there is decrease in
Let P1 and P2 be the pressures of air at the upper normal reaction when object is pulled.
and lower wings of plane respectively, then 3. F  R  0.3  250  75 N
P1 1 2 P2 1 2
 v1   v 2 mB
 2  2 4. S =
1 1 mA
 P1  P2 =   v12  v22  = 1 (602  502 )
2 2 mB
 0.2 =
= 550 Pa 2
(Air density,  = 1 kg m3)  mB = 0.4 kg
55
5. Since the lift is moving downwards with mg sin 
acceleration equal to g, the effective weight and F= s  mg cos θ
hence the normal reaction of the body is zero.
Therefore, the force of friction is also zero.  sin  
= mg    cos  
 s 
6. Box is stationary on N
floor of train i.e., it is  1 3

moving with acceleration = 10 2  0.2 2 
 ….( = 30)
f 50 kg
 
same as that of train. ma
 = 5 5  3 
f = ma  
 N = ma mg = 5 [5  1.732]
 mg = ma = 16.34
a = g = 0.3  10 11. As the block does not move, maximum force
a = 3 ms2 equals force of friction.
 F = R
7. As the block is momentarily pushed,
F
a
=  a = g F sin60°
g 
60°
If the block comes to rest in time t, then m
v  vinitial 0  v  v F cos60°
a = Final = 
t t t
Resolving applied force into its components,
v
t= (neglecting negative sign) F cos 60 = (mg + F sin 60)
a
F 1  3
v   3  10  F  
= ( a = g) 2 2 3 2 
g
F F
= 5
8. F = mg sin  2 4
F 10  F = 20 N.
m=  = 2 kg
g sin  10  1 12. Let downward acceleration of mass m1 be a,
2 then (m1 + m2 + m3) a = m1g  (m2 + m3) g
9. Net force = mg sin  FS N FS a a
P
 ma = mg sin  FS m2 m3
mg sin 
 FS = mg sin   ma m2g m3g
mg mg cos
= 80 sin 30  8  0.4
= 40  3.2 
= 36.8 N a m1
10.
N m1g
sN
m g  (m 2  m3 )g m[g  2g]
a= 1 
m1  m 2  m3 3m

mg sin  F
mg cos  g
mg = [1  2]
 3
mg sin θ = μsN 14. Coefficient of sliding friction has no dimensions.
But N = F + mg cos θ 15. When there is no friction, minimum force on
mg sin θ = μs(F + mg cos θ) body = R
56
In presence of frictional force, F = fAB + fBG
Maximum force on body = f R
2 2 = ABmag + BG(mA + mB)g
= 0.2  100  10 + 0.3(300)  10
= (R) 2  R 2 = 200 + 900 = 1100 N
= R 2  1 20. Applied force = 2.5 N
Thus force ranges such that, Limiting friction = mg = 0.4  2  9.8
= 7.84 N
R  F  R 2  1 For the given condition applied force is very
i.e., Mg  F  Mg  2  1 smaller than limiting friction.
 Static friction on a body = Applied force
16. From law of conservation of energy, = 2.5 N
mgh = μ  mgd 21.
h fs
d=

A B
17. T sin  = WA F N
T cos  = W 20 N 100 N
Dividing two equations,
 WA = W tan  Here force of friction exerted by the wall is
T sin  along vertical direction. Hence if the system is
Knot in vertical equilibrium then,
W B 
T cos  fs = WA + WB = 20 + 100 = 120 N
22. From the figure, vertical component of F is
A
F sin and the horizontal component is F cos.
Thus, R + F sin F
R + F sin = mg
WA
 R = mg  F sin 
F cos
M
18. Let be the mass per unit length of chain. Frictional force,
L
R = (mg  F sin).
Let the length of chain that hangs is L, so the
Also, (mg  F sin ) = F cos. mg
length of chain that rests on table is L  L.
 mg
Thus, mass of the chain that hangs and that  F=
M M ( sin  cos)
rests are L and (L  L) respectively. F will be minimum if the denominator is
L L
Let frictional force due to chain on table balance maximum, i.e., if
the gravitational force on hanging chain d
( sin + cos) = 0
 f = mg d
 mg = mg   cos  sin = 0   = tan.
M M 23. v = u  at  u  gt = 0
  (L  L) = (L)
L L u 6
 0.25 (L  L) = L  =  = 0.06
gt 10  10
L 0.25
 = = 0.2  20 % 24.
L 1.25 f = t
m1 μ1
19. m2 μ2
fAB A On lower block (m2)

f1
fBG B F m2
Ground f2
57
f2 = force of friction between lower block & Net force acting, on the first body
the table. T  m1g = m1a ….(i)
f1 = force of friction between lower block & Net force acting on the second body
upper block. m2g  T = m2a ….(ii)
So f1 ≤ f2 ….( m2 never moves) m gT
a= 2
 μ1m1g ≤ μ2(m1 + m2)g m2
1 m1  m2 Substituting in equation (i),

2 m1 m (m g  T)
T  m1g = 1 2
1 m m2
1 2
2 m1 m1m 2 g( k  1)
 T=
1 m2 (m1  m 2 )
So maximum value of  = 1 + m
2 1 28. m
R F sin 30° T
25. f m2
F
30° F cos 30°

Fk T
Mg
Kinetic friction = kR = 0.2(Mg  F sin 30) m1

1 m1g
= 0.2(5  10  40  )
2
For mass m1, T = m1g
= 0.2(50  20) = 6 N
acceleration of the block For mass m2, at equilibrium,
f = T = m1g
Fcos30  Kinetic friction
= fmax =  (m2 + m)g
Mass
 (10 + m) g = 5g
3 5
40  6  10 + m =
a= 2 = 5.73 m/s2 0.15
5
100
26. For a block of 3 kg,  10 + m =
3
F = mg – T 70
= 3  10 – 27  m= kg = 23.3 kg.
3
F=3N
The minimum weight in the given options is
 ma = 3
27.3 kg.
a = 1 m/s2
For a block of 20 kg, 29. When air is blown through a hole on a closed
ma = 27 – kmg pipe containing liquid, then the pressure will
20  1 = 27 – k  20  10 increase in all directions.
7
 k = = 0.035 30. P = gh
200 Hence, pressure is independent of area of
27. a liquid surface.
m1
m1g 32. Pressure difference between lungs and
atmosphere = 760 mm – 750 mm
T
= 10 mm = 1 cm of Hg
m2 a Also, Pressure difference = 1  13.6  g
i.e., one can draw from a depth of 13.6 cm of
m2g
water.
58
33. Pressure at bottom of the lake = P0 + hg 45. If velocities of water at entry and exit points are v1
h and v2, then according to equation of continuity,
Pressure at half the depth of a lake = P0 + g 2 2
2 v1 A 2  r2   2  4
A1v1  A2v2       
According to given condition, v 2 A1  r1   3  9
1 2
P0 + hg = (P0 + hg) 46. A1v1 = A2v2
2 3 2
1 1 v1 A 2  d 2   10  2
 = = = =4:1
3
P0 = hg
6 v2 A1  d1   5 
2P 2 ×105
h = 0 = 3 = 20 m 47.
ρg 10 ×10 R n holes
Using equation of continuity,
P hg  Pa (10  103  10)  1  105
34.   =2 av = constant
Pa Pa 1  105
VR 2
R2V = nr2v  v =
35. The system is in equilibrium and pressure on nr 2
both sides is equal.
This means, 48. v2 = v12  2gh = (0.4) 2  2 10  0.2 = 2 m/s
hww g = hoo g A1v1 = A2v2
2
h w  w 130  10 3  103  8 103  d2
 o = = 3 = 928.6 kg/m3    0.4 =   2
ho 140  10  2  4
36.  d  3.6  103 m
Glycerine
Oil h
10 cm dv
10–h 50. F=A
dx
A B
F dv
 shearing stress = 
Mercury A dx
5
9
At the condition of equilibrium  shearing stress = 102  18
Pressure at point A = Pressure at point B 10
P A = PB = 0.25  103 N/m2
 10  1.3  g = h  0.8  g + (10  h)  13.6  g
dv 2  102
 h = 9.6 cm 51. F = A = 0.9  500  10–4 
dx 0.5  103
P1  P2 v 2 4.5  105  4  105 v 2 = 1.8 N
37.   
g 2g 103  g 2g 52. Since F = 6 r v
 v = 10 m/s  Frv
39. From kinetic theory point of view viscosity 53. Fv
represents transport of momentum.
43. In steady flow of incompressible liquid rate of
flow remains constant i.e., V = av = constant.
This is equation of continuity.
When pipe is placed vertically upward velocity mg
of flow decreases with height so area of cross
Fv = mg
section increases and when pipe is placed
4 3
vertically downward, velocity of flow increases  6rv = r g
in downward direction so area of cross section 3
decreases i.e., it becomes narrower. 4r 2g 4  12  1.75  980
=  = 1089 poise
44. A streamlined body offers less resistance to air. 3 6 v 3  6  0.35
59
54. vT1 r 
2
6πηrv  = 1
vT2  r2 
2 2
v r  1 1
=  1  or    [Using (i)]
nv  r2  n 2
n=4
61. v  r2  (neglecting density of liquid)
mg where  = density of material of sphere.
4 4 ρ r3
4 3 Now,  r 13 1 = r 32 2  1 = 23
6πηrv = πr g 3 3 ρ2 r1
3 2 2 3
v1 r ρ r r r
2 2  = 12  1 = 12  23 = 2
 v2 r2 p2 r2 r1 r1
v=
9 r g
62. Terminal speed v  r2
2  0.9 2  10 6  103  9.8
 v= 5
= 98 ms–1 v1 r2 r2
9  1.8  10  = 2 = 1/3 2
v2 R (2 r)
55. F  r3  V
(21/3 r) 2
As volume becomes doubled, F changes to 2F.  v2 = v1 2
= 5  22/3 = 5  41/3 cm s1
r
57. For a given material, terminal velocity is 63. The onset of turbulence in a liquid is
independent of mass of the body but depends determined by a dimensionless parameter
on density of the material. called as Reynold’s number.
58. In the first 100 m, body starts from rest and its N 3000  10 3
velocity goes on increasing and after 100 m it 65. vc = = = 0.15 m/s
D 103  0.02
acquires maximum velocity (terminal velocity).
Further, air friction i.e., viscous force which is N 2  103  6  103  101
66. vc = =
proportional to velocity is low in the beginning D 720  5  103
and maximum at v = vT. = 0.33 m/s
Hence, work done against air friction in the first Flow becomes turbulent, if the velocity is
100 m is less than the work done in next 100 m. above 0.33 m/s.
2r 2 vρD
59. Using v = (  ), v  (  ) 67. Reynold’s number NR = ….(i)
9η η
vgold 19.5  1.5 18 where v is the speed of flow.
= = =2 Rate of flow of water Q = Area of cross section
vsilver 10.5  1.5 9
 speed of flow
vgold 0.2 2
 vsilver = = = 0.1 m s1 Q=
πD
 v or v =
4Q
2 2 4 πD2
4 3 Substituting the value of v in equation (i),
60. Mass = Volume  Density  M = r   4QρD 4Qρ
3 NR = 2
=
As the density remains constant πD η πDη
 M  r3 Substituting the values,
M 
1/3
1
1/3 4  5  105  103
r1  M  NR = = 5100
  1  =   = ….(i)  22 
r2  M2   8M  2    1.25  10  10
2 3
 7 
2 r 2 (  )g
Terminal velocity, v = For NR > 3000, the flow is turbulent.
9  Hence, the flow of water is turbulent with
 v  r2 Reynold’s number 5100.
60
1 2 1
69. P+ v = P +   4v2 R
2 2 1.25
Q
ρ
P = P + v2 (1  4) 0.75
2
3 2 According to Bernoulli’s theorem,
P = P  v Energy per unit
2 Energy per unit
=
volume at point R volume at point Q
70. Using Bernoulli’s theorem,
P1 v12 P v2 1 2 1
+ = 2 + 2 P + gh + V = P + 0 + v2
g 2g g 2g 2 2
av
4.5 105 4 105 1v 2 But, V = ….[from equaion (i)]
+0= + A
g g 2g
1 av 2 1
105 105  gh +    = v2
v22 = = 3 2 A 2
 10
2gh 2  9.8  1.25
v2 = 10 m/s  v2 = 2 = 2 = 30.625
71. According to Bernoulli’s principle,

1  (a / A) 1  0.2  
F 1 2  v = 5.53 m/s  5.5 m/s
P=  v
A 2 74. Horizontal range will be maximum when
1 1
 F = v2A =  1.2  (40)2  250 h=
H
=
90
…(Using Shortcut 4)
2 2 2 2
= 2.4  105 N = 45 cm i.e., hole 3.
Also, net force acting on the roof is upward.
75. For maximum range, height of the hole
72. Let A = cross-section of tank
h
a = cross-section hole h
Total height 2 = 3h
V = velocity with which level decreases = =
v = velocity of efflux i.e., velocity with which the 2 2 4
liquid flows out of orifice (i.e., a narrow hole) From PQ level, hole number 2 is at height of
A 3h
.
4
3m B v
52.5cm 76.  
F F
B
D
From equation of continuity av = AV
av
V=
A
By using Bernoulli's theorem for energy per
fAB sin 
unit volume
Energy per unit volume at point A = Energy 
per unit volume at point B
1 1 2 A
P + gh + V2 = P + 0 + v fAB cos 
C 
2 2   f CD
2gh 2  10  (3  0.525)  f AB
 v2 =  = 50 m2/s2 
a
2
1  (0.1) 2
As the roller is given force F , it acts
1  
A perpendicular to axis of roller. In case of rail
CD, the frictional force developed,
73. Using equation of continuity,  
av = AV ….(i) f CD exactly balances F . But, in case of rail
where, V is velocity with which liquid level  
decreases and v is velocity of efflux. AB, f AB is not balanced by F .
61
 Using kinematical equation of motion,
Cosine component of f AB i.e., 1
 s = ut + at2
f AB cos balances F , whereas sine component 2

1  g k g 3  2
of f AB remains unbalanced. As f AB sin is 4 = (0)(4) +    (4)
2  2 2 
directed towards left, roller will turn left.
77. For the body just sliding with constant  
16 = g   k g 3 16
1 = g 1   3 
acceleration a,
FS = Fk + ma k
 ma = SR  kR 1  0.1

= mg (0.75 – 0.5) ( R = mg)  k =
3
g  k = 0.52
 a = g (0.25) =
4 80. Pressure at the bottom of tank
78. For force of friction, P = hg = 3  105
F = N = Mg Pressure due to liquid column
Given: F = F0t Pl = 3  105 – 1  105 = 2  105
At time t = T, and velocity of water v = 2gh
F Mg
T= = 2Pl 2  2  105
F0 F0  v= = = 400 m/s
ρ 103
79. N
s 82. [vc] = [xyrz]
[M0 L1T–1] = [M1L1T–1]x [M1L3]y[L1]z
[M0L1T–1] = [Mx + y] [L–x 3y + z][T–x]

Comparing both sides,
mg sin x + y = 0, –x – 3y + z = 1, x = 1
mg cos mg   x = 1, y = 1, z = 1
Referring to diagram, 83. v2 = u2 + 2as ….(i)

Now, initial velocity at midpoint
mg sin  = sN and
N = mg cos L
u= 2g sin θ
 s.mg cos  = mg sin 2
1 and final velocity for the lower half = v = 0
i.e. s = tan  = tan 30 = At lower half acceleration = g sin   g cos 
3
L
 s = 0.6 and s =
2
Now, while sliding, let acceleration of box be a, L/2
k mg cos
L/2 
 mg mg cos
ma
mg sin  From equation (i),

mg  L L
02  2g sin  = 2 [g sin   g cos ] 
2 2
mg sin  k mg cos = ma L
  2g sin  = gL sin   gL cos 
 a = g sin30  kg cos 30 2
g  g 3  2gL sin  = gL cos 
a=  k
2 2   = 2 tan 
62
m1x1  m 2 x 2  m3 x 3  m 4 x 4  distance of centre of mass from base is
98. X=
m1  m 2  m3  m 4 3h h
h =
0  40 x 4 40 x 4 4 4
X=  3  h
100 100  centre of mass has co-ordinates  0,0, 
300  4
x4 = = 7.5 102. R1 R2
40
Similarly y4 = 7.5 and z4 = 7.5.
100. Mass = density  volume d
dm = r2dz
A CM B
From the figure, z  x d-x
r R r
tan  = = h
z h W
R For equilibrium,
 r= z
h N1d = W(d  x)
Now, R W(d  x)
h  N1 =
d
 r
2
zdz
 z dm 0
103. The rule hanging from a peg is at equilibrium,
zCM = = 1 hence, the principle of moments applies here.
 dM R 2 h
3 L/2
where, dM = mass element of entire cone. (90– )  L
h 2 x1
3 R 
 zCM = 2   z  z dz x2
R h 0 h 
W1 = (L)g
3  R2  3
h
hR 2  h 2  0
=   z dz W2 = (2L)g
For equilibrium,
h W1x1 = W2x2
3  z4  3h
= 3   = L
h 4
 0 4 Where, x1 = sin  90°  θ  and x2 = Lsin θ
2
101. Mass = density  volume L
 (L)g  sin(90 – ) = 2(L)g  Lsin
dm = r2dz 2
From the figure, z   cos() = 4sin ....[ sin(90 – ) = cos]
r R r 1
tan  = = h  tan =
z h 4
R 1
 r= z   = tan1  
h 4
Now,
h R
104. (a) Centre of mass of a body not always
coincides with the centre of gravity of
 r zdz
2
 z dm 0 the body.
zCM = = (c) A couple on a body produces purely
 dM 1 2
R h rotational motion.
3
where dM = mass element of entire cone Hence, (b) and (d) are correct.
105. Total initial momentum of balls = mnu
3  R2  3
h 2 h
3 R 
hR 2  h 2  0
 zCM = 2   z  z dz =   z dz Total final momentum of balls = mnu
R h 0 h  Force experienced by the surface = Rate of
3  z4 
h
change of momentum
3h
= 3  = = mnu  ( mnu) ….(Assuming unit time)
h  4 0 4 = 2mnu
42
Chapter 04: Force
106. F = ma = kt By formula, maximum height
Since m = 1 kg, u 02 sin 2 
a = kt H= substituting in (i) and solving,
2g
dv
 = kt Speed of 2nd particle = u0cos
dt
Collision being inelastic, final momentum of
dv = kt dt
Integrating both sides, composite system = mu0cos î + mu0cos ĵ
kt 2 
v Hence angle made w.r.t. horizontal =
2 4
kt 2  dx 
 dx = dt ....  v   110. B
2  dt 
Integrating both sides,
a
kt 3 6 66 mg B = ma ….(i)
x  1  36 m
6 6 (B is buoyant force)
 
 m v1  m 2 v 2
107. v  1 Let m0 be the mass that should be removed then
m1  m 2
B

  
3 2iˆ  3jˆ  3kˆ  4 3iˆ  2ˆj  3kˆ 
34
a B – (m – m0)g = (m – m0)a ….(ii)
18iˆ  17ˆj  3kˆ

7
  
(m – m0)g
108. p = Acos kt i  Asin kt j

 dp   Adding equations (i) and (ii),
 F= =  Ak sin kt i  Ak cos kt j  mg  mg + m0g = ma + ma  m0a
dt
  2ma
Now, to find angle between F and p  m0 =
ga
 
F p = (Ak sin kt) (A cos kt) + (Ak cos kt)
111. If monkey moves downward with acceleration
(A sin kt) a then its apparent weight decreases. In that
 Fpcos = A2 k sin kt (cos kt + cos kt) condition
= A2 k sin kt(0)
Tension in string = m(g  a)
 cos = 0
This should not exceed the breaking strength
  = 90
of the rope i.e.,
109. u0cos ĵ 360  m(g  a)
 360  60(10  a)
 a  4 m/s2
u0 45
u0cos î
112. Force on the pulley by the clamp
T FPC
H m
FPC = T 2 + [(M + m)g]2
 u0
m m
FPC = (Mg)2 +[(M + m)g]2 mg Mg
st
Speed of 1 particle at highest point = u0cos
Speed of 2nd particle at highest point =
u 02  2gH ….(i) FPC = (M + m) 2 + M 2 g
43
Here, u = 0 and v = 50 km/hr = 13.88 m/s N
13.88 F
 t= = 2.45 s
5.66 F cos 

2. Fluids move from higher pressure to lower
F2 F sin F
pressure. In a fluid, pressure increases with
depth, so pressure at the top Pa (the mg
atmospheric pressure) is lesser than at the
N = mg + F sin 
bottom [Pa + dg]. Hence the air bubble will
 F2 = k(mg + F sin ) .…(ii)
move from bottom to top. (It cannot move side
ways as the pressure at the same level in a
Case III : When pull F on the block is upward
fluid is same). In coming from bottom to top,
at angle  (0 <  < 90) with horizontal
pressure decreases, so in accordance with
Boyle’s law i.e., PV = constant, volume V will N
increase. Thus, the air bubble will grow in size
and its radius will increase. F sin60
F
 F cos60
3. P = hg
h and  being constant pressure in all four F3
containers is same. mg
N = (mg  F sin )
4. F = R R  F3 = k(mg  F sin ) .…(iii)
F sin60 Then, F3 < F1 < F2. Hence, option (B) is correct.
F 6. As the block moves with uniform velocity,
the resultant force is zero. Resolving F into
60 horizontal component Fcos and vertical
F cos60
component F sin,
W = 20 3
R + F sin  = mg  R = mg  F sin
Also, F = R = (mg  Fsin)
Thus, F cos60 = (W + F sin60) But Fcos = F
 Fcos = (mg  Fsin)
F 1  3F 
   20 3   F(cos  +  sin ) = mg
2 2 3 2 
mg
 F
F F cos    sin 
  10 
2 4 R + F sin
 F = 40 N F
5. Case I : When push or pull (F) is horizontal. 

F cos 
N
F
mg
F
F1 Work W = Fs cos 
mgs cos 
 W
mg cos    sin 
F1 = kmg .…(i) 1
7. mv 2
Initial kinetic energy of the car =
Case II : When push on the block is downward 2
at angle 0 <  < 90 with horizontal. Work done against friction = mgs
65
From conservation of energy 12. Below the surface of the earth, pressure
1 increases with increase in depth. Hence
mgs = mv 2 pressure in the mine is higher than
2
Stopping distance, s = (v2/2g) atmospheric pressure.
The acceleration due to gravity below the
5
v = 32 km/h = 72  = 10 m/s surface of the earth decreases uniformly with
18 the distance from the centre, as shown in the
10  10 figure below.
 s= = 12.5 m
2  0.4  10 g
8. Gasoline (0.6) 4h g
Water
h  1.5
Liquid d
(1.6) o R r
13. Gauge pressure at point A = hg
Total pressure at point A
Pleft side = Pright side = atmospheric pressure + gauge pressure
w  g  2.5 = gas  g  (4  h) + liqg(h  1.5) = Pa + hg
1000  g  2.5 = 600g (4  h) + 1600g(h  1.5) 14. Using Bernoulli’s equation,
2500 = 2400  600 h + 1600 h  2400 1 1
P1 + 1v12  P2  2 v 22 ….(i)
2500 2 2
 h= = 2.5 m
1000 Also, P1  P2 = g  6 .…(ii)
From (i) and (ii),
9. Mass of liquid in AB = yA
2  P1  P2  2g  6
Net force = mass  acceleration v 22  v12 =  = (2g)  6
= (yA)  x .…(i)  
Also, pressure at A = h2g, = 2  980  6
pressure at B = h1g v 22  v12 = 12  980 cm2/s .…(iv)
Net force = Net pressure  area From equation of continuity,
= (h2g  h1g)  A ….(ii) A1v1 = A2v2
Equating (ii) and (i) v1 A 2
 
 (h2  h1) gA = (yA) x v 2 A1
xy   0.52
 h2  h1 = = = 0.25
g   12
v12  0.252  v 22
h Substituting in (iv),
10. v1  2g    gh .…(i)
2
v 22 1   0.25    12  980
2
From Bernoulli’s theorem,  

h 1 12  980
2gh + 4g     4  v 22 v2 
2 2 0.9375
Quantity of water flowing
 v 2  2gh .…(ii)
= A1v1 = A2v2
v2 12  980
  2 =   0.52 
v1 0.9375
 88 c.c per s
11. Assertion is true but reason is false.
In the first few steps, work has to be done 15. The pressure of water at the base of aquarium
against limiting friction and afterwards, work P = hg
is to be done against dynamic friction, which Pressure being linear function of height, average
is smaller than the limiting friction. pressure is half of the maximum pressure.
66
Hence force on the lateral wall, 22. According to equation of continuity,
F = Pav  A Av = constant
= Pav  (h  l) At A, area is larger than B hence v is smaller
hg at A than at B.
= hl Also, from Bernoulli’s principle,
2
1
0.4  103  10 P + v2 = constant
=  0.4  0.5 2
2
This means where v is small, P is more.
= 400 N
At A, pressure is higher. Hence liquid at
16. According to equation of continuity, point A will raise to greater height than at
Av = constant. point B. Hence option (B) is incorrect.
By attaching a jet, area of cross-section is Now, pressure at A, P1 = Pa + hArg
reduced. This results into increasing the Pressure at B, P2 = Pa + hBrg
velocity of water flowing out of the pipe. P1  P2 = (hA  hB)rg = hrg
Hence option (A) is correct.
17. From equation of terminal velocity v  r2
Bernoulli’s principle is applicable for non-
This represents equation of straight line.
viscous, streamlined flow of liquid. Hence
18. For a freely falling body, g = 0 Hence v = 0. option (C) is also correct.
19. When the snow accumulates on the wings of an
aeroplane, the upper surface of the wing
becomes flat. It means the curvature of the
surface decreases. Pressure difference which
causes the lift off of the aeroplane depends on
the curvature of the wing. Thus, due to the
decrease in curvature, the lift-off of the
aeroplane also decreases.
20. The water undergoes change in momentum,
only at the bends of tube. Hence the water and
tube exert forces on each other at these
locations. The forces exerted by the water at the
bends are shown in figure. The two forces form
a couple causing an anticlockwise torque.
21. Velocity of efflux, v  2gd

2H
Time taken for the range r 
g
2H
r  2gd 
g
2H
 r2 = 2dg   4dH
g
r2
 d
4H
67
Textbook
Chapter No.
08 Refraction of Light
Hints
Classical Thinking 1
47. 
22. g = a w  g 
a w
R > Y > G > V
a g 3/ 2 9 R < Y < G < V
 w g = = =
w 4/3 8
a
60.  = A(  1)
1  2.4 = 4 (  1)
23. d g =    1 = 0.6
g a  ad
  = 1.6
1
= 63. e=0
2 12
  r2 = 0, A = r1 since ‘i’ is small
3 5
5 i
= =
8 r1
 i = r1 = A
24. i = 90  30 = 60
sin i 68. v  r = A (v  r) = 5(1.665  1.645)
w g = v  r = 0.1
sin r
sin i sin 60 3 1 1 v  r 1.7  1.65
 sin r = = =  = 70. = =
w g 3 2 3 2  v  r  1.675  1
 2  1
 r = 30  
0.05
a = = 0.074
25. = 0.675
g
4800 74. A (μ  1) = A(μ  1)
 1.5 =  4(1.54  1) = A (1.72  1)
g
 A = 3
4800
 g = = 3200 Å c 100 100
1.5 96. = = =
v 100  30 70
1 1 3 = 1.43
26. w a = = =
a w 5/3 5 a
sin i sin 32 0.5299  5 97. a w =
sin r = = = w
w a 3/5 3 
 r = sin 1 (0.8832)  w = a
a w
r = 622
6500
= = 5000 Å
1 1.3
37. sin iC = therefore iC will be maximum
 change in wavelength = 6500  5000
when  is minimum which is for red light. = 1500 Å
 percentage change in wavelength
1 1 2 2 1500
38. = = = = = 1.15 =  100 = 23%
sin i C sin 60 3 1.732 6500
68
Chapter 08: Refraction of Light
100. A completely transparent material will be 9. For prism,  = 1.5
invisible in vacuum when its refractive index  iC  42
will equal refractive index of vacuum. For ray B, angle of incidence in the prism is
(Refer Mindbender 4.)
45.
Hence, for ray B angle of incidence is greater
Critical Thinking
than critical angle.
2. 2 1  3 2  4 3
12. When incident angle is greater than critical
    1 angle, then total internal reflection takes place
 1  2  3  1 41 
 2 3  4  4 1 4 and will come back in same medium. To
signal light out he has to direct the beam at an
3. angle lesser than the critical angle.
i r 13. For glass,  = 2
x
90 – x 1  1 
 iC = sin1   = sin1   = 45
90 – r1   2
r1 This means the ray is incident at critical angle
hence will come out just grazing the surface,
i.e., angle of refraction equal to 90.
sin i sin x 1

= = 14. Critical angle = sin1  
sin r1 sin (90  x) 
[ (90  x) + (90 – r1) = 90]  1   1 
 = sin1   and  = sin1  
sin x      
= = tan x  1  2 
cos x
Since 2  1 , hence  < 
 x =  i = tan1 ()
h h 16. Effectively there is no deviation or dispersion.
6.   h 
h n
Realdepth
7. =
Apparent depth
Realdepth 46
 Apparent depth = =
 4/3
17. Net deviation caused by prisms Q and R is
= 34.5 cm zero hence the ray suffers same deviation.
8.
R.I. = 1 18. For a prism in water, its refractive index
y a g 1.5
w g = = = 1.13
R.I. = n a w 1.33
x
As relative refractive index of prism reduces,
the angle of minimum deviation decreases.
The distance of the surface of water for the 19. Angle of prism, A = r1 + r2
fish = x For minimum deviation
For reference frame of fish, as light rays will A
r1 = r2 = r
travel from denser to lighter (air) medium,
A = 60 r1 r2
they will bend away from normal and bird will
appear farther. A 60o
 r= = = 30
Thus, apparent height = n  real height = ny. 2 2
69
20. r2 = 0 A = r1 + r2 26. i=0
 A = r1 = 30  r1 = 0
sin i sin i  e = A +  and A = r2
= =
sin r1 sin A O sin e sin  A   
= =
sin i sin r2 sin  A 
 2 =
sin 30
27. By formula  = ( – 1)A  34 = ( –1)A
 sin i = 2  sin30
A
1 1 and in the second position  = ( – 1)
= 2 = 2
2 2
 34 (  1)A or  = 34 = 17
 1  
i = sin1   A 2
 = 45 (  1)
 2 2
21. i  e = 10 ....(i) 28.  = A ( – 1), b = A (b – 1), r = A (r – 1)

i+e=A+  D2 = A (1.525 – 1)
 i + e = 60 + 30 = 90  D1 = A (1.520 – 1)
i + e = 90 ….(ii)  D2 > D1
Solving equation (i) and (ii)
i = 50, r = 50  10 = 40 9 
  1
w (   1) 1
= 
8 
22. e=0 29. = w g =
a ( a  g  1) 3  4
 r2 = 0   1

2 
sin i
Also r1 = 30 and  =
sin r 30. At P,  = 0
sin i For thin prism  = m
 1.5 =
sin 30   = A(  1)
 sin i = 1.5  sin 30 = 1.5  0.5  0 = A (  1)
 i = sin1 (0.75) =1
Thus, option (A) is correct.
23. Since, i + e = A + 
Also,  = (  1)A = A  A
e = (A + )  i
Comparing with y = mx + c
= (30 + 30)  60
Slop of line PQ = m = A
=0
This means if angle of emergence (measured Thus, option (C) is correct.
with respect to normal to the second face) is   A  (180  2A) 
 A  m  sin 
zero, therefore angle made by emergent ray sin   
 2  =  2 
with the second face of prism is 90. 31. =
A A
sin   sin  
24. 2 2
  A  A
60o 60
o sin 90     cos  
90o
  2  2
60o  = =
 
A A
25. When angle of refraction exceeds value of 2 2
critical angle, no emergent ray is observed. A
  = cot  
Thus, r > C 2
A
but, r = where, A is angle of prism.
2  A  m 
sin  
A 35.  = 1.5 =  2 
 >C A
2 sin  
 A > 2C 2
70
Since A = m Net deviation = A ( – 1) + A ( – 1)
 2A  A A 1.531  1.520 
sin   2sin cos = 6   1
 2  2 2  2 
1.5 = =
A A 1.684  1.662 
sin sin + (– 3)   1
2 2  2 
A = 1.134
cos = 0.75
2 40. The dispersive power for crown glass
A   r
= cos1 (0.75) = 41 = v
2 y  1
 A = 2  41 = 82 1.5318  1.5140 0.0178
=  = 0.034
(1.5170  1) 0.5170
 A  m 
sin   Dispersive power for flint glass,
36. =  2  1.6852  1.6434
A  = = 0.064
sin   (1.6499  1)
2
 v  r 
Here A = m 41. =   (v – r) = ( – 1)
(  1)
AA
sin     = A (v – r) = A  ( – 1)
 =  2   Achromatic combination
A
sin ( – 1)  A = ( – 1)  A
2
A    1  0.517  0.03
sin A  = = = 0.50 …(i)
3 = A    1  0.621 0.05
A
sin Net deviation =  –  = ( – 1) A – ( – 1) A
2
 1 = 0.517 A – 0.621 A …(ii)
A A
2sin cos On solving equations (i) and (ii),
3 = 2 2 = 2 cos A A = 4.8 and A = 2.4.
A 2
sin 43. e = 90, r2 = iC = 45
2
A = r1 + r2 A
A 3 r1 = A  r2
cos =
2 2 r1 = A  iC i r1 r2 e
A  3 = 75  45 = 30
 = cos1 
2  2  sin e sin e
  = =
sin r2 siniC
A
 = 30 1
2  2 =
 A = 60 siniC
 1 
37. Net angular dispersion =  ( – ). As  > ,  iC = sin 1  
 2
net angular dispersion is negative.
 iC = 45
38. Since  >   A ( – 1) > A ( – 1) sin i
=
and ( – 1) > ( – 1)  A > A sin r1
A  b  r  6 1.531  1.520  sin i
39. A = – =–  2 =
 b  r  1.684  1.662  sin 30
1 1
A = – 3.  sin i = 2  sin 30 = 2  =
2 2
Negative sign for opposite manner of flint
glass prism.  1 
 i = sin1   = 45
Hence refracting angle = 3  2
71
44. i = 2r d real
47. =
sin i d apparent
=
sin r 12.5
sin 2r 2sin r cos r w = = 1.33
2= = = 2 cos r 9.4
sin r sin r When water is replaced by liquid,
2 1 d 12.5
 cos r = = dapparent = real =  7.7 cm
2 2 l 1.63
 1  The distance by which microscope should be
 r = cos1   moved,
 2
d = dreal  dapparent
 r = 45 = 9.4 – 7.7 = 1.7 cm
But A = 2r for minimum deviation
 A = 2  45 = 90 d d 1 1 
48. h   = d  
v1 s1 / t s1 1  2  1 2 
45. 12 = = =
v2 s 2 / t s 2
d1 d
c / v2 2 s 3 49. Apparent depth = + 2
Also 1  2 = = = 1= 1 2
c / v1 1 s 2 2
5
46. R P Q 36 5 3
r
 = +
7 3 2
7
 2 = = 1.4
5
h
50. From the figure,
i  + 2 = 180
and  = 2
  = 36
O
g 3/ 2 9
Let the bulb be placed at point O. The light rays 51. wg =
a
= =
originating from it will spread at the surface of aw 4/3 8
water as shown in the figure, forming a circle. 3  9 
Angle of semi vertex ( i) here equals critical  a = A   1 ,w = A   1
2  8 
angle of water i.e.,  i =  iC
From the figure, PQ = PR = r, say, A A
a = and w =
then, r = h tan iC 2 8
 1   1  w A/8 1
h h  = =
  a A/2 4
r=
h sin i C
=  w 
=  w 
cos i C 1  sin 2 i C  1 
2
r
1   52. tan iC = r
 w  h
  r = h tan iC
1 
 sin i C   1 2  1 iC
 w   cos i C 
sin iC =
For h = 80 cm = 0.8 m and w = 1.33,   h
 1  1 iC
0.8   tan iC =
  1
2
r=  1.33  = 0.912 m
2
 1  h 7
1    r= = = 3 cm
 1.33   1
2
16
1
Area of circle = r2 = 3.142  (0.912)2 = 2.61 m2. 9
72
53. At point Q of ray PQ A For ray not to emerge from curved surface
sin i 1 1 i > iC
= = 90  sin i > sin iC  sin (90o – r) > sin iC
sin r  2
30  cos r > sin iC
sin 30 1 P
= 30 1  1
sin r 2 30   1  sin 2 r  ….(i) sin i C  
Q n  n
 sin r = 2 sin 30 From Snell’s law,
1 1 B C
sin 
= 2 = n=
2 2 sin r
 r = 45,  = r  i = 45 – 30  = 15
sin 2 
 sin2 r =
54. n2
A
90 –  sin 2  1 1

 1  2  1  2 (1  sin 2 )
 n 2
n n
  n  1  sin 
2 2
B C
 n  2 (as sin   1)
1 1 2  Least value = 2
sin iC = = =
 1.5 3
60. For total internal reflection
2 B A
 > iC  sin  > sin iC  sin  > at AC 
3  > iC 
But  +  = 90  sin   sin iC
  = 90 –  1
 sin   C
2
 sin (90 – ) > w g
3 w 8
2  sin    sin  
cos  > g 9
3
2 61. A
  < cos–1  
3 r
30°
2 60° 120°
 Largest value of  is cos–1   B  
3 D
1 r
C
55. Refractive index 
(Temperature)
sin 30 1
56. Snell’s law in vector form is î  nˆ  (rˆ  n)
ˆ At point A, 
sin r 1.44
57. All colours are reflected.  r = sin1(0.72) also BAD = 180  r
In quadrilateral ABCD,
58. Yellow  Blue = Green
(Primary) (Primary) (Secondary)  A +  B +  C +  D = 360°
 (180  r) + 60 + (180  r) +  = 360
59. From the following figure
  = 2[sin1(0.72)  30]
sin r 1
62. From graph, tan 30 = 
i sin i 1 2
r
  2 v1
n  1 2  3    1.73  v1  1.73v 2
1 v 2
r + i = 900  i = 900 – r Thus, option (B) is correct.
73
1 a
Also from  = 10. a w =
siniC w
1 a 4200 3
 sin iC =  w= = =    4200
Rarer  Denser

a w
(4 / 3) 4
1 1   w = 3150 Å
 sin iC =  .
1 2 3 c 3 108
11. 1 = = = 0.75  106 m
1 4 1014
63. Refractive index of liquid C is same as that of

glass piece. So, it will not be visible in liquid C.  0.75 106
 = 1  2 = = 0.5  106 m
2 1.5
Competitive Thinking  = 1  2 = 0.25  106 = 2.5  107 m
2. All the rays will be incident normally on the 1
12. =
surface of the sphere. Hence, the rays will not 2
be refracted but will pass through the sphere 
undeviated.  2 = 1
1.5
g 1.5 0.5 1
a  = 1  2 =
3. g = = 1.5
a  1.3
1
%  = 100 1
4. Frequency is independent of medium. 3
= 33.33 % of original wavelength.
5. vw >1
 vacuum vw
13. w g 
vw = vg
 water
 vacuum > water 9
 vw = w g  vg   2  108 = 2.25  108 m/s
8
1
7.  vg c / vw  1.33
 14. = = w = = 0.8867 : 1
vw c / vg g 1.5
1  2 
= = 1
2 1 1 15. 
v
8. Refractive index of medium 2 w.r.t. medium 1 g vw
is, =
w vg
 2 1
 ….(i) 3
1  2  
 2  = vw
Also, according to Snell’s law, 4 2  108
 2 sin 1  
3
 ….(ii)
1 sin  2  vw = 2.25  108 m/s
1 sin 1 4
  ….[from (i) and (ii)] 16. mg =
 2 sin  2 3
vm 4 4
sin  2 =  vm = v g
2 = 1 vg 3 3
sin 1
4 
9. Incident and reflected waves propagate in  vm  vg =   1 vg = 6.25  107 m/s
3 
same medium hence have same wavelength.
vg = 18.75  107 m/s
   vm = 6.25  107 + 18.75  107
  = incident = reflected = 1.5
 refracted  refracted = 25  107 = 2.5  108 m/s
74
sin i sin 45 21. Of all the colours in spectrum, red shows least
17. = = = 2 deviation.
sin r sin 30
c 3  108 Re al depth
v= = = 2.12  108 m/s 23. =
 2 Apparent depth
sin i  In case of water filled beaker,
18. Refraction at air-oil interface, oil  h
sin r1 w = ….(i)
h w
sin 40
 sin r1 = = 0.443 Similarly for oil filled beaker,
1.45
Refraction at oil-water interface, h
o = ….(ii)
sin r1 ho
oil  water 
sin r Dividing equation (i) by (ii)
1.33 0.443 w h h o
   
1.45 sin r  o h w h
0.443  1.45 4 h
 sin r =   o
1.33 3  1.6 hw
 r = 28.9  hw = 1.2 ho
19. i = 2r i.e., apparent depth of water is 1.2 times
sin i greater than that of oil
=
sin r Real depth
sin 2r 24. =
= Apparent depth
sin r Let t be the real thickness of the slab,
2sin r cos r Given apparent thickness = 3 + 5 = 8 cm
=
sin r t
 =
  8
 cos r =  r = cos1   i.e. t = 8  1.5 = 12 cm
2 2
25. In BCE
20. Using Snell’s law, N
sin i Incident Reflected A
a g = ray ray 
sin r  P B Q
 Air (  r)
but a g = g i r r
a (a=1)
t
 a sin i = g sin r  Glass 90 E
1 sin i = 2 sin r r (g= 2 ) d
1 M
sin r = sin i S C R
2 Refracted D
F
1 1 ray
= sin 45 = CE
2 2 sin(  r) =  CE = BC sin(  r)
 1 BC
r = sin1   = 30  d = BC sin(  r) ….(i)
2
In BMC
From figure, r +  + r = 180
BM BM t
i +  + 30 = 180 [ i = r] cos r =  BC = = ….(ii)
BC cos r cos r
45 +  + 30 = 180
From equations (i) and (ii),
  = 180  75 = 105
t
Hence, the angle between reflected and d= sin (  r)
refracted rays is 105. cos r
75
t 1 1
d= (sin  cos r  cos  sin r) 30. iC = sin1    and  
cos r   
= t (sin   cos  tan r) Yellow, orange and red have higher
If n is the refractive index of material of slab wavelength than green, so  will be less for
(glass) w.r.t.air, then these rays, consequently critical angle for
sin  these rays will be high, hence if green is just
n=
sin r totally internally reflected then yellow, orange
For small angle, and red rays will emerge out.
  1 1
n  r= and d = t(  1.r) 31. sin iC = and  
r n  
[ sin    and cos   1 if  is small] For greater wavelength (i.e., lesser frequency)
     is less. Hence, iC would be more. Thus, these
d = t     = t   wavelengths will not suffer internal reflection
 n  n
and come out at angles less than 90.
t n 
d=
n 1
32. ag =
26. The emergent ray will be parallel to incident ray sin iC
only if the mediums have same refractive indices.
1
27. For total internal reflection i  iC sin iC =
sin i  sin iC a g
1 1 As  for violet colour is maximum, so sin iC is

sin i    minimum and hence critical angle iC is
 sin i
minimum for violet colour.
28. Due to large refractive index of diamond
( = 2.42), critical angle of diamond is very 1
small. This causes total internal reflection in 33. sin iC =

diamond which makes it sparkle.
29. 1 1
 = = = 2.41
sin (24.5) 0.414
2 90
34. As the beam just suffers total internal
90r reflection at interface of region III and IV, it
r almost grazes region IV
 1  i  90
Hence,
sin  n n n
At interface 1:  = n0 sin  = 0 sin 1 = 0 sin 2 = 0 sin 90
sin r 2 6 8
 sin  =  sin r ….(i) 1 1
 sin  =   = sin1
At interface 2: (90  r) = iC 8 8
 sin(90  r) = sin iC
1  1  1   1 
 cos r =  sin i C   35. iC = sin1   = sin1  
    rarer  denser   r d 
1  
 cos r = = 3 / 2  r = 30  1 
2/ 3  
 iC = sin1    = sin1  r 
From equation (i), sin  =
2
sin 30 =
1  d   d 
 
3 3  r 
 1   1.5  1  15 
  = sin1   iC = sin1   = sin  
 3  1.6   16 
76
38. After refraction at two parallel faces of a glass 47. By the hypothesis, we know that
slab, a ray of light emerges in a direction i + e = A +   55 + 46 = 60 + 
parallel to the direction of incidence of white   = 41
light on the slab. As rays of all colours emerge But m < , so m < 41
in the same direction (of incidence of white
light), hence there is no dispersion, but only  A  m 
sin  
lateral displacement.  2 
48. =
39. A
A sin  
2
30°
 60  30 
90°
sin  
90°
=  2 
 60 
30° sin  
e  2 

sin 45
=
sin 30
B C
= 2
1 sin 30
For surface AC,  = 1.414
 sin e
1 49. Given: i = 60, A = 60
 sin e =  sin 30 = 1.5  = 0.75 At minimum deviation position,
2
A  m
 e = sin–1(0.75) = 48 36 i=
From figure,  = e – 30 2
= 4836 – 30 = 1836  m = 2 i – A = 60
Using prism formula,
40. In minimum deviation condition  A  m 
sin  
 2   sin  60   3
A 60o
r= = = 30 
2 2 A sin  30  = 1.732
sin  
41. In minimum deviation position, 2
i = e
50. m = A = 60
42. Angle of deviation decreases initially with  A  m 
increase in angle of incidence, attains minimal sin  
value. On further increase in angle of =  2 
incidence, angle of deviation increases. A
sin  
2
43. In minimum deviation position refracted ray
inside the prism is parallel to the base of the AA
sin  
prism. =  2 
A
A  m sin  
44. i= = 50° 2
2
sin  A 
45. Angle of prism, A = 60° =
For minimum deviation, Angle of refraction, A
sin  
A 60o 2
r = = A A
2 2 2sin   cos  
= 30° for both the colours 2
  2
=
A
3 3 sin  
46. Given i = e = A   60 = 45 2
4 4
In the position of minimum deviation A
= 2cos  
2i = A + m or m = 2i – A = 90 – 60 = 30 2
77
 60o   60o  m 
 = 2cos   (As A = 60°) sin (45°) = sin  
 2   2 
 = 2cos(30°) = 3 90° = 60° + m or m = 30°
A  m 60o  30o
51. m = A,  = 1.5 i= =
2 2
 A  m   i = 45°
sin  
 2 
= A 53. At the minimum deviation m the refracted ray
sin   inside the prism becomes parallel to its base.
2
 A  m 
 2A  sin  
sin    2 
 2  =
= A
A sin  
sin   2
2
 60o   m 
sin A sin  
=  2 
A 3 =
sin    60o 
2 sin  
A A  2 
2sin   cos  
2 2  60o  m 
3 sin 30o = sin  
= A  2 
sin  
2 3  60o  m 
= sin  
A 2  2 
  = 2 cos  
2 60o  m
60 =
A 2
 1.5 = 2 cos  
2 m = 60°
3 A As m = 2i  A,
 = cos
4 2 where i is the angle of incidence
A  i=
  cos1  0.75
2   A 60o  60o
 = m = = 60°
= 90° – sin1 (0.75) 2 2
= 90  4836
= 4124  A  m 
sin  
 A = 8248 54. =  2 
A
 A  m  sin  
sin   2
52. =  2 
A  A  m  A
sin   sin   =  sin  
2  2  2
Substituting the values,  60o  m   60o 
sin   = 1.6 sin  
 60o   60o  m 
2 sin   = sin    2   2 
 2   2   60o  m 
….( Prism is equilateral) sin   = 0.8
 2 
1  60o  m 
2 = sin   60  m
o
2  2  45° < < 60°

2
1  60o  m  90° < 60° + m < 120°
= sin  
2  2  30° < m < 60°
78
55. Using prism formula, 57. A
 A  m 
sin  
=  2 
A 
sin   r1
2 r2
 A  m 
sin  
A  2   A B C
cot =    cot 
2 A  2 Using Snell’s law,
sin  
2 sin  =  sin r1
 A  m  A A sin 
 sin   = cot sin  sin r1 =
 2  2 2 
A  sin  
cos  r1 = sin1  
 A  m  2 sin A   
 sin  =
 2  sin A 2
 sin  
2  r2 = A  sin1   ....(i)
  
 A  m   A
 sin   = sin    1
 2  2 2  r2 < sin1  

A  m  A
 =  Substituting for r2 in equation (i),
2 2 2
 sin   1
 A + m = c  A  A  sin1   < sin1  
   
 m = 180 – 2A
1  sin  
 A  sin1   < sin1  
56.    
60
  1   sin 
 sin  A  sin 1    
45 45     
   1   
  sin  A  sin 1      sin 
      
   1   
 sin 1  sin  A  sin 1     < 
As ray suffers minimum deviation,       
i=e 58. From the given data,
 m = (i + e)  A = (45 + 45)  60 = 30 i+e=A+
 A  m  A = i + e   = 35 + 79  40 = 74.
sin    A  m   A 
 2  sin   sin  
 = A  2   2 
sin   Now,  =
2 A A
2
  2
 60  30 
sin    74   40 
 2  sin  
=  2  sin 57
 60    <   <
sin    74  sin 37
 2  sin  
 2 
1  < 1.39
= 2= 2
2 The nearest value amongst given options is 1.5
79
12. For the limiting condition, upward frictional 5 10
force between board and block will balance 21. r1 = m , r2 = m,
100 100
the weight of the block. F
F2 = 1350 kg f = 1350  9.8 N;
i.e., F > mg F1 F2
 (R) > mg As, 
a1 a 2
 (ma) > mg R m ma a1 r 2
g  F1  F2  12 F2
> a2 r1
a mg
r12 (5 / 100) 2
 F1  F   1350  9.8
13. Resolving force Q into its components, the r12 2
(10 / 100) 2
free body diagram of the block is given by
= 1470N
R F F
Pressure, P  1 = 12
a1 r1
F 1470
P+Q sin
=
(22 / 7) (5 / 100) 2
mg + Q cos = 1.87  105 Pa
F = R 24. Hydraulic brakes work as per Pascal’s law.
 P + Q sin  = (mg + Q cos ) Hence change in liquid pressure is transmitted
equally to wheels.
P  Qsin 
 = 29. According to the equation of continuity,
mg  Qcos 
Av = constant
14. Acceleration of block on horizontal surface The speed of still water is very small and
a = (100   R)/ m hence area will be large. This makes the still
water run deep.
= (100  0.5  100)/ 10 = 5 m/s2
Note: g is gravitational acceleration and 30. The equation of continuity is derived on the
motion is along horizontal. Hence g will not basis of the principle of conservation of mass
play any role in this case. and it is true in every case, whether tube is
kept horizontal or vertical.
15. At a point, pressure acts in all directions and a 31. If the liquid is incompressible then mass of
definite direction is not associated with it, so liquid entering through left end, should be equal
pressure is a scalar quantity. to mass of liquid coming out from the right end.
16. When two holes are made in the tin, air keeps  M = m1 + m2
entering through the other hole. Due to this the  Av = A1v1 + A2v2
pressure inside the tin does not become less  24  10 = 12  6 + 8  v2
than atmospheric pressure which happens 240  72
when only one hole is made.  v2 = = 21 m/s
8
18. Pressure depends on depth alone. 32. Volume of big drop = 2 (Volume of small drop)
19. pressure (Pg) = 200 kPa, 4 3 4
 r2 = 2   r13
P0 = atmospheric pressure = 1.01  105 Pa 3 3
= 101 kPa  r2 = 21/3 r1
Absolute pressure (P) = P0 + Pg Also v1  r12 , v2  r22
= 101 + 200 = 301 kPa v 2 r22
 =
20. Total pressure= Pa + gh v1 r12
[ water = 103 kg/ms2] 2
= 1.01  105 + 103  10  10 r2 2 3 r12

 v2 = 22  v1 =  0.15
= 2.01  105 Pa r1 r12
 2 atm v2 = 0.15  22/3 cm/s
53
A 86. In case of critical angle,
1
30 =
r P sin i C
O
30 = r For symmetry iC = 45 
1
 = = 2 = 1.414
sin 45
B C r = 1.39
 AOP = 60 and angle of refraction = 30 g = 1.44
Using Snell’s law of refraction,
v = 1.47
sin i
= r <  = 1.414
sin r
while, v > 
 sin i =  sin r = 2  sin 30 g > 
1
= Hence, only red colour part will not undergo
2 total internal reflection and emerge out
 1  separately, while blue and green parts will suffer
 i = sin–1   = 45 total internal reflection.
 2
85. 87.
A
l A = 60
i e
r i
i
g
B C
At minimum deviation,
 A  m  For total internal reflection.
sin  
 2  i > iC ….(i)
 = Also, from the symmetry of diagram,
l g
A
sin  
2  i = 45
 60  30   sin i > sin iC ….from(i)
sin  
g  2  1 1 1
=   but , ag =
l  60  sin i sin i C sin i C
sin  
 2  1
sin 45 1  < ag
=  2 sin  45 
sin 30 2
 1  2 < ag
i.e., l  ….(i)  Minimum value of ag = 2
g 2
Now critical angle for prism – medium 88. When glass surface is made rough then the light
interface, falling on it is scattered in different direction due
 1 to which its transparency decreases.
sin (iC) = l = ….[from (i)]
g 2
 1 
 iC = sin1  
 2
 iC = 45 Smooth surface Rough surface
81
89. Y Consider the ray AB is incident on plane P1.
After reflection the ray takes the path BD and
(0, 3) D (3,3)
E passes through point D (3, 3). If the reflected
(0, 1) A ray is extended below X-axis, it intersects the
Y-axis at point C (0, –1).
Hence, the path length of the ray can be
(0, 0) X calculated from C to D using Pythagoras
B
P1 theorem for CED,
CD2 = CE2 + DE2
(0, –1) C
 CD = (4)2  (3)2 = 5 units
Evaluation Test
1. In total internal reflection, 100% of incident 5. When light is incident from core (higher
light is reflected back into the same medium refractive index medium) to cladding (lower
and there is no loss of intensity. While in refractive index medium), the condition for
reflection from mirrors and refraction from total internal reflection of light is,
lenses, there is some loss of intensity. core 1

Therefore images formed by total internal cladding sin i C
reflection are much brighter than those formed If the angle of incidence of ray(y) in the core
by mirrors or lenses. to cladding interface is greater than the critical
angle iC, the ray is totally internally reflected
2. A = 60, m = 40 i.e., y > iC.
Hence, Note: For this condition, x < the critical angle.
6.
 A  m   60  40 
  2   2 
 
A  60  
2  2 
The principle of the periscope is that the
= 2 sin 50 = 1.53
image of an object (a ship for example) is
i.e., at  = 1.53, minimum deviation is 40 i.e., formed at a lower level (in a submarine). Light
deviation  40 if   1.53 . is incident normal on a right angled prism
which makes total internal reflection of the ray
coming from the right at the hypotenuse of the
3. Incident Emergent
30 30 30 30 prism. This is again reflected by another prism
ray ray to give an image to a person in the lower level
 (say, in a submarine). This can be combined
r r with telescopes.
7. If the distance travelled by a ray of light in
two media are s1 and s2 in the same time ‘t0’
then the ratio of refractive index of the 2nd
medium to 1st medium is given by
From the figure, it is clear that the angle v1 s
between the incident ray and the emergent ray 1 2 = = 1
v2 s2
is 60
 2 s1
 
4. I = I0ex is an equation of decreasing 1 s 2
exponential curve with I0 as intercept on I- 4
 2 = 1.5   1.25
axis. 4.8
82
8. 12. As both the diver as well as the fish are in
iC ref.index of the rod
1 water, refraction effects such as bending of

light are not present.
1 1
Here incident angle is . 13. Here, sin 1    0.6666
The light ray will graze along the rod, if it gets g 3 / 2
incident on rod at ciritical angle and will get 1 1 3
reflected internally as shown in the figure above. And sin 2     0.75
w 4 / 3 4
1
If i C is the critical angle, i C  sin 1 As g > w

 1 < 2
But i C = 90  1.
If  is the critical angle between glass and
From Snell’s law, water then,
sin  sin   4/3 8
== 3 = . sin   w    0.8888
sin 1 cosi C g 3 / 2 9
But
  > 2.
2  1  1
cosi C   sin i C   14. v > b > g > y
  
1
2  1 But i C  sin 1  
 sin  =   2  1 

  i C  y   i C g   i C  b   i C  V
 2
  = sin 1 3  1  sin 1
Thus, for  = sin1  2  , light ray grazes

15. This is case of total internal reflection.
 1
along the wall of the rod.    i C   sin 1 
 
9. The angle of deviation depends on the R
vacuum
1
refractive index of prism. As  decreases,  sin 
 decreases. Refractive index of prism relative  glass Q
to water is less than that relative to air. Hence, 1 
 sin 45
when a glass prism is immersed in water, the  P
deviation caused by prism decreases.
> 2
10. As ABC is an isosceles right angled prism,
c
angle of incidence of each ray is 45. If critical  v
angle for a colour, iC is less than 45, the ray 
of that colour will be totally internally c 3  108
 v 
reflected at AC. When  iC > 45, the ray will 2 2
be transmitted through the face AC.
v < 2.1  108
For red ray,  = 1.39
 only (B) is not possible.
1 1
sin i C = = = 0.719  i C = 46.0
R  1.39 R 17. Alexandar’s dark band between the primary
Hence, red ray will be transmitted. and secondary rainbows is because light
For blue ray,  = 1.47 scattered into this region interferes
destructively. Further, primary rainbow
1 1
sin i C = = = 0.68  i C = 42.8 subtends an angle of 41  43 at the eye of
B  1.47 B
the observer w.r.t. the incident light, and
Hence, blue ray will be reflected at face AC. secondary rainbow subtends an angle of about
11. For light waves, medium in which waves travel 51 to 54 at the eye of the observer w.r.t. the
with lesser velocity is said to be denser medium. incident light. Therefore, the region between
The velocity of light is more in water than in the angles of 41 to 51 is dark.
diamond. Hence water is rarer than diamond.
83
Textbook
Chapter No.
09 Ray Optics
Hints
Classical Thinking v
39. (u) + v = 54 and m = =2
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 u
12. + = = + =   v =  2u
v u f 30 10 30 10
 (u) + (2u) = 54
15
 f= cm  u = 18 cm
2  v = 2 (18) = 36 cm
15 1 1 1
and R = 2f =   2 = 15 cm Also  =
2 v u f
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
17. = + = + =   =
f v u 24 40 15 36 18 f
 f = 15 cm 1 1 1
 + =
36 18 f
1 1 1
25. + =  f = 12 cm
v u f
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1  1 1 
 =  =  = +
15 12 15 12
40.
f
=  g 1 
a  ,
v f u  R1 R 2 
 v = +6.7 cm R1 = R, R2 = R
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 1 1 1  2 1
26. = + = + =  =  = (1.5  1)    = (0.5)   =
f v u 5 25 5 25 25 f  R R  R R
 f = +6.25 cm  f = R = 30 cm
f is positive therefore the mirror is convex.
1 1
 2 1   1 41. =  a  g  1  
31.  = 2 f R
v u R  R2 =  and R1 = R
1.5 1 1.5  1 1 1
  =  = (1.5  1)  
v 20 5 20 R
 v = 30 cm
1 0.5
 =
1 1 1 20 R
37.  =
v u f  R = 10 cm
1 1 1 1 1 5
 = + = + = v 1
v f u 0.15 0.2 3 44. m= =
u 4
3
 v = = 0.6 m u
5  v=
4
v 1 1 1
38. m= =3 Also  =
u v u f
 v = 3u 4 1 1
  =
1 1 1 1 1 4 u u f
=  =  =
f v u 3u u 3u 3 1
 =
4f u f
 u=
3  u = 3f
84
Chapter 09: Ray Optics
1  1 1   1 1  fo
45.
f
=   g  1 
a   = (1.6  1)    81. M.P =
fe
= 10
 R1 R 2   20 30 
1  1 1  fo = 10 fe
 =  (0.6)   =  Also L = fo + fe = 44 cm
f  12  20
 10fe + fe = 44
 f = 20 cm  11 fe = 44
1  1 1   fe = 4 cm and fo = 44  4 = 40 cm
46. = (g  1)   
f  R1 R 2  85. P = P1 + P2 = (+15) + (5) = +10 D
 | R1 | = | R2 | = R 1 1
 f= = = 0.1 m = 10 cm
1  1 1  P 10
 = (1.5  1)   
f  R  R 
D 
1 2 89. M.P =   1
= (0.5)   f 
f R
25
 f = R = 30 cm  6= +1
f
1 1 1 1 1 1
51. = + = + =  f = 5 cm = 5  102 m
f f1 f 2 15 30 10 1 100
 f = 10 cm  P= 2
= = 20 D
5  10 5
1 1 1
52. = +
f f1 f 2 Critical Thinking
1 1 1 1 1 1 3.
= + =  =
f 30 20 30 20 60
 f = 60 cm
40 m 20 m
1 1 1
53. = + C F
f f1 f 2 20 m
1 1 1
 = +
13 10 f 2 When the boy moves by 40 m towards the
1 1 1 3 mirror, he reaches at centre of curvature (2F)
 =  = of mirror. Hence his image formed is inverted
f2 13 10 130
and of same size. The lamp lies between
130 infinity and centre of curvature hence image
 f2 =  = 43.33 cm
3 formed is inverted and diminished.
 D   25  4. Concave mirror forms inverted and enlarged
63. M.P =   1 =   1 = (10 + 1) = 11
 f   2.5  image when object is placed between focus
35 and centre of curvature, while convex mirror
M.P 35
70. Mo = = = always forms erect and diminished image. As
Me D 25
1 1 the distance of person is not changed from the
fe 8 mirror, mirror B cannot be concave.
 Mo  8.48 5. If plane mirror is rotated through ‘’, reflected
f 2 ray would rotate through double the angle
79. M.P =  o =  = 40
fe 0.05 i.e., 2.
fo 6. Given u = (f + x1) and v = (f + x2)
80. M.P =
fe uv  f  x1  f  x 2 
The focal length f = =
If fe = 2 fe , u  v  f  x1    f  x 2 
fo 1 fo M.P On solving, f 2 = x1x2
then M.P = = =
2f e 2 fe 2  f = x1 x 2
85
7. At u = f, v =  For concave lens, f = 100 cm = 1 m.
At u = 0, v =0 (i.e., object and image both lies Using lens maker’s equation,
at pole) Satisfying these two condition, only
1 1
option (A) is correct.   2  1  
f R
1  g  1 1  g
8. =  1    a 1.5
fw  w Here 2 = l  g  
  R1 R 2  l
a a l
1  1 1 
= (g 1)     1.5 
fa  R1 R 2   1 =   1 5 [From (i)]
 a l 
1  1 1 
= (1.5  1)   ….(i) 1.5 1.5  5
fa  R1 R 2   a l   = 1.875
 1 4
 1  
1  1.5  1 1   5
=  1    ….(ii)
f w  4 / 3   R1 R 2  Virtual Real
14. object Image
solving equations (i) and (ii),
fa (0.5) = fw (0.125)
10  0.5 P
 fw = O
0.125 u = 12 cm
 fw = 40 cm
v
1 1 1
9. Lens formula – =
v u f
u is always negative,
v is positive. By using lens formula
1 1 1 1 1 1 43
10. If n1 > ng then the lens will be in more dense = –  = – =
medium. Hence its nature will change and the 16 v  12  v 12 16 48
convex lens will behave like a concave lens.  v = 48 cm
(Refer Shortcut 2.)
15. l = 90 cm, d = 20 cm
11. m = f/(u  f) = f/x.
l 2  d2
1 1 1 f = …(Using Shortcut 3)
12. – = 4l
v f / 2 f
902  202 8100  400
 v=–f = =  21.4 cm
4  90 360
v f
m= = =2 17. As seen from a rarer medium (L2 or L3), the
u f / 2
The image is virtual, double the size. interface L1L2 is concave and L2L3 is convex.
The divergence produced by concave surface
1 is much smaller than the convergence
13. For convex lens, P =
f produced by convex surface. Hence the
Using lens maker’s equation, arrangement corresponds to concavo-convex.
1 2
  2  1   19. Let the resultant focal length of combination
f R be f then,
2 1 1 1
5 = (1.5 – 1) ….(i)  
R f f1 f 2
1
 = 5 /m 1 1 1
R   f=
f 20 (20)
When the lens is placed in liquid, it acts like
plano concave lens. Hence, it behaves as a plane slab of glass.
86
20. For small value of fo and fe v v 60
vo  L and uo = fo Magnification, m = = = =4
u u 15
L  D
M.P. =  1   29. In each case two plane-convex lens are placed
fo  fe 
1 1 1
15  25  close to each other and = + . Hence
 – 375 = – 1   f f1 f2
0.5  fe  focal length is same for all given combinations.
 fe = 2.17 cm  2.2 cm.
30. Eye lens being convergent forms a real image
21. The image distance from the eye lens remains of a virtual object (i.e., the virtual image being
constant because for healthy eye, image is seen on the retina of the eye).
always formed on retina.
22. L = fo + fe = 1.53 m ….(i) 31. Reflection takes place in the same medium.
fo
| M.P | = = 50  1 1 
fe 32.  P = ( – 1)   
50 fe + fe = 1.53
 R1 R 2 
51 fe = 1.53  fe = 0.03 m Thick lens has R less than thin lens, hence
From equation (i) fo = 1.5 m more power.
 fo = 1.5 m and fe = 0.03 m 33.
23. Telescope is used to observe distant object nearer. 
 fo  100
24.      = 25
 fe 0.5 o
2
 DA 
2
Light gathered by A i1 i2
25. = = (3)2 = 9
 DB  i2
2
Light gathered by B i1
1 1 1
27. Since = +
f v u
1 1 1 Let the angle between the two mirrors be ‘’.
= + Total deviation d = d1 + d2
v u f
Using the sign conventions, = (180 – 2i1) + (180 – 2i2)
1 1 1 = 360 – 2 (i1 + i2)
=  + Since the resultant ray is parallel
(  v) (  u) (  f)
 d = 180
1 1 1  180 = 360 – 2(i1 + i2),
= +
v u f  i1 + i2 = 90
Comparing this equation with But i1 + i2 = 
y = mx + c
  = 90
Slope = m = tan = –1
 = 135° or –45° and intercept 34. No parallax between two images.
1
c=+
f
28. u =  (75  v)
1 O
1 1 1 O
 = v
v u f
1 1 1 c = +1 135°
  = f 30 cm 20 cm
v (75  v) 12 –45°
 v = 60 cm or 15 cm 1
 | u | = 75  60 = 15 cm or u
| u | = 75  15 = 60 cm 50 cm 10 cm
87
1 2 1
69. P+ v = P +   4v2 R
2 2 1.25
Q
ρ
P = P + v2 (1  4) 0.75
2
3 2 According to Bernoulli’s theorem,
P = P  v Energy per unit
2 Energy per unit
=
volume at point R volume at point Q
70. Using Bernoulli’s theorem,
P1 v12 P v2 1 2 1
+ = 2 + 2 P + gh + V = P + 0 + v2
g 2g g 2g 2 2
av
4.5 105 4 105 1v 2 But, V = ….[from equaion (i)]
+0= + A
g g 2g
1 av 2 1
105 105  gh +    = v2
v22 = = 3 2 A 2
 10
2gh 2  9.8  1.25
v2 = 10 m/s  v2 = 2 = 2 = 30.625
71. According to Bernoulli’s principle,

1  (a / A) 1  0.2  
F 1 2  v = 5.53 m/s  5.5 m/s
P=  v
A 2 74. Horizontal range will be maximum when
1 1
 F = v2A =  1.2  (40)2  250 h=
H
=
90
…(Using Shortcut 4)
2 2 2 2
= 2.4  105 N = 45 cm i.e., hole 3.
Also, net force acting on the roof is upward.
75. For maximum range, height of the hole
72. Let A = cross-section of tank
h
a = cross-section hole h
Total height 2 = 3h
V = velocity with which level decreases = =
v = velocity of efflux i.e., velocity with which the 2 2 4
liquid flows out of orifice (i.e., a narrow hole) From PQ level, hole number 2 is at height of
A 3h
.
4
3m B v
52.5cm 76.  
F F
B
D
From equation of continuity av = AV
av
V=
A
By using Bernoulli's theorem for energy per
fAB sin 
unit volume
Energy per unit volume at point A = Energy 
per unit volume at point B
1 1 2 A
P + gh + V2 = P + 0 + v fAB cos 
C 
2 2   f CD
2gh 2  10  (3  0.525)  f AB
 v2 =  = 50 m2/s2 
a
2
1  (0.1) 2
As the roller is given force F , it acts
1  
A perpendicular to axis of roller. In case of rail
CD, the frictional force developed,
73. Using equation of continuity,  
av = AV ….(i) f CD exactly balances F . But, in case of rail
where, V is velocity with which liquid level  
decreases and v is velocity of efflux. AB, f AB is not balanced by F .
61
From mirror formula, 9. From mirror formula,
1 1 1 1 1 1
   
f v u v u f
1 1 1 fu
    v= ….(i)
v f u uf
2 1 Now, magnification of mirror is,
= 
R u v
m=
2 1 u
= 
15 10 fu
 m= ….[from (i)]
1 u  f u
= 
30 f
 u–f=
 v = –30 m
 v   30   1 f
m 
Magnification, m =  = –3  u=
u 10 m
 The image formed is magnified and inverted. u is kept same for both lenses,
6. For concave mirror,  u=
 m1 1 f1   m 2 1 f 2
R 30 m1 m2
m = –3, f = =  = –15 cm
2 2 f1 m1 1  m 2 

Also for spherical mirrors, f 2 m 2 1  m1 
 m  1  3  1 
u=  f =   ( 15) = (+ 4)(–5)  2 1  2  1
 m   3  11. – =
v u R
 u =  20 cm 1.5 1 1.5  1  v =  30 cm.
 – =
7. From mirror formula, v  15 30
1 1 1 Negative sign shows that, image is obtained
 
v u f on the same side of object i.e., towards left.
We know, 12. Lens formula gives,
R 1 1 1 1
f=   
2 2 f v u
1 1 1 1 1
  =2   
v 1.5 f 75 25
 v = s = 0.375 m 1 100
 
As the image distance is positive, image is f 75  25
virtual. 75
Magnification of a mirror,  f= = 18.75 cm
4
 v 0.375 3 / 8 1 As the focal length is positive, the lens is
m=    = 0.25
u 1.5 3/ 2 4 convex.
As magnification is positive the image is erect 13. The convex lens can form enlarged and erect
(upright). image only when the object is kept between
pole and focus.
R As f = 20 cm, u < 20 cm
8. f=
2 14. According to lens maker’s formula,
But for a plane mirror R =  1  1 1 
If f is expressed in metres, then power of = (  1)   
mirror is given as f  R1 R 2 
1 1 1 1 1  1
P= = =0  = (1.5 – 1)   = f=R
f  f  R R  R
89
4 3 1  1 1 
15. w = , g = 1.5 = = (1.5  1)   
3 2 f  20 20 
R1 = + R, R2 =  R
 1 1 
According to lens maker’s formula, = 0.5   
 20 20 
1  1 1 
= (  1)    2 0.5
f  R1 R 2  = 0.5  =
20 10
1  g 1 1   f = 20 cm.
 =   1   
fa  a   R  R   Parallel rays converge at focus. Hence, L = f.
1  1.5   2  1  1 1  2   2 
=  1   18. = (ga – 1)    =   1  
fa  1  R f  R1 R 2   3   10 
1 1 f = 15 cm, so behaves as concave lens.
=
fa R 19. The focal length of a plano-convex lens is,
1  g 1 1  f=
R
=  1   
fw  w   R (R)   1
3  60 60
 f=  = 120 cm
 2 1.5  1 0.5
=  2  1  
 4   R  20. Focal length of combination,
3 
1 1  1 
2 =  2 
= f f concave  f convex 
8R
 fw = 4R 2( oil  1)   1
=  2  lens 
R  R 
16. According to lens maker’s formula,
2(1.7  1)  1.5  1 
1 1 1  =  2 
= (  1)    R  R 
f  R1 R 2 
1.4 1 0.4
1  1.5   1 1  =  
=  1    R R R
fa  1   R1 R 2  R 20
 f=   =  50 cm
1 1 1  0.4 0.4
= (0.5)    ….(i)
fa R
 1 R 2  21. By Lens maker’s formula,
  1 3/ 2   1 1  1 1 1 
1  1.5  1 1  =  1   =   
=  1 f1  4 / 3   R1 R 2  8  R1 R 2 
4 
  
fw  R1 R 2 
3  1  3 / 2  1 1  1  1 1 
   =  1   =   
f 2  5 / 3   R1 R 2  10  R1 R 2 
1 1 1 
= (0.125)    ….(ii)
fw  R1 R 2  1  3  1 1  1 1 1 
=   1   =   
Dividing equation (i) by equation (ii) f  2   R1 R 2  2  R1 R 2 
fw 0.5  f1 = 4f and f2 =  5f
 =
fa 0.125 22. The experimental v
A C
fw = 4 fa = 4  8 = 32 cm plot of v vs u is
represented by
1  1 1  curve AB. Let line 2f P
17. = (  1)    OC meet the curve
f  R1 R 2  at point P. 45 B
R1 = +20 cm, R2 =  20 cm,  = 1.5 O 2f u
90
23. For bifocal convex lens: 1 1 1
27. Using lens equation,  
1 1 1  v u f
= (  1)   
f  R1 R 2  Here, u =  25 cm and v =  75 cm
(  1)  2 1  1  1
= ….(R1 = R2 = R)     =
R 75  25  f
For plane surface: R2 =   f = 37.5 cm
For half plane-convex lens:
28. Using lens formula,
1 1
 (  1) 1 1 1
f R  
v u f
1/ f (  1) R For first lens: u1 = –4 m, f1 = 2 m
= 2 =2
1/ f R  1 1 1 1 1
   =
f v1 2 ( 4) 4
=2
f  v1 = 4 m
 f  = 2f For 2nd lens:
24. 2f 2f  image formed by first lens will act like source.
f along u2 = 1 m and f2 = 1 m
YOY 1 1 1
 =  =2
v2 1 1
along f
 v2 = 0.5 m
XOX
 Distance from object = 4 + 3 + 0.5 = 7.5 m
f
1 1 1 1 1
25. 29. = + = +
f f1 f 2 f f
f=
S S 30. Focal length of first lens,
O
1 1 1  1  1
5cm = (1 – 1)   =
f1   R  R
Focal length of second lens,
15cm
10cm 1  1
= (2 – 1) 
1
  =– 1
   1
1 1 1
f2  R   R
Using lens equation, – = So focal length of the combination,
v u f
Substituting u = 10 cm, v = 15 cm, 1 1 1   1   2  1
= + = 1 –
1 1 1 f f1 f2 R R
– =  f = –30 cm
15 10 f 1   2
= 1
f R
1 1 1 1  1  2
26. =  =   R
f v u 10  10  10  f=
1   2
 f = 5 cm
uv 31. According to lens maker’s formula,
f=
uv the focal length of plano-convex lens is
f u v u  v 1 1 1 
=   = (  1)   
f u v uv f   R 
f = 0.15 [for f = 5 cm] 1  1 1  0.6
 = (1.6  1)   =
The most appropriate answer is 5.00  0.10 cm f1   R  R
91
Similarly focal length of concavo plane lens is By lens maker’s formula,
1  1 1 1  1 1 
= (  1)     (ug  1)   
f  R   f convex  R1 R 2 
1  1 1 0.5  3  2 
 = (1.5 1)   = =   1  
f2  R   R  2 R 
For the combination of lenses, 1 1
 = ...(i)
1 1 1 0.6  0.5  0.1 R f R
= + =   = f= 1  1 1 
f f1 f 2 R  R  R 0.1  (u w  1)   
f concave  R1 R 2 
32. Power of the combination P = P1 + P2 1  1   2 
= 12 – 2 = 10 D     
f concave  3   R 
 Focal length of the combination 2
100 100 = ...(ii)
f=  = 10 cm 3R
P 10 1 2 2
 =  ...[from (i) and (ii)]
f com R 3R
33.
But R = f ...[from (i)]
3R 3f
 fcom = 
f1 4 4
f2
35.
R
P 4 R
Given: 1 
P2 3 w
1
As P = 1  1 1 
f    w 1   
fw  R R
1 4
  f2  1  2
f1 3     w 1   
fw  R
f2 4
  1 1 1 2
f1 3 But,   l 1    = (l – 1)  
fl R R R
4
 f2 =  12 (Given: f1 = 12 cm) 2 1
3  
R  l  1 f l
f2 = 16 cm
As the lens is concave, 1  1  1 
  w  
f2 = –16 cm fw  l 1  f l 
then, focal length of combination is given by 1 1 2 1   1  1  1 
    w  = 2 w 
1 1 1 f eq F fl f l  l 1  fl   l 1 
 
f eff f1 f 2 Given: l > w
1 1 1 43 l – 1 > w – 1
    1
 f eff 12 16 48  w 1
 l 1
feff = 48 cm
1 1 2
  
34. Focal length of combination, fl F fl
1 1 1 1 f
     F f
f com f convex f concave f convex 2
92
36. n = 1.5 n = 1.2  By lens formula,
1 1 1
 
v2 u 2 f 2
1 2 1 1 1
  
v2  40 20
R1 R2  v2 = +40 cm from the converging lens.
39. Magnifying power for simple microscope
1 1 1  when image is formed at infinity,
(  1)   
f1  R1 R 2  D 25
M=  =2
For  = n = 1.5 and R1 = 14 cm f 12.5
1  1 1  0.5 D
= (1.5  1)    = 40. M.P = 1 +
f1 14   14 f
For  = n = 1.2 and R2 = 14 cm 25
M.P = 1 + =6
1 1 1  0.2 5
= (1.2  1)    = 14
f2   14  42. Intermediate image means the image formed
1 1 1 0.5 0.2 0.7 by objective, which is real, inverted and
=  =  =
f f1 f 2 14 14 14 magnified.
1 1 1 43. fe= 5 cm
Using lens equation,  
v u f f0 = 1 cm
1 7 1 1 1
 =  = 
v 140 40 20 40 x vo ue
1 2 1
 = Image
v 40 Object
12.2 cm
 v = 40 cm
37. For lens separated by distance d,
1 1 1 d
   Given: f0 = 1 cm, fe = 5 cm,
f f1 f 2 f1f 2 L = v0 + ue = 12.2 cm,
1 f1  f 2 d ve = –25 cm
 = 
f f f
1 2 f 1f 2
For eyepiece,
1 1 1
1 f1  f 2  d   ….(i)
 = ve u e f e
f f1 f 2
1 1 1 1 1 6
1  =  =  =
But, P = (if focal length is measured in ue v e f e 25 5 25
f
metres) 25
 ue = cm
f1  f 2  d 6
 P= As ue is on left side of eyepiece, from sign
f1f 2
conventions, ue is negative. Hence, neglecting
Thus, for P = 0, d = f1 + f2 negative sign,
38. The image formed by diverging lens will be 25
ue = cm
virtual and at a distance v1 = –25 cm. 6
This image acts as an object for the As, L = v0 + ue = 12.2 cm
converging lens. 25
 v0 = 12.2  = 8.03 cm
 u2 = –25 + (–15) = –40 cm 6
93
For objective, 51.
1 1 1
  L
v0 f 0 u 0
1 1 1 1 1 7.03 I
   =  =
u 0 v 0 f 0 8.03 1 8.03 f0 + fe
8.03
 u0 =  = –1.14 cm
7.03 Magnification of telescope:
fo fo
45. m= =5 M=–
fe fe
 fo = 5fe For a convex lens:

L = fo + fe = 36 fe I
M= 
 6fe = 36 fe  u O
 fe = 6 cm, fo = 30 cm The object being line on objective, u = fo + fe
and O = L
fo  fe  fe I
46. m= = 1 
f e  D  
f e  (f 0  f e ) L
47. Three lenses are: objective, eye piece and fe I

 – 
erecting lens. fo L
L
49. Given: fo = 40 cm, fe = 4 cm  M=
For objective, I
1 1 1 52.
 
v o u o fo
1 1 1 d 
D
  
v o 200 40
f
1 1 1 5 1 1 x
   
v 0 40 200 200 50
From geometry of given figure,
vo = 50 cm D d
For normal adjustment, L = vo + fe = 54 cm = 
x f
50. As, m = fo/fe, fo = m  fe = 10  3 = 30 cm D
 d= f
For an object at 180 cm from objective, the x
image formed by objective is at a distance vo. D R
= 
1 1 1 x 2
 
fo v o uo ….(R = radius of curvature of mirror)
1 1 1  D 
    d = 0.009  0.2 ….  Given:  0.009 
v o 30 180  x 
1 1 1 = 1.8  103 m
  
v o 30 180 53. The rays incident from object on the lens
vo = 36 cm travel parallel after refraction. These parallel
Now if this image is made to fall at focus of rays are incident on plane mirror and trace
eyepiece so that final image is at infinity, the back their path after reflection.
total length of telescope would now be Hence, the final image will be formed on
L = vo + fe = 36 + 3 = 39 cm object itself.
94
From conservation of energy 12. Below the surface of the earth, pressure
1 increases with increase in depth. Hence
mgs = mv 2 pressure in the mine is higher than
2
Stopping distance, s = (v2/2g) atmospheric pressure.
The acceleration due to gravity below the
5
v = 32 km/h = 72  = 10 m/s surface of the earth decreases uniformly with
18 the distance from the centre, as shown in the
10  10 figure below.
 s= = 12.5 m
2  0.4  10 g
8. Gasoline (0.6) 4h g
Water
h  1.5
Liquid d
(1.6) o R r
13. Gauge pressure at point A = hg
Total pressure at point A
Pleft side = Pright side = atmospheric pressure + gauge pressure
w  g  2.5 = gas  g  (4  h) + liqg(h  1.5) = Pa + hg
1000  g  2.5 = 600g (4  h) + 1600g(h  1.5) 14. Using Bernoulli’s equation,
2500 = 2400  600 h + 1600 h  2400 1 1
P1 + 1v12  P2  2 v 22 ….(i)
2500 2 2
 h= = 2.5 m
1000 Also, P1  P2 = g  6 .…(ii)
From (i) and (ii),
9. Mass of liquid in AB = yA
2  P1  P2  2g  6
Net force = mass  acceleration v 22  v12 =  = (2g)  6
= (yA)  x .…(i)  
Also, pressure at A = h2g, = 2  980  6
pressure at B = h1g v 22  v12 = 12  980 cm2/s .…(iv)
Net force = Net pressure  area From equation of continuity,
= (h2g  h1g)  A ….(ii) A1v1 = A2v2
Equating (ii) and (i) v1 A 2
 
 (h2  h1) gA = (yA) x v 2 A1
xy   0.52
 h2  h1 = = = 0.25
g   12
v12  0.252  v 22
h Substituting in (iv),
10. v1  2g    gh .…(i)
2
v 22 1   0.25    12  980
2
From Bernoulli’s theorem,  

h 1 12  980
2gh + 4g     4  v 22 v2 
2 2 0.9375
Quantity of water flowing
 v 2  2gh .…(ii)
= A1v1 = A2v2
v2 12  980
  2 =   0.52 
v1 0.9375
 88 c.c per s
11. Assertion is true but reason is false.
In the first few steps, work has to be done 15. The pressure of water at the base of aquarium
against limiting friction and afterwards, work P = hg
is to be done against dynamic friction, which Pressure being linear function of height, average
is smaller than the limiting friction. pressure is half of the maximum pressure.
66
Hence force on the lateral wall, 22. According to equation of continuity,
F = Pav  A Av = constant
= Pav  (h  l) At A, area is larger than B hence v is smaller
hg at A than at B.
= hl Also, from Bernoulli’s principle,
2
1
0.4  103  10 P + v2 = constant
=  0.4  0.5 2
2
This means where v is small, P is more.
= 400 N
At A, pressure is higher. Hence liquid at
16. According to equation of continuity, point A will raise to greater height than at
Av = constant. point B. Hence option (B) is incorrect.
By attaching a jet, area of cross-section is Now, pressure at A, P1 = Pa + hArg
reduced. This results into increasing the Pressure at B, P2 = Pa + hBrg
velocity of water flowing out of the pipe. P1  P2 = (hA  hB)rg = hrg
17. From equation of terminal velocity v  r2
Bernoulli’s principle is applicable for non-
This represents equation of straight line.
viscous, streamlined flow of liquid. Hence
18. For a freely falling body, g = 0 Hence v = 0. option (C) is also correct.
19. When the snow accumulates on the wings of an
aeroplane, the upper surface of the wing
becomes flat. It means the curvature of the
surface decreases. Pressure difference which
causes the lift off of the aeroplane depends on
the curvature of the wing. Thus, due to the
decrease in curvature, the lift-off of the
aeroplane also decreases.
20. The water undergoes change in momentum,
only at the bends of tube. Hence the water and
tube exert forces on each other at these
locations. The forces exerted by the water at the
bends are shown in figure. The two forces form
a couple causing an anticlockwise torque.
21. Velocity of efflux, v  2gd

2H
Time taken for the range r 
g
2H
r  2gd 
g
2H
 r2 = 2dg   4dH
g
r2
 d
4H
67
Evaluation Test
1. The field of view is maximum for convex
mirror because the image of an object formed 1 x
by a convex mirror is always diminished. Each
image is thus confined to small area and many 2
objects can be viewed in the mirror.
2. When ray travels from 1 to 2,
 2 1   1
 = 2
2 cm v u R
C The ray refracts from R1 and falls normally of
2m u R2. Let the pin be placed at distance x from
lens. i.e., u = x.
wall
1.5 1 1.5  1
Let the candle C be placed u metre away from   =
pole of the mirror. 10  x 30
According to question, image distance 1 0.5 1.5
 = 
v=u+2 x 30 10
Also, magnification of a concave mirror  x = 7.5 cm
v   u  2 image height Image of object coincides with the object itself
m= = = as the ray after refraction from first surface
u u object height
falls normally on second surface.
Here, negative sign indicates, image is inverted.
u2 6 6. Focal length of convex/concave mirror
 |m|= = u=1m
u 2 depends only on radius of curvature (R) of the
Distance of the wall from the mirror is mirror. It does not depend upon u and v.
u + 2 = (1 + 2) m = 3 m = 300 cm. 7. When the lens is in air,
1 1 1 1  1 1 
3. For near end the bar, = 
f u v =  g  1   
fa  R1 R 2 
Here, u and f are negative
uf 1  1 1 
 |v| = = 1.5  1    ….(i)
u f 30  R1 R 2 
Far end of the bar is at infinity. Therefore, When lens is in water
image will be formed at focus.
1  g  1 1 
 Length of the image = | v | f =  1  
fw  w   R1 R 2 
uf f2
= f = 1  1.5  1.33   1 1 
u f u f  =   ….(ii)
 
4. We cannot interchange the objective and eye fw  1.33   R 1 R 2 
lens of a microscope to make a telescope. The Dividing equation (i) by (ii),
focal lengths of lenses in microscope are very fw  1.33 
small, of the order of mm or a few cm and the  = (1.51)  
30  1.5  1.33 
difference (fo  fe) is also very small. While in
the telescope, objective has a very large focal 1.33
fw = 30  0.5  = 117.35 cm
length. 0.17
5. Whenever any surface of convex or plano- The change in focal length
convex or concavo-convex lens is silvered, it = 117.35 – 30 = 87.35  87.4 cm
behaves like a concave mirror. Similarly
8. Magnifying power of a telescope in normal
whenever any surface of a concave or plano-
f
concave or convexo-concave lens is silvered, adjustment = a
it behaves like a convex mirror. fe
97
Tube length = Distance between objective and 14. For a given compound microscope,
eyepiece v D
M.P. = o 
= fo + fe uo ue
fo and L = vo + ue
= 9  fo = 9fe
fe When L is increased, ue increases as vo is
Tube length = fo + fe fixed. Hence, its magnifying power decreases.
60 = 9fe + fe = 10fe 15. The objective of a telescope must have large
 fe = 6 cm and aperture to gather more light. It should also
fo = 9fe = 9  6 = 54 cm  f 
have large focal length  m  0  . Therefore,
9. As shown in the figure, the system is equivalent  fe 
to combination of three thin lenses in contact lens A is selected as objective lens.
1 1 1 1 The eyepiece should have small aperture and
    small focal length. Therefore, lens D is
f f1 f 2 f 3
selected as eye lens.
By lens maker’s formula
16. Focus alone depends on whether the rays are
1  3  1 1  1
   1    paraxial or not. The rest of the three factors do
f1  2   20  40 A B not depend on whether the rays are paraxial or
1  4  1 1 1 not.
   1   
f 2  3  20 10  20 17. As refractive index of lens is different for
1  3  1 1 1 different colours/wavelengths, therefore,
   1   different colours are focussed at different
f 3  2  10   20
points. Hence the image is coloured.
1 1 1 1 1
   
f 40 20 20 40
 f = 40 cm
Hence system behaves as concave lens of focal
length 40 cm.
11. By focussing a lens, energy can be
concentrated into a small beam. This does not
violate principle of conservation of energy, as
lens does not generate energy but merely
concentrates the available energy.
12. A dentist uses concave mirror to converge
light and obtain enlarged image.
13. Let the closest distance be u and farthest
distance be u.
1 1 1 1 1 6
=  =  = ( v = 25 cm)
u v f 25 5 25
25
 u= cm
6
1 1 1 1 1
Also =  =  ( v = )
u  
v f  5
 u = 5 cm
u 25 / 6 5
Ratio, = =
u 5 6
98
Textbook
Chapter No.
12 Magnetic Effect of Electric Current

Hints
28. Fmax = IlB

Classical Thinking F
 I = max
3. 1 G (gauss) = 104 T (tesla) Bl
0 Idl sin  3  104
6. dB = .  I= = 40 A
4 r2 5  105  15  102
0 I 4  107  10 32. Since currents are flowing in opposite

7. B= = = 5  105 N/A m direction. Hence force of attraction does not
2 a 2  4  102
exist.
17. Element ‘dl’ and radius are perpendicular
 0 I1I 2l
I 4  107   107 33. F=
18. B= 0 =  0.5 = 2a
2r 2r r
F 4  107  2  4
But 22  102 = 2r = 1
= 1.6  105 N/m
l 2  10
11102
 r= 34.
π
  10 7   4 cm
 B=  9  106 Wb/m2
11  10 2
I P 3I
 0 nIa 2
19. B =
2(a 2  x 2 )3/2
x 4x
4  107  50  1  (5  102 ) 2
= At neutral point P, B1 = B2
2[(0.05) 2  (0.2) 2 ]3/ 2
0 I  3I
105  25 104  = 0
= 2 x 2 (4  x)
[(25  400) 104 ]3/ 2
 x = 1 cm
 B = 9  106 Wb/m2
24. F = qvB sin  F  0 I1I 2 4  107  1  1
36. = =
= 200  106  2  105  5  105  sin 30 l 2a 2  1
F = 103 N F
 = 2  107 N/m
25. F = qvB sin  l
For  = 90 and v = 103c, 39.  = nIAB sin = 20  12  (101)2  0.8  sin 30
F 1.732  10 2  3 = 0.96 N m
q= = 3
vB 10  3  108  2  10 5
3 3
40. M = nIA = 5  1  (4  102)2
=  102 M = 8  103 A m2
3 2
= 5  103 C 0 I
42. B=
27. F = IlB sin  2r
F = 1  1  104  1 ( 1 oersted = 104 T) 4  107  1.4
1.76  106 =
2 2r
4
10  r = 0.5 m
= N
2 circumference = 2r = 3.14 m
99
43. F = qvB sin  = qvB sin 90 7. B2
F = evB I1 
 I
B= 0
2 a B1
ev0 I 1.6  1019  107  4  107  50  I2
 F= =
2a 2  5  102
16
F = 3.2  10 N B= B12  B12 = 2 B1
B
0 I  = 2
44. B= B1
2 a
4  107  I 8. L = n1.2r1 = n2.2r2
1.33 104 = r1 n 2
2  0.1  =
 I = 66.5 r2 n1
2 2
It B1 0n1I / 2r1 n1 r2  n1   4  4
n= = = =  = =
e B 2 0n 2 I / 2r2 n 2 r1  n 2   2  1
66.5  1
n=  4.16  1020 0 Ia 2 0 Ia 2
1.6  10 19 9. B= =
2(a 2  x 2 )3/2 2(a 2  a 2 )3/ 2
Hence, the nearest option is (B).
 0 Ia 2 4  107  1 
= = =  107 T
2(2)3/ 2 a 3 4 2 a 2a
Critical Thinking
0 Ia 2
I 10. B1 = ,
2. B= 0 2(a 2  x 2 )3/2
2a
But x >>> a
1  Ia 2
 B  B1 = 0 3
a 2x
B1 a 0 Ia 2
= 2 B2 =
B2 a1 2(a 2  x 2 )3/2
10 8 12 But x = 0
 =
B2 4  Ia 2
 B2 = 0 3
 9
B2 = 3.33  10 T 2a
B1 a 3
 =
0 2I B2 x 3
3. B 
4 r L
Hence, if distance is same, field will be same 11. The radius of the circular loop r = .
2π
4. Magnetic field lies inside as well as outside 0 I  0 I
Therefore, B  
the solid current carrying conductor. 2r L
12. The magnetic field at the centre is,
5. Inside the pipe, I = 0   2nI
 I | Bc | = 0
 Binside  0  0 4 r
2r   4I
For 2 turns: | Bc | = 0 .
q 2  1.6  1019 4 r / 2
6. I= = = 1.6  1019 A   8I
t 2 For 4 turns: | Bc | = 0 .
4 r / 4
I   1.6  1019
 B= 0 = 0 = 1019 0 
 
| Bc | = 4 | B c | = 4  0.2 = 0.8 T
2r 2  0.8
100
Chapter 12: Magnetic Effect of Electric Current
0 2I 19. As per the figure,
13. Magnetic field at centre B =
4 r F = q(E + v  B) = qE + q(v  B)
Magnetic field at a point on the axis, Now, Fe = qE
 2 I r 2 = 16  1018  104 ( k̂ )
B = 0 
4  r 2  x 2 3/ 2 = 16  1014 k̂
B B And Fm = 16  1018 (10 î  B ĵ )
Given B =  =8
8 B = 16  1017 B( k̂ )
 0 2 I  F = Fe + Fm = 16  1014 k̂  16  1017 B k̂
 4 r =8 Since, the particle will continue to move along
0 2 I r 2 + X-axis, so resultant force is zero. Therefore,

4  r 2  x 2 3/ 2 F e + Fm = 0
 16  1014 k̂ = 16  1017 B k̂
r  x2 
2 3/ 2
(r 2  x 2 )3  B = 103 Wb/m2
 =8  = 64
r3 r6
20. Vertically up
r2  x2
 =4  r2 + x2 = 4r2   
r2 F= I l  B
 3r2 = x2  x= 3r Using Fleming’s left hand rule.
 N
14. The force experienced by a charge particle in a B
  
magnetic field is given by, F  q(v B)
which is independent of mass. As q, v and B E
are same for both the electron and proton, both W
will experience same force. 
F
15. Fm = qvB sin ,
Since v = 0 S
 Fm = 0 21. The force per unit length is,

   2I2
16. F  q v B
  F 0 
4 R
Electron is a negatively charged particle,
 If R is increased to 2R and I is reduced to I/2,
therefore force F will be acting in negative Z- the force per unit length becomes,
direction.  2(I/2) 2
   F  0 
17. F  q (v B)  10 11 (108 ˆj 0.5 î) 4 2R
 5  104 (ˆj  î) = 5  104 N along k̂ 0 2I2 1 F
=   
18. 4  2R 8 8
Straight wire
 0 I1I 2l I
Circular loop 23. F1 = and B2 = o 2
2a 2a
Direction of magnetic F1 = B2 I1 l
field due to straight F mg 7.5  105  10
current carrying wire B2 = 1 = =
I1l I1l 4  101
Magnetic field due to straight wire is either
parallel or antiparallel to the current flow in B2 = 1.875  103 T
loop depending on direction of current in wire. 25. Current carrying coil is a closed loop. Net
Thus force F exerted by this magnetic field B force acting on the coil due to uniform
is, magnetic field is always zero. But there will
  
F  I dl  B be a non-zero torque acting on the coil, except
when plane of the coil is perpendicular to the
= IdlB sin  = 0 (  = 0 or 180) field.
101
26.  = MB sin  = N I B A sin  0 2I
32. B=  (For infinitely long conductor)
 does not depend upon shape of the loop. 4 r
27.  = NBIA sin , so the graph between  and  1
is a sinusoidal graph. B
r
 
28. M = NI A Hence, graph (C) is correct.
    
 = M  B = NI A  B = NIAB sin  33. Here magnetic force is zero, but the velocity
increases due to electric force.
but  = 90  
 34.
  = NIAB sin(90  ) = NIAB cos 
I 2I
Plane of r r
the coil A C
O
 
B0

Let two wires be A and C carrying current I
and 2I respectively. The magnetic field
normal produced by two wires at mid-point ‘O’ will
1 be in opposite direction. Hence net magnetic
29. Suppose length of each wire is l. r 
B I I
2 field at O is, B = B1  B2 = 0 1  0 2
2  l  l2 2r 2r
A circle  r     
 2  4 0 0 0
= (I1  I2 ) = (I  2I)  (I)
 Magnetic moment M  IA 2r 2r 2r
Here negative sign indicates the direction of
Msquare Asquare l/4 B.
 
M circle Acircle Hence neglecting it, |B| = |B1| ….(i)
r When 2I wire is switched off, field produced
l 2 / 16 
 2  at point O will be only B1, which referring to
l / 4 4 equation (i), equals B.
1 Thus, when 2I wire is switched off, field will
30. Ekinetic = mv2
2 be B.
1 e2
2  1.6  1013 =  1.67  1027  v2 35. Electrostatic force Fe =
1
 2
2 40 r
v2 = 3.83  1014
v = 0.196  108 m/s 0  e2 v2 
Magnetic force Fm =  
F = qvB sin  4  r 2 
= 1.6  1019  0.196  108  2.5  sin 90 Fm v2
F = 7.84  1012 N  = 00 v2 = 2 ( 00 = 1/c2)
Fe c
 nI
31. B= 0
2r 36. F = BIl = 2  2  3  102 = 0.12 N
For n = 1 Now, F = ma
I 0.12
B= 0  a= = 12 m/s2 (along Y-axis)
2r 10  103
When same length is bent into 2 turns, radius
37. Force on the charge in motion in magnetic
is halved.
field,
 nI   2 I μ I
B = 0 = 0 = 4 0  
  
2r r  2r  F  q  v  B  , implying F is perpendicular
2  
2 
B = 4B to v .
102
 
 0 I1I 2l
Work done W = F v 43. F=
= F v cos  2a
   mg 0 I1I 2
=
= F v cos 90  F  v  l 2a
 
=0 20  103  9.8  2  2  102
I2 =
4  107  200
38. The perimeter in plane is two-dimensional.
Amongst the given shapes, circle has  m 
 = Linear density 
maximum area. Hence, maximum torque will  l 
act on it. I2 = 98 A
39. The wires are in parallel and ratio of their
resistances are 3 : 4 : 5. Hence currents in Competitive Thinking
1 1 1 1. Magnetic field is produced by moving charge.
wires are : : .
3 4 5
Force between top and middle wire, 0 Idl sin 
3. (By Biot-Savart’s law dB = =
 II 4 r2
F1 = 0 1 2 (r1 = distance between these wires) 1
2r1 i.e. dB ∝ )
 (1 / 3)(1 / 4) r2
 F1 = 0
2r1 4. Every point on line AB will be equidistant
Force between bottom and middle wire, from X and Y-axis. So magnetic field at every
 (1 / 4)(1 / 5) point on line AB due to wire 1 along X-axis is
F2 = 0 equal in magnitude but opposite in direction to
2r2 the magnetic field due to wire along Y-axis.
As the forces are equal and opposite, Hence Bnet on AB = 0
1 1 r 5
F1 = F2  =  1= 5.
3r1 5r2 r2 3 I1
40. Let Fm be the force arising due to magnetic B2
field, then the given situation can be drawn as d
I2 B1
follows
Fm cos 60°
60°
Fm
B
mg sin 60° 60°
mg cos 60°  0 2 2 1/ 2
60° mg B= B12  B22 =
2d
 I1  I2 
o o
Fm = BIl  mgsin 60  BIl cos60 6. B1 Bnet
0.01  10  3
B 1T B2
0.1  1.73
41. The charge will not experience any force if 2cm
 
| Fe |  | Fm | . This condition is satisfied in
At the point, magnetic induction due to
option (B) only. external magnetic field be B1 = 4  104 T.
0 I  q  qf Now, due to wire carrying current magnetic
42. B= = 0 = 0 I
2r 2r t 2r induction produced at that point be B2 = 0
4  10  1.6  1019  6.8  1015
7 2a
= 7
4  10  30
2  0.5  1010 = = 3  104 T
B = 13.7 T 2  2  102
103
7. 11. Dipole moment M = nIA = I  R2
N If dipole moment is doubled keeping current
N constant,
M = I  (R)2
W E S  2M = I  (R)2
S
 2 (I  R2) = I  (R)2
Current carrying loop, behaves as a bar  R = 2 R
magnet. A freely suspended bar magnet stays Magnetic field at center of loop is,
in the N  S direction. I
B= 0
0 nI 4  107  100  0.1 2R
8. B= = 1
2r 2  5  102  B
= 4  105 tesla R
B1 R  2
9. When radius is doubled the resistance in the   
circuit is also doubled. Therefore the current B2 R 1
in the circuit becomes halved.
Magnetic induction is given by, 12. B at the centre of a coil carrying a current, I is
I I
B= 0 Bcoil = 0 (upward)
2r 2r
Now, I
B due to wire, Bwire = 0 (downward)
 I I 2r
B′ = 0 where I′ = and r′ = 2r
2r 2 Magnetic field at centre C
0 I B Bc = Bcoil + Bwire
∴ B′ = =
8r 4 I I
= 0 (upward) + 0 (downward)
10. Let the wire of length l be bent into circle of 2r 2r
radius R.  0 I 0 I I  1
 nI
=  = 0 1   upward
 B= 0 2r 2r 2r  
2R
4  107  8  1 
here, n = 1 = 1   upward
2  10  102   
l
R=
2 4 107  8  2.14
= upward
0 I 2  10  102  
 B=
 l  = 3.424  105 N/A m upward
2 
 2  0
 I 13. B= B12  B22 = I12  I 22
 B= 0 ....(i) 2r
2l
4107
When the same wire is bent into coil of n = 2
32  42
2  210
turns, let R be the radius of the coil,
 2nR = l = 5  105 Wb m2
l
 R = 14. Magnetic field on the axis of circular current
2n
 2nIa 2
 0 nI 0 nI  I B= 0 . 2
 B = = = 0 n2 4 (a  x 2 )3/2
2R   l  2l
2 
 2n  na 2
B
 2
B = n B ….[From (i)] (a 2  x 2 )3/2
104
 0 Ia 2 I 19. Maximum force will act on proton so it will

15. Baxis = , Bcentre = 0 move on a circular path. Force on electron will
2(a  x )
2 2 3/ 2
2a
be zero because it is moving parallel to the
a3 field.
Baxis = Bcentre 
(a 2  x 2 )3/2  
v is parallel to B
 Baxis   a 2
x 
2 3/ 2 21.

Bcentre =
a 3   = 0  F = 0
(54)(32  42 )3/ 2 54  125 22. Component of velocity parallel to the field,
Bcentre = = = 250 T
33 27 makes the particle move in direction of field
and due to perpendicular component of
16. Bcentre = 5 5 Baxis velocity, particle follows circular path making
0 n I 0 n I r 2 combined path as helical.
=5 5
2r2  x2 
3/ 2
2r
23. The particle is released from rest
2 2 3/2 3  
(r + x ) = 5 5 r and E  B
(r2 + x2)3 = 125 r6   
r2 + x2 = 5r2 Fnet  FE  FB ….(i)
x2 = 4r2  
  
x = 2r FE   q E and FB   q  v  B 
 
x = 2  0.1 ….( r = 0.1)  
x = 0.2 m As v = 0, FB = 0
 
 nI hence, Fnet = FE
17. Magnetic field at the centre: Bc = 0
2R 
Magnetic field at the axial point: As FE is acting along the direction of electric
 0 nIR 2 field, particle will always move in the
Baxis = 
 
3/ 2
2 R 2  x2 direction of electric field. Also, v being

B parallel to B , particle will not deviate.
Given: Baxis = c
8
F   q  v  B 
  
 0 nIR 2  nI 24.
= 0  
  8  2R
3/ 2
2 R 2  x2
As particle is projected towards east
R2 1  
 = vi
2R 2  x2 
3/ 2
16R
Force is acting in north direction
 (R2 + x2)3/2 = 8R3  
 Fj
 (R2 + x2)1/2 = 2R
  
 R2 + x2 = 4R2  j  (i  B)
 x2 = 3R2 But we know,
 x = 3R   
i  (  k)  j
0 2nIa 2 1  
18. B  2 B 2  B = –k
4 (a  x )
2 3/ 2
(a  x 2 )3/ 2
8 (a 2  x 22 )3/ 2
2/3
a 2  0.04 25. As the coil is perpendicular to magnetic field
8
  2    
1 (a  x1 ) 2 3/ 2
1 a 2  0.0025 B2 T,
4 a  0.04
2
 = 90o
  2 ,
1 a  0.0025 The loop formed is circular,
On solving, a = 0.1 m  l = 2r
105
As the force acting on the loop will be along F = Il B sin 
radius, =IlB (  = 90)
l –2
r  F = 5  10  (5  10 ) = 2.5 N
2
 Tension developed is   
31. FB =  q  v  B
T = F = B I r sin = B I r  
21.1 l 1.1      

= = = 0.35 N FB =  q a i   b j  c k  
2    
26. F = qvB sin    

=  q ab k  ac( j) 
F  
B=
qvsin     

FB = qa  b k  c j 
F  
Bmin = (when  = 90) Taking magnitude on both sides,
qv

1010 FB = qa b2  c2
 Bmin = 12 = 103 tesla in ẑ - direction
10  105
FB  qa(b 2  c2 )1/2
27. Force on moving charge in magnetic field is
given by, 32. From Fleming’s left hand rule the force on
F = qvBsin θ electron is towards the east means it is
but, θ = 90° deflected towards east.
∴ sin 90° = 1 35. Two wires, if carry current in opposite
∴ F = qvB direction, they repel each other.
Kinetic Energy of proton is given by 0 I1I 2
38. F= l
1 2a
E = mv2
2  (2I1 )I2 2 0 I1I2 2
F = 0 l =  l =  F
2E 2 3a 3 2a 3
∴ velocity (v) =
m  0 2I1I 2  0 I 2
39. Force per unit length  .  .
2E 4 a 2 b
∴ F=q B
m
 F   0 2I1I2
40.  = .
2  2 106 1.6 1019  l  4 a
= 1.6  1019   2.5
1.6  1027  F   0 2I
2
 I2
 = . = 0 (Attractive)
F = 8  1012N  l  4 d 2d
28. F = BIl sin  F 0 2I1I2  2I 2
41. =  = 0 ( I1 = I2 = I)
7.5 = 2  5  1.5 sin  l 4 a 4 a
 = 30 2I 2
 2  107 = 107 
29. 1
A A I= 1A
 10 A
10 A B   0 2I1I2
B 42. F =
3 cm   4 a
F  2I 2
F1 = 0 (Attraction)
4 x
B 4 cm C B C
 2I  2I  2I 2
F2 = 0 = 0 (Repulsion)
Force on the conductor ABC = Force on the 4 2x 4 x
conductor AC Thus F1 = F2
106
sin i sin 45 21. Of all the colours in spectrum, red shows least
17. = = = 2 deviation.
sin r sin 30
c 3  108 Re al depth
v= = = 2.12  108 m/s 23. =
 2 Apparent depth
sin i  In case of water filled beaker,
18. Refraction at air-oil interface, oil  h
sin r1 w = ….(i)
h w
sin 40
 sin r1 = = 0.443 Similarly for oil filled beaker,
1.45
Refraction at oil-water interface, h
o = ….(ii)
sin r1 ho
oil  water 
sin r Dividing equation (i) by (ii)
1.33 0.443 w h h o
   
1.45 sin r  o h w h
0.443  1.45 4 h
 sin r =   o
1.33 3  1.6 hw
 r = 28.9  hw = 1.2 ho
19. i = 2r i.e., apparent depth of water is 1.2 times
sin i greater than that of oil
=
sin r Real depth
sin 2r 24. =
= Apparent depth
sin r Let t be the real thickness of the slab,
2sin r cos r Given apparent thickness = 3 + 5 = 8 cm
=
sin r t
 =
  8
 cos r =  r = cos1   i.e. t = 8  1.5 = 12 cm
2 2
25. In BCE
20. Using Snell’s law, N
sin i Incident Reflected A
a g = ray ray 
sin r  P B Q
 Air (  r)
but a g = g i r r
a (a=1)
t
 a sin i = g sin r  Glass 90 E
1 sin i = 2 sin r r (g= 2 ) d
1 M
sin r = sin i S C R
2 Refracted D
F
1 1 ray
= sin 45 = CE
2 2 sin(  r) =  CE = BC sin(  r)
 1 BC
r = sin1   = 30  d = BC sin(  r) ….(i)
2
In BMC
From figure, r +  + r = 180
BM BM t
i +  + 30 = 180 [ i = r] cos r =  BC = = ….(ii)
BC cos r cos r
45 +  + 30 = 180
  = 180  75 = 105
t
Hence, the angle between reflected and d= sin (  r)
refracted rays is 105. cos r
75
54.    0 I
B M 58. B1 
4 R 1
c

here,   60 
3

I
0 3  I
 B1   0
B 4 R 1 12 R 1
Similarly,
When  = 0 (parallel) it is in stable
equilibrium. 
I
0 3  I
When  = 180 (anti-parallel), it is in unstable B2   0
equilibrium. 4 R 2 12 R 2
Bnet = B1 – B2
55. M = nIA, thus independent of magnetic field 0I  I
of induction. =  0
12R 1 12R 2
 0 nI 0 I  1 1 
56. B= =   
2r 12  R1 R 2 
M = nIA = 100  5  2 102 = 10
1 = MB sin  ; 2 = MB cos  59. Magnetic fields due to a long straight wire of
radius ‘a’ carrying current I at a point distant ‘r’
 12 = M2B2 sin2 ,  22 = M2B2 cos2  from the centre of the wire is given as follows,
 2 2
12 + 22 = M B  Ir
B= 0 2 for r < a
 (0.09 + 0.16) = 102B2 2a
0.25  I
B2 = = 2.5  103 B= 0 for r = a
100 2 a
B = 0.05 T I
B= 0 for r > a
2r
57. Rod will be stationary if component of B
The variation of magnetic
magnetic field balances component of weight field B with distance r 1
of rod as shown in the figure below. Br B
from the centre of wire is r
B shown in the figure.
X
a r
I BIl cos
Force
 60. Electric field =
F = BIl Charge
ma 0
 = (in west direction)
Y e
mg Magnetic force = Fm
 = 3ma0  ma0
= 2ma0 (in west direction)
 
To keep the rod stationary, ( v  B is directed towards west)
BIl cos = mg sin 
Since, v is directed towards north for positive
mg tan 
 I = 
Bl charge, B is directed vertically down.

  
g tan  Now, F  qv  B
= ….( m/l = )
B  2ma0 = ev0  B
0.5  9.8  tan 30 19.6 2ma 0
I=  = 11.32 A  B= (vertically down)
0.25 3 ev0
108
61. Since electron is moving parallel to the magnetic 64. For given two coils, magnetic induction at
field, hence magnetic force on it Fm = 0. their centres is same.
The only force acting on the electron is Let B1 = B2
electric force which reduces its speed. 0 I1 0 I2
62. For stable equilibrium 
  2r 2  2r 
M  magneticdipole moment  ||B
z I1 1
 
I2 2
B
Using Ohm’s Law,
1
I V
I y I
I
x I V1 
 
For unstable equilibrium M ||   B 
 
V2 1
z  
65.
B
I a
I y
I
x I
work
63. Average Power = 0 I  a 2
time B= 
2 2 a  r 2
W= 
0
Fdx ….(i)
0 I
B= a
B 2 r 2
l = 3m
Ba
I = 10A z 66. M = nIA
For coil, magnetic induction at the centre,
x
Magnetic force on conductor  nI
B= 0
F = B I l sin  2R
Here, B = 3.0  10-4 e0.2 x T, I = 10 A and B  2R
l = 1.5  (1.5) = 3 m  I=
0 n
 F = 3.0  104 e0.2 x  10  3
Substituting in equation (i), For n = 1, Area A = R2
2 B  2R
W= 
0
3.0  10 4 e 0.2x  10  3dx M=
0
 R2
2
= 9  103 0
e 0.2x dx
2BR 3
=
9  103 0
=  e 0.22  1
0.2
9  103 67. Number of revolutions completed by the
=  1  e 0.4  electron in one second,
0.2
= 45  103 [1  0.67] v
n=
 14.84  103 J 2r
14.84  103 Also current,
P =
5  103 v
I = nq = q
 2.97 W 2r
109
Now, magnetic field, As the system is in equilibrium vertically,
I T cos  = gL ….(i)
B = 0
2r Along horizontal,
0 v  I I  L
  q T sin  = 0 ….(ii)
2r 2r 2 (2Lsin )
 vq
 0 2  0 I1I 2l 
4r  F  and herea  2Lsin  
 2  a 
4107  2.2 106 1.6 1019
= 4 Lsin  T sin 
4  5 1011   I2 =
2
0 L
 B = 14.08 T
T
68. For charged particles, if they are moving I = 2 sin  ....(iii)
0
freely in space, electrostatic force is dominant
over magnetic force between them. Hence due Using equation (i),
to electric force they repel each other. gL
T=
69. cos 
 Substituting for T in equation (iii),
T gL
I = 2 sin 
 0 cos 
F
(L)g
Evaluation Test
0 Ia 2 From (i) and (ii),

1. B=
2(a 2  x 2 )3/ 2 F 2 / d d  0.5  2
  2    2  
F 1/ d 
d   1.5  3
0 I(6) 2  102 
2
6
108  10 = 2
2  6 2  82   104   F = F
3/ 2 3/ 2
3
 0 I 108  10  10 
6 3/ 2
2
 10 6 108  105 3. The net force on the particle is
 = =    
2 62  10 4 36 F  q (E  v  B) ….(i)
….(i)
The solution of this problem can be obtained
At the centre of the coil, x = 0
by resolving the motion along the three
 I 0 I coordinate axes namely,
 B= 0 =
2a 2  6  102 F q 
Using (i) a x  x  (E x  v y Bz  v z By ) 
m m

108  105 Fy q 
B= = 5  104 T = 500 T a y   (E y  v z Bx  v x Bz )  ….(ii)
36  6  102 m m 
2. Force between two long conductors carrying Fz q 
a z   (E z  v x B y  v y Bx ) 
current, m m 
 II For the given problem,
F= 0 1 2l ….(i)
2 d Ex = Ey = 0, vy = vz = 0 and Bx = Bz = 0
After carrying out changes, Substituting in equation (ii),
 (2 I1 )(I 2 ) q
F = 0 l ax = ay = 0 and az = [ E z  v x By ]
2 d m
110
Again az = 0, as the particle transverses As, the deflection of the
through the region undeflected. proton caused by the
 Ez = vx By magnetic field is upwards,
E 5  104 deflection produced by the B
 By = z  = 2.5  103 Wb/m2 electric field should be into
vx 20
the paper. Hence the
4. W = MB cos  = MB (cos 2  cos 1) direction of the field is also
into the paper.
= MB (cos 60  cos 0)
qE = qvB  v = E/B ….(ii)
 1  MB
W = MB   1 = ….(i) 2Vq E 2 2Vq
2  2  Equation (i) gives v2 =  2
m B m
Now, when  = 60, torque acting on dipole mE 2
should be V=
2qB2
3
 = MB sin  = MB sin 60 = MB 10. The magnetic field on the axis of a coil
2
carrying current I, having N turns, radius r and
Using (i) at a distance d from the centre of the coil, is
 = 3W given by:
 2NIr 2
5. When a charged particle is moving in a region B= 0  2
with uniform electric and magnetic field 4 (r  d 2 )3/ 2
parallel to each other, it experiences force only The field at the centre is given by,
due to electric field, along the direction of  2NI
field, due to which the path of a charged Bc = 0 
4 r
particle will be a straight line. 3
B r
  2
6. The normal to the plane of the coil (X-Y Bc (r  d 2 )3/ 2
plane) makes angle of 90 with the direction 1
of the field. = ….(Using Binomial equation)
 3 d2 
 torque on the loop  = BIA = BI (r2) .…(i) 1  2 r 2 
Also the torque required to just raise an edge  
of the loop is  3 d2 
 B 1  2 
= Bc
 mg 
 = Fr =  r .…(ii)  2r 
 2 
 Bc  B  3 d 2
Equating (i) and (ii), 
B 2 r2
mgr mg
BIr2 = I= I
2 2Br 11. Bc = 0
2r
7.   Area. The area of circle is largest. 0I r 2 0I r 2 0 I
Ba = = =
2 r2  r2 
3/ 2 3 3/ 2
8. Deflecting couple on magnet 2r (2 ) 2r (2 2)
= MB sin  = (2lm) B sin 
 Ba : Bc = 1: 2 2
= (10  8)  0.32  sin 45
12. Y
= 18.1  18 dyne cm B C
1
9. The kinetic energy of the proton, mv2 = qV 10 A
2
2Vq 15 cm
 v2 = ….(i)
m
If the proton is moving undeflected, then the 10 A
deflection produced by the electric field must A D
nullify the deflection produced by magnetic 2 cm 10 cm
field. X
111
The effective force is only on AB and CD.
The force on AB is attractive and that on CD
is repulsive.
Force between two current carrying
conductors is F1 between XY and
 I I
AB = 0 1 2 l attractive force and F2 between
2a
 I I l
XY and CD = 0 1 2 repulsive force.
2d
 20  10 10  0.15 2 0 10 10  0.15
 F1 – F2 =   
 4  0.02 4 0.12
0 100 100 
 Fresultant = 2   10  10  0.15   
4  2 12 
0.15  500
= 2  107  100 
12
= 1.25  104 N
13. For -particle, q = 2 e
  
F = q (v B) = q[(6  105 î )  (4 î  ĵ )]
= q  (6  105) k̂
= 2e  (6  105) k̂
Negative sign indicates particle is moving
along negative Z-axis.

 | F | = 2  1.6  1019  6  105
= 1.92  1013 N
14. Mass per unit length of conductor XY,
m = 5  102 kg/m
As magnetic repulsion is balancing the weight
of conductor XY
I
X Y
4 mm
A I1 = 25A B
F
mg =
l
 I I    2I I
 mg = 0 1 2 =  0  1 2
2a  4  a
2  25  I 2
mg = 107 
4  103
25
5  102  9.8 =  104 I2
2
2  5  102  9.8
 I2 = = 392 A
25  104
15. Magnetic field lines about a current carrying
wire get crowded when the wire is bent into a
circular loop.
112
Textbook
Chapter No.
13 Magnetism
Hints
29.  = MB sin
Classical Thinking  M = MB sin 
 1 = B sin 90

9. B=  B = 1 Wb/m2 [  = 90]
A
5  104 B
= 36. Bv = B sin  = B sin 30 =
25  104 2
= 0.2 Wb/m2 BV
37. tan  = =1
16. M = m  2l BH
5
= 20   4.8  102   = tan1 (1) = 45
6 Baxis 2
= 0.8 A m2 47. =
Bequator 1
17. 2r = 4l
48. M remains constant.
2l
r=  3x 
3
B1 r3 27
  = 23 = =
x
3
M = IA = Ir2 B2 r1 1
4l 2 0 M 107  101
= I  49. Beq = . 3 =
2 4 r (102 )3
4Il 2
= 108
 =
106
22. M = nIA = 102 Wb/m2
M 0 M
A= 50. Beq = .
nI 4 r 3
10 107  5  103  6  102
= =
75  120  103
 0.1
3
= 1.1 m2
Beq = 3  108 N/A m, directed from N-pole to
23.  = IAB sin S-pole.
1 56. F = mB
25 = I  5  2 
2 20
I=5A m= = 100 A m
0.2
0 M  M = m  2l
24. B= = 100  20  102
4 r 3
2  0.5 = 20 A m2
= 107  57. F = mB
(0.15)3
5.12  105
= 2.96  105 m= = 1.6 A m
 B  3  105 Wb/m2 3.2  105
M = m.2l
1 MBsin 1 sin 1 sin 90 1 M 0.4
27. = = = = =  2l = = = 0.25 m = 25 cm
2 MBsin 2 sin 2 sin 0 0 m 1.6
113
58. B= B2H  BV2 d

9.  = MBH sin   = MBH cos 
B2  B2H = B2V d
This will be maximum when  = 0.
B2V = (5  104)2  (3  104)2
B2V = 16  108 10.  = MB sin  = m  2l  B sin 
1
BV = 4  104 T = 48  25  102  0.15 
2
59.  = MB sin = 5  1.5  104  sin 90  = 0.9 N m
 = 7.5  104 N m
11.  = MB sin     sin 
60. M = IA
 sin 1  sin 90
8  1  
I= =4 2 sin 2  / 2 sin 2
2
It 4 1 1
n= = = 25  1018  sin 2 =  2 = 30
e 1.6  1019 2
 angle of rotation = 90  30 = 60
Critical Thinking 14. At poles, magnetic field is perpendicular to the
2. In an atom, electrons revolve around the surface of earth.
nucleus and as such the circular orbits of 15.
electrons may be considered as the small MN GN
current loops. In addition to orbital motion, an
electron has got spin motion also. So, the total 17
magnetic moment of electron is the vector
sum of its magnetic moments due to orbital 10 O
GW GE
and spin motion. Charge particles at rest do A
not produce magnetic field.
3. If a hole is made at the centre of a bar magnet,
then its magnetic moment will not change as
its pole strength and length remains same. GS MS
4. Magnetism of a magnet falls with rise of As the ship is to reach a place 10 south of
temperature and becomes practically zero west i.e., along OA, it should be steered
above curie temperature. west of (magnetic) north at an angle of
(90 – 17 + 10) = 83.
5. One face of loop will behave as south pole and
other as north pole. The face where current is 16. BH = B cos 
anticlockwise will have north polarity and at BH 0.5 0.5 1
other face where current is clockwise will  B= = = =
cos  cos30o 3/2 3
have south polarity.
7. Magnetic moment of circular loop carrying 0 M
17. Beq =
current, 4 r 3
 L 
2
IL2 10  106  (0.1)3
M  IA  I  R   I   
2  M= = 0.1 A m2
 2  4 107
4M 18. BA = BX + BY, BX = 2BY
 L=
I ( X is along axis and Y along equator)
8. Torque on a bar magnet in earth’s magnetic = 2BY + BY
field (BH) is   MBH sin ,  will be = 3BY
maximum if sin  = maximum i.e.,  = 90.
B 0.3  104
BY = A =
Hence, axis of the magnet is perpendicular to 3 3
the field of earth. = 0.1  104 T
114
Chapter 13: Magnetism
BX = 2BY = 2  0.1  104 22. Magnetic intensity (H) = 1600 A/m
= 0.2  104 T  = BA
B is away from X 
On reversing BX  BX B=
A
 B =  BX + BY 2.4  105
=  0.2  104 + 0.1  104 =
0.2  104
= – 0.1  104 T
= 1.2 Wb/m2
 B = – 1  105 T
Negative sign shows change in direction of B B
=
 B = 1  105 T (towards X) H
19. st
With respect to 1 magnet, P lies in end side- 1.2
=
on position. 1600
  2M  12
 B1 = 0  3  (RHS) =  103
4  r  16
 = 0.75  103 T A1 m
2m
B2 S 24. No, a stationary charge does not produce
S N 2
P B1 magnetic field.
1 N
1m 25. Magnetic dipole moment,
With respect to 2nd magnet, P lies in broad e
side on position. M = IA =  r2
T
 M
 B2 = 0  3  (Upward) e  2r 
4  r  =  r2  T  v 
 2 r   
2 1  
B1 = 10–7  = 2  10–7 T,  v 
1
evr
B  M=
B2 = 1 = 10–7 T 2
2
As B1 and B2 are mutually perpendicular, 26. Magnetic lines of force is a vector quantity.
hence the resultant magnetic field
28. Magnetic poles always exist in pairs. But, one
BR = B12  B22 can imagine magnetic field configuration with
three poles. When north poles or south poles
= (2  107 ) 2  (107 ) 2
of two magnets are glued together. They
 BR = 5  10–7 T provide a three pole field configuration.
20. When a bar magnet of pole strength ‘m’ and Hence, assertion is false. A bar magnet does
magnetic moment ‘M’ is cut into n equal parts not exert a torque on itself due to own its field.
longitudinally and transversely then pole Hence, reason is also false.
m 29. In case of the electric field of an electric
strength of each piece = and magnetic
n dipole, the electric lines of force originate
M from positive charge and end at negative
moment of each piece = 2 charge, whereas isolated magnetic lines are
n
(Refer shortcut 3.) closed continuous loops extending through out
the body of the magnet.
21. cos  = sin   tan  = 1
BH = Bv = 5  104 T 30. Period of revolution of electron,
 M 2r
5  104 = 0 . 3 T=
4 r v
107  M 2  0.53  1010
5  104 = =
1 2.3  106
M = 5  103 A m2 = 1.448  10–16 s
115
The orbital motion of electron is equivalent to 11. If a magnet is cut along the axis of magnet of
current, m
length L, then new pole strength m  and
e 1.6  1019 2
I = = = 1.105  103 A
T 1.448  1016 new length L = L.
Therefore, magnetic moment of the revolving  New magnetic moment,
electron, m mL M
M   L  
M=IA 2 2 2
= I  r2
= 1.105  10–3    (0.53  10–10)2 S N S N
 M = 9.75  10–24 A m2
If a magnet is cut perpendicular to the axis of
Competitive Thinking magnet, then new pole strength m = m and
new length,
5 L = L/2
3. 2l =  geometric length
6  New magnetic moment,
6 6 L mL M
 Geometric length = 2l  = 10  = 12 cm. M  m   
5 5 2 2 2
12. For a coil M = iA
m
5. For each part m   M  A  r2 ....( A = r2)
2
But coil has length L,
S N S N A/2
S N L
S N S N A/2 r= ....( L = 2r)
L 2
L/2
L/2  M  L2
7. New magnetic moment 13. M = iA = i(r2)
2M 2mL But l = 2r
M = =
   r = l / 2
2  0.8  31.4  102  l 2  l 2i
=  M = i   2  
3.14  4  4
= 0.16 A m2
16.  = MB sin 
8. L = r = 200  0.25  sin 30
r = L/ L   = 25 N-m
 New magnetic moment 17.  = MB sin 
M' = m  2r = m  (2l)  B sin 
= m  2  L/ 2r = 104  0.1  30 sin 30
M L 2M = 1.5  104 N-m
M' = 2 =
L   18.  = MB sin  = [m (2l)] B sin 
π = 40  10  102  2  104  sin 45
9. L= r  5.656  104
3
r = 0.5656  103 N-m
3L
r= 19. M = nIA
π r 60 r
= 2000  2  1.5  104
M = m  r
= 0.6 J/T
 3L   = MB sin 30
= m 
   1
= 0.6  5  102 
3M 2
= [ M = mL]
π = 1.5  102 N-m
116
21. BH 0 M
31. BE =
B 4 r 3
Bv 4 r 3 B E
M=
0
B= B2v  B2H
4 0.5  (6.4 106 )3 104
Where, ‘BH’ and ‘Bv’ are the horizontal and M=
4107
vertical components of earth’s magnetic
induction ‘B’. = 1.31  1023 Am2
32. If 1, 2 are the observed angles of dip in two
25. BH = B cos  mutually perpendicular planes and  is true
BH B0 value of dip, then
B= = = 2B0
cos  cos 45o BV BV BV
tan 1 = , tan 2 = and tan  =
26. BH = 3.0 G,  = 30 BH1 BH 2 BH
BH = Bcos
BH 3
B = = = 3.46 G  3.5 G 0.4
cos  cos30
27. BH = B cos  
B 0.22 0.22
cos  = H = As BH1 and BH2 are horizontal components in
B 0.4
two vertical planes perpendicular to each other,
(0.4) 2  (0.22) 2
tan  = B2H  BH2 1  BH2 2
0.22 2 2
2
 = tan1 (1.518)  BV   BV   BV 
     
 tan    tan 1   tan 2 
28. Since BV = BH tan and
cot2  = cot2 1 + cot2 2
BH = 3 BV  2M
 BV = 3 BV tan  36. B= 0 3
4 r
1 2  1.2
 tan  = = tan 30 B = 107  3
= 2.4  104 T
3 (0.1)
  = 30 0 2M
37. Baxis =
29. Since BV = BH tan and BV = 3 BH 4 r 3
4  105  (0.1)3
 3 BH = BH tan   M= 7
= 0.2 A m2
2  10
 tan  = 3 = tan 60
  = 60
38.  Baxis P   Beq Q
 0 2M  M
B 3 = 0 3
30. tan  = V = 4 r13
4 r2
BH 4
r13 2
3 =
 BV = BH, BV = 6 105 T r2 3
1
4
4 r1
BH =  6 105 T = 8  105 T  = (2)1/3
3 r2
39. B2
 Btotal = B2V  BH2 S
2
=  36  64   10 –5
1 S N •
P B1
= 10  105 N
= 104 T 0.1m 0.1m
117
2
From figure, Bnet  Ba 2  Be 2  0.2 2  l 2 
25  B 25 
2 2     ….  1  
  2M    M  2 2
 B2 2 
2  0.1  l 2 
2
=  0 . 3   0 . 3 
 4  r   4 r   
 M 0.04  l 2
= 5. 0 . 3  5=
4 r 0.01  l 2
10 0.05 – 5l2 = 0.04 – l2
= 5  107 
(0.1)3 0.01 = 4l2
0.1 = 2l
 Bnet = 5  10–3 tesla.
l = 0.05 m = 5 cm
40. Magnetic length = 2l = 10 cm
N S (1)
43. M = n i A,
 L2  L2
For circular loop A1 =   2  
South 20 cm Bnet  4  4
2 2
L L
N S (2) For square loop A2 =   
 4  16
2
For a given arrangement, M1 n i A1 L 16 4
    
Bnet = B1 + B2 + BH M 2 n i A 2 4  L2 
For short bar magnets,
44. M=niA
 M
B= 0  3 q 
4 r But, i =  q  n = q
t 2
1.20 Where n = frequency
 B1 = 107  3 = 1.2  101 Wb/m2
10  = angular velocity
1   qR 2
and B2 = 107  3 = 1  104 Wb/m2  M = q  R2 =
10  2  2
Bnet = (1.2 + 1 + 0.36) 104 46. At magnetic poles the horizontal component
= 2.56  104 Wb/m2 of earth’s field is zero, only vertical
41. P1 P2 component exists.
N S So, a compass needle is free to rotate in
horizontal plane and may stay in any direction.
10 cm 10 cm
The dip needle rotates in vertical plane and the
Magnetic field along the axis is given by, angle of dip at poles is 90. Hence, the dip
needle will stand vertical at the north pole of
 2Mr
Baxis = 0  earth.
4
 
2
r 2 l 2
47. W = MB (cos 60  cos 0)
0 2M  0.1 1 
B1 =  = MB   1
4  2
2 
 0.1  l 2 
2
  1
 2M  0.2 = MB
B2 = 0  2
4  2
 0.2   l 2 
2
 MB = 2 W
 
Torque required  = MB sin 
2
 0.2 2  l 2  = 2 W sin 60
B1 0.1
 2
 
 3
B2 
 0.1  l 2 
2 0.2   = 2 W   = 3 W
  2 
118
Evaluation Test
  S
1. Flux = B  A = BA sin 45
1
= 2  104    52  104 
2
( A = r2)
10 cm 10 2  cm
= 25  108 Wb

3. At poles, angle of dip () = 90, BH = zero, N 10 cm O
BV = B. Magnetic field is almost vertical.
Magnetic induction at O due to N-pole
4. A neutral point is obtained on equatorial line
when north pole of magnet points towards =
m
(10) 2

along NO 
north of earth.
Magnetic induction at O due to S-pole
At neutral point,
field due to magnet = field due to Earth =
m
along OS 
 
2
i.e., numerically, Be = BH 10 2
N
N BH BH Resultant magnetic induction at O in the
T B horizontal plane
W E S N   
m m
Be T Ba =  cos 
 
S 10   
2 2
S 10 2
 
As the magnet is rotated, the point T lies now  
m m 1 
on the axial line of magnet. =  = 6.46  103 m
 
10   
2 2
Ba = field due to magnet when  to earth’s 2
 10 2 
N-S direction.
At neutral point, the magnetic induction B due
For a short magnet, Ba = 2 Be
to magnet is equal and opposite to the
Field at T = B horizontal component of earth’s magnetic
B2 = B2H  Ba2 induction
 B2 = B2H   2Be   B2H   2BH 
2 2  6.46  103m = 0.5
 m = 77.4 ab-ampere  cm.
 B2 = B2H  4BH2  5BH2
7. Period of revolution of the electron,
B= 5BH
2r
T
Vertical component B v
5. tan    V
Horizontal component BH e ev
Current I  
BV tan  T 2r
tan 1   Magnetic moment, M = IA = I  r2
BH cos  cos 
ev evr
= tan  sec  =  r 2 =
2r 2
1 = tan1(tan  sec )
1.6  1019  1.8  106  1.52  1010
6. N-S is a magnet placed vertically on paper. O =
2
is a point 10 cm south of the lower N-pole. Let 23 2
= 2.19 10 A m
m be the pole strength
NO 10 1 8. Adding magnetic moments vectorially,
cos    
SO 10 2 2 M= M 2  M 2  2MM cos 60  3M
119
8. 12. As both the diver as well as the fish are in
iC ref.index of the rod
1 water, refraction effects such as bending of

light are not present.
1 1
Here incident angle is . 13. Here, sin 1    0.6666
The light ray will graze along the rod, if it gets g 3 / 2
incident on rod at ciritical angle and will get 1 1 3
reflected internally as shown in the figure above. And sin 2     0.75
w 4 / 3 4
1
If i C is the critical angle, i C  sin 1 As g > w

 1 < 2
But i C = 90  1.
If  is the critical angle between glass and
From Snell’s law, water then,
sin  sin   4/3 8
== 3 = . sin   w    0.8888
sin 1 cosi C g 3 / 2 9
But
  > 2.
2  1  1
cosi C   sin i C   14. v > b > g > y
  
1
2  1 But i C  sin 1  
 sin  =   2  1 

  i C  y   i C g   i C  b   i C  V
 2
  = sin 1 3  1  sin 1
Thus, for  = sin1  2  , light ray grazes

15. This is case of total internal reflection.
 1
along the wall of the rod.    i C   sin 1 
 
9. The angle of deviation depends on the R
vacuum
1
refractive index of prism. As  decreases,  sin 
 decreases. Refractive index of prism relative  glass Q
to water is less than that relative to air. Hence, 1 
 sin 45
when a glass prism is immersed in water, the  P
deviation caused by prism decreases.
> 2
10. As ABC is an isosceles right angled prism,
c
angle of incidence of each ray is 45. If critical  v
angle for a colour, iC is less than 45, the ray 
of that colour will be totally internally c 3  108
 v 
reflected at AC. When  iC > 45, the ray will 2 2
be transmitted through the face AC.
v < 2.1  108
For red ray,  = 1.39
 only (B) is not possible.
1 1
sin i C = = = 0.719  i C = 46.0
R  1.39 R 17. Alexandar’s dark band between the primary
Hence, red ray will be transmitted. and secondary rainbows is because light
For blue ray,  = 1.47 scattered into this region interferes
destructively. Further, primary rainbow
1 1
sin i C = = = 0.68  i C = 42.8 subtends an angle of 41  43 at the eye of
B  1.47 B
the observer w.r.t. the incident light, and
Hence, blue ray will be reflected at face AC. secondary rainbow subtends an angle of about
11. For light waves, medium in which waves travel 51 to 54 at the eye of the observer w.r.t. the
with lesser velocity is said to be denser medium. incident light. Therefore, the region between
The velocity of light is more in water than in the angles of 41 to 51 is dark.
diamond. Hence water is rarer than diamond.
83
Textbook
Chapter No.
01 Circular Motion
Hints
14. C = 2r
Classical Thinking C
 r
3000 2
3. f = 300 r.p.m. = r.p.s; C
60  v = r(2n) =  2  f = fC ….[  = 2n]
3000 2
 = .t = 2   1 = 100  rad
60 15. Using, v = r = 0.2  10 m/s = 2 m/s
5. For a seconds hand of a watch, T = 60 s 16. Using, v = r
2 2  = r  (2n) = 0.4  2  5
= = = rad/s
T 60 30 = 0.4  2  3.14  5 = 12.56  12.6 m/s
100 17. Angular velocity of particle P
6. n = 100 r.p.m. = r.p.s. about point A,
60
2100 v v
 = 2n = = 10.47 rad/s A  
60 rAB 2r
Angular velocity of particle P
7. n = 3.5 r.p.s.
about point C,
 = 2n = 2    3.5 = 7
v v
= 7  3.14  22 rad/s C  
rBC r
8. For earth, T = 24 hr = 24  3600 = 86400 s A v r
2 2 2 = 
=  rad/hr = rad/s C 2r v
T 24 86400
A 1
=
9. Using,  = 2n C 2
 125 = 2n
125 18. In U.C.M., direction of velocity and
 n =  n  20 Hz acceleration change from point to point.
2
22. At each point on circular path, the magnitude of
10. For minute hand, TM = 60  60 s; for hour velocity remains the same for any value of .
hand,
TH = 12  3600 s 23. The particle performing circular motion
M TH 12  3600 1 flies-off tangentially.
 = = =12 : 1 ….[   ]
 H TM 60  60 T 1200
27. n = 1200 r.p.m. = r.p.s. = 20 r.p.s.
60
d
11.  = 0 ….(  = constant) a = 2r = (4 2 n2) r = 4  (3.142)2  (20)2  0.3
dt  4740 cm/s2
210 900
12. n1 = 0, n2 = 210 r.p.m. = r.p.s. 28. n = 900 r.p.m. = r.p.s = 15 r.p.s,
60 60
 210  1.2
d = 2(n2  n1) = 2   0  = 7  rad/s d = 1.2 m  r = = 0.6 m
 60  2
d 2  210 1 .2
=  = 4.4 rad/s2 a = 2r = (2 n)2  = 540 2 m/s2
dt 60  5 2
121
29. r = 10 cm = 0.1 m, a = 1000  10 m/s2 53. Centripetal acceleration,
a = 2r acp = 2r = g l sin  = g tan
a l cos 
 2 =
r = 10  tan 60 = 17.3 m/s2
a 54. Using,
  = = 1000  10  316 rad/s
r mr2 = T and  = 2n
10  10 2
n = 316/2 = 50.3 r.p.s.  50 r.p.s. 1 T
n=  2 Hz
 n = 3000 r.p.m. 2 mr
31. Using, 59. For looping the loop, minimum velocity at the
v2 20  20 highest point should be gl .
ar = = = 40 m/s2, at = 30 m/s2
r 10 60. Thrust at the lowest point of concave bridge
a= a 2r  a 2t = 2 2
40  30 = 50 m/s 2 mv 2
= mg +
r
mv 2
39. p = mv; F  mv 2
r 61. N = mg cos   ,  = angle with vertical.
F mv 2 1 v R
 =  = As vehicle descends, angle increases, its
p r mv r
cosine decreases, hence N decreases.
mv 2 g
40. Using, Fs = 64.  mr2  mg;  
r r
Fs r 105 10
 v2 = = = 104 65. v1 = rg
m 102
 v = 100 m/s v2 = 5rg = 5  rg = 5  v1
mv 2 66. Using,
41. F=
r   0 2(n  n 0 )
= =
1 t t
If m and v are constants, then F 
r 2  3.14  (350  0)
=  10 rad/s2
F1 r  220
 =  2
F2  r1  67. Using,
mv 2 1
42. Using, F =  = 0t + t2
r 2
1
mv 2
10  (5) 2 250 = 4  10 +  2  (10)2 = 140 rad
 r= = = =2m 2
F 125 125
 140
Tr n= =  22
43. Using, v2 = 2 2 3.142
m
mv 2 5
Breaking tension T = 68. v = 72 km/hr = 72 = 20 m/s,
r 18
(r = length of the string) 0.5
d = 0.5 m  r = m
50  1 2
 v2 =
1 v 20
 0 =  = 80 rad/s
 v = 5 2 m/s r 0. 5 / 2
44. Using, F = mr2 = m  42n2r 2 =  02 + 2
 m  42n2r = 6  1014 0 = (80)2 + 2(2  20)
6  1014  6400 = 80 
 n2 =
4  1.6  1027  3.142  0.12 80
= =  25.48 rad/s2
 n  5  106 cycles/s 
122
Chapter 01: Circular Motion
69. Difference in tensions = 6 mg = 6  2  9.8 d
8. Using,  =
= 12 kg wt dt
70. F = m2R 15  10 5
1  = = = 2.5  rad/s2
 R  2 (m and F are constant) 42 2
ω
9. Using,
If  is doubled, then radius will become 1/4
 = 2t + 3t2
times i.e., R/4
d
 = = 2 + 6t
Critical Thinking dt
d
300 = = 6 rad/s2
1. Frequency of wheel, n = = 5 r.p.s. dt
60
Angle described by wheel in one rotation 10. v = r.
= 2 rad. where r is distance from axis of rotation.
Therefore, angle described by wheel in 1 sec At the north-pole, r = 0  v = 0
 = 2  5 radians = 10  rad 11. A particle will describe a circular path if the
 
2. In non-uniform circular motion, particle
angle between velocity, v and acceleration a
possesses both centripetal as well as tangential
accelerations. is 90.
3. n = 2000, distance = 9500 m n
12. Frequency = r.p.s., t = 1 min = 60 s
Distance covered in ‘n’ revolutions = n(2r) 60
= nD n
Angular velocity,  = 2
 2000D = 9500 60
9500 2n   22 n
 D= = 1.5 m  Linear velocity, v = r = = cm/s
2000   60 60
4. Period of second hand = Ts = 60 s and
Period of minute hand = Tm = 60  60 = 3600 s 13. Using,
2 2  3.14
2 2  v = r = r  = 60  = 6.28 mm/s
Angular speed of second hand s = = T 60
Ts 60
v = 6.28 2 mm/s  8.88 mm/s
2 2
Angular speed of minute hand m = = 2
Tm 3600 14. Speed of C1 = R1 = R1
T
s 2 3600
 =  = 60 : 1 2
m 60 2 Speed of C2 = R2 = R2
T
5. For minute hand, T = 60 min = 60  60 s Speed of C1 2R1 / T R
2 2  = = 1
Angular speed,  = = rad/s Speed of C 2 2R 2 / T R2
T 60  60
 180 15
=  = 0.1 15. r = 0.25 m, n = 15 r.p.m. = r.p.s.
1800  60
o 2    15 
180  = 2n = = rad/s
….[ 1 rad = ] 60 2

 
angle described 2 v = r = 0.25  = m/s
6. =  =  rad/s 2 8
time taken 2
20 1
540 16. T= = = 0.5 s
7. n= = 9 r.p.s.,  = 2n = 18 rad/s 40 2
60 2 2
Angular acceleration = = = 4 rad/s
T 0 .5
Gain in angular velocity 18  Let r = 50 cm = 0.5 m
= = = 3 rad s–2
time 6 v = r = 0.5  4 = 2 m/s
123
17. T = 24 hr, r = 6400 km 28. In uniform circular motion, acceleration is
2 2 2  3.14  6400 caused due to change in direction and is
v = r = r= 6400 = directed radially towards centre.
T 24 24
v  1675 km/hr
29. As  is constant, acceleration is due to the
î ˆj kˆ change in direction of velocity = 2r
  
18. v =   r = 3 4 1 = 18iˆ  13jˆ  2kˆ As rA > rB  aA > aB
5 6 6
30. In half a circle, the direction of acceleration is
19. 3
 = 2t + 0.5 reversed.
d v2 v2
 = (2t3 + 0.5) = 6t2 It goes from to
dt r r
At t = 2 s,  = 6  22 = 24 rad/s Hence, change in centripetal acceleration
22. While moving along a circle, the body has a  2  2v
2
= v   v  =
2
constant tendency to regain its natural straight
r  r  r
line path.
This tendency gives rise to a force called
centrifugal force. The centrifugal force does 31. If ar = 0, there is no radial acceleration and
not act on the body in motion, the only force circular motion is not possible
acting on the body in motion is centripetal So ar  0
force. The centrifugal force acts on the source If at  0 the motion is not uniform as angular
of centripetal force to displace it radially velocity will change
outward from centre of the path.
So ar  0 and at = 0 for uniform circular
23. Tangential force acting on the car increases motion
with the magnitude of its speed.
 at = time rate of change of its speed mv2
= change in the speed of the car per unit 32. Centripetal force = and is directed
r
time which is 3 m/s always towards the centre of circle. Sense of
 Tangential acceleration = 3 m /s2 rotation does not affect magnitude and
24. There is no relation between centripetal and direction of this centripetal force.
tangential acceleration. Centripetal
acceleration is a must for circular motion but 33. The surface will rise from the sides, due to
tangential acceleration may be zero. centrifugal force.
25. When a body is moving with constant speed,
the tangential acceleration developed in a 34. Distance covered, s =   2r
body is zero. 360o
26. Radius of horizontal loop, r = 1 km = 1000 m 90
660 =  2r
900  10 3 360
v = 900 km/h = = 250 m/s
3600 r = 420 m
v2 250  250 mv 2 840  10  10
 a= = = 62.5 m/s2 F= = = 200 N
r 1000 r 420
a 62.5
 = = 6.25 2
2
g 10 35. Using, Fcp = m2r = m   r
27. Velocity, v = r  T 
r v 2
= 500  10–3   2     0.49
 v = r = = = 10 cm/s 22 1
2 2  7 11 
2
 a=r
r a 500  103  16  0.49
 a = 2r = 2  2 = 2 = 10 cm/s2 = = 0.08 N
49
124
7. At u = f, v =  For concave lens, f = 100 cm = 1 m.
At u = 0, v =0 (i.e., object and image both lies Using lens maker’s equation,
at pole) Satisfying these two condition, only
1 1
option (A) is correct.   2  1  
f R
1  g  1 1  g
8. =  1    a 1.5
fw  w Here 2 = l  g  
  R1 R 2  l
a a l
1  1 1 
= (g 1)     1.5 
fa  R1 R 2   1 =   1 5 [From (i)]
 a l 
1  1 1 
= (1.5  1)   ….(i) 1.5 1.5  5
fa  R1 R 2   a l   = 1.875
 1 4
 1  
1  1.5  1 1   5
=  1    ….(ii)
f w  4 / 3   R1 R 2  Virtual Real
14. object Image
solving equations (i) and (ii),
fa (0.5) = fw (0.125)
10  0.5 P
 fw = O
0.125 u = 12 cm
 fw = 40 cm
v
1 1 1
9. Lens formula – =
v u f
u is always negative,
v is positive. By using lens formula
1 1 1 1 1 1 43
10. If n1 > ng then the lens will be in more dense = –  = – =
medium. Hence its nature will change and the 16 v  12  v 12 16 48
convex lens will behave like a concave lens.  v = 48 cm
(Refer Shortcut 2.)
15. l = 90 cm, d = 20 cm
11. m = f/(u  f) = f/x.
l 2  d2
1 1 1 f = …(Using Shortcut 3)
12. – = 4l
v f / 2 f
902  202 8100  400
 v=–f = =  21.4 cm
4  90 360
v f
m= = =2 17. As seen from a rarer medium (L2 or L3), the
u f / 2
The image is virtual, double the size. interface L1L2 is concave and L2L3 is convex.
The divergence produced by concave surface
1 is much smaller than the convergence
13. For convex lens, P =
f produced by convex surface. Hence the
Using lens maker’s equation, arrangement corresponds to concavo-convex.
1 2
  2  1   19. Let the resultant focal length of combination
f R be f then,
2 1 1 1
5 = (1.5 – 1) ….(i)  
R f f1 f 2
1
 = 5 /m 1 1 1
R   f=
f 20 (20)
When the lens is placed in liquid, it acts like
plano concave lens. Hence, it behaves as a plane slab of glass.
86
36 103 24
51. v = 36 km/hr = = 10 m/s  Weight = N cos  =  2000 = 1959.6 N
3600 5
The speed with which the car turns is  24 
2
1
v2  Rg ….  cos   1     
  5 5 
1  
 R  (10)2  = 12.5 m
0.8  10
58. Using,
R  12.5 m
 R = 12 m v= rg tan  = 10 10  tan 
52. v  12 m / s, v = 4 2 m / s 10 = 10 tan 
v= rg tan  = 1   = 45
 12 = rg , 4 2 = rg 59. Using, h = l sin 

12  3  h 1.2
=  =  sin   tan  =  = 0.15
4 2  2  l 8
2  tan  = 0.15
  = 
9 Now, v = rg tan   40  9.8  0.15  8 m/s
53. For the crate not to slide, the centripetal force 60. r = 50 m, l = 10 m, h = 1.5 m
2
should be mv = mg v2 h
r =
rg l
 v2 = rg = 0.6  35  9.8 = 205.8
 v = 14.3 m/s rgh 50  9.8  1.5
 v= = = 8.6 m/s
l 10
54. Using,
mv 2 mv 2 61. The maximum velocity for a banked road with
mg =  0.5 mg =
r r friction,
v2 = 0.5  r  g = 0.5  10  9.8 = 49    tan  
 v = 7 m/s v2 = gr  
 1   tan  
55. Using,
 0.5  1 
h  v2 = 9.8  1000    …. [ tan 45 = 1]
tan    =  1  0.5  1 
l
 v  172 m/s
h = l  = 1.5  0.01 = 0.015 m
56. l = 1 m, g = 110 m/s2 62. Using,
5 v2
r = 400 m, v = 72 km/hr = 72  = 20 m/s, tan  =
18 rg
v2 h  v= tan θ rg
=
rg l
2
20  20  1 = tan 30 o  17.32  10
 h= v l = = 0.1 m = 10 cm
rg 400  10 1
=  17.32  10 = 10 m/s
3
57.  = sin1(0.2), N = 2000 N,
1 63. Using,
sin  = 0.2 = 5
5 1 v2 20  20 20
tan  = = = = 2.04
 rg 20  9.8 9.8
mg = N cos  24  = tan–1 (2.04) = 63.90
126
5 50  v2 
64. v = 60 km/h = 60  = m/s, 69. For banking of road,  = tan–1  
18 3  rg 
r = 0.1 km = 0.1  1000= 100 m –1
 = tan (0.24)
2
tan  = v =   
2
50 1  tan  = 0.24
rg  3  0.1 103  9.8 v2
Also, tan  = =    = 0.24
rg
 = tan–1  (50 / 3) 
2

100  9.8  70. T = ma = mr2
5 T  2
65. v = 180 km/hr =  180 = 50 m/s ' 2 T' 4T
18 = = =4
2
Using,  T T
v2 50  50 5 1  2 = 42   = 2 
tan  = = = = n = 2n = 2  5 = 10 r.p.m.
rg 500 10 10 2
71. Using,
1 T sin  = m2r = m2 l sin 
  = tan   = tan1 (0.5)
1 ….(i)
 2 T cos  = mg ….(ii)
66. m = 80 kg, v = 20 m/s,  = tan1(0.5)
In order for the cyclist to turn,
60
frictional force = centripetal force T
 v2  v2
 mg = m   = mg T cos
 r  rg ar
Tsin
v2 mg
But = tan  g
rg From (i) and (ii), 2 =
 mg = mg tan  = 80  10  0.5 = 400 N l cos
67. Let initial velocity = v1 g
 =
6v l cos 
New velocity v2 = v 1 
20 
 = 5 2 l cos 
 100   Time period, T = = 2
v2 v2  g
r1 = 30 m, tan 1 = 1 , tan 2 = 2
r1g r2 g 1  cos 60
= 2  3.14  = 1.4 s
As there is no change in angle of banking, 10
1 = 2 72. Using,
 tan 1 = tan 2 r = l sin
v12 v2 r = 10 sin 30  r = 5 m, T = 3 s
 = 2 2 2
r1g r2 g = =
2 T 3
2  
r1 v    5 25
2
Centripetal force = m2r
 =  1  =  v1  =   =
r2  v2  6 36 4 2
 6 v1  = 5  102  5
5  9
36 36 216 = 25  102  4
 r2 = r1 =  30 = = 43.2 m = 100  102  1 N
25 25 5
68. Using, mg
73. T=
mv 2 v2 cos 
Fs = But, tan  = 
r rg h L2  r 2 L
cos = = h
v2 L L
= g tan  mg L
r  T= r
Fs = mg tan  = 90  10  tan 30  520 N L2  r 2
127
1 1 1 2
= + = Competitive Thinking
f 50 10 25
25 25 1 1 1
 f= , R = 2f = 2  = 25 cm 1.  
2 2 v u f f =15 cm
1 1 1 1 1 3 1 1 1 O
35. = – = – =–   
v f u 10 25 50 v f u
1 1 40 cm
50 = 
 v=– = – 16.67 cm 15 40
3
h v 1
m= 2 =– =
h1 u 24
 v = –24 cm
50 Negative sign indicates image is formed in
h2 2
 = 3 =– front of the mirror.
3 25 3 Given: u = –20 cm
 h2 = – 2 cm Now, according to mirror formula,
Negative sign indicates real inverted image. 1 1 1
 Area = 2  2 = 4 cm2  
v f u 
36. From lens-maker’s formula 1 1
= 
1  1 1  15 20
= ( – 1)   
f 1
 R1 R 2  = 
60
1  1 1 
 = (1 – 1)    and  v = – 60 cm
f1  R1 R 2  Negative sign indicates that image is formed
1  1 1  in front of the mirror.
= (2 – 1)    Displacement of image
f2  R1 R 2  = v  v
f1 and f2 are focal lengths corresponding to 1 = 36 cm away from mirror
and 2 respectively.
Hence, there are two focal lengths giving two 2.
images.
37. Since light transmitting area is same, there is
no effect on intensity. O I
38. If a mirror is placed in a medium other than air

R 15 cm
its focal length does not change as f = . But 30 cm
2 u = 30 cm, f = +30 cm
for the lens
Using mirror formula
1  1 1 
=  a g 1    1
= +
1 1
fa  R1 R 2  f v u
1  1 1  1 1 1
fw
= g 1  
w  30
=
v
+
 30 
 R1 R 2 
As w g  a g , hence focal length of lens in v = 15 cm, behind the mirror
water increases. 4. As the medium has no role in focal length of
4 mirror, it doesn’t change.
The refractive index of water is and that of
3 5. Given: R = –15 cm,
air is 1. h1 = 10 cm,
Hence, w > a. u = –10 cm
88
87. According to law of conservation of energy, Now let fan complete total n revolutions from
1 1 the starting to come to rest
mgh = mv2 = m  5  Rg
2 2 0 = 02  2(2n)
2 2 02
 R= h=  5 = 2 cm  n =
5 5 4
89. Using, Substituting the value of  from equation (i),
  0 36  0 2 4  4  36
= = = 6 rad/s2 n = 0 = 48 revolutions
t 6 4 302
1 2 1 Number of rotations = 48 – 36 = 12
 = 0t + t =  6  6  6 = 108 rad
2 2 93. Let velocity at A = v1
Velocity at B = v2
1200
90. n2 = 1200 r.p.m. = = 20 r.p.s.  Velocity is constant,
60
600  v1 = v2 = v (say)
n1 = 600 r.p.m. = = 10 r.p.s., t = 5 s AOB = 60
60
 Change in velocity,
  1 2   n 2  n1  2  20 10 
= 2 = = |v1  v2 |= v12  v 2 2  2v1v 2 cos 
t t 5
20 = v 2  v 2  2v 2  cos 
= = 4 rad/s2
5 
1 1 = 2v 2 1  cos   = v 2  2sin 2
 = 1t +  t2 = 20  5 +  4  25 2
2 2 
= 100  + 50  = 150  = 2 v sin = 2 v sin 30
2
 150
Number of revolutions = = = 75 (Note: Refer Shortcut 2.)
2 2
94. Using,
  2r
91. = and  = v=
t t T
 2r 2 20 1
 = 2  T= =  = s
t v 80  2
But  = constant    t2  T = Time taken for one revolution
1 (2)2
So, = There are 2 revolutions  total time taken = 1 s
1  2 (2  3) 2 2
1 = =4 ....( T = 1)
4 T
or =
1  2 25 d 4
= =  = 2
  25 dt 2
or 1 2 =
1 4 20
at =  . r i.e. = 2  = 40 m/s2
 25 
or 1 + 2 =
1 4 95. Using,
2 21 mv12
 = Maximum tension, Tmax =  mg
1 4 r
mv 22
92. By using equation 2 = 02  2 Minimum tension, Tmin =  mg
r
2
 0  Using the law of conservation of energy,
 2  = 0  2(2n)
2
  1 2 1 2
mv1 = mv2 + 2mgr
3 02 2 2
 = ....(i)  v12  v22  4rg
4 4  36
129
v12 2
g 7. Angular speed of minute hand m =
Hence Tmax v 2  rg 60  60
 r2  12
Tmin v2 v 2  rg 2
g Angular speed of second hand s =
r 60
v 22  5rg 4 2 2 2 2 59 
= 2  ….[ v1 = v2 + 4rg]  s  m =  = rad / s
v 2  rg 1 60 3600 1800
This gives, 4v2  4rg  v2  5rg
2 2
d 2
10 9. Angular acceleration = = 22
 3v22 = 9 rg = 9   10 dt 2
3
9 10 10. v = r
 v22 =   10 v
3 3  = = constant [As v and r are constant]
 r
v 22  100
11. T1 = T2  1 = 2
 v2 = 10 m/s
v v
=  = constant
Competitive Thinking r r
v1 v2 v r R
 =  1= 1=
2. TE = 24 hr, TH = 12 hr r1 r2 v2 r2 r
E 2 / TE TH 12 1
     12. For seconds hand, T = 60 s,
H 2 / TH TE 24 2 r = 3 cm = 3  102 m
3. n1 = 600 r.p.m., n2 = 1200 r.p.m., 2 2
= = = 0.1047 rad/s
Using, T 60
Increment in angular velocity,  = 2(n2  n1) and v = r = 0.1047  3  102 = 0.00314 m/s
 = 2(1200  600) rad/min
600
= (2  600)/60 rad/s 13. n = 600 r.p.m. = r.p.s. = 10 r.p.s.
 = 20 rad/s
60
v = r = r  2n = 10  2  3.142  10
4. For an hour hand, T = 12 hr = 12  3600 s = 628.4 cm/s.
2 2 
= = = rad/s 14. Using,
T 12  3600 21600
v = r = 0.5  70 = 35 m/s
2π
5. hour = Total time 140s
Thour 15. No. of revolutions = =
Time period 40s
2π 180 = 3.5 Rev.
= ×
12 × 60 × 60 π So, distance = 3.5  2R = 3.5  2  10
180°  220 m
...{ 1c = }
π
16. In 15 seconds hand rotates through 90°
1
hour = degree / s 

120 Change in velocity  v = 2v sin  
2
6. Angular speed of second hand,
 90 
2 = 2(r) sin  
1 = (T = 60 seconds)  2  
60 v2 
Angular speed of hour hand, 2 1 v1

=21 
2 T 2 90°
2 = (T = 12 hr)
12  60  60 4  2 cm
= =
1 720 60 2 30 s
= 12  60 =
2 1 (Note: Refer Shortcut 2.)
130
Similarly focal length of concavo plane lens is By lens maker’s formula,
1  1 1 1  1 1 
= (  1)     (ug  1)   
f  R   f convex  R1 R 2 
1  1 1 0.5  3  2 
 = (1.5 1)   = =   1  
f2  R   R  2 R 
For the combination of lenses, 1 1
 = ...(i)
1 1 1 0.6  0.5  0.1 R f R
= + =   = f= 1  1 1 
f f1 f 2 R  R  R 0.1  (u w  1)   
f concave  R1 R 2 
32. Power of the combination P = P1 + P2 1  1   2 
= 12 – 2 = 10 D     
f concave  3   R 
 Focal length of the combination 2
100 100 = ...(ii)
f=  = 10 cm 3R
P 10 1 2 2
 =  ...[from (i) and (ii)]
f com R 3R
33.
But R = f ...[from (i)]
3R 3f
 fcom = 
f1 4 4
f2
35.
R
P 4 R
Given: 1 
P2 3 w
1
As P = 1  1 1 
f    w 1   
fw  R R
1 4
  f2  1  2
f1 3     w 1   
fw  R
f2 4
  1 1 1 2
f1 3 But,   l 1    = (l – 1)  
fl R R R
4
 f2 =  12 (Given: f1 = 12 cm) 2 1
3  
R  l  1 f l
f2 = 16 cm
As the lens is concave, 1  1  1 
  w  
f2 = –16 cm fw  l 1  f l 
then, focal length of combination is given by 1 1 2 1   1  1  1 
    w  = 2 w 
1 1 1 f eq F fl f l  l 1  fl   l 1 
 
f eff f1 f 2 Given: l > w
1 1 1 43 l – 1 > w – 1
    1
 f eff 12 16 48  w 1
 l 1
feff = 48 cm
1 1 2
  
34. Focal length of combination, fl F fl
1 1 1 1 f
     F f
f com f convex f concave f convex 2
92
46. F = m2r 51. r1 = 4 cm, 2 = 21
2 r2 = constant
Substituting for r = 2l,  =
T  r1 12 = r2 22  r1 12 = r1 (21 ) 2 = r1 = 4 r2
 2 
2
r 4
kl = m(2l)   ….(i)  r2 = 1 = = 1 cm
T 4 4
….( F = kx and x = l here) mv 2
52. F=
Upon speeding, F1 = m12 r1 r
F  v2 i.e. force will become 4 times.
2
Substituting for r1 = 3l, 1 = 53. Let the bead starts slipping
T1
2
after time t
 2  For critical condition,
k(2l) = m(3l)   ….(ii) frictional force provides the
 T1  L
centripetal force
….( x = 2l here) 2
m L = R = m  a1 = Lm
Dividing equation (i) by equation (ii),  m(t)2L = mL
kl m(2l ) (2  / T) 2 
= t= ... [  = t]
k(2l ) m(3l ) (2  / T1 ) 2 
2
 T1  3 54.
   =
T 4 O T m
l
3
 T1 = T T
2 m
m
47. v = 36 km/h = 10 m/s
Using,
mv 2 500  100 Tension T in the string will provide centripetal
 F= = = 1000 N
r 50 mv 2
force  T ….(i)
l
48. m = 100 kg, v = 9 m/s, r = 30 m Also, tension T is provided by the hanging
Maximum force of friction = centripetal force ball of mass m,
mv 2 100  (9) 2  T = mg ….(ii)
= = 270 N 2 2
r 30 mv v
mg = g=
l l
49. Using, F = mr2 = m 42n2r
 m 42n2r = 4  1013 56. Because the reaction on inner wheel decreases
13 and becomes zero. So it leaves the ground first.
4 10
 n= 61. Using,
1.6 1027  4  3.142  0.1
vmax = rg = 0.2  100  9.8 = 14 m/s
 n = 0.08  108 cycles/second
62. Using,
mv 2
50. The centripetal force, F = v = rg = 0.4  30  9.8 = 10.84 m/s
r
2
mv 63. As the car moves on a plain horizontal circular
 r=
F track, the only force that can provide
2 centripetal acceleration so that the car does not
 r  v or v  r
skid is frictional force.
v1 r1 1 mv 2 v2
(If m and F are constant),     mg =
v2 r2 2 r rg
132
5 From equation (i) and (ii) Rsin
v = 60 km/hr = 60  m/s, r = 60 m, g = 10 m/s2 we get R
18 
2 rg r Rcos
 5 tan  = 2 but tan  =
 =  60   60  10 v h
 18  2 2 mg
v (0.5)
  = 25/54  h= = = 0.025 m  h
g 10
34.3 = 2.5 cm
64. C = 34.3 m  r = ,
2  71. Because tension is maximum at the lowest
2 2 point.
T = 22 s   = 
T 22 72. When body is released from the position
 r 
2
1  34.3 2  2 1  (inclined at angle  from vertical), then
  = tan1   = tan     velocity at mean position,
 g   2 22 9.8 
v = 2gl (1- cosθ)
 22 1  1  4.9  2 
= tan1  34.3  2    = tan   mv 2
 7  22 9.8   9.8   Tension at the lowest point = mg +
l
= tan1 (1) = 45
m
= mg + [2gl(1  cos60)]
v2 l
65. Using, tan  =
rg = mg+ mg = 2mg
(150) 2 73.
 tan12 =
r  10  T
 r = 10.6  103 m = 10.6 km
v2 mg mg cos
66. For banking, tan  = mg sin
Rg
From the figure,
v2 T = mg cos + mg sin
tan 45 = =1
90 10  T = mg cos + mv2/L
v = 30 m/s mv 2
74. Tension at mean position, mg +  3mg
h h r
67. tan  = 
(l  h )
2 2 1/ 2
l v= 2gl .…(i)
2 2 l and if the body displaces by angle  with the
(l >> h ) h

v2 r vertical then v = 2gl (1  cos ) .…(ii)
tan  =
rg Comparing (i) and (ii), cos  = 0
h v2   = 90
=
l rg mv 2
78. Tension, T = + mg cos 
v 2l r
 h= mv 2
rg For,  = 30, T1 = + mg cos 30
r
68. The inclination of person from vertical is given by, mv 2
v2 (10) 2 1  = 60, T2 = + mg cos 60
tan  =   r
rg 50  10 5  T1 > T2
1
  = tan (1/5) 79. T = mg + m2r = m {g  42 n 2 r}
69. The particle is moving in circular path. ….[ = 2n]
From the figure, mg = R sin  …(i)    n     2 n 2 r  
2
mv 2 = m  g   4 2   r    m  g   
= R cos  …(ii)    60      900  
r
133
80. Minimum angular velocity, 87. Using,
g mv 2L
min = TL =  mg = 6 mg = 6  5  10 = 130 N
R r
 The mass is at the bottom position.
2 R 2
 Tmax = = 2 = 2 =2 2  3 s 5
min g 10 88. (K.E)L = mgr …(i)
2
81. Using, mr2 = mg 1
2 (K.E)H = mgr …(ii)
 2  42 r 2
 r   = g  T2 =
 T  g  Divide equation (ii) by equation (i)
1 
 T = 2
r
= 2  3.14 
4
4s (K.E) H  mgr 
g 9.8  = 
2  = 1 = 0.2
(K.E) L 5  5
 mgr 
82. Critical velocity at highest point = gR 2 
= 10 ´1.6 89. Change in momentum
= Mv – (–Mv) = 2 Mv
= 4 m/s
90. Centripetal acceleration
v2 3gr v2
83. v= 3gr and a = = = 3g = K2 t2 r
r r r
84.  v=Ktr
vH = rg
dv d
acceleration, a = = (K t r) = Kr
dt dt
vM = 3rg F=ma
O M and P = F  v = mKr  Ktr = mK2 t r2
2
B 91. n= r.p.s.

vL =5rg
T sin = M2R .…(i)
Centripetal acceleration at midway point (M) 2
T sin = M L sin .…(ii)
v2 3rg From (i) and (ii),
= M   3g
r r T = M2L = M 42n2L
2
85. Tmax = 30 N æ 2ö
= M 42 çç ÷÷÷ L = 16 ML
Using, çè π ø
Tmax = mω 2max r + mg 92. Q2
Tmax 4 0 R 2
 = 2r + g
m vH
30 Mg
 10 = 2max r
0.5 Q
50 50
max = = = 5 rad/s
r 2 vL
Q
86. Max. tension that string can bear = 3.7 kg-wt At highest point, T = 0
= 37 N Q2 mv 2H
Tension at lowest point of vertical loop  Mg – =
40 R 2 R
= mg + m 2r = 0.5  10 + 0.5  2  4
= 5 + 22 Q2
But Mg = .... (Given)
 37 = 5 + 22 40 R 2
  = 4 rad/s  vH = 0
134
1  g   1 1  58. A
54. =  1   
f  m   R1 R 2 
1  1.5  1 1 R
=  1    R1
f  1.75    R R 
0.3cm
1 C
= O R
6 cm
3.5R
f = 3.5 R
In the medium it behaves as a convergent lens.
55. Object should be placed at focus of a concave

mirror. B
c 3108
R. I. of lens,  = = = 1.5
v 2 108
Point image
As D1 = 6 cm, R1 = 3 cm.
 From ΔACO, radius of curvature of lens is,
R2 = R12 + (R  0.3)2
R2 = 32 + (R  0.3)2
R2 = 9 + R2 + 0.09  0.6 R
56. In case of mirrors, convex mirror always 0.6 R = 9.09
produces diminished and virtual images. R = 15.15 cm.
Hence, convex mirror cannot have R 15.15
F= = = 30.3 cm
magnification m > 1.   1 1.5  1
Also, in mirrors, virtual image is always c f 3
formed on right hand side. Hence, 59. = = air =
v f med 2
magnification produced is always positive.
1 Given, v = +8 m,
(i.e., m for virtual image, (m = + ) or 1 v
2 m= =
(m = +2). These conditions are satisfied by 3 u
option (C).  u = 24 m.
1 1 1 1  1 
57. By mirror formula: Using formula, =  =  
f v u 8  24 
1 1 1
  1 4
u v f =
f 24
As u > f, image formed is real, f = 6 m.
1 1 1 Using lens maker’s equation,
  
u  v f 1  1 1 
1 1 1     1   
  f  R1 R 2 
v f u
For plano-convex lens, R1 = , R2 = R.
uf
 1 1
v=
uf      1
f R
The image of the nearer end will be formed at  R = f (  1) = 6 (1.5  1) = 3 m
distance v, while the other end of rod is at 60. When a convex lens is introduced, object
infinite distance, hence its image will be forms two images.
formed at focus.
2
uf f2 One is diminished, I1 = cm
 L = |v|  | f | =  f = 3
uf u f and another is magnified, I2 = 6 cm
95
The centripetal force required for circular 104. Given
motion is given by Angular acceleration
mv 2  = 2 rad s2
= T sin ….(i)  Angular speed  = t
r
= (2) (2) = 4 rad/s
Also we have,
ac = r2 = 0.5  16 = 8 m/s2
mg = T cos  ….(ii)
at = r = 1 m/s2
Dividing eq(i) by eq(ii) we get, Resultant acceleration is given by,
mv 2 1 T sin 
 = a= a c2  a 2t = 82  12  8 m/s2
r mg T cos 
105. The centripetal force acting on the particle is
 v2 = rg tan provided by the central force,
 v= rg tan  ….(iii) mv 2 1
 =K n
From figure, R R
r R 1
tan =  v2 = K  =K
h mR n
m R n 1
r 
 tan = ….(iv){L2 = r2 + h2} 1 K
L r 2 2  v = K  ....  K   
 n 1
 m 
Substituting equation (iv) in equation (iii) we R 2
get, The time period of rotation is,
n 1
r 2R 2R  R 2
2 n 1
v= rg T=   R 2
L r 2 2
v K K
n 1
g
 v= r  TR 2
L2  r 2
106. Potential energy is given to be,
102. Speed of the body after just reaching at the k
U=  2 ….(i)
bottom is v = 2gh ….(i) 2r
The force acting on the particle will be,
It just completes a vertical circle using this
velocity. dU d  k  k  2 
F=   2   3 
To complete vertical circle, speed required is v dr dr  2r  2 r 
D k
v = 5g ….(ii)  F=  3
2 r
From equation (i) and (ii), As the particle is moving in circular path, the
force acting on it will be centripetal force.
D
 2gh = 5g mv 2 k k
2  F=   3  mv2 = 2
r r r
5 1 k
 h= D Now, K.E. = mv2 = 2 ....(ii)
4 2 2r
103. Centripetal acceleration,  Total Energy E = K + U = 0
....[from (i) and (ii)]
42 r 42
ac = 2r =   5  102 = 5 ms2 107.  
T2 (0.2) 2 aT at

As particle is moving with constant speed, its
R
tangential acceleration, aT = 0. 
The acceleration of the particle, ac
a= a c2  a T2 = 52  02 = 5 m/s2
136
Velocity of object is given as 
| vr | = v 2  v 2  2vv cos(2r)
V= K S ….(i)
Centripetal acceleration of the object is, = 2v 2 (1  cos 2r)
V2 = 2v 2  2sin 2 r
ac = ….(ii)
R = 2v sin r
Tangential acceleration is given by, 
dV dV dS Since, | v r | will not have any negative value

at = = so the lower part of the sine wave will come
dt dS dt
dV upper side. B
=V
dS 109. r
= K S
d
dS

K S 
….from (i) r
2 1 A C D
= K S 2
2 S
2
Let A be initial position of point of contact
K and B be its position after the wheel completes
at = ….(iii)
2 half revolution.
from figure, Distance travelled by the wheel in half
a c  V2  2 C
tan  = = ….From (ii) and (iii) revolution = = AD
 2
a t  R  K2
 from figure ;
2 K 2S Displacement of initial point of contact after
 tan  = ….from (i)
R K2 half revolution = AB
2S  AB2 = AD2 +DB2
 tan = 2
R
AB2 =     2r 2
C
108. At an instant, speed of P = v, going in 2 
clockwise direction C
But r =
Speed of Q = v, going in anticlockwise direction 2
Relative angular velocity of P w.r.t. 2 2
AB2 =     
C C
Q =  () = 2  
2 
Relative angular separation of P and Q in time t,
C2 C2 1 1
 = 2 t.  AB =  = C 
Relative speed between the points P and Q at 4 2 2 4
time t
Evaluation Test
For equilibrium,
1.
 mv 2 

mg cos  =  N =    mgsin   ….(i)
N  R 
R From energy conservation,
N
1
R mv2 = mg R (sin )
2
 mv 2
mv 2  = 2 mg sin  ….(ii)
R
mg R
 mg cos  =  (2 mg sin  + mg sin )
….[From (i) and (ii)]
mv 2 cos 
N=  mgsin   =
R 3sin 
137
1 5. Since this is not a case of a normal string, the
 tan  = velocity at the topmost point can be zero.
3
 (T.E.)initial = (T.E.)final
 1
  = 45 ….     1
 3  mgh + mv2 = mg (2R)
2
b
2. r=  v = 2g (2R  h)
sin  Y
v = v sin  Note: In case of a string, v at the topmost point
P 
Now,  = v/r (0, b) v should be equal to Rg to complete the
90  
vsin  r vertical circle as T = 0 and ball will fall
= vertically down if v = 0.
 b 
  
 sin   X 6. P.E. = mg R (1 – cos ) and
v 1
= sin 2  K.E. = mv2
b 2
3. T (Work done)pseudo force = mgR sin 
Y 1
 mg R (1 – cos ) + mg R sin  = mv2
N 2

m 2r 1
P(x, y)   mg R (1 – cos  + sin ) = mv2
mg 2
 v = 2gR (1  cos   sin )

X 7. at
60
T
TT is the tangent to the curve at point P.
mg sin  = (m 2x) cos  ….[along TT]
2 x
 tan  = ar
g
dy 2 x ar
= tan 60 =
dx g at
But,  ar = a t 3
at
dy d 3 4
 =
dx dx
 a x  = 4 a3x3 
v2
= at 3 ….(i)
r
2 x v = area under graph.
 4 a3x3 =   = 2x a 3g 60
g att
 v= ….(ii) t
  
2
4. v AB  v A  v B
a 2t t 2
Now,  = at 3 ….[From (i) and (ii)]
 4(1)
v AB = v 2  v 2  2v 2 cos(180  )
a t .t 2
  3 ….(iii)
  4
 [smaller angle between v A and  v B = 180  ]

at
Also, tan (60) =
= 2v (1  cos )
2
vB t
2v 2  2sin 2 ( / 2)  B at
=  3= or a t  t 3 ….(iv)
t
= 2 v sin (/2)
  t3 3
= 2 R sin (/2) vA  = 3 ….[From (iii) and (iv)]
4
A  t3 = 4  t = 22/3 s
138
2
 v  mv02
  11. N cos  = and N sin  = mg
sin   v2 r
8. ar =   …[ vt = v/sin ] N
R R sin 2  g r mv02
 tan  =
R(1  cos )  v02  r
v v
Also, t   mg
v  sin   r 
 vt   v0 2
 cos  =  1    r= tan  
 R g
v 2t v2 v2
 ar = =
R   vt  2   2vt v 2 t 2  12. Angle moved =  in time t
R 1  1    R  2 
  R   R R  l
  t= ….(v = velocity of bullet)
v
Rv
= Also,  = t 
 2Rt  vt 2  l l A B
  =    v = l
1 2 v
  
9. mgh = mv
2 
 v= 2gh
h T l d d
13.    k    kt  c1 
dt dt
h  mv 2
cos  =   =  (kt  c1 )dt
l mg r
mv 2 kt 2
 T=  mg cos  =  c1t  c 2
r 2
2mgh h  3mg  = quadratic equation which has a graph of
 T=  mg   h parabola
l l  l 
 which implies a straight line graph. 14. mv 2
N R
10. f
FBD of the ball FBD of tube
mg
2
N cos 
mv

R

 Friction will act in upward direction.

mg Since velocity is a constant,
N  mv 2 
N =  mgsin   
  R 
favg =  (N cos )  mv 2 
 0 f =   mgsin     mg cos  [at = 0]
Here, integration is not possible.  R 
So, we use the fact that we need to calculate As  increases, cos  decreases  friction
favg decreases. 2
mv
p f R N
 favg =
t
mg sin  mg cos
(2mv) 2mv 2
 Favg = = mg
 r  r
  
 v
139
Again, at = 0 19. At the highest point,
 mv  2 g
 Friction =   mgsin    = mg cos  = = 2n
R  R

1 g g
 As  decreases, cos  increases  friction  n= 
increases. 2 R 4 2 R
g 900g
15. The area under the t graph gives change in  r.p.m. = 60n = 60 
42 n 2 R
angular velocity.
 d 
(2) 2 4 20.  =     So  is negative, if
Area =  = 2  d 
2 2
d d
 2  1 = 2  > 0,  0 or  < 0, 0
d d
 2 = 2 + 2 = 4 rad/s
21. For option (A),
16. Velocity is a vector which changes but speed Net force = Mv2/r = Mass  acceleration
remains same for uniform circular motion. For option (B),
 
In case A, radius of curvature remains same
a t and  are perpendicular hence cross
v2 product is not 0.
throughout hence a = remains constant.
r For option (C),
However, in case of B, the radius of curvature Angular velocity and angular accleration have
v2 the same direction or opposite direction
keeps increasing hence a = keeps according to the type of motion.
r
decreasing. Hence option (C) is the only For option (D),
correct option. The correct statement is:
The resultant force acts always towards the
17. The direction of rotation is determined by the centre.
sign of angular velocity. In turn, the sign of 22. Weight = Number of balls  centripetal force
angular velocity is determined by the sign of (400) (10) = 8  m 2r
slope on angular displacement vs time plot.
= 8  (5) 2 (1)
The sign of slope is negative for line OA, m2r
positive for line AC and zero for line CD. 4000 r
 2 =
The positive angular velocity indicates anti- 40
clockwise rotation and negative angular = 100
velocity indicates clockwise rotation. The   = 10 rad/s 400 kg
disk is stationary when angular velocity is
23. 2
zero. (dm) v
R
18. m2r cos  = mg sin  Tcos  d  Tcos  d 
g tan  N M  2   2 
 2 = R
r T
 2 T
v2 m r
h C
 tan  =  Tsin  d  Tsin  d 
rg  2 
d  2 
l
2
  1000 m  
 72    mg C
h   3600 s  
  Take a small mass element dm
l (400m)(10m/s)
This element experiences a centripetal force
h 1 along radial direction,

1m 10 v2
Fd = (dm)
 h = 10 cm R
140
Textbook
Chapter No.

Hints
28. Fmax = IlB

Classical Thinking F
 I = max
3. 1 G (gauss) = 104 T (tesla) Bl
0 Idl sin  3  104
6. dB = .  I= = 40 A
4 r2 5  105  15  102
0 I 4  107  10 32. Since currents are flowing in opposite

7. B= = = 5  105 N/A m direction. Hence force of attraction does not
2 a 2  4  102
exist.
17. Element ‘dl’ and radius are perpendicular
 0 I1I 2l
I 4  107   107 33. F=
18. B= 0 =  0.5 = 2a
2r 2r r
F 4  107  2  4
But 22  102 = 2r = 1
= 1.6  105 N/m
l 2  10
11102
 r= 34.
π
  10 7   4 cm
 B=  9  106 Wb/m2
11  10 2
I P 3I
 0 nIa 2
19. B =
2(a 2  x 2 )3/2
x 4x
4  107  50  1  (5  102 ) 2
= At neutral point P, B1 = B2
2[(0.05) 2  (0.2) 2 ]3/ 2
0 I  3I
105  25 104  = 0
= 2 x 2 (4  x)
[(25  400) 104 ]3/ 2
 x = 1 cm
 B = 9  106 Wb/m2
24. F = qvB sin  F  0 I1I 2 4  107  1  1
36. = =
= 200  106  2  105  5  105  sin 30 l 2a 2  1
F = 103 N F
 = 2  107 N/m
25. F = qvB sin  l
For  = 90 and v = 103c, 39.  = nIAB sin = 20  12  (101)2  0.8  sin 30
F 1.732  10 2  3 = 0.96 N m
q= = 3
vB 10  3  108  2  10 5
3 3
40. M = nIA = 5  1  (4  102)2
=  102 M = 8  103 A m2
3 2
= 5  103 C 0 I
42. B=
27. F = IlB sin  2r
F = 1  1  104  1 ( 1 oersted = 104 T) 4  107  1.4
1.76  106 =
2 2r
4
10  r = 0.5 m
= N
2 circumference = 2r = 3.14 m
99
Textbook
Chapter No.
02 Gravitation
Hints
Classical Thinking GM
23. v=
 Gm1m 2 rˆ Gm1m 2 r Gm1m 2
r
3. F = 2
= 3
r̂ = r
r r r3 v is independent of mass of the satellite.
7. From Newton’s law of gravitation,
v1 r
Gm1m2  = 2  r1 > r2  v2 > v1
F= v2 r1
r2
If m1 = m2 = 1 unit of mass Orbital speed of satellite does not depend
r = 1 unit of distance upon the mass of the satellite
F = G = universal gravitational constant
mm F r2 25. Longer period and slower velocity as
9. F = G 12 2  G=
r m1m 2 1
T  r 3 and v 
Nm 2 r
 Units of G is
kg 2
2r 2r 42 r 3
11. The value of universal gravitational constant is 26. T= = =
always same. As r varies, the force between the vc GM GM
two bodies changes, but G remains constant. r
12. Gravitational constant ‘G’ is independent of Since r  Rp
the medium intervening the two masses
where Rp = Radius of the planet, put
interacting gravitationally.
4
m m M =  R 3p 
14. F=G 1 2 2 3
r
m2 42 R 3p 3
= 6.67  1011  2  T= =
r 4 G
G  R 3p 
2 3
111
= 6.67  10    1
1  T
11
= 6.67  10 N 
2
M 2 GM
15. g = G × ×   = 0.4 27. Kinetic and potential energies vary with
10 R R2 position of earth w.r.t sun. Angular
= 0.4 × 9.8 m s2 = 3.92 ms2 momentum remains constant everywhere.
20. If it is not so, then the centrifugal force would
exceed the force of attraction or we can say 28. From Kepler’s second law of planetary
that gravitational force won’t be able to keep motion, the velocity of a planet is maximum
the satellite in circular motion. when its distance from sun is the least.
1 K mv 2
21. F F=   v = constant 29. Kepler’s third law is a consequence of law of
r r r conservation of angular momentum.
GM gR 2
22. vc =  and vc  r 30. T2  r3
r r 3/ 2
R 2g T1 r 
This gives r3 = 2  = 1
 T2  r2 
142
Chapter 02: Gravitation
v  4  4 
36. = G  r 3  8r 3 
GM1M 2
 
r 3  3 
Now, F =
For a star, angular velocity at which matter (3r) 2 9r 2
will start escaping from its equator is,
This gives F  r4
v 2 4GM  R  Assertion is false.
 = e  …  r  
r R R  2 55. Here Assertion is False, as
16GM g  GM  GM m
= 4 …  2  g  W = mg =
R 3
R  R  R2
GM m GM m 4
2GM 2G  4 3  and W = mg = =  X
37. ve = =  R   (R  h) (R  R / 2)
2 2
9
R R 3 
8GR 2  2G Critical Thinking
ve = = 2R
3 3
Re M
2GM 2GM 2. Rp = , Mp = e
38. ve = , ve = 2 5
R Rh GM p 1 4 4
As R + h > R  ve > ve  gp = 2
= G  Me  2
= g = 8 m s–2
Rp 5 Re 5
v1 2g1R1 3. r = 2r ….[Given]
39. = = k1k 2
v2 2g 2 R 2 1
Now, F 
41. Escape velocity, r2
2GM  2  6.67  1011  6  1024 
1/ 2 1 1 F
ve = =   F  = 2  F =
 (2r) 2
4r 4
R  6.4  106 
4  Force is reduced to one-fourth.
= 1.12  10 m/s = 11.2 km/s
42. In a free fall, even near the earth, a body is in 4. r = 50 cm = 50  102 m
a state of weightlessness. mm 6.67  1011  625  625
F = G 12 2 =
GM r 50  50  104
46. g= . If the earth shrinks, its mass remains = 1.042  104 N = 10.42 dyne
R2
unchanged and its radius decreases. So, the 5. G = 6.67  10–11 Nm2 / kg2
value of acceleration due to gravity increases. 105 dyne  104 cm2
= 6.67  10–11 
47. At the centre of earth g = 0; 106 g
Weight = mg = 100  0 = 0 = 6.67  10–11+3
48. When the earth stops rotating, the centripetal = 6.67  10–8 dyne cm2/g2
force of mR2 vanishes. As a result of this, the GMm
acceleration due to gravity increases. 6. Fe = = 50 N ….(i)
R2
 d R  d gr GMm '
49. gd = g  1  =g    gd = Fs  F ….(ii)
 R  R  R 4R 2
51. Geostationary satellite remains stationary with  Dividing equation (ii) by (i) we get
respect to the earth. F m' 200
 
Since the time period of earth is 24 hours, 50 4m 4  5
therefore time period of a geostationary  F = 10  50 = 500 N
satellite is also 24 hours.
Gm1m 2
54. Let   be the density of the material of each 7. F=
r2
sphere.
6.67  1011  1.9  1027  1.99  1030
4 4 =
Then, M1 = r 3 and M2 = (2r 3 ) (7.8  1011 ) 2
3 3
Distance between their centres = r + 2 r = 3 r = 4.14  1023 N
143
Gm1m 2 Gm1m 2 F GM m m
8. F=  F = = Wm = mgm =
r2  3r  R 2m
2
9
2
 F  F  Wm M m R e2 M   Re 
 % decrease in F =   100  = 2  =  m    
 F  We R m M e  Me   Rm 
8 1 4
=  100  89% =    (2)2 =
9 9 9
GM m 4 4
9. F = mg = 81 =  Wm =  We =  63 = 28 kg-wt
R2 9 9
GM m 14. Mp = 2Me
 F = mg = 2
 R 4 4
R    R 3P  = 2  R 3e 
 2 3 3
4 GM m 4  R 3P = 2R 3e  Rp = 21/3Re
 F= =  81 = 36 N
9 R 2 9
GM p G  2M e  1
2
GM e
 gp = = 2 3
Gm1m 2 R 2
 2 R e 
1/3 2
R e2
10. F= p
r2
 gp = 21/3ge
Gm1m 2 6.6  1011  1  1
 r2 = =  mgP = 21/3 mge = 21/3W
F 109  9.8
2 15. Me = 20 Mm
=  10–2 = 0.673  10–2
3 GM e GM m
ge = and gm =
 r  0.08 m  8 cm R e2 R 2m
2
11. r = 20  102 m, total mass = 5 kg gm M R  Mm  6400 
2
 = m  e  = 
Let m and (5 – m) be the two masses ge Me  Rm  20M m  3200 
G m1 m 2
F= mg m 4
r2  =
11
6.67  10  m  (5  m) mg e 20
 1  10–8 =
(2  101 ) 2 4
 Weight on Mars = 500  = 100 N
m(5  m) 20
 1  108 = 6.67   10–9
4 GM
40 m(5  m) 16. g =
 10 =  R2
6 4
gR 2 9.8  (6  10 ) 6 2
 2
m – 5m + 6 = 0  (m  2) (m 3) = 0  M= =
 m = 3 or m = 2
G 6.67  1011
9.8  36
M1 R  M =  1023 = 52.89  1023 kg
12. = 2 : 3, 1 = 3 : 2 6.67
M2 R2
 M  5.3  1024 kg
2
g1 GM 1 / R 12 M1  R 2 
  =   GM S
g2 GM 2 / R 22 M 2  R 1  17. vc =
2
r
2 2 8 Orbital speed of all planets depends upon the
=   
3 3 27 mass of Sun and the separation. So,
1
Mm 1 R m 1 vc 
13.  ,  r
Me 9 R e 2
Since Jupiter is having more orbital radius in
GM e m comparison to earth, so orbital speed of Jupiter
We = mge =
R e2 is less than that of earth.
144
18. Critical velocity of a satellite is independent of 25. T = 83 min, R = 4R
mass of a satellite. 3/2
 R 
3/ 2
T'  4R 
 =   =  
19. r1 = 4r, r2 = r T R R 
Orbital speed vc 
1 T is increased by a factor of [4]3/2 i.e. 8 times.
r T  = 8  83 minutes = 664 minutes
v1 r2 r 1 1 26. For a satellite circling around the Earth, the
 = = = =
v2 r1 4r 4 2 (R  h)2
time period is given by T = 2 .
(Note: Refer to Shortcut 13.) GM
As it is clear from the above equation, the time
20. RA = 9R, RB = R period is independent of the mass of the satellite.
GM Hence ratio of time periods is 1 : 1
v 2 3
R  T1   r1   2
2
(104 )3
vA RB R 1
27.   =    =
     T2   r2   16  r23
vB RA 9R 3 r23 = (1012)  (8)2 = 64  1012 = (4  104)3
v A 4v 1 r2 = 4  104 km
    vB = 12v
vB vB 3 1
28. r2 = r1, T1 = 1 year
(Note: Refer to Shortcut 13.) 4
Now, T2  r3
GM GM 3/ 2
21. v1 = , v2 = r  1
3/ 2
1
Rh R  T2 = T1  2  = 1   =   year
v1 R R 1  r1  4 8
 = = = 29. According to Kepler’s law T2  R3
v2 Rh R  7R 2 2
If n is the frequency of revolution then
v n2  (R)3
 v1 =
2 2 3/ 2 2/3
n2  R2  R1  n 2 
(Note: Refer to Shortcut 13.)      
n1  R 1  R 2  n1 
3 3  3.14 30. Angular momentum,
22. T= = s  4200 s
G 6.67  10 11  8  103 A A L
L  2m  
(Note: Refer to Shortcut 11.v) t t 2m
23. T1 = T, T2 = 8T 31. TA = 8 TB
T 
2/3 2/3 TA2 rA3
8 T Using Kepler’s third law, =
 R2 = R1  2  R  = 4R TB2 rB3
 T1   T 
3
(8TB ) 2 r 
24. Time period of satellite which is very near to  2
= A ….[ TA = 8TB]
TB  rB 
planet
3
R3 R3  rA  3 rA
T = 2 = 2   = (4)  = 4 or rA = 4rB
GM 4  rB  rB
G R 3
3 32. rM = 1.525 rE
1 rM
 T  = 1.525
 rE
2 3
i.e. Time period of nearest satellite does not  TM   rM  3
depend upon the radius of planet, it only    =   = (1.525)
depends upon the density of the planet.  TE   rE 
In the problem, density is same so time period  TM = TE  (1.525)3 = (1)2 (1.525)3
2 2
will remain the same.  TM = (1.525)3/2 = 1.883 years

145
33. U = Loss in gravitational energy GM
= gain in K.E.  vc = at h  R
R
1 2U 1 1
So, U = mv2  m = 2  K.E2 = mv c2 = mgR
2 v 2 2
34. Orbital radius of satellites r1 = R + R = 2R K.E1 2mgR 2
r2 = R + 7R = 8R  = =
K.E 2 mgR 1
GMm GMm
P.E1 = and P.E2 = Alternate method:
r1 r2 1
K.E1 = mv e2
GMm GMm 2
K.E.1 = and K.E2 =
2r1 2r2 1
= m × 2gR = mgR ….[ve = 2gR ]
GMm GMm 2
T.E1 = and T.E2 =
2r1 2r2 When orbit is close to Earth, v0 = gR
P.E1 K.E1 T.E1 1 1
 = = =4 K.E2 = mv2 = mgR
P.E 2 K.E 2 T.E 2 2 2
GMm K.E1  mgR 
35. U= and   =2
r K.E 2 1 mgR
GMm 2
Kinetic energy =
2r
Re 2
GMm 39. Rm = , m = e
 U = (2) = 2 × Kinetic energy 4 3
2r
1
Energy spent = mgehe = mgm hm
= 2 × mv2 =  mv2  hm= gehe/ gm
2
4 
GMm  R eeG   h e
3
36. P.E. =
r  hm =  
4
R mmG
1 3
 P.E. 
r R e e 3 4
 hm =   h e    0.5 = 3 m
Similarly, R m m 2 1
1
T.E.  40. MA = 2MB, RA = 2RB
2r
1 2GM
And K.E.  ve =
2r R
GMm 1 (ve )A 2M B / 2R B
37. B.E1 = = mgR and  = =1
2R 2 (ve ) B MB / R B
GMm  (ve)A = (ve)B
B.E2 = = mgR
R
1 1 2GM
 B.E2 – B.E1 = mgR – mgR = mgR 41. v=
2 2 R
2GM 8 4
38. ve =  ve = R G ….( M = R3)
R 3 3
1 Now, ve  R and vp  2R
 K.E1 = mv e2
2 vp vp
 = 2 or ve =
1 2GM ve 2
= m
2 R
1 2GM
= m (2gR) = mgR 42. ve =
R2 Rh
146
2GM 50. For scientist A who goes down in mine,

 (ve)1 = = v and  d
2R g = g  1  
2GM  R
(ve)2 = For scientist B, who goes up in air,
8R
 2h 
(ve )2 2GM 2R 1 1 g = g  1  
 =  = = (ve)1 = v/2  R 
(ve )1 8R 2GM 4 2 So, it is clear that value of g measured by each
43. ve = 2 vc = 1.414 vc will decrease at different rates.
= vc + 0.414 vc 16g g 16
ve  vc 51. g = 16% g =  =
 = 0.414 100 g 100
vc R2 16 Rh 5
 % increase in speed = 0.414  100 = 41.4%    
(R  h) 100
2
R 2
(Note: Refer to Note 16.)
h 3 3
44. ve = 2 vc. Clearly, if vc becomes 36%, ve will   h=  6300 = 9450 km
R 2 2
also become 36%
 ve =
36
× 11.2 km s1 =
9
× 11.2 km s1  d
52. gd = g  1   ,
100 25  R
45. Since ve = 2 vc = 1.414 vc R
For d = ,
Additional velocity = ve  vc = vc  
2 1 2
 R / 2 g
= vc (1.414  1) gd = g  1  = = 0.5 g
= 1  0.414 = 0.414 km/s  R  2
2GM 53. Given,

46. ve = gd = g
R
1  d
ve   g 1   = g – R2 cos2 ϕ
R  R
 ve  R–1/2 gd
 g– = g – R2 cos2 ϕ
1 R
 dve  – dR R–3/2 gd
2  = R2 cos2 ϕ
dve 1 dR 1 R
 =– =–  4 % = 2% gd
ve 2 R 2  cos2ϕ = 2 2
 As radius decreases, escape velocity increases R 
47. Weight is least at the equator. gd
 cosϕ =
R
g = g  1   = 10  1 
d 80 
48. 
 R   6400   gd 
 ϕ = cos 1  
 1  10  79  R 
= 10 1   =
 80  80
= 9.87 m/s2  990 cm/s2 54. g = g  R2 cos2  ; When  = 45,
49. p = 2e, gp = ge 1
g = g  R2  
4 2
g= GR When earth stops rotating, g = 0,
3
R p  g p   e  R2
1 so g =
       1    2
R e  g e   p  2 Hence the weight of the body increases by
R R R2
 Rp  e  .
2 2 2
147
55. Gravitational pull depends upon the 0.99M GM
acceleration due to gravity on that planet. 61. g = G 2
= 1.01 2 = 1.01 g
(0.99R) R
1 1
Mm = Me, gm = ge g
81 6   1 = 0.01
1/ 2
g
GM  GM  g  g
g= 2 R=    × 100 = 1%
R  g  g
1/2
R e  Me gm 
1/ 2
 1 62. g = gp  R2 cos2 = gp  2R cos2 60
    =  81  
R m  Mm ge   6 1
= gp  R2
9 4
 Re  Rm
6 63.  = 0, g = g  R 2 cos2  = 0
 d  = g/R = 10 / (6400  103 ) = 1/800
56. mgd = mg 1 
 R  64. In pendulum clock, the time period depends
 d on the value of g while in spring watch, the
 31.5 = 63 1  
 R time period is independent of the value of g.
d 31.5 1 65. Because value of g decreases with increasing
 1 = =
R 63 2 height.
d 1 1 71. Apparent weight = actual weight – upthrust force
 =1 =
R 2 2 Vdg = Vdg  Vg
R d
 2d = R or d = = 0.5R  g =  g
2  d 
 R / 2 g 10 ms 2 72. Weight of the body at equator
57. gd = g 1  or g =  = 5 ms2
R 
d
 2 2 3
= of initial weight
1 5
58. g
R2 3
 g = g (because mass remains constant)
 Percentage change in g = 2  (Percentage 5
change in R) g = g  2R cos2
= 2  1% = 2% 3
2 g = g  2R cos2 (0)
gh  R  5
59.  
g Rh 2g
 2 =
gh 1 5R
  2g 2  10
g 100   = =
R 1 5R 5  6400  103
 
R  h 10 = 62.5 108 = 7.9  104 rad/s
 h = 9R = 9  6400 = 57600 km
73. Since, F = Mr2,
GM
60. x= 2 R R
R  T  T2 
F F
x GM
 = R 5
16 (R  h)2  T2   T2
 R 2
  32 
R 
2
 4 
 x = GM    
Rh
1
2 76. T2  r3
 4  1 4
 =   R = Ts r 
3/ 2 3/ 2 3/ 2
R 2
Rh Rh r / 2 1
 = s  =  = 
 R + h = 4R or h = 3R Tm  rm   r  2
148
 
 0 I1I 2l
Work done W = F v 43. F=
= F v cos  2a
   mg 0 I1I 2
=
= F v cos 90  F  v  l 2a
 
=0 20  103  9.8  2  2  102
I2 =
4  107  200
38. The perimeter in plane is two-dimensional.
Amongst the given shapes, circle has  m 
 = Linear density 
maximum area. Hence, maximum torque will  l 
act on it. I2 = 98 A
39. The wires are in parallel and ratio of their
resistances are 3 : 4 : 5. Hence currents in Competitive Thinking
1 1 1 1. Magnetic field is produced by moving charge.
wires are : : .
3 4 5
Force between top and middle wire, 0 Idl sin 
3. (By Biot-Savart’s law dB = =
 II 4 r2
F1 = 0 1 2 (r1 = distance between these wires) 1
2r1 i.e. dB ∝ )
 (1 / 3)(1 / 4) r2
 F1 = 0
2r1 4. Every point on line AB will be equidistant
Force between bottom and middle wire, from X and Y-axis. So magnetic field at every
 (1 / 4)(1 / 5) point on line AB due to wire 1 along X-axis is
F2 = 0 equal in magnitude but opposite in direction to
2r2 the magnetic field due to wire along Y-axis.
As the forces are equal and opposite, Hence Bnet on AB = 0
1 1 r 5
F1 = F2  =  1= 5.
3r1 5r2 r2 3 I1
40. Let Fm be the force arising due to magnetic B2
field, then the given situation can be drawn as d
I2 B1
follows
Fm cos 60°
60°
Fm
B
mg sin 60° 60°
mg cos 60°  0 2 2 1/ 2
60° mg B= B12  B22 =
2d
 I1  I2 
o o
Fm = BIl  mgsin 60  BIl cos60 6. B1 Bnet
0.01  10  3
B 1T B2
0.1  1.73
41. The charge will not experience any force if 2cm
 
| Fe |  | Fm | . This condition is satisfied in
At the point, magnetic induction due to
option (B) only. external magnetic field be B1 = 4  104 T.
0 I  q  qf Now, due to wire carrying current magnetic
42. B= = 0 = 0 I
2r 2r t 2r induction produced at that point be B2 = 0
4  10  1.6  1019  6.8  1015
7 2a
= 7
4  10  30
2  0.5  1010 = = 3  104 T
B = 13.7 T 2  2  102
103
GM GM 0 4GM 0 T2
13. g= = = 23. = constant
 D0 / 2 
2
R 2
D0 2 r3
 T2r3 = constant
1 2 R1 1
14.  ,  24. r2 = 2r1
2 3 R 2 2 3/ 2
T2  r2 
g  R  g1  1R1 and g2  2R2  =   = (2)3/2 = 2 2
T1  r1 
g1 1 R1 2 1 1
     
g 2 2 R 2 3 2 3  T2 = 2 2 years
15. Force on satellite is only gravitational force, 1

25. r2 = r1
which will always be towards the centre of 4
3 3 3
earth.
T  r  T1  r and T2  r2
2 2 2
1
16. v 3 3
r T2  r2  2  1 2
     T2 = T1  
1 T1  r1  4
 % increase in speed = (% decrease in radius)
2 1
1  T2 = 24  = 3hr
= (1%) 8
2 26. In the problem, orbital radius is increased by 1%.
= 0.5% Time period of satellite T  r3/2
i.e. speed will increase by 0.5% Percentage change in time period
GM 3
17. vc = = (% change in orbital radius)
r 2
Thus, critical velocity is independent of mass 3
= (1%) = 1.5%.
of satellite. 2
3
vB rA 4R 3
18.   2 T2  r2  2  6400  2
vA rB R 27.     T2 = 24    2 hour.
T1  r1   36000 
 vB = 2  vA = 2  3v = 6v
(Note: Refer to Shortcut 13.) 28. Point A indicates perihelion position while
3 2 point C represents aphelion position.
1 1 This means point A is closest to the sun
20. T  r 2 i.e. r  T 3 ; K.E.   2
r followed by point B and C.
T3
2 Hence, vA > vB > vC
 K.E.  T 3  KA > KB > KC
21. r = 1.5  10  10 m8 3 29. we know
When orbiting, gravitational force T2  r3
F = m2r T2 = kr3
= 6  1024  (2  10–7)2  1.5  108  103 Take ln on both side
= 36  1021 N lnT2 = lnkr3
2lnT2 = lnk + 3lnr
r3 Differentiate both side w.r.t. x
22. T = 2
GM 1 dT 1 dk 1 dr
2  3
42 T dx k dx r dx
 T2 = (R + h)3
GM 2T k r
 3
 GMT 2 
1/ 3
T k r
 R+h=  2  2T r
 4  3
1 T r
 GMT 2  3 3 r
 h=  2 
R T = T
 4  2 r
150
GMm GMm 39. Orbital velocity of satellite v0 = gR
30. K.E. (K) = and P.E. (V) =
2r r
Escape velocity of satellite ve = 2gR
GMm
 E=K+V= Minimum increase required,
2r
K=
V v = ve  v0 = 2gR  gR = gR  2 1
2
40. ve = 2v
31. Binding energy of a satellite on the surface of 1 2 1
 
2
the earth is,  K.E. = mve  m 2v  mv 2
2 2
GMm
B.E. = 2GM
R 41. On earth, ve = = 11.2 km/s
Binding energy of satellite revolving around R
the earth at height h is, 2GM  4 2 2GM
GMm On moon, v m  
(B.E.)h = 81  R 9 R
R 2
=  11.2 = 2.5 km/s
B.E. 2(R  h) 9
 =
(B.E.)h R
2Gm
42. ve =
33. Because it does not depend on the mass of r
particle. Thus, escape velocity is independent of mass
of satellite and depends on the radius of orbit.
Ve 1 2GM 2GM Hence they have equal escape velocities.
34. =  
R R R R3
43. Mp = 2Me, Rp = 3Re
2GM vp Mp R e 1 2
35. ve =    2 
R ve Me R p 3 3
 ve  M if R = constant
2
 If the mass of the planet becomes four times  vp  ve
3
then escape velocity will become 2 times.
44. If body is projected with velocity
2GM M v (v  ve ) then
36. ve =  ve 
R R R
If mass and radius of the planet are three times height up to which it will rise, h =
v 2
  1
e
than that of earth then escape velocity will 2
remain same. v 
ve
37. ve    v1  1 and v2  2 v= (Given)
2
v1  R R R
  1  h=  
v2 2  ve 
2
4 1 3
  1
 v e /2 
8
38. Escape velocity, ve = R G 2GM
3 45. ve = =c
R
ve R 
  2GM 2  6.67  1011  5.98  1024
v p R p p R= 
c2 (3  108 ) 2
Given: Rp = 2R and p = 2
2  6.67  5.98
ve 1 =  103 m
 = 9
vp 2 2 = 8.86  103 m  102 m
151
RE GMm n
46. Rp = , gp = 2gE = 
4 R  n  1
ve = 2gR GMm  R  n 
=  
v eP gp Rp R2  n 1
1 1
    2   n 
v eE ge RE 4 2 = mgR  
 n 1
47. K.E. = P.E. (Note: One may refer shortcut 25.ii for solving
1 2 GMm certain problem/s from this section.)
mvs =
2 2R 50. Change in potential energy in displacing a
GM body from r1 to r2 is given by
vs2  1 1 
R  1 1 
U = GMm    = GMm   
vs = gR (GM = gR2)  r1 r2   2R 3R 
GMm
But ve = 2gR =
6R
ve = 2vs
51. P.E1 = 0
ve GmM
vs = P.E2 = 
2 2R
1 1  GmM
GM  Change in P.E. = GmM     2R
48. vc =  R 2R 
Rh GM mR 1
= 2   mgR
2GM R 2 2
ve =
R mgh mg  3R 3
But, 4vc = ve ….(given) 52. U =   mgR
 h   3R  4
 1    1  
GM 2GM  R  R 
4 
R h R
GMm
16GM 2GM 53. P.E.(U) = 
 Rh
Rh R  Increase in P.E. = U2  U1
 8R = R + h GMm GMm
= 
 h = 7R R  10R R
GMm  1  10GMm
GMm = 1 
49. P.E. =  R  11  11R
  nR 
R
Change in potential energy 54. The change in potential energy is given as,
U = Uf  Ui
GMm  GMm 
P.E.2  P.E.1 =   - GMm - GMm
R  nR  R  = 
R + 2R R
GMm GMm
=  GMmé 1 ù 2 GMm
R R  n  1 = ê1- ú =
R êë 3 úû 3 R
GMm  1  2 GMm´R 2 æ GM ö
= 1   = = çç 2 ÷÷÷ mR
R  n 1 3 R 2
3 çè R ø
GMm  n  1  1  2
=    U = mgR
R  n 1  3
152
GMm 58. Total energy of a satellite is,
55. US = …(at surface)
R GMm
T.E. =  ...(i)
GMm 2(R  h)
UT = …(at target)
2R  Multiplying and dividing the eq (i) by R2.
GMm GMm GMmR 2
W = UT  US = + T.E. = 
2R R 2(R  h)R 2
2
GMm gR m g 0 mR 2
= = …(GM = gR2) GM
2R 2R  T.E. =  ... ( g0 = )
2(R  h) R2
= mgR
2 GmM GM mR 2 mgR 2
59. B.E. =  2  
56. Increase in the P.E. is given by, 2r R 2r 2r
U = UB  UA
GmM
GMm  GMm  5GMm 60. B.E. = = mgR = 100  10  6.4  106
UB =  =   =– R
Rh  R R /5 6R
= 6.4  109 J
GMm
UA =  61. g = g  R2cos2. Hence value of g changes
R
5GMm GMm GMm  5  with .
 U =  + = 1  
6R R R  6 62. g = g  2R cos2
GMm Rotation of the earth results in the decreased
U = weight apparently. This decrease in weight is
6R
not felt at the poles as the angle of latitude is
mgR 2
 U = ( GM = gR2) 90.
6R
mgR 63. An object of mass m1 placed at the equator of
 U = the star, will experience two forces: (i) an
6
5 attractive force due to gravity towards the
 U = mgh (R = 5h) centre of the star and (ii) an outward centrifugal
6 force due to rotation of the star. The centrifugal
Alternate method (I): force arises because the object is in a rotating
mgh (non-inertial) frame; this force is equal to the
U =
1  h/R inward centripetal force but opposite in
Substituting R = 5h direction. Force on object due to gravity
mgh 5 GmM
we get U = = mgh Fg =
1  1/5 6 R2
Force on object is
GMm Fc = mR2
57. Orbital Energy E0 =
2R  h  The object with remain stuck to the star and
 GMm  GMm not fly off if
 E0 = = ….[  h = 2R] Fg > Fc
2  R  2R  6R
GmM 2 R 3 2
 GMm i.e., > mR or M >
Energy at surface E = R2 G
R
 Min. energy required = E0  E 64. i. Going down from surface towards centre –
 GMm   GMm  g
=   gdepth =
6R  R   d
1  
5 GMm  R
=
6R As d increases, g decreases.
153
ii. Going up from surface – 70. Given: gd = gh ….(i)
But, gd = g 1   and
g d
gheight = R
2 
 h
 1  
gh = g 1  
2h
 R
 R 
As h increases, g decreases.
g 1 
d  2h 
iii. Going from equator to pole –   = g 1   ….[From (i)]
 R  R 
g is less at equator and more at poles
 d = 2h
owing to bulge at equator and flattening
at poles. Thus g increases in moving  d=21 ….( h = 1 km)
towards poles.  d = 2 km
iv. Changing rotational velocity –
 d  1600 
g = g – R2 cos2  71. gd = g 1   = 9.8 1  
 R  6400 
As  increases, g decreases.
3
gd = 9.8 
4 4
65. Inside the earth, g = RG gd = 7.35 ms–2
3
 gr 72. Acceleration due to gravity at h = 5 km above
 2h   25 
66. g gh = g  1   = 9.8 1    9.78 m/s
2
 R  6400 
OR
 d
67. g = g 1   GM GM GM R2
 R gh =   2 
(R  h) 2
(R  5) 2
R (R  5) 2
g  d  n 1 
 = g 1    d=  R gR 2 9.8  (6400) 2
n  R  n  = = = 9.78 m/s2
(R  5) 2
(6400  5) 2
(Note: Refer to Shortcut 3.ii.)

Acceleration due to gravity at depth = 5 km,
 R 
2  d  5 
68. gh = g  gd = g 1   = 9.8 1   = 9.79 m/s
2
  R  6400 
R+h
g  R 
2 1 d
 =g  74. = 1 : 2, 1 = 4 : 1
 2 d2
4 R+h
2 4
1  R  g = GR
 =  3
4 R+h
g1 R 1 4 2
1 R  = 1 1 =  =
 = g2 2 R 2 2 1 1
2 R+h
 R + h = 2R 75. h = 3R  r = 4R
Gm Gm Gm g
 h=R g = 2 , gh = 2
 2

R (4R) 16R 16
69. Gravity at height h, gh 1
 
 2h  g 16
gh = g  1  
 R 
76. Acceleration due to gravity at a depth x below
Gravity at depth d, surface of earth is
 d GM  x  x
gd = g  1   g = 2 1   = g  1  
 R  R  R  R
Given : gh = gd at the depth x, distance of point from centre of
 d = 2h the earth is (R  x) i.e., d = R  x
154
In this case, Hence, statement (A) is correct.
gx  R  x Increased value of g will make walking on
 gx  d ground more difficult. Hence, statement (B) is
At height h distance from centre of the earth is correct.
(R + h) i.e., d = R + h Time period of simple pendulum will decrease
gR 2
2
1
In this case, gh = g 
R  as T  . Hence, statement (C) is correct.
  2 g
Rh d
Y
gx  d 82. FCP = FG
1
 gh  2 mv 2 GMm
d 1  2
gh  2 r r
g
d
GM
v=
X r
d=R d
2r
78. h =R  r = 2R T=
v
Gm Gm 1 Gm g
G = 2 , gh =   4 2 r 3
R (2R) 2
4 R2 4 T2 = ….(i)
GM
79. Mp = 2ME, DP = 2DE  RP = 2RE T = Kr3
2
….(ii)
TE = 2 s 4 2
GM E GM P K=
gE = , gP = GM
RE R 2P GMK = 42
2
MP R  83. v1
 gP = gE   E 
ME  RP 
g
2
g r2
1 m
= gE  2    = E  E  2 r1
2 2 gP
1
Now, T  v2
g
From law of conservation of angular momentum,
gE
 TP = TE   TE 2  2 2 s mv1r1 = mv2r2
gP
vr
 v2 = 1 1 .…(i)
80. g = g  2 R cos2 ,  = 60 r2
1 From law of conservation of energy,
 0 = 1  2  6400  103 
4 GMm 1 GMm 1
4  mv12 =  mv 2 2 … (ii)
10 r1 2 r2 2
 2 =
16 From equations (i) and (ii),
102 2GMr2
= v1 =
4  r1  r2  r1
  = 2.5  103 rad/s
Angular momentum,
GM L = mv1r1
81. Gravitational acceleration of earth, g = 2
R 2GMr1r2
Where, M is mass of the earth. = m
r1  r2
As g is independent of mass of the Sun,
increase in G will increase value of g. Hence, GMm mv 2
statement (D) is incorrect. 84.  also r=R+h
r2 r
Also terminal velocity of raindrop depends on
g therefore increase in g will cause raindrops GM GMR 2 g
 v=  2
 R
to fall faster. r R r r
155
 9.8  L2 1
 v=  6 
 6.38  106 Now, K.E. =  K.E. 
 .25  10  6.38  10 
6
2I I
2
=
1.47
 6.38  106 I= MR2  I  R2
106 5
= 7.76 × 103 m/s = 7.76 km/s 1 2dR
 K.E.   dK  –
R2 R3
85. We know that, F  m1m2 dK.E.  dR 
 F   xm   (1  x) m  xm 2 (1  x)   100 = – 2    100 
K.E.  R 
dF = – 2  2% = 4%
For maximum force, =0
dx K.E. increased by 4%
dF 88. By energy conservation
 = m2  2xm2 = 0 Ui = Uf
dx
1 GMm 1 GMm
x=  0+ = mv2 
2 nR  R 2 R
2gnR
g1 5  v=
86.  n 1
g2 2
g g g
4 89. g = 2
  2
G1 R13  h 16  h
3  1    1  
 R  R
R12 5
   h
2
4 3 2 
G2 R 2  1    16
3  R
R 22 h h
 1   4  = 3  h = 3R
R1 5 2 5 1 5 R R
   =  
R 2 2 1 2 2 4 90. Gravitational attraction force on particle B
GM P m
v1 g1R1 5 5 Fg =
= =   DP 
2
v2 g2R 2 2 4  
 2 
v1 5 Acceleration of particle due to gravity
 =
v2 2 2 Fg 4GM P
a = 
m D 2P
GM L2
87. g= 2
and K.E. = 91. r
R 2I m 4m
If mass of the earth and its angular momentum r 2r
1 1 3 3
remains constant then g  2 and K.E.  2
R R Gm G(4m)

i.e. if radius of earth decreases by 2% then g and x 2 (r  x)2
K.E. both increases by 4%.
1 2
Alternate Method: 
x rx
GM 1
g= 2  g 2  r  x = 2x  3x = r
R R
r
2dR dg 2dR x=
 dg    3
R3 g R
Gm G(4m)
dg dR  The gravitational potential =  
  100 = 2 (  100) = 2  2% = 4% r / 3 2r / 3
g R 3Gm 6Gm 9Gm
=   = 
i.e. g increases by 4% r r r
156
43. Force on wire Q due to wire P is 48. Net force on wire B, Fnet = FA2  FC2
2  30  10
FP = 107   0.1  0 I1I 2
0.1 FA = FC =
= 6  105 N (Towards left) 2d
Force on wire Q due to wire R is 0i 2
= ....( I1 = I2 = i)
2  20  10 2d
FR = 107   0.1
0.02   i2 
2
= 20  105 N (Towards right)  Fnet = 2 0 

Fnet = FR – FP = 14  105 N = 1.4  104 N  2d 
2 0 i 2
44. x =
1A = ii 2A = i2
2 d
B1
 0i 2
0.1m =
B2 2d
Here, 49. According to Ampere’s circuital law,

B1 = B2 the magnetic induction on axial line of a
0 (1) 0 (2) straight current carrying conductor is zero.
  The segments DE and AB do not produce a
2x 2(0.1  x)
magnetic field at O.
2x = 0.1 + x
For segments BC and EF,
x = 0.1m
 I  I
45. Magnetic field due to first wire is given by BBC  0 C , BEF  0 F
4  rC 4 rF
I
B1 = 0 Bnet = BBC + BEF
2 r
 4 9 
Magnetic field due to second wire is given by  Bnet  107     5  105 T
0 I I  0.02 0.03 
B2 = = 0
2 (3r) 6 r 51. For  = 90°,
Net Magnetic field at P is, 3 2
B = B1 + B2 Area of equilateral triangle = l
4
I I
B= 0 + 0  3 2
2 r 6 r   = NIAB = 1  I   l B
 4 
3 0 I + 0 I
=
6 r 3 2
 l BI
4 0 I 4
=
6 r 52. As shown in the following figure, the given
2 0 I situation is similar to a bar magnet placed in a
= uniform magnetic field perpendicularly.
3 r
Hence torque on it is given by,
F 0 I1I 2 55 B
46. = = 2  107  S
l 2d 1
6
= 5  10 , attractive
0 I1I 2l N
47. F=
2a
4107  5  5  5  102
=  = MB sin 90 = (Ir2)B
2 2.5 102
= 105 N 53. M = niA = ni(r2)  M  r2
107
Substituting these values in eq.(i), we get GMm
102. If r < R then F = .r
1 GM e m 1 GM e m R3
mvi2  = mvf2 
2 10R e 2 Re mv 2 GMm
  r vr
 vf2  vi2 
2GM e  1 r R3 mA rA rB
1   GMm C mB
Re  10 
If r > R then F =
r2
Gm(M  m) mv 2 GMm 1
97. F=   2 v
r2
r r r
dF
For maximum force =0
dm 1 1 1 
104. Gravitational field = Gm     ...
d  GmM Gm 2  1 4 16 
   2 =0
dm  r 2 r  4Gm
Gravitational field =
m 1 3
 M  2m = 0  
M 2 105. Gravitational potential is given as,
-GM
1  4 2  1 V=
98. m2R   m 2
 2 R  n  T  R
n+1 R
n
R  T  R é1 1 1 1 ù
 V = - GM ê + + + + .... +¥ú
 n 1 
 
êë1 2 4 8 úû
 T  R 2 
é 1 1 1 ù
=  G  2 ê1+ + 2 + 3 + .... +¥ú
99. For the planet to orbit around the star, the êë 2 2 2 úû
centripetal force must be provided by 1
gravitational force. Hence, FG = Fa =  2G
æ 1 ö÷
çç1- ÷
Fa  r5/2 ....(Given) çè 2 ÷ø
(ve sign indicates force is towards centre of  V =  4G
orbit)
Hence, a   r5/2 106. F2 F1
 2 r   r5/2  2  r7/2 m m

4 2 7/2
 2
 r or T2  r7/2
T
We know gravitational force is always
100. Both the stars rotate with same angular attractive in nature
  
velocity  around the centre of mass (CM) in F net  F1  F2
their respective orbits as shown in figure. The two equal fields in opposite directions
The magnitude of gravitational force m1 exerts give a net field at the centre as zero.
Gm1m 2 Gravitational potential at the midpoint,
on m2 is F  
1 
2
r r 2  Fnet = 0
r1 r2 Vnet = Vn1  Vn 2
m1 m2
C.M.  Gm   Gm 
Vnet =   
 r   r 
 2Gm
Vnet =
Gm A m B m A rA 42 m B rB 42 r
101.    At midpoint of the line joining the centre of
 rA  rB 
2
TA2 TB2
sphere, gravitational field is zero and
 mArA = mBrB 2Gm
gravitational potential is .
 TA = TB r
158
GM GM  Total work W = WP + WS
107. V =  and g =
(R  h) (R  h) 2 1 1  1 1 
= GMPm    GMSm  
Taking ratio of both,  (d / 2)    (d / 2) 
|V|
=R+h GM P m GM S m 2Gm
g =  = (MP + MS)
d/2 d/2 d
5.4  107 Escape velocity should be such that it can
 =R+h  9  106 = R + h
6.0 perform work W.
 h = (9 – 6.4)  106 = 2.6  106 = 2600 km 1 2 2Gm
i.e., mve = (MP + MS)
108. Refer Mind bender 5. 2 d
109. P 4 4
But, MP = (2r)3 and MS = r3(2)
3 3
2r S
4G  4 4 
r  ve2 =  (2r)3   r 3 (2) 
d 3 3 
d
4G 4
=  10  r3
Here, work has to be done to displace a body d 3
from distance   to . Let mass of the body

d 10Gr 3
 2  ve = 4
3d
be m and mass of planet and satellite be MP
and MS respectively.
Evaluation Test
1. 3. At point P,
d G(81M) G M
=
 60R  x 
2 2
 b x M
ag 2 x 60 R
x
 (60R  x)2 =
a 81 81M
x
 60R  x =
9
c  x = 54R and (60R  x) = 6 R
Ri Gm1m 2
4. Fg =
As the star collapses, r2
its mass remains the same and radius and M = m1 + m2
decreases. ( m1 and m2 are made from M)
GM 1 G(m1 )(M  m1 )
ag = 2  2  Fg =
R Ri r2
….[Using product rule of derivation]
ag increases as radius decreases. Hence, option dF G
(B).  = [m1(1) + (M  m1)(1)]
dm1 r 2
Fg Fg Fg dF
2. a1 = For F to be maximum, =0
m1 m2 dm
m1
 m1 + (M  m1) = 0
Fg M
a2 =  M = 2m1  m1 =
m2 2
Since there is no external force, centre of mass M
 m2 = M  m1 =  m1 = m2
remains at rest and energy remains same. 2
159
GMm1 m1v 2 v 2 65GM 5 GM

5. Fg =    
r n 1 r R r 2 8a 2 a
M1
GM 3 5GM
 v= M  vmin =
r n 1 2 a
2r 2r 2 r
T=   r n 1  r (n 1)/ 2 (2) 2 3
v GM GM 9. T2 = R
n 1 GM
r
6. We know that gravitational field inside a shell 3  42 
 log10T = log10R + log10  
is zero. 2  GM 
 ag at P = 0
2 1  42 
 ag   ag 
due to I1
0
due to I2
 log10 R =
3
log10T  log10 
3  GM 

 I1  I2 = 0 4 2
 I1 = I2  = 1018  M = 6  1029 kg
GM
7. Here, they are talking about the escape
velocity of parcel. But, now the launching is  2 R 
 d
done from beneath the surface 10. g = g 1   g = g  1  ,
 R  g 
GM(m) 1
  mve2 = 0 (gravity at a depth d) (gravity at the equator)
R 2
  P R gd g2 R 2 R 2
2 2    d=
4GM C R g g
R
 ve = = 2 (11.2 km/s) M
R 11. If G starts to decrease, the force between sun
= 15.84 km/s. and earth will also start to decrease. Earth will
8. Let P be on the line joining the centres of the try to follow a path of larger radius. Hence, its
two stars and r be distance of P from the period of revolution round the sun will
centre of smaller star. increase. But rotation of earth around its own
GM G(16M) axis will remain unchanged. The radius of the
 0
r2 (10a  r) 2 circular path of the earth will increase or the
 (10a  r)2 = 16r2 earth will follow a path of increasing radius.
Thus, P.E. will increase so K.E. decreases.
 10a  r = 4r
 r = 2a GMm
12. E= 
2r
P 16M dE GMm 1 dr
M   =
a V R C dt 2 r 2 dt
2a
t R
GMm dr  dE 
0 dt  2C r r 2 …. 
 dt
 C J/s 

10a
Now, if the particle projected from the larger GMm  1 1 
 t=   
planet has enough velocity (energy) to cross 2C  R r 
this point, it will reach the smaller planet. For
this, the K.E. imparted to the body must be  2h 
13. g = g 1  
just enough to raise its total mechanichal  R 
energy to a value which is equal to P.E. at P,
w2  w1 = error in weighing
i.e.,
1 G(16M)m G(M)m h h  GM h
mv2   = 2mg  1  2  = 2m 2
2 2a 8a R R R R
G(M)m G(16M)m 2mG 4 3 h 8
=   w2  w1 = 2
 R   = Gmh
2a 8a R 3 R 3
160
14. N  Percentage change in acceleration is
r  R a 2GM m r12
 100    100
2 a avg r2 2 GM s
 GM   2
Fg  m  3  r  r  Mm
 R  = 2 1   100
 r2  M s
Pressing force = N
GMm 1
 GMm  17. Change in energy = = mv2
= 3  r cos 2R 2
 R   Escape velocity is independent of the angle of
GMm R /2 projection as gravitational field is a
= r  
R 3
 r  conservative one.
GMm 18. Suppose the velocity of
= = constant. vA
2R 2 projection at A is vA
and at B is vB. h
k k mv 2A GM e m
15. F=  2 E=   = and R
r r A (R  h) 2
Energy conservation implies, Earth
mv 2B GM e m vB
K1 + U1 = K2 + U2 =
B R2
1 k 1 k k
mv12  = mv22  where v1 = A = B =  are the radii of curvatures at A, B.
2 a 2 b 2ma
Energy conservation gives,
and, mv1a = mv2b GM e m 1 GM e m 1
a a k  mv 2A =   mv 2B
 v2 = v1 = Rh 2 R 2
b b 2ma 1 1  1 2 1 2
2 GMem    = mv B  mv A
1  k  k 1 a  k  k  R (R  h)  2 2
 m   = m   
2  2ma  a 2  b   2ma  b 1  1 1 
= GM e m  2  2 
a a 2 R (R  h) 
 = 3 or = 1
b b 2Rr
 = ….[ r = R + h]
16. During total eclipse, total attraction due to sun Rr
and Moon, GM e R
 v 2A =  2GM e
GM s M e GM m M e (R  h) 2
r(R  r)
F1 = 
r12 r2 2
19. Let vapp = velocity of approach
When moon goes on opposite side, effective vsep = velocity of separation O
force of attraction is v 2 R
G Ms M e G M m M e e = sep 
F2 =  v app 3
r12 r22
GMm 1 2 R
2GM m M e  mv app
 F = F1  F2 = 2R 2
r2 2
GM 2GM
2GM m  vapp =  vsep =
 a = R 3R
r2 2 GMm 1 2 GMm
Also,  mvsep 
Average force on earth, Rh 2 R
F  F GM s M e 1 2 1 1 
Fav = 1 2   vsep = GM   
2 r12 2 R Rh
GM s GM GM  R 
aav =  = 1  
r12 3R R  Rh
161
1 R m 4  10 8  1033
 =1  M+ = 
3 Rh 4 30  1014 20  1011
R 2 3
 =
Rh 3 m 200
 10  1030 + =  1030
R 4 15
 h=
2 m 10
 =  1030
4 3
20. r
M 40
r
 m=  1030 kg
3
R M
R 24.
For point P: For point Q: R

 
 M  (4G)
E(4r2) = M(4G) E r
 4 R 3  3
3 
GM  GM   2G  mv 2
E   R  
2
=  3 r m
r2  R   r  r
g GM 1  GM   GM  where,  = mass per unit length of the planet
 2   2    3 r
4 r 4 R   R   v= 2(G)(R 2 ) = R 2G
1 1 R (Note: The orbital velocity is independent of the
 2
 2 r=
4R r 4 radial distance)
 r = 2R 1
R R  42 r 3  2
 Separation = 2R  and 2R + 25. Ts =   = 6831 s and Te = 86400 s
4 4  GM earth 
7R 9R
= and Relative angular velocity = satellite  earth
4 4 2 2
9R T= =
 Maximum separation = s  e  2 2 
4   
 Ts Te 
1 GMm 1 GMm Ts Te
22. mv12  mv 22  T= = 7417 s
2 (R  h1 ) 2 R  h2 Te  Ts
1 5 GM GMm 1 3 GM GMm
m. R m. R
2 7 R2 R  h1 2 5 R2 R  h2
2 2
 h1 = R h2 = R
5 3
 h1 : h2 = 3 : 5
2
GMm Gm  2 
23. 2
 2
 m  R
R 4R  T  V
2
Gm  m  2 
M    m  R M
R 2  4  T  m M
m 42 R 3 v
 M+ = 2
4 T G
162
Textbook
Chapter No.
03 Rotational Motion
Hints
Classical Thinking  2000

34. I=  = 100 kg m2
2. Location of centre of mass does not depend  20
upon choice of reference frame. 35. P = .
6. Moment of Inertia of a given body is I = MR 2 P 50 W
  = =  0.42 Nm
Thus, M.I. of a body depends on position of  120 rad / s
the axis of rotation and hence is not constant.
36. P =  = 60  2  25 = 3000  W
7. As axis of rotation changes, distribution of
1  K2 
mass about the axis of rotation is changed. 39. Etotal = mv2 1  2 
I = MR2  ‘I’ will change. 2  R 
1  2
9. M.I. depends on the distribution of mass about =  10  25  104   1  
the axis of rotation. Also, M.I. is proportional 2  5
4
to the mass. = 0.0175 J = 175  10 J
2
2
For solid sphere, K 2 =
2
1 1  2  2I2 40.
18. K.Erot = I2 = I    2 5
2 2  T  T R
 K.E.rot  T 2 2gh 2gh
 v= =
K 2
2
1 2 1 2 1
19. E= I R 5
2
10gh
2E 29  v=
 = = = 3 rad/s 7
I 2
10  9.8  0.6
1 =
20. E= I2 7
2
= 8.4  2.9 m/s
2E 2  360 2  360
 I= 2 = = = 0.8 kg m2 41. For a ring,
 (30) 2
900
g sin  g sin 
21. MK2 = I a= 
 K  2
11
 MK2 = MR2  K2 = R2 1  2 
i.e. K is independent of M.  R 
g sin  g sin 30 g
5MR 2 5R2 5R  a= = =
24. Idisc =  MK2  K2 = K 2 2 4
4 4 2
45. Ix = Iy = I
28.  = I  = kg m2 s2 = [M1L2T–2] According to principle of perpendicular axes,
31.  = I = MK2 Ix + Iy = Iz
 Iz = 2I z
32.  = I = 2.5  18 = 45 Nm y
33.  = I
 500 x
 = = =5 o
I 100

 =   = .t = 5  2 = 10 rad/s
t
163
MR 2 58. Additional rotational K.E. = 800 J

46. IC =
2 1 2 1 2
 I  I 0 = 800
2 2 2
MR 2 R
 I0 = + M  1
2 2 As 0 = 0  I2 = 800
2
MR 2 MR 2 3MR 2
= + = 1600 1600
2 4 4  =   21 rads1
I 3.6
MR 2 From  = 0 +  t
47. For a solid cylinder, M. I. about axis =
2 21
 According to the theorem of parallel axes,  21 = 0 + 15 t, t = = 1.4 s
15
MR 2
M. I. about line of contact = + MR2
2 59. Acceleration of an object rolling down an
3 inclined plane,
= MR2
2 g sin 
a=
 K2 
49. M.I. of a rod about an axis passing through its 1  2 
ML2 R 
edge and perpendicular to the rod =
3 K2
For a ring, 1
  R2
2
ML2 ML2 2 1 3

 Ix = + = = 2 kg m2 g sin 
3 3 3  aring =  0.5g sin 
11
2 2 K2 1
50. MR s2 = MR 2h For a solid cylinder, 
5 3 R2 2
Rs 5 g sin 
 =  acyl. =  0.67 g sin 
Rh 3  1
 1  
54. Unit of angular momentum, L = kg m2 / s  2
kg m 2 s K2 2
= For a solid sphere, 
s s R2 5
kg m 2
g sin 
= s  asph =  0.71g sin 
s2  2
 1  
= J-s  5
dL 4L  0 As acceleration of the solid sphere is
55. = = =L maximum, hence the sphere will reach the
dt 4 ground with maximum velocity.
Ml 2
56. Angular momentum L = I = . 60. The disc rolls about the point of contact with
3 the horizontal surface, therefore speed of
57. Consider two perpendicular diameters, one centre of mass is v = r  and that of topmost
along the X-axis and the other along the point is 2 r  = 2 v.
1
Y-axis. Then, Ix = Iy = MR2
4 Critical Thinking
According to the perpendicular axes theorem,
the moment of inertia of the disc about an axis 1. I  R2
passing through the centre is, dI 2RdR 2dR
 = =
1 1 1 I R2 R
Ic = Ix + Iy = MR2 + MR2 = MR2
4 4 2 = 2  1% = 2%
164
Chapter 03 : Rotational Motion
2 8. For a uniform thin rod suspended from one
2. Earth is solid sphere, so M.I. = MR2
5 ml 2
end, I = ,  = 2f
4 3 3
where M = R 
3 1 1 ml 2
 E = I2    (2f ) 2
2 4 3 8 2 2 3
 M.I. = ( R )R2 = R5
5 3 15 1 ml 2 2
=   42 f 2 = 2 f 2 ml 2
3. Moment of inertia of the system about the 2 3 3
given axis I = IA + IB + IC
As rod is thin, 1 2
9. E= I
IA = m  02 = 0 2
Rod B is rotating about one end L = I  L2 = I22
ML2 1 L2
 IB =  E =
3 2 I
For rod C, all points are always at distance L But I = MR2
from the axis of rotation, so 1 L2 = L2
IC = mL2 = ML2  E=
2 MR 2 2MR 2
ML2 4ML2
 I=0+ + ML2 =
3 3 240
10. n = 240 r.p.m. = = 4 r.p.s.
4. Hard boiled egg acts just like a rigid body 60
while rotating. It is not in the case of a raw  I = MR2 = (10)  (0.1)2 = 0.1 kg m2
egg because of liquid matter present in it. In 1 1
case of a raw egg, the liquid matter tries to go  E = I2 = I (2n)2 = 22 In2
2 2
away from the centre, thereby increasing its
= 22 (0.1)  16 = 3.2 2 J
(I) raw egg
moment of inertia i.e., >1 11. I11 = I22  MK12 1 = MK22 2
(I) boiled egg
As moment of inertia is more, raw egg will K1 2
 =
take more time to stop as compared to boiled K2 1
egg (Law of Inertia).
I 0.25 12. Moment of inertia of solid sphere about its
5. R2 = = 2
M 1 diameter, I = MR2
5
 R = 0.5 m  d = 1 m
1 I 2 MR 2
6. E = I2 = 1500  K= = = 0.4 R
2 M 5 M
1 13. M.I. of thin rod about axis passing through
I(t)2 = 1500
2 centre perpendicular to length is
 (1.2) (25)2 t2 = 3000 ML2
 t2 = 4  t = 2 s Using, I = MK2 =
12
1 L L 1
7. E = I2  K= = = m
2 12 2 3 2 3
1 2
I11
E1
m r
2
 = 2 14. I= i i = 4 Mb2 ….(i)
E2 1 i
I 2 22
2 If K = radius of gyration of the system then,
I1 = I2 ….[Given]  
E1  
2
   1
2 
I =  m i  K2 = 4 MK2
 i 
….(ii)
 = 1 = 1  =
E2  2   21  4  Comparing equations (i) and (ii),
 E2 = 4E1 K=b
165
d Work done by torque is the change in its
16.  = I = I
dt rotational K.E.
where  = constant W = (K.E.)f  (K.E.)i
1 2 1 1

d
=0=0 = I f  I i2 = I  f2  i2 
dt 2 2 2
1
MK2  2n f    2n i  
2 2
17. n1 = 300 r.p.m. =
2  
300
= = 5 r.p.s; 1 9  1 
2
60 =  1  2  42 (1) 2    
 = 2(5) = 10  rad/s 2    3  
   0 
 = I  =  MR 2   
2 1 9 2 
 =  1  2  4 
5   t  2  9
2  10   W = 16 J
 2000  25  
2
= 
5  2  1 2 1
=  2  104  4   =  2.5  105 dyne cm 23. Total K.E. of the loop = I + Mv2
2 2
Negative sign shows that it is a retarding 1 1
torque. = MR22 + Mv2
2 2
18.  = I = Mv2 = 8 J
æ 50I ö÷ ….(i) [ R2 2 = v2]
  = ççI +  = 1.5I = 1.5
çè 100 ÷÷ø
1 1
 Mv2 + I2
Total K.E. of the disc =
f  i 2 2
19. = 2
t 1 1 1 v
= Mv2 +  MR2  2
i = 2n = 2  20 = 40  rad/s 2 2 2 R
0  40 1 1
 = = 4 rad/s2 (retardation) = Mv2 + Mv2
10 2 4
  = I = 5  103  (4) 3 3
= Mv2 = 8=6J ….[From (i)]
= 2  102 Nm 4 4
Negative sign shows that it is a retarding
mv2  1  K  = mgh
torque. 1 2
24. In this case,
 || = 2  102 Nm 2  R2 
2  240 3v2
mv2  1  K  = mg
1 2
20. 0 = = 8 = 25.12 rad/s, 
60 2  R2  4g
Using,  = I, 2
3 R2
 0.81  1 + K =  K2 =
= =– = –5.06 R2 2 2
I 0.16 2
MR
  = 0 + t = 25.12 – (5.06  2) = 15 rad/s  MK2 =  The body is a disc.
2
21. n = 1800 rev/min = 30 rev/s
 = 2n = 60 rad/s 25. In the case of rolling, as K.E.,
E = Mv2 1 
P 100000 1 I 
 = =  531 Nm 2 
….(i)
ω 60π 2  MR 
For ring, I = MR2
20 1
22. n1 = 20 r.p.m. =  r.p.s.,  Ering = M ring v 2ring
60 3
60 E ring
n2 = 60 r.p.m. =  1r.p.s.,  vring = .…(ii)
60 0.3
166
1 29. Total energy = K.E. of translation + K.E. of
 For cylinder, I = MR2
2 rotation
3 1 1 1 1 2
 Ecylinder = 2
M cylinder v cylinder .…[from (i)] = Mv2 + I2 = Mv2 +  MR22
4 2 2 2 2 5
1 1 7
4E cylinder = Mv2 + Mv2 = Mv2
 vcylinder = 2 5 10
3  0.4
1 2 1
  I
2
E cylinder K.E.of rotation   Mv 2
= .…(iii)  = 2 = 5 =
0.3 Total energy 7 2 7 2 7
According to problem,   Mv   Mv
 10   10 
Ering = Ecylinder
2
 vring = vcylinder .…[From (ii) and (iii)]  Percentage of (K.E.)R =  100% = 28.57%
As the motion is uniform, both will reach the 7
wall simultaneously. 1
30. ET = mv2 and
 K 1 2
2
26. ET = 1  2  Mv2
 R  2 1 1 v2 1 K2
ER = I2 = (MK2) 2 = Mv2 2
 K2  1 2 2 R 2 R
ER =  R 2  Mv2 1
  2 Mv 2
ET 2 R2 5
 R= = = =
 The fraction of total energy associated with ER 1 K 2
K 2
2
Mv 2 2
E K2 / R2 2 R
rotation is R =
ET 1  K2 / R 2
31. For slipping or sliding without rolling,
For solid sphere, K2/R2 = 2/5
a = g sin  and v = 2gh
ER 2
 = For rolling without slipping,
E total 7
 a = g sin 
2 (1  K 2 / R 2 )
27. For solid sphere, I = MR2
5
 v = 2gh
1
ET = Mv2 (1  K 2 / R 2 )
2
1 2 1 2 As a < a and v < v, slipping cylinder reaches

 ER = I =  MR 2  2 the bottom first with greater speed.
2 2 5 
1 1 g sin  g sin 30
= MR2 2 = Mv2 32. a= =
5 5  K  2
 2
1  2  1  
1 1 7  R   5
 E = Mv2 + Mv2 = Mv2
2 5 10 5g  1  5g
 a=   =
1 7 2 14
28. E1 = Mv2,
2
33. According to theorem of parallel axes,
1 1
E2 = Mv 2  I2 moment of inertia of a rod about one of its
2 2 ends,
1 1 M L2 L2 ML2
= Mv2 + (MR2)2 I= +M = = Ix = Iy
2 2 12 4 3
1 1  Moment of inertia of two rods about Z-axis
= Mv2 + Mv2 = Mv2
2 2 = Iz = Ix + Iy
1 = Moment of inertia of 2 rods placed along X
Mv 2
E1 2 1 2ML2
 = = and Y-axis =
E2 Mv 2 2 3
167
34. According to the theorem of parallel axes, MR 2
M.I. of disc about an axis passing through P 39. IA = = 0.5 MR2
2
and perpendicular to the disc,
2IB = IA
R I
P  IB = A = 0.25 MR2
O R 2
MR 2
1 3  IC = IA + MR2 = + MR2
I= MR2 + MR2 = MR2 2
2 2
3
Total M.I. of the system, = MR2 = 1.5 MR2
3 2
= MR2 + m (2R)2 + m( 2 R)2 + m( 2 R)2  ID = IB + MR2 = 0.25 MR2 + MR2 = 1.25 MR2
2
 IB < IA < ID < IC
R2
= (3 M + 16 m) ML2
2 40. IA = , IB = 0
35. By the principle of parallel axes, IP = IG + Mh2 12
2
IP = MK 2P , IG = MK G2 ML2 L L ML2 ML2
 IC = +M    = +
 MK 2P = MK G2 + Mh2 12 2 4 12 16
2
 K 2P = K G2 + h2 ML2 L L
 ID = +M   
 100 = KG2 + 36 12 2 3
 K G2 = 64  K G = 8 cm ML2 L
2
= +M  
1 12 6
36. I0 = ML2
12 ML 2
ML2
By applying theorem of parallel axes, = +
2 12 36
L 41. M = V = R t 2
I = I0 + M  
2  MX = RX2tX and MY = RY2tY
1 1 1  MR 2
= ML2 + ML2 = 4   ML2  Let I =
12 4  12  2
 I = 4 I0 R x t x 
4
R y 4 t y
2  IX = and IY =
37. I = MR2 2 2
5
IY 4 4
(4)4
 According to the theorem of parallel axes,  = R y t y = (4R) 4(t / 4) = = 64
2 7 IX R 4t R t 4
I = MR2 + MR2 = MR2
x x
5 5  IY = 64 IX
=  MR 2  = 3.5 I
7 2 42. The moment of inertia of ring about a tangent
2 5  MR 2 3MR 2
in its plane = + MR2 =
ML2 2 2
38. M.I. at end of rod = = 0.33ML2 The moment of inertia of disc about its
3
ML2 MR 2
M.I. at its centre = = 0.083ML2 diameter =
12 4
2
6
M.I. at a point midway between end and  Ratio = 3MR / 2 =
7ML2
2
MR / 4 1
centre = = 0.145ML2
48 43. M.I. of ring (A)  to plane = MR2
1 MR 2
M.I. at a point length from centre M.I. of ring (B) passing through plane =
8 2
2
67ML MR 2 3
= = 0.087ML2  M.I. of system = + MR2 = MR2
768 2 2
168
21. BH 0 M
31. BE =
B 4 r 3
Bv 4 r 3 B E
M=
0
B= B2v  B2H
4 0.5  (6.4 106 )3 104
Where, ‘BH’ and ‘Bv’ are the horizontal and M=
4107
vertical components of earth’s magnetic
induction ‘B’. = 1.31  1023 Am2
32. If 1, 2 are the observed angles of dip in two
25. BH = B cos  mutually perpendicular planes and  is true
BH B0 value of dip, then
B= = = 2B0
cos  cos 45o BV BV BV
tan 1 = , tan 2 = and tan  =
26. BH = 3.0 G,  = 30 BH1 BH 2 BH
BH = Bcos
BH 3
B = = = 3.46 G  3.5 G 0.4
cos  cos30
27. BH = B cos  
B 0.22 0.22
cos  = H = As BH1 and BH2 are horizontal components in
B 0.4
two vertical planes perpendicular to each other,
(0.4) 2  (0.22) 2
tan  = B2H  BH2 1  BH2 2
0.22 2 2
2
 = tan1 (1.518)  BV   BV   BV 
     
 tan    tan 1   tan 2 
28. Since BV = BH tan and
cot2  = cot2 1 + cot2 2
BH = 3 BV  2M
 BV = 3 BV tan  36. B= 0 3
4 r
1 2  1.2
 tan  = = tan 30 B = 107  3
= 2.4  104 T
3 (0.1)
  = 30 0 2M
37. Baxis =
29. Since BV = BH tan and BV = 3 BH 4 r 3
4  105  (0.1)3
 3 BH = BH tan   M= 7
= 0.2 A m2
2  10
 tan  = 3 = tan 60
  = 60
38.  Baxis P   Beq Q
 0 2M  M
B 3 = 0 3
30. tan  = V = 4 r13
4 r2
BH 4
r13 2
3 =
 BV = BH, BV = 6 105 T r2 3
1
4
4 r1
BH =  6 105 T = 8  105 T  = (2)1/3
3 r2
39. B2
 Btotal = B2V  BH2 S
2
=  36  64   10 –5
1 S N •
P B1
= 10  105 N
= 104 T 0.1m 0.1m
117
As Li = Lf , 1 1
Mgh = Mv2 + I2
1 3 2 2
ma2 = ma2
2 2 But for rolling, v = R

Mgh = Mv2 1 
  = 3 or  = 1 I 
 2 
3 2  MR 
58. E=
1 2 L2
I =  E  L2 Let 1 + I = 
2 2I MR 2
2
E f =  L f  =  150  = 9
2 1
  Mgh = Mv2
    2
Ei  Li   100  4
2gh
 E f  E i  100 =  E f  Hence v =
  1   100 
Ei  Ei 
500
=  9  1 100 = = 125% 63. v= 2g h
, where h = l sin 
4  4 1  K2 / R2
59. As kinetic energy is same, For solid sphere, v = 10
gh
1 1 7
IRR2 = Idd2
2 2  v= 10
 g  l sin 
I R R  7
 = d ….(i)
I d d R 10  10  3.5  sin 30
= = 25
As same torque is applied, 7
IRR = Idd  v = 5 m/s
I R R I
= d d 64. Initial moment of Inertia I1 = 1 kg-m2
tR td Moment of Inertia of lump of wax = MR2
I R R t = 50  103  (20  102)2
 = R ….(ii)
I d d td = 2  103 kg m2
From equations (i) and (ii), Final moment of inertia,
d t I2 = 1 + 2  103 = 1.002 kg m2
= R
1.002  1 
R td  % Increase in M.I. =    100 %
 dtd = RtR  d = R = n  1 
= 0.002  100 % = 0.2 %
60. L = I  L = I
65. M.I. of disc of central zone,
L  I M  R / 2 
2
1 L
 = = =  L = 4  (0.2) 2
L I MR 2
4 4 I1 = = 0.08 kgm2
2
61. Torque producing acceleration 1, M.I. of wooden annular disc,
 = I11 = 2mD21 3 3
Same torque produces 2 I2 = [(0.2)2 + (0.5)2] = [0.04 + 0.25]
2 2
  = I22 = 2m(2D)22 = 1.5  0.29 = 0.435 kg m2
 4(2mD2)2 = 2mD21  M.I. of whole disc = I1 + I2 = 0.08 + 0.435
1 = 0.515 kgm2
 2 = 1
4
66. Moment of inertia of complete disc about O is
62. As the body rolls the inclined plane, it loses 1
I = MR2. Mass of the cut - out part is
potential energy. However, in rolling, it 2
acquires both linear and angular speeds and
M
hence gains the kinetic energy of translation m =   . The moment of inertia of the cut-
and that of rotation. So, by conservation of  4
mechanical energy, out portion about its own centre,
170
1 1  M  R  1
2
T1 1  2 
I0 = mr2 =    = MR2  = ….   
2 2  4  2  32 T 4  T 
because r = R/2. From the parallel axes T 24
 T1 = = = 6 hours
theorem, the moment of inertia of the cut out 4 4
portion about O is 70. The angular frequency of the composite
2
1  M  R  3 system can be obtained by using the principle
Ic = I0 + mr2 = MR2 +    = MR2 of conservation of angular momentum.
32   
4 2 32
Total initial angular momentum of the two
 Moment of inertia of the shaded portion about
discs I11 + I22
O is
Since the two discs are brought into contact
1 3 13 face to face (one on top of the other) and their
Is = I  Ic = MR2  MR2 = MR2
2 32 32 axes of rotation coincide, the moment of
inertia Ic of the composite system will be equal
1 2 to the sum of their individual moments of
67. E1 = I
2 inertia, i.e. Ic = I1 + I2
In second case, I = 3I If c is the angular frequency of the composite
 According to conservation of angular momentum, system, the final angular momentum of the
I = I system is
I I  Icc = (I1 + I2)c
 = = = Since no external torque acts on the system,
I 3I 3 Final angular momentum = Initial angular
1 momentum
Now, E2 = I2
2 or (I1 + I2)c = I11 + I22
1 2 1 1  1 I I 
=  3I  =  I2  = E or c = 1 1 2 2
2 9 3 2  3 I1  I2
1 3
E E 71. =  2
E1  E 2 3 = 2 2
 =
E1 E 3  Work done W =  = Fr
3 
68. L1 = I11, L2 = I2 2 = 200  3    2 
Let I1 = MR2  2 
1 = 500 r.p.m. = 5652 J
 I2 = MR2 + MR2 = 2MR2 72. From the law of conservation of energy, we
From conservation of angular momentum, have
Potential energy = Translational kinetic energy
L1 = L2  I11 = I22
+ Rotational kinetic energy
 MR2 (500) = 2MR2 (2) 1 2 1 2
500 or mgH = mv  I
 2 = = 250 r.p.m. 2 2
2 1 11  3
or mgH = mv    mr 2  2 = mr 2 2
2 2
2 2 2  4
69. By principle of conservation of angular
momentum, I = I11 …..(i) 4gH
or 2 =
Assuming earth to be a uniform solid sphere, 3r 2
2 1 2
I = MR2 Now the rotational kinetic energy = I
5 2
2  Substituting for 2 and I, we have,
Then equation (i) becomes, MR2 1  1 2  4gh
5 Rotational kinetic energy =  mr  2
2
22  3r
2 R 1
 = M   1   = =
mgH
5 2 1 4 3
171
Moment of inertia of system along the side AB,
Competitive Thinking Isystem = I1 + I2 + I3
= m  (0)2 + m  (x)2 + m  (0)2
5. As the mass of disc is negligible, only the
moment of inertia of five particles will be 3ma 2
= mx2 = ….[From (i)]
considered. 4
I =  mr2 = 5 mr2 = 5  2  (0.1)2 = 0.1 kg-m2 10. Through bending, weight of opponent is made
6. Let the mass of loop P having radius r be m to act through the hip of the judo fighter to
make its torque zero.
So the mass of Q having radius = nr will be nm
ML2
11. M.I. of thin Rod about one end, I =
nr 3
r
L
P Q Now, L = 2R  R =
2
M.I. of ring about diameter,
Moment of inertia of loop P, Ip = mr2  L2 
Moment of inertia of loop Q, IQ = nm(nr)2 = n3mr2 M  2
MR 2 4  ML2
IQ I1 =   
  n3  8  n  2 2 2 82
IP I ML2 82 82
   
I1 3 ML2 3
7. Moment of inertia of system about YY, Y
I = I1 + I2 + I3 L2 1
13. E=  E  when L is constant
1 2I I
1 3 3  As I1 > I2  E1 < E2
= MR 2  MR 2  MR 2
2 2 2 2 3
1 2 1 2
15. I  mv
7 2 2
= MR 2
2 I2
3  22
 v2 =   1  v  1m/s
2 m 12
MR
8. M.I. of ring about diameter I = ….(i)
2 1 2 1
16. K.E.trans. = mv   0.4  22  0.8 J
 L = R  R = L /  2 2
2
1 11  v
ML2 K.E.rot = I2   MR 2   2
 From equation (i), I = 2 2 2  R
22
1 1
= Mv 2   0.4  22  0.4 J
9. From triangle BCD, 4 4
C 2  K.E.tot = 0.8 + 0.4 = 1.2 J
1 2 1 ML2
a 17. K.E.rot = I =   2
x 2 2 12
1 L2
=  A  L  D   2
1 3 2 12
A D a/2 B 1
 K.E.rot = DAL32
a
2 24
2 2 2 2
CD = BC  BD = a   
2 18. Total (K.E)ring = Mv2 ….(i)
3a 2 3
 x2 = ….(i) Total (K.E)disc = Mv2 ….(ii)
4 4
172
Evaluation Test
  S
1. Flux = B  A = BA sin 45
1
= 2  104    52  104 
2
( A = r2)
10 cm 10 2  cm
= 25  108 Wb

3. At poles, angle of dip () = 90, BH = zero, N 10 cm O
BV = B. Magnetic field is almost vertical.
Magnetic induction at O due to N-pole
4. A neutral point is obtained on equatorial line
when north pole of magnet points towards =
m
(10) 2

along NO 
north of earth.
Magnetic induction at O due to S-pole
At neutral point,
field due to magnet = field due to Earth =
m
along OS 
 
2
i.e., numerically, Be = BH 10 2
N
N BH BH Resultant magnetic induction at O in the
T B horizontal plane
W E S N   
m m
Be T Ba =  cos 
 
S 10   
2 2
S 10 2
 
As the magnet is rotated, the point T lies now  
m m 1 
on the axial line of magnet. =  = 6.46  103 m
 
10   
2 2
Ba = field due to magnet when  to earth’s 2
 10 2 
N-S direction.
At neutral point, the magnetic induction B due
For a short magnet, Ba = 2 Be
to magnet is equal and opposite to the
Field at T = B horizontal component of earth’s magnetic
B2 = B2H  Ba2 induction
 B2 = B2H   2Be   B2H   2BH 
2 2  6.46  103m = 0.5
 m = 77.4 ab-ampere  cm.
 B2 = B2H  4BH2  5BH2
7. Period of revolution of the electron,
B= 5BH
2r
T
Vertical component B v
5. tan    V
Horizontal component BH e ev
Current I  
BV tan  T 2r
tan 1   Magnetic moment, M = IA = I  r2
BH cos  cos 
ev evr
= tan  sec  =  r 2 =
2r 2
1 = tan1(tan  sec )
1.6  1019  1.8  106  1.52  1010
6. N-S is a magnet placed vertically on paper. O =
2
is a point 10 cm south of the lower N-pole. Let 23 2
= 2.19 10 A m
m be the pole strength
NO 10 1 8. Adding magnetic moments vectorially,
cos    
SO 10 2 2 M= M 2  M 2  2MM cos 60  3M
119
31. Work done = increase in kinetic energy 36. Using,
1 1 1 2 Tr = I ,
W = I 22  I 12 =
2 2 2
2  12  I mr 2  mr r
T
T=   
= 22 I  v 22  v12  r 2 r 2
50  0.5  2  2
W = N
 I = 2
2  v 22  v12 
2
= 157 N
37. Torque at angle 
32. As  = 0 + , l
  0 0  4.6 4.6  = Mg sin  ….(i)
 =   rad s2 2
t t t Z
Negative sign is for retarding Torque
Using  = I, , 
4.6 
6.9  102 = 3  102  Mg
t 
….(Considering magnitude only) X
Also,
3  10  4.6
2
 = I ….(ii)
 t=  2s
6.9  102 l
 I = Mg sin  ….[from (i) and (ii)]
2
1
33. R = 20 cm = m M.I. of rod here is,
5 Ml 2
Moment of inertia of R I=
3
flywheel about its axis, 2
Ml l
1   = Mg sin 
I = MR2 3 2
2
l g sin  3gsin 
1 1
2  =  =
=  20    = 0.4 kg m2 3 2 2l
2 5 39. Acceleration of a rolling body on an inclined
Using  = I, F = 25 N plane is given by
1 g sin 
25  a=
 FR 5  5 Nm = 12.5 s2 K2
=   1 2
I I 0.4 0.4 kgm 2 r
K 2
2  K2  1
34. 30 N  2  = ;  2  =
 r sphere 5  r disc 2
 asphere > adisc
 sphere will reach the bottom of the plane first.
 = I 41. For solid sphere:
 RF F 30 1
 = = 2 = = = 25 rad/s2 Kt = Mv2
I mR mR 3  0.4 2
1  K2 
35. Torque zero   is zero and (Kt + Kr) = Mv 2 1  2 
2  R 
 = 2t3  6t2
d 1  2
 = 6t2  12t = Mv 2 1  
dt 2  5
d 2  2 
  0  12t  12 = 0 K  2
dt 2 ….  2   
 R solid 5 
 t = 1 second  sphere 
174
1 51. M.I. of the circular disc will be
Kt Mv 2
2 1 5 (2M)R 2
 = =  2I =
 K t  K r  1 Mv2 1  2  7 / 5 7 2
  1
2  5  M.I. of the semicircular disc, I = MR2
2
42. The acceleration is given by,
1
a = gsin  53. M.I. of disc, I = MR d2 ...(i)
 K  2
2
1  2  2
 R  M.I. of sphere, Isphere = MR S2 ...(ii)
5
 a = gsin  ….( I = MK2)  volume of disc = volume of sphere
 I 
1  2  R  4
 MR   πR d2  d  = π R S3
 6  3
 K2  1  R 3d = 8R S3
44. ET = 1  2  Mv2
 R  2 Rd
 RS = ...(iii)
K2 1 2
ER = Mv2
R2 2 Substitute equation (iii) in equation (ii)
2
 The fraction of total energy associated with 2  Rd  2 1
 Isphere = M   = × MR d2
ER K2 / R 2 5  2  5 4
rotation is, =
E Total 1  K 2 / R 2 1 1 2 I
=  MR d  = ...from (i)
K2 5 2  5
 For a ring,=1
R2 56. M.I. of the solid sphere about a diameter
ER 1 1 2
 = = I = MR2
E T 11 2 5
M.I. of the disc about an axis through its edge
45. aslipping = g sin  and perpendicular to its plane is
g sin  g sin  5
arolling = = = g sin  Mr 2
 K  2
 2 7 I= + Mr2
1  2  1   2
 R   5 
2 Mr 2 3
a rolling 5  MR2 = + Mr2 = Mr 2
  5 2 2
a slipping 7 2
 r= R
15
46. Krolling = Kf + Ur
Ktrans + Krot = 0 + Mgh ML2
57. I =
1 1 3v 2 12
 Mv2 + I2 = Mg 
2 2 4g Applying the theorem of parallel axes,
2 2
v2 3 L ML2 ML2 7ML
 Mv2 + I = M. v2  I1 = I + M    =  =
R 2
2 4 l2 l6 48
I 3 MR 2 MR 2
 M + 2  .M  I = 58. Ic =  M.I. of disc about any diameter,
R 2 2 2
47. Hollow cylinder will take more time to reach 1 MR 2 MR 2
Id = 
the bottom because it possesses larger moment 2 2 4
of inertia.  Applying theorem of parallel axes,
48. According to perpendicular axis theorem, MR 2 5
It = Id + MR2 =  MR 2  MR 2
Iz = Ix + Iy = 20 +25 = 45 kg m2 4 4
175
59. Ic = 4 kg m2 = MR2 64.
Using theorem of perpendicular axes,
M.I. of ring about any diameter,
I 4
Id = c   2 kg m 2 m1 O m2
2 2
Applying theorem of parallel axes, x1 x2
M.I. about tangent in its plane. l
It = Id + MR2 = 2 + 4 = 6 kg m2
60. M.I. of the plate about an
axis perpendicular to its Let O be the centre of mass of the system
plane and passing through O a m 2l
its centre  x1 = ...(considering m1 as origin)
a/ 2
m1  m 2
ma 2
I0 = m1l
6 A x2 = ...(considering m2 as origin)
Applying parallel axes theorem, m1  m 2
 a 
2
ma 2 ma 2 2  M.I. of the system is given by,
IA = I0 + m   =  = ma 2 I = m1x12 + m2x22
 2 6 2 3 2 2
 m 2l   m1l 
61. Moment of inertia of a uniform circular disc = m1   + m2  
about an axis through its centre and  m1  m 2   m1  m 2 
1 m1m 22 l 2  m 2 m12 l 2 m1m 2 (m 2  m1 )l 2
perpendicular to its plane is IC = MR 2 = =
2  m1  m 2  (m1  m 2 ) 2
2
 Applying theorem of parallel axes,

moment of inertia of a uniform circular disc m1m 2l 2
=
about an axis touching the disc at its diameter (m1  m 2 )
and normal to the disc,
1 3 65.
I = IC + Mh2 = MR 2 + MR2 = MR 2 I
2 2
Ml 2 MR 2 R R/2
62. I1 =  and l = 2R
12 4
Ml 2 MR 2
I2 =  and l = 2R
3 4
4MR 2 MR 2 MR 2 MR 2 Moment of inertia of disc is given by
I2  I1 =    Idisc = Ir + Ihole ….{Ir = M.I. of remaining part}
3 4 3 4
4MR 2 MR 2 MR 2  Ir = Idisc  Ihole ….(i)
=  = (4  1) MR 2
3 3 3 Idisc = ….(ii)
 I2  I1 = MR2 2
By parallel axes theorem we get,
ML2
63. Icm = (about middle point)  M  R 2 
12    2
L  4  2   MR 
Ihole =   
I Icm 2 42 
 
 
 M disc 
 M hole  
L/3 L/6 L/2 ….  4 
 the surface density is same 
 Applying theorem of parallel axes,
ML2 L
2
ML2  MR 2 MR 2 
I = Icm + Mx2 =  M    Ihole =    ….(iii)
12 6 9  32 16 
176
Substituting eq (iii) and eq (ii) in eq (i) we get,
MR 2 MR 2 MR 2
Ir =   r2
2 32 16 1 2
A
 1 1 1  13 B
= MR2     = MR2
 2 32 16  32 O
66. Moment of inertia of rod AB about point P r4 r3
2
Ml D C
and perpendicular to the plane =
12 4 l 3
A l B
 I = 0 + m(r2)2 + m(r3)2 + m(r4)2
P 2 2
 l 
   l 
2
I=m   m l 2  m 
 2  2
O
 I = 3ml2
69. Moment of inertia of a rod
about an axis passing through
By applying parallel axes theorem,
centre and perpendicular to its
M.I. of rod AB about point ‘O’ l
ml 2
2 2 2 length is = = I1 2 3
Ml l Ml 12
=  M  
12 2 3 Where l = length of the rod.
But the system consists of four rods of similar Using parallel axes theorem;
type. Hence by the symmetry, M.I about centroid = (M.I)cm + Mh2
 Ml 2  l
Isystem = 4   Here h =
 3 
2 3
ml 2 ml 2
 M.I about centroid = 
67. Y 12 12
D C 2ml 2
 M.I of each rod about centroid =
12
2ml 2 ml 2
X  M.I of system = 3  = = I2
12 2
A B Given I2 = nI1
ml 2  ml 2 
IAB = 0 ….(i)  n
=  
2
2  12 
ml
IAD = IBC = ….(ii)  n=6
3
IDC = ml2 ….(iii) 70.
From equations (i), (ii) and (iii),
 Total moment of inertia
ml 2 ml 2 5 R
I=0+  + ml2 = ml 2
3 3 3
l
1
68. r2 = r4 = OA = and r3 = l 2
2
Moment of inertia of the system about given mR 2 ml 2
I= 
axis, I = I1 + I2 + I3 + I4 4 12
177
m  2 l2  82. We know,
I = R   1
4 3 K.E. = I2
2
m  V l2  Here,
=    ....( V = R2l)
4  l 3  (K.E.)A = (K.E.)B ...(Given)
Differentiating w.r.t. l on both sides, 1 1
 I A A 2  I B  B 2
dI m   V 2l  2 2
    As IB > IA,
dl 4  l 2 3 
B < A
But for moment of inertia to be minimum, 1
dI Also, K.E. = L ...( L = I)
0 2
dl 1 1
 L A A  L B  B
V 2l 2l 3 2 2
   V =
l 2 3 3  as B < A
2l 3
l 2
3 LB > LA
 R2l =  2
 dL 4 J  1J 3J
3 R 2 83. = = =
l 3 dt 4 4
  84. L = I = I  2 (n2  n1)
R 2
= 0.06  2  (5  0) = 0.6 
72. As no external torque acts on the body, its 85. We know that, L = I
angular momentum will be conserved.  L1 = I11 and L2 = I22
L1 I11
75. L = I  
L2 I 2 2
[L] = [I] [] = [M1L2T0] [M0L0T1]
= [M1L2T1] L 2 / 5M1R 2 1
 
L 2 / 3M 2 R 2 2
.2 1
78. L = I = L ( L1 = L2 = L and R1 = R2 = R is given)
T T
1 3 M1 1 M1 10
Hence, by doubling T, L becomes times. 1=  
2 5 M2 2 M2 3
1 L2
79. Angular momentum acts always along the 86. K.E. =  L2 = 2  K.E.  I
axis perpendicular to the plane of rotation. 2 I
 L = 2  4  2 = 4 kg m2/s
80. 87. I11 = I22
I = 2 I2 ….( I2 = 2I)

 2 =
2
Here, the law of conservation of angular 1 2
 K.E.1 = I
momentum is applied about vertical axis 2
passing through centre. When insect is moving 1
K.E.2 = I 2 22
from circumference to centre, its moment of 2
inertia will first decrease and then increase.
1 2  
Hence angular velocity will first increase and =  2I  ….  I 2  2I, 2  
then decrease. 2 4  2
I2
81. Angular momentum = linear momentum =
 Perpendicular distance of line of action of 4
linear momentum from the axis of rotation 1  1 1 1 I2
 K.E.1 – K.E.2 = I2 1    I2  
= mv  l 2  2 2 2 4
178
88. Initial angular momentum of ring, L = I = Mr2 L2 = LCM + mvCMr = mr2 + mr2 = 2mr2
Final angular momentum of the system 2mr2 = mr20
consisting of ring and four particles, 0
L = (Mr2 + 4mr2)  =
2
As there is no torque on the system, hence r0
angular momentum remains constant.  vCM = r =
2
M
 Mr2 = (Mr2 + 4mr2)   = 94. Velocity of the small object is given as,
M  4m
2gh
89.  = mg  l sin . (Direction v =
k2
parallel to plane of rotation 1+ 2
of particle) r
 2g 3v2
as  is perpendicular to L , l  v2 =
l æ k2 ö
direction of L changes but 4g ççç1+ 2 ÷÷÷
magnitude remains same. è r ø÷
90. I = (I + I) m k2 3 1
 1+ =  k2 = r2
  r2 2 2
 I   I  8 I
 =    =  =  But k =
 I  I  I I  9 M
 8 I 1 1
 = r 2  I = Mr2  disc
91. By conservation of angular momentum, M 2 2
 I  95. 2 = 1.1 1, E  2
I1 1 = (I1 + I2)2  2 =  1  1
 I1  I 2   E1  K12 , E 2  K22
 Loss in kinetic energy = (K.E.)i  (K.E.)f  E2  E1 = K  22  12   K12 (1.12  12)
1 1 1 I I 
= I112   I1  I2   22  =  1 2  12 = K12 (0.21)
2 2 2  I1  I 2 
E 2  E1 K12  0.21
  100   100  21%
92. For the rod PQ, E1 K12
ML2 L
=T 96. K.E. possessed by rotating body,
3 2
1 1  v2 
L/2 (K.E.)rot = I2 = (MK 2 )  2 
P Q 2 2 R 
1  K2 
Mg = Mv 2  2 
Now, T = Mg 2 R 
ML2 L For M, R and  same, v becomes constant.
  = Mg 
3 2 K2
Hence, as 2 increases, K.E. i.e., work done
3g R
=
2L in bringing body to rest increases.
93.  K2  2  K2  1  K2 
0   2   ,  2   and  2  = 1
 R A 5  R  B 2  R C
vCM  WC > WB > WA
99. M.I. of disc about tangent in plane
1 2 5
= mR2 = I
L1 = L2; 4
L1 = LCM + mvCMr = LCM + mr20 = mr20 4
[ LCM = 0 initially]  mR2 = I
5
179
M.I. of disc about tangent  to plane 104. 0 = 0,  = 24 rad/s, t = 8 s
3   0 24
I = mR2  = = = 3 rad/s2
2 t 8
Substituting the value of MR2 from equation From kinematical equations for rotational motion,
(i), we get 1 1
3 4  6  = 0t + t2 = 0 +  3  (8)2 = 96 rad.
I =  I  = I 2 2
2 5  5
1 1
MR 2  105.  = 0t + t 2 = 2  2 +  3  (2)2 = 10 rad
100. Torque:  = I =  2 2
2 t
MR 2 106. I = 2 kg m2
 = 0 = 60 rad/s
2t
But  = R × F We know,
 MR    0
 F= = =
R 2t t
After time t = 5 min = 300 s,
101. A distance of masses
2 and 3 from axis of =0
m
rotation is zero, they 1 2 0  60 1
 = =  rad/s2
don’t contribute to 300 5
moment of inertia. l 3 min before stopping i.e., 2 min from starting,
I1 = I4 = mR2  = 0 + t
2
 l  ml 2 3 4  1
=m   = = 60 +     120
 2 2  5
2
 ITotal = I1 + I4 = ml = 36 rad/s
1 Now, L = I = 2  36 = 72 kg m2/s
102. Ic = MR 2
2 107. Let particle A be situated on B
 MR2 = 6  2 = 12 the inner part and B on the R2
Using theorem of C
outer part of the ring. As the
parallel axes, ring is moving with uniform A
IR = Ic + MR2 angular speed, both the R1
= 6 + 12 = 18 kgm2 Ic IR particles will experience a
103. I I centrifugal force
F F m2 R1 F R
 1  A   1  1
F2 FB m R 2 2
F2 R 2
O
I L2
108. K.E. =
2I
From conservation of angular momentum
about centre, L has to remain constant
L2
From the figure, K.E. =
MR 2 MR 2 2(mr 2 )
Ic = and I =  MR2 = 4I ….(i)
2 4 L2 L2
 K.E. =  4
Using theorem of perpendicular axes,  r2 2(mr 2 )
Ic = 2Id = 2I ….(ii) 2  m. 
Now, using theorem of parallel axes,  4 
It = Ic + MR2 = 2I + 4I = 6I  K.E. = 4 K.E.
….[from (i) and (ii)]  K.E. is increased by a factor of 4.
180
69. Difference in tensions = 6 mg = 6  2  9.8 d
8. Using,  =
= 12 kg wt dt
70. F = m2R 15  10 5
1  = = = 2.5  rad/s2
 R  2 (m and F are constant) 42 2
ω
9. Using,
If  is doubled, then radius will become 1/4
 = 2t + 3t2
times i.e., R/4
d
 = = 2 + 6t
Critical Thinking dt
d
300 = = 6 rad/s2
1. Frequency of wheel, n = = 5 r.p.s. dt
60
Angle described by wheel in one rotation 10. v = r.
= 2 rad. where r is distance from axis of rotation.
Therefore, angle described by wheel in 1 sec At the north-pole, r = 0  v = 0
 = 2  5 radians = 10  rad 11. A particle will describe a circular path if the
 
2. In non-uniform circular motion, particle
angle between velocity, v and acceleration a
possesses both centripetal as well as tangential
accelerations. is 90.
3. n = 2000, distance = 9500 m n
12. Frequency = r.p.s., t = 1 min = 60 s
Distance covered in ‘n’ revolutions = n(2r) 60
= nD n
Angular velocity,  = 2
 2000D = 9500 60
9500 2n   22 n
 D= = 1.5 m  Linear velocity, v = r = = cm/s
2000   60 60
4. Period of second hand = Ts = 60 s and
Period of minute hand = Tm = 60  60 = 3600 s 13. Using,
2 2  3.14
2 2  v = r = r  = 60  = 6.28 mm/s
Angular speed of second hand s = = T 60
Ts 60
v = 6.28 2 mm/s  8.88 mm/s
2 2
Angular speed of minute hand m = = 2
Tm 3600 14. Speed of C1 = R1 = R1
T
s 2 3600
 =  = 60 : 1 2
m 60 2 Speed of C2 = R2 = R2
T
5. For minute hand, T = 60 min = 60  60 s Speed of C1 2R1 / T R
2 2  = = 1
Angular speed,  = = rad/s Speed of C 2 2R 2 / T R2
T 60  60
 180 15
=  = 0.1 15. r = 0.25 m, n = 15 r.p.m. = r.p.s.
1800  60
o 2    15 
180  = 2n = = rad/s
….[ 1 rad = ] 60 2

 
angle described 2 v = r = 0.25  = m/s
6. =  =  rad/s 2 8
time taken 2
20 1
540 16. T= = = 0.5 s
7. n= = 9 r.p.s.,  = 2n = 18 rad/s 40 2
60 2 2
Angular acceleration = = = 4 rad/s
T 0 .5
Gain in angular velocity 18  Let r = 50 cm = 0.5 m
= = = 3 rad s–2
time 6 v = r = 0.5  4 = 2 m/s
123
S 1  The magnitude of average torque
  gsin .(t)2 ….(ii)
4 2 3 300
 = I =   = –6.66 kgm2/s2
Dividing equation (ii) by (i), 0.45 45
1 t2 118. The fan initially rotates with angular velocity 0.
 or t2 = 4  t = 2 s
4 16  After switching off in time t, 2 = 02  2
1 here,  = t
116. Rotational K.E.of sphere = I 2
2 and  = 2N
75% of K.E. = Heat energy as n revolutions are made in time t,
1 2 75 n n
 I  = MS N =   = 2    t = 2n
2 100 t t
1 2 75  2    = 0  2(2n)
2 2
 MR22  = MS  Isp  MR 2  2

2 3 100  3   0 
  4   0  2 (2n)
2
R 
2 2
 
 
4S 2
 2n(2) = 02  0
km 16
117. v = 54 = 15 m/s
h 
15 0 2

 2n =   ….(i)
v 15 rad 16  2 
ω0 = = ,=0
r 0.45 s when the fan stops rotating, 0 = 02  2  (2n)
ω = ω0 + αt
02
15  2n = ….(ii)
0= + (15) 2
0.45
16
=–
15

1 rad Comparing equations (i) and (ii), n = n
0.45  15 0.45 s 2 15
Evaluation Test
1.  I1 I2 2. The concept is that I will be minimum when
the rotation happens about the centre of mass.
dI
I is minimum  =0
dx
 6x – 24 = 0
 x=4
I3 I4
 X-coordinate of CM = 4.
45 45
 xdm =  x   dx  =   x dx = 2 l
2
0
3. XCM =
 dm  dx   xdx 3 0
0 l 4
MR 2 Ipivot =  x 2 dm =  x 2  dx  =   0 x 3dx =
I1 = , I2 = MR2 4
2
Now,  = I
 MR 2 
   0 l 2   2   0 l 4 
 2  MR 2     l g =  
I3 = = = I4
2 4  2  3   4 
 I = I1 + I2 + I3 + I4 4g
= 2MR2  =
3l
182
Chapter 03: Rotational Motion
4. d = (dM) gr 4mgR
 2 =
 M   M  6m  R 2
2 
=  2rdr   gr
 R  4mg
2Mg 2  =
 d = r dr R  M  6m 
R2
M M
2Mg
R
2 8. = =
0 r dr = 3 Mg R 74 3
3
 = 2
4 3 4 R
R2 R      R 
3 3 2 83 
2 1  Mentire sphere = V
 Mg R =  MR 2  
3 2  M 4 
4g =   R 3 
 =  7  4 3   3 
3R  8  3 R  
  
5. v = r and a = r 8
= M = M1
4 7
 = rad/s and  = 2 rad/s2
3 M
Mrem sphere = = M2
t 2 7
 = + t
2 2 2 R 
2
 Isystem = M1 R2 –  M 2 R 2  M 2   
2   3
2
5 5  2  
4 
 = + (3)
2 3 2 13
= M1 R2 – M2 R2
=9+4 5 20
= 13 rad 2  8  2 13  M  2
=  M R –  R
 13  5 7  20  7 
=   revolutions
 2  16 13MR 2
= MR2 –
 2 revolutions 35 140
6. IO = ICM + Md2  64  13 2
= MR
 2R 
2 140
= IC + M   51
   = MR2
140
IP = ICM + Md2 r2 r1
2
9.
 2R  M
= IC + M  R   M CM
  
mr1 = Mr2, r1 + r2 = d
2 2
 2R   2R  Md md
 IO – M   = IP –  R    r1 = , r2 =
      Mm Mm
 v1 v
 2R  4R 
2 2
2
 2R  ICM = Mr22 + m.r12 ,  = = 2
 IP = MR2 + M  R 2      – M   r1 r2
        

1 v v
 2 Now, (K.E.) = I 2 ,  = 2 n = 1 = 2
= 2MR2  1   2 r1 r2
  1
=  Mr22  mr12  2
7. net = I  2
 MR 2  1  m2d2 M2d 2 
(Mg) R =   3mR 2   = M  m  (2)2
 2  2   M  m 2 M  m
2


1  MR 2  22  2 mMd 2
Also, (Mg)R =   3mR 2  2 =
2 2  M  m
183
10. N 13. I0 = ICM + Md2
 I0 = IA + Md2
IP = IA + M(x2 + y2)
N  x2 + y2 = d2 [ I0 = IP]
It is an equation of a circle.
14. The object will not rotate if the force F is
=I
applied on the centre of mass of the system as
 Mr 2   2N  the net torque will be zero.
 (N)r =     = 
 2   Mr  So the question just boils down to find the
 = 0 + t  =t centre of Mass of the system.
 2N  Mr l /2 l /2
 =  t  N=
 Mr  2t l /2
(2M)
M
M l /2
11. l /2 60
N
M M
N (2M)

The calculations are shown in the diagram.
mg sin Final system is,
mg cos
mg 2M

mg sin –  mg cos = Ma l l
2M 2 8
(mg cos ) R = R  4 2M
5
5
a = g sin ….[Given]
7 l
2 2
 mg cos = mg sin Base
7 5l
 Force must be applied at a height from
2 2 8
 = tan = sec 2   1
7 7 base.
12. While pedalling: 15. I. N
kx
f
f̂1 f̂ 2 Mg
a = f̂1  f̂ 2 = –1
Pedalling stopped: kx – f = Ma
2 
f R =  MR 2  
5 
2
 f = Ma
5
7
f̂1 f̂ 2 kx = Ma
5
b = f̂1  f̂ 2 = +1 2
 f = Ma in the direction considered.
a  b = –1. 5
184
Chapter 03: Rotational Motion
II. N 18. As the force applied is below the centre, the
torque of friction exceeds that of force hence
kx
the thread winds and yo-yo rotates clockwise.
19. Friction will act upwards in both the cases.
20. Since there will be no external torque about
f the point P, the angular momentum P will be
Mg conserved.
kx + f = Ma  mvr = I
2  2
(kx – f)R =  MR 2    mvR = mR2
5  5
2 7 5v
 kx – f = Ma  kx = Ma  =
5 10 2R
3 21. P
 f= Ma in the direction as considered. v
10 
2 

Ma î
fI 5 4 O v = R
 = =

3 3
f II Ma î
10
16. vR = v 2  v 2  2v 2 cos 
 = 2v 2 1  cos  
M1L

= 2 v sin  
2
ML2 2 22. Y
MI = sin 
3
 For the given system,  MI
2 2
 M  L   2M  2L 
     
I =    sin2 + 
3 3 3  3 
cos2
3 3
ML2 18.6
= (sin2 + 8cos2)
27
ML2
= (1 + 7 cos2)
27 M.I. of a square plate about an axis
17. 3 kg 5 m/s perpendicular to the plane and passing through
Ma 2
the centre would be
12
2
Ma
Now, IX + IY =
12
and IX = IY by symmetry.
Ma 2
 IX = IY =
24
L = mvr a
 
tan() =  
39 2
= (3 kg) (5m/s)
122  52 a
  x
= 45 kg m2/s 2
185
5 50  v2 
64. v = 60 km/h = 60  = m/s, 69. For banking of road,  = tan–1  
18 3  rg 
r = 0.1 km = 0.1  1000= 100 m –1
 = tan (0.24)
2
tan  = v =   
2
50 1  tan  = 0.24
rg  3  0.1 103  9.8 v2
Also, tan  = =    = 0.24
rg
 = tan–1  (50 / 3) 
2

100  9.8  70. T = ma = mr2
5 T  2
65. v = 180 km/hr =  180 = 50 m/s ' 2 T' 4T
18 = = =4
2
Using,  T T
v2 50  50 5 1  2 = 42   = 2 
tan  = = = = n = 2n = 2  5 = 10 r.p.m.
rg 500 10 10 2
71. Using,
1 T sin  = m2r = m2 l sin 
  = tan   = tan1 (0.5)
1 ….(i)
 2 T cos  = mg ….(ii)
66. m = 80 kg, v = 20 m/s,  = tan1(0.5)
In order for the cyclist to turn,
60
frictional force = centripetal force T
 v2  v2
 mg = m   = mg T cos
 r  rg ar
Tsin
v2 mg
But = tan  g
rg From (i) and (ii), 2 =
 mg = mg tan  = 80  10  0.5 = 400 N l cos
67. Let initial velocity = v1 g
 =
6v l cos 
New velocity v2 = v 1 
20 
 = 5 2 l cos 
 100   Time period, T = = 2
v2 v2  g
r1 = 30 m, tan 1 = 1 , tan 2 = 2
r1g r2 g 1  cos 60
= 2  3.14  = 1.4 s
As there is no change in angle of banking, 10
1 = 2 72. Using,
 tan 1 = tan 2 r = l sin
v12 v2 r = 10 sin 30  r = 5 m, T = 3 s
 = 2 2 2
r1g r2 g = =
2 T 3
2  
r1 v    5 25
2
Centripetal force = m2r
 =  1  =  v1  =   =
r2  v2  6 36 4 2
 6 v1  = 5  102  5
5  9
36 36 216 = 25  102  4
 r2 = r1 =  30 = = 43.2 m = 100  102  1 N
25 25 5
68. Using, mg
73. T=
mv 2 v2 cos 
Fs = But, tan  = 
r rg h L2  r 2 L
cos = = h
v2 L L
= g tan  mg L
r  T= r
Fs = mg tan  = 90  10  tan 30  520 N L2  r 2
127
Textbook
Chapter No.
04 Oscillations
Hints
Classical Thinking m 200  10 3

12. T = 2 = 2
k 80
3. Linear S.H.M and its equation
5. F = – kx  ma = –kx = 2 25  10 4 = 2  5  102
x = 10  102 = 0.31 s
=    = constant
m

a  k m
13. T = 2
kg m [M1 ] k
6. Unit of k = N/m = = kg/s2 = 2
2
s m [T ] T2 m2 4m
1 0 2
 = = =2
= [M L T ] T1 m1 m
7. For S.H.M., F = kx  T2 = 2  2 = 4 s
 Force = Mass  Acceleration  – x 14. a =  2x, at mean position x = 0
F = –Akx; where A and k are positive So acceleration is minimum (zero)
constants
15. Acceleration = 2A is maximum at extreme
8. f = F = kx and position.
1 a
P.E. = V = m2x2 17. a = 2x  = 2
2 x
V m2 A 2
For option A : x x0 18. A2 is the acceleration of the particle when it
F 2kx
is at one extreme point.
Hence option (A) is incorrect.
F kx 19. A = 10 cm, T = 4 sec
For option B : x x0 2 2 
V m2 x 2 =  
Hence option (B) is incorrect. T 4 2
1 x = 5 cm when t = 0
2  m2 x 2  5 cm = 10 cm sin (t + )
2V 2
For option C : x x 1
F  kx  sin  =
m2 x 2 2
= x 
 m2 x  =
=x+x=0 6
Hence option (C) is correct.  Equation of displacement is
F  Kx  t  
For option D : x x0 x = 10 cm sin   
2V 1  3 2
2  m2 x 2
2 20. Velocity is same. So by using v = A,
Hence option (D) is incorrect.
A11 = A22 = A33
9. The standard differential equation is satisfied
d2 x
by only the function sint  cost. Hence it 22. Comparing given equation with 2
 2 x  0
represents S.H.M. dt
10. As F = – kx  | F |  x we get,
 2 =    = 
11. Displacement and force (ma) are out of phase
( = ) in S.H.M. Therefore, the correct 
 2n = n=
graph will be (D) 2
187
23. Maximum acceleration of S.H.M., 32. v2 = 9(16  x2)
 = 2A  v  3 16  x 2
Maximum velocity of S.H.M.,
 = A Comparing with v =  A 2  x 2 , we get
2 A  A 2 A 2 2  = 3, A = 4
 = = =
A A A  vmax = A = 4  3 = 12 unit
 Amplitude of oscillation is,
40. For S.H.M., displacement x = a sin  t and
2 acceleration A = 2x sin t are maximum at
A=
 
t = .
2
A  42 1  4  (3.14) 2
24. amax = A2 = =
T 2
0.2  0.2 41. In simple harmonic motion,
0.1  4  (3.14) 2 y = A sint and v = A cost. From these
Fmax = m  amax =
0.2  0.2 equations, we obtain
y2

v2
= 1, which is
 Fmax = 98.596 N A 2 A 2 2
an equation of ellipse.
k 4.84
25. = = = 2.22 rad/s 44. Phase change = 2  2 = 4 radian
m 0.98
45. y = Asin(2nt + ).
k  m1
26. =  2 = Its phase at time t = 2nt + 
m 1 m2

m1 m 46.  = t  =4
 2=  m2 = 1 2
m2 4
 2
 ==  T = 16 s
27. On comparing with standard equation 8 T
d2 y
 = tan–1   = tan–1   = tan–1  
+ 2y = 0, we get 2 = k, b 6 3
dt 2 47.
a 8 4
2 2
 = = kT=
T k 53. F =  kx
 dW = Fdx =  kxdx
28. Here, Assertion is false because, the W x
direction of velocity in S.H.M. can be   dW    kx dx
0 0
towards or away from mean position
1 2
whereas the displacement is always away  W=U= kx
from mean position. 2
29. Since the particle start from x = 0 and have 1

54. K.Emax = m2A2
the same amplitude but different time 2
periods, they will meet again at x = 0 where 1
their velocities are maximum equal to A1 =  1  (100)2  (6  102)2 = 18 J
2
and A2, i.e.
v1  2 T 6 55. K.E. = 3  P.E.
= 1 =  2 = =2
v2 2 T1 2 3 1 1
K.E. = m2 (A2  x2) = 3  m2x2
2 2
30. vmax = A = 0.20  100 = 20 cm/s 2 2
 A = 4x  A = 2x
31. vmax = A where  = 2n = 2    100 8
 x= = 4 mm
 vmax = 0.5  2 (100) = 100  m/s 2
188
Chapter 04: Oscillations
56. Kinetic energy at mean position, 65. When the pendulum is falling freely with
1 acceleration g,
K.Emax = mv 2max
2 l
T = 2 =
2 K.E max gg
 vmax =
m
l
2  16 66. T = 2
 vmax = = 100 = 10 m/s g
0.32
 T  l , hence if l is made 9 times then T
3 A 2
16 becomes 3 times.
57. x= A 2  ….(i)
4 x 9 67. For seconds pendulum, T = 2 s
1 l
m2 A 2  2 = 2
T.E. 2 A2 16
 = = 2 = ….[From (i)] g
P.E. 1 x 9
m2 x 2 g 4.9
2  l= = 2  50 cm
80 16 2

 =  P.E. = 45 J
P.E. 9 68. a = 2x
a 2
58. A = 10  102m = 101m  2 = = = 100
x 0.02
1 1
K.Emax = m2 A2 = kA2   = 10 rad/s
2 2
1 72. As mg produces extension x, hence
 5 =  k  (10–1)2 mg
2 k=
10 x
 = k  k = 1000 N/m (M  m)
102  T = 2
k
59. Comparing given equations with standard
form, A1 = 10 and A2 = 25 (M  m)x
= 2
A1 10 2 mg
 = =
A2 25 5 73. With respect to the block, the springs are
connected in parallel combination
60. Phase difference between two S.H.M.s,
 Combined stiffness k = k1+ k2
 2     
 t  t  = t = (1) = 1 k1  k 2
 3 2  6 6 6  n=
2 m
61. Two equations are, 74. When the springs are stretched by the same
y1 = A1 sin (t + 2) and force F, the extensions in springs A and B are
y2 = A2 sin (t + 4) x1 and x2 respectively which are given by,
The phase difference,  = 4  2 = 2 F = k1x1 = k2x2
Resultant amplitude, x1 k
= 2 ….(i)
R= A12  A 22  2A1A 2 cos 2 =  (A1 + A2) x2 k1
1 1
l Work done, W1  k1x12 and W2  k 2 x 2 2
62. T = 2 2 2
g W1 k x 2
 = 1 . 12 ….(ii)
l g W2 k 2 x 2
  2 = constant
T 2
4 Using equation (i) in equation (ii) we get,
64. In the given case, effective acceleration geff. = 0 W1 k k2 k
= 1 . 22 = 2
 T= W2 k 2 k1 k1
189
75. Force of friction = µmg = m2 A = m (2πn)2 A 3. F = kx
1 μg  mg = kx  m  kx
 n= m1 k x
2π A  = 1 1
m2 k2 x2
76. x = Acost 4 k 1
 =   x2 = 3 cm
a 6 k / 2 x2
1
O t 4. k  . Since one fourth length is cut away, the
l
th
3
remaining length is   . Hence k becomes
4
dx
v  Aωsin ωt 4 4
times i.e., k = k.
dt 3 3
d2 x 5. Comparing given equation with standard
a = 2   Aω2cos ωt
dt equation,
This is correctly depicted by graph in (C). 
y = Asin(t + ), we get, A = 2 cm,  =
k p 2
77. 2 = ,r= 
2
 2
m 2m  amax = 2A =    2 = cm/s2
Angular frequency, 2 2
p2 6. y = 5sin( t + 4).
 =  2  r 2  = k

m 4m 2 Comparing it with standard equation
y = A sin (t + ) we get,
2t
Critical Thinking A = 5 m and = t  T = 2 s
T
2 2  rad 7. vmax = A
1. = = =
T 12 6 s  100 =   10   = 10 rad/s
  v = 2 (A2  x2)
 2 = 4  sin t1  ….(For x = 2 cm)  (50)2 = (10)2 (102  x2)
 6 
 25 = 102  x2
2   
 = sin t1   t1  x2 = 100  25 = 75  x = 5 3 cm
4 6 6 6
 t1 = 1 s 8. When particle starts from extreme position,
Similarly, for x = 4 cm, it can be shown that x = A cos t …(i)
t2 = 3 s 60
n = 60 r.p.m. = = 1 r.p.s.
So time taken by particle in going from 2 cm to 60
extreme position is t2  t1 = 2 s. Hence required  = 2n = 2  1 = 2
1 x = 0.1 cos (2  2) …[From (i)]
ratio will be .
2 = 0.1 cos 4 = 0.1 m ….[ cos 4  = 1]
2. In S.H.M., velocity of particle also oscillates 2

9. x = A sin t
simple harmonically. Speed is more when the T
particle is near the mean position than when it A 2  A 
 = A sin t ….  x = m
is near the extreme position. Therefore, the 2 T  2 
A
time taken for the particle to go from 0 to 2 1 
2  sin t = = sin
T 2 4
A
will be less than the time taken to go from 2  T
2  t = t=
to A. Hence, T1 < T2. T 4 8
190
10. Comparing with x = A sin (t + ) we get,  v 
2
  
2
   +  2  =1
1  A   A
 =   2n =   n =
2 which is an equation of an ellipse.
1
 n per min =  60 = 30 per min
2 15. x = A sin t
 6.5 = 13 sin t
dx  
11. v= = 4    cos  t   1
dt  3 sin t =
2
  
= 4 cos  4    = 4 cos   1
 3 3  t = sin 1  
2
1
= 4  = 2 cm/s 
2  t =
6
dv
12. a= = – 42 sin  4     
2 t 

dt  3 T 6
 3 T 12
= – 42 sin = – 42  = – 2 3 2 cm/s2  t=  =1s
3 2 12 12
 time required for travelling from x = 6.5 to
13. Velocity, v =  a 2  x 2 x = 0 is t = 1 s
At x = s, let v = v0  time required for x = 6.5 to x =  6.5 is 2 t = 2 s
 v0 =  a  s 2 2
16. Comparing the equation with x = A sin t, we

 v 0 2 = 2(a2 – s2) ….(i)
get,
Due to blow, the new velocity at x = s,
 = 20  2n = 20  n = 10 Hz
v
v= 0
2 
17. x = 6 cos  3t  
 v2 = 2(a2 – s2)  3
2
 v0  2 2 2 dx  
  2  =  (a – s )  = –6 sin  3t   3 and
  dt  3
v 02 
 = 2(a2 – s2) ….(ii)  d 2 x = 6(92) cos 
4  3t  
dt 2  3
Dividing equation (ii) by equation (i)
1 a 2  s 2  d 2 x = – 92x
= 2 2 dt 2
4 a s
 a2 – s2 = 4a2 – 4s2
2 2
a2 + 3s2 = 4a2 18. = = = 100  rad/s,
T 0.02
a 2  3s 2 A = 2.5 m at t = 0
 a =
2 Equation of particle performing S.H.M. is
14. We have, given by,
v2 = 2(A2 – x2) and  =  2x x = A sin (t + )
 v2 = 2A2 – 2x2 and 2 = 4 x2 = 2 (2 x2)  2.5 = 5 sin (100  0 + )
2 2.5 
 v2 = 2A2 – 2  = sin    = 30 or
 5 6
v2 +  = 2A2
2
 Hence, the correct equation is,
2  
v2 2 x = 5 sin 100t  
 + =1  6
2 A 2 4 A 2
191
19. As it starts from rest, we have, 26. x = A sin t
x = Acost. At t = 0, x = A 2t
 2.5 = 5 sin
When t = , x = A – a and 6
when t = 2, x = A – 3a 2t  1
A – a = Acos ….(i)  = or t = s
6 6 2
Aa Phase difference corresponding to 6 s is 2.
 cos  = 
A 1
 A – 3a = Acos2  ….(ii) So, phase difference corresponding to s
2
A  3a
 cos 2 =  2 
A is i.e.
12 6
 As, cos2= 2cos2– 1,
A  3a Aa
2
27. For a particle performing S.H.M.,
  2  1
A  A  x = A sin t and
A  3a 2A 2  2a 2  4Aa  A 2 v = A cos t
   a = – A2 sin t = A2 cos (90 + t)
A A2
 A2  3aA = A2 + 2a2  4Aa 
 a = A2 cos (t + )
 a2 = 2aA  A = 2a 2
Now, A  a = Acos….[From (i)] 
 The acceleration shows a phase lead of
1 2
cos=
2
2 2 
2π π 28. = = =
 τ  T T 12 6
T 3
Using v = A cos (t +) we get,
  2
21.  = 10t  6.28 = 24 cos    
2 6  6 
 41 1  
substituting t = 2 = 20  =   = cos    
2 2 2 3 
22. Equation of linear S.H.M., 
 +  = cos–1  1 
x = 8 cos (12t) 3 2
  
 x = 8 sin(12t + )  +=
2 3 3
  =0
 Initial phase angle = rad
2
2 2 
23. x = A sin (t + ) 29. = = =
T 6 3
 +5 = 10 sin (2  0 +) = 10 sin  c
 5  
1
s,  =
 = sin1   = sin1   =
1 t=  
 2 6
 10  2 6
Equation of S.H.M. is,
24. y = 10 sin (20 t + 0.5) x = A sin (t + )
Comparing with equation y = A sin (t + )
 1   2 
we get, = 10 sin     = 10 sin  
3 2 6  6 
initial phase  = 0.5 rad
= 10 sin 60
25. y = 5 sin (t + 4)
Comparing with standard equation, 3
= 10 
y = A sin (t + ) 2
 A = 5,  = 4 = 5 3 cm
192
 1 1
30. = rad 35. K.E. = P.E.  mv2 = kx2
2 2 2
y = Asin(t + ) 1 1
2  m2(A2  x2) = m2x2
 y = Asin  
t   2 2
 T   2 2
A x =x 2
 2  A2 x 1
 y = 0.5 sin  t   x2 =  =
 0.4 2 2 A 2
  36. y = 0.05 sin 4(5t + 0.4)
 y = 0.5 sin  5 t   = 0.5 cos 5t
 2  y = 0.05 sin (20t + 1.6)
Comparing this with standard equation,
31. In S.H.M., a = 2x y = A sin (t + ) we get,
Acceleration is always opposite to displacement. A = 0.05,  = 20
1 1 1
32. P.E. = m2 x2 = 2.5 J T.E. = m2A2 =  0.1  (20)2  (0.05)2
2 2 2
2
A 1

1
m2   = 2.5
A
.…[ x = ] =  10  4  10  2  25  104 = 0.052 J
1 2
2 2 2
2
37. Comparing the given equations with the
1 A2
 m2 = 2.5 standard form we get,
2 4 A1 = 4, A2 = 5, 1 = 10
1 1
 m2 A2 = 10 E = mA22  E  (A)2
2 2
1  (A11)2 = (A22)2  A11 = A22
 Total energy of system = m2A2 = 10 J
2  4  10 = 5     = 8 unit
2E 
33. K.E. = 38.  = 30 =
3 6
1 Using F = kx, we get
K.E. 2 m (A  x ) A 2  x 2
2 2 2
x2 | Fmax | = kA = m2 A
= = = 1 
T.E. 1
m2 A 2 A2 A2  E = 1 m2 A2 = 1 | Fmax |  A
2 2 2
 2E   A= 2E 5
= 2  3  10 = 4  10–2 = 0.04 m
  2 | Fmax | 1.5  103
  3  =1 x
2
E A2  = = 2  =  rad/s
T 2
x2 2 1 A
 2
=1 = x=  The equation of motion is, x = A sin (t + )
A 3 3 3
= 0.04 sin  t   
1 2 2P.E1  6
34. P.E.1 = kx  x =
2 k  2 A2 
1
1 2 2P.E 2 K.E. 2 m 2
 A 2
 x 2
  A  n2 
P.E.2 = ky  y = 39. = =  = n2  1
2 k P.E. 1 2 2  A2 
 m x   n2 
1 2   
and P.E. = k(x + y)2
2
1
m2 (A2  x2) =  m2 A 2 
1 1
2P.E 40.
 x+y= 2 42 
k A 2
2P.E.1 2P.E.2 2P.E.  A2  x2 =

   4
k k k 3A 2 3A
 x2 = x=
P.E.1  P.E.2  P.E. 4 2
193
1 44. x1 = A1 sin t and
41. K.E. = m2A2 cos2 t,
2 x2 = A 2 sin (t + )
1  x = x1 + x 2
P.E. = m2A2 sin2 t
2 = A 1 sin t + A 2 (sint cos  + cos t sin )
1 = A1 sint + (A2sin t cos +A2 cos t sin )
K.E.  P.E. = m2A2 [cos2 t  sin2 t]
2 = sin t (A1 + A2 cos ) + cos t (A2 sin )
1
= m2A2 . cos 2t Let R cos  = A1 + A2 cos 
2 R sin  = A2 sin 
 Angular frequency = 2 R = amplitude of resultant
2  T  R2 cos2  + R2 sin2 
 T = = = =2s
2  2 = (A1 + A2 cos )2 + (A2 sin )2
 R2(cos2  + sin2 )
42. Force increases linearly. i.e. F   x = A12 + A22 cos2  + 2 A1 A2 cos  +A22 sin2 
F x  R2 (1) = A12 + A22 + 2 A1 A2 cos 
 
F x
 R= A12  A 22  2A1 A 2 cos 
F A  4
 =    = – 2 45. x1 = A1 sin (t + 1) and x2 = A2 sin(t + 2)
F 2  A
 x = x 1 + x2
x
 F = – 2F  = 2 = A1 sin (t + 1) + A2 sin (t + 2)
x = A1[sin t cos 1 + cos t sin 1] +
Potential energy, P.E.  x2 A2 [sin t cos 2 + cos t sin 2]
2
P.E.  x  = sin t (A1cos 1 + A2 cos 2) +
 =   = (2)2 = 4
P.E. x cos t (A1 sin 1 + A2 sin 2)
 P.E. = 4P.E. Put A1 cos 1 + A2 cos 2 = A cos
Speed of particle is given by A1 sin1 + A2 sin2 = A sin
 x = A cos sint + A sin cost
v =  A2  x 2  v  A2  x 2
= A sin(t + )
A Hence resultant is S.H.M. with same period T.
At x = ,
4
2 46. R= A12  A 22  2A1A 2 cos 
A 15
v A2    = A
4 16 =  
42  32  2  4  3cos   
A 3 6
 At x = ,
2 = 25  12 3
2
A 3 47. Initial phase of resultant motion is given by,
v A2    = A
2 4  a sin 1  a 2 sin  2 
 = tan–1  1 
v 3 16 4  a1 cos 1  a 2 cos  2 
 =  =
v 4 15 5  1 4 3 
= tan –1  3  
 2 2 
4
 Velocity at x = A/2 may be  v  3 1
5  3  4 
 2 2
Kinetic energy will be
3 4 3 
2
= tan–1 
K.E.  v  4
=   = = 0.8  4  3 3 
 
K.E. v 5
48. In vacuum, the bob will not experience any
 K.E. = 0.8 K.E.
frictional force. Hence, there shall be no
43. Total energy of a particle executing simple dissipation. Therefore, it will oscillate with a
harmonic motion is constant. constant amplitude.
194
49. The stone executes S.H.M. about centre of 57. Linear momentum will be maximum, if
R velocity of bob is maximum.
earth with time period T = 2 ; where In S.H.M, vmax = A ….(i)
g
1
R = Radius of earth. T.E. = m2A2 = E
2
50. The rotation of earth about its axis is periodic 2E
= 2A2 = v 2max [From equation (i)]
but not to and fro about a fixed point, hence m
not a simple harmonic motion. 2E
 vmax =
51. T cos  = mg m
Linear momentum,
mg 50  10 3  10
 T = m2l = = =1N 2E
cos  0 .5 Pmax = mvmax = m = 2mE
m
52. Restoring force = |– mg sin | l
58. T = 2 
= 200  10–3  10  sin 30 g cos 
200  102 1 1
= = 2 = 2
2 9.8  cos 60 9.8 1 / 2
=1N
2 1 10
= = =
53. Period of simple pendulum, 9.8 4.9 49
l 1
T = 2 =  3.16 = 0.45 s
g 7
l 59. Period of a second’s pendulum is 2 s.
Now, 2T = 2 It will perform 100 oscillations in 200 s
g
60. Function of wrist watch depends upon spring
T l action so it is not affected by gravity but
 =  l = 4l
2T l l
pendulum clock has time period, T = 2 .
g
l
54. T = 2 During free fall, effective acceleration
g becomes zero. Hence time period comes out
Te gm ge / 6 1 to be infinity i.e. the clock stops.
   = 61. Let T1 and T2 be the time period of vibrations
Tm ge ge 6
of pendulum A and B respectively.
 Tm = 6Te  clock becomes slower. l l
Then, T1 = 2 1 and T2 = 2 2
g g
55. h = 10 cm = 10  102 m = 0.1 m
According to the principle of conservation of T1 l1 1.69 13
 = = =
1 T2 l2 1.44 12
energy, mv2 = mgh
2 If the two pendulums go out of phase in time t,
then in time t, if pendulum A completes n
or v = 2gh = 2  9.8  0.1 = 1.4 m/s
vibrations, the pendulum B will complete
(n + ½) vibrations.
l = 2 98 2  t = n T1 = (n + ½) T2
56. T = 2 =
g 980 10 T1  n  1 / 2  13
  
2 2 T2 n 12
 = = = 10
T 2 / 10  12n + 6 = 13n or n = 6
1 1
 vmax = A = 10  2 10 = 20 cm/s  n + = 6 + = 6.5
2 2
195
62. T1 = T l
T1 1 1 67. T = 2
l g
= 1 = = ….(i)
T2 l2 16 4
4 2l 4 2
x1 = A sin 1t and x2 = B sin 2t  T2 = where = constant
g g
They are in phase after time t and phase
difference is 2  T2  l
 1t – 2t = 2  dT  dl
 2  100  =  100
 2 2   T  l
    t = 2
 T1 T2  dT 1  dl  1
  100 =   100  =  (2) = 1 %
1 1 T 2  l  2
   t = 1
 T1 T2   There is change of 1% per second
t  T1   In a day, there are 24  60  60 = 24  3600 s
 1   = 1 24  3600  1
T1  T2   = 24  36 = 864 s
100
t  1
 1   = 1 .…[From (i)]  There will be change of 864 s per day.
T  4
t 3 4 dT 1 dl
  =1t= T 68. =
T 4 3 T 2 l
l dl
63. T = 2  = (t2  t1) = (40 – 20) = (20)
g l
1  dl 
l l  dT = T 
 T = 2
g
= 2
4g 2  l 
g
5 5 1
= T     20
5 l 5 2
 T = 2 = T
4 g 2 1
= 86400   12  10–6  20
2
64. T  l . Time period depends only on
…[ 1 day = 86400 s]
effective length. Density has no effect on time
5
period. If length is made 4 times, then time = 86400  10  12
period becomes 2 times. = 0.864  12  10.4 seconds
65. n1: n2 = 7:8
Suppose at t = 0, pendulums begins to swing l
69. T = 2 T l ….(i)
simultaneously. g
If n1T1 = n2T2,
169 l1
n1 T l l2 = l1 + 69% l1 = ….[Given]
 = 2 = 2 100
n2 T1 l1
l2 169
2 2  =
l1 n  8 64 l1 100
 =  2 =   =
l2  n1  7 49
T2 l2 169
66. le = 1 m, gm = g/6  = = ….[From (i)]
T1 l1 100
Time period of second’s pendulum is 2 s
Te = Tm T2 13
 
l l T1 10
 2 e = 2 m
ge gm T2  T1 3
 100 =  100
le 1 g 1 T1 10
 lm =  gm =  = m
ge g 6 6 = 30 %
196
70. When they are in phase again, the phase 75. The initial mechanical energy of a harmonic
difference is 2. 1
oscillator at time t = 0 is E1 = kA2
1 1  2
 2    t  2
 4 4.25  But because of damping, its energy at time t
 bt
0.25 1
 t 1 becomes E2 = KA 2 e m where b is the
4  4.25 2
17.00 damping constant. It is given that at time t,
 t= = 68 s E1
0.25 E2 =
2
l E1 E1
bt
71. T = 2  T  g1/2 
1
=  bt  = 2 = em
g E2  m   E1 
e   2 
1 –1/2    
 dT  – g
2 bt
dT 1 dg 1  = loge2
 =– = –  (2%) = 1% m
T 2 g 2 m log e 2 0.25  log e 2
 t= =
 As acceleration due to gravity decreases, the b 0.05
time period increases.  t = 5 loge 2
72. l2 = l1 + 300 % of l1 = 4l1 ….[Given] 76. For a damped oscillator, the amplitude after
l1 1
  time t is, A = A0 et , where  is the damping
l2 4
constant.
Now, T  l A0 A
 = A 0 e6  ….[ A = 0 ]
T1 l 1 27 27
  1 =  T2 = 2 T1
T2 l2 4 1
 e6 = ….(i)
T  T1 27
Hence % increase = 2  100 = 100 %
T1 Let A be the amplitude after 2 minutes
Then A = A0e2 = A0[e6]1/3
73. Amplitude of damped oscillator, 1/3
A
 1 
A  A 0 e t ;   constant, t = time  A = A0   = 0
 27  3
A
For t =1 min., 0 = A0 et  e = 2 77. U = k|x|3
2
A A 1 d(P.E.)
For t = 3 min., A = A 0 e3 =  0 3 = 30 =  F= =  3k|x|2 ….(i)
(e ) 2 x dx
Also, for S.H.M., x = A sin t and
 x = 23
d2 x
A0  2 x = 0
74. In the first case, A1 = and t1 = 100 T dt 2
3 d2 x
A0 Acceleration, a = 2  2 x  F = ma
 = a0e100bT dt
3
d2 x
1 = m 2  m2 x ....(ii)
 e100bT = dt
3
In the second case, 3kx
From equation (i) and (ii) we get,  =
A2 = A 0 e bt 2 = A0e200bt = A0(e100bt)2 m
2 2 m m
1 A  T= = 2 = 2
 A2 = A0   = 0  3kx 3k(A sin  t)
 3 9
 The amplitude will be reduced to 1/9th of its 1
 T
initial value. A
197
5 From equation (i) and (ii) Rsin
v = 60 km/hr = 60  m/s, r = 60 m, g = 10 m/s2 we get R
18 
2 rg r Rcos
 5 tan  = 2 but tan  =
 =  60   60  10 v h
 18  2 2 mg
v (0.5)
  = 25/54  h= = = 0.025 m  h
g 10
34.3 = 2.5 cm
64. C = 34.3 m  r = ,
2  71. Because tension is maximum at the lowest
2 2 point.
T = 22 s   = 
T 22 72. When body is released from the position
 r 
2
1  34.3 2  2 1  (inclined at angle  from vertical), then
  = tan1   = tan     velocity at mean position,
 g   2 22 9.8 
v = 2gl (1- cosθ)
 22 1  1  4.9  2 
= tan1  34.3  2    = tan   mv 2
 7  22 9.8   9.8   Tension at the lowest point = mg +
l
= tan1 (1) = 45
m
= mg + [2gl(1  cos60)]
v2 l
65. Using, tan  =
rg = mg+ mg = 2mg
(150) 2 73.
 tan12 =
r  10  T
 r = 10.6  103 m = 10.6 km
v2 mg mg cos
66. For banking, tan  = mg sin
Rg
From the figure,
v2 T = mg cos + mg sin
tan 45 = =1
90 10  T = mg cos + mv2/L
v = 30 m/s mv 2
74. Tension at mean position, mg +  3mg
h h r
67. tan  = 
(l  h )
2 2 1/ 2
l v= 2gl .…(i)
2 2 l and if the body displaces by angle  with the
(l >> h ) h

v2 r vertical then v = 2gl (1  cos ) .…(ii)
tan  =
rg Comparing (i) and (ii), cos  = 0
h v2   = 90
=
l rg mv 2
78. Tension, T = + mg cos 
v 2l r
 h= mv 2
rg For,  = 30, T1 = + mg cos 30
r
68. The inclination of person from vertical is given by, mv 2
v2 (10) 2 1  = 60, T2 = + mg cos 60
tan  =   r
rg 50  10 5  T1 > T2
1
  = tan (1/5) 79. T = mg + m2r = m {g  42 n 2 r}
69. The particle is moving in circular path. ….[ = 2n]
From the figure, mg = R sin  …(i)    n     2 n 2 r  
2
mv 2 = m  g   4 2   r    m  g   
= R cos  …(ii)    60      900  
r
133
5T T 5 a
7. T    13. x = a sin2 t = 1  cos 2t 
4 T 4 2
Here, the hanging mass performs S.H.M.
14. y = A sin t
M A Asin 2
With T = 2 and   t
k 2 T
Mm 2t 1 
T = 2   sin 1   
k T 2 6
T Mm k T
    t=
T k M 12
5 Mm (Note: Refer to Note 4.)
 
4 M 2
M  m 25 16. y = a sin t
  T
M 16 a 2t
m 9   a sin
 9 M = 16 m   2 3
M 16 1 2t
  sin
m 2 3
8. T = 2 2t  2t  1
k  sin  sin   t  s
 T m 3 6 3 6 4
T1 m1 x y
i.e.  17.  sin t and  cos t
T2 m2 a a
m1 = m, m2 = m + 1 y2 x 2
   1 y 2  x 2  a 2  a circle
3 m a2 a2
 
5 m 1
18. On comparing with standard equation
m 9
  d2 y
m  1 25  2 y  0 we get,
dt 2
 25m = 9m + 9
2 2
9 2 = K   = = K T
m= T K
16
10. F = k x (in magnitude) 19. T  l,
f 0.1  10
k=  = 10 N/m  The effective lengths have the relation,
x 0.1 lsitting > lstanding  (T)Sitting > (T)Standing
Now, period of oscillations of the system,
m 0.1 1 20. For the given figure
T = 2  2  3.14   6.28 
k 10 10 1 k eq 1 2k
f=  ….(i)
 T = 0.628 s 2 m 2 m
11. Amplitude of resultant S.H.M. If one spring is removed, then keq = k
R= A12  A 22  2A1A 2 cos90 1 k
 f= ….(ii)
2 m
R= A12  A22 = a 2  b2
f f
 From equations (i) and (ii),  2  f 
12. Standard equation of S.H.M., is of the type f  2
y = a sin  t, y = a cos t or combination of
the two. m T m2 4m
21. T = 2π  2   2
But the equation, y = a tan  t does not belong k T1 m1 m
to any of these types.  T2 = 2  2 = 4 s
199
1 2A 2
22. T  T1 : T2 : T3 v2 = 2 A 22  0  2 A 2 
k T2
1 1 1 1 1
= : :  1: 2 : Given that, A2 = 2A1 and T2 = T1
k k/2 2k 2 3
v 2 2A 2 T T A
23. From the graph, T = 0.04 s    1  1 2
v1 T2 2A1 T2 A1
1 1
 f= = = 25 Hz v2
T 0.04  = 3  2 = 6  v2 = 6v0
v0
F 8
24. From graph, slope K = = = 4
x 2 v max
31. v= .…(Given)
m 2
T = 2
K x = a sin t
0.01  v = a cost and vmax = a
 T = 2 = 0.3 s
4 a
 a cos t =
2
25. In S.H.M., at mean position, velocity is maximum
1 
So v = A (maximum)  cos t =  t =
2 3
26. amax = 2A  3a
 x = a sin =
27. Acceleration in S.H.M. is directly proportional 3 2
to displacement and is always directed to its
mean position. 32. When velocity is u and acceleration is , let
the position of particle be x1.
28. Particle velocities are When velocity is v and acceleration is , let
v 12  2 (A 2  x12 ) the position of particle be x2.
v 22  2 (A 2  x 22 ) If  is the angular frequency then,
On subtracting the relations  = 2x1
v12  v 22 = 2 (x 22  x12 ) and  = 2x2
  +  = 2(x1 + x2) ….(i)
v12  v 22 Also, velocity of particle at particular instant
=
x 22  x12 can be given as,
2 u2 = 2A2 – 2 x12
As  = we get,
T and v2 = 2A2 – 2 x 22
T = 2
x 22  x12 i.e., v2 – u2 = 2  x12  x 22 
v12  v 22
v2  u2 = 2(x1 – x2)(x1 + x2) ….(ii)
29. the given equation can be written as, from equation (i) we get
1 v2 – u2 = (x1 – x2)( + )
v2 = (25  x 2 )
4 v2  u 2
 x1  x2 =
Comparing with general equation,  
v2 = 2 (A2  x2) u 2  v2
1 2 or x2  x1 =
 = T= = 4  
2 
33. At mean position, velocity is maximum.
30. For S.H.M., v =  A 2  x 2  vmax = A
2A1  v1 = A
v1 = v0 = 1 A  0  1A1 
2
1
T1 v2 = A11
200
From conservation of linear momentum, 2
m1v1 = m v2 Time period, T =

 m1A  = (m1 + m2) A1 1 2 22
A1  m1  ω  T= == s
= 2 7
 
A  m1 + m 2  ω1 velocity of particle at x = 1 is given by
v= A x =2 2  1 = 2 3 m/s
2 2 2 2
k k
But  = ; 1 =
m1 m1 + m 2
A1  m1  k  m1 + m 2  38. Using v =  A 2  x 2
 =   v2 = 2 (A2 – x2)
A  m1 + m 2  m1 k
1/ 2 v2
 m1   m1 + m 2   = A2 – x2
=     2
 m1 + m 2   m1  v2
A1 m1  + x2 = A2
 =  2
A m1 + m 2
132
 Case 1: 2 + 32 = A2 .…(i)
34. x = 8 sint + 6 cost 
  12 2
= 8 sin t + 6 sin  t   Case 2: 2 + 52 = A2 ….(ii)
 2 
From equation (i) and (ii)
 R= 82  62 = 10 cm
132 2 12 2
+ 3 = + 52
35. A = 50 mm = 50  103m 2 2
2 1
 vmax = A = A   (132 – 122) = 52 –32
T  2
2 1 25  9
= (50  103)   0.16 m/s  =
2  2
169  144
1 16
36. Maximum acceleration is given as,  =
 = Aω2 ....(i)  2
25
Maximum velocity is given as, 5
 = rad/s
β = Aω ....(ii) 4
Dividing equation (i) by equation (ii), we get  5 1 5
  2  But f = =  =
=  2 4 2 8
  T
39. K.E. = P.E.

T = 2 1 1
  m2 (A2  x2) = m2x2
2 2
37. Given, A
A=2m;x=1m  A2  x2 = x2 2x2 = A2  x =
2
amax  vmax = 4
 x = 0.71A
 2A  A = 4
 (2  )A = 4 40. From the given equation, A = 5 and  = 4,
 (2  ) 2 = 4 x=3
 2    2 = 0
 v =  a 2  x 2 = 4 (5) 2  (3) 2 = 16
 2  2 +  – 2 = 0
(  2) + 1 ( – 2) = 0 41. x = 0.25 sin (200 t)
 ( + 1) ( – 2) = 0 Comparing with x = A sint,
  = 2 rad/s A = 0.25 m,  = 200 rad/s
{  –1,  Angular velocity cannot be negative}  vmax = A = 0.25  200 = 50 m/s
201
The centripetal force required for circular 104. Given
motion is given by Angular acceleration
mv 2  = 2 rad s2
= T sin ….(i)  Angular speed  = t
r
= (2) (2) = 4 rad/s
Also we have,
ac = r2 = 0.5  16 = 8 m/s2
mg = T cos  ….(ii)
at = r = 1 m/s2
Dividing eq(i) by eq(ii) we get, Resultant acceleration is given by,
mv 2 1 T sin 
 = a= a c2  a 2t = 82  12  8 m/s2
r mg T cos 
105. The centripetal force acting on the particle is
 v2 = rg tan provided by the central force,
 v= rg tan  ….(iii) mv 2 1
 =K n
From figure, R R
r R 1
tan =  v2 = K  =K
h mR n
m R n 1
r 
 tan = ….(iv){L2 = r2 + h2} 1 K
L r 2 2  v = K  ....  K   
 n 1
 m 
Substituting equation (iv) in equation (iii) we R 2
get, The time period of rotation is,
n 1
r 2R 2R  R 2
2 n 1
v= rg T=   R 2
L r 2 2
v K K
n 1
g
 v= r  TR 2
L2  r 2
106. Potential energy is given to be,
102. Speed of the body after just reaching at the k
U=  2 ….(i)
bottom is v = 2gh ….(i) 2r
The force acting on the particle will be,
It just completes a vertical circle using this
velocity. dU d  k  k  2 
F=   2   3 
To complete vertical circle, speed required is v dr dr  2r  2 r 
D k
v = 5g ….(ii)  F=  3
2 r
From equation (i) and (ii), As the particle is moving in circular path, the
force acting on it will be centripetal force.
D
 2gh = 5g mv 2 k k
2  F=   3  mv2 = 2
r r r
5 1 k
 h= D Now, K.E. = mv2 = 2 ....(ii)
4 2 2r
103. Centripetal acceleration,  Total Energy E = K + U = 0
....[from (i) and (ii)]
42 r 42
ac = 2r =   5  102 = 5 ms2 107.  
T2 (0.2) 2 aT at

As particle is moving with constant speed, its
R
tangential acceleration, aT = 0. 
The acceleration of the particle, ac
a= a c2  a T2 = 52  02 = 5 m/s2
136
55. Velocity of a particle executing S.H.M. is 60. Maximum acceleration, amax = 2A
given by Amplitude remaining constant, amax  2
 a max 1  1   100 2  1 2
2
v   A2  x 2
 = 

2
A2 
A 2 2 3A 2 A 3
 
 a max . 2  2   1000   10 
T 4 T 4 T 1
 Ratio of max. accelerations = 2
56. Velocity of particle performing SHM is given 10
by, v =  A  x 4
2 2
61. 2A = 4 cm  A = = 2 cm
2A 2
When the particle is at a distance from 4π 2
3 amax = A2 = A  2
equilibrium position it’s speed is, T
 2A 
2 A 2 1
v= A 
2  T = 2π  2 π = 2π  = 2 s
 a max 2π 2
π
 3 
4A 2 5A 2 2
= A2  = 62. T= s , 2A = 4 cm  A = 2 cm
9 9 3
 5A v=A …(Given)
 v=
3   A x  x
2 2 2
…(Numerically)
 5 A2
Now, v  3v = 3  A= 5A  A 2  x 2  2 x 2  x2 = 2
3  1
 2
2 2 2
2
 2A  A 4
But v =   A       x2 = =  1
 3   4 2
  4  3  4
2
 2  1  4 2  1
Where A is new amplitude of motion,  T   
 4A 2   x = 1 cm
 A 
2
  5A=  
 9  63. r = 10 cm for the particle performing U.C.M.
4A 2 Now, projection of U.C.M. along any diameter
 5A2 = ( A )2  of the circle is an S.H.M.
9 Hence, in the given example,
4 A2 A = r = 10 cm
  2
( A ) = 5A +2
9
4π 2 3  4   3.14 
2
2
49 A 64. 2
amax = A = A  2 
( A )2 = T  2  3.14 
2
9
7 12
 A = A =  3 cm / s 2
3 4
57. v A 2
 x 2   2 602  202  113mm / s 65. As the body starts from mean position,
v = A cost
58. Acceleration, a = 2x 2  2t 
 v = A   cos  
aT 2 xT  2  42
2 T  T 
   2 T    T  2
x x  T  T  2  4 
 π=A  cos  
It is a constant term for S.H.M. i.e., it does not 24  24 
change with time. A    A 1
=  cos    
59. Maximum acceleration, 12  3  12 2
2A = A  4π2n2 24
 A=  24m
= 0.01  4  (π)2  (60)2 
= 144π2m/s2  Path length = 2A = 48 m
203
67. Wavelength = velocity of wave  Time period A
78. x=
λ = 300  0.05  λ = 15 metre 2
According to problem, path difference 1
between two points = 15  10 = 5m W = m2A2
2
2
 Phase difference =  Path difference 1
  K.E. = m2  A 2  x 2 
2
2 2
= 5  1  A2  3
15 3 = mω2  A 2    mω A
2 2
2  4  8
69. From the graph of velocity (v) v/s distance (x),
we see that the particle executes S.H.M. whose 3 1 2 2 3W
time is recorded from the extreme position.
=  mω A  =
4 2  4
1 1
70. E= m2A2 E  A2 P.E. = mω2 x 2
2 2
1 A2 1 1
1  mω2   mω2 A 2  W
71. Total energy = m2 A 2 = constant 2 4 8 4
2
1 1
79. K.E. = m2 (A2  x2)
75. K.E. = m2 (A2  x2) 2
2
1 1
P.E. = m2x2 P.E. = m2 x2
2 2
At extreme position, x = A K.E. A 2  x 2
 =
1 P.E. x2
 K.E. = 0 and P.E. = m2A2
2 1
At mean position, x = 0 80. K.E. = m2 (A2  x2),
2
1
K.E. = m2A2 and P.E. = 0 1
2 P.E. = m2x2
2
 K.E. increases and P.E. decreases.
K.E. A2  x 2
1 =
76. K.E. = m2A2 cos2 t P.E. x2
2 A
K.E. is maximum at mean position and Here x =
2
minimum at extreme position and extreme
T A2
position is reached at every . This is best A2  2
4 
K.E.
= 4 = 3A  4 = 3
depicted by graph (B). P.E. A2 4 A2 1
4
K.E.
1 2
81. U= kx but T = kx
2
1 (kx) 2 1 T2
t
So energy stored = =
T T 2 k 2 k
4 2
1 1
82. K.E. = mv 2 = mA 2 2 cos 2  t
1 2
2
2 2
m2 A2 = m   A 2
1
77. T.E. =
2 2  T  1  1  cos 2 t 
= m2 A 2   hence kinetic energy
1 42 A 2 22 m A 2 2  2 
= m  varies periodically with double the frequency of
2 T2 T2
S.H.M. i.e. 2f.
204
1 3
83. T.E. = m2A2, 88. K.E. =  T.E.
2 4
(where A = amplitude) Potential energy 1 3 1
1  m2 (a2  x2) =  m2 a 2
K.E. = m2(A2  x2) 2 4 2
2  4 (a2  x2) = 3a2 which on solving gives
1  A 
2
a
= m2  A 2     a =  2x or x = 
2  2   2

1 3A 2 1 3 1
= m2  = m2A2   89. K.Emax = m2 a2
2 4 2 4 2
3 Comparing with standard equation
 K.E. = T.E. a = 8 cm,  = 100 rad/s2
4
1
84. K.E. at mean position  K.Emax =  4  104  64  10–4 = 128 J
2
1 1
= m2(A2  0) = m2A2
2 2 1
90. W1 = kx2 and
A 1
2
A 1 2
P.E. at x =  m2    m2A 2 1
2 2 2 8 W2 = k (x + y)2
 The required ratio 2
1 2 2
1 1
W2 – W1 = k (x2 + 2xy + y2) – kx2
 m A  2 2
2
=   = 4:1
ky
1  = (2x + y)
 m A 
2 2
8  2
85. T.E. in S.H.M. = K.E.max = P.E.max. Here, the 1
91. W1 = kx2 ….(i)
maximum kinetic energy of the oscillator. 2
1 1
K.E.max is kA2 W2 = k(2x)2 ….(ii)
2 2
1 Dividing equation (i) by (ii),
=  2  106  (0.01)2 = 100 J
2 W1 1
But T.E.  100J. =
W2 4
 P.E. at equilibrium position = 160–100 = 60 J.
 W2 = 4W1
 P.E.max = 100 + 60 = 160 J
W = W2 – W1
1 = 4W1 – W1
P.E. m2 x 2
86. = 2 = 4  10 – 10
P.E.max 1 = 30 J
m2 A 2
2
1 x2 A dy1  
 = 2 x= 92. v1 =  0.1  100 cos 100t  
4 A 2 dt  3
87. x = 0 at mean position, dy 2  
v2 =  0.1 sin t  0.1 cos  t  
1 dt  2
T.E. of S.H.M. = m2A2
2 Phase difference of velocity of first particle
1 with respect to the velocity of 2nd particle at
 25 =  0.5  2A2 t = 0 is
2
 2 2
 A = 100  A = 10 = vmax   
  1  2    
 The particle in S.H.M. has maximum velocity 3 2 6
when it passes through mean position.
 v = 10 m/s 93. Resultant amplitude = 32  42 = 5
205
94. If first equation is x1 = A1 sin t, l  h
cos =
x1 l
= sint ….(i)
A1  h = l  l cos = l (1  cos)
then second equation will be P.E = mgh
  P.E = mg l (1  cos)

x2 = A2 sin  t   K.E. is maximum at mean position, which is
 2
equal to maximum P.E. at extreme position.
 
= A2 sin  t cos  cos  t sin   (K.E.)max = mgl(1  cos)
 2 2 

100. Potential energy of particle at extreme position
= A2 cost 1
x is, P.E. = M2A2
cos t = 2 ….(ii) 2
A2
1 g  g
By squaring and adding equation (i) and (ii) = M   A2 ….   
2 L  l 
x2 x2
sin2 t + cos2 t = 12 + 22
A1 A2 101. When a little mercury is drained off, the
2 2 position of c.g. of ball falls (w.r.t. fixed end)
x x
1
+2
2
= 1; This is the equation of ellipse.
2
so that effective length of pendulum increases
A 1 A 2 hence T increases.
95. If x1 = A1 sin  t and x2 = A2 sin(t + 0) l

103. T = 2
= A2 sin  t g
But A1 = A2
T g g 4 2
 x2 = x1  = = = =
T g g
g 5 5
This represents a straight line.
4
96. For a simple pendulum,
l
T  l or T2  l 104. T = 2 π ….(i)
g
1 1
 E  2  2
E When the lift moves upwards with
T l acceleration a,
Hence energy will become two times if length
is halved. l
T = 2
ga
97. Inside the mine, g decreases.
T l
l   2 ….(ii)
Hence from T = 2 , we conclude that 2 ga
g
 Dividing equation (ii) by equation (i) we get,
T increases.
a = 3g
99.
l
 105. T = 2
g
l 1
l  T
g
T g g 2
  
h T g' g 1
 
2
From figure,  T = 2T
206
2
 v  mv02
  11. N cos  = and N sin  = mg
sin   v2 r
8. ar =   …[ vt = v/sin ] N
R R sin 2  g r mv02
 tan  =
R(1  cos )  v02  r
v v
Also, t   mg
v  sin   r 
 vt   v0 2
 cos  =  1    r= tan  
 R g
v 2t v2 v2
 ar = =
R   vt  2   2vt v 2 t 2  12. Angle moved =  in time t
R 1  1    R  2 
  R   R R  l
  t= ….(v = velocity of bullet)
v
Rv
= Also,  = t 
 2Rt  vt 2  l l A B
  =    v = l
1 2 v
  
9. mgh = mv
2 
 v= 2gh
h T l d d
13.    k    kt  c1 
dt dt
h  mv 2
cos  =   =  (kt  c1 )dt
l mg r
mv 2 kt 2
 T=  mg cos  =  c1t  c 2
r 2
2mgh h  3mg  = quadratic equation which has a graph of
 T=  mg   h parabola
l l  l 
 which implies a straight line graph. 14. mv 2
N R
10. f
FBD of the ball FBD of tube
mg
2
N cos 
mv

R

 Friction will act in upward direction.

mg Since velocity is a constant,
N  mv 2 
N =  mgsin   
  R 
favg =  (N cos )  mv 2 
 0 f =   mgsin     mg cos  [at = 0]
Here, integration is not possible.  R 
So, we use the fact that we need to calculate As  increases, cos  decreases  friction
favg decreases. 2
mv
p f R N
 favg =
t
mg sin  mg cos
(2mv) 2mv 2
 Favg = = mg
 r  r
  
 v
139
Again, at = 0 19. At the highest point,
 mv  2 g
 Friction =   mgsin    = mg cos  = = 2n
R  R

1 g g
 As  decreases, cos  increases  friction  n= 
increases. 2 R 4 2 R
g 900g
15. The area under the t graph gives change in  r.p.m. = 60n = 60 
42 n 2 R
angular velocity.
 d 
(2) 2 4 20.  =     So  is negative, if
Area =  = 2  d 
2 2
d d
 2  1 = 2  > 0,  0 or  < 0, 0
d d
 2 = 2 + 2 = 4 rad/s
21. For option (A),
16. Velocity is a vector which changes but speed Net force = Mv2/r = Mass  acceleration
remains same for uniform circular motion. For option (B),
 
In case A, radius of curvature remains same
a t and  are perpendicular hence cross
v2 product is not 0.
throughout hence a = remains constant.
r For option (C),
However, in case of B, the radius of curvature Angular velocity and angular accleration have
v2 the same direction or opposite direction
keeps increasing hence a = keeps according to the type of motion.
r
decreasing. Hence option (C) is the only For option (D),
correct option. The correct statement is:
The resultant force acts always towards the
17. The direction of rotation is determined by the centre.
sign of angular velocity. In turn, the sign of 22. Weight = Number of balls  centripetal force
angular velocity is determined by the sign of (400) (10) = 8  m 2r
slope on angular displacement vs time plot.
= 8  (5) 2 (1)
The sign of slope is negative for line OA, m2r
positive for line AC and zero for line CD. 4000 r
 2 =
The positive angular velocity indicates anti- 40
clockwise rotation and negative angular = 100
velocity indicates clockwise rotation. The   = 10 rad/s 400 kg
disk is stationary when angular velocity is
23. 2
zero. (dm) v
R
18. m2r cos  = mg sin  Tcos  d  Tcos  d 
g tan  N M  2   2 
 2 = R
r T
 2 T
v2 m r
h C
 tan  =  Tsin  d  Tsin  d 
rg  2 
d  2 
l
2
  1000 m  
 72    mg C
h   3600 s  
  Take a small mass element dm
l (400m)(10m/s)
This element experiences a centripetal force
h 1 along radial direction,

1m 10 v2
Fd = (dm)
 h = 10 cm R
140
124. System is equivalent to parallel combination 2 2
2 g
of springs but  = = = = =
T l l 1
 keq = k1 + k2 = 400 2
g
m 0.25 
 T = 2 = 2 = s For maximum velocity;
k eq 400 20
vmax = A = 8 cm/s
125. x1 = A sin (t + 1), x2 = A sin (t + 2)
1
 1  2   1  2  
x1  x2 = A  2sin  t 
129. n = 5 Hz, T = s
  sin   5
  2   2  
   m
 A = 2A sin  1 2  T = 2
 2 
k
The restoring force is equal to the weight of
   1
 sin  1 2   the spring.
 2  2
 kx = mg
1  2  
  1  2  m x
2 6 3  
k g
A
126. OP = A = 25 cm and OQ = = 12.5 cm x
2  T = 2
g
 OPQ = 30
Similarly MNO = 30 A
 T = 2 ….( At highest position, x = A)
 g
 PON = 60 = Q P
3
A/2 A 1 A
 30  2
 t = O L  5 g
3
A/2 30
2  30 1 A
t M  42 
T 3 N 25 g
T g 10 1
 t=  A=  
6 100 2
100 2
102
3 1 1
= (Given: Period = 3s) = 0.5 s
6  vmax = A = 2  5   m/s
10 2

127. For the graph given, amplitude (A) = 1 cm
Time period (T) = 8 s l
130. T = 2 (when stationary)
2  g
 =  Hz
8 4 l
Acceleration, a =  2A sin t T = 2
g2
4 2  4
At t = s, a =   1  sin    (When lift is accelerating upwards)
3 16  4 3 2
 y=t
 2
  3 2
 a =  sin    A   cm / s 2 dy
16  3  32 vy = = 2t
dt
128. Given: l = 1 m,
dv y
Path length (2A) = 16 cm gy = = 2 m/s2
16 dt
 Amplitude (A) = = 8 cm
2 l l
T = 2 , T = 2
Time period of simple pendulum, 10 12
l T 12 5
T = 2    T = T
g T 10 6
209
131. The relation for kinetic energy of S.H.M. is We know that vmax. = a
given by a
1  By substituting v = in equation (i) we get
= m2  A 2  x 2  ….(i) 2
2 time (t)
Potential energy is given by a  
1  a cos  t  
= m2 x 2 .…(ii) 2  6
2    2 T
Now, for the condition of question and from   t    .t  t 
3 6 6 T 12
equations (i) and (ii),
1 1 1 135. Relation between ‘v’ and ‘x’ in SHM is
m2  A 2  x 2    m2 x 2
2 3 2 v2 x2
+ =1  Ellipse
4 1 3 2 A 2 A2
or m2 x 2  m2 A 2 or x 2  A 2 Y
6 2 4 Major axis = 2A
A Minor axis = 2A
so, x  3 = 0.866 a = 87% of amplitude. 2A A
2 Given: = 20
2A X
132. Total energy of particle performing A
  = 20
1  2f = 20
S.H.M. = m2 A 2 . Kinetic energy of particle
2 f = 10 Hz
1  2 
performing S.H.M. = m2 A 2 cos 2   t
2  T  136. T sin  = mL sin2
According to problem, kinetic energy = 75% 324 = 0.5  0.5  2 
of total energy
324
1  2  31   2 = T
 m2 A 2 cos 2   t   m2 A 2  0.5  0.5
2  T  4 2  324
 =
 2  3  2  3 0.5  0.5
 cos 2   t   cos   t 
 T  4  T  2 18
 =  36 rad/s
 2   T 0.5 mg
  t   t  s
 T  6 12
1 m
 t= s 137. T = 2 .
6 K
1
133. the total energy of particle performing SHM is Also, spring constant (K) 
1 1 Length(l )
E = ka2  E = m2 a2 When the spring is half in length, then K
2 2
becomes twice.
2E 2 2E
=   m T 1 T
ma 2
T ma 2  T = 2    T 
2 2
2K T 2 2
ma 2
0.2  (2  10 )
 T = 2 = 2 138. Extensions in springs are x1 and x2 then
2E 2  4  105
k1x1 = k2x2 and x1 + x2 = A
0.2  4  104 kx
 T = 2 = 2  seconds  x2  1 1
2  4  105 k2
  kx
134. x = a sin  t    x1  1 1  A
 6 k2
dx   k A
v=  a cos  t   .…(i)  x1  2
dt  6 k1  k 2
210
139. 143. 4.9
Q
P
120
240 A
R S
B=A
m
Springs P and Q, R and S are in parallel A

Then, x = k + k = 2k ….[for P, Q] 4
and y = k + k = 2k ….[for R, S]  B = A,  = 240 =
3
x and y both in series
1 1 1 1 1 1 k
    144. Frequency of oscillation is, f = =
k x y k T 2 m
m m  k = m(2f)2
 Time period T = 2π  2 Mole weight (i.e., atomic mass) of silver is
k k
given 108.
140. In series combination 2k1  Mass of 1 atom,
1 1 1 k1 k1 2k1
  108
k s 2k1 k 2 m= = 18  10–23 g = 18  1026 kg
6.021023
1
 1 1 k2  k = 18  10–26  (2  1012)2
 ks =    k2
 2k1 k 2  = 42  18  102
m m  k = 7.1 N/m
1
141. As k  , 145. At maximum compression, the solid cylinder
l
will stop.
l l l
length of spring segments = , , So loss in K.E. of cylinder = Gain in P.E. of
6 3 2
spring
 k1 = 6k
k2 = 3k 1 2 1 2 1 2
 mv  I  kx
k3 = 2k 2 2 2
when connected in series combination, 1
2
1 mR 2  v  1 2
1 1 1 1  mv 2     kx
= + + 2 2 2 R 2
k  6k 3k 2k
3 2 1 2
 k = k ….(i)  mv  kx
when connected in parallel combination, 4 2
k = 6k + 3k + 2k 3 1
  3 (4)2   200  x 2
 k = 11k ….(ii) 4 2
Dividing equation (i) by equation (ii), 36
 = x2  x = 0.6 m
k k 1 100
= =
k  11k 11
146. At maximum compression,
142. With mass m2 alone, the extension of the
Gain in P.E. of spring = loss in K.E. of sphere
spring l is given by,
m2g = kl ….(i) 1 2 1 1
 kx = mv2 + I2
With mass (m1 + m2), the extension l is given 2 2 2
by, 1 12 
= mv2 +  mr 2  2
(m1 + m2)g = kl = k(l + l) ….(ii) 2 2 5 
The increase in extension is l which is the
1 1
amplitude of vibration. Subtracting equation = mv2 + mv2 ….( v = r)
(i) from equation (ii), we get, 2 5
mg 7
m1g = kl  l = 1 = mv2
k 10
211
14 mv 2 14  2  (6) 2 147. K.E. is maximum at mean position and P.E. is

 x2 = = = 2.8 minimum at mean position.
10 k 10  36
i.e., x = 2.8 m
Evaluation Test
 aCM 3. Since the amplitudes of the SHM is small,

1 = 0 sin(1t), (taking first one as reference)
2 = 0 sin(2t  )
F
1. For the two to be in same phase,
1t = 2t  
f
2 2 
Substituting,  = = we get,
T 3
2 2 21
x = 4 cos (2t)  t= t+t= s
3 7 8
 a = –162 cos(2t)
F – f = MaCM ….(1) 4. The concept is that projection of a circle on its
 2
16 M cos(2t) – f = MaCM diameter where the circular motion is uniform,
is an SHM.
(F  pseudo force due to acceleration
 Amplitude of motion = 0.5 m
of platform)
 = 60 rev/min = 2 rad/s
1  2
f  R =  MR 2   ….(2)
2   T= =1s

Ma CM
 f= 5.
2 Fb
3
 MaCM = 162 M cos(2t)
2 x
32 2
 aCM =  cos(2t)
3 mg L
This is the acceleration w.r.t. the platform.
Acceleration w.r.t. ground,
 32  Fb – Fg = –ma
a =   16  2 cos(2t) d2x
 3   m 2 = –(g A(L + x) – mg)
16 2 dt
=  cos(2t) At equilibrium, mg = g AL
3
d2x
16  1  m 2 = –(g A)x
=  2   dt
3 2
 D 2 
8 g  
=  2    gA  4 
3  n = =
m m
 t  1000  9.81    8  8
2. x = cos(t), y = cos   =
2 4  350
1  cos  t  9.81  
y= i.e. 2y2 – 1 = cos(t) = 40
2 35
 2
2y = x + 1 represents a parabola. = 37.52 rad/s
212
6. 9. K
L M 
 R

x

Initial momentum P is in negative direction.
Towards the end of one cycle, it will not come
back to its original position as there are some
x = L cos  + R cos  frictional losses.
L sin  = R sin  This is a case of damped oscillation.
2
R 10.
cos  = 1  sin 2  = 1    sin 2 
L 
2
R
 x = R cos  + L 1    sin 2 
L
Since the angular velocity is a constant, ( = t)  v2
first term shows S.H.M. and second term does a
not. 
7. If the sphere is displaced by a small , g
2R K(2R)
2
v2  v2 
cos  = g sin     g
2
a a
 
R K(R) v2
v2
  tan  = a
ag

v2 g
Net Restoring Torque = 2KR (2R) – K(R) R Now, g = sin  + g cos 
a
7 
= 3KR2 =  MR 2    v2 
5  = cos   tan   g 
 a 
15K 15K
 2 = = 2
7M 7M  v2 
  g
2
=
a
 
8. a 2
  v2 
  g
2
ma 
g2 a
n14 = n4 =  
 4 l   4 l 
2 2
mg 2 2
In equilibrium,  v2 
2
ma cos  = mg sin   
a
a  n – n1 =   2
4 4
 tan  =
g  42 l 
2
Now, in case of oscillation, the body goes x  v2   g2 
   =  n  n1 
4 4
more than that at equilibrium because of gain  4
in velocity.  a   n1 
1/ 2
a 2  n4 
 Maximum displacement = 2 tan–1    v = ag  4  1
g  n1 
213
11. M 13. k n1 = 2k(x2) = 3k(x3)
as tension in the spring remains the same.
z
R Also, x1 + x2 + x3 = A

x x
 x1 + 1 + 1 = A
2 3
Mg  6  3  2  x1
 =A
6
Net torque = I 6A
 MR 2   x1 =
 (Mg) z sin  =   Mz 2   11
 2  x 3A
 x2 = 1 =
  2 11
 Mgz 
 =    = –2 x1
2  Ratio of amplitudes =
 MR  Mz 2  x1  x 2
 
 2 
 A
2 R 2  2z 2 6  2
11 
 Time period =

= 2
2gz = = .
 A 3
 9 
= 2
R2 z

 11 
2gz g
R2 z 14.
Time period is minimum when, =
2gz g
R
i.e. z = kx/ 2
2
12.
 x x/ 2
L kx/ 2
x/ 2 (3K)x
x
 Mg
R
Net restoring force = –2Kx

Frest = –mg sin( + )
M
   Time period = 2
 ma = –mg   1   2K
 
1 2K
g     Frequency =
 = 1    2 M
L  
x x 15. When the two blocks collide, velocity transfer
= ,= takes place.
R L v
….[ For small  and , sin    and sin   ] K/2 v=0
g  L 1 1
 = 1   = –g    M M
L  R L R
1
 Time period = 2
1 1 L
  g then
L R
214
33. U = Loss in gravitational energy GM
= gain in K.E.  vc = at h  R
R
1 2U 1 1
So, U = mv2  m = 2  K.E2 = mv c2 = mgR
2 v 2 2
34. Orbital radius of satellites r1 = R + R = 2R K.E1 2mgR 2
r2 = R + 7R = 8R  = =
K.E 2 mgR 1
GMm GMm
P.E1 = and P.E2 = Alternate method:
r1 r2 1
K.E1 = mv e2
GMm GMm 2
K.E.1 = and K.E2 =
2r1 2r2 1
= m × 2gR = mgR ….[ve = 2gR ]
GMm GMm 2
T.E1 = and T.E2 =
2r1 2r2 When orbit is close to Earth, v0 = gR
P.E1 K.E1 T.E1 1 1
 = = =4 K.E2 = mv2 = mgR
P.E 2 K.E 2 T.E 2 2 2
GMm K.E1  mgR 
35. U= and   =2
r K.E 2 1 mgR
GMm 2
Kinetic energy =
2r
Re 2
GMm 39. Rm = , m = e
 U = (2) = 2 × Kinetic energy 4 3
2r
1
Energy spent = mgehe = mgm hm
= 2 × mv2 =  mv2  hm= gehe/ gm
2
4 
GMm  R eeG   h e
3
36. P.E. =
r  hm =  
4
R mmG
1 3
 P.E. 
r R e e 3 4
 hm =   h e    0.5 = 3 m
Similarly, R m m 2 1
1
T.E.  40. MA = 2MB, RA = 2RB
2r
1 2GM
And K.E.  ve =
2r R
GMm 1 (ve )A 2M B / 2R B
37. B.E1 = = mgR and  = =1
2R 2 (ve ) B MB / R B
GMm  (ve)A = (ve)B
B.E2 = = mgR
R
1 1 2GM
 B.E2 – B.E1 = mgR – mgR = mgR 41. v=
2 2 R
2GM 8 4
38. ve =  ve = R G ….( M = R3)
R 3 3
1 Now, ve  R and vp  2R
 K.E1 = mv e2
2 vp vp
 = 2 or ve =
1 2GM ve 2
= m
2 R
1 2GM
= m (2gR) = mgR 42. ve =
R2 Rh
146
Ml 
T2 = 2  =
M  m g 2
  = – cos(t)
T2 M
  – = – cos (t)
T1 Mm
1  l
23. Time of ascent = Time of descent  t= cos–1   and  =
  g
1
S = at + at2 2  g 
2  Time Period = cos–1   = 2 cos–1  
1  
  l 
 80 cm =  (10 sin 30) t2
2
26. At mean position,
0.80 1.6 4
 t= m/s = = 1
2.5 5 5 2 P.E. = kx2 = 0
2
 2 4  i.e., P.E. is minimum.
 Time period of oscillation = 2   
5 2 Also, velocity is maximum at mean position.
8 2  K.E. is maximum.
= s
5
24.
T sin  T cos 
A 

mg mg sin 
mg cos 

T sin  + FP = mg sin 
T sin  + ma = mg sin 
But a = g sin 
 sin  = 0   = 0
l
 TP= 2
g eff
l
= 2
g cos 
25.


Since the collision is elastic,

this system can be considered as a partial
SHM system.
 =  sin(t + )
at t = 0,  = 
216
Textbook
Chapter No.
05 Elasticity
Hints
FL 2  10  2 40
Classical Thinking 40. Y= = 4 3
=
Al 0.05  10  0.04  10 2  10 10
15. Breaking force  Area of cross-section of wire = 20  1010 N/m2
i.e. load held by the wire does not depend dP 1.2×107
upon the length of the wire. 47. K= =
dV / V 3×103 / 4
18. This is because strain is a dimensionless and 4.8×1010
unitless quantity. = = 1.6  1010 N/m2
3
21. Fluids have no shape of their own but occupy 1
the volume of the vessel in which they are 48. K=
Compressibility
contained. Therefore, the fluids can have
volume strain only. 1
 Bulk Modulus = = 2  109 N/m2
0.5×109
F 10
25. Stress = = = 40 N/m2 49. Isothermal elasticity,
A (50  102 )2
Ki = P = 1 atm = 1.013  105 N/m2
1 Shearing stress
26. Stress (S)  56. =
Area(A) Shearing strain
2
S1 r2 108
= 22 =   =
2 4 Stress
 Shearing strain = = = 1.25  10–3
S2 r1 1
  1  8  1010
l 0.001 Lateral strain

27. Strain = = 57. = Poisson’s ratio
L L Longitudinal strain
x 0.02 Lateral strain 25  106
28. Shearing strain  = = 63. = =
h 10 Longitudinal strain 5  105
  = 0.002
  = 0.5
Stress 73. Loss of elastic strength produces more strain
33. Y= = Constant
Strain for a given stress.
It depends only on nature of the material. 78. This is due to increase in intermolecular distance.
Longitudinal stress 1 Mgl
37. Y= 81. Work done = Fl =
Longitudinal strain 2 2
For a perfectly rigid body, L = 0, so 82. l  L i.e. if length is reduced to half, then
longitudinal strain is zero. Hence, Y is infinite. l
increase in length will be .
38. Liquids don’t have a definite length 2
Here, L = 0  Y = 0 Extension ( 2L  L) L
83. Strain = = = =1
F Originallength L L
39. Young’s modulus, Y =
A  strain
FL 1
104 84. Y= Y 
 A = = 7.1  10–4 m2 Al l
9
7 ×10 × (0.2 / 100) i.e. More elongation implies less elasticity.
217
GM GM 0 4GM 0 T2
13. g= = = 23. = constant
 D0 / 2 
2
R 2
D0 2 r3
 T2r3 = constant
1 2 R1 1
14.  ,  24. r2 = 2r1
2 3 R 2 2 3/ 2
T2  r2 
g  R  g1  1R1 and g2  2R2  =   = (2)3/2 = 2 2
T1  r1 
g1 1 R1 2 1 1
     
g 2 2 R 2 3 2 3  T2 = 2 2 years
15. Force on satellite is only gravitational force, 1

25. r2 = r1
which will always be towards the centre of 4
3 3 3
earth.
T  r  T1  r and T2  r2
2 2 2
1
16. v 3 3
r T2  r2  2  1 2
     T2 = T1  
1 T1  r1  4
 % increase in speed = (% decrease in radius)
2 1
1  T2 = 24  = 3hr
= (1%) 8
2 26. In the problem, orbital radius is increased by 1%.
= 0.5% Time period of satellite T  r3/2
i.e. speed will increase by 0.5% Percentage change in time period
GM 3
17. vc = = (% change in orbital radius)
r 2
Thus, critical velocity is independent of mass 3
= (1%) = 1.5%.
of satellite. 2
3
vB rA 4R 3
18.   2 T2  r2  2  6400  2
vA rB R 27.     T2 = 24    2 hour.
T1  r1   36000 
 vB = 2  vA = 2  3v = 6v
(Note: Refer to Shortcut 13.) 28. Point A indicates perihelion position while
3 2 point C represents aphelion position.
1 1 This means point A is closest to the sun
20. T  r 2 i.e. r  T 3 ; K.E.   2
r followed by point B and C.
T3
2 Hence, vA > vB > vC
 K.E.  T 3  KA > KB > KC
21. r = 1.5  10  10 m8 3 29. we know
When orbiting, gravitational force T2  r3
F = m2r T2 = kr3
= 6  1024  (2  10–7)2  1.5  108  103 Take ln on both side
= 36  1021 N lnT2 = lnkr3
2lnT2 = lnk + 3lnr
r3 Differentiate both side w.r.t. x
22. T = 2
GM 1 dT 1 dk 1 dr
2  3
42 T dx k dx r dx
 T2 = (R + h)3
GM 2T k r
 3
 GMT 2 
1/ 3
T k r
 R+h=  2  2T r
 4  3
1 T r
 GMT 2  3 3 r
 h=  2 
R T = T
 4  2 r
150
Chapter 05: Elasticity
l1 l FL
 . r 12 = 2 . r 22 29. Young’s Modulus, Y =
L1 L2 Al
2 FL F
l r   A= =
 4= 2   2 Yl l
Y 
L2  r1  L
l2 4 4 20
 = = =1  A= = 108 m2 = 102 mm2
 2
2 2
L2  r2   1 
  2  1011   
 r1   100 
L F
22. Strain = = FL FL
L AY 30. Y=  l=
Since F, A and Y are the same for the two Al AY
wires, the strains in them are equal. l1 L A Y 2 4 5
 = 1  2  2 =  
24. L2 = 2L1 l2 L2 A1 Y1 1 1 3
l L  L1 2L1  L1 l1 40
 = 2 = =1  =
L L1 L1 l2 3
 Strain = 1, Stress = Y
MgL FL
25. Y= 31. Y=
r 2l r 2l
1 Y1 = Y2 ….[Given]
 l FL FL
r2  =
l1 2 2
l r1 l1
2
r2 2l2
 = r2 =  2r1  = 4  l2 = 1
l2 4 l1 2 2
1
r2
1  r1   = r2 = r1 / 4 =
 When radius of wire is doubled, the elongation
l2 r1 2
r12 4
1  l2 = 4l1 = 4  1 = 4 cm
of the wire becomes .
4
F L
F/A FL 32. Y=
26. Y= = r 2 l
l/L Al
FL FL 1
 l=  l= 2 l 2
AY r Y r
2 2
 l L l2 r   r  1
 = 1 = 1  =
l1 L L l1 r 2r 4
= 1 = =3  2  1
l2 L2 L/3 l 0.01
l1 l  l2 = 1 = = 0.0025
 l2 = = 4 4
3 3
27. When the length of wire is doubled, then l = L FL 1
33. Y= Y
and strain = 1 Al l
F Let
 Y = stress =
A lC = increase in length of copper wire
 Force = Y × A = 2  1011  0.1  104 = 2  106 N lS = increase in length of steel wire
FL lC Y 5
= S = 2 10
11
28. Y=  =
Al lS YC 1.2  1011 3
1 3
 Y ….[F, L and A are constant]  lS = lC
l 5
l1 Y 1 3
 = 2 = 4 = lC + lC ….[Given]
l2 Y1 2 5
219
8 l =  Lt
 4= lC
5 l
 =  t ….(ii)
45 5 L
 lC = = mm = 2.5 mm
8 2  From equations (i) and (ii),
T = YAt
34. Y1 = Y2 22
F1L1 FL = 2.1  1011   10–6  11  10–6  10
= 2 2 7
l1A1 l2 A 2  T = 72.5 N
l1 F L A
 = 1  1  2
l2 F2 L2 A1 40. Modulus of rigidity is the property of material.
l1 2 2 9
 =   ( A =  r2) 47. Energy per unit volume =
1
 stress  strain
l2 3 3 4 2
l1 1 F dl Fdl
 =1:1 =   =
l2 2 A l 2Al
35. l1 = L1  L, F1 = 5 N, l2 = L2  L, F2 = 7 N 48. Work done in stretching a wire,

Here, 1 1
W = Fl =  10  0.5  103
l  F or l  T 2 2
l1 T = 2.5  103 J
 = 1  Work done to displace it through 1.5 mm
l2 T2
W = F  l = 5  103 J
5 L1  L 7L  5L 2  The ratio of above two work = 1 : 2
 =  L= 1
7 L2  L 2
1
49. W= Fl
36. The free body diagram of two parts are shown 2
in figure. F/A FL YAx
But Y = = or F =
3L/4 L/4 l/L Al L
2
2F 2F 1 YAx YAx 2
 Work done = =
4F 4F 2 L 2L
Both the parts of body are stretched by forces 0.06
shown. Therefore, total elongation is 50. Strain = 0.06 % =
100
4F(3L / 4) 2F(L / 4) 7FL 1
l = l1 + l2 =  =  Energy per unit volume =  Y  (strain)2
AY AY 2AY 2
2
37. When there is increase in temperature, the 1  0.06 
change in length is =  2  1010   
2  100 
l = L  t , t = change in temperature = 1010  3.6  10–7
l = 3.6  103
 Strain = =  t =12  10–6 (10 – 0) = 1210–5
L = 3600 J/m3
l Stress X  9.8 P1V1 PV
38. = = 51. From the ideal gas equation, = 2 2
Y Y Y T1 T2
9.8 X  100 980X E 2 P2 V1 T2  1   400  1
 % l = =       
Y Y 
E1 P1 V2 T1  4   300  3
TL E
39. Y=  E2 = 1
Al 3
l 1
 T = YA ….(i) Hence elasticity will become times.
L 3
220
FL 56. Young’s modulus is defined only in elastic
52. Y=
Al Stress 8 107
region and Y = = = 2  1011 N/m2
YAl 2  1011  4  106  2  103 Strain 4 104
 F= = = 320 N
L 5 FL 100× 20 ×102
57. = =
1 Al 400 ×104 × 0.25×102
 Energy =  load  extension
2 = 20  10–2 + 6 = 2  105 N/m2
1 58. Breaking load depends on the area of cross-
=  320  2  10–3
2 section and is independent of length of the rod
= 320  10–3 i.e., breaking load = breaking stress  cross-
= 0.320 J sectional area.
F.L
53. For loaded wire, extension = Competitive Thinking
AY
Force AY 2. When body is stretched by applying a load to
 = = K1 (spring constant) its free end, longitudinal and shear strains both
extension L are produced in the spring.
So the wire may be regarded as a spring of (Note: If spring is spiral, then answer would
force constant K1. Now, the spring are in be longitudinal.)
series. Their effective force constant is given
by KK1 / (K + K1) mg
3. Longitudinal stress =
M r 2
Let T = 2 100  103  9.8
(force cons tan t) =
3.14  (1 103 ) 2
M(K  K1 )
= 2 9.8  101
KK1 =
3.14  106
M(K  (AY / L))
= 2 = 3.1  105 N/m2
K(AY / L)
force 1
M(KL  YA) 4. Stress =  Stress 
T = 2 Area A
YAK SB A
54. K.E. of missile = Elastic P.E.  = A = (2)
SA AB
1 1
 mv2 = Fl  S B = 2 SA
2 2
5. Breaking stress is property of the material
Fl
 v= .…(i) T1 T
m   22
r1 r2
2
FL
Let Y = 500 T
Al = 22
12 2
YAl 5  108  106  2  102
 F= = = 100 N  T2 = 2000 N
L 10  102
F mg
6. Stress = =
 From (i), v = 100  0.02 = 400 = 20 m/s A A
5  103 But, m = V
55. The pressure exerted by a 2500 m column of Representing volume and area in linear
water on the bottom layer, dimensions,
P = hg = 2500 m  1000 kgm3  10 ms2 L3g
= 2.5  107 Nm2 Stress = 2
L
V
Fractional compression ,  stress  L ….( density is constant)
V
Given: Linear dimensions increase by factor
V P 2.5 107 Nm 2
= = 2
 1.14  102 = 1.14% of 9. Therefore, stress will also increase by
V B 2.2 10 Nm 9
factor of 9.
221
GMm 58. Total energy of a satellite is,
55. US = …(at surface)
R GMm
T.E. =  ...(i)
GMm 2(R  h)
UT = …(at target)
2R  Multiplying and dividing the eq (i) by R2.
GMm GMm GMmR 2
W = UT  US = + T.E. = 
2R R 2(R  h)R 2
2
GMm gR m g 0 mR 2
= = …(GM = gR2) GM
2R 2R  T.E. =  ... ( g0 = )
2(R  h) R2
= mgR
2 GmM GM mR 2 mgR 2
59. B.E. =  2  
56. Increase in the P.E. is given by, 2r R 2r 2r
U = UB  UA
GmM
GMm  GMm  5GMm 60. B.E. = = mgR = 100  10  6.4  106
UB =  =   =– R
Rh  R R /5 6R
= 6.4  109 J
GMm
UA =  61. g = g  R2cos2. Hence value of g changes
R
5GMm GMm GMm  5  with .
 U =  + = 1  
6R R R  6 62. g = g  2R cos2
GMm Rotation of the earth results in the decreased
U = weight apparently. This decrease in weight is
6R
not felt at the poles as the angle of latitude is
mgR 2
 U = ( GM = gR2) 90.
6R
mgR 63. An object of mass m1 placed at the equator of
 U = the star, will experience two forces: (i) an
6
5 attractive force due to gravity towards the
 U = mgh (R = 5h) centre of the star and (ii) an outward centrifugal
6 force due to rotation of the star. The centrifugal
Alternate method (I): force arises because the object is in a rotating
mgh (non-inertial) frame; this force is equal to the
U =
1  h/R inward centripetal force but opposite in
Substituting R = 5h direction. Force on object due to gravity
mgh 5 GmM
we get U = = mgh Fg =
1  1/5 6 R2
Force on object is
GMm Fc = mR2
57. Orbital Energy E0 =
2R  h  The object with remain stuck to the star and
 GMm  GMm not fly off if
 E0 = = ….[  h = 2R] Fg > Fc
2  R  2R  6R
GmM 2 R 3 2
 GMm i.e., > mR or M >
Energy at surface E = R2 G
R
 Min. energy required = E0  E 64. i. Going down from surface towards centre –
 GMm   GMm  g
=   gdepth =
6R  R   d
1  
5 GMm  R
=
6R As d increases, g decreases.
153
L L 25. Ysteel = 2 Ybrass
20. Here, l   2 Ls = Lb
A r
100 1 As = Ab
For option (A): l  =  104 cm Ls = Lb
(0.1) 2

F
200 2  102 stress A WL
For option (B): l  = Y=  
(0.2) 2   4  102 strain  L AL
0.5 L
=  104 cm YAL
 W=
L
300 3  102
For option (C): l  =  WY
(0.3)2   9  102 Ws Ys
 =2:1
0.33 Wb Yb
=  104 cm

YAl 9  1010    4  106  0.1
400 4  102 26. F= = = 360  N
For option (D): l  = L 100
(0.4) 2   16  102
27. A1 = 4 mm2
0.25 Under the same load,
=  104 cm
 lA = constant
Thus, we see that highest elongation will be A 2 l1 0.1
for option (A).    A2 = 4  = 8 mm2
A1 l2 0.05
21. Young’s Modulus for a wire is given as,
1 1
Mg L Mg L 28. l 
Y  L = Y.A Yr 2
L A YA
1 1
L  lA  2
and lB 
 L  YA rA YB rB2
A 2 2
L lB YA rA2 YA r  2 1 1
Now,   is maximum for L = 50 cm and  = =  A  =   =
A lA TB rB2 YB  rB  1 2 2
diameter = 0.5 mm.  l A : lB = 2 : 1
Hence, option (A) is correct. 29. Given: LP = LQ, FP = FQ ….( same load)
FL mP : mQ = m1 : m2
22. l=
AY FL
Y=
1 Al
 l 2 ….(F, L and Y are constant)
r FL
2  l =
l2 r  AY
 =  1  = (2)2 1
l1  r2  l 
A
 l2 = 4l1 = 4  3 = 12 mm
Since m = V
stress =At
23. Y=
strain  mA
Maximumstress mg / A 1
Maximum strain = =  l 
Y Y m
Y  strain  A 2 1011 10 3  3 106 lP m 2
 m= =  
g 10 lQ m1
= 60 kg 31. Bulk Modulus
24. Breaking stress = strain  Young’s modulus Hydraulic stress
K=
= 0.15  2  1011 = 3  1010 Nm2 strain
223
P 1
32. Bulk modulus B = 37. Compressibility =
V / V K
Expressing volume in terms of radius and dP hg
|K| = =
change in radius,  dV   dV 
V 3R    
=  V   V 
V R dV
As negative sign indicates decrease, neglecting it, = 2.7  103  103  9.8  45.4  1011
V
P
B= = 1.2  102
3R / R
r / r
R P 39. =
 = l/L
R 3B
r l
33. Bulk modulus is given as,   100 =    100
r L
 dP  0.04
K=   = 0.5   100
 dV / V  100
where negative sign indicates volume 4
decreases with increase in pressure. = 0.5 
100
 Fractional decrease in volume will be, 2
dV dP = = 0.02 %
 100
V K r / r
If area of cross-section of cylinder is a, then, 40. =
mg l/L
dP = r l 0.1
a     = 0.5  = 5  104
dV mg r L 100
  …. (i) 2
V Ka  r = 5  104  r = 5  104  = 5  104
4 2
Also, V = r3  D = 10  104 = 103
3
 D1 – D2 = 103
dV dr
 =3 …. (ii)  D2 = 2  103 = 1.999 mm
V r r / r
Equating equations (i) and (ii), 41. =
dr mg l / l
 r is radius of wire, l is its length, r is change
r 3Ka
in r and l is the change in l when the wire is
VdP 1 1 subjected to tension.
34. K=   dP   2  105 V1 = r2l
dV  dV   10 
    Volume of wire after elongation is,
 V   100 
V2 =  (r  r)2 (l + l)
 K = 2  106 N/m2 Given V1 = V2
VdP  r2l =  (r  r)2 (l + l)
35. K=
dV =  [r2  2r (r) + (r)2] (l + l)
KdV 10 = r2 (l+l)  2r r (l+l) + (r)2 (l+l)
 dP = = 6  103  = 600 N/m2  r and l are very small, terms of order (r  l)
V 100
and (r)2 and higher can be ignored. Then,
P P V 
36. K=     we have,
V / V K V  r2l = r2l + r2l  2rlr
 1 l r
....  As     rl = 2lr  = 2
 V l r
K K  0.01 K r / r 1
 P=    =  = 0.5
 100 10000 l / l 2
224
92. 1 2 94. (T.E.) on surface = (T.E.) at height ‘h’
m 9m  (K.E.)1 + (P.E.)1 = (K.E.)2 + (P.E.)2
r 1  GMm   GMm 
 mu 2      0   
Let at distance x from m gravitational field be
2  R   R  h
zero. 1  GMm   GMm 
mu 2       
Gm G(9m) 2  Rh  R 
 =
x 2 (r  x)
2
GMm GMm
 (r  x)2 = 9x2 = 
R Rh
 r  x = ±3x
As r being distance, cannot be negative. 1 1 
= GMm   
Hence, negative value is neglected. R R h
 r = 4x
1 1 
r  u2 = 2GM   
 x= R R h
4
Net potential at x, V = V1 + V2  R h R 
u2 = 2gR2  2
 ….( GM = gR )
=
Gm

G(9m)
 R  R  h  
(r / 4) [r  (r / 4)]
 h 
4Gm 9Gm

u2 = 2gR  
= R h 
r 3r / 4
=
4Gm 12Gm
 u2  h  R  h 2gR
r r      2
2gR  R  h  h u
16Gm
= R 2gR
r 1  2
h u
93. 1m R 2gR
m1 m2   1
x 1–x h u2
Gm1 Gm 2 R 2gR  u 2
  
x 2
1  x 
2 h u2
 (1–x)2 m1 = m2 x2 u 2R
 h=
 (1–x) m1 = m 2 x 2gR  u 2
 m1 – x m1 = m2 x 95. VP = Vsphere + Vpartical M
a
GM GM 3GM
 m1 x + m2 x = m1 =  =
a a/2 a P
M a/2
m2
x+ x=1
m1
96. Applying law of conservation of energy for
 m2  asteroid at a distance 10 Re and at earth’s surface,
 x 1  =1
 m1  Ki + Ui = Kf + Uf ….(i)

1
1 1 Now, Ki = mvi2 vi
 x=   0.1 2 10 Re
m2 8100 vf
1 1
m1 100 GM e m
and Ui =
10R e Re
Gm1
 Gravitational potential = 
x2 1 2 Me
Kf = mvf and
 6.67 1011 100 2
= Earth
0.12 GM e m
Uf =
= – 6.67  10–7 J/kg Re
157
W2 = (W1 + W2)  W1 4m(g  a)
 T=
1 1 d 2
= K (l  l1 )2  Kl 2
2 2 4m(g  a)
 d2 =
1 T
= K l 2  l12  2ll1  l 2 
2 1
 4m(g  a)  2
=
1
K l1  2l  l1
 d=  
2  T 
62. Elongation l = L = tL (  = t) 66. As the force acting on both the wires is same,
FL1 FL F  2L 
Force = Y  t A l1 = = and l2 =
4 R Y 4  2R  Y
2 2
A1Y
1
Work done =  Force  elongation l1
2 L 4R 2
 = 2  =2
1 1 l2 R 2L
 W = Y  t A   t L = Y 2 t2 AL
2 2
67. The stretching force on the wire due to its own
63. Change in length of rod due to change in weight is not uniform throughout its length. It
temperature is, is zero at the bottom and maximum at the
L = LT ....(i) point of suspension. Thus, average of the two
F L(1  T) must be taken.
Also Y = So stretching force is equal to half the weight
A L
of wire
FL(1  T)
 L = ....(ii) W mg Vg
AY F= = =
2 2 2
Equating equations (i) and (ii),
F/A
FL(1  T) Now, Y =
= LT l/L
AY FL Vg L
AYT  l=  l=
 F= AY 2 r 2 Y
(1  T) But V = AL = r2L
64. When external pressure is applied on the cube, r 2 Lg L L2 g
l=  l=
the compression produced in volume is 2r 2 Y 2Y
V P YAl
 ....(i) 68. T=
V K L
When heated, the cube will expand through, Increase in length of one segment of wire,
V = V ( T)  1 d2  1 d2
V l = L   L =
 = 3T ....(ii) (  = 3)  2 L 2 L
V
Yr 2 d 2
Hence, equating equations (i) and (ii), So, T =
P 2L2
3T =
K TL
69. Elongation in the wire l =
P AY
 T =  Elongation in the wire  Tension in the wire
3K
65. As the lift is moving upward, the maximum T2
tension in the rope = m(g + a)
F m(g  a)
Stress in the rope = = T1 T2
A r 2
m(g  a) m(g  a) T2
 T= = W
r 2 d
2
  W W
2
226
In first case, T1 = W and in second case, 71. Thermal stress = Y
2W  W As thermal stress and rise in temperature are
T2 = =W
WW 1 Y  3
equal,  Y   1  2 
As tension in the wire in both the cases are  Y2 1 2
equal, the elongations in the wire will be equal.
72.
l z
70. T = 2
g
Let the length of string change to l1 due to x y
additional mass Volume of the rod, V = xyz
l  dy / y
 TM = 2 1 Poisson’s ratio for breadth,  =
g dx / x
l dy dx
2
 = –
T g T l y x
 =  2

TM l1 TM l1 dz dx
Similarly,= –
g z x
TM2 l dV dx dy dz
 1 = 1 1  =  
T 2
l V x y z
 TM  2
 l dx dx dx dx
    1 = ....(i) = – – = (1 – 2)
 T   l x x x x
Now, Stress = Y  strain
F / A mg l
Now, Y =   Given, Stress = 0.01 Y
 l / l A l
dx dx
1 A  l  0.01 Y = Y  = 0.01
or  ....(ii) x x
Y Mg  l dV
substituting l / l from equation (i)  = 0.01  (1 – 0.6) = 0.01  0.4
V
1  TM   A
2
Percentage volume change = 0.4%
    1
Y  T   Mg
Evaluation Test
1. Shear area = dt (of the plate) 2. In the first case, the net force is zero. So, the
FL
 Maximum shear force = sdt extension is but in the other, the body
AY
d 2 has an acceleration because of which T is a
Area of cross-section of punch = function of distance and hence l.
4
1
3. K.E = m2R2 = R3a2
d 2 2
 Maximum normal force of punch =  c
4 T
Stressing in ring =  R 2 2
a
d 2
 sdt = c 1  Stress 
2
4 P.E. =  volume
2 Y
c d 4  108  10  102 2 R 5 a4
t= = P.E. =
4 s 4  2  108 Y
= 0.5  101  102 cm = 5 cm K.E R a2
3
Y
 = Y=
P.E.  R a
2 5 4
R 2 2
227
4. Let the point O descend by distance x
dN
N+ dr From the condition of equilibrium of point O,
dr
2 T sin  = mg
dr
2
mg mg  l 
  x
2
or T = = ….(i)
2sin  2x  2 
T d2
Consider an elementary ring of width dr at a Now, 2
=  = E or T = E ….(ii)
d 4
distance r from the axis. The part outside  
dN 2
exerts couples N + dr on this ring while
dr (Here,  is stress and  is strain)
the part inside exerts a couple N on the In addition to this,
opposite direction. We have for equilibrium, 2
dN l l
  x 
2
dr  dI 2
  2  2x 
2
dr =  1     1 ….(iii)
While dI is the moment of inertia of the l  l 
elementary ring,  is the angular acceleration 2
and minus sign is needed because the couple From equation (i), (ii) and (iii),
(Nr) decreases, with distance, vanishing at the x mgl
outer radius, N (r2) = 0, Now, x 
 2x 
2 Ed 2
m 1  
dI = 2r drr2
  r2  r12 
2  l 
1
2m  mg  3
Thus, dN = 2 2 r 3dr or x = l  2 
= 2.5 cm
r2  r1  2Ed 
1 m
On integration, N =
2  r22  r12 
r 4
2  r14 
9. l =
Fl
,
l

l
= Slope of curve
AY  F / A  Y
m  r22  r12 
l  4  2   10
3
=
2  
Y 4000  103
5. If area of cross-section is different, the 4000  103
breaking loads are different for same material. Given, l = 1m  Y =  2  109 N / m 2
2  103
6. Maximum restoring force develops at the end
where force is applied. This force decreases 10. The change in length of the rod due to
linearly such that it becomes zero at the other increase in temperature in absence of walls is,
end so stress also decreases linearly. l = l   T = 1000  104  20 mm
F = 2 mm
7. Equal Strains  Equal Dl  But rod can expand upto 100 mm only.
AY
F1 A1 Y1 At that temperature, its natural length is
   1 = 1002 mm
F2 A 2 Y2
l 1
 F1 = F2  x = 1 m  Mechanical stress = Y = 1011 
l 1000
8. l/2 l/2 8
= 10 N/m 2
 O 
11. The force F1 causes extension in rod.
T T F2 causes compression in left half of rod and
an equal extension in right half of rod.
mg Hence, F2 does not effectively change length
of the rod.
228
12. Maximum stress lies in stepped bar in the FL FL
portion of lesser area (5 cm2)  L = =
a  a  L tan   Y abY
For the stress  in lesser area,
6.28  9.8  10
A / 2   L =
the stress in larger cross-section =  3.14  19.6  10 4   10  10 4    2 1011 
A 2
Strain energy of stepped bar  L = 5  104 m = 0.5 mm
2  1
2
15. In case of punching, shear elasticity is
=  5  (100  x) +     10  x involved, the hole will be punched, if
2Y  2  2Y
F
 A  > ultimate shear stress.
 
x  F > (shear stress)  (area)
100 cm 100 cm  Fmin = (3.45  108) (2 rl)
= (3.45  108) (2  3.14  0.73  102
100  x
 1.27  102)
  = 200 kN
2 2 YA
= (500  5x + 2.5 x) = [500  2.5x] 16. For a wire, k =
2Y 2Y l
Strain energy of uniform bar, and for the series of combination,
=
2
 10  100
k k
ke = 1 2 
 Y1Y2  A
2Y k1  k 2 Y1L 2  Y2 L1
As per given condition,
17. We have,
2 40 2 Fl
[500  2.5x] =   10  100 =
2Y 100 2Y Al
 500  2.5x = 400
Fl 9  104  0.5
100  l = =
 2.5x = 100  x =  0.5   2  109
2
= 40 cm A
2.5
= 9  105 m
13. Atmospheric pressure is same in every
18.
direction
Hence, F = PA = 2P
14. Consider an element of length dx at distance
dx from the fixed end, then the change in
length of element will be.
x  
L
2
dx
Consider an element of area dS = (r / r)2
about z-axis chosen arbitrarily. There are
tangential tensile forces all around the ring of
b
the cap. Their resultant is
  r   
(a + L tan  = b) S  2   r  sin
  2   2
Fdx Hence, in the limit,
dy =
YA  r 
2
 r 
But, A = r2 =  (a + x tan )2 Pm   = S   r 
L L  2   2 
F dx
 L =  dy =  2Sr
y 0  a  x tan  2 or Pm = = 39.5 atm.
0 r
229
19. When a rod is deformed by its own weight, the 23.
stress increases as one moves up, the stressing
force being the weight of the portion below
the element considered.
 Stress on element dx is,
r2 (l  x)g / r2 = pg (l x) x dx
Extension of the element is
dx = ddx = g (l  x) dx/E
Integrating, we get the extension of the whole
rod as, Let is consider an element of rod at a distance
1 gl 2 n from its rotation axis. (From Netwon’s
l = second law in projection from directed
2 E
x towards the rotation axis,
Elasitc energy of the element is
g  l  x  2 m 2
1 dx dT = (dm)2x =  xdx
g (l  x) r dx l
2 E
Integrating, lx m2 x 2
2
On integrating.  T =  c (constant)
1 r 22 g 2l 3 2 2  l  l 2
U = = r lE  
6 E 3  l  1
But at, x = ± or free end, T = 0
2
d  d d 
20. 2T sin = (Rd)a2R …. sin   m2 R m2 l
2  2 2 Thus at, 0 =  c or c =
 T = aR22 2 4 8
m2  1 x 2 
Hence, T =   
2 4 l 
m2 l
Thus, Tmax = (at mid-point)
T  8
d Condition required for problem is,
2 Tmax = 5m
m2 l 2 2 m
So, = 5m or  =
 Vg  8 l 
21.   = stress = 
 2A  Hence the number of r.p.s.,
Lg 2  1 2 m
 = L n= =
2 g 2 l 
22. T  W = mv2/r
mv 2 24. Suppose that the steel band was made into a
or T = W + loop of radius R, then length the loop l = 2R
r
Consider, an infinitesimally thin section of
1kg   2m 1 
2
radius  and thickness d in the loop. The
= 10 N + = 30 N
0.2m length of this section of loop is 2. Hence,
T/A the longitudinal strain corresponding to this
We have Y = section is,
l/L
TL 2  2R P
or l = =  1
AY 2R R
30N   20cm  So, elastic energy density is,
=
 3 10 m2    2  1011 Nm2 
5
1 1 P 
u = E 2  E   1
2
= 5  105  20 cm = 103 cm = 10 m 2 2 R 
230
GMm1 m1v 2 v 2 65GM 5 GM

5. Fg =    
r n 1 r R r 2 8a 2 a
M1
GM 3 5GM
 v= M  vmin =
r n 1 2 a
2r 2r 2 r
T=   r n 1  r (n 1)/ 2 (2) 2 3
v GM GM 9. T2 = R
n 1 GM
r
6. We know that gravitational field inside a shell 3  42 
 log10T = log10R + log10  
is zero. 2  GM 
 ag at P = 0
2 1  42 
 ag   ag 
due to I1
0
due to I2
 log10 R =
3
log10T  log10 
3  GM 

 I1  I2 = 0 4 2
 I1 = I2  = 1018  M = 6  1029 kg
GM
7. Here, they are talking about the escape
velocity of parcel. But, now the launching is  2 R 
 d
done from beneath the surface 10. g = g 1   g = g  1  ,
 R  g 
GM(m) 1
  mve2 = 0 (gravity at a depth d) (gravity at the equator)
R 2
  P R gd g2 R 2 R 2
2 2    d=
4GM C R g g
R
 ve = = 2 (11.2 km/s) M
R 11. If G starts to decrease, the force between sun
= 15.84 km/s. and earth will also start to decrease. Earth will
8. Let P be on the line joining the centres of the try to follow a path of larger radius. Hence, its
two stars and r be distance of P from the period of revolution round the sun will
centre of smaller star. increase. But rotation of earth around its own
GM G(16M) axis will remain unchanged. The radius of the
 0
r2 (10a  r) 2 circular path of the earth will increase or the
 (10a  r)2 = 16r2 earth will follow a path of increasing radius.
Thus, P.E. will increase so K.E. decreases.
 10a  r = 4r
 r = 2a GMm
12. E= 
2r
P 16M dE GMm 1 dr
M   =
a V R C dt 2 r 2 dt
2a
t R
GMm dr  dE 
0 dt  2C r r 2 …. 
 dt
 C J/s 

10a
Now, if the particle projected from the larger GMm  1 1 
 t=   
planet has enough velocity (energy) to cross 2C  R r 
this point, it will reach the smaller planet. For
this, the K.E. imparted to the body must be  2h 
13. g = g 1  
just enough to raise its total mechanichal  R 
energy to a value which is equal to P.E. at P,
w2  w1 = error in weighing
i.e.,
1 G(16M)m G(M)m h h  GM h
mv2   = 2mg  1  2  = 2m 2
2 2a 8a R R R R
G(M)m G(16M)m 2mG 4 3 h 8
=   w2  w1 = 2
 R   = Gmh
2a 8a R 3 R 3
160
Textbook
Chapter No.
06 Surface Tension
Hints
70  105
Classical Thinking 6. Surface Tension = 70 dyne/cm =
102
20. Weight = 2rT = 7  10–2 N/m
Hence, radius remaining constant, W  T
7. A membrane has two free surfaces, therefore
W1 T 30 1 total force acting on each side = T  2L
 = 1 = =
W2 T2 60 2 T  2L
Force per unit length of the frame =
38. Waterproofing agents are used so that the L
material does not get wet. This means angle of =2T
contact is obtuse.
F 720
4T 8. T= = = 72 dyne/cm
53. Excess pressure inside soap bubble, P = 2l 25
r
Smaller bubble has more excess pressure. 9. The force on disc = T  circumference
= 7  10–2  2   r
1
55. P 22
r = 7  10–2  2   (20  10–2)
7
P1 R 1
 = 2 =  P1 : P2 = 1 : 2 = 8.8  102 N
P2 R1 2
10. F = T  (2R)
4T 4  0.04 4  40  103 F 75  104
56. P= = = = 32 Pa  (2R) = = = 12.5  102 m
r 5  103 5  103 T 6  102
2T 2  7.2  10 2
57. P= = = 14.4  101 11. F = T  l = 2  2r  T = 0.0616  105 dyne
r 10 3
6160  7
= 144 N/m2  T= dyne cm1
4  22  7
4T 4  30 = 70 dyne cm1
58. P= = = 400 dyne/cm2
r 3  101
12. Force due to S.T. = 2 (2r) T
2T cos   Force required to lift the ring = 2 (2r) T
62. h= hT
rg 22 3
=22   102  0.07
1 1 7 4
64. h  = 22  3  102  0.01
r D
= 66  104 N
75. Using T = F/l we get,
1N 1  105 dyne 13. F = T  (2 r1 + 2r2)
T= = = 103 dyne / cm = T  2  (1.75 + 2.25)  102
m 102 cm
= 0.074  2  3.14  4  102
= 1.86  10–2 N
Critical Thinking
FC 2AT 2  8  75
3. FA < or FC > 2 FA 14. F= = 1
= 105 dyne
2 t 0.12  10
Clearly, the cohesive force dominates. 15. Pull due to surface tension = T  2  (l + t)
5. Surface tension of oil is less than that of water. = 0.07  2(9.8 + 0.2)  102
So oil spreads on water. = 14  103 N
232
Chapter 06: Surface Tension
16. Surface energy should remain constant by law 26. Work done in blowing a soap bubble of radius
of conservation of energy. Hence, total surface R is given by, W = 8R2T
area should be conserved, i.e. 2
 6  102  2
4πr12 + 4πr22 = 4r2 = 8  3.14     2.1  10
 2 
Let r1 = r2 = r  r2 + r2 = R2 5
= 47.4  10 J
 R = 2 r = 1.4 r
27. Since conditions are isothermal, therefore,
17. Here, Assertion is false but Reason is true. As energy will be conserved.
work done is,  2[2  4r2T] = 2  4R2T
W = S.T.  increase in area R2 = 2r2  R = 21/2 r
W 4 3
or S. T. = 28. V= r  V  r3  r  V1/3
increasein area 3
2  104 Now,
= W = 4  r2 T  W  r2  V2/3
(10  8  10  4)104
2 2/3
= 5  10–2 N/m. W  r    2V  2/3 1/3
 =  =  = (2) = 4
W r  V 
18. dW = T  8 (R 22  R12 )
 W = 41/3 W
= T  8(25R2  9R2)
29. Work done = surface tension  change in
= T  8 (16 R2) = 128 R2T
surface area
19. W = T  Surface area of bubble = T  (2A  A)
Since the soap bubble has two surfaces, =TA
W = T  2  4R2 = 8R2T = 3  103  1.3  104
20. W = 2  4R2   ; R is increased by a factor = 3.9  107 J
of 2, so W is increased by a factor of 4. 4 3 4 3
30. 2 r = R or R = 21/3r
21. Increase in surface area = n  4r2  4R2 3 3
Required energy is equal to the product of Final surface area = 4R2 = 422/3 r2
surface tension and increase in surface area. Initial surface area = 2  4r2
= (4nr2  4R2)  T  Energy released = [8r2 – 4  22/3 r2]T
31. Work done = T  A
Work done
22. T= = 0.072  [(20  0.2  104)
Change in area – (20  0.1  104)]
3  104 = 0.072  0.1  20  104
 T= = 3  10–2 N/m
2  (10  11  10  6)  10 4 = 0.072  2  104
= 1.44  105 J
23. Effective area = 2  0.02 m2 = 0.04 m2 32. Initial surface area = 2  length  separation
Surface energy, TA = 5 N m1  0.04 m2 = 2  10  0.5
= 2  101 J = 10 cm2
4T 1 = 10  10–4 m2
24. P   P  Final surface area
r r
Further, as radius of soap bubble increases = 2  10  (0.5 + 0.1)  104 = 12  10–4 m2
1 Work done = W = T  A
with time, P  = 0.070  [12  10–4 – 10  10–4] = 14  10–6 J
t
33. Area of film = 2 (10  102  5  102)
25. Work done = S.T.  increase in surface area = (50  104 m2)  2
= 25  103  2  4  [(9  102)2 – (6  102)2] W = TA
= 200  103    [45  104] = 0.035  (50  104)  2
= 9000   107 = 0.035  100  104
= 90  105 J = 0.035  102 = 3.5  104 J
233
34. Let r = radius of each small drop and Change in energy = T  A
R = radius of a big single drop. = 75  [n4r2 – 4R2]
4 4 = 75  4   [125 (0.28  10–1)2 – (1.4  10–1)2]
Then n   r3 =  R3
3 3 = 300  3.14 [5(1.4  10–1)2 – (1.4  10–1)2]
 R = n1/3 r = 300  3.14  4  1.96  10–2
Initial surface energy = 9.42  7.84  74 erg
= E1 = n  4  r2  T = n E 39. T1 + T cos ( – ) = T2
Final surface energy T T
 cos ( – ) = 2 1
= E2 = 4  R2  T = 4  r2n2/3  T = n2/3 E T T
Energy released = E1 – E2 = E (n – n2/3) T T
 – cos  = 2 1  
35. u = T  4  R2 T T1
T2
When drop is sprayed into 1000 droplets each T T
 cos  = 1 2
of radius r, then T
4 3 4 R 40. Excess pressure P for a soap bubble is
R = 1000  r3  r =
3 3 10 4T
2 P=2 ....( bubble has two surfaces)
u = 1000  T  4r r
= 1000  T  4
R2
= 10  4R2T = 10 u = 2  4  0.02 = 4 N/m2
100 4  102
41. P1 = 4 P2
4 3 4T 4T
36. Volume of small droplet = r  =4  r2 = 4r1
3 r1 r2
4
Volume of big drop = R3 4 3
3  V= r  V  r3
Due to volume conservation, 3
3 3
4 4  V1 r  1 1
R3 = 64   r 3   = 1 =  =
3 3  V2  r2  4 64
3 3 3
 R = (4) r  R = 4 r V1 8
42. 
R 1 V2 1
 r= = = 0.25 mm
4 4 4 3
Work done = T  A = T [n4r2 – 4R2]  r1 
3  8
= 4T [nr2  R2]  =
4 3 1
= 4  72  103 [64  (0.25  103)2  (103)2]  r2 
3 
= 288  103 [4  106  106] 3
= 2.7  106 J  r1  8 r1 2
     
 r2  1 r2 1
4 4 3
37.  R3 = 8  r 1
3 3 But P 
 R3 = 8r3  R = 2r r
Work done = T (n  4 r2 – 4R2) P1 r2 1
 = =
R2 P2 r1 2
= T (8  4  – 4R2)
4 1 1
= T 4 (2R2 – R2) = 4R2T 43. P = T   
 r1 r2 
4 3 4 As r1 = r and r2 = ,
38. R = n r3  R3 = nr3
3 3 T
1/3 P = But r = d/2
 R = n r  1.4 = 5r r
1.4 2T
 r= = 0.28 mm  P =
5 d
234
2T 2T
 F = P.A = A 50. h=
d rg
2  75  10 hm g  g 
=  = e =6 ....  g m  e 
0.01 he gm  6
= 150  103 dyne
 hm = 6 he = 6 h
= 150 gm-wt
2T cos  51. In an artificial satellite, there is a state of
44. h= weightlessness. So, water will rise up to full
rg length of tube and will form a new surface of
2T cos  higher radius of curvature but will not come out.
 hg =
r 2T cos 1 2T cos 0
1 52. h= = =4
2T cos  rg rg
45. h= h 
rg r 2T
 =4
46. rg
R 2T cos 2
 =2
 rg
r
1
  4  cos 2 = 2  cos 2 =
2
 2 = 60
2T cos  hrg
53. h= T=
rg 2cos 
r Tl  h 850
From figure, R =  = l  l =  3.0 = 2.55
cos  Tw w hw 1000
2T  Tl = 7.0  102  2.55 = 0.18 N/m
47. h=
r g 2T cos   1 1 
2T 54. h2 – h1 =   
 r= (where r = radius of curvature) g  r2 r1 
hg
4T cos   1 1 
2  547 =   
= = 0.06 cm g  D 2 D1 
1.356  13.59  980
2T cos  4  7  10 2  cos 0 o  1 1 
48. Rise in capillary = h =
= 3  6 
rg 10 3  10  10 3  
As angle of contact  = 0  cos  = 1 and 28  10 2  1 1 
=
10 3  6 m
 = 1 g/cc  
2T 2  70 = 4.66  10–3 m = 4.66 mm
 h= =
rg (1 / 42)  1  980 2T cos  2  0.072  cos 0
55. h= =
140  42 rg 0.024  102  1000  10
 h=  h = 6 cm
980 = 6 cm ….[ cos 0 = 1]
2T cos  hrg
49. h= T= 2T cos  1
rg 2cos  56. h= h
Tw h cos m w rg r
 = w   h A rB r 1
Tm hm cos w m  = = B =
10 cos 135 1 1 h B rA 2rB 2
=   =
3.42 cos 0 13.6 6.5 57. l cos 60 = 2 or l = 2  2 cm = 4 cm
235
h  R3 = 106 r3  R = 100 r
58. l =
sin (90  )  The surface energy of one million drops,
E1 = 4r2T  106
h 6 12
= = = = 4 3 cm The surface energy of one big drop,
sin 60 3/2 3 E2 = 4R2T
2 2
r1 h 6.6 3 E2 R 1  100r  1 1
59. = 2 = =  =   6 =   6= 2
r2 h1 2. 2 1 E1  r  10  r  10 10
2T 64. External pressure
60. = hg  4T/ 2R = hg = atmospheric pressure + gh
R
4T where  is density of water = 1000 kg/m3
 = hg  External pressure = 105 + 1000  10  20
D
= 105 + 2  105 = 3  105 N/m2
4T 4  0.07 1
 D= = =  10–3 m
hg 3
0.40  10  9.8 14 Competitive Thinking
1 9. Force required to separate the plates,
 D= mm
14 2TA 2  70  103  102
F   28 N
4T 4T t 0.05  103
61. P1 = , P2 =  P1 = 2P2
r1 r2 Fflat T  2r 2
10.  
1 2 r 1 Fcurved T  r 
 =  1 =
r1 r2 r2 2 11. 2Tl = mg
4 4 mg 1.5  102 1.5
Now, V1 =  r13, V2 =  r23  T= = 2
= = 0.025 N/m
3 3 2l 2  30  10 600
 V1 = nV2 12.
4 4
 r13 = n r23  r13 = n r23
3 3
3 3
r  1 1
 n =  1  =   = = 0.125
 r2  2 8
For wire to float into water, its weight should
62. As volume is conserved, be balanced by the surface tension of the
4 3 4 water.
R = n r3
3 3  mg = Tl ....(where, l = length of the wire)
R 3
 0.5  10 
2 3
 Vg = Tl
 n= = 3 
= (5)3 = 125  r2lg = Tl
r 3
 1  10 
T
 3 3
R = 125r  R = 5r  r2 =
g
W = n4r2T  4R2T
= n4r2T  4(25r2)T T
 r=
= 4r2T (125  25) g
22 16. Refer Shortcut 9
= 400   10–6  7  10–2
7 18. Work done in increasing the radius of soap
= 88  10–6 bubble is W = 8T[r22 – r12] = 8T (4r2 – r2)
 W = 8.8  105 J = 24r2T
63. Let r be the radius of each droplet and R be 19. W  r2
the radius of the big drop.  W1  r12 and W2  r22
Since the total volume is the same, we have 2 2
4r 3 4R 3 W1  r1   4 
106  =        = 16 : 9
3 3 W2  r2   3 
236
20. W = 4r2T (n  n2/3) 28. Let R be the radius of bigger drop and r be the
W = 4 
 2  10 3 2
 0.072 1000  103  

2/3
radius of single small water drop.
Volume of big drop = n(Volume of small drop)
4   4 3 4
W = 8.146  10–4 J  R = n  r3
3 3
21. W = 8r2T = 8  3.14  (5  102)2  30  102  R3 = nr3
= 1.88  102 J 1
R = n3 r
22. W = 8r2T = 8  3.14  (1  102)2  3  102 Surface energy of n drops (En) = n  4r2  T
= 7.54  10–5 J Surface energy of big drop (E) = 4R2T
W = 8   r22  r12  T
1
23. E n nr 2 nr 2 nr 2
  2  2
 2  n3 = 3 n : 1
E R  3 
1
= 8  3.14  [(6  102)2]  (4  102)2] n 3 r2
n r
 0.035  
= 17.58  104  1.8  103 J
29. As volume remains constant,
24. Net force on stick = F1 – F2 = (T1  T2)l R3 = 8000r3  R = 20r
= (0.07 – 0.06)  2 = 0.01  2 = 0.02 N Surface energy of one big drop 4R 2T
 
25. The rectangular film of liquid has two surfaces. Surface energy of 8000 small drop 8000 4r 2T
Hence, the increase in surface area is, R2  20r   1
2
A = [(5  4) cm2  (4  2) cm2]  2  2


8000r 8000r 2 20
= (20  8)  2 cm2
= 24  104m2 30. n = 1000, R = 1 cm,
Also, By applying conservation of volume
W = T.A initial volume = final volume
(1)3 = nr3
W 3  104
 T= = = 0.125 Nm1 1 1
A 24  104 r = 1/3 =
n (1000)1/3
26. Surface energy = surface tension  surface area 1
E = T  2A r= cm
10
 New surface energy, E1 = T  2(A/2) = T  A
r = 0.1 cm
E  E1 r = 0.001 meter
 % decrease in surface energy =  100
E Gain in surface energy
2TA  TA = TS
=  100 = 50%
2TA = 0.075 {4 [1000  (0.001)2  (0.01)2]}
27. Surface area of drop, A1 = 4R2 Gain in surface energy = 8.5  104 J
Surface area of 512 droplets, A2 = 512 (4r2) 31. W = TA
 volume of drop = n  (volume of droplet) = 0.03 [ 2  4  (52 – 32)  104]
4 3 4 = 24 (16)  106
 πR = 512 × πr 3
3 3 = 0.384   103 J
 R = 8r  0.4 mJ
512  4πR 2  32. r  r12  r22  9  16  5 cm
 A2 =
64 (Note: Refer to Mindbender 1.)
 A2 = 8 (4R2) 1 P r r 1
Surface energy  Area 33. P   1  2  
r P2 r1 4r 4
E 2 A 2 8 4πR
= 
 2

r1r2 5 4
 E1 A1 4πR 2 34. r   20 cm
r1  r2 5  4
 E2 = 8E1 = 8E ... { E1 = E} (Note: Refer to Mindbender 2.)
237
40. Since for such liquid (Non-wetting), angle of h1 r2
contact is obtuse.   ….(i)
h 2 r1
41. Cohesive force decreases; so angle of contact
Also, area A = r2
decreases.
42. Angle of contact is acute.  r A
44. Since the soap bubble has two surfaces, excess r2 A2
  ….(ii)
pressure is r1 A1
2  2T 4T
P= = From equations (i) and (ii),
r r
h1 A2 A/9 1
1 r1 P2 1   
46. P     h2 A1 A 3
r r2 P1 3
3  h2 = 3h1 = 3h
V1  r1  1
   
V2  r2  27 54. Rise in capillary tube,
2T.cos 
47. P1V1 = P2V2 h=
rg
4 4
 (H  h)g  r 3  Hg  (2r)3 Given that, h, T, r and g are constant.
3 3
cos 
 H + h = 8H  h = 7H  = constant
(Note: Refer to Mindbender 3.) 
48. P1 = pressure difference between smaller cos 1 cos 2 cos  3
i.e. = =
bubble and larger bubble 1 2 3
P2 = pressure difference between inside and as 1 > 2 > 3
outside the larger bubble cos 1 > cos 2 > cos 3
4T 4T  1 < 2 < 3
Now, P1 = , P2 =
R1 R2 As the liquids rise in capillary tube,
4T 
As required pressure difference P = <
2
R
P = P1 + P2 
 0  1 < 2 < 3 <
4T 4T 4T 2
  
R R1 R 2 2T cos 
55. From h = , the rise in capillary
R 1R 2 rg
R=
R1  R 2 depends upon the surface tension of the liquid
and surface tension of soap water solution is
2  1  104 less than water. Hence, height will be less in
=
 2  1  102 second case. Also, as the soap solution wets
= 6.67  10–3 m the surface of capillary in contact, the shape of
50. Height of water column > length of tube. meniscus will be concave.
So liquid will rise to the top of capillary tube 56. Rise of water in capillary tube is given by
but will not overflow. 2Tcosθ
h 3 3 h=
52. l=   = 6 cm Rρg
sin  sin 30  1  For water, cos = 1
 
2 Also, the radius of capillary tube becomes
2T cos  (R – r) after inserting wire of radius r.
53. h= 2T
rg  h=
1  R  r  ρg
 h
r 57. The length of the water column will be equal
 h1r1 = h2r2 to full length of capillary tube.
238
2Tcos  Weight of water = Mg = r2hg
59. h=
rg Substituting for h ....[From (i)]
1 2Twater
Here, h   h1r1 = h2r2  Mg =  r2g
r rg
h r 4 2
 r2 = 1 1 = = 1 cm = 2r Twater
h2 8
= 2  3.142  0.1  10–3  0.07
60. The angle of contact is given by,
= 4.4  10–5 N = 44 N
ghr
cos  =
2T 2Tcos 
 = density of water 68. Using, h = ,
rdg
h = height of water in capillary
r = radius of capillary Mass of the water in the first tube,
T = surface tension of water  2T cos   r2T cos 
1000  10  5  102  0.2  103 m = r2hd = r2   d =
 cos  =  rdg  g
2  7  102
5 5 mr
 cos  =   = cos–1  
7 7 m r 2r
   2
61. h1r1 = h2r2 m r r
h r 1.8  r  m = 2m = 2  5g = 10 g
 h2 = 1 1 = = 2 cm
r2 0.9 r
69. F = 105 dyne = 105  10–5 N,
1
62. h T = 7  10–2 N/m
r
r1h1 r1  1.2 Now the force due to surface tension on the
 r1h1  r2 h 2  h 2    2.4 mm circular cross-section of capillary with inner
r2  r1  radius r will be,
2
 
F = 2rT
65. W  r2
F 105  105
 W1  R2 and W2  (3R)2  2r = = 2
= 15  10–3 m = 1.5 cm
W R2 T 7  10
 1  =1:9
W2 9R 2
4S
70. Excess pressure inside the soap bubble =
66. r
T T
  Hence the pressure inside the soap bubble
4S
= Patm +
r
From ideal gas equation, PV = nRT
Here, Weight of metal disc = total upward
 4S  4
force 8   (rA )
3
PA VA n A r 3 n
= upthrust force + force due to surface tension   A 
 A
= weight of displaced water + T cos  (2 r) PBVB n B  4S  4 nB
8   (rB )
3
= W + 2 rT cos  rB  3

rhg
67. Twater = Substituting S = 0.04 N/m, rA = 2 cm,
2 n 1
(Assuming water is pure and angle of contact rB = 4 cm we get, A 
zero) nB 6
2Twater nB
 h= ....(i)  = 6.
rg nA
239
71. Energy released = (Af – Ai)T r1 P2 1
3
  
3 R 3V r2 P1 3
 Af = 4R2 = 4  and
3 R R As volume  radius3
V 3V
 Ai = n  4r2 = 4r 2 = V1  1 
3
4 3 r   
r V2  3 
3
1 1  V1 1
 Energy released = T (Ai  Af) = 3VT     
r R V2 27
72. Outside pressure = 1 atm 4 3 4

75. As, b  N  a 3
Pressure inside first bubble = 1.01 atm 3 3
Pressure inside second bubble = 1.02 atm  b3 = Na3
 Excess pressures will be Energy released,
P1  1.01  1  0.01 atm and U = T  4a2  N  T  4b2
P2  1.02  1  0.02 atm b3
= T  4  T  4b2
1 1 a
Now, P   r 
r P This energy is converted into K.E.
r1 P2 0.02 2 1 1 1
     mv 2  T  4b3   
r2 P1 0.01 1 2 a b
4
Now, V  r 3 1 4 3 1 1
3   b  v 2 = T  4b3   
2 3 a b
3
Vr 1/2
3  6T  1 1  
V1  r1   2  8
3
v =    
         a b 
V2  r2   1  1
76. In equilibrium,
4T
73. Pressure inside tube = P = P0 + For air inside capillary,
r
P0(lA) = P(l – x)A
Let hemispherical radius be r1 and
sub-hemispherical radius be r2 Where, P is pressure in capillary after being
Hence pressure on side 1 will be greater than submerged into water.
side 2. So, air from end 1 flows towards end 2. P0l
 P =
lx
74. Excess pressure inside soap bubble is given as
Now since level of water inside capillary
4T
Pi  Po = ; coincides with outside, the excess pressure,
r
2
Pi = Pressure inside soap bubble P = P – P0 =
r
Po = Pressure outside soap bubble
Let excess pressure inside for 1st bubble and P0l 2
  P0 
2nd bubble be P1 and P2 respectively. lx r
4T 4T Solving above equation, we get,
 P1 = , P2 =
r1 r2 l
x=
P1 r2  P0 r 
  1  2 
P2 r1  
240
1 29. Total energy = K.E. of translation + K.E. of
 For cylinder, I = MR2
2 rotation
3 1 1 1 1 2
 Ecylinder = 2
M cylinder v cylinder .…[from (i)] = Mv2 + I2 = Mv2 +  MR22
4 2 2 2 2 5
1 1 7
4E cylinder = Mv2 + Mv2 = Mv2
 vcylinder = 2 5 10
3  0.4
1 2 1
  I
2
E cylinder K.E.of rotation   Mv 2
= .…(iii)  = 2 = 5 =
0.3 Total energy 7 2 7 2 7
According to problem,   Mv   Mv
 10   10 
Ering = Ecylinder
2
 vring = vcylinder .…[From (ii) and (iii)]  Percentage of (K.E.)R =  100% = 28.57%
As the motion is uniform, both will reach the 7
wall simultaneously. 1
30. ET = mv2 and
 K 1 2
2
26. ET = 1  2  Mv2
 R  2 1 1 v2 1 K2
ER = I2 = (MK2) 2 = Mv2 2
 K2  1 2 2 R 2 R
ER =  R 2  Mv2 1
  2 Mv 2
ET 2 R2 5
 R= = = =
 The fraction of total energy associated with ER 1 K 2
K 2
2
Mv 2 2
E K2 / R2 2 R
rotation is R =
ET 1  K2 / R 2
31. For slipping or sliding without rolling,
For solid sphere, K2/R2 = 2/5
a = g sin  and v = 2gh
ER 2
 = For rolling without slipping,
E total 7
 a = g sin 
2 (1  K 2 / R 2 )
27. For solid sphere, I = MR2
5
 v = 2gh
1
ET = Mv2 (1  K 2 / R 2 )
2
1 2 1 2 As a < a and v < v, slipping cylinder reaches

 ER = I =  MR 2  2 the bottom first with greater speed.
2 2 5 
1 1 g sin  g sin 30
= MR2 2 = Mv2 32. a= =
5 5  K  2
 2
1  2  1  
1 1 7  R   5
 E = Mv2 + Mv2 = Mv2
2 5 10 5g  1  5g
 a=   =
1 7 2 14
28. E1 = Mv2,
2
33. According to theorem of parallel axes,
1 1
E2 = Mv 2  I2 moment of inertia of a rod about one of its
2 2 ends,
1 1 M L2 L2 ML2
= Mv2 + (MR2)2 I= +M = = Ix = Iy
2 2 12 4 3
1 1  Moment of inertia of two rods about Z-axis
= Mv2 + Mv2 = Mv2
2 2 = Iz = Ix + Iy
1 = Moment of inertia of 2 rods placed along X
Mv 2
E1 2 1 2ML2
 = = and Y-axis =
E2 Mv 2 2 3
167
4 3 4 4 22. Force of surface tension balances the weight
17. R = 64   r3 = (4r)3 of liquid raised
3 3 3
 R = 4r (d 2 2  d12 )
  (d2 + d1)S =  hg
S1 = 64  4r2  T and S2 = 4R2T 4
2 4s 4  0.075
S1 64  4r 2  T  r  64  h=  3
   64    =4 (d 2  d1 )g 10  (2  1.5)  103  10
S2 4R  T
2
 R  16
= 0.06 m = 6 cm
1 1 1 23. A
18.  
R r1 r2
h
rr
R = 1 2 = 4 mm
r1  r1
H
4S
19. Then P = P0 + B
r To check all the options, we just need to apply
4 3 Bernoulli’s principle at two points A and B.
Now P  r = nRgT B is just inside the tube.
3
PA + gh = PB + gH
 4S  4
 Patm + gh = PB + gH
  P0   r 3  2RgT
 r 3  PB = Patm + g (h  H)
For 2 bubbles, For option (A),
 4S  3 Since H > h, PB < Patm
 P0   A Hence water flows out.
 rA  n
 A For option (B),
 4S  3 n B 0 < H ≤ h, PB > Patm
 P0   B
 rB   We can see that the weight of
a part of water above is
 4  0.004 
8  2 
(2  102 )3 balanced down. Now since
 2  10  n H < h, the force due to surface FT
  A
 4  0.004  nB tension has to balance some
8  2 
(4  102 )3
 4  10  part of the weight; hence
n convex meniscus.
 B 8 For option (C),
nA the weight will be just balanced by the
pressure force at H = 0
20. The air pressure is greater inside the smaller
For option (D),
bubble (4 S/r). Hence, air flows from the
Same explanation as in (B).
smaller to larger bubble.
24.
21. F F r r
r r
d l
r r
F F r r
The weight will be balanced by the force of

Corresponding to the given figure, area of
surface tension.
pricked region would be,
 (2T l cos) = g(h(dl)) A = r2 + 4(l  2r)r + (l  2r)2
2T = r2 + (l  2r) (4r + l  2r)
 h=
gd = r2 + l2  (2r)2  (  4)r2 + l2
242
Now, given that l = 4 units and L = 15 units
But L = 4(l  2r) + 2r
= 4l + (2  8)r
 15 = 16 + (2  8)r
 1 
 r=   = 0.58 units
 8  2 
Total surface area of soap film
= l2  (Area of pricked region)
= (4  )r2
= 0.289 sq. units
[Note: If loop would have taken the shape of a
circle, then
L = d
L 15
 d= = = 4.775 > Length of the side of the
 
square loop
Thus, it would not form a circle but will take
shape as shown in the figure.]
25. Tension in the thread is uniform. We can find
the tension in any portion of thread as follows:
Force = Surface Tension  length
i.e. Tension in the wire = (S)  r
 1 
=S  
 8  2 
 S 
= 
 8  2 
243
Divide equation (ii) by equation (i) R
23. Radius of gyration of circular disc k disc =
3 2
 K.E disc Mv 2
= 4 2 Radius of gyration of circular ring k ring = R
(K.E) ring Mv k 1
 Ratio = disc  .
3 3 k ring 2
 (K.E)disc = (K.E)ring  = 4  = 3J
4 4 24. M.I. of rod about an axis passing through
centre,
2
19. Isphere = Is = mR 2 ML2
5 IC = = MK12 ...(i)
12
Let s be angular speed of sphere,
M.I. of rod about an axis passing through one
1 end,
Esphere = Is s
2

2 ML2
IE = = MK 22 ...(ii)
12 2 3
=  mR  s
2
....(i)
2 5  Divide equation (i) by equation (ii)
Similarly, MK12 ML2 3
2
= ×
1 2 MK 2 12 ML2
Icylinder = Ic = mR
2 K12 1 K1 1
 =  =
Let c be the angular speed of cylinder, K 22 4 K2 2
Then it is given
R
c = 2s 25. For disc, K =
2
1
Ecylinder = Ic c
2
 …. [ axis passes through centre of disc and
2
11 perpendicular to its plane]
2
=  mR   2s  ...(ii)
2
5
2 2  =  3.54 cm
2
12 2
 mR  s
2
26. I = MK2 = 2  (50  102)2
E sphere 2 5 
 = 11 = 2  2500  104
2
E cylinder  mR   4s  = 50  102 kg m2
2
2 2  = 0.5 kgm2
...[From (i) and (ii)]     
1 28. Power =  .  = ( r  F). 

=
5  2000
29. =II=  = 1000 kg-m2
 2
1 2 1 2
20. Initial K.E., (K.E.)i =I  + I2 300
2 1 2 30. n1 = 300 r.p.m. = = 5 r.p.s.,
60
1
Final K.E., (K.E.)f =  (2I2) 600
2 n2 = 600 r.p.m. = = 10 r.p.s.
2 60
   2   Work done = Change in K.E.rot
=I  1 
 2  1
= I   22  21 
 Loss in K.E. = (K.E.)i  (K.E.)f 2
2
1 2 1 2    2  1 MR 2
= I1  I2  I  1  = × × 4π 2  n 22  n12 
2 2  2  2 2
I = MR2 2  n 22  n12 
= (2 12 + 2 22  12  212  22 )
4 = 2  (1)2  (3.14)2  (102  52)
I = 2  (3.14)2  75
= (1  2)2
4  1479 J
173
Chapter 07: Wave Motion
 14. n = 400  T = 1/ 400
So phase difference,  =  + and
2 1 = t1 – kx
Using, x =  . we get, 2 = t2 – kx (at same point)
2  = 2 – 1 = (t2 – t1) = 2n  (t2 – t1)
   = 2  400  10–3 = 0.8 
x =    
2  2  0.8  = 180  0.8 = 144 ….[  = 180]
9. The given equation is y = 10 sin (0.01 x  2t) 15.
Hence  = coefficient of t = 2 Compressional Rarefactional
Maximum speed of the particle vmax = a maximum maximum
= 10  2 = 10  2  3.14 = 62.8  63 cm/s
 LONGITUDINAL
10. At t = 0 and x = , the displacement
2k WAVE
   
y = A0 sin  (0)  k   =  A0 sin =  A0 1
 2k  2 T = 0.2 sec  n = = 5 Hz
T
Point of maximum displacement (A0) in
negative direction is Q. Time interval between two consecutive
1 1
 t x compressional maxima, T = = s
11. x = 5 sin    cm n 500
 0.04 4  Time interval between compressional maxima
 t x  T 1 1
 x = 5 sin 2    and rarefactional maxima, = = s
 2  0.04 2  4  2 2n 1000
Comparing with standard form,
5
 t x 16. Here, A  0.05m,  0.25    0.1m
x = a sin 2    we get, 2
T  Now using standard equation of wave,
T = 2  0.04,  = 2  4 2
 4 y  A sin (vt  x) we get,
 v= = = 100 cm/s = 1 m/s 
T 0.04 y  0.05sin 2(3300t  10x)
2
12. Phase difference =  Path difference 17. Amplitude of reflected wave = 0.9 A
 On reflection at free end (rarer medium), no
2  phase change is introduced.
 = x  =x
 2  Equation of reflected wave is
From equation, y = 0.04 sin (500t + 1.5x) y = 0.9 A sin (2nt)
Compare with standard wave equation,
 2t 2x  18. Frequency remains constant in both media
y = A sin    we get, n = 100 kHz = 105 Hz
 T  
vair = 340 m/s, vw = 1450 m/s
2  1
= 1.5   = = 0.66 Reflected wave travels in air and its
 2 1.5 wavelength is
 x = 0.66 m v 340
air = air = 5
13. y = 0.5 (314 t – 12.56 x) n 10
Compare this equation with standard wave = 3.4  10 3 m = 3.4 mm
equation, Transmitted wave travels in water and its
 2t 2x  wavelength is
y = A sin    we get,
 T   v 1450
w = w =
2 2  3.14 n 105
= 12.56   = = 0.5 m
 12.56 = 1.45  102 m = 1.45 cm
245
  26. x1 = A sin (t  0.1x) and

19. y1 = A sin  t   , x2 = A sin (t  0.1x  /2 )
 6

 x1 + x2 = A sin (t0.1x) +A sin(t0.1x/2)

y2 = A cos t = A sin  t     
 2 = A sin(t  0.1x)  sin  t  0.1x   
  2 
 
Using, AR = A  A  2A cos   
2 2 2
 t  0.1x  t  0.1x  ( / 2) 
2 6 = A  2 sin  
 2 
1  t  0.1x   t  0.1x  (  / 2) 
= A 2  A 2  2A 2  = 3A cos 
2 2 
 
I1 A12 I 25 1    
 
20.  2  1 = = = 2A sin t  0.1x   cos  
I2 A 2 I2 100 4  4  4
  
21. Resultant amplitude = 2A cos   sin  t  0.1x  
4  4

A= A 2  A 2  2AA cos  = 4A 2 cos 2   
2  Required amplitude = 2A cos
2 2 4
As I  A , in this case, I  4A
27. Given that y1 = 3 sin 2(50)t and
22. When the waves are in same phase, y2 = 4 sin 2(75)t
I1 = (A+ A)2 = 4A2  Comparing given equations with standard form,
When the waves are 90 out of phase, y = A sin 2nt we get,
I2 = A2 + A2 + 2A2 cos 90 = 2A2 n1 = 50 and A1 = 3 and n2 = 75 and A2 = 4
I1 4A 2 Now, I  A2 n2
  =2:1 2 2
I 2 2A 2 I1 A  n 
 = 1  1
I2  A2   n 2 
23. In case of interference of two waves, resultant
2 2
intensity 3  50  9 4 1
=     =  =
I = I1 + I2 + 2 I1I2 cos 4  75  16 9 4
If  varies randomly with time, A1 5 5
28. =  A1 = A2
(cos)av = 0 A2 3 3
 I = I1 + I2 2
5 
For n identical waves, Imax (A  A 2 ) 2  A2  A2 
 = 1 = 3 
I = I0+ I0 + …… = nI0 Imin (A1  A 2 ) 2 2
5 
 I = 10 I0  A 2  A 2 
3 
2
24. a = a + a + 2a1a2 cos 
2
1
2
2 ….(i)  8A 2 
2
Here,  = 1 – 2,   2
16
=  3  =   =
4
a1 = a2 = a  2A 2  1 1
Substituting these values in equation (i) we get,  3 
1  Imax : Imin : : 16 : 1
cos  = –   = 2/3
2  A1 
2
  1
1 
1  Imax (A1  A 2 ) 2 A
25. y= sin t  sin  t   29. = =  2 2
a b  2 Imin (A1  A 2 ) 2  A1 
  1
 A
 2 
Here, phase difference =
2  A1 
The resultant amplitude   1
A max A
2 2  =  2 
 1   1  1 1 ab A min  A1 
A=     =     1
 a  b a b ab A
 2 
246
I1 A2 9 When B is loaded with wax, the beats stop. On

Given that, = 12 = loading, the number of beats per second has
I2 A 2 1
decreased. Hence, the answer should be
A1 3 A 3 1 4 204 Hz. This is because after loading with wax,
 =  max = =
A2 1 A min 3 1 2 the frequency will decrease to 200 Hz (i.e. to
frequency of fork A) and beats disappear.
30. n  4 = 250, or n + 4 = 250
 n = 254 or n = 246 10
38. Beats per second =
31. Beat frequency = 258 – 256 = 2 Hz 3
 Time interval between two maxima 1 = 100 cm, 2 = 101 cm ….[Given]
1 Suppose the velocity is v
=
v
beat frequency  Frequency of first wave = n1 = v = and
1 1 100
= = 0.5 s
2 v
frequency of second wave = n2 = v =
32. Time interval between a maxima and  2 101
consecutive minima is 10
1 1 1  n1  n2 =
t = = = s 3
2(n1  n 2 ) 2  4 8 v v 10 101 100  10
  =  v=
33. n56 = n1 + (56  1)4 100 101 3 3
Also, n56 = 2n1  v = 33667 cm/s = 336.67 m/s
 2n1 = n1 + 55  4
39. Let the frequencies of the 28 forks be
 n1 = 220 Hz n1 …… ni …….n28
34. Forks arranged in a series of increasing Such that ni 1  ni = 4 Hz
frequency from n1 to n32  n1  n28 = 108 Hz
 n32 = n1 + 31(6) = n1 + 186 ….(i) n1 = 2  n = 2n
Given condition is n32 = 2n1 ….(ii) 1 28
From (i) and (ii), n 28

2n1 = n1 + 186  n1 = 186 Hz  2n28  n28 = 108 Hz
n28 = 108 Hz and n1 = 216 Hz
35. Here, 1 = 2n1 = 500 , n1 = 250 Hz
 2 = 2n2 = 506 , n2 = 253 Hz 40. n11 = n22
No. of beats / s = n2  n1 = 253  250 = 3 Hz 110 110
No. of beats / minute = 3  60 = 180  < ….[ n1 > n2]
177 175
v v  n1 = n2 + 6
36. n1 = , n2 =
1 2  (n2 + 6)1 = n22
 1 = 2 m, 2 = 2.02 m 110 110
 (n2 + 6) = n2 
Since 1 < 2 , 177 175
 n1 > n2  175 (n2 + 6) = 177 n2
 n1  n2 = 2  n2 = 3  175 = 525 Hz
v  v = 2  v   2  1  = 2  n1 = n2 + 6 = 525 + 6 = 531 Hz
  
1  2  1 2  41. v = 340 m/s,
2  12 2  2  2.02 km 72  103
 v= = = 404 m/s vs = 72 = m/s = 20 m/s
2  1 2.02  2 hr 3600
vn 340  640
37. Frequency of fork A = fA = 200 Hz Using, n= =
No. of beats per second = 4 v  vs 340  20
Hence, frequency of fork B is either 340  640
= = 680 Hz
200 + 4 = 204 Hz or 200  4 = 196 Hz. 320
247
42. v0 = 720 km/hr = 200 m/s 50. Frequency of the note reflected by the wall is
 v  vo   v 
Using, n =   n n1 = n  
 v  vo   v  vo 
 340  200  140  Frequency of the note heard by the engine
 n =  n =  1080 = 280 Hz driver will be
 340  200  540
(v  v o ) v  vo nv
n = n1 = 
v  vo 340  60 v v v  vo
43. n = n=  133
v  vs 340  60  v  vo 
= n
 n = 190 Hz  v  vo 
44. There is no relative motion between source  340  60 
and listener.
=   1400 ….[ n = 1400 Hz]
 340  60 
45. Let n = actual frequency of sound produced by 400
=  1400 = 2000 Hz
source. 280
 v  vl  n v  vs 51. When source is moving towards listener,
 n = n    =
 v  vs  n v  vl vn 300  600
n1 = = = 1800 Hz
v  vs 300  200
 v 
46. n =   n When source is moving away from listener,
 v  vs  vn 300  600
n2 = = = 360 Hz
 v  vn  vn  vs n v  vs 300  200
 n – n =  n – n=
 v  vs  v  vs  Change in frequency = n1 – n2 = 1800 – 360
= 1440 Hz
n  n vs 25 1
 = = =
n v  vs 100 4 52.
 v  ul 
n = 
vv/2 3v / 2
n=  n= n
 4vs = v – vs  5vs = 332  vs = 66.4 m/s  v  us   vv/2 v/2
n
5  n = 3n  =3
47. v = 108 km/hr = 108  = 30 m/s n
18
n  n
If observer moves towards stationary source,  =2
then the apparent frequency n
 v  vo  n 'v n  n
 Percentage change =  100
n = 
v n  n = vv n
  o
= 2  100 = 200 %
504  330 504  330
 n= = = 462 Hz 53. The apparent frequency, when observer is
330  30 360
approaching source is
 v  vo   300  v 
48. n =  n n1 =  n
 v  vs   300 
1 =  v  vo   1  1 The apparent frequency, when observer is
   ....  n   moving away from the source is
T   v  vs  T  T
 300  v 
1  340  20  1 360 n2 =  n
 =  =  300 
T   340  20  10 3200 According to given question,
3200 2
 T = = 8.9 s n1 – n2 = n
360 100
49. Since there is no relative motion between the 300  v 300  v 2
 – =
source and listener, the apparent frequency 300 300 100
equals original frequency.  2v = 2  3  v = 3 m/s
248
m  2 l2  82. We know,
I = R   1
4 3 K.E. = I2
2
m  V l2  Here,
=    ....( V = R2l)
4  l 3  (K.E.)A = (K.E.)B ...(Given)
Differentiating w.r.t. l on both sides, 1 1
 I A A 2  I B  B 2
dI m   V 2l  2 2
    As IB > IA,
dl 4  l 2 3 
B < A
But for moment of inertia to be minimum, 1
dI Also, K.E. = L ...( L = I)
0 2
dl 1 1
 L A A  L B  B
V 2l 2l 3 2 2
   V =
l 2 3 3  as B < A
2l 3
l 2
3 LB > LA
 R2l =  2
 dL 4 J  1J 3J
3 R 2 83. = = =
l 3 dt 4 4
  84. L = I = I  2 (n2  n1)
R 2
= 0.06  2  (5  0) = 0.6 
72. As no external torque acts on the body, its 85. We know that, L = I
angular momentum will be conserved.  L1 = I11 and L2 = I22
L1 I11
75. L = I  
L2 I 2 2
[L] = [I] [] = [M1L2T0] [M0L0T1]
= [M1L2T1] L 2 / 5M1R 2 1
 
L 2 / 3M 2 R 2 2
.2 1
78. L = I = L ( L1 = L2 = L and R1 = R2 = R is given)
T T
1 3 M1 1 M1 10
Hence, by doubling T, L becomes times. 1=  
2 5 M2 2 M2 3
1 L2
79. Angular momentum acts always along the 86. K.E. =  L2 = 2  K.E.  I
axis perpendicular to the plane of rotation. 2 I
 L = 2  4  2 = 4 kg m2/s
80. 87. I11 = I22
I = 2 I2 ….( I2 = 2I)

 2 =
2
Here, the law of conservation of angular 1 2
 K.E.1 = I
momentum is applied about vertical axis 2
passing through centre. When insect is moving 1
K.E.2 = I 2 22
from circumference to centre, its moment of 2
inertia will first decrease and then increase.
1 2  
Hence angular velocity will first increase and =  2I  ….  I 2  2I, 2  
then decrease. 2 4  2
I2
81. Angular momentum = linear momentum =
 Perpendicular distance of line of action of 4
linear momentum from the axis of rotation 1  1 1 1 I2
 K.E.1 – K.E.2 = I2 1    I2  
= mv  l 2  2 2 2 4
178
 400 we get,
6. n= = = 200 Hz ….[  = 400]
2 2 1
A = 3 m, F = = 0.17 Hz,  = 10 m and
7. Given equation is T
 t x  v = F = 1.7 m/s
y = 5 sin 2   . Hence, option (D) is correct.
 0.04 40 
Comparing with the standard form, 13. Comparing the given equation with
 t x y = A sin(t  kx) we get,  = 3000 
y = A sin 2    we get, 
T    n= = 1500 Hz
2
 = 40 cm
2 1
8. Comparing the given equation with and k = = 12   = m
y = A cos(t  kx) we get,  6
2 Using v = n,
k= =    = 2 cm 1
 v = 1500  = 250 m/s
6
9. Comparing the given equation with standard
equation,  
14. y1 = 10sin  3t   ....(i)
 x  3
y = A sin 2  nt   we get,
 
and y2 = 5 sin 3t  3 cos3t 
 = 2n = 200   n = 100 Hz
20 1 3 
Also, k = = 5  2   sin 3t   cos3t 
17 2 2 
2 2    
 =  = 1.7 m = 10  cos sin 3t  sin cos t 
k 20 / 17  3 3 
 200 
and v =  = 170 m/s    
k 20 / 17 y2 = 10 sin  3t    ....(ii)
  t 
 600
10. v=  = 300 m/s ( sin (A + B) = sinA cosB + cosA sinB)
k 2
2  Comparing equation (i) and (ii), we get ratio

11. y = a sin  2 nt  x of amplitudes as 1 : 1.
 5 
For particle velocity vp, 15. From, y = 60 cos (1800 t  6x)
dy  2  A = 60,  = 1800, k = 6
 a  2 n cos  2 nt  x Velocity of wave propagation is
dt  5 
 1800
(vp)max = 2na vw = n ; n =  ,
Comparing with standard equation progressive 2 2
constant, 2 2
= 
2 2 k 6
k=  =5
 5 1800 2
 vw =  = 300 m/s
Wave velocity v = n = 5 n 2 6
(v p ) max 2na 2 a Velocity of particle is
  = dy
v 5n 5 vp = = 1800  60 cos (1800 t  6x)
12. Given equation of the wave can also be written as, dt
  t x    v pmax = 1800  60 m/s
Y = 3 sin  2     
  6 10  4   v pmax = 1800  60  106 m/s
  t x   v pmax 1800  60  106
Comparing with y = A sin  2       =
  T   4 vw 300
(where, x and y are in metre) = 360  106 = 3.6 × 104
250
16. According to given information, 
5 = 4   = 0.8 m 24. Since  = ,
2
Hence frequency,
 A= A12  A 22 = (4) 2  (3) 2 = 5
v 128
n= = = 160 Hz
 0.8 25. Imax = I1 + I2 + 2 I1I 2 and
and Angular frequency
Imin = I1 + I2  2 I1I 2
 = 2n = 2  3.14  160 = 1005 rad/s
Also, propagation constant,  Sum of maximum and minimum intensities
2 2 = 2 (I1 + I2)
k=  = 7.85 m1
 0.8 27. For producing beats, there must be small
On substituting these values in standard difference in frequency.
equation we get, v
y = (0.02) m sin (7.85x  1005 t) 28. Using, v = n or n = we get,

17. Comparing the given equation with standard v 330
equation, n1 =  = 66 Hz
1 5
2
k= =   102   = 200 m and v 330
 and n2 =  = 60 Hz
 2 5.5
 = 2n = 2  106  v = 106 Hz
Number of beats per second,
  n1  n2 = 66 – 60 = 6
18. Speed = n = n(4ab) = 4n  ab …  ab  
 4 29. From the given equations of progressive
3 waves, 1 = 500 and 2 = 506
 Path difference between b and e is
4  n1 = 250 Hz and n2 = 253 Hz
2 Hence, beat frequency = n2  n1 = 253 – 250 =
Now, Phase difference =  Path difference 3 beats per second

2 3 3  Number of beats per minute = 180.
= . 
 4 2 30. 2 f1 = 600  f1 = 300 and
2 f2 = 608  f2 = 304
19. Points B and F are in same phase as they are 
 |f1  f2| = 4 beats
distance apart.
I max (A1  A 2 ) 2 (5  4) 2 81
20. Given, y = 12 sin (5t – 4x) cm    
I min (A1  A 2 ) 2 (5  4) 2 1
 5t 4x 
 y = 12 sin 2     A1  4 2
 2 2   
Imax  A 1  1 49
Comparing above eq. with, 31. Using, = 2  =3  =
x t I min  A1  1   4  1  1
y = A sin 2    A  3 
 T  2 
2 32. Using v = n,
We get,  = cm
4 v v v v
n1 =  and n2 = 
Relation between phase difference and path 1 0.50  2 0.51
difference is
2  1 1 
 n = n1  n2 = v    = 12
 = x  0.5 0.51 

 2  12  0.51  0.50
 = x  x = cm  v= = 306 m/s
2  2  8 0.01
  33. Frequency of string = 440  5
 4
When frequency of tuning fork is decreased,
23. Amax = A2  A2 = A 2 , frequency will beat frequency is increased.
remain same i.e. .  Frequency of string = 445 Hz
251
34. Comparing given equation with standard form, n1 = n – 6 …(ii)
y = A sin 2nt we get, n2 = n + 6 …(iii)
316 310 n1 T1 225 15
n1 = and n2 =  = = =
2 2 n2 T2 256 16
Number of beats heard per second,
n  6 15
316 310 3  = …from (i), (ii), (iii)
n1 – n2 =  = n+6 16
2 2  
 16n – 96 = 15n + 90
35. nA = Known frequency = 288 c.p.s  n = 186 Hz
x = 4 b.p.s.,
40. If m frequencies are arranged in increasing
After loading of wax on tuning fork B, nB
order, then,
decreases. If we consider nA > nB then,
nm = n1 + (m  1)X
after loading, nA  nB will increase. But it
where X = no. of beats produced.
contradicts the given data that x decreases to
 here,
2 b.p.s.
n3 = n1 + (2)X
 nB = nA + x = 288 + 4 = 292 c.p.s.
 n + 1 = n  1 + 2X
36. nA = 512 Hz 2X = 2
Given that, nA  nB = 8  X=1
When B is loaded with wax, the number of
41. Let the frequency of first fork be ‘n’ then
beats reduces to 4 per second.
frequency of 56th fork will be
 nB – nA = 8 is the correct equation.
n = n + 4  55
 nB = nA + 8 = 512 + 8 = 520 Hz
this is because each successive tuning fork is
37. nx = 300 Hz separated by 4 Hz in frequency from the
x = beat frequency = 4 Hz, which is decreasing previous one.
after increasing the tension of the string Y. Also, n = 3n ….(given)
Also,  n  T , tension of wire Y increases  3n = n + 4  55
so ny increases  n = 110 Hz
Hence, if ny > nx 42. Apparent frequency for source moving
beat frequency increases, which contradicts towards the stationary observer is given by,
the data.  v 
 n y < nx n = n  
 nx  ny = x  v  vs 
n y  n x  x  300  4  296 Hz As the source moves towards the observer,
frequency increases, hence wavelength decreases.
38. Suppose np = frequency of piano
nf = Frequency of tuning fork = 256 Hz  v  n' v v
43. n  n    
x = Beat frequency = 5 b.p.s., which is decreasing  v  vS  n v  vS v  vS
after changing the tension of piano wire. 2v
Now, np  T  3  vS 
3
Also, tension of piano wire is increasing so np
increases. 44. Apparent frequency is given by,
Hence, if np > nf then beat frequency increases  V ± V0 
with increase in tension, which contradicts the F =  F
 V  VS 
given data.
 source is stationary,
 n f > np
 VS = 0 ; V0 = V1
 nP = nf – x = 256 – 5 Hz.
 V + V1 
39. Let n be frequency of tuning fork.  F1 =  F
 V 
Let n1, n2 be frequency of wire at tension T1,
T2 respectively.  V  V1 
F2 =  F
n  T …(i)  V 
252
109. Using principle of conservation of angular M.I. of the remaining part of the disc,
momentum  R
2

R M
2   2
9MR   3  M  2R  
mv0R0 = mv 0  v = 2v0 I=   
2 2  2  3  
 
1  
K.E. = mv 2  2mv02
2 9MR 2  MR 2 4MR 2 
 I=   
Y 2  18 9 
110.
9MR 2  9MR 2  9MR 2 MR 2
 I=   
2  18  2 2
P  I = 4MR2
112. Using principle of energy conservation,
O X K.E. of rotation + K.E of translation of falling
mass = loss in P.E.
1 1
mgh = I2  mv 2
2 2
1 2 1
 mgh = I  m2 r 2 [ v = r]
2 2
1
Using parallel axes theorem, 2 2 mgh  2mgh  2

  =  =  2 
M.I. about origin O, (I  mR 2 )  I  mr 
MR 2  MR 2 2
IO = +6   M  2R   113. a = R
2  2  mg – T = ma ….(i)
MR 2 54MR 2 α
 IO = + Also, T  R = mR2
2 2 or T = ma ….(ii) R
IO =
55
MR2  Solving eq. (i) and (ii), T
2 mg = 2 ma
Similarly, using parallel axes theorem, g T
 a=
M.I. about the point P will be, 2 m a
IP = IO + 7M(3R)2 mg
114. lP > lQ
55
IP = MR2 + 63MR2 g sin   g sin  
2 aP = and a Q  
181 lP  mR 2
 lQ  mR 2 
IP = MR2
2 1
 aP < aQ  v = u + at  t   tP > tQ
111. a
Y 9M,R  v2 = u2 + 2as  v  a  vP < vQ
R 1
r=  Translational K.E. = mv2
3 2R 2
3  (Translational K.E).P < (Translational K.E.)Q
X
O v = R    v  P < Q
Hence cylinder Q reaches the ground with
larger angular speed.
1 2
115. Using S = at g sin 
2
Mass of portion removed will be, 1
M0
2 S= g sin .(4)2 ….(i)
 (r)2 = 2    = M
9M R 2
m=
 R 0 
2
R 3

181
55. the expression for apparent frequency is  V 
n = n   
 v  vo   V  V cos 60 
n = n   s
 v  vs   
the frequency received by the wall from  330 
= 100 
moving car is 1
 330  19.4  
 330  0   2
n wall = 620   = 660 Hz
 330  20   330   330 
= 100   = 100  
this frequency is reflected as an echo towards  330  9.7   320.3 
car. Hence, frequency of echo heard by the = 103.02 Hz
driver is
61. Frequency of sound remains constant.
 330  20 
n driver = 660   = 700 Hz
 330  0  
62. Resultant amplitude AR = 2A cos  
v 320 2
56. fincident = freflected = n=  8 kHz
v  vs 320  10  
= 2  (2A)cos   = 4A cos  
320  10 330 2 2
 fobserved = freflected = 8 
320 310 63. Wave velocity = v
= 8.51 kHz  8.5 kHz. Particle velocity,
v
v dy  2v   2 
v  v0 5 .f  6 f  1.2f
vmax = = y0   cos  (vt  x) 
57. n = n dt     
v v 5
 2v 
 Source is stationary, wavelength remains  vmax = y0  
unchanged for observer.   
58. As source crosses stationary listener then, Let, vmax = 2v
ratio of apparent frequencies before crossing  2v 
y0   = 2v   = y0
(n1) and after crossing (n2) is,   
n1 v  v s
 64. a = 250  4 = 254 Hz or 246 Hz
n 2 v  vs
b = 513  5 = 518 Hz or 508 Hz
n1  v  v s  500  350  50  Now, b = 2a
 n2 = =
v vs 350  50 Which is 508 = 2(254)
 n2 = 375 Hz   = 254 Hz
59. As observer is at rest, frequency heard by observer 
65. Phase difference of 90 or rad
 v  2
Case I: n = n  
 v  vs  corresponds to a path difference of

 v  4
Case II: n = n     = 4  0.8 m = 3.2 m
 v  vs 
Using, v = n = 120  3.2 = 12  32 = 384 m/s
As speed vs is constant, n = constant  n.
Thus, as engine approaches observer, apparent 66. As the source and the observer move away
frequency heard is higher and as source moves from each other, using formula,
away, apparent frequency heard is lesser. Hence,  v  vL 
n =   n we get,
the graph (D) represents the situation best.  v  vS 
60. Vs sin 60  v  vS  340  10
Vs n=   n = 1950
 v  vL  340  10
35
60 =  1950
S O 33
Vs cos 60 Doppler
line = 2068 Hz
254
 v  v0  1 1 1
67. We know that, n =  n 71. T= = = = 0.2 s
 v  vs  n 2  n1 325  320 5
As siren is at rest, vs = 0 v
72. Using, v = n we get, n =
 v  vA  
 nA =  n
 v  Given that, n2 – n1 = 5
340  v A  1 1
 4.5 = 4  v  =5
340   2 1 
 vA = 42.5 m/s  1 1  5  52  52.5
 v  vB 
 v  = 5  v =
and nB =   52 52.5  0.5
n
 v  = 10  52  52.5 = 273 m/s
340  vB 273
 5= 4  n1 = = 520 Hz and
340 52.5 102
 vB = 85 m/s 273
n2 = = 525 Hz
68. As student walks to the wall, frequency 52 102
incident on wall be n1. 73. nA = 305 Hz
 v  Given that, nA  nB = 5
 n1 =  n ….(i)
 v  vs  When B is filed, the number of beats reduce to
where, vs is velocity of student. 3 beats/s.
Now, wall will reflect sound of frequency n1.  The correct equation is,
But as the student is moving towards the wall, nB – nA = 5  nB = nA + 5 = 305 + 5 = 310 Hz
apparent frequency heard by student, 74. nB = 384 Hz
 v  vs  Given that nA  nB = 4
n    n1 When A is filed, the number of beats reduce
 v 
to 3 per second  The correct equation is,
 v  vs   v 
nB – nA = 4  nA = nB  4 = 384 – 4 = 380 Hz
= v  v n
 v   s  
….[Using equation (i)] 75. Given that, phase difference of rad
6
 v  vs   342  2  Corresponds to a path difference of x m.
= n =    170
 v  vs   342  2   A phase difference of 2 rad corresponds to
= 172 Hz path difference of , we get,
Beat frequency = 172  170 = 2 Hz v 100
69. Given equation is, Now,  =  =2m
n 50
 t x 
2 1
y = 0.03 sin 8    
 0.016 1.6   x=  m
12 6
 t x 
76. Given that, vmax = 4 vp
= 0.03 sin 2   
 0.004 0.4   A = 4  n
 Comparing with the standard form, 2 1
 t x  A =4 
y = A sin 2    we get, T T
T  A
 A   = 2  or  =
1 1 1000 2
T = 0.004 s = n = = = = 250 Hz,
T 0.004 4 77. Given equations are,
 = 0.4 m y1 = a sin (2000  t) = a sin 2 (1000 t) and
 Using, v = n = 250  0.4 = 100 m/s y2 = a sin (2008  t) = a sin 2 (1004 t)
70. Here, n11 = n1 + (11 – 1)  8 = n1 + 80  Comparing with the standard form,
and n11 = 2 n1 y = A sin 2 nt we get,
 2 n1 = n1 + 80  n1 = 80 Hz n1 = 1000 Hz and n2 = 1004 Hz
 n10 = 80 + (10 – 1)  8 = 152 Hz  Number of beats = 1004 – 1000 = 4 beats/s
255
78. Given equation is, 5n
But n A  n B  5   5  n  100 Hz
y = A sin (100 t + 3x) 100
 3x  (103)(100)
= A sin 2  50t    nA  = 103 Hz
 2 
100
 
 t x  82. When listener is moving away from the
= A sin 2   
  1   2   stationary source,
  50   3  
  n  v  vL 
then apparent frequency, =  v 
 Comparing with the standard form, n  
t x 2
y = A sin 2    we get,  =  330  v L 
T  3  0.94 =    vL = 19.8 m/s
 330 

A phase difference of rad corresponds to a Initial velocity of listener is zero, and it
3 becomes 19.8 m/s after covering distance s
x 1 2 
path difference of m =  = m v2 = u2 + 2 as  v2 = 0 + 2 as
6 6 3 9
v 2 (19.8) 2
79. By comparing given equation of progressive s=  = 98 m
2a 2 2
wave with standard equation
y = a cos (kx  t) we get, 83. Listener moves from A to B with velocity (u).
2 2 Let the apparent frequency of sound from
k=  = 25 source A by listener be
 0.08
2 2 v  v0  340  u 
and  =   n = n  680  
T 2 v  vs  340  0 
80. Waves travelling to the right can be given by The apparent frequency of sound from source
B by listener is,
y1 = A sin (t  kx) ….(i)
When getting reflected from the fixed end of v  v0  340  u 
n = n  680  
the string, there is an additional phase v  vs  340  0 
difference of . The reflected wave is
Given that, listener hears 10 beats per second.
y2 = A sin (t + kx + )
Hence, n  n = 10
 y2 = A sin (t + kx) ….(ii)
Superposing, (i) + (ii) is the same as  340  u   340  u 
 680    680   = 10
y = sin C  sin D  340   340 
CD CD  2(340 + u – 340 + u) = 10  u = 2.5 ms1
 y = 2A cos sin
2 2
 y = 2A cos t sin kx  I
 The stationary wave is given as 84. dB = 10 log10   ; where I0 = 1012 Wm2
 I0 
2x
y = 0.06 sin cos (120 t) I  I
3 Since, 40 = 10 log10  1   1 = 104
2 2  I0  I0
Here, k =  and  = 120
 3
I  I
120  Also, 20 = 10 log10  2   2 = 102
  = 3 m, n = = 60 Hz  I0  I0
2
I2 d2
81. Let n be the frequency of fork C  = 102 = 12  d 22 = 100d12
I1 d2
3n 103n 2n 98n
 nA  n   and n B  n  
100 100 100 100  d2 = 10 m ….[ d1 = 1 m]
256
10. N 13. I0 = ICM + Md2
 I0 = IA + Md2
IP = IA + M(x2 + y2)
N  x2 + y2 = d2 [ I0 = IP]
It is an equation of a circle.
14. The object will not rotate if the force F is
=I
applied on the centre of mass of the system as
 Mr 2   2N  the net torque will be zero.
 (N)r =     = 
 2   Mr  So the question just boils down to find the
 = 0 + t  =t centre of Mass of the system.
 2N  Mr l /2 l /2
 =  t  N=
 Mr  2t l /2
(2M)
M
M l /2
11. l /2 60
N
M M
N (2M)

The calculations are shown in the diagram.
mg sin Final system is,
mg cos
mg 2M

mg sin –  mg cos = Ma l l
2M 2 8
(mg cos ) R = R  4 2M
5
5
a = g sin ….[Given]
7 l
2 2
 mg cos = mg sin Base
7 5l
 Force must be applied at a height from
2 2 8
 = tan = sec 2   1
7 7 base.
12. While pedalling: 15. I. N
kx
f
f̂1 f̂ 2 Mg
a = f̂1  f̂ 2 = –1
Pedalling stopped: kx – f = Ma
2 
f R =  MR 2  
5 
2
 f = Ma
5
7
f̂1 f̂ 2 kx = Ma
5
b = f̂1  f̂ 2 = +1 2
 f = Ma in the direction considered.
a  b = –1. 5
184
10 For maximum and minimum intensity,
13. y=
10x  t dI
 0  2KA 2 (1 + 2 cos 4t) (  sin 4t)
 dt
A = 10 cm,  = cm
5 1 1 3 1
 t = 0, , , ,1  t 
1 4 2 4 4
 f = Hz
2 1
 Assertion is false but Reason is true. Beat frequency = = 4 Hz
t
14. In the given case, the wave must be bounded.
19. Quality (Wave form) of sound distinguish the
 2 
15.  = sin t  (x cos   y cos )  different sources of sound from each other.
  
represents a wave travelling along a line in x- 20. Frequency will be maximum when the
y plane through origin making an angle  with approach velocity is maximum.
x-axis and  with y-axis. Approach velocity is maximum, when  is
2 maximum and  is maximum when body is
 = (x 2  x1 )cos   (y2  y1 )cos 
 R 
just above point  ,0 
Comparing with the given equation, we get 2 
 = 30,  = 60,  = 1 m,  = 30/s
 v 
Let (x1, y1)  (2 3 m, 2m) and y = y0   c
v=
 v  vs  3
(x2, y2)  (3 3 m,3m)

On substituting the values and simplifying  
 c  60
we get, = fo   R 
 c  c cos  
(0, 0)
  = 4 = n  n = 4  ,0 
 3  2 
16. The apparent wavelength after reflection is,
   which on simplification gives,
 =  + vw  , 6f 6f
 vS  v W  Imax = o , Imin = o …[  = 60]
vw = Velocity of reflecting surface 5 7
 vs  T v
=  21. v= , v1 = v, vr =
 vs  v w   2
 v  vw   334  2  A1 = A
  =  s    334 = 332 Hz
 vs   334  v
2 
17. As B is moving away from A,  2 v2  2 A 2 A
Ar =   A1 =
the frequency heard by B has to decrease.  v1  v 2   v 3
 v  vA  3 
f = f0   2

 v  vB  1
 E =  2 A 2 ()
Thus the graph will shift by some amount but 2
the bandwidth would remain constant. Frequency remains same for both cases,
Note: We cannot comment about the
magnitude of intensity heard. 1 v
=  2 A 2  
18. Let f = 250 Hz, then f – 2 = 248 Hz, 2 f 
f + 2 = 252 Hz  E   v A2
At x = 0, E1 ( ) (v) (A) 2 9
y = y1 + y2 + y3 = A sin 2 (f + 2) t   1 
E 2 (4 1 )  v   2  2
8
+ A sin 2 (f  2) t + A sin 2ft    A
2
  3 
 y = 2A sin 2 ft cos 4 t + A sin 2 ft
 y = A (2 cos 4 t + 1) sin 2ft 8
 Fraction transmitted = E1
Intensity, I  R2, I = KA2 (2 cos 4t + 1)2 9
258
22.  f1  f 2 
|f1f2|  2 
 
For beats,
 f f    f f  
y = 2A cos  2  1 2  t  sin  2  1 2  t 
  2     2  
Beat frequency remains constant and
f f
frequency of vibration of particles is 1 2 .
2
23. Higher pressure  higher density
24. The loudness of sound is measured on decibel
scale which is logarithmic.
 I
Loudness or sound level = 10 log   . Each
 I0 
increase in intensity by a power of 10
increases decibel reading of 10 units.
Hence, to increase the decibel reading by 20,
there needs to be an increase in intensity by
10  10 = 100.
25. Frequency observed by man is same as
“observed” by the wall and it reflects the same
and as man and wall are relatively at rest,
hence man hears same frequency of reflected
sound. Hence, beat frequency is zero.
259
Textbook
Chapter No.
08 Stationary Waves
Hints
(  ) (  )
Classical Thinking 3. cos  + cos  = 2 cos cos
2 2
17. Frequency of pth overtone is
 y = y1 + y2 = 2  0.05  cos (x) cos (4t)
np = pn1
where p = no. of segments or loops For node, cos (x) = 0
n1 = Fundamental frequency  3 5
 x = , , ,…
(given) p = 1 2 2 2
 np = n1 1 3 5
 x = , , ,….  x = 0.5 m
i.e., fundamental mode or 1st harmonic 2 2 2
18. Comparing given equation with the standard form, 2
4. Using, = coefficient of x in the argument
 2x  
y = A sin   .cos (2nt) we get,
   2
of the sine function = k   =
8 k
2tn = 8t  n = = 4 cycles / s
2 Distance between adjacent nodes = /2.
25. In open organ pipe, both even and odd 
 The distance between adjacent nodes =
harmonics are produced. k
26. In an open organ pipe, all harmonics are present. 5. Velocity, v = n ,
For pth overtone, we have (p + 1)th harmonic v 1200
= = =4m
28. In closed pipes, only odd harmonics are present. n 300
39. When two bodies have the same frequency,  The distance between a node and the
then one is excited and other vibrates with its 
neighbouring antinode is = 1 m.
natural frequency due to resonance. 4
1 n l x
42. n  1 = 2 6. y = 6 sin cos 8t
l n2 l1 6
300 Comparing with the standard wave equation
 l2 =  30 = 22.5 cm
2x   2t  we get,
400 y = A sin   cos  
43. For closed pipe, in general,     T 
v 1 2x x
n= (2N  1)  n  =   = 12
4l l  6
 If length of air column decreases, then  The distance between two consecutive nodes,
frequency increases.  12
= =6
v v 2 2
44. nclosed = , nopen =
4L 2L 7. Energy is not carried by stationary waves.
 nopen = 2nclosed = 2n 8. The given equation can be written as,
 x 
y = 4sin  4t  
Critical Thinking  16 
Co-efficient of t()
2. In closed organ pipe, if  v=
yincident = A sin(t  kx), then Co-efficient of x(k)
yreflected = A sin(t + kx + ) =  A sin(t + kx) 4
 v= = 64 cm/s along + x direction.
Superimposition of these two waves gives the  / 16
required stationary wave. (Note: Refer Shortcut 9. iii.)
260
Chapter 08: Stationary Waves
9. y = A sin (100t) cos (0.01x) 14. Stretched wire produces integral number of
Comparing with standard wave equation, harmonics
2t   2 x  we get, Let 420 = 6  70 Hz
y = 2A sin   cos  
 T     490 = 7  70 Hz
2t  Fundamental frequency of wire is 70 Hz
= 100 t
T 1 T
n=
2 1 100 2L m
 T= n= =
100 T 2 1 T
 L=
2πx 2 2n m
Also, = 0.01 x   =
 0.01
 L=
1 450
Velocity of wave, 2  70 5  103
100 2
v = n =  = 104 mm/s =
1
 3  100
2 0.01 2  70
= 10  103 mm/s = 10 m/s 30
10. Minimum time interval between two instants = = 2.1 m
14
T
when the string is flat = = 0.5 s
2 1 T T
15. Using, n =  For given m, n 
 T=1s 2L m L
Hence  = v  T = 10  1 = 10 m n1 L 2 T1 1 1 1
2L  = = =
11. For a vibrating string,  = n 2 L1 T2 4 4 8
p
 n2 = 8n1 = 8  200 = 1600 Hz
where p = Number of loops = Order of
vibration or mode 16. L1 + L2 + L3 = 110 cm and n1L1 = n2L2 = n3L3
2(2) n1 : n2 : n3 :: 1 : 2 : 3
 For fourth mode p = 4,  = =1m n1 1 L L
4  = = 2  L2 = 1 and
 v = n = 500  1 = 500 m/s n2 2 L1 2
12. y = 0.021sin(x + 30t) n1 1 L L
= = 3  L3 = 1
Comparing this equation with the standard n3 3 L1 3
form we get,
L1 L
 = 30 rad/s and k = 1  L1 + + 1 = 110
 30 2 3
 v= = = 30 m/s  L1 = 60; L2 = 30 cm, L3 = 20 cm
k 1
T T T T
Using, v = we get, 17. v= = v
m m r 2 r
T vA TA rB 1 1 1
30 =  T = 0.117 N  = . = . =
1.3  104 vB TB rA 2 2 2 2
(Note: Refer Shortcut 9. iii.)
1
13. Here,  = 2  8 = 16 m 18. n
L
1 T 1 T
n= = n L
2L m 2 L2 m  = 
n L
1 T 1 T If length is decreased by 2%, then frequency
= =
2  M  2 ML n  n1 2
L2   increases by 2% i.e., 2 
L n1 100
1 96 2 2
= = 5 Hz  n2  n1 =  n1 =  392 = 7.8  8
2 0.120  8 100 100
261
19. n T 24. nA = 324 Hz, nb = 6 Hz

T2 2 The frequency of string B is
 = n2 nB = nA  nb = 324  6 = 330 or 318 Hz
T1 n12 Now, the frequency of a string is proportional to
n2  320 
2
the square root of tension. Hence, if the tension in
 T2 = 22  T1 =    16 = 25 kg-wt A is slightly decreased, its frequency will be
n1  256  slightly reduced, i.e., it will become less than
 T = T2  T1 = 25  16 = 9 kg-wt 324 Hz. If the frequency of string B is 330 Hz,
1 T the beat frequency would increase to a value
20. n= greater than 6 Hz if the tension in A is reduced.
2l m
But the beat frequency is found to reduce to 3 Hz.
1 Hence, the frequency of B cannot be 330 Hz.
Let T = 2T , A = A
2 It is therefore 318 Hz. When the tension
Now, m = AL in A is reduced, its frequency becomes
1 m 324 – 3 = 321 Hz which will produce beats of
 m = AL = AL =
2 2 frequency 3 Hz with string B of frequency
T 1 T  318 Hz.
1 1 2T
 n = = = 2   = 2n 25. Probable frequencies of tuning fork be n + 4
2l m 2l (m / 2)  2l m  or n  4
21. n T 1
Now, n 
 n1  T1 and n2  T2 l
But T2 > T1  n2 > n1 n  4 100
  or 95(n + 4) = 100(n  4)
 n  n1 = 5 n  4 95
 n  k T1 = 5  nk 100 = 5  95n + 380 = 100n  400
 5n = 780  n = 156 Hz
 n  10 k = 5 ….(i)
27. L2 = 3L1 = 3  24.7 = 74.1 cm
 n2  n = 5
 k T2  n = 5  k 121  n = 5 28. For closed organ pipe, only odd harmonics are
present. Hence note of frequency 100 Hz will
 11 k  n = 5 ….(ii)
not be emitted as 100 = 2  50.
Adding equeations (i) and (ii),
k = 10 29. For a closed pipe,
Substituting in equation (i), 2nd overtone = 5th harmonic
n  100 = 5  n = 105 Hz  5th harmonic = 5  fundamental frequency
22. On earth: = 5  50 = 250 Hz
1 Mg 1 g v 332
n= = , Since M = 1 kg 30. For closed pipe, n   n  2 Hz
2L m 2L m 4l 4  42
v
1 Mg / 6 1 Mg 31. n1 =
On moon: n = = 4(L + e)
2L m 2L 6m
v 2v
For resonance: n = n  n2 = =
L  4  L  2e 
1 g 1 Mg 4  e 
= 2 
2L m 2L 6m Clearly, n2 is less than double of n1.
which gives M = 6 kg 32. n1 – n2 = 10 .…(i)
0.01 v v
23. m= = 2  102 kg/m Using n1 = and n2 = we get,
0.5 4L1 4L 2
1 T n1 L 26
n= = 2 = ….(ii)
2l m n2 L1 25
1 800 2  10 2 On solving these equations,
 n= = = 200 Hz
2  0.5 2  10 2 1 n1 = 260 Hz, n2 = 250 Hz
262
v 1 39.  = (15 + 1)  4 = 64 cm
33. n= n
4L L 3
For second resonance, L =
L1 100 n 4
 = = 2
L2 101 n1 3
 L=  64 = 48 cm
As L2 > L1 , hence n2 < n1 4
 n1 – n2 = 5  Length of the tube = L – e = 48 – 1 = 47 cm
100 n2 
 = 40. Here, L2  L1 = or  = 2(L2  L1)
101 n2  5 2
 101 n2 – 100 n2 = 5  100 Using, v = n,
 n2 = 500 Hz v v 330
n= = = = 500 Hz
 n1 = n2 + 5 = 500 + 5 = 505 Hz  2(L 2  L1 ) 2(49  16)  102
34. According to problem, 41. Fundamental frequency of open pipe,
1 T v v 350
= ....(i) n1 = = = 350 Hz
2l m 4L 2L 2  0.5
1 T 8 3v 42. For open organ pipe,
and = .…(ii) v
2l m 4L 320
n0 = = = 400 Hz
Dividing equation (i) by equation (ii), 2L 2  40  10 2
T 1 n = 1200 Hz = 3  400 Hz
=  9T = T + 8  T = 1 N  The mode of vibration is 3rd harmonic  2nd
T 8 3
overtone
v 43. L1 = 50 cm, L2 = 50.5 cm
35. For closed pipe, n1 =
4L As L2 > L1, so n2 < n1
v For open pipe,
 250 =
4  0.2 n=
v
 v = 200 m/s 2L
n1 – n2 = 3 beats/s
36. Fundamental frequency of a closed pipe is
v 1 1 
v     =3
given by n0 = 2  L1 L2 
4L
Length l of air column first decreases and then v  1 1 
becomes constant (when rate of inflow = rate  2 
  =6
10  50 50.5 
of outflow). Therefore, f0 will first increase
and then become constant. 6  50  50.5  102
 v= = 303 m/s
0.5
37.
44. 1 = 2L, 2 = 2L + 2L
/4
v v
n1 = and n2 =
2L 2L  2L
v 1 1 
  No. of beats = n1  n2 =   
The first resonance will occur at length L = 2  L L  L 
4 vL
For closed pipe, only odd frequencies are =
present. 2L2
So next resonance will be obtained at length 45. It is given that
3 5 First overtone of closed pipe = First overtone
, , …...
4 4 of open pipe
l2  3 l1 49  3  16  v   v 
38. e= = = 0.5 cm  3  = 2 ;
2 2  4L1   2L 2 
263
where L1 and L2 are the lengths of closed and 52. Fundamental frequency of closed pipe,
open organ pipes. v v
n = L=
L1 3 4L 4n '
 =
L2 4 Fundamental frequency of open pipe,
46. Given frequencies are 425, 595, 765 Hz v v
n= L=
v = 340 m/s 2L 2n
Option A : For a closed pipe having L = 1 m, v v n
 =  n =
v 340 4n ' 2n 2
nc = = = 85 Hz
4L 4 53. When one end is closed, n1 = 100/2 = 50 Hz
Option B: For L = 2 m, nc = 42.50 Hz n2 = 3 n1 = 150 Hz,
Option C: For open pipe having, L = 1 m, n3 = 5 n1 = 250 Hz and so on
v 340
n0 = = = 170 Hz 54. Let ‘L’ be the length of the pipe,
2L 2 v
Option D: For L = 2 m, n0 = 85 Hz n= ….(i)
Open pipe has all the harmonics, which is not 2L
possible. 2
When the pipe having a length of L is
Closed pipe has only odd harmonics. Hence 5
L = 2 m is not possible. inside water, then length of the air column,
 Correct option is (A). 2L 3L
L1 = L – =
3v 5 5
47. First overtone frequency for closed pipe = v v 5v
4L  n = = =
v 4L1 4  3L 12L
Fundamental frequency for open pipe =
2L 5
First overtone frequency for open pipe 5  v 
=   ….[From (i)]
= 2 
v  v 4 3v 6  2L 
 = 
 2L  L 3 4L
5
49. Since they are turned to same pitch,  n = n
6
fundamental frequencies are same, no = nc
v
v v 55. For open pipe, fundamental frequency, n =
 = 2L
2Lo 4Lc
v 1  v  1
Lo 4 For closed pipe, n = =    n
 = =2:1  Lo : Lc : : 2 :1 4L 2  2L  2
Lc 2 n
 = 512 Hz  n = 2  512 = 1024 Hz
50. Let L1 and L2 be the lengths of open and closed 2
pipes respectively. (Neglecting end correction) 56. L = 45 = 5  9
 1 = 2L1, 2 = 4L2 L = 99 = 11  9
Given that, 1 = 2 Hence other lengths between these values are,
 2L1 = 4L2 L1 = 7  9 = 63 cm
L1 1 L2 = 9  9 = 81 cm
 =
L2 2 So fundamental length is 9 cm
4v 2v 
51. For open pipe, no = 4nf = =  9 =   = 9  4 = 36 cm
2Lo Lo 4
7v v
For closed pipe, nc = 7nf = 57. For open pipe, n1 = v  L1 =
4Lc 2L1 2n1
no = nc ....[Given]
For closed pipe, n2 = v L = v
2
2v 7v L 8 4L 2 4n 2
 =  o =
Lo 4Lc L c 7 After joining, L = L1 + L2
264
Since it is a closed pipe, n1 T1
v 62. n T  =
n= = v n2 T2
4L 4(L1  L 2 )
n2 = 3n1 ….[Given]
v
= n1 1
 v v   =
4   n2 3
 2n1 4n 2 
8n 1 n 2 1 T1 T1
=  = =
4  4n 2  2n 1  3 T2 T1  8
n1n 2 T1 1
=  =
2n 2 + n1 T1  8 9
500  450  9 T1 = T1 + 8  T1 = 1 kg-wt
=
 2  450   500 63. Maximum pressure at closed end will be
= 160.7 Hz  161 Hz atmospheric pressure added to acoustic wave
v v 2v 3v pressure.
58. np = , nq = , nr = , ns =  pmax = pA + p0 and pmin = pA  p0
4L 2L 2L 4L
np : nq : nr : ns p max p  p0
 = A
v 2v 4v 3v p min p A  p0
: : :
4L 4L 4L 4L
 np : nq : nr : ns : : 1 : 2 : 4 : 3 64. When a musical instrument is played, it produces
a fundamental note which is accompanied by a
p T number of overtones called harmonics. The
59. N=
2L m number of harmonics is not the same for all
m instruments. It is the number of harmonics which
 p = 2NL distinguishes the note produced by a sitar from
T that produced by a violin.
constant
 p2 =  p2T = constant
T 65. Mass per unit lengths are constant.
If p is the number of loops and T is the
p T tension, then
60. In perpendicular position, N =
2l m Tp2 = constant
p|| T  T1p12 = T2p22
In parallel position, N =  6  103  10  (3)2 = T2  (2)2
l m
p  6  103  90 = 4 T2
 = p||  p = 2p|| 540 ×10 3
2  T2 = N
4
61. For perpendicular position, N = n  T2 = 135  10 3 N = m  10
1.0×103 1  m = 13.5  103 kg = 13.5 g
m= 1
= 102, T = 0.4  9.8 N
8×10 8
p T 66. L1 = 40 cm, L2 = 30 cm
Using, N = 1 T
2L m n=  T = constant
4 2L m L
N=  0.4 × 9.8
2 × 0.8 1 T1 T2 L1 T1
×10 2  =  =
8 L1 L2 L2 T2
4 4×8× 7 2 2
=  8× 4× 2× 49 = T2 L   30  9
2×8×10 1
2×8×101  = 2 =  =
= 140 Hz T1  L1   40  16
265
Let T1 = Vdg and density of fluid in which Now, frequency  speed of sound
weight will be immersed is  n2 151
 T1 – T2 = Vg  =
n1 150
T1  T2 
 = 151 300  151
T1 d  n2 = n1  = = 302 Hz
T2  9 7 150 150
 1– = =1– = Hence beat frequency = 302 – 300 = 2
T1 d 16 16
d 16 
 = 71. For 1st resonance, L1 + e =
 7 4
3
1 T For 2nd resonance, L2 + e =
67. n= 4
2L r 2 d

1 9T  L2 – L1 =
n = 2
2L r 2 d
Speed of sound, v = n = 500  2 (L2 – L1)
n  3L r
   ….(i) = 500  2 (52 – 17)  102
n L r  = 350 m/s
 mass remains the same n T1
72. n T= 1= ….(i)
r L n2 T2

r L 50 150n1
Substituting in eq. (i)  n 2 = n1 +  n1 =
100 100
n L n1 100
3 2
n L  = = ….[From (i)]
n2 150 3
 L > L
T1 4
 n < 3 n  =
T2 9
T T2  T1  T2 
68. n  100 =
l % increase =   1 100
T1  T1 
 l  T ( n = constant)
9  500
l2 T2 =  1   100 = = 125%
 = 4  4
l1 T1
 l2 = l1
100
 l2 = 1.3l1 = l1 + 0.30 l1 = 30% of l1 2. Progressive waves propagate energy while
stationary waves do not propagate energy.
69. According to law of tension,
N T 3. Waves z1 = A sin(kx  t) is travelling
towards positive x-direction.
Therefore, when the tension is doubled, the
frequency becomes 2 times. Wave z2 = A sin(kx + t) is travelling towards
negative x-direction.
70. Let v1 be the speed of sound at 27 C and v2 at Wave z3 = A sin(ky  t) is travelling towards
31 C then, positive y direction.
1 1
v2  273  31  2  304  2 
1
Since waves z1 and z2 are travelling along the
4 2
=  =  = 1   same line, so they will produce stationary wave.
v1  273  27   300   300 
1 4 151 1 T 1 1
=1+  = 10. n=  n  and v  n  v 
2 300 150 2lr  r r
266
75. Force of friction = µmg = m2 A = m (2πn)2 A 3. F = kx
1 μg  mg = kx  m  kx
 n= m1 k x
2π A  = 1 1
m2 k2 x2
76. x = Acost 4 k 1
 =   x2 = 3 cm
a 6 k / 2 x2
1
O t 4. k  . Since one fourth length is cut away, the
l
th
3
remaining length is   . Hence k becomes
4
dx
v  Aωsin ωt 4 4
times i.e., k = k.
dt 3 3
d2 x 5. Comparing given equation with standard
a = 2   Aω2cos ωt
dt equation,
This is correctly depicted by graph in (C). 
y = Asin(t + ), we get, A = 2 cm,  =
k p 2
77. 2 = ,r= 
2
 2
m 2m  amax = 2A =    2 = cm/s2
Angular frequency, 2 2
p2 6. y = 5sin( t + 4).
 =  2  r 2  = k

m 4m 2 Comparing it with standard equation
y = A sin (t + ) we get,
2t
Critical Thinking A = 5 m and = t  T = 2 s
T
2 2  rad 7. vmax = A
1. = = =
T 12 6 s  100 =   10   = 10 rad/s
  v = 2 (A2  x2)
 2 = 4  sin t1  ….(For x = 2 cm)  (50)2 = (10)2 (102  x2)
 6 
 25 = 102  x2
2   
 = sin t1   t1  x2 = 100  25 = 75  x = 5 3 cm
4 6 6 6
 t1 = 1 s 8. When particle starts from extreme position,
Similarly, for x = 4 cm, it can be shown that x = A cos t …(i)
t2 = 3 s 60
n = 60 r.p.m. = = 1 r.p.s.
So time taken by particle in going from 2 cm to 60
extreme position is t2  t1 = 2 s. Hence required  = 2n = 2  1 = 2
1 x = 0.1 cos (2  2) …[From (i)]
ratio will be .
2 = 0.1 cos 4 = 0.1 m ….[ cos 4  = 1]
2. In S.H.M., velocity of particle also oscillates 2

9. x = A sin t
simple harmonically. Speed is more when the T
particle is near the mean position than when it A 2  A 
 = A sin t ….  x = m
is near the extreme position. Therefore, the 2 T  2 
A
time taken for the particle to go from 0 to 2 1 
2  sin t = = sin
T 2 4
A
will be less than the time taken to go from 2  T
2  t = t=
to A. Hence, T1 < T2. T 4 8
190
1 T 33. String vibrates in five segments

27. Using, n  n T 5 2l
2l m  l  
As T1  T2  n1  n 2 2 5
v v 20
 n1  n 2  6  n   5  5  5 Hz
 2l 2  10
The beat frequency will remain fixed at 6 if
i. n1 remains same but n2 is increased to a 1 T
34. n=
new value  n 2  n 2 12  by increasing 2L r 2 d
tension T2. 1 4T
n =
ii. n2 remains same but n1 is decreased to a 2L r 2 d
new value  n1  n1 12  by decreasing n  2L r
   ….(i)
tension T1. n L r 
1 L n  mass remains the same
28. n  2 = 1
L L1 n2 r L

n  270 r L
 L2 = L1  1  = 50  = 13.5 cm Substituting in eq. (i)
 n2  1000
n L
T 60.5 2
29. v= = = 110 m/s n L
m  0.035   L > L
 
 7 
 n < 2 n
n T 1 T
30. = 35. n= n T
2L m 2L m
….(where ‘m’ is mass per unit length) For octave, n = 2n
M n T
But, m =  = =2
L n T
n T n T  T = 4T = 16 kg-wt
 = =
2 M 2 2 ML n1 T1
 L 36. n T 
L n2 T2
T n 10
31. We have, v =  =  T2 = 40 N
m 2n T2
T = v2 m ….(i)
1
 37. n  nl = constant
 m = 2  102  K= l
v
 n1 l1 = n2 l2

v=  n1 l1 = (n1 – 2)l2 ....[n2 < n1 as length increases]
K l2 n1 250 125
120    
v= l1 n1  2 248 124
2 / 3
v = 180 m/lE 1 1 1
38. l1 : l2 : l3 = : : =6:3:2
From equation (i) n1 n 2 n 3
T = (180)2  2  102 6
T = 648 N l1 =  99 = 54
11
32. At resonance, frequency of A.C. will be equal 3
to natural frequency of wire, l2 =  99 = 27
11
1 T 1 10  9.8 100 2
n    50 Hz l3 =  99 = 18
2l m 2  1 9.8  103 2 11
268
39. Here, nl = constant 45. Fundamental frequency of the first wire is
 n1l1 = n2l2  110 (l1) = (l1 – 5) n2 1 T 1 T 1 T
n= = =
110  60 2l1 m 2l1 r1  2l1r1
2

 = n2  n2 = 120 Hz
55
1 T
 Number of beats = 120  110 = 10 The first overtone n1 = 2n =
l1r1 
40. When the length of sonometer wire increases Similarly, the second overtone of the second
by 4%, the new length, wire will be,
l2 = 1.04 l1 3 T
n2 =
Now, nl = constant 2l2 r2 
 n1 l1 = n2 (1.04 l1)  n1 = 1.04 n2 Given that n1 = n2
 n2 = n1  8 …( n2 < n1) 1 T 3 T
 =
 n2 = 1.04 n2 – 8 l1r1  2l2 r2 
 0.04 n2 = 8  n2 = 200 Hz  3l1r1 = 2l2r2
41. n T l1 2r2
=
n 1 ΔT l2 3r1
 =
n 2 T 2r2
= ….( r1 = 2r2)
 1 ΔT  3( 2r2 )
 Beat frequency, n =  n
2 T  1
=
1 2 3
=   400 = 4
2 100
1 T T
46. n  2
42. Let the frequency of tuning fork be N. 2l r 
2
r
As the frequency of vibrating string 2 2
1 n1  T  r      1  2   1 
    1  2   2         1
length of string n2  T2  r1   1   2  1   2 
For sonometer wire of length 20 cm,  n1  n 2
frequency must be (N + 5) and that for the
sonometer wire of length 21cm, the frequency 1 T
must be (N – 5) as in each case, the tuning 47. n=  n  l1
2l M
fork produces 5 beats/s with sonometer wire
n l
 n1l1 = n2l2  (N + 5)  20 = (N – 5)  21  % =   100
n l
 N = 205 Hz
= l = 1% = 1% (In magnitude)
1 T 48. Mass per unit length of the string
43. Using, n =
2 m 1.0  103
m= = 5  103 kg m1
1 T 1 1 20  102
Number of beats =    speed of waves in string
2 m  l2 l1 
I 0.5
1 20  1 1  v=  = 10 ms1
=  49.1  102  51.6  102   7
3
m 5  10
2 1  103  
Now, v = n
1 T v 10
44. Fundamental frequency n   = = = 0.1 cm = 10 cm
2l r 2 n 100

1 n r l r 2L 1  separation between successive nodes =
n  1  2 2   2
lr n 2 r1 l1 2r L 1
= 5 cm
269
 1 1
30. = rad 35. K.E. = P.E.  mv2 = kx2
2 2 2
y = Asin(t + ) 1 1
2  m2(A2  x2) = m2x2
 y = Asin  
t   2 2
 T   2 2
A x =x 2
 2  A2 x 1
 y = 0.5 sin  t   x2 =  =
 0.4 2 2 A 2
  36. y = 0.05 sin 4(5t + 0.4)
 y = 0.5 sin  5 t   = 0.5 cos 5t
 2  y = 0.05 sin (20t + 1.6)
Comparing this with standard equation,
31. In S.H.M., a = 2x y = A sin (t + ) we get,
Acceleration is always opposite to displacement. A = 0.05,  = 20
1 1 1
32. P.E. = m2 x2 = 2.5 J T.E. = m2A2 =  0.1  (20)2  (0.05)2
2 2 2
2
A 1

1
m2   = 2.5
A
.…[ x = ] =  10  4  10  2  25  104 = 0.052 J
1 2
2 2 2
2
37. Comparing the given equations with the
1 A2
 m2 = 2.5 standard form we get,
2 4 A1 = 4, A2 = 5, 1 = 10
1 1
 m2 A2 = 10 E = mA22  E  (A)2
2 2
1  (A11)2 = (A22)2  A11 = A22
 Total energy of system = m2A2 = 10 J
2  4  10 = 5     = 8 unit
2E 
33. K.E. = 38.  = 30 =
3 6
1 Using F = kx, we get
K.E. 2 m (A  x ) A 2  x 2
2 2 2
x2 | Fmax | = kA = m2 A
= = = 1 
T.E. 1
m2 A 2 A2 A2  E = 1 m2 A2 = 1 | Fmax |  A
2 2 2
 2E   A= 2E 5
= 2  3  10 = 4  10–2 = 0.04 m
  2 | Fmax | 1.5  103
  3  =1 x
2
E A2  = = 2  =  rad/s
T 2
x2 2 1 A
 2
=1 = x=  The equation of motion is, x = A sin (t + )
A 3 3 3
= 0.04 sin  t   
1 2 2P.E1  6
34. P.E.1 = kx  x =
2 k  2 A2 
1
1 2 2P.E 2 K.E. 2 m 2
 A 2
 x 2
  A  n2 
P.E.2 = ky  y = 39. = =  = n2  1
2 k P.E. 1 2 2  A2 
 m x   n2 
1 2   
and P.E. = k(x + y)2
2
1
m2 (A2  x2) =  m2 A 2 
1 1
2P.E 40.
 x+y= 2 42 
k A 2
2P.E.1 2P.E.2 2P.E.  A2  x2 =

   4
k k k 3A 2 3A
 x2 = x=
P.E.1  P.E.2  P.E. 4 2
193
66. Number of beats per second, 74. For a closed pipe, fundamental frequency
16 4 v 1 1  v
n   n  n1  n 2     n1 = = 100 Hz
20 5 4  l1 l2  4L
For an open pipe, fundamental frequency
4 v  1 1  0.01v v
     = v
5 4  1 1.01  4  1.01 4  101 n1 = = 2n1 = 200 Hz
2L
16  101 In an open pipe all multiples of the
 v  323.2 ms–1
5 fundamental are produced. Hence, frequencies
67. For 1st resonance, produced can be 200 Hz, 400 Hz and so on.
v 340 75. The air column in a pipe open at both ends can
l0 = = = 0.25 = 25 cm vibrate in a number of different modes
4n 4  340
Next resonance will occur at a distance of subjected to the boundary condition that there
3l0 = 75 cm and further at 5l0 = 125 cm (which must be an antinode at the open end.
is not possible). Hence option (A) is correct.
Hence, h = 120 – 3l0 = 120 – 75 = 45 cm = 0.45 m The ratio of frequencies when pipe is open at
both the ends is given as,
68. For the second resonance, x = 3L1 = 54 but n:2n:3n:4n:5n
during summer, temperature increases and
v
hence velocity of sound increases. where n =
 x > 3L1 i.e., x > 54 cm 2L
 Both odd as well even i.e., All harmonics are
v v present.
69. nl+e=
4(l  e) 4n Hence, option (B) and (C) are correct
v Pressure variation is minimum at antinode
 l= e  Option (D) is incorrect.
4n
Here, e = (0.6)r = (0.6)(2) = 1.2 cm 76. For an open pipe,
336  102 e = 0.6 d
 l=  1.2 = 15.2 cm e
4  512  d =
70. Let e be the end correction then according to 0.6
the information given, e
 2r =
v 3v 0.6
  0.35 + e = 3(0.1 + e) 0.8 2
4(l1  e) 4(l2  e)  r = = cm
e = 2.5 cm = 0.025 m. 1.2 3
v
l  3l1 48  3(15) 77. Fundamental frequency n =
71. e= 2 = = 1.5 cm 2L
2 2
350 1
72. e = 0.3 d  350 =  L = m = 50 cm
2L 2
l  3l1
d= 2 78. For a pipe open at both ends,
2
v 333
l  3l1 0.62  3  0.2 6.2  6 n=  = 500 Hz
 d= 2 = = = 0.033 m 2l 2  33.3  102
0.6 0.6 6
 Frequency of 5th overtone,
= 3.33 cm
n = 6n = 6  500 = 3000 Hz
v
73. Fundamental frequency of open tube, n = 79. Fundamental frequency of closed organ pipe
2L v
where v is the velocity of sound in air and L is =
the length of the tube 4L
330 v 3v
 n= = 660 Hz  
2  0.25 4L 2l0
The emitted frequencies are n, 2n, 3n, 4n, … 12  20
l0 = = 120 cm
i.e., 660 Hz, 1320 Hz, 1980 Hz, 2640 Hz, … 2
271
3v 4v 86. Difference between two successive resonance
80. nc = and n0 = frequencies
4L1 2l2
n = 595  425 = 170 Hz
 nc = n0 gives,
Similarly n = 425  255 = 170 Hz
l 3
3l2 = 8l1  1  If pipe is open at both ends, air column will
l2 8 vibrate with all harmonics i.e. n1, 2n1, 3n1, ….
81. First overtone frequency of a closed pipe =  n = n1 = 170 Hz
second harmonic frequency of an open pipe But in that case, successive resonance
frequencies will be multiples of 170 Hz which
3v 2v
= contradicts the given data.
4l1 2l2 If pipe is closed, air column will vibrate with
l1 3 only odd harmonics i.e., n1, 3n1, 5n1,….
=
l2 4  n = 2n1
170
82. For resonance,  n1 = = 85 Hz
2
 nc = n0 In this case, 3n1, 5n1, 7n1 corresponds to
v v L 1 frequencies 255, 425 and 595 Hz.
   1 
4L1 2L 2 L2 2
87. Before dipping in water,
83. th
Frequency of 5 overtone of closed organ pipe = v
Fundamental frequency, f =
Frequency of fifth overtone of open organ pipe. 2l
 11 n = 6 n After dipping in water, pipe will get filled
v v L 11 with water partially and will act as closed
 11  = 6  
4L 2L L 12 l
organ pipe of length .
2
84. Difference between successive resonance
 After dipping in water,
frequencies n = 170 Hz
If pipe is open, air column will vibrate with all v v
Fundamental frequency f  =  l  = =f
harmonics i.e, n1, 2n1, 3n1, … 4  2l
n= n1 = 170 Hz 2
But in that case, successive resonance
frequencies will be multiples of 170 Hz which 88. For a closed pipe,
contradicts the data given in question. 7v
n3 =
If pipe is closed, air column will vibrate with 4l ....(i)
only odd harmonics , i.e., n1, 3n1, 5n1 For an open pipe
 n = 2n1 3v
170 n2 =
 n1 = = 85 Hz. 2l ....(ii)
2 According to given condition, we have
In this case 5n1, 7n1 and 9n1 resonance 7v 3v
frequencies will correspond to 425, 595 and = + 150
765 Hz respectively as given in the question. 4l 2l ….[from (i) and (ii)]
Hence, given pipe is closed pipe and 7v 3v
 = 150
v 340  4l 2l
length of pipe lc =  = 1 m.
4n1 4  85 7v  6v
= 150
85. Distance between six successive nodes, 4l
5 v
  85 cm = 150
2  4l
2  85 Fundamental frequency of pipe open at both
   34 cm = 0.34 m
5 ends is
 Speed of sound in gas, v
= 2 150  = 300 Hz
= n = 1000  0.34 = 340 m/s 2l
272
v here, L be length of open pipe,
89. no =
2L open 3v 3v
 =
v 2L  4L
nc = 3  4L
4Lclosed  L = = 2L
2
v  v 
nc = 3   3  
Lopen 94. Fundamental frequency of open organ pipe,
4  2Lopen 
2 v
n1 =
= 3  100 = 300 Hz 2lo
Frequency of third harmonic for closed organ
2v
90. Open pipe resonance frequency, f1  pipe,
2L
3v
nv n2 =
Closed pipe resonance frequency, f 2  4lc
4L
n Given: n1 = n2
 f2 = f1 where, n is odd v 3v
4  
As f2 > f1  n = 5 2lo 4lc
2lc 2  20
91. Frequency of first overtone of closed pipe =  lo =  = 13.33 cm
Frequency of first overtone of open pipe 3 3
3v1 v 2 3 P 1 P 95. Fundamental frequency of a pipe closed at one
   
4L1 L 2 4L1 1 L2 2 end = Frequency of 2nd overtone of pipe open
1
 P  at both ends 
 v   2
  
v 1 3v 1 3
    
4L 1 4L 1 4nL1 2 2nL2 L1 L2
 L2  1 
3 2 3 2  L2 = 3L1 = 30 cm
92. For a pipe open at both ends, 96. t1 – t2 = 1

V L L
f=   1
2L 340 3740
V V  3400 L = 340  3740
 f1 = , f2 =
2L 2(L  d) 34  374
 L= = 374 m
V V 34
 beat frequency fb = f1  f2 = 
2L 2(L  d) 97. For a pipe closed at one end,
 2(L  d)  2L  2d v
 fb = V   = V n1 = and for a pipe open at both ends,
 4L(L  d)  4L(L  d) 4L1
Vd v v v
 fb = n2 =  L1 = and L2 =
2L (L  d) 2 L2 4n1 2n 2
93. Second overtone of open pipe is third harmonic, v v

For the new pipe, L = L1 + L2 = +
3v 4L1 2 L 2
 n3 =
2l v v n1n 2
n= = =
First overtone of closed pipe is third harmonic, 4L  v v  2 n1  n 2
4  
3v  4 n1 2 n1 
n2 =
4l
273
62. T1 = T l
T1 1 1 67. T = 2
l g
= 1 = = ….(i)
T2 l2 16 4
4 2l 4 2
x1 = A sin 1t and x2 = B sin 2t  T2 = where = constant
g g
They are in phase after time t and phase
difference is 2  T2  l
 1t – 2t = 2  dT  dl
 2  100  =  100
 2 2   T  l
    t = 2
 T1 T2  dT 1  dl  1
  100 =   100  =  (2) = 1 %
1 1 T 2  l  2
   t = 1
 T1 T2   There is change of 1% per second
t  T1   In a day, there are 24  60  60 = 24  3600 s
 1   = 1 24  3600  1
T1  T2   = 24  36 = 864 s
100
t  1
 1   = 1 .…[From (i)]  There will be change of 864 s per day.
T  4
t 3 4 dT 1 dl
  =1t= T 68. =
T 4 3 T 2 l
l dl
63. T = 2  = (t2  t1) = (40 – 20) = (20)
g l
1  dl 
l l  dT = T 
 T = 2
g
= 2
4g 2  l 
g
5 5 1
= T     20
5 l 5 2
 T = 2 = T
4 g 2 1
= 86400   12  10–6  20
2
64. T  l . Time period depends only on
…[ 1 day = 86400 s]
effective length. Density has no effect on time
5
period. If length is made 4 times, then time = 86400  10  12
period becomes 2 times. = 0.864  12  10.4 seconds
65. n1: n2 = 7:8
Suppose at t = 0, pendulums begins to swing l
69. T = 2 T l ….(i)
simultaneously. g
If n1T1 = n2T2,
169 l1
n1 T l l2 = l1 + 69% l1 = ….[Given]
 = 2 = 2 100
n2 T1 l1
l2 169
2 2  =
l1 n  8 64 l1 100
 =  2 =   =
l2  n1  7 49
T2 l2 169
66. le = 1 m, gm = g/6  = = ….[From (i)]
T1 l1 100
Time period of second’s pendulum is 2 s
Te = Tm T2 13
 
l l T1 10
 2 e = 2 m
ge gm T2  T1 3
 100 =  100
le 1 g 1 T1 10
 lm =  gm =  = m
ge g 6 6 = 30 %
196
T T 111. Using  = 2(l2 – l1)  v = 2n(l2 – l1)

 = (1.01)  = (1.02)  2  512 (63.2 – 30.7) = 33280 cm/s
T T
 T = T(1.02) Actual speed of sound,
Increase in tension, v0 = 332 m/s = 33200 cm/s
T = T  1.02  T = (0.02T)  Error = 33280 – 33200 = 80 cm/s
T 112. For a resonance tube experiment, difference
 Fractional increase in the tension, = 0.02
T between lengths of column for two successive
  resonances is given by,
108. y = 0.02 sin  2  t x
 
  0.04 0.50   v
Ln+1 – Ln = 
 1  2 2n
T   
Using, v =  
T

0.04   v = 2n(Ln+1 – Ln) = 2  320  (0.73 – 0.20)
m k 0.04  1  = 339.2 m/s
 
 0.50 
2
113. For a closed organ pipe, the frequency of
 0.50  2 v
 T=    0.04 = (12.5)  0.04 = 6.25 N. fundamental mode is nc =
 0.04  4Lc
109. As string is clamped resulting wave is a
For an open organ pipe, the frequency of
standing wave of equation y = 2A sin kx cost
v
Comparing with given equation, fundamental mode is n0 =
2 2Lo
 = 60 and k = Lc = Lo ….[Given]
3
 60  n0 = 2nc …(i)
Now velocity v = = 2 = 90 m/s n0 – nc = 2 [Given] …(ii)
k
3  Solving equations (i) and (ii), we get,
Also, velocity of transverse wave, n0 = 4 Hz, nc = 2 Hz
T T When the length of the open pipe is halved, its
v= = frequency of fundamental mode is
m M/L
v
M 902  3  102 n 0  = 2n0 = 2  4 Hz = 8 Hz
 T = v2  = = 162 N L 
L 1.5 2 0 
 2 
T
110. Velocity of transverse string v = , where, When the length of the closed pipe is doubled,
m
its frequency of fundamental mode is
m is linear density.
Tension T = Mg = mxg v 1 1
n c   n c =  2Hz = 1 Hz
mxg 4  2Lc  2 2
 v= Hence, number of beats produced per second
m
dx = n 0  n c = 8 – 1 = 7.
 xg
dt M AL
For string of length L, integrating over, 114. m    A
L t L L
dx
0 xg  0 dt Y 
T/A
 T
Y lA
.
l/L L
t L
1 Hence lowest frequency of vibration,
 dt = x
1/ 2
 dx
0
g 0 l
Y A
1 x  1/ 2 20
1 T 1 L  1 Yl
n 
 t=   ( L = 20 m) 2l m 2l A 2l L
g 1 / 2  0
2 1 9  1010  4.9  104
=  20 = 2 2 s  n  35Hz.
10 2 1 1  9  103
275
115. As string and tube are in resonance, n1 = n2 As the tube is only 120 cm long, length of air
|n1 – n| = 4 Hz column after water is poured in it may be
When T increases, n1 also increases. It is given 25 cm or 75 cm only. Hence, the
that beat frequency decreases to 2 Hz. corresponding length of water column in the
 n  n1 = 4  n = 4 + n1 tube will be (120 – 25) cm = 95 cm or
n1 (120 – 75) cm = 45 cm.
Given that,
Thus minimum length of water column is 45 cm.
n1 = n2
 n = 4 + n2 N frequency = n 119. Critical hearing frequency for a person is
3v 3  340 20,000 Hz.
 n2 =  A
4l 4  (3 / 4) For a closed pipe vibrating in Nth mode,
= 340 Hz frequency of vibration
 n = 344 Hz N (2N  1)v
n1 = = (2N  1)n
4l
116. A A
N  20,000 = (2N – 1)  1500
 N = 7.1  7
Also, in closed pipe,
1 Number of overtones = (Number of mode of
L=  60 cm vibration) – 1
2
= 7 – 1 = 6.
v
Fundamental frequency, 0 = 120. A2 = A2 + A2 + 2A2 cos
1
1
here, 1 = 2L  cos = 
2
Y
Also, v =  1 2
   = cos1    
 2 3
v 1 Y
 0 = 
1 2L  121. For both the positions in Melde’s experiment,
Tp2 = constant.
1 9.27  1010
 0 = 2
  T1p12  T2 p 22
2  60  10 2.7  103
= 4.88  103 Hz  5 kHz  (m0 + m1)g p12 = (m0 + m2)g p22
117. The waves 1 and 3 reach out of phase. Hence  m0 p12  m1p12  m0 p22  m2 p22
resultant phase difference between them is .  m 0  p12  p 22   m 2 p 22  m1p12
 Resultant amplitude of 1 and 3 = 10 7 = 3m
m 2 p 22  m1p12
  m0 =
This wave has phase difference of with 4 m p12  p 22
2
 Resultant amplitude = 3 2  4 2  5 m (2n  1)v
122. Here n =  1250
118. Because the tuning fork is in resonance with 4L
air column in the pipe closed at one end, the (2n  1)  340
(2N  1)v
  1250
frequency is n  where N = 1, 2, 3 0.85  4
4l  2n – 1  12.5  n  6.75
.... corresponds to different modes of vibration
 Number of possible oscillations is 6.
Substituting n = 340 Hz, v = 340 m/s, the
length of air column in the pipe can be v
123. For open pipe first overtone, n1 =
(2N  1)340 (2N  1) (2N  1)  100 L
l  m cm
4  340 4 4 3v
For closed pipe first overtone, n1 =
For N = 1, 2, 3, ... we get l = 25 cm, 75 cm, 4L
125 cm ... etc.
276
 Number of beats produced are,  Beats produced = n  n
v 3v 3v v
n1  n1 =  =3 = 
L 4L 2L 12L
v 17 v 17
 =3 =  =  12 ….[From (i)]
4L 12 L 12
v = 17
 = 12 ….(i)
L
1 T
L 124. f =
When length of open pipe is made , the 2l m
3
fundamental frequency becomes, 1 stress  A
=
v 3v 2l M/L
n= =
  2L
L 1 stress 1 stress
2  = =
3 2l M / V 2l density
When length of closed pipe is made 3 times,
the fundamental frequency becomes, 1  strain 1 2.2 1011  0.01
= =
v v 2l density 2 (1.5) 7.7 103
n = =
4(3L) 12L  178.2 Hz
Evaluation Test
1. For the number of beats to increase from 5/s to RT

6/s, the frequency of the fork with smaller 4. v=
M
frequency must decrease. This is achieved by
putting wax to its prongs. Hence (D) is the RT 1 RT 1 RT
F = F= =
correct option. M  M 2l M
(  = 2l for fundamental frequency)
2. A node will be formed in the middle with two
antinodes at the ends of the pipe. Pressure FC 1 RT MD l  MD
antinodes are displacement nodes.  =  2 lD =  D 
FD 2lc MC rRT  lC  MC
2l l
3 Now, lC = lD =
3. k= and  = 300 3 3
2
MC = 14 MD = 44
4
  = m and f = 150 Hz F l  MD 11
3 Thus, C =  D   =
FD  lC  MC 14
2 2
…[  = and f = ] 5. For minimum natural frequency,
K 
5 cm part should have antinode at end.
x = 0 is pressure maximum, hence a node.
 It is closed at x = 0
 15 cm
For a pipe closed at one end, L = (2n + 1) 5 cm 80 cm
4
n 1
For a pipe closed at both ends, L = Hence, 5 cm =
2 4
Let us check for x = 2m, (for minimum natural frequency)
n 1
=2  1 = 20 cm = m
2 5
 n = 3 which is valid. 2 2
5 cm =  (for next natural frequency)
 The pipe is closed at x = 2m 4 2
277
20 1 (2n  1)
 2 = cm = m  f= v
3 15 4L
Y 3
Also, v = , Y = 1.6  1011 N/m, For 1st case, l = m
 8
 = 2500 kg/m3 f 680 3
 (2n + 1) =  4l = 4 =3
 v = 8000 m/s v 340 8
v v  n=1
f1 = and f2 =  Next overtone is for n = 2
1 2
Thus,
 f1 = 40 kHz, f2 = 120 kHz 5 5 1 5
L = =  = m
6. The total mechanical energy between adjacent 4 4 2 8
antinodes, 5 3 1
 X =  = m = 25 cm
1  s  8 8 4
E =  2 A 2  of the two waves
2 2 
10. For minima,
1 1  2  1  2    v
=  (s) 2 a 2    (s) 2 (2a)2    X = (2n + 1) and  =
2 2 k  2  k  2 f
5 2 a 2s (2n  1) v
=  X =
2 k 2 f
A  A2 (2n  1) 300
A max A X 1  0.5 =
7. = 1 = X, 2 = 2 f
A min A2  A2 A1 X  1
2
 f = (2n + 1)300
 X 1  All odd multiples of 300 are silenced.
As Energy  A2   
 X 1 Hence correct option is (A).
v v 330
8. n0 = 11. = =  0.685
2l n 482
v v 3
n1 = n2 = Here, second resonance occurs at l2 =
2(l / 2  l ) 2(l / 2  l ) 4
Beat frequency = n1  n2 3
 < 0.75 m
 1 1  4
= v   Hence it is possible to perform experiment.
 l  2l l  2l 
 (l  2l )  (l  2l )  12. Options (C) and (D) will not form a standing
= v  wave.
 l 2  4l 2  (A) At x = 0, it has amplitude = 0
4l 4 l v  Sum of the two amplitudes will be ‘a’ which is
=v 2  2
l  l 2 l not the condition of the problem.
8lv 8l n 0 (B) At x = 0, it has amplitude =  a
  which will cancel out to give zero.
l (2l ) l
Hence, option (B) is correct.
9. 13. l/2
l/4
l
String vibrates with two loops. (Second
Harmonic)
The point where we touch the string becomes
 a node and where we pluck it becomes an
Fundamental frequency (2n + 1) =L
4 antinode.
278
5 22. Inet = I1 + I2 + 2 I1I 2 cos 
14. v = f, l =
2 where,  = phase difference
 2l  2  82.5 
I
 v =   f =    1000 I
5 5  100   I  2  I0 for d then 0 for 2d
d 4
 330 m/s
I0 I
 Inet = I0 + + 2 I0 . 0 cos (2)
15. By comparing the given equation with 4 4
standard form, we get
9I0
A = 0.05 m,  = 40  rad/s =
4
 v max x  0.375 = A = 0.05  40
= 2 m/s 23. Ar
16. In this case, n(2) = (n + 1) (1.6) A1 (v)

n 1 2 5
 = = where, n = number of strands
n 1.6 4
 5n = 4n + 4 A1 and Ar are amplitudes of incident and
 n=4 reflected waves respectively.
 L = 8.0 cm  v  v1 
Ar =  2  A1
17. If x is at an angle .  v1  v 2 
The  between x and 1 = 2,  v 
the  between x and 2 = 2 and v n 
 0.45 =  1
the  between x and 3 = 2 v  v 
 points x and 3 are in phase.  n 
  0.45 n 1
18. L = (n + 1) and = d  =
2 4 1 n 1
 L = 2(n + 1)d
 On solving the above equation, we get n = 7
19. The frequency of the wire remains the same.
24. Wave frequency is given as average of
p T frequencies of interfereing waves.
n=
2L  The waveform on the left has low average
p1 p2 than right one
 =
l  4l 4 But looking at beats (i.e. difference in
frequencies), graph on the left has the higher
p1 1
 = difference than the right one.
p2 8
2l 2(4l )
 = = =l
p 8
20. String crosses mean position simultaneously.
p T
21. = , p = mode of vibration
2L 
YAL
T=
L
Y
 p

 Frequency of second mode is 2.
279
Textbook
Chapter No.
09 Kinetic Theory of Gases and Radiation

Hints
52. Energy = 300 J/litre = 300  103 J/m3

Classical Thinking 2 2  300  103
Using, P = E = = 2  105 N/m2
PV W [M1L2 T 2 ] 3 3
6. R= = =
nT nT [mol][K] 3
53. kBT = 1 eV
= [M L T K mol–1]
1 2 –2 –1
2
1.6  1019  2
3P P  T=  7730 K
32. crms = ,v= 3  1.38  1023
 
c rms 3 3 54. crms  T
 = =  1.46
v  1.41 300 27  273 300 1 1
 = = = =
c rms 927  273 1200 4 2
3P 3  1.013  105  crms = 2  300  crms = 600 m/s
36. crms = =  1838 m/s
 0.09
55. Using Boyle’s law,
c O2 M2 2 1 P1V1 = P2V2
37.     5  (0.2) = 1  V2  V2 = 1 m3
c H2 M1 32 4
56. Applying the method of partial pressures
c2  (500) 2  6  102 (Dalton’s Law),
38. P = rms =
3 3 P = P1 + P2  P = 2P
= 25 × 104 × 2 × 102 = 50 × 102 Cp 7 2 7
= 5 × 103 N/m2 68. = R = = 1.4
Cv 2 5R 5
1 mn 2
39. P= crms 5
3 V 81. For ideal monatomic gas, Cp = R
3PV 3  105  100  106 2
 n= =  5.4  1020 2
mc 2rms 4.556  1025  3502  R= Cp = 0.4Cp  n = 0.4
5
K.E. 3
47. = P. Here P is constant. 87. dQ = dU + dW where dW = PdV
vol 2
88. W = PV; here V is negative. Hence W
3RT will be negative
48. crms =
M0 91. The process is very fast; so the gas fails to gain
1 or lose heat. Hence, this process is adiabatic.
Now, K.E.(gram molecule) =  M0 c2rms
2 92. In adiabatic process, no transfer of heat takes
1 3RT place between system and surrounding.
=  M0 
2 M0
93. In isothermal process, temperature remains
3 constant.
= RT
2 94. In isothermal expansion, temperature remains
3 3 R 3 2 constant; hence no change in internal energy.
51. K.E. = kBT = T=   300
2 2 N 2 1 95. In isothermal process, heat is released by the
 K.E. = 900 cal gas to maintain the constant temperature.
280
Chapter 09: Kinetic Theory of Gases and
Radiation
102. A refrigerator acts as a heat pump as it sends 135. According to Wien’s law,  m1 T1   m2 T2
heat from sink at lower temperature to source
 m T1 700
at higher temperature.   m2 = 1
= 4.08  = 2.04 m
T2 1400
105. As the change is sudden, the process is
adiabatic 136. According to Wien’s law,
 PV = constant  P1V1 = P2V2 T1  m2 4800 48 4
 1.4 = = = =
V   300  T2  m1 3600 36 3
 P2 = P1  1  = 106    = 106 (2)1.4
 V2   150 
1
= 2.6  106 dyne / cm2 137. As  m 
T
106. As the change is sudden, the process is T
adiabatic  Temperature of other star must be
2
 P1V1 = P2 V2
138. According to Wien’s law,
 3/ 2
P2 V  4 8 mT = mT
 =  1 =   =
P1  V2  1 1 
 0T =   2T   = 0
2
Q2 T
107. = 2 139. According to Wien’s law,  m T  constant
Q1 T1
r > y > b
300  Tr < Ty < Tb or TA < TC < TB
 Q2 = 500   577 calorie
260
Q
146. E =
109. By the first law of thermodynamics, At
Q = U + W Q  M1L2 T 2 
In adiabatic process, Q = 0  U = –W  [E] = =  2 = [M1L0T3]
 A . t   L   T 
1
110. In isochoric process, volume remains constant.

152. Kirchhoff’s law of radiation
115. Highly polished mirror-like surfaces are good
reflectors but not good radiators. J
159. In M.K.S. system, unit of  is
m  s  K4
2
119. Perfectly black body is black in colour
because it does not reflect or transmit the J 107 erg
 1 =
radiation. m2  s  K 4 104 cm 2  s  K 4
erg
122. When light incident on pin hole enters into the = 103 2
box and suffers successive reflections at the cm  s  K 4
inner wall, at each reflection some energy is 160. Rate of loss of heat  Area.
absorbed. Hence the ray once enters the box
80  60 20
can never come out and pin hole acts like a 161. Rate of cooling = = = 4 C/min
perfect black body. 5 5
127. A black body has a continuous emission 164. Temperature of the body decreases
spectrum exponentially with time.
d
b  also decreases exponentially.
133. m = dt
T
170. Average K.E. of molecules per mole of ideal
b 2.93  103 3
 T= = = 7325 K gas = RT
 m 4000  1010 2
= 7.325  103 K where R = universal gas constant
T = same for all gases
b 2.93  103 Average K.E. of molecules for one mole of all
134. T = = = 107 K
m 2.93  1010 ideal gases at same temperature is same.
281
172. Black cloth is a good absorber of heat. 9. Using, crms  T ,
Therefore, ice covered by black cloth melts
more as compared to that covered by white
 crms 1 T1
=
cloth.  crms  2
T2
175. For an isothermal change, PV = constant. Given that,
 On differentiating, PdV + VdP = 0  crms  2  crms 1 1
T2 = 273 k,  c rms 1 = or =

dP
=
dV 2  crms  2 2
P V
1 T1 273
   T1 = = 68.25 K
Critical Thinking 2 273 4
8.3  103 3  7  1  2  4  3 20
1. Gas constant = = 2.96  102 J/kg K 11. Mean free path = =
28 6 6
3. P1V1 = 1RT1 12. The R.M.S. velocity of the molecule of a gas

 RT 1 R(300) 3kT
 V1 = 1 1 = = 75 R is given by, crms = , where k is the
P1 2 2 m
Boltzmann’s constant and m is the mass of a
P2V2 = 2RT2 molecule.
RT2 R(350) 1
 V2 = 2 = 1.5 = 105 R  crms   c  m1/2
P2 5
m rms
 P (V1 + V2) = (1 + 2) RT
 P (75 R + 105 R) = (0.5 + 1.5) R (273 + 69) 32  42  52
13. Mean square velocity =
 P  180 R = 2  R  342 3
342 50
 P= = 3.8 atm =  16.7 m/s
90 3
4. The equation of state is, PV = nRT 3 45
14. Average velocity = = 4 m/s
nRT 3
P= (ideal gas condition)
V
Let for M mass there is  moles, then for mass (5) 2  (6) 2  (7) 2
15. Mean square velocity =
3Mn 3
3M, there are = 3 moles 25  36  49 110
M = =
V 3 3
Let n = 3n, T = T/3 and V = 2 2
= 36.7 m /s
3
T 5  (5)
3nR 16. cavg = = 0 cm/s
n 'RT ' 3 = 3nRT = 3P 2
Then P = =
V' V/3 V
52   5
2
7. According to the gas equation, PV = NkBT cr.m.s. = = 5 cm/s

2
For the gas A, we have,
PV = N1kBT ....(i) 23 4
17. cmean = = 3 m/s
V 3
For the gas B, we have, (2P)   = N2kB(2T)
8 22  32  42 4  9  16 29
cr.m.s. = = =
 PV = 8N2 kBT ....(ii) 3 3 3
 From equations (i) and (ii), = 3.109 m/s
N c mean 3
N1 = 8 N2  1 = 8  = <1
N2 c r.m.s. 3.109
282
Radiation
c1  c 2  c3  c 4  c5 1 2
18. c = 23. P=  crms ….(i)
5 3
10  20  30  40  50 150 3RT
= = = 30 m/s Let c2rms =
5 5 M
102  202  302  402  502 From equation (i) we get,
cr.m.s. =
5 1  3RT  RT
P =   =
100  400  900  1600  2500 3  M  M
=
5 PM
  =
5500 RT
= = 1100 = 33.16 m/s
5 P P
  and  
c r.m.s. 33.16 T 
 = = 1.105
c 30 ….[ M and R are constant]
 cr.m.s. : c = 1.105 : 1
Given that, P = 2P
TA T P T 1
19. 4 B  = 2 and =
MA MB P T 3
TA T  P T
 2 B Then, =  =23=6
MA MB  P T'
3RTA 3RT   = 6 
 2   c rms A = 2  c rms B
MA MB 24. Using, P1V1 = P2V2
 c rms  A 10
 =2 V1  V1
 c rms B P1 V2 100 90
= = =
P2 V1 V1 100
 crms 1 2 9
20. = = P2 100
 crms  2 1 8 
P1
=
90
 (crms)1 : (crms)2 : 9 : 8 P2  P1 10
  100 =  100 = 11.11%
1 2 P1 90
21. P=  crms
3
Since mass and volume is same, the density is 25. Mean kinetic energy of molecule depends
constant. upon temperature only. For O2, it is same as
1 1 that of H2 at the same temperature of 73 C.
 P  c2rms But c2rms   P
M M 26. In the mixture, gases will acquire thermal
PO M H 2 1 equilibrium (same temperature). Hence, their
  = =
PH M O 32 16 kinetic energies will also be same.
1 1 1
 PO =  4 = 0.25 atm
16 27. K.E. = MN  c2rms  = M (2N)  c 2rms 
2 1
2 2
1 2 1 M 2
22. P=
3
 crms =
3 V
crms

c2
rms 1 =
2
1 (M / 2) 1 M 1 c2
rms 2 1
 P = (2crms )2 = (4c2rms )
3 V 3 V 2

c2
rms 1 T1
….(  c  T )
 1 M  =
=2 
 3 V
c 2rms  = 2P

c2
rms 2 T2
P 1 T
 =  T1 =
P 2 2
283
3 3RTN 3RTO
28. K.E.av = kBT 34. (cr.m.s.)N = and (cr.m.s.)O =
2 MN MO
 K.E.av  T Given that, (cr.m.s.)H = (cr.m.s.)O
K.E.2 T 600 3RTN 3RTO
 = 2 = =2  =
K.E.1 T1 300 MN MO
 K.E.2 = 2K.E.1 = 2K.E. T  273 127  273
3 3RT 3 PV  =
29. Kinetic energy = kBT = = 28 32
2 2N A 2 NA 400
 T + 273 =  28 = 350 K
3 PV 32
=
2 N  T = 350 – 273 = 77 C
K.E. 3 P Q
 = 35. s=
V 2 N m
As N = 1, Since there is no change of temperature,
K.E. 3 3 =0s=
=  P =  105 = 1.5  105 J Q 294
V 2 2 36. Cp = = = 29.4
nT 25
30. K.E.  T
37. Q = nCpT (at constant pressure)
K.E.1 T 27  273
 = 1 = U = nCvT
K.E.2 T2 T  273
U C 1 3
But K.E.2 = 2K.E.1  = v = =
Q Cp  5
K.E.1 300
 = 5
2K.E.1 T  273 ....(  for monatomic gas = )
3
 T + 273 = 600  T = 327 C
38. Cp  Cv = 300
T Cp C
31. cr.m.s.  = 1.4  Cv = P
M Cv 1.4
(crms )He THe M H Cp
=   Cp  = 300
(crms )H TH M He 1.4
1 THe 2 1 T 1  1 
 =   = He   Cp 1   = 300
2 273 4 4 273 2  1.4 
273  0.4 Cp = 300  1.4
 THe = K = 136.5 K
2 300  1.4
 Cp = = 1050 J/kg K
3RT 0.4
32. cr.m.s. = 5 
M 39. dU = CvdT =  R  dT
2 
 crms 2 T2 (273  90)
 = =  1.1 2(dU)
 crms 1 T1 (273  30)  dT =
5R
  crms 2  From first law of thermodynamics,
 % increase =   1  100 Q 3Q
  crms 1  dU = dQ  dW = Q  =
4 4
= 0.1100 = 10% dQ Q
 Molar heat capacity, c = =
3RT 3RT dT  2(dU) 
33. cH = , cO =  
MH MO  5R 
1 5RQ 10
As T = constant, c  = = R
M  3Q  3
2 
MH < MO  cH > cO  4 
284
Radiation
40. dQ = dE + dW But dW = 0 49. A quasi-static process like a slow isothermal
 dQ = dE = CvdT expansion or compression of an ideal gas is
3 reversible process while the other given
For monatomic gas, Cv = R processes are irreversible in nature.
2
3 50. Q = U + W
 dQ = nCvdT = 3  R  100 = 450 R
2 W U C dT
 =1– =1– V
41. From first law of thermodynamics, Q Q CP dT
Q = U + W W C 3 2
 = 1 – v = 1 – = = 0.4
Work done at constant pressure, Q Cp 5 5
(W)p = (Q)p  U
 Percentage of heat utilised = 0.4  100 = 40%
 (W)p = (Q)p  (Q)v
(Q)v = U 51. As internal energy is a state function, the
Also, (Q)p = mcpT and (Q)v = mcvT change in internal energy does not depend
 (W)p = m(cp  cv)T upon the path followed i.e. UI = UII
 (W)p = 1  (3.4  103  2.4  103)  10 52. We know that, slopes of isothermal and
= 104 cal adiabatic curves are always negative and slope
43. Differentiating the equation, of adiabatic curve is always greater than that
PV = constant w.r.t. V, of isothermal curve.
P V Hence, in the given graph, curve A and B
PV + VP = 0  =– represent adiabatic and isothermal changes
P V
respectively.
44. For isothermal process,
53. Process CD is isochoric as volume is constant;
RT
PV = RT  P = process DA is isothermal as temperature
V constant and process AB is isobaric as
V2 RT V pressure is constant.
 W = PdV =  dV = RT loge 2
V1 V V1
T1  T2
54. In first case, 1 =
45. It is an isothermal process. Hence, work done T1
= P(V2 – V1) 2T1  2T2 T T
= 1  105  (1.091 – 1)  10–6 = 0.0091 J In second case, 2 = = 1 2 =
2T1 T1
46. In case of adiabatic expansion, W = positive
and Q = 0 T2
55. =1
 Using 1st law of thermodynamics, T1
Q = U + W  U = –W 30 350
 U will be negative.  =1
100 T1
47. Work done = PV = P(V2 – V1) 350 30 7
 =1 =
48. In thermodynamic process, work done is equal T1 100 10
to the area bound by the PV curve with  T1 = 500 K = 227 C
volume axis.
 According to graph shown, we have Qa Q
57. a=  0.75 = a
Wadiabatic < Wisothermal < Wisobaric Q 200
P  Qa = 0.75  200 = 150 cal
Isobaric
58. Q = Qa + Qr + Qt
Isothermal
 10 = 2 + 7 + Qt  Qt = 1 J
Adiabatic Qt 1
 Coefficient of transmission, t = = = 0.1
V1 V2 V Q 10
285
131. The relation for kinetic energy of S.H.M. is We know that vmax. = a
given by a
1  By substituting v = in equation (i) we get
= m2  A 2  x 2  ….(i) 2
2 time (t)
Potential energy is given by a  
1  a cos  t  
= m2 x 2 .…(ii) 2  6
2    2 T
Now, for the condition of question and from   t    .t  t 
3 6 6 T 12
equations (i) and (ii),
1 1 1 135. Relation between ‘v’ and ‘x’ in SHM is
m2  A 2  x 2    m2 x 2
2 3 2 v2 x2
+ =1  Ellipse
4 1 3 2 A 2 A2
or m2 x 2  m2 A 2 or x 2  A 2 Y
6 2 4 Major axis = 2A
A Minor axis = 2A
so, x  3 = 0.866 a = 87% of amplitude. 2A A
2 Given: = 20
2A X
132. Total energy of particle performing A
  = 20
1  2f = 20
S.H.M. = m2 A 2 . Kinetic energy of particle
2 f = 10 Hz
1  2 
performing S.H.M. = m2 A 2 cos 2   t
2  T  136. T sin  = mL sin2
According to problem, kinetic energy = 75% 324 = 0.5  0.5  2 
of total energy
324
1  2  31   2 = T
 m2 A 2 cos 2   t   m2 A 2  0.5  0.5
2  T  4 2  324
 =
 2  3  2  3 0.5  0.5
 cos 2   t   cos   t 
 T  4  T  2 18
 =  36 rad/s
 2   T 0.5 mg
  t   t  s
 T  6 12
1 m
 t= s 137. T = 2 .
6 K
1
133. the total energy of particle performing SHM is Also, spring constant (K) 
1 1 Length(l )
E = ka2  E = m2 a2 When the spring is half in length, then K
2 2
becomes twice.
2E 2 2E
=   m T 1 T
ma 2
T ma 2  T = 2    T 
2 2
2K T 2 2
ma 2
0.2  (2  10 )
 T = 2 = 2 138. Extensions in springs are x1 and x2 then
2E 2  4  105
k1x1 = k2x2 and x1 + x2 = A
0.2  4  104 kx
 T = 2 = 2  seconds  x2  1 1
2  4  105 k2
  kx
134. x = a sin  t    x1  1 1  A
 6 k2
dx   k A
v=  a cos  t   .…(i)  x1  2
dt  6 k1  k 2
210
Radiation
75. Rate of heat loss  (T4  T 04 ) (d1 / dt1 ) (  0 )
81. = 1
R1 (T 4  T04 ) (d2 / dt 2 ) (2  0 )
 = 14
R2 (T2  T04 ) 0.75 50
 =
R1 (600) 4  (300) 4 1215 (d2 / dt 2 ) 30
 = =
R2 (900) 4  (300) 4 6480  d2  0.75  30
   = = 0.45 C/s
16  dt 2  50
 R2 = R
3
dQ
82. =  K (T  T0)
76. Rate of loss of heat per sec =  A (T4 – T04) dt
=  (4 R2) (T4 – T04) 0.6 =  K (40) .…(i)
 dQ  2 4 4 dQ 2
   =  4R1 (T – T0 ) and = K (20) .…(ii)
 dt 1 dt
 dQ  Dividing equation (i) by (ii) we get,
2 4 4
  = 4R2 (T – T0 ) 0.6 40
 dt  2 = =2
 dQ 2  20
(dQ / dt)1 R2  dt 
 = 12  
(dQ / dt) 2 R2 dQ2 0.6
 = = 0.3 C/s
77. Heat radiated per second per unit area  T4 dt 2
Here, T1 = 127 C = 400 K 83. In first case,
T2 = 527 C = 800 K 50  40  50  40 
Since T2 = 2T1 and E  T4, = K  0  ….(i)
4 4
5  2 
E 2  T2   2T1  4 In second case,
=  =  = (2) =16
E1  T1   T1  40  33.33  40  33.33 
= K    ….(ii)
 E2 = 16 E1 = 16  6 = 96 J 5  2 
By solving equations (i) and (ii), 0 = 20 C
dQ
78.  A4  r24  m2/3 4
dt 84. Rate of cooling (R)  Fall in temperature of
 dQ1  body ( – 0)
  2/3 4
R 1 1  0 100  40 3
  dt    m1    1    = 
   
 dQ 2   m 2   2  R 2  2  0 80  40 2
 dt 
 
2/3 4 61  59  61  59 
8  2000  85. = K  30  = K[30] ….(i)
=     4  2 
1  1000 
51  49  51  49 
= 4  16 = 64 : 1 = K  30  = K[20] ….(ii)
t  2 
79. According to Newton’s law,  By dividing equation (i) by equation (ii) we
d get,
= – K ( – 0)
dt t 30
d  =  t = 6 min
 = – K.dt 4 20
  0
0.1
Upon integration, we get 86. = 49.95 – 
5
log ( – 0) = – Kt + c
 0.1 = 249.75 – 5 ....(i)
This is a equation of straight line.
Also,
80. Rate of cooling = k.(excess temperature) 0.1
= 39.95 – 
0.2 10
 0.2 = k(20)  k = = 0.01
20  0.1 = 399.5 –10 ....(ii)
287
By subtracting equation (i) from equation (ii), 1
On solving equation (i) and (ii) we get K =
249.75 – 5 – 399.5 + 10  = 0 15
 5 = 150   = 30 C and 0 = 24 C. Substituting these values in
equation (iii) we get  = 42.7 C
 d  64  50 14
87.   = = 92. Density of water is maximum at 4 C. In both
 dt 1 10 10
heating and cooling of water from this
 d  50  42 8 temperature, level of water rises due to
  = =
decrease in density, i.e., water will overflow in
 dt 2 10 10
both A and B.
 d 
  EA
dt 14 / 10 7 93. For A, eA =  EA = eA(Eb)A
 Ratio =  1 = = (E b ) A
 
d  8 / 10 4
  EB
 dt 2 For B, eB =  EB = eB(Eb)B
(E b ) B
80  60  80  60  1 
88. = K  30   K = eA(Eb)A = eB(Eb)B ....[ EA = EB]
1  2  2
(E b ) A e 0.6
1  60  50  25  = B = =2
Again, 60  50 =   30  = (E b ) B eA 0.3
t 2 2  2 Now, Eb  T4
 t = 0.8 min = 0.8  60 = 48 s (E b ) A T 4 T
 = A4 = 2  A = (2)1/4
89. In first case, (E b ) B TB TB
50  40  50  40   1/4
TA = (2) TB
=K  20  ….(i)
10  2  94. According to Wien’s law,
In second case, mT = constant   m1 T1   m2 T2
40  2  40  2   m1 0 4
= K  20  ….(ii)  T2 = T1 =  T1 = T1
10  2   m2  3 0  3
By solving equations (i) and (ii), 2 = 33.3 C.  4 
 
90. According to Newton law of cooling, P2 T 
4
1   2    2  Now, P  T4  = 2
= K 1  0  P1  T1 
t  2  4
P2  4 / 3 T1  256
80 °C
5 min
64 °C  =  =
1 P1  T1  81
10 min
52 °C 7
2 95. Specific heat for diatomic gas, Cv = R
15 min 2
=?
3 (Q)v = nCvT
(80  64)
For first process: 7
5  Q =  2  100  R = 700 R
2
 80  64 
= K  0  ....(i) 96. Black cloth is a good absorber of heat.
 2  Therefore, ice covered by black cloth melts more
(80  52) as compared to that covered by white cloth.
For second process:
10 d
97. mc = A(T4 – T04)
 80  52  dt
= K  0  ....(ii)
 2  d 4r 2 (T 4  T0 4 )
 =
(80  ) dt 4 3 
For third process:  r c 
15 3 
 80    d 1
= K  0  ....(iii)  
 2  dt r c
288
Radiation
d    2  102. The cyclic process 1 is clockwise where as
98. =K  1  0  process 2 is anticlockwise. Clockwise area
dt  2 
represents positive work and anticlockwise
In first case, area represents negative work. Since negative
3 area (2) > positive area (1), hence net work
= K (64 – 22.5) = 41.5 K
1 done is negative.
3 103. From the given VT diagram,
 K=
41.5 For process AB, V  T  Pressure is constant
In second case, ( Quantity of the gas remains same)
6 3 For process BC, V = Constant and for process
= (43.5 – 22.5)
t 41.5 CA, T = constant
3 These processes are correctly represented on
=  21  1.5 PV diagram by graph (C).
41.5
6 104. Substances having higher specific heat take
 t= = 4 min more time to get heated to a higher
1.5 temperature and longer time to get cooled.
T
V2
99. Using, W = RT loge P
V1 Q
m V  R
=   RT loge  2 
M  V1 
m V 
= 2.3  RT log10  2 
M t
 V1  tP tQ tR
96  140  If line is drawn parallel to the time axis, it cuts
= 2.3  R (273 + 27) log10  
32  70  the given graphs at three distinct points.
= 2.3  900 R log102 Corresponding points on the time axis shows that
t R  t Q  t P  c R  cQ  cP
T2
100.  = 1 – t P  t Q  t R  c P  cQ  c R
T1
105. PV = NkBT
1 500 500 1
 =1–  = ….(i) N P 4  1010
2 T1 T1 2 = =
V k B T 1.38  1023  300
60 T T 2 4  1010
=1– 2  2 = ….(ii) =
100 T1 T1 5 4.14  1021
Dividing equation (i) by (ii),  1011
500 5  Number of molecules per m3  1011
=  T2 = 400 K  Number of molecules per cm3 ( 10–6 m3)
T2 4
= 1011–6 = 105
101. PV = K 106. According to the first law of thermodynamics,
 PV – 1 dV + dP.V = 0 dQ = dU + dW. In an isothermal change,
….[On differentiation] temperature of the system is constant. So change
dP dV dP in internal energy, dU = 0. Therefore, dQ = dW.
 = – or  100
P V P 3RT
107. cr.m.s. =
 dV  M
= –   100  Let momentum of A, pA = MAcA
 V 
= –1.4  5 3RT
= MA
=7% ….[considering magnitude only] MA
289
p 2A M A p 2A molar mass
 3 RT = = ....(i)  density =
M 2A MA volume
Let momentum of B = pB = MBcP m(N A )P
= ....[From (i)]
3RT RT
= MB R
MB But, =k
NA
p 2B M B p 2B k = Boltzmann constant
 3 RT = = ....(ii)
M 2B MB mP
From equations (i) and (ii) we get,  density =
kT
p2A p2 6. Since PV = nRT,
= B
MA MB For 1 mole of gas, 50  100 = 1  R  T
M  For 2 mole of gas, 100  V = 2  R  T
 p 2A =  A  p 2B 50  100 1
 MB   =
1/ 2
V  100 2
M   V = 100 mL
 pA =  A  pB
 MB  m
7. PV = nRT = RT
108. Using, P1V1 = P2V2 we get, M
80V P 10 m density M
PV = P   =   
100 P 8 VP P RT
P  P  10   density  M
    x ….(i)
  100 =   1  100  P  At 0 C R(273)
P 8 
2   density  M
=   100     ….(ii)
8   P  At 100 C R(373)
1  From equations (i) and (ii) we get,
=  100 = 25 %  density  273x
4  =
 
st  P  At 100 C 373
109. For 1 case,
 T  8. From PV = nRT as per given data,
 = 1  1   100 P n m / mo m
 T2  Pn O = O = = H
PH n H m / m H mo
 T1 
 1    100 = 40  T1 = 300 K 
M 2
PO = PH. H = 4. = 2 atm
 500 
MO 4
For 2nd case,
 300  9. Using ideal gas equation,
 = 1    100 = 60  T2 = 750 K m
 T2  PV = nRT = RT
M
mRT 2.8  8300  (27  273)
Competitive Thinking  V = =
MP 28  0.8211.013105
2. Number of moles in 4 g of hydrogen, 2.99 10 5
m 4 =  3 litre
n= = =2 10 5
M 2
 PV = nRT = 2RT 10. Ideal gas equation is, PV = nRT
n P
4. Ideal gas equation gives,  = = constant
V RT
PV = nRT Hence, at constant pressure and temperature,
 For n = 1 both balloons will contain equal number of
RT molecules per unit volumes.
V= ....(i)
P Note: This result is nothing but Avogadro’s law.
290
Radiation
11. By Dalton’s law of partial pressures, the total v2 T2
pressure will be P1 + P2 + P3. 19. 
v1 T1
12. By ideal gas equation,
V nR vS (273  227) 5
 PV = nRT  =   
T P 400 (273  27) 3
V  vs = 400 5 / 3  516 m/s
= constant ….[at constant P]
T
Hence, graph (A) is correct. 3kT 1
20. cr.m.s. =  cr.m.s. 
13. Using ideal gas equation, m m
before heating, at T1 = 17 + 273 = 290 K, 3RT
PV = n1R  290 ....(i) 21. vrms =
M
After heating, at T2 = 27 + 273 = 300 K,
3R(2T)
PV = n2R  300 ....(ii) v'rms = = 2 vrms
where, n1 and n2 are number of moles at T1 M/2
and T2 respectively. RT
From equations (i) and (ii), 22. vR.M.S. =
M
PV PV
n2 – n1 =  1
R  300 R  290 v
M
But, nf – ni = (n2 – n1)NA
v1 M1
PV  10  
i.e., nf – ni =     6.023 10
23
v2 M2
R  290  300 
v2 = 2 km/s
Given: P = 105 Pa and V = 30 m3
1
 Number of molecules nf – ni 23. crms 
M
105  30 10  6.0231023
=  let c1 be the rms velocity of uranium of mass
8.3 290  300 M1 = 235 units and c2 be the rms velocity of
= –2.5  1025 uranium of mass M2 = 238 units
16. p = mv  (mv) = 2mv c1  c 2 M 2  M1
 =
17. Using, c  T , c2 M1
 crms 1 T1 238  235
 =
 crms 2 T2 235
Given that, T2 = 273 K, = 0.0064
 crms 1 c c
(crms)1 = 4 (crms)2 or 4  % ratio = 1 2 × 100 = 0.64
c2
 crms 2
T1 3RT
 4= 24. crms =  crms  T
273 M
 T1 = 273  16 = 4368 K c2 T T2
  2  c2 = c1
= 4368  273 = 4095 C c1 T1 T1
18. The rms velocity is related to Temperature as 127  273
c T  c2 = 200 
27  273
c1 T c1 0  273
  1  = 400 400
c2 T2 1 T2  c2 = 200   c2 = m/s
c1 300 3
2
273 c 1 T 1 6 1
 T2 = = 68.25 K 25. crms  T     
4 c 2 T 2 300 100
 t2 = T2 – 273 = 204.75 C  The rms velocity will increase nearly by 1%
291
26. Its known from kinetic theory of gases- 1 2
34. Using, P = c rms ,
c1 T 3
 1 but c2 = 2c1 (given)
c2 T2   crms 
2
P1
= 1 2 1
c1 27  273 1 300 P2 2  crms 
 =   2
2c1 T 4 T 2
  c rms 1   P1   2  3 2
 T = 1200 K = 927 C    =     =  = 1
  c rms  2   P2   1  2 3
27. Using, crms  T ,  c rms 1
 crms 1 T1  c rms 2
=1
= .
 rms 2
c T 2
37. Total translational kinetic energy
 c rms 1  c rms 1
Given that,  c rms 2 = or = 2, 3 3
2  c rms 2 = nRT = PV
2 2
T1 = 327 + 273 = 600 K All the molecules in an ideal gas moving
600 randomly in all direction collide and their
 2= or
T2 velocity changes after collision.
600 38. Pressure exerted by the gas on wall of
T2 = = 150 K = 150  273 =  123 C
4 container is given by,
1
1 1 P = c2 …{c  r.m.s. speed}
28. = = 3
d n 2 2
4r n 2
2
1 M
1  P =   c2
 2 3 V
r
2 1M 2
29. Mean square speed P=  c
3 2 V 
22  32  42  52  62 90
= = = 18 m2/s2 2  K.E  1
5 5  P= ...{ K.E. = Mc2}
 
3  V  2
1  3  5  7 16
30. Average speed = = = 4 km/s
4 4 39. Using Charles’ law,
12  32  52  7 2 84 P1 T
R.M.S. speed = = = 1
4 4 P2 T2
= 4.583 km/s P1T2 P(273  927)
 R.M.S. speed  average speed = 0.583 km/s  P2 = = =4P
T1 (273  27)
150  160  170  180  190
31. vmean = 3RT T
5 40. cr.m.s. =  cr.m.s. 
850 M M
= = 170 m/s
5  crms 2 M1 T2 1 1
 =  = 
150 2  160 2  170 2  180 2  190 2  crms 1 M 2 T1 2 2
vr.m.s. =
5  c rms 1 300
 (crms)2 =  = 150 m/s
144500 2 2
= = 29100 = 170.59 m/s
5 3 3
vr.m.s. 170.59 41. E= RT =  8.31  273 = 3.4  103 J
 = 1 2 2
vmean 170
42. The average kinetic energy of monatomic gas
K.E. 3 2 3
33. =E= P P= E molecule (K.E.) = k B T
Volume 2 3 2
292
Radiation
3 s
K.E. =  (1.38  1023 J K1)  (300 K) Now, principal specific heat, C =
2 M
3 (1.381023 JK 1 )  (300 K) R R
=  CP – CV =  For H2, a =
2  (1.6 1019 J / eV) M 2
= 3.9  102 eV = 0.039 eV R a
For N2, b =  = 14
43. Average kinetic energy per molecule for any 28 b
kind of molecule of an ideal gas is  a = 14b
3
K.Eavg = kT 51. Cp – Cv = R
2  Cp = R + Cv ….(i)
3
 (K.Eavg)hydrogen = kT1 and also, Cp = Cv ….(ii)
2 3R
3  substituting Cv = in eq. (i) and (ii)
(K.Eavg)oxygen = kT2 2
2
3R 3R
But T1 = T2 R+ =
 (K.Eavg)O = (K.Eavg)H 2 2
5
3  =
45. Average kinetic energy = RT 3
2
i.e. K.E.  T 52. Molar specific heat at constant pressure
As T is constant, K.E. remains same. 7
Cp = R
2
46. Using, K.E.  T,
Using, Cp  Cv = R
K.E1 T1
= . 7 5
K.E 2 T2 Cv = Cp  R = R  R = R
2 2
Given that, K.E.1 = 2K.E2, T2 = 273 K
T 
Cp
=
7 / 2 R = 7
 2 = 1  T1 = 546 K Cv (5 / 2)R 5
273
f 53. Given,
47. For 1 kg gas, energy, E = rT
2 R
= 0.4
As P = rT Cv
P Cp  C v
 rT =  = 0.4
 Cv
5 8 10 4
 E=  ….[ f = 5 for diatomic gas] Cp
2 4  = 0.4 + 1
4 Cv
 E = 5  10 J
  = 1.4
48. Internal energy of a gas with f degrees of
 the molecules of the gas are rigid diatomic.
freedom,
f CP
U = nRT 57. Given: =
2 CV
5 3
Now, fO2 = , fAr = CP  CV  1
2 2  =
CV 1
5 3
 Utotal = (2) RT + (4) RT = 11RT. R
2 2  =–1 .…( CP – CV = R)
CV
50. Let molar heat capacity at constant pressure = sP
and molar heat capacity at constant volume = sV R
 CV =
 sP – sV = R  1
293
58. For rigid diatomic molecule, 68. In a refrigerator, the heat dissipated in the
C 7 5 atmosphere is more than that taken from the
= P   CV = CP cooling chamber, therefore the room is heated
CV 5 7
if the door of a refrigerator is kept open.
Also for molar specific heats,
5 69. Q = W + U
CP – CV = R  CP  CP = R
7  35 =  15 + U  U = 50 J
2 2 70. For an adiabatic process, Q = 0
CP = R  n = = 0.2857
7 7  Work is done on the gas, W = – 90 J
59. dV = n × Cv × d
 From Q = U + W,
R  R  0 = U  90
=n× × d ...   C v  
 1   1   U = + 90 J
8.314
= 2000 × × (–10) 71. dQ = dU + dW
0.4 mL = dU + PdV
= –4.2 × 105 J  dU = mL – PdV
60.  = msT = (1  540  4.2) – (105  1650  10–6)
d dT  dU = 2103 J
= ms
dt dt
Pdt = msdT 72. In an adiabatic process, Q = 0
P  U + W = 0 ( Q = U + W)
dT = dt
ms 5R
1 73. u = nCvT = 1  T
Rise in temperature (dT)  2
s
For BC, T = 600  800 = 200 K
From graph we can observe that rise in
5R
temperature in graph A is more than B and C.  u =    200  =  500 R
 dT is maximum for A and minimum for C and 2
specific heat value is maximum for C and 74. By 1st law of thermodynamics,
minimum for A.  Q = U + W
61. State of a thermodynamic system cannot be 2  103  4.2 = U + 500
determined by a single variable (P or V or T).  U = 7900 J
63. Heat supplied to a gas raises its internal
energy and does some work against 75. In a closed cyclic process, the change in
expansion, so it is a special case of law of internal energy is always zero  E = 0
conservation of energy. 76. Q = U + W
64. In adiabatic process, PV = constant  W = Q – U = 110 – 40 = 70 J
 RT  
  .V = constant 77. By 1st law of thermodynamics,
 V  Q = U + P(V)
 TV1 = constant  U = Q – P(V)
66. In adiabatic process, no heat transfer takes = 1500 – (2.1  105) (2.5  10–3) = 975 J
place between system and surrounding.
78. U  nC V T  n(C P  R) T
67. For an adiabatic process,
P  T/1  8.36 
= 5  8    10 = 5  6  10
Given that, P  T3  4.18 
 = 300 calories
 = 3   = 3 3
 1 79. Q = U + W
3  Q = 0 – 150 J
  2 =  3   =
2 Thus, heat has been given by the system.
294
Radiation
80. Using first law of thermodynamics, For isothermal process,
Q = U + W w2 = nRT loge 
 V2 

 U = Q – W  V1 
Given that, Q = 35 J, W = –15 J
= PV loge 
2V 

 U = 35 J – (–15 J) = 50 J  V 
Note: W is negative because work is done on w2 PV log e  2 
the system.  =
w1 PV
81. In an isothermal compression, there is always  w2 = w1 loge 2
an increase of heat which needs to be given out R  Ti  Tf  R  T  Tf 
Using, Q = U + W 88. Using, W =  6R =
 1 5 
Q = W ….[ U = 0]   1
3 
1.5  104  Tf = (T – 4)K
 Q = –1.5  104 J =  calories
4.18 1
89. Number of moles of He =
= –3.6  103 calories 4
–1 –1
Using, T1V1 = T2 V2 ,
V 
82. W = RT loge  2   T1(5.6) – 1 = T2(0.7) – 1
 V1  1
2/3
 T1 = T2    4T1 = T2
= 0.2  8.3  loge2  (27 + 273) 8
= 0.2  8.3  300  0.693  345 J 1
nR  T2  T1  R 3T1  9
83. T1 = 27 + 273 = 300 K  Work done = =4 = RT1
T2 = 627 + 273 = 900 K,  = 1.5  1 2 8
 
3
 
T
For an adiabatic change,  1 = constant 90. Given: T1 = 27 C = 273 + 27 = 300 K,
P
1/ 2 3/ 2 1/ 2 3/ 2 V2
 P2   T2   P2   900  =2
   =   5  =  V1
 P1   T1   10   300 
For adiabatic process,
 P2 = 27  105 N / m2 TV1 = constant
84. Using, dQ = dU + dW,  T1 V11 = T2 V21
0 = –2 + dW  dW = 2 J 5
 = for monatomic gas.
 Work done by the gas = 2 J 3
5 2 1
or Work done on the gas = –2 J V 
 1 1
T2  1 3  1  3  1 3
 =  1  =   =   =   = 0.63
85. Due to compression the temperature of the T1  V2  2 2 4
system increases to a very high value. This  T2 = T1  0.63
causes the flow of heat from system to the  T2 = 300  0.63 = 189 K
surroundings, thus decreasing the temperature. Now, change in internal energy,
The decrease in temperature results in
f
decrease in pressure. U = nRT
2
P2  V1  P

Where,
86. Using, =   = (8)5/2 f = degrees of freedom of a monatomic gas
P1  V2  P =3
15/2
 P = P  (2) As the gas expands adiabatically, the internal
energy decreases.
87. For isobaric process, work done, 3
w1 = P(V2 – V1)  U =   2  8.3  111
2
= P(2V – V) ...( Volume is doubled)  U = 2.76 kJ.
295
91. Change in internal energy, Q2 T2
96. 
P V PV 2  6  5 4 W T1  T2
U = 2 2 1 1 =
 1 7 here, T2 = 4 C = 277 K
1
5 T1 = 303 K
 7  Q2 = 600 cal
   for ideal diatomic gas  600 277
 5  

=  20 kJ W 303  277
600
92. W = PV = 103  0.25 = 250 J  W= = 56.31 cal
10.65
AT  BT 2 W 56.31
93. V=  P= =  4.2
P t 1s
W = P  V = P[V2  V1]  P = 236.5 W
 AT  BT  AT1  BT  
2 2
T2
= P 2  2

1
97. Efficiency,  = 1 –
 P  P  T1
=  A(T2  T1 )  B  T22  T12   T1  T2 100
=  = 0.268
T1 373
94. As the room works as a source here, the heat = 26.8%
delivered will be more. Hence, the amount of
heat delivered to the room by refrigerator is  T   300 
given by, 98. η = 1  2   100 = 1   100 = 40%
 T1   500 
Q1 T1

W T1  T2 T2 300 1
99. max = 1 – =1– = = 25%
Where, T1 = room temperature = t1C T1 400 4
T2 = temperature inside the refrigerator  26% efficiency is impossible
= t2C
T2 W
Q1 t 1  273 100.  = 1 – =
  T1 Q
W (t 1  273)  (t 2  273)
Q1 t 1  273 
 T  
W = 1  2  Q = 1 
 273  27    Q
 
  273  627  
  T1 
W t1  t 2
 300 
95.  = 5;  W = 1    3  10
6
 900 
T1 = temp. of surrounding
= 2  106  4.2 J
T2 = temp. of source (inside temp.)
= 8.4  106 J
T2 = – 20ºC
= – 20 + 273 CP 5
101. For a monatomic gas,  = =
T2 = 253K CV 3
T1 = ?
Using Q = CPT and U = CVT
T2
= U C V 3
T1  T2 we get, = =
Q C P 5
253  Fraction of heat energy to increase the internal
5=
T1  253 energy be 3/5.
 5T1 – 1265 = 253 102. To raise the temperature of a gas, the amount
1518 of heat that must be supplied
T1 = = 303.6K
5 At constant volume
= 30.6ºC ≈ 31ºC Qv = mCvT
296
Radiation
At constant pressure 110. v1  v1/2
Qp = mCpT
Q v Cp adiabatic
 
Qp Cv
isothermal
For diatomic gas,
Cp 7
= 1.4 or
Cv 5
isobaric
Qv 1 5
 = =
Q p 1.4 7
103. Fraction of energy used in doing external v1/2 v1
work is given by
W Cv
=1 Work done = area under curve
Q Cp
Wadiabatic > Wisothermal > Wisobaric
Cp
but  = = 1.4 111.
Cv
300 1
 1
Q 1.4
300  1.4 adiabatic
 Q = = 1050 J
0.4
isothermal
104. Work done by the system = Area of shaded
portion on P-V diagram
= (300 – 100)10–6  (100 – 200)  103 = –20 J v/2 v
105. AB is isobaric process; BC is isothermal
process; CD is isometric process and DA is Work done = area under curve
isothermal process. While compressing the gas adiabatically, the
These processes are correctly represented by area under the curve is more than that for
graph (A). isothermal compression.
106. Work done = Area of PV graph (here trapezium) 113. Open window behaves like a perfectly black
1 body.
= (1  105  5  105 )  (5  1)
2
115. Using, a + r + t = 1,
= 12  105 J
t = 1  (a + r) = 1  (0.74 + 0.22)
107. QABC = QAC + WABCA = 1  0.96 = 0.04
In this case,
1 116. Using, a + r + t = 1,
WABCA = Area of PV graph =  AB  BC
2 a + 0.74 + 0.22 = 1  a = 0.04
1 By Kirchhoff’s law, a = e  e = 0.04
 500 = QAC +  (4  104  2  103)
2 Qr
 QAC = 500  40 = 460 J 117. Using r = ,
Q
108. For both the paths, U remains same. 15
For path iaf : U = Q  W = 50  20 = 30 J. r= = 0.1
150
For path fi : U = 30J and W =  13J
Using a + r + t = 1,
 Q =  30  13 = 43 J.
t = 1  (a + r) = 1  (0.6 + 0.1) = 0.3
109. 1st process is isothermal expansion which is Q
correctly shown in option (D) Now using, t = t we get,
Q
2nd process is isobaric compression which is
correctly shown in option (D). Qt = Qt = 150  0.3 = 45 J
297
118. r + a + t = 1 130. According to Wien’s displacement law,
 t = 1 – r – a = 1 – 0.8 – 0.1 = 1 – 0.9 = 0.1 1
max 
Q = 1000 J/min T
 Heat energy transmitted per minute  maxT = b
Qt = Q  t = 1000  0.1 = 100 J also T = 5760 K
 Heat energy transmitted in 5 minutes 2.88  106 nmK
= 100  5 = 500 J  max =  500 nm
5760 K
120. From Wien’s displacement law,  wavelength of maximum energy = 500 nm
1 i.e. U2 is maximum energy.

T 131. Black body has maximum radiated energy at
T same temperature.
This means more the temperature higher will 132. From Wien’s displacement law-
be the corresponding frequency max T = constant
Given T2 > T1, hence frequency corresponding If T is also same, max = constant
to maximum energy is more at T2. Hence, max   max
133. From Stefan’s law,
121. As Red > Green > Violet,
E  AT4 ...(i)
λQ > λR > λP.
According to Wien’s law, TQ < TR < TP  E1  A1 T14 ...(ii)
E2  A2 T24 ...(iii)
1
122. By Wien’s law,  m  and from the figure, Divide equation (iii) by equation (ii)
T
l b
( m )1  ( m )3  ( m ) 2 E 2  A 2   T2 
4
 3 × 3   327 + 273  4
 T1 > T3 > T2. =    =    
E1  A1   T1   l × b   27 + 273 
123. From Wien’s displacement law,  
4
1  1   600 
m  =   
T  9   300 
 m T = constant E2 1
  16 
126. From Wien’s displacement law  E1 9
b 16
T=  E2 = E ...{ E1 = E}
 max 9
b = Wien’s constant 134. E  T4
2892  106 E1 T   T 
4
1
4
 T= = 200 K  = 1 = 1  =
14.46  106 E2 16
 T2   2T1 
1  E2 = 16E1
127. By Wien’s law, T 
m 135. Q  r2T4
2 4
TS ( N )max 350 Q r  T 
    0.69  2 =  2    2  = (2)2  (2)4 = 64
TN (S )max 510 Q1  r1   T1 
137. For black body, P = AT4.
T1 2000 2 2
128.  m =  m =  m = m = m 1
2 T2 1 3000 1 3 1 3 For same power, A  4
T
2 4
 m2 T1  r1   T2 
129. By Wien’s law, =    = 
 m1 T2  r2   T1 
2 2
T 1500 r1 T  r T 
  m2  1   m1   5000 = 3000 Å  =  2  i.e., 2 =  1 
T2 2500 r2  T1  r1  T2 
298
Radiation
Q T 
4
138. For a black body, = P = AT4  R2 = R1  2 
t
4  T1 
P2 T 
 = 2  727  273 
4
 1000 
4
P1  T1  =5   =5  
4
 227  273   500 
P2  273  727  = 80 cal/m2s
 =
20  273  227 
145. For perfectly black body,
P2
 = (2)4  P2 = 320 W Q = AT4t
20
= 5.7 × 10–8 × 1 × (727 + 273)4 × 60
Q = 3.42 × 106
139. Rate of energy  P  AT 4  P  T4
t = 34.2 × 105 J
4
P  T   927  273 
4
 2  2  =  146. Rate of loss of heat, E = eA(T4  T 04 )


P1  T1   127  273  = 5.67  108  0.4  200  104 
 P2 = 405 W [(273 + 527)4  (273 + 27)4]
140. By Stefan’s law, = 5.67  108  0.4  200  10-4
Rate of loss of heat  Area  (800)4  (300)4  182 J/s
For sphere, A = 4r2 147. For the black body,
 A  r2 Using, Eb = T4,
 R1  r12 and R2  r22  81 = (300)4 ....(i)
2 2
R1 r  1 1 For ordinary body, Using,
 = 1 =  =
R2  r2  2 4 E = eT4,
 E = 0.8    (500)4
141. By Stefan’s law, 81
4 4 = 0.8   (500)4 ....From (i)
R4  T   27  273  (300)4
RT  1 =  1 =  
R2  T2   927  273  64.8 625
4  E= = 500 J/m2s
 300  1 81
=  =
 1200  256
148. P = AT4
142. By Stefan’s law,  P  AT4
E T  i.e., P  r2T4
E  T4  1   1  2 4
E 2  T2  P2  r2   T2 
 =   
4 P1  r1   T1 
7  273  227  1
   =
E 2  273  727  16 r
Now, r2 = 1 and T2 = 2T1
cal 2
 E2 = 112 P2 1
cm 2  s  =  16
P1 4
143. Q  T4  P2 = 4  450 = 1800 W
4 4 4
HA  273  727   10   5  625
        149.   4R2.(T4  T04 ) = 912  R2
HB  273  327   6   3  81
912 912
144. By Stefan’s law, R  T 4  T4  T04 = = = 40  108
4  4  5.7 108
4
R2 T   T4 = 40  108 + (300)4 = (40 + 81)  108
 = 2
R1  T1   T  330 K
299
150. The rate of radioactive energy emission from a 156. According to Newton’s law of cooling,
hot surface is given by Stefan-Boltzmann 70  60  70  60 
Law- In first case, = K  30
5  2 
dE
R=
dt
 A Thot4

 Tambient
4
 K=
2
C/min
35
R   400  200  3
4 4
60  50  60  50 
Hence,   In 2nd case,  K  30
R  6004  2004  16 t  2 
10 2
  [55 – 30]
151. Rate of loss of heat by radiation is given as – t 35
dQ 10  35
= A  Thot
4
 Tcold  = R  t= = 7 min
dt 2  25
R A  Thot  Tcold A
4 4 157. According to Newton’s law of cooling,
 = 75  65
R B  Thot
4
 Tcold
4
 In first case,
t
B
 75  65 
R A  (327  273)  (27  273) 
4 4
= K  30  ….(i)
 =  2 
R B  (227  273) 4  (27  273) 4 
55  45
In second case,
(6004  3004 ) t
=
(5004  3004 )  55  45 
= K  30  ….(ii)
9  2 
= 2.23 or
4  Dividing equation (i) by (ii) we get,
5t 40
152. Using Stefan’s law, =  t = 4 minutes
10 20
R  AT4  r2T4 158. By Newton’s law of cooling,
2 4
R1 r  T  d
 = 1  1 = K(  0)
R2  r2   T2  dt
2 4 100  70
 8   127  273  For 1st case, = K(100  15)
=    8
 2   527  273  30 30
4  = K(85)  K = ….(i)
 400  16 8 8 85
= 16    = =1
 800  16 70  40
For 2nd case, = K(70  15)
153. When water leaves the body through t
perspiration energy content of molecules 30 30  55
 = ….[From (i)]
remained in body decreases, therefore t 8  85
temperature also decreases. 8  85
 t= = 12.36 s  14 s
154. According to Newton’s law 55
Rate of cooling  temperature difference  159. By Newton’s law of cooling,
1  2    2 
155. According to Newton’s law of cooling,  K 1  0 
t  2 
Rate of cooling  Mean temperature difference
3T  2T  3T  2T 
Fall in temperature  1  2    K  T
   0  10  2 
Time  2  T  3T 
 1  2   1  2   1  2  = K 
      
10  2
 2 1  2 2  2 3 2
 K=
 T1 < T2 < T3 30
300
Ml 
T2 = 2  =
M  m g 2
  = – cos(t)
T2 M
  – = – cos (t)
T1 Mm
1  l
23. Time of ascent = Time of descent  t= cos–1   and  =
  g
1
S = at + at2 2  g 
2  Time Period = cos–1   = 2 cos–1  
1  
  l 
 80 cm =  (10 sin 30) t2
2
26. At mean position,
0.80 1.6 4
 t= m/s = = 1
2.5 5 5 2 P.E. = kx2 = 0
2
 2 4  i.e., P.E. is minimum.
 Time period of oscillation = 2   
5 2 Also, velocity is maximum at mean position.
8 2  K.E. is maximum.
= s
5
24.
T sin  T cos 
A 

mg mg sin 
mg cos 

T sin  + FP = mg sin 
T sin  + ma = mg sin 
But a = g sin 
 sin  = 0   = 0
l
 TP= 2
g eff
l
= 2
g cos 
25.


Since the collision is elastic,

this system can be considered as a partial
SHM system.
 =  sin(t + )
at t = 0,  = 
216
T2 1 T W
170.  = 1 – i.e., =1– 2 174.   for heat engine
T1 10 T1 Q
T2 1 9 T 10 THot  TCold
 =1– =  1 = For carnot engine,  =
T1 10 10 T2 9 THot
T  T  TC 500  200
 W = Q2  1  1 ,  W=Q H =Q
TH 500
 T2 
3 5
 10  1 W=Q  Q = W
i.e., 10 = Q2   1 10 = Q2    Q2 = 90 J 5 3
9  9 800  5 4000
Q=  J
8 180  3 3
171. Given,  =  + =
100 100 T2 1
9 175.  = 1 – =
 =  T1 6
5 T2 1 
also, T1 = 100 K (say)  =1– = ….(i)
T1 6 6
it is increased by 25 %
When T2 is reduced by 62 C,
 T1 = 125 K 2 1
' = 2 ×  = =
T2 = T2 6 3

1  T2  62 
 T1  T2 T1 =1–
 =  3 T1
 T1 T1  T2 T2  62 2
5 100  T2 125 100  T2 125  =
  =  T1 3
9 100 125 T2 125  T2 100 5  T2  62  2
 625  5T2 = (900  9T2)  1.25  = ….[From (i)]
6  T2 3
= 1125  11.25 T2
6  310
 6.25 T2 = 500  T2 = 310 K and T1 = = 372 K
 T2 = 80 K 5
T1  T2 176. TB = T1, TC = T2,  = 1.4

125  80
  =  100 = 100 VB = V , VC = 32V P
T1 125
Using, TB VB1 = TC VC1
A T1
B
  = 36 %  1
TC T2  VB 
    D
T2 390 20 TB T1  VC  T2
172.  = 1 – = 1–  C
T1 590 59  1
 1  1
20 =  = V
Heat used in work, W = Q =  500  32  4
59 T 1 3
= 169.49 kcal   = 1 – 2 = 1 – = = 0.75.
T1 4 4
Heat delivered to sink = Q W = 330.51 kcal
173. T1 = 400 K, T2 = 300 K 177. According to Avogadro’s law,
1 mole = 22.4 L of any gas
For heat engine
 67.2 L = 3 mole  n=3
W T1T2
  3
Q T1 cv = R for monatomic gas
2
400  300  Q = n cv T
 W=Q
400 8.31  3
=3  20
W  400 2
 Q= = 800  4 = 3200 J
100 = 748 J
302
Radiation
178. From the graph, WAB = 0 and 1 1
 Rate (R)   1/3
WBC = 8  104[5  2]  103 = 240 J r m
 WAC = WAB + WBC = 0 + 240 = 240 J  4 3 1/3 
 QAC = QAB + QBC = 600 + 200 = 800 J  m    3 r  r  m 
 
By 1st law of thermodynamics, 1/3 1/3
QAC = UAC + WAC R1  m 2  1
    
 800 = UAC + 240 R 2  m1  3
 UAC = 560 J
 dT 
179. For the given cyclic process, 184. Rate of cooling     emissivity (e)
 dt 
total work done = WAB + WBC + WCA
WAB = PV = 10(2 – 1) = 10 J and WBC = 0  dT   dT 
From graph,        ex > ey
[ V = constant]  dt  x  dt  y
 By 1st law of thermodynamics, Further emissivity (e)  Absorptive power (a)

Q = U + W  ax > ay
(  good absorbers are good emitters).
U = 0 (Process ABCA is cyclic)
 Q = WAB + WBC + WCA 185. According to Wien’s displacement law,
 5 = 10 + 0 + WCA  WCA = – 5 J 1
 m   m2   m1 ( T1  T2 )
1 3 T
180. Q1  T0S0  T0S0  T0S0 , Therefore I– graph for T2 has lesser
2 2
Q2 = T0S0 and Q3 = 0 T
wavelength (m) and so curve for T2 will shift
towards left side.
W Q1  Q2 2T0 Q Q1
  
Q1 Q1
3
186. From Wien’s displacement law,
max T = b
Q2 2 1 T0
= 1 1  Q2 T   max B 500 5
Q1 3 3 2S0 Hence, A   
S0 S
TB   max A 300 3
181. For a cyclic process, U = 0
Q A A A eTA4 rA2 TA4
 By 1st law of thermodynamics, Now, power Ratio,  
Q B A B eTB4 rB2 TB4
Q = U + W = 0 + W
= Area of closed curve where, A = 4r2
2
2
 20  QA 32 54  5 
 Q = r2 =    kPa  litre i.e.  2  4  
 2  QB 5 3  3 
= 100  103  103 J = 100 J d
187. = k(  0)
loge(-0)
 A(T  T )
4 4
dt
182. Rate of cooling, R =  0
t mc  d t
A Area
 0   0 =  k 0 dt
R 
m Volume ln (  0) = kt + C 0 t
1 So graph is straight line.
 For the same surface area, R 
Volume
 n 1 1 n22 
 Volume of cube < Volume of sphere   
 1  1 2  1 
 RCube > RSphere i.e. cube cools down at a 188.  mixture 
 n1 n2 
faster rate.   
 1  1 2  1 
 A  (T 4  T04 ) 16

183. Rate of cooling (R) = Here, n1 = moles of helium = =4
t mc 4
2
A Area r 1 16 1
 R   3 n2 = moles of oxygen = 
m volume r r 32 2
303
  192. The work done is negative.

 45 / 3 1/ 27 / 5 Pressure P3 > P1
 5  
 7
1 1 
 mix =  3 5  = 1.62
adiabatic
  P3
 4 1/ 2  isothermal
5   P1
 1 7 1
3 5 
V1 V2
189. i. The dotted line in the diagram shows
that there is no change in the value of
PV 193. The temperature of the metal will decrease
for different temperatures T1 and T2
nT exponentially with time to 0.
for increasing pressure. Hence this gas
behaves ideally. Hence, dotted line 194. A  (V0, 2P0); B  (2V0, P0)
corresponds to ‘ideal’ gas behaviour. Equation of line AB in slope-point form is,
ii. At high temperatures, the deviation of the y y1 = m(x  x1)
gas is less and at low temperature the
 P0  2P0 
deviation of gas is more. In the graph,  P  2P0 =   (V  V0)
deviation for T2 is greater than for T1.  2V0  V0 
 T1 > T2  y  y1 
…  m  2 
iii. The two curves intersect at dotted line. x 2  x1 

PV
Hence, the value of at that point on P0
nT  P = 2P0  (V  V0)
the y-axis is same for all gases. V0
P0
190. From ideal gas equation  P = 2P0  V + P0
V0
PV = nRT
 P0
PV = n1RT  P= V + 3P0
V0
After leakage,
PV = n2RT From ideal gas equation we have;
No. of moles of gas leaked is given by n1  n2 nRT
P=
PV PV V
i.e. n1  n2 =  nRT  P0
RT RT   V + 3P0
V V0
V
 n1  n2 =  P  P  1   P0 2 
RT
 T=  V  3P0 V  ….(i)
nR  V0 
191. For step-1: Isothermal Expansion
For T = Tmax;
P
PV = P2(2V) or P2 = dT
2 =0
dV
For step-2: Adiabatic Expansion
1  2P0 
P2 V2 = P3 V3   V  3P0   0
nR  V0 
5 5
P 2P0
 (2V) 3 = P3 (16 V) 3
2  3P0 = V
V0
5 5
P  2V  3 P  1 3 P 3
 P3 =   = 2    = 64  V= V0 ….(ii)
2  16V  8 2
304
Radiation
substituting equation (ii) in equation (i)
11.2 2 106  2.76 1026
 T= = 8.363  104 K
1  P0  3   3 
2
23
31.38 10
T=    V0   3P0  V0  
nR  V0  2   2  
199. The entropy in an isolated system increases in
1  9 9 
 T=
nR   4 P0 V0  2 P0 V0  accordance with second law of thermodynamics.
 
9P0 V0 200. Qp = m.Cp  and Qv = m.Cv.
 T=
4nR Qv Cv
 =
195. Amount of energy required is given as, Qp Cp
f f Using, Cp  Cv = R we get,
E  n RT  NK  T2  T1 
2 2 Cv R 8.3
=1 =1  0.6
f Cp Cp 20.7
 E =  n  N A   k B   T2  T1 
2
Cv
where N = n. NA and kB = Boltzmann constant  Qv = Qp . = 207  0.6 = 124.2 J
Cp
3
 E = n N A k B (T 2 T1 )  ….[ f = 3 for He ]
2
1 U 1 4
m 1 201. P =    kT
Now, n   3 V  3
M 4
u
3 1 3 (  T4 and k is constant of proportionality)
 E =  N A k B (T2  T1 ) = N A k B ( T2  T1 ) V
2 4 8
PV = nRT
3RT nRT 1 4
196. Using, crms = ,  kT
M V 3
3RT1 3RT2  V T–3

(crms)O = and (crms)H = 4
MO MH Volume of spherical shell of radius R = R3
3
Given that,
i.e., V  R3
(crms)O = (crms)H, TH = 127 + 273 = 400 K
1
3RT1 3RT2 R
 = T
MO MH
T1 T 202. According to Wien’s displacement law,
 = 2
MO MH mT = constant
MH 2 T1  m 2 3 / 4 0 3
 T2 = T1  = 400     
MO 32 T2  m 0 4
1
= 25 K = 25  273 = 248 C
Power radiated for a black body, P = AT4
197. Escape velocity at the surface of the earth 4
P1  T1 
= 11.2 km/s = 11.2  103 m/s   
P2  T2 
Oxygen will escape when rms speed of its
molecules, 4
P 3 81
   
crms = 11.2  103 m/s nP  4  256
3k BT 256
 = 11.2  103  n=
m0 81
305
Evaluation Test
1. Before heating, let the pressure of gas be P. In equation (i) if (T2  T1) = 0, then U = 0
PA = kx1  Option (C) is also correct.
PA  nRT  A 1  8.3  100  102  (D) is correct.
 x1 =    1m
k  V k 0.83  10
During heating process, T1  T2
8. Here,  =
the spring is compressed further by 0.1 m T1
 x2 = 1.1 m 1 T1  T2
1  =
 Work done by gas = 10(1.12  12 ) = 5  0.21 3 T1
2
= 1.05  1.0 J  3T1  3T2 = T1
3
2. Since coefficient of linear expansion of bolt is  T1 = T2
more than that of pipe, the bolt will expand
2
more. It implies that the bolt will become 3 T1  (T2  335)
and =
loose and hence will be free from stress. 3 T1
3. Since molar specific heat is proportional to 3 / 2T2  T2  335
 1=
cube of temperature, the correct plot is B. At a 3 / 2T2
particular temperature, the molar specific heat
becomes almost constant. i.e.T2 = 335 K i.e. 62 C
3
4. Thermal expansion of isotropic object does and T1 =  335  502 K
not depend upon shape, size and presence of
2
hole or cavity.  T1 = 502 – 273 = 229 C
5. Black is a good absorber and also a good 9. Since power radiated is same for body A and
emitter as per Kirchhoff’s radiation law. body B,
6. Rate of flow of water = 2 litre min1 TA 4 0.49  1 
    T4 
= 2  103 m3 min1
4
TB 0.01  emissivity 
Mass of water flowing per min, 1
m = 2  103  103 = 2 kg min1 TA  0.49  4

or   = 2.6
T = 77 – 27 = 50C TB  0.01 
c = 4.2  103 J kg C1 TA 5200
Using Q = mcT, we get, or TB = = = 2000 K
2.6 2.6
Q = 2  4.2  103  50 = 4.2  105 J min1 Using Wien’s displacement law
Rate of consumption of fuel
i.e., m T = constant
Q 4.2  105 J min 1
=  we get, ATA = BTB
heat of combination 4  107 J / kg
T  
= 10.5  103 kg min1 = 10.5 g min1 or A = B  B  = B
 TA  2.6
7. Change in internal energy,
U = nCvT = nCv (T2 – T1) …(i) But B  A = 1 m (given)
 Option (A) is correct 
 B  B = 1 m
Using dQ = dU + dW 2.6
(1st law of thermodynamics) 1.6
 dU = dW or  B = 1 m
2.6
...[ dQ = 0 in adiabatic process] 2.6
or B =  B = 1.6 m
Option (B) is correct. 1.6
306
85. At point b, yielding of material starts. P
13. K=
86. Elastic energy per unit volume (V / V)
1 1 V
= stress  strain   ….[ P = constant]
2 K V
 stress  1  stress 
2
1 1 S2 1 dV
= stress    = = 14. Compressibility = =
2  Y  2 Y 2 Y K V  dP
dV
Critical Thinking  5  10–10 =
dP  V
F  dV = 5  10–10  10  105  (10  103 cc)
5. Stress  Strain 
A = 5 cc
2 2
A2 r  4 16 dP
 Ratio of strain = =  2 =   = 15. K=
A1  r1  1 1 (dV / V)
6. Total force at height 3L/4 from its lower end P = hg = 200  103  9.8
= Weight suspended+Weight of 3/4 of the wire dV 0.1
 = = 10–3
= W1 + (3W/4) V 100
W  (3W / 4) 200  103  9.8
 Stress = 1  K= 3
= 19.6  108 N/m2
A 10
7. Stress = F/r2 V 0.1
16. = = 1  103
F2 2
= r2 = (0.75) = 0.25
2
 V 100
F1 r2 (1.5) 2 hg 200 1103 10
1 K= = = 2  109
F2 = 0.25 F1 = 0.25  1.5  105 N = 0.375  105 N  V  110 3
 
8. Breaking force  Area of cross-section  V 
F1 A dP hg
= 1 17. K= ; K=
F2 A2 dV / V dV / V
400 A h  10  9.8
3
 = 1  F2 = 800 kg-wt  9.8  108 =  h = 100 m

F2 2A1 0.1  102
9. Breaking force = breaking stress  area of 18. Bulk Modulus,
cross-section = weight of wire PV V  B
B= P=
SA=Alg V V
S 106 V 1
 l= =  34 m Given that   1% 
g 3  103  9.8 V 100
10. Breaking force  r2 7.5 1010
 P= = 7.5  108 N/m2
If diameter becomes double, then breaking 100
force will become four times 1 V / V
i.e. 1000 × 4 = 4000 N 19. C= =
K P
12. Stress =
F  V = C  P  V
Area = 4  105  100  100 = 0.4 cc
 F = Stress  Area r2 l
= 4.8  107  10–6 = 48 N 20. = 2, F1 = F2, 1 = 4
r1 L1
This tension is balanced by centripetal force
T = F = mr2 Both the wires are made up of same material
T 48  Y1 = Y2
 2 = = = 16 F1L1 FL
mr 10  0.3  = 22 2
  = 4 rad/s r1 l1
2
r2 l2
218
17. Assertion is false, Reason is true.
P1V1  P1V2

 P2   V1 
  =  
 P1   V2 
1
 P 
 V2 = V1  1  = V1C1/ …(C > 1)
 P2 
1
 P  
 V2 = V1  1  = V1C1/
 P2 
  > 
   Monotonic 
    Polyatomic   V2  V2
 
18. Isothermal compression  T = constant

3RT
vrms =
M
8RT
 Mean momentum = mv = m
M
3
Mean kinetic energy = RT
2
All the above equations are functions of
temperature, which is a constant.
19. According to Kirchhoff’s law, good absorbers
are good emitters and bad reflectors. While at
lower temperature, a black-body absorbs all the
incident radiations. It does not reflect any
radiation incident upon it when it is thrown into
the furnace. Initially, it is the darkest body.
At later times, the black body attains the
temperature of the hot furnace and so it
radiates maximum energy. It becomes the
brightest of all.
Option (A) represents the answer.
20. 3PV = nHRT ….(i)
P(2V) = n0R(3T) ….(ii)
Dividing equation (i) by (ii),
3 nH 1 n 9
=  H 
2 nO 3 nO 2
Using Avogadro’s principle,
H

 2n H N A  / V  n H 1  9
O  32n O N A  / 2V n O 8 16
308
Textbook
Chapter No.
10 Wave Theory of Light

Hints
66. As the star is accelerated towards earth, its
Classical Thinking apparent frequency increases, hence apparent
7. Light is electromagnetic in nature. It does not wavelength decreases. Therefore, colour of
require any material medium for its propagation. light changes gradually to violet.
67. When source is receding away, apparent
35. Frequency remains same, i.e. n = n
wavelength increases. Displacement is
sin 30 1 towards red region.
36. sin r =  = 0.3125
1.6 3.2 68. Doppler effect does not apply to shock waves.
 r = 18 69. Radius of earth cannot be calculated from
a Doppler effect.
37. g =
g 70. Wavelength of light decreases as same number
a 5460 of waves are not contained in a smaller distance.
 g= = = 3640 Å
 1 .5 71. Red shift implies that apparent wavelength 
increases and hence apparent frequency 
38. vg =
c
=
 3  108  = 1.67  108 m/s decreases.
g 1.8
Critical Thinking
39. When a wave passes from one medium to
another, its frequency remains unchanged 4
6.  m =  =  3  106 = 4  106/m
40. vg = 2  108 m/s, vw = 2.25  108 m/s 3
vg 2 108 7. i = 60 , r = (60  15) = 45
 gw = = = 0.89
vw 2.25  108 sin i 3 2
 = =  = 1.22
44. The magnitude of electric field vector varies sin r 2 1
periodically with time because it is the form of c 3  108
electromagnetic wave. 8. Velocity of light in window, v = =
 1.5
52. = 3 = tan ip  v = 2  108 m/s
 ip = tan1  3  = 60  time =
distance
velocity
=
4  103
2  108
= 2  1011 s
53. According to Brewster’s law, when a beam of
ordinary light (i.e. unpolarised) is reflected 9. Distance that light travelled through glass slab
from a transparent medium (like glass), the d = v  t (v = velocity of sunlight)
reflected light is completely plane polarised at  Time taken by sunlight to penetrate,
angle of polarisation. d d 3  103  1.5
t= = = = 1.5  10–11 s
54. At polarizing angle, the reflected and refracted v c/ 3  10 8
rays are mutually perpendicular. 10. Distance travelled in medium,

62. According to Doppler effect, wherever there is ct 3  1010  10 9
d= = = 20 cm
a relative motion between source and  3/ 2
observer, the frequency observed is different
from that given out by source. c
11. Refractive index of medium,  =
v
65. When the source and observer approach each
other, apparent frequency increases and hence c 3  108
 v= = = 2.4  108 m/s
wavelength decreases.  1.25
309
L stress
7. As length is constant, Strain = = Q 16. Y=
L strain
 Pressure = Stress = Y  strain stress
 strain =
= 2  1011  1.1  105  100 Y
= 2.2  108 Pa l stress
 =
12. This is because due to increase in temperature, L Y
the intermolecular forces decrease. stress 1 108
 Elongation l = L=  1 = 0.5 mm
Y 2 1011
13. For the wire of same material, Young’s
modulus remain same. MgL
17. Extension l =
r 2 Y
14. L be original length of the wire.
and the same wire is stretched hence,
l1 M
= 1
L T1 L1 T2 L2 l2 M2
here l1 = l1 + L = 101 mm = 10.1 cm
also, l2 = l2 + L = 102 mm = 10.2 cm
(a) M1 M2
 l = l  L
l1  L M1
 
M1g M2g l2  L M 2
(b) (c) 10.1  L 80 4
 = =
When a mass M1 is suspended from the wire, 10.2  L 100 5
change in length of wire,  50.5 – 5L = 40.8  4L
L1 = L1  L  L = 9.7 cm
When a mass M2 is suspended from it, change l  L M 160
Similarly, 3 = 3 =
in length of wire, 
l1  L M1 80
L2 = L2  L l3  9.7 160
From figure (b), T1 = M1g ….(i)  = =2
0.4 80
From figure (c), T2 = M2g ….(ii)
 l3 = 10.5 cm
TL TL
Young’s modulus, Y = 1 = 2 FL L
AL1 AL 2 18. l= l 
AY d
T1 T T1 T2
= 2  = l1 L d 
2
1 1
2
1
L1 L 2 L1  L L2  L  = 1 × 2  =   =
l2 L 2  d1  2 2 8
 From equations, (i) and (ii)
M1g M2g 19. As material is same, Young’s modulus of two
= wires is same.
L1  L L2  L
Also, volume of both wires is same.
 M1(L2  L) = M2(L1  L) V1 = V2
M1L2  M1L = M2L1  M2L  A  L = 3A  L  L = L/3
 L(M2  M1) = L1M2  L2M1 To stretch second wire through same length (l),
L M  L2 M1 let force needed be F
L= 1 2
M 2  M1 F / A F / 3A
 Y= 
l / L l / L
F1  l F2  l FL FL
15. Y= and Y =  FL = 
A  (L1  l ) A  (L 2  l ) 3 33
 F2(L1  l) = F1(L2  l) F
F L  FL  F=
 l= 2 1 1 2 9
F2  F1  F = 9F
222
Chapter 10: Wave Theory of Light
24. From Brewster’s law,  = tan ip 37. Time required for light to reach from source to
c x
= = tan 60 = 3 slab is t1 = where c = velocity of light in air.
v c
c 3  108 Time required for light to pass through slab is
 v=   3  108 m/s d
3 3 t2 = where v = velocity of light in glass
v
25. tan ip =  = 1.55 According to given condition, t1 = t2
 ip = 5710 x d x.v x x
 = d= = =
r = 90  ip = 90  5717 = 3249 c v c c / v 
26. From the figure, 38. i + i' = 90
i + r = 90  r = 90  i  i = 45 (i = i')
sin i sin i
 = = tan i = sin i 3
sin r sin (90  i) = 
sin r 2
1
 sin ic = = cot i 2 2 1 2
  sin r =  sin i =  =
3 3 2 3
28. When unpolarised light is made incident at
sin i
polarising angle, the reflected light is plane 39. Using,  = we get,
polarised in a direction perpendicular to the sin r
plane of incidence.
sin r = sin 50
50
 40
Therefore, E in reflected light will vibrate in  40
i
vertical plane with respect to plane of incidence. 0.76
= = 0.57
1.33 r
 v 0.5  r = sin1 (0.57)
31. = ;  
 c 100  r = 35
0.5 0.5
 v= c =  3  108 = 1.5  106 m/s 40. i = 60, reflecting angle, r = 60
100 100 M
Let r = angle of refraction
B
32. Doppler shift is given by   BOC = 90
5000  6000  r + r = 90 A
v
 = = = 0.1 Å r
c 3  108  r = 90  60 = 30
From Snell’s law, O
 v 6  107 sin i r
33. = = = 0.2 =
0 c 3  108 sin r
C
  = 0.2 0 sin 60
 = N
  = 1.2 0 = 1.2  4600 = 5520 Å sin 30
 3
34.  = 5200  5000 = 200 Å  2 
 v c  =   = 3
 = v= 1
0 c 0  
2
3  108  200
 v= = 1.2  107 m/s. 41. According to Doppler effect,
5000
1 v / c
 =  for v = c
 v 1 v / c
35. Observed frequency,  =  1  
 c (1  0.8)
 = 5500 = 1833.3 Å
 0.8 c  1  0.8
  = 6  1014 1  14
 = 1.2  10 Hz
 c   Shift = 5500 – 1833.3  3667 Å
311
c sin i
Competitive Thinking 14. = =
v sin r
2. Huygens’ wave theory fails to explain the sin r sin 30
 v=c = 3  108 
particle nature of light (i.e. photoelectric effect) sin i sin 45
5. When the point source or linear source of light 2
= 3  108  = 2.12  108 m/s
is placed at very large distance, a small portion 2
of spherical or cylindrical wavefront appears to sin i i
be plane and is called a plane wavefront. 15. = = ( i << , sin i  i)
sin r r
c c i
= = =
v 0.75c r
3
 r = 0.75 i = i
4
3 i
 = i  r = i  i=
4 4
Among the given options none of the sources ca ca
16. = =
generates plane wavefront, it can be cg 0.8ca
artificially produced by reflection from a sin i 1
mirror or by refraction through a lens. =
 sin r 0.8
6. Direction of wave is perpendicular to the for small angle i, sin i  i and sin r  r
wavefront. i 1
=
8. Origin of spectra is not explained by Huygens’  r 0.8
theory.  r = 0.8 i
Angle of deviation,
9. The locus of all particles in a medium vibrating  = i – r = i – 0.8 i = 0.2 i
in the same phase is called wavefront. i
=
10. On the wavefront, all the points are in same 5
phase. a g 1.5
17. w g  
11. From Huygens’ principle, if the incident a w 1.3
wavefront be parallel to the interface of the 18. From the figure, A
B
two media (i = 0), then the refracted wavefront r
 BOC = 90 i
will also be parallel to the interface (r = 0). In 90  r
P O Q
other words, if light rays fall normally on the a 90  r
interface, then on passing to the second  g   1.5 r
g
medium, they will not deviate from their
C
original path. 19. Using c = n ,
c 3  108
sin i c a = = = 0.75  106 m
13. = and  = na 4  1014
sin r v
 a = 7500 Å
 For same i, as r increases, value of  decreases. c naa a
Now, ag =  
1 vg n g  g  g
But   , hence as value of  decreases v
v a 7500
increases.  g = = = 5000 Å
a g 1.5
This means as sin r increases v increases.
Therefore, speed of light is minimum where  a  g = 7500 – 5000 = 2500 Å
angle of refraction is minimum. = 2500  1010 = 2.5  107 m
312
1 1 w v
21. = = 27. gw = a
= g
 5000  1010 a g vw
107 vg 1.33
= = 0.2  107  = = 0.8867 : 1
5 vw 1.5
= 2  106
va d a / t d a x
22. No. of wavelengths in a meter is called as 28. a g    
vg d g / t d g 5
wave number.
1 1  x = 5  1.5 = 7.5 cm
  = = 29. S
 4000 1010
d
= 25  105 m1
= 2500 mm1 5 cm
23. f = 9 GHz = 9  109 Hz thickness of slab (t) = 5 cm

Velocity of radiation in air,  = 1.6
c = 3  108 m/s c d/T d
Now, g =  
c 3  108 101 v t/T t
 =   m
f 9  109 3  d = t = 1.6  5 = 8 cm
Wave number for the wavelength, sin i sin 45
1 30. a g   1.5 =
 sin r sin r
 1
 Here, number of waves in 1 m,  sin r =  r = 287
1.5 2
length 1
  1 = 30 cosi cos 45
 10 Ratio of widths = 
cos r cos 287
3 1
 Ratio of widths = 0.801 =
a 1.2475
24. a m 
m c c cT
31. =  
1  4 v t/T t
  m  a m 
m a 3  6000  1010 t
 T=
= 0.222  107 c
= 2.2  106 32. Speed of light in medium of ref. index (4/3) is
c 3  108 9  108
c v=  
25. g =  4/3 4
v
d 4.5  4
c 3  108 t=  = 2  10–8 = 20 ns
 v= = = 2  108 m/s v 9  108
g 1.5
33. Given: Ng = Nw
thickness of glass plate(d) d
v= But number of waves N = ;
time require to travel through it (t) 
d 2  103 where d = thickness of the medium
 t= = = 1011 s dg
v 2  108 dw
 =
 g w
c
26. = air  air
v But g = and w =
3108 g w
v= = 2  108 m/s
1.5  gdg = wdw
distance 4  108  g d g 1.5  6 9
t= = =2s  w = = = = 1.286
speed 2 108 dw 7 7
313
34. In double refraction, light rays always splits 51. By using  = tan ip
into two rays (O-ray and E-ray). O-ray has   = tan 60 = 3 ,
same velocity in all direction but E-ray has
different velocity in different direction. 1
Also, C = sin 1  
For calcite E < o  v E > vo 
For quartz E > o  v o > vE  1 
 C = sin 1  
35. Polarisation is not shown by sound waves.  3
36. Ultrasonic waves are longitudinal waves. 52. Given that,
39. In the figure shown, the unpolarised light is reflected ray is plane polarised.
incident at polarising angle of 90° – 33° = 57°. Using Brewster’s law,
Hence, the reflected light is plane polarised. g
  tan i
When plane polarised light is passed through w
Nicol prism (a polariser or analyser), the
 g = tan(51)  w = 1.235  1.4 = 1.73
intensity gradually reduces to zero and finally
increases. 53. Shifting towards violet region shows that
apparent wavelength has decreased. Hence we
40. When the plane-polarised light passes through
conclude that the source is moving towards
certain substance, the plane of polarisation of
the earth.
the light is rotated about the direction of
propagation of light through a certain angle. v 100  103
54.  =  = 5700  = 1.90 Å
42. Given: Reflected ray and refracted ray are c 3  108
perpendicular to each other. This implies that
55. Here,  = 0.5 nm = 0.5  109 m
the angle of incidence equals polarising angle
(ip). For i = ip, reflected light is completely v = 300 km s1 = 300  103 ms1
plane polarised i.e., its electric vector is  v

perpendicular to the plane of incidence.  c
c
43. =ir  =
but i = ip v
 ip  r =  = 24 ....(i) 0.5  109  3  108
 =
ip + r = 90 ....(ii) 300  103
Solving equations (i) and (ii), = 5  107 m
ip = 57 = 5000  1010 m
= 5000 Å
44. θP + r = 90
r = 90 – 57 = 33  v
56. 
45.  = tan ip = tan 54.74 = 2  c
sin 45  5
 2 =  v c  3  108 km / s  2.29  105 m/s
sin r  6563
1 57. As speed of observer is comparable to speed
 sin r =  r = 30
2 of light, given motion is relativistic.
 Apparent frequency,
46. tan i =  (by Brewster’s Law)
cv
47. For polarising angle,  = 0
cv
c
tan  =  = c
v c
2
v v = 10 c
 cot  =   = cot1   c
c c 2
49.  = tan iP  iP = tan–1  = 10 3 GHz = 17.3 GHz.
314
58. Consider a plane wavefront travelling horizontally. va  a
61. am = 
When it moves, its different parts move with vm  m
1 a 3
different speeds (as   ). Ray 1 will travel  = 1.5 =
v m 2
faster than Ray 2. So, its shape will change as
shown and beam will bend upward. m 2   2  3 1
   m a  
Higher R.I. a 3 a 3 3
Ray 2 1
3
= 33.33% (in magnitude)
Ray 1
62. i = 2r
Small R.I.  r = i/2
sin i
=
sin r
A
59. The amplitude will be A cos 60 = sin i
2 =
sin (i / 2)
g vm 4 2sin (i / 2)  cos (i / 2)
60. mg = = = =
m vg 3 sin (i / 2)
 i i 
vm  vg 43 1  = cos  = cos 1  
 = = ….(i) 2 2 2 2
vg 3 3
1 
Given that, vm  vg = 6.25  107  i = 2 cos  2 
 
63. Doppler shift when the source is moving
 vg = 3  6.25  107 m/s  v
7 7 towards observer,  =  1  
 vm = 6.25  10 + 3  6.25  10 c  
7
 = 4  6.25  10  5400 Å = 6200 Å 1  
 v
= 25  107 c  
 54 
= 2.5  108 m/s  v = 1  c  3.9  107 m/s
 62 
Evaluation Test
v a  a  a 2. Let I0 be the intensity of unpolarised light. The

1. am =   I
v m  m  m intensity transmitted by the first sheet is 0 .
2
Also, am = tan ip
 I  I
Therefore transmitted intensity =  I0  0   0
a  2 2
 tan ip =
m This will be the intensity of incident light on
the second polaroid. The intensity transmitted
 1 
 m = a  I 
 tan i p  by the second polaroid will be  0  cos 2 
  2
or a = m tan ip where  is the angle between their axes.
315
4 3 P = P0 cos2 , where P represents power.
sin  =  cos  =
5 5 P
 PAverage = P0 (cos2 )Average = 0
 I0  2
2
 I0   3  9 2
   cos        I0 1
2  2   5  25 ….[ average of cos2  over a cycle is ]
Ratio of intensity of emergent light to that of 2
9 2 2  
unpolarised light = T= = =2s
25  
 Energy passing through per revolution
3. Let  be the angle between the first two = Paverage  2 s
polarisers and  be the angle between the next
1 1
two. Here, = P0    2 = (102 W)     2 = 102 J
 +  = 90 2 2
If I0 is the intensity of the incident unpolarised 6. Assertion is false, Reason is true.
light, then the intensity after passing the first If light is polarised by reflection, then the angle
polariser, between reflected and refracted rays is 180.
I
I1 = I0 (cos2 )Av = 0 7.  =    = 6820  6800 = 20 Å
2
2
I2 = I1 cos  and v
Also,  = 
I3 = I2 cos2  = I2 cos2 (90  ) = I2 sin2  c
 I3 = (I1 cos2 ) sin2   20
i.e., v = c  (3  108 )
I I  6820
 I3 = 1 sin 2 2  0 sin2 2 =  8.79  105 ms1
4 8
(The negative sign indicates receding speed).
Now, I3 = 2 Wm and I0 = 32 Wm2
2
32 energy
 2= sin2 2 8. Intensity =
8 time  area
1 1 E
 sin2 2 = or sin 2 = =
2 2 t  2 dl
 2 = 45 or  = 22.5 1
 Intensity 
d
4. As  = c,
But intensity  Amplitude2
 ln  + ln  = lnc
1
d d  Amplitude2 
  0 d
 
1 1
  or Amplitude =  1/ 2
  (for small changes in  and ) d d
 
  v radial 9. Here for minima,
  
  c a sin  = n
 0.4  3  10  0.4
8 For first dark band, n = 1
or vradial = c     
 674  674  sin  = or  =
a a
…..[  = 0.4 nm]
….( sin    for small angles)
= 1.78  105 m/s
Let distance of first dark band from axis be y
= 640 kms1 x
then angle of diffraction  is given by
5. I = I0 cos2  f
IA = (I0 A) cos2 , where A is the area of the x  
 = or x = f
polariser. f a a
316
sin i 15. For spherical wavefront, radius = r
10. =
sin r 1
Also, I  a2 but I  2
sin i sin 35 0.5736 r
sin r = = = 1
 1.5 1.5  a
 sin r = 0.3824 r
 r = 22.48 = 22 29 16. Speed of light in glass depends upon the
W cos 22.48 colour of the light. Violet colour travels faster
 Required ratio = 2   1.13 than the red light in a glass prism.
W1 cos35 This is because refractive index of glass for
11. Angle made with surface = 60 violet colour is less than that for red.
 i = 90  60 = 30 18. In the propagation of e.m. waves, plane of
sin i polarisation contains the direction of
1.5 = propagation.
sin r
19. Here p + 90 + r = 180
sin i sin 30
 sin r =   0.3333 i.e., p = 90 – r
1.5 1.5
 r = 19 28
Ratio of the width p
cos r cos19 28 0.9428
=   = 1.088  1 : 1
cosi cos30 0.8661 r
2 3
12. vd = c vw = c
5 4 As p – r = 34
c 5 c 4  90 – r – r = 34
  = d   w
vd 2 vw 3 i.e., 2 r = 56  r = 28
d 5 / 2 15 20. If the intensity of the unpolarised light in the
 wd =  
w 4 / 3 8 incident beam = I0, then the intensity of the
unpolarised component transmitted is same for
sin i sin i
 wd =  all orientation of the polarising sheet
sin r sin 30
I 
15 sin i  I0   0 
  2
8 sin 30 The transmitted intensity of the polarised light
15 1 15 component
 sin i =  
8 2 16 Ip  I p cos 2 
 15   (Ip ) max = Ip for  = 0 and
 i = sin1  
 16  
(Ip ) min = 0 for  =
13. In polar regions, magnetic compass becomes 2
inoperative hence sunlight which is easily Now the maximum transmitted intensity =
available and scattered by earth’s atmosphere I
Ip + 0 and the minimum transmitted intensity
gives plane polarised light when scattered 2
through 90. This is used for navigation I
purpose. = 0
2
14. The plane wavefront with the ray at the It is given that,
periphery has to travel least distance through I I 
the lens whereas the ray along the principal Ip + 0  5  0 
2 2
axis has to travel thickness of the lens hence
I
this is delayed than the peripheral ray. This Ip = I0  p = 1 : 1
results in a spherical converging wavefront. Io
317
Textbook
Chapter No.
11 Interference and Diffraction

Hints
2
Classical Thinking 50. 2 = (where d = slit width)
d
1. For interference, frequency must be same and  As d decreases,  increases.
phase difference must be constant.
1
3. For interference, phase difference must be 56. For a diffraction pattern, x 
constant.
a
67. Due to difference in frequencies of two waves,
4. I  a2
interference is not possible.
6. For destructive interference, path difference is

odd multiple of . Critical Thinking
2
1. y1 = a sin t and
D
10. X=  
d y2 = b cos t = b sin   t  
 2
12. I  a12  a 22  2a1a 2 cos  So phase difference,  = /2
Substituting a12  a 22  A and a1a2 = B, 2. Two independent light sources cannot be
I = A + B cos  coherent because they cannot generate waves
23. If one of the slit is closed, then interference having a constant phase difference.
fringes are not formed on the screen but a fringe 3. Interference occurs in longitudinal as well as
pattern is observed due to diffraction from slit. transverse waves. The choices (A), (B) and
(D) are conditions for sustained or permanent
24. X
interference.
 v = minimum
25. In Young’s double slit experiment, 
4. Path difference = 12.5  = 25  
D 2
 X=
d 
 odd multiple of
 The fringe width can be increased by 2
decreasing the separation between two slits.  destructive interference
D 5. Path difference = 29
26. Fringe width (X) =
d 
= 58
 X 2
As red > yellow, hence fringe width will increase. 
= even multiple of
27. For interference,  of both the waves must be 2
same.  point is bright
34. n11 = n22   
6. x = 260 = 130 = even multiple of
 62  5893 = n2  4358 4 2 2
 n2  84  point is bright.
(Note: Use shortcut 4.)
7. Path difference = 65 = 650  105 cm
1 650  105
47. Fringe width, (X)   = = 10000 Å
Prism angle () 65
318
Chapter 11: Interference and Diffraction
 D
8. = , a1 = 4, a2 = 3 16. X=  X   for the same set-up.
3 d
So, a = a12  a 22  2a1 .a 2 cos  X1 1
 
X2 2
 a= 37  6
1.0 5000
2  
9. For maxima, 2 n  (XO)  2l X 2 6000
 6000
2  X2 = = 1.2 mm
 (XO)  2(n  l ) or (XO) = (n + l) 5000

D
10. Let the amplitudes of the two waves be a1 and a2 17. X=
d
 a12  4I and a 22  I
1
Let amplitude of the new wave = a  X

 a2  3I
Let K be the constant of proportionality X'  1
  
 a12 = K (4I), a 22 = K(I) X   4 
 
a2 = K (3I) 3
 a2 = a12 + a 22 + 2 a1a2 cos  3
 X = 0.4 
(where  is the phase angle) 4
 X = 0.3 mm
K (3I) = K (4I) + KI + 2 K(4I) . KI cos 
 3 = 4 + 1 + 4 cos  D
18. X=
1 d
 cos  = L Xd
2  X= =
  = 120 d L
1 19. Distance of third maxima from central maxima

11. I  I = Kr–2 is
r2
 dI = K(–2)r–3 dr 3 D 3  5000  1010  (200  102 )
x= =
dI (2)dr d 0.2  103
 = = 1.5 cm
I r
dI 20. D1 – D2 = 4  10–2 m, X1 – X2 = 2  10–5 m
 =–21%
I d = 10–3 m
=–2% D
Let, X =
 Intensity must decrease by 2%. d
12. In interference between waves of equal 
 X1 – X2 = (D1 – D2)
amplitudes ‘a’, the minimum intensity is zero d
and the maximum intensity is proportional to 
4a2. For waves of unequal amplitudes ‘a’ and  2  10–5 = 3 (4  10–2)
10
A(A > a), the minimum intensity is non-zero
2  10  103
5
and the maximum intensity is proportional to  =
(a + A)2, which is greater than 4a2. 4  102
= 5000  1010 m
14. Contrast between the bright and dark fringes = 5000 Å
will be reduced.
D 6000  1010  25  102 21. Distance between successive fringes
15. X= = = fringe width
d 1  103
= 6  25  10–6 = 150  10–6 m D 8  105  200
X= = = 0.32 cm
= 0.015  10–2 m = 0.015 cm d 0.05
319
22. Fringe width of maximum just opposite to slit, Here 0 = 1 = (/180) rad and
nD d  = 6000 Å = 6  10–7 m
Xn = =
d 2  180
 d= =  6  10–7
d2 0 
n=
2D = 3.44  10–5 m = 0.03 mm
23. Fringe width,
D
D X  29. X=n
X=  = d
d D d X3 = X4 ….[Given]
For sharp fringes, S < X
1 4
S X   31 = 42  =
 < = 2 3
D D d
S  30. Using,
 <
D d D 5000 1010 1.2
X= =
8 D 6 2 D d 0.5103
24. X8 = 1 and X6 =
d d = 12  104 m
X8 d1 81 41 = 1.2 mm
 = = = 3
X6 d2 6 2 3 2  Number of fringes = = 2.5
1.2

25. X  Phase difference,
d  = 2n = 2  2.5  = 5 radian
 2
 X1  , X2  31. For dark fringes,
d d/2
D
X2 4 d xn = (2n – 1)
 =  =4 2d
X1 d 
3 D
n11D1 nD For n = 2, 3 = …(i)
26. Let X1 = and X2 = 2 2 2 2 d
d1 d2 D
For bright fringe, xn = n
Given that, X1 = X2, D1 = D2, d1 = d2 d
n1 1 = n2 2 D
 n1(2500) = n2(3500)  x4 = 4 …(ii)
d
n 3500 7 From equations (i) and (ii),
 1 = =
n2 2500 5 x4 4  D 2d
=
So we can say, 7 order of 1st source coincides
th
3 d 3 D
with 5th order of 2nd source. x4 8
27. Using relation, dsin = n we get,  =  x4 = 8 mm
3 3
n
sin  = D D
d 32. x3 = n  =3 ….(bright fringe)
 For n = 3, d d
3 3  589  109  D
sin  = = = 3  106 x5 = (2n – 1) ….(dark fringe)
d 0.589 2 d
  = sin1(3  106)  D 9 D
= (2  5 – 1) =
28. In Young’s double slit experiment, 2 d 2 d
sin  =  = (y/D), so  = (y/D) 9  D 3 D
 x5 – x3 = –
Hence, angular fringe width 0 =  (with 2 d d
y = X) will be 3 D 3 6.5  107  1
= = 
X D 1  2 d 2 103
0 = =  = 4
D d D d = 9.75  10 m = 0.975 mm
320
33. For dark fringe at P, u 0
40. d = d1 = 1.2  = 0.3 cm = 3 mm
S1P  S2P =  = (2n  1)/2 v 80
Here, n = 3 and  = 6000
41. The distance of 10th bright band from central
5 6000 bright band,
 = =5 = 15000 Å = 1.5 micron
2 2 10D 10  6000  1010  1
x10 = =
34. Path difference at P,  = (S1P + (  1)t)  S2P d 0.5  103
= (S1P  S2P) + (  1)t 6  106
=
S1 5  104
= 1.2  10–2 m = 1.2 cm
S2 42. u = 5 cm, v = 75 cm, D = 80 cm
P D 5890  108  80
 X= =
d 0.05
35. S1 P = 9424  105 cm
d = 2 x 30 30 3
6 d = 12  43. =  x30 =  8 = 12 mm
x 20 20 2
S2
x
44. x = n
Let x = S2P – S1P
0.005  102
 (S2P)2 = (S1P)2 + (S1S2)2  n= = 100
= (12)2 + (2)2 5000  1010
= 1442 + 42 45. The fringe width between first and seventh
= 1482 bright fringes is
 S2P = 12.17 D
X = (7 – 1)
 d
 x = 12.17 – 12 = 0.17 =
6 10
= 6  6000  103  1.0
2x 2  1.2  10
  = = =
 6 3 36  107
= = 3  103 = 0.003 m
  60  12  10 4
 I = Imax cos2 = I0 cos2  
2  2  46. From given data,
3 D D
 I = I0 cos2 30 = I0 (12  3)  = (14  4) 1
4 d d
 9  6000 = 10 1
36. d = d1d 2 = 4.5  2  10 6 = 3  103 m
9  6000
D 6000  1010  1  1 =
 X = = 10
d 3  103  1 = 5400 Å
= 2  104 m = 0.2 mm
47. (n + 1) g = n r
37. d= d1d 2 = (1.6)(3.6) = 2.4 mm  (n + 1)  5200 = n  6500
 52n + 52 = 65n
38. D = 1 m, d = 1 mm, v = 40 cm, u = 60 cm n=4
v 40 X1 
 d1 = d =  1 mm = 0.67 mm 48. = 1
u 60 X2 2
D 6000  1010  1 2 4000
39. X= = = 104 m  X2 = X1 = 0.32  = 0.20 mm
d 6  103 1 6400
 Fringe width = 10–4 m 0.32  0.20
103  Percentage decrease =  100
 No. of fringes formed per mm = 4 = 10 0.32
10 = 37.5%
321
49. Band width    
So, for first minima of red, sin  = 1   R 
 yellow < red, hence for red light, the diffraction  d 
bands become broader and further apart. and as first maxima is midway between first
and second minima, for wavelength , its
51. For diffraction, size of the obstacle must be of position will be
the order of wavelength of wave i.e., a     2 3
d sin  =  sin  
53. a sin  = n 2 2d
For n = 1, According to given condition sin  = sin 
 550  109 2
sin  = = = 103 = 0.001 rad   =  R
a 0.55  103 3
2
54. Position of first minima = Position of third     589 = 392.6 nm = 3926 Å
3
maxima
1  1D  2  3  1  2 D 62. d
 = d1 
d 2 d  = 1
 1 = 3.5 2 d2 2
0.1 6000
th n D    d2 = 0.08 mm
55. Position of n minima, xn = d 2 4800
d
For n = 1, 63. Limit of resolution,
1  5000  10 10
1 1.22  0.61
5  103 = d= =
d 2 sin   sin 
4
 d = 10 m = 0.1 mm Numerical aperture =  sin  = 0.12
56. Diffraction is obtained when the slit width is 0.61  6  107
 d= = 30.5  107 m
of the order of wavelength of EM waves (or 0.12
light). Wavelength of X-rays (1-100 Å) is
very less than slit width (0.6 mm). 1.22  d
64. R.P. = =
Therefore, no diffraction pattern will be a x
observed. ad 103  0.1
 x= = = 163.9 m
1.22 1.22  5  107
57. Linear diameter of second maximum,
2(2n  1)f 1.22
2x = 65. d 
2a a
 = 5  107 m, a = 5  104 m, f = 0.8 m 1.22
 a
2  5  5 107  0.8 d
 2x =
2  5104 m 1.22  5  105  180
 a  3.5 cm
= 4  103 m = 4 mm 103  3.14
2 66. d = angle of the cone of light from the objects
58. Angular width,  = 
a diameter of the telescope
d =
1 1 1 6000 distance of the moon
   
2  2  70  2 5
 1  =
 100  4 105 103
  2  4200Å 1.22 1.22  1.22  5000 1010
 d = D= =
59. In a single slit diffraction experiment, position D d 5 / (4 108 )
of minima is given by, d sin  = n  D = 48.8 m  50 m
322
4. Let the point O descend by distance x
dN
N+ dr From the condition of equilibrium of point O,
dr
2 T sin  = mg
dr
2
mg mg  l 
  x
2
or T = = ….(i)
2sin  2x  2 
T d2
Consider an elementary ring of width dr at a Now, 2
=  = E or T = E ….(ii)
d 4
distance r from the axis. The part outside  
dN 2
exerts couples N + dr on this ring while
dr (Here,  is stress and  is strain)
the part inside exerts a couple N on the In addition to this,
opposite direction. We have for equilibrium, 2
dN l l
  x 
2
dr  dI 2
  2  2x 
2
dr =  1     1 ….(iii)
While dI is the moment of inertia of the l  l 
elementary ring,  is the angular acceleration 2
and minus sign is needed because the couple From equation (i), (ii) and (iii),
(Nr) decreases, with distance, vanishing at the x mgl
outer radius, N (r2) = 0, Now, x 
 2x 
2 Ed 2
m 1  
dI = 2r drr2
  r2  r12 
2  l 
1
2m  mg  3
Thus, dN = 2 2 r 3dr or x = l  2 
= 2.5 cm
r2  r1  2Ed 
1 m
On integration, N =
2  r22  r12 
r 4
2  r14 
9. l =
Fl
,
l

l
= Slope of curve
AY  F / A  Y
m  r22  r12 
l  4  2   10
3
=
2  
Y 4000  103
5. If area of cross-section is different, the 4000  103
breaking loads are different for same material. Given, l = 1m  Y =  2  109 N / m 2
2  103
6. Maximum restoring force develops at the end
where force is applied. This force decreases 10. The change in length of the rod due to
linearly such that it becomes zero at the other increase in temperature in absence of walls is,
end so stress also decreases linearly. l = l   T = 1000  104  20 mm
F = 2 mm
7. Equal Strains  Equal Dl  But rod can expand upto 100 mm only.
AY
F1 A1 Y1 At that temperature, its natural length is
   1 = 1002 mm
F2 A 2 Y2
l 1
 F1 = F2  x = 1 m  Mechanical stress = Y = 1011 
l 1000
8. l/2 l/2 8
= 10 N/m 2
 O 
11. The force F1 causes extension in rod.
T T F2 causes compression in left half of rod and
an equal extension in right half of rod.
mg Hence, F2 does not effectively change length
of the rod.
228
3. For constructive interference, path difference 9. Resultant intensity,
 IR = I1 + I2 + 2 I1I 2 cos 
is even multiple of .
2 For maximum IR,  = 0
I1 1
 
2
4. =  IR = I1 + I2 + 2 I1I 2 = I1  I2
I2 25
a12 1 10. Ratio of slit widths = 4 : 9  I1 : I2 = 4 : 9
 2
= ….[ I  a2]
a2 25 a12 4 a 2
   1 
a1 1 2
a2 9 a2 3
 =
a2 5 I max (a1  a 2 ) 2 25
  
I1 I min (a1  a 2 ) 2 1
5. =n
I2 2
I1  I1 
We know, I  a2 1  1 
Imax I2 I

a1
 n ….(i) 11. = =  2 

a2 I min I1 I1
1   1 
I2  I 
2  2 
 a1 
  1  1 
2
I (a  a ) 2
a
Now, max  1 2 2  2 
 1 2
 =  5  1  =
36 9
(a1  a 2 ) =  25
2
I min  a1  =
  1 
 a2 
 1   5 1  16 4
 1 
Substituting equation (i) above, we get  25 
  12.
2
n 1 I0 3
Imax I0
= 4 8
 n  1
2
I min I0
a1 4
6. 
a2 3 3
3 I0
a1  a 2 43 7 I0 8
 = = 4
a1  a 2 43 1
2 Given that, 25% of total intensity of incident
 a1  a 2  49
   = light is reflected from upper surface. This
a
 1  a 2  1 implies, if intensity of incident light is I0, the
I1 a2 100 intensity of light reaching the lower surface of
7. = 12 = 3
I2 a2 1 plate will be I0.
4
a1 10 a  a 2 11 As 50% of this intensity is reflected, the final
 =  1 =
a2 1 a1  a 2 9 intensity of light emerging from glass plate
Imax  a  a2   11  121
2 2 3
 = 1 will be I0.
 =  = 8
I min  a1  a 2  9 81
I
Intensity of bright band 16  I1 = 0
8.  4
Intensity of dark band 1 3
But I  a2 I2 = I0
8
 amplitude of bright band ab = 4 and 2
1 3
amplitude of dark band ad = 1
 
2
I max I1  I2   
 Intensity of individual sources, Now,  = 2 8
  1 3
2
Imax = (ab + ad)2 = (4 + 1)2 = 25 I min I1  I 2
  
Imin = (ab  ad)2 = (4  1)2 = 9 2 8
324
12. Maximum stress lies in stepped bar in the FL FL
portion of lesser area (5 cm2)  L = =
a  a  L tan   Y abY
For the stress  in lesser area,
6.28  9.8  10
A / 2   L =
the stress in larger cross-section =  3.14  19.6  10 4   10  10 4    2 1011 
A 2
Strain energy of stepped bar  L = 5  104 m = 0.5 mm
2  1
2
15. In case of punching, shear elasticity is
=  5  (100  x) +     10  x involved, the hole will be punched, if
2Y  2  2Y
F
 A  > ultimate shear stress.
 
x  F > (shear stress)  (area)
100 cm 100 cm  Fmin = (3.45  108) (2 rl)
= (3.45  108) (2  3.14  0.73  102
100  x
 1.27  102)
  = 200 kN
2 2 YA
= (500  5x + 2.5 x) = [500  2.5x] 16. For a wire, k =
2Y 2Y l
Strain energy of uniform bar, and for the series of combination,
=
2
 10  100
k k
ke = 1 2 
 Y1Y2  A
2Y k1  k 2 Y1L 2  Y2 L1
As per given condition,
17. We have,
2 40 2 Fl
[500  2.5x] =   10  100 =
2Y 100 2Y Al
 500  2.5x = 400
Fl 9  104  0.5
100  l = =
 2.5x = 100  x =  0.5   2  109
2
= 40 cm A
2.5
= 9  105 m
13. Atmospheric pressure is same in every
18.
direction
Hence, F = PA = 2P
14. Consider an element of length dx at distance
dx from the fixed end, then the change in
length of element will be.
x  
L
2
dx
Consider an element of area dS = (r / r)2
about z-axis chosen arbitrarily. There are
tangential tensile forces all around the ring of
b
the cap. Their resultant is
  r   
(a + L tan  = b) S  2   r  sin
  2   2
Fdx Hence, in the limit,
dy =
YA  r 
2
 r 
But, A = r2 =  (a + x tan )2 Pm   = S   r 
L L  2   2 
F dx
 L =  dy =  2Sr
y 0  a  x tan  2 or Pm = = 39.5 atm.
0 r
229
D nD
29. = 38. Distance of nth bright fringe, xn =  xn  
d d
 increases from violet to red x n1 1
 =
 R > G > B  R > G > B x n2 2
31. For maxima, path difference, x = n x(Blue) 4360
 =
 For n = 1, x =  = 6320 Å x(Green) 5460
32. X  x (Green) > x (Blue)
X2   39. XD
 = 2  X2 = X1  2  % change in fringe width = 25%
X1 1 1
4800 1
= 0.32  40. X
6400 d
= 0.24 mm 1
 If d becomes thrice, then X becomes times.
 Change in X = 0.32  0.24 3
= 0.08 mm = 8  105 m 41. Second minimum is exactly in front of one slit
d
D D indicates, y2 =
33. X= d= 2
d X
(2n  1)D
6000  10  (40  102 )
10 But y2 =
 d = = 0.2 cm 2d
0.012  102 For n = 2
d (2  2  1)D
D 6000 107 mm  25 10 mm  =
34. Using, X = = 2 2d
d 1mm 2
d
= 15  102 = 0.15 mm  =
3D
Xd 42. Fringe width is independent of the order of
35. We know that, = n fringe.
D
as X, d and D are same, n = constant D
43. X= XD
 n1 1 = n22 d
9  5896 Å = 11  2 X1 D1 X  X 2 D1  D2
   1 
9  5896 X2 D2 2 D2
 2 =
11 X X 2  2
  
 2 = 4824 Å D D2 d 2
 3  105
36. Path difference = 5 = 10   2  2
 103  6  107 m  6000Å
2 5  10
 Point is bright. n2 
44. n11 = n22  = 1
 Using, Xn = nX we get, n1 2
0.5 = 5X  X = 0.1 mm n2 5898
 =  n2 = 99
D D' 92 5461
37. X= and X =
d d' 45. Using,
d  5600
But d = and D = 2 D n11 = n22  n2 = n1 1 = 60  = 70
2 2 4800
(2D) D 46. n1 = (n + 1)2
 X = =4 = 4X
(d / 2) d  n(6750) = (n + 1) (5400)
 Fringe width will become four-times.  n  5 = (n + 1)  4  n = 4
326
47. n11 = n22 55. Distance of 6th bright fringe,
 nRed = (n + 1) Green nD 6D
X6 = =
n  1  Re d 6000 6 d d
   
n  Green 5000 5 Distance of 4th dark fringe,
 6 n = 5n + 5 (2n  1)D 7 D
X4 = =
 n=5 2d 2 d
48. d sin  =  n D  7  5 D
 X6  X4 = 6   =
But, d =  ....(given) d  2 2 d
 sin  =  n 5 4 107 1
Where n is the order of maxima = 
2 1103
As maximum value of sin  = 1
= 103 m = 1 mm
n=1
i.e., the number of bright fringes formed 56. Fringe width,
include, central maxima and first order n D
X=
maxima on either side of central maxima. d
So maximum number of bright fringes = 3 For fourth bright fringe,
49. n11 = n22  3  590 = 4  2 4D
X4 =
 2 = 442.5 nm d
4D
D 5  107  2 and X4 =
50. X= = 3
= 103 m = 1.0 mm d
d 10 4D
 X4  X4 = (  )
51. P is the position of 11th bright fringe from Q. d
From central position O, P will be the position
4  1.2   6500  5200   1010 
of 10th bright fringe. =
Path difference between the waves reaching 2  103
P = S1B =10  = 10  6000  10–10 = 6  10–6m. = 3.12  10–4 m = 0.312 mm
52. The dark band formed at point A is of the I  2 2 
order n = 5. 57. = cos2   ;  = x = 
I0 2   6
Path difference of nth dark band is given by,
λ    3I
Δx n =  2n  1  I = I0 cos2   = 0
2 3 4
 2  5   1 6 × 107
 (  1)t.D
Δx 5 = 58. Shift in the fringe pattern Xo 
 2 d
= 2.7  10 m 6 (1.5  1)  2.5  105  100  102
= = 2.5 cm
 Δx 5 = 2.7 × 104 cm 0.5  103
59. For 5th dark fringe in air
53. Distance between 1st order dark fringes
 2  5  1 D  9 D
= width of principal maximum  x 5 a 
2D 2  600 109  2 2d 2 d
 x= = For 8th bright fringe in medium,
d 103
8D
= 2400  106  x 8 m  , where  is refractive index of
= 2.4  103 m d
= 2.4 mm medium

 x5 a   x 8 m
54. x = (2n + 1) 9 D 8D
2  
th
For 5 dark fringe, n = 5 2 d d
9 9 8 2
 x5 =  =  2  103 = 9  103 cm  = ≈ 1.78
2 2 9
327
60. Distance of nth dark fringe from central fringe, 
(2n  1) D 66. Using, x = (2n  1)
xn = 2
2d 5000 108
(2  2  1) D 3 D  0.05 = (2n  1) 
 x2 = = 2
2d 2d
0.1
3   1  = (2n  1)
 1  103 =   = 6  105 cm 5105
2  0.9  103
 10000
61. = ;  can be increased by increasing , so  2n  1 =  n  1000
d 5
 has to be increased by 10% 67. 120 = 72  10–6
10   = 6000 Å.
 Increase in  =  5890 = 589 Å
100 The point is bright as path difference is even
62. Distance of 5th bright fringe from central fringe, 
multiple of .
5D 2
X5B = ….(i)
d
68. Fringe shift,
Distance of 3rd dark fringe from central fringe,
(2  3 1)D 5 D X
X0 = (  1) t
X3D = = ….(ii) 
2d 2 d
From equations (i) and (ii), required distance, 
= (1.5  1)  2  106
 5  D 5 5 107 1 (5000  10 10 )
X5B  X3D =  5   = 
 2 d 2 1103 = 2
= 1.25 mm. i.e., The central bright maximum will shift
2 fringes upwards.
63. For y1 = y2
n11 = n22 69. Using shortcut 6,
n1  2 520 4 N
 = = = t=
n2 1 650 5  1
 n11 = n22 = 520  5 = 650  4 = 2600 nm 7 7  600  109
9 t= = = 7 m
n  D 2600 10 1.5 (  1) (1.6  1)
 y1 = 1 1 =
d 0.5 103
= 7.8  103 m = 7.8 mm. 71. Using,
n11D n 2  2 D D
 X0 = X2  X1 = (  1)t
64. d
d d
n1  10000 Å 5 nD D
= 2 = = X0 = = (  1)t
n2 1 12000 Å 6 d d
n 3  5.45105
n11 = n22 = 5  12000 = 6  10000 = 60000  t= = = 32.7  105 cm
n  D 60000  1010  2  1 1.5  1
Therefore, x = 1 1 =
d 2  103 72. Using,
= 6  103 m = 6 mm D
65. Given: Xn = Xn+1 X=
d
n1D (n  1) 2 D

d

d =
 5000 10 7
 103 mm   100 10 mm 
 n  780  10–9 = (n + 1)  520  10–9 0.2 mm
 780n  520n = 520 = 2.5 mm
 260n = 520  The distance between the consecutive bright
520 2.5
 n= =2 and dark bands = = 1.25 mm
260 2
328
Path difference 1.8  105 1.23  105 6328  1010

73. =  = rad
 6000  1010 0.2  103
(1.80  1.23) 105 6328  1010  180
= = degree = 0.18
6000 1010 0.2  103  
 Total width of central maxima = 2 = 0.36
57
= = 9.5 84. Given :  = 600 nm = 600  109 m
6
 Path difference = 9.5  2 2  600 10 9
Total angular width, 2 = 
 a 0.2 10 3
As path difference is odd multiple of , point
2 = 6  103 rad
is dark. 85. Distance between the first dark fringes on either
side of central maxima = width of central maxima
74. λ  d, size of the obstacle.
2D 2  600  109  2
= =
76. blue < yellow d 1  103
Hence diffraction bands become narrower. = 2.4 mm
80. For first minima in diffraction pattern, 86. Distance of nth minima from the centre of the
a sin  = 1  Red n D
screen is, yn =
For first maxima in diffraction pattern, a
3 here, n = 1
a sin  =  5
2  D 5 10  60
 y= = = 0.15 cm
3 a 0.02
As both coincide, Red = 
2 87. Distance of 1st minima from central maxima
2 2 D
  = Red  = 6600  = 4400 Å x1 =
3 3 a
Distance between two minima on either side
81. For nth secondary minimum, p.d. = a sin n = n
of the central maxima is
and for nth secondary maximum,
 2D 2  5000  1010  2
p.d. = a sin n = (2n + 1) 2x1 = = = 102 m
2 a 0.2  103
 st
For 1 minimum, a sin 30 =  ….(i) (2n  1) 5
88. For secondary maxima,  = =
 2a 2a
For 2nd maximum, a sin n = (2 + 1)
2 x 5 5f 5  0.8  6  107
   2x = =
….(ii) f 2a d 4  104
 Dividing equations (i) by equation (ii), 3
= 6  10 m = 6 mm
1/ 2 2 3
=  n = sin1   89. In single slit diffraction, for small angle,
sin n 3 4 
d = 2n is the condition for minimum.
  2
82. For first minima,  = or a = n 1  698  109
a   d= =
6500  108  6     
c
 a= [ 30 = radian]  2   
 6  180 
= 1.24  104 cm  d = 2  105 m
= 1.24  106 m  d = 0.02 mm
= 1.24 micron 90. Angular width of central maxima
83. The angular half width of the central maxima 2 2  589.3  109
= = rad
is given by, d 0.1  103
 180
sin  =  = 0.0117  = 0.68
a 
329
91. In diffraction of light by single slit, the width 1.22 
of central maximum is given as - 99. Limit of resolution  =
D
2D
width of central maxima = 1.22  6000  1010
d =
0.1
2D
 W= = 7.32  10–6 rad
d
But W = d ….(given) D 2
100. R.P. = =
2D 1.22 1.22  0.5  10 6
 d=
d 4
d2 =  106 = 3.28  106
D= 1.22
2
101. Resolving power of telescope,
92. Here, wavelength,  = 625 nm = 625  109 m
Number of lines per meter, N = 2  105  d  1.22
R.P. =   10
sin   1.22   1.22  5000  10
For principal maxima in grating spectra = n,
N  R.P. = 2  106
where n(= 1, 2, 3) is the order of principal
maxima and  is the angle of diffraction. 102. When a beam of light is used to determine the
The maximum value of sin  is 1. position of an object, the maximum accuracy
is achieved if the light is of shorter
1 1
 n= = =8 wavelength, because
N 2 10  625 109
5
1
 Number of maxima = 2n + 1 = 2  8 + 1 = 17 Accuracy 
Wavelength
1.22 y
93. d = = 103. Distance between nth bright fringe and mth dark
a d
fringe (n > m)
1.22d 1.22  5  107  103
 y= = 2
= 6.1 10–3 m  1
a 10  10 x =  n  m   X
= 6.1 mm  5 mm  0.5 cm  2
 1  D
 = n  m  
94. N. A =  2 d
2d
1  1  6.5  107 1
 N.A  .…(at  = constant) = 5  3   
d  2 1  103
96. Angular magnification  focal length of  1.63 mm

objective lens. 104.
Angular resolution  aperture (diameter) of
objective lens.
a
97. R. P. of telescope = S1 S2
O
1.22
d
1
 R. P. 

As  decreases, R. P. increases.
98. Resolving power of a microscope is, Screen
1 Amongst the options only for a circle with
R.P. 
 centre as O, path difference will be constant,
R.P.1 2 6000 3 giving steady interference.
 = = =
R.P.2 1 4000 2
330
 For a phase difference of ,

105. From formula, I = Imax cos2  
2 I = I0 + 4I0 + 2 4I02 cos 
 I 1 = I0 + 4I0(1 + cos )
 cos2   = =
2 I max 2    
= I0 1 8cos 2  ....  1  cos   2cos 2 
 cos2  = 0,  cos  = 0  2  2
 3 5 I
 = , , ,… = m 1  8cos 2  / 2 
2 2 2 9
Corresponding path difference, 2
 3 4 109. Phase difference,   ()
Δx= , , 
4 4 4 For path difference , phase difference 1 = 2
 for path difference /4, phase difference
 Δ x = (2n + 1)
4 2 = /2.

D 6000 107  D Using, I = 4I0 cos 2
106. Using, X = , X1 = = 2 mm 2
d d
I1 cos 2 (1 / 2)
D 2 1  
 = 7
=  104 I 2 cos 2 (2 / 2)
d 6000 10 3
K cos 2 (2 / 2) 1 K
When the apparatus is dipped in water,     I2  .
wavelength and hence fringe width decreases I2   / 2  1 / 2 2
cos 2  
by a factor of .  2 
X 2 2
 X2 = = = 1.5 mm 110. phase difference =  path difference
 1.33 
 Change in fringe width = 2  1.5 = 0.5 mm 2  
 =  
D  6 3
107. Fringe width, X = We know that for double slit interference
d
D I = 4I cos2 /2
 X ….(i) (I is intensity of each slit)
d
 I = 4I cos2 /6
D 2
X  ….(ii)  3
d  I = 4I  
Dividing equation (ii) by equation (i),  2 
X  D d  I = 3I

X d D Also, the maximum intensity in interference is
d Io = 4I
But D = 1.25 D; d = I 3
2  
X  (1.25 D)(d) Io 4
 
X (d / 2)D 111. Resultant intensity,
 X = 2.5 X I = I1  I 2  2 I1I 2 cos 
108. Let A1 = A0. Then A2 = 2A0 At central position with coherent source,
Intensity I  A2 Icoh  4I0 [ I1 = I2 = I0] ….(i)
Hence I1 = I0, I2 = 4I0 In case of incoherent at a given point,  varies
We have I = I0 + 4I0 + 2 I 0  4I 0 cos  randomly with time  (cos )av = 0
For Imax . cos  = 1  I In coh  I1  I 2  2I0 ….(ii)
I Icoh 2
 Im = 9I0 or I0 = m   ….[from (i) and (ii)]
9 I Incoh 1
331
112. screen 
d 116. Angular width of fringe:  =
S1 P yn = d
d = 5 2
O For  = constant,
S2 x E 1
D = 10 d 
d
Path difference between two interfering waves  d
arriving at point P is,  =
 d
d
d 0.20 d
yd  2  d  
x= = = 0.21 2
D (10d) 20
2  0.2
5   d = = 1.9 mm
 x=  0.21
20 4
 117. Given: 2 = 60
 phase difference,  = = 90 Considering condition for minima in diffraction,
2
 Path difference (∆x) = a sin = n
I = I0 cos2 As a = 1m,  = 30 and n = 1,
2
2 a sin  1
= I0 cos 45  = = 1  10–6 
n 2
I
 I= 0   = 0.5 m
2
If same setup is used for YDSE,
113. Let nth minima of 400 nm coincide with mth D
Fringe width  =
minima of 560 nm d
 (2n 1)400 = (2m 1)560 As,  = 1 cm and D = 50 cm,
2n  1 7 14 21 D 0.5106  0.5
 = = =  d= = = 25 m
2m  1 5 10 15  0.01
4th minima of 400 nm coincides with 3rd
minima of 560 nm. 1.22f
118. d =
 The location of this minima is D
7(1000)(400  106 ) 1.22  5000  1010  5
= =
2  0.1 2.5  103
= 14 mm = 1.22  10–3 m
Next, 11th minima of 400 nm will coincide
119.
with 8th minima of 560 nm
0.25 cm 
 Location of this minima is
21(1000)(400  106 )
=
2  0.1 Pupil
= 42 mm 1.22 1.22  (500  109 m)
 Required distance = 42 mm  14 mm = 28 mm R.P. = =
2 sin   1 
2  1  
114. I = 4I0 cos2 (/2)   = 2/3  100 
 = 3.05  10–5 m  30 m
 x  (2/) = 2/3  x =
3
120. Let geometrical spread be a and spread due to
 sin  = x/d
diffraction be c such that size of spot b = a + c
 sin  = /3d
10D 2D  L sin 
115.  a
d a
2d
a= = 0.2d = 0.2  1 mm = 0.2 mm
10
332
From the figure, a 2  L
c = L sin   0=
a
For  < c , sin     a2 = L [considering magnitude]
L
 c = L =  a = L
a Substituting value of a in equation (i)
L L
 b=a+ ….(i) bmin = L  = 2 L  4L
a L
For minimum value of b,
Evaluation Test
1. The nth bright fringe of the  pattern and the Now fringe shift due to introduction of sheet
n’th bright fringe of the  pattern are situated on the path of one of the beams is .
D D D
at yn = n and yn = n  = (  1)t
d d d
As these coincide, yn = yn The requirement is, mimina must appear on
nD n D n  900 the axis.
 =  = =
d d n   750 D  p  D
  = y1 or  1  t =
Hence the first position where overlapping d  m  2 m d
occurs is,

nD 6(1.5m) (750 109 m)  t=
y = y6 = =  3.4 mm 2( p  m )
d (2 103 m)
2. For nth maxima in Young’s double slit 4. Applying IR = I1 + I2 + 2 I1I 2 cos , at central
experiment, fringe (where  = 0) we get,
nD yd (103 m)(2 103 m) IR = I1 + I1 + 2I1 = 4I1
y= or  = = Phase difference at a distance x when path
d nD n(2 m)
xd
10000 1010 m 10000 difference becomes , is given by
 = = Å D
n n
2 xd
But 3500 Å <  < 7000 Å  =
 D
For n = 1, 2, 3
 2xd 
 = 10000 Å, 5000 Å, (3333.3) Å  I R = I1 + I1 + 2I1 cos  
For n = 2,  = 5000 Å lies between 3500 Å to  d 
7000 Å. The other wavelengths cannot fulfill I I I  2xd 
=   2 cos  
this condition. 4 4 4  D 
3. For Young’s double slit experiment, the I 2xd 
or I R = 1  cos 
position of minima is; 2 D 
 1  D  xd 
y = n   = I cos2 
 2 d 
 D 
Adjacent minima is the Ist minima or n = 0
 1  D D 5. Using, I = A12 + A 2 2 + 2A1A2 cos 
 y1 =  0   =
 2 d 2d At central point i.e., for maximum
 Imax = (A1 + A2)2 = I0
When immersed in liquid,  = = (A + 2A)2 = I0
m
or I0 = 9A2 or A2 = I0/9
 D  For other points,
 y1 =  
 2 m d  path difference = d sin 
333
 2  where, y is the separation between the marks

Again, I0 = A2 + (2A)2 + 4A cos  d sin   and D is the distance of the marks from the
  
eye.
 2  Now for clarity of vision,  > R
= A2 5  4cos d sin  
   y 1.22 yd
 > D<
I D d 1.22 
= 0 [5 + 8 cos2 /  d sin   1]
9 yd (1103 m)(1.8103 m)
I    Dgreatest = =
 1.22  1.22  5550 1010 m
or I = 0 1  8cos 2 d sin  
9   = 2.66  2.7 m
6. For minima, d sin  = n 9. For no appreciable diffraction effects, the
y distance must be less than Fresnel distance.
Here n = 1, d   60 km
D The distance of the hill is = 30 km.
2
= 1(5400 Å)
The aperture can be taken as a = 100 m.
D 30 km < Zf
y1 = (5400 Å)
d a 2 (100 m) 2 (100 m) 2
Now, first maximum is approximately Zf = =  30 km <
  
between the first minima and second minima. 2 2
(100 m) (100 m)
 y  y   1  2  D or  <  max = = 0.333 m
yI =  1 2  =   30 km 30000 m
 2   2  d
= 33.3 cm
D 3D
As y1 = yI  (5400 Å) =    10. The gap between successive wavefronts is .
d 2 d
(3 )
2  5400 Å Hence the required time, t =
  = = 3600 Å c
3
11. The interference patterns due to different
7. For diffraction at circular aperture, component colors of white light overlap. The
1.22  1.22  (6 107 m) central bright fringes for different colors are at
= = 3
= 3.66  104 rad the same position. Hence, the central fringe is
d (2 10 m)
white. For a point P for which S2P  S1P = b/2
If r is the radius of the image formed by the
where b(= 4000 Å) represents wavelength of
r blue light, the blue component will be absent
lens at its focus, then  =  
f  and the fringe will appear red in color. Slightly
 r = f = (6  102 m) (3.66  104 rad) 
farther away where S2Q  S1Q = b = r
= 21.96  106 m 2
A = r2 = (3.14) (21.96  106 m)2 where r (= 8000 Å) is the wavelength for the
red colour, the fringe will be predominantly
= 15.14  1010 m2
blue. Thus, the fringe closest on either side of
P the central white fringe is red and the farthest
I =
S will appear blue.
8103 W kW 12. In the given situation,
= 10
 5.2 2
15.14 10 m 2
m D
y = (2n  1)
2d

8. As R = 1.22 D
d = (2n  1)
2 b
The angle subtended by the object at the
y ….( ‘missing wavelength’  minima
human eye is  =
D and here, d = b)
334
S1 15. Distance covered between two consecutive

y maxima = /2
b 
Total distance covered = (n  1)  S
2
S2
2S
 =
n 1
D c
Using c =  we get,  =
But y = b/2 
Assuming velocity of TV waves in air to be c
b D we get,
 = (2n  1)
2 2 b c (n  1)c
2 = =
b 2S / n  1 2S
 =
(2n  1)D
16. Visible light has wavelength () 6000 Å. The
b2 b2 least marking on metre scale is 1 mm. If D is the
 For n = 1,2,…;  = , ... required distance then angle subtended by 1 mm
D 3D
1mm 1
at distance D,  = = rad
13. Distance of mth bright fringe of  pattern and Dm D  1000
m’th bright fringe of ’ pattern are at In order to see the marking clearly, this angle
mD mD 
y= and y = must be equal to or greater than of the
d d a
Since y = y instrument.
m  750 5 1  a
 = = =  or D 
m  600 4 1000D a 1000
3
 m = 5 and m = 4 2  10 m
 D
Now the position where 5th bright fringe of  1000  6  107
pattern will coincide with 4th bright fringe of  D = 3.3 m
 pattern,
h 1
51 600 109 17. = 
y= mv v
1103 x-rays are fast moving high-energy electrons.
= 0.3  103 m As speed of electron increases, its de-Broglie
= 0.3 mm wavelength decreases.
Angular width for central maximum is given as,
D 2 1
14. Fringe width, x = =  
d d v
Half-angular width of central bright portion,  If speed of electron increases, angular width of
 central maximum will decrease.
=
18. d =
Overlapping length, distance of the moon
2 D 5 5
y = (2) D  d = d  d = m= m
a 4  10  10
5 3
4  108
Number of bright fringes 1.22
 d =
 2 D  d
 d
y  a  1.22 1.22  6  107
=   d= =
x D / d d  5 
(2D  da)d  8 
=  4  10 
aD  d = 58.5 m  59 m
335
2T 2T
 F = P.A = A 50. h=
d rg
2  75  10 hm g  g 
=  = e =6 ....  g m  e 
0.01 he gm  6
= 150  103 dyne
 hm = 6 he = 6 h
= 150 gm-wt
2T cos  51. In an artificial satellite, there is a state of
44. h= weightlessness. So, water will rise up to full
rg length of tube and will form a new surface of
2T cos  higher radius of curvature but will not come out.
 hg =
r 2T cos 1 2T cos 0
1 52. h= = =4
2T cos  rg rg
45. h= h 
rg r 2T
 =4
46. rg
R 2T cos 2
 =2
 rg
r
1
  4  cos 2 = 2  cos 2 =
2
 2 = 60
2T cos  hrg
53. h= T=
rg 2cos 
r Tl  h 850
From figure, R =  = l  l =  3.0 = 2.55
cos  Tw w hw 1000
2T  Tl = 7.0  102  2.55 = 0.18 N/m
47. h=
r g 2T cos   1 1 
2T 54. h2 – h1 =   
 r= (where r = radius of curvature) g  r2 r1 
hg
4T cos   1 1 
2  547 =   
= = 0.06 cm g  D 2 D1 
1.356  13.59  980
2T cos  4  7  10 2  cos 0 o  1 1 
48. Rise in capillary = h =
= 3  6 
rg 10 3  10  10 3  
As angle of contact  = 0  cos  = 1 and 28  10 2  1 1 
=
10 3  6 m
 = 1 g/cc  
2T 2  70 = 4.66  10–3 m = 4.66 mm
 h= =
rg (1 / 42)  1  980 2T cos  2  0.072  cos 0
55. h= =
140  42 rg 0.024  102  1000  10
 h=  h = 6 cm
980 = 6 cm ….[ cos 0 = 1]
2T cos  hrg
49. h= T= 2T cos  1
rg 2cos  56. h= h
Tw h cos m w rg r
 = w   h A rB r 1
Tm hm cos w m  = = B =
10 cos 135 1 1 h B rA 2rB 2
=   =
3.42 cos 0 13.6 6.5 57. l cos 60 = 2 or l = 2  2 cm = 4 cm
235
Textbook
Chapter No.
12 Electrostatics
Hints
23. u  E2
Classical Thinking 2
u  E   E  1
2
 =  =  =
  u  E   2E  4
9. T.N.E.I =   E  d s u
 u =
=   Eds cos  4
 T.N.E.I. is maximum when, Q
38. C=
cos  = 1 V
  = 0 W
But, V = ….(W = work done)
Q
12. As no charge is enclosed within the cylinder, Q 2 (It) 2
 C= 
 T.N.E.I. = q = 0 W W
2 2
[A T ]
13. Electric field is zero at any interior point as  [C] = = [M–1L–2T4A2]
there is no line of force. [M1L2 T 2 ]
N  m2 Jm
A
14. S.I. unit of electric flux is = 39. C= C
C C d
= volt  m 1
 C  A and C 
d
19. If  is the surface density, then charge on the
V V 20 1
surface S, q = .S 40. E=  d= = = m = 5 cm
d E 400 20
Electric intensity E due to remaining charges
on the surface, E =  Ak 0
41. C=
2 k0 d
Force experienced due to other charges on surface S, (5  104 )  5  8.85  1012
=
 2 2  103
F=Eq = S= S
2 k0 2 k 0 = 1.10  1011 = 11  1012 F = 11 pF
21. Energy density  E2 1 q2

50. q = CV and U = CV2 =
1 q 2 2C
Now, E =  2
4 0 r
1
51. U= CV2
 Energy density  E  1 2
2
r4 1
=  10  106  (1000)2
1 2
22. u= k0E2 = 0.5  10  106  106 = 5 J
2
1 1 1
=  4  8.85  10–12  (200)2 52. U= CV2 =  8  106  (100)2
2 2 2
= 7.08  10–7 J/m3 = 4  102 = 0.04 J
337
1 68. Two capacitors of 1.5 F each are in parallel.
53. U=  QV
2  Ceff = 1.5 + 1.5 = 3 F
1 Now, 3 F, 3 F and 3 F are in series,
=  6  106  500
2 1 1 1 1 3
 =   = =1
= 15  104 J 
Ceff 3 3 3 3
C  Ceff = 1 F
56. C1 = (for series); C2 = 4C (for parallel)
4 69. There are two loops, each having two
C1 1 capacitors of 20 F each in parallel.
 
C2 16  Ceff. = 20 + 20 = 40 F for each loop.
1 1 1 1 1 Now, these two capacitors of 40 F each are
57. = + + =  Cs = 2 F in series.
Cs 3 9 18 2
40  40 1600
Cp = 3 + 9 + 18 = 30 F  Ceff. = = = 20 F
40  40 80
Cs 2 1
= =
 Cp 30 15 Critical Thinking
58. We will arrange the capacitors such that three 2. As there is no charge residing inside the cube,
of them are in parallel and the fourth one is in the net flux is zero.
series with the combination, 3. T.N.E.I. does not depend upon shape or the
1 1 1 1 1 4 1 size of Gaussian surface but depends only
 = + = + = =
Ceff . (4  4  4) 4 12 4 12 3 upon charge enclosed within the surface.
 Ceff. = 3 F 4. Total number of surfaces = 6
Total charge, Q = 24 C
59. Let C be capacitance of each capacitor
Q
connected in parallel. Total flux,  =
 Ceff. = 3C 0
Now, 3C and C are in series.  24
So, flux through each surface = =
1 1 1 4 6 60
 = + =
Ceff . 3C C 3C 4
= V-m
3C 0
 Ceff. = = 3.75
4 5. Electric intensity at a distance r from the centre
3.75  4 of a charged spherical conductor of radius R,
 C= = 1.25  4 = 5 F
3 q
E= .…(i)
63. As density of line is more at A than B, EA > EB 4k0 r 2
1 Since the charge is uniformly distributed on A,
64. u= 0 E 2 the surface density of charge on A will be
2
q
2u 2  44.25  108 =  q = 4R2
 E= = = 316.2 N/C 4 R 2
0 8.85  1012
Substituting in eq. (i), we get
65. Potential of both spheres will be same. 4 R 2  R 2
E= =
Q 40 40 4  k 0 r 2
k 0 r 2
66. C= = = =2F
V 10  (10) 20 6. Electric field near the surface of the conductor is
1 
67. u= CV2 given by, and it is perpendicular to surface.
2 0
2u 2  50 kq 1
 V= = = 106 7. V i.e. V 
C 100 106 R R
 V = 103 V = 1000 V  Potential on smaller sphere will be more.
338
2Tcos  Weight of water = Mg = r2hg
59. h=
rg Substituting for h ....[From (i)]
1 2Twater
Here, h   h1r1 = h2r2  Mg =  r2g
r rg
h r 4 2
 r2 = 1 1 = = 1 cm = 2r Twater
h2 8
= 2  3.142  0.1  10–3  0.07
60. The angle of contact is given by,
= 4.4  10–5 N = 44 N
ghr
cos  =
2T 2Tcos 
 = density of water 68. Using, h = ,
rdg
h = height of water in capillary
r = radius of capillary Mass of the water in the first tube,
T = surface tension of water  2T cos   r2T cos 
1000  10  5  102  0.2  103 m = r2hd = r2   d =
 cos  =  rdg  g
2  7  102
5 5 mr
 cos  =   = cos–1  
7 7 m r 2r
   2
61. h1r1 = h2r2 m r r
h r 1.8  r  m = 2m = 2  5g = 10 g
 h2 = 1 1 = = 2 cm
r2 0.9 r
69. F = 105 dyne = 105  10–5 N,
1
62. h T = 7  10–2 N/m
r
r1h1 r1  1.2 Now the force due to surface tension on the
 r1h1  r2 h 2  h 2    2.4 mm circular cross-section of capillary with inner
r2  r1  radius r will be,
2
 
F = 2rT
65. W  r2
F 105  105
 W1  R2 and W2  (3R)2  2r = = 2
= 15  10–3 m = 1.5 cm
W R2 T 7  10
 1  =1:9
W2 9R 2
4S
70. Excess pressure inside the soap bubble =
66. r
T T
  Hence the pressure inside the soap bubble
4S
= Patm +
r
From ideal gas equation, PV = nRT
Here, Weight of metal disc = total upward
 4S  4
force 8   (rA )
3
PA VA n A r 3 n
= upthrust force + force due to surface tension   A 
 A
= weight of displaced water + T cos  (2 r) PBVB n B  4S  4 nB
8   (rB )
3
= W + 2 rT cos  rB  3

rhg
67. Twater = Substituting S = 0.04 N/m, rA = 2 cm,
2 n 1
(Assuming water is pure and angle of contact rB = 4 cm we get, A 
zero) nB 6
2Twater nB
 h= ....(i)  = 6.
rg nA
239
Q 30. Since d decreases, so C increases.
19. Flux linked with the given sphere   ;
0  battery is disconnected  Q is constant .
where Q = Charge enclosed by the sphere. 1
Hence Q = 0 = (E  Area)0  V
C
A Since V decreases, so C will increase.
 Q =   (4 02) 0 = 40A0.
 0  32. Total charge on capacitors connected in parallel is,
C
q 10 103 Q0 = 0 ….(i)
20. = = V0
2rl 2  3.14  1103 103
Where C0 = effective capacitance of parallel
= 1.59  103 C/m2
combination.
 2 ds q2 = C + C = 2C ….( C1 = C2 = C) (ii)
21. F= =
2 0 k 2 0 kds C1
 
2
8.85  106
= 12
= 0.5 N
2  8.85  10  11
C2
dF  2
22. =
ds 2k 0 V0
12
0.885  0.885 10 Let C2 be kept in a dielectric medium,
=
2  8.85 1012 then, C2 = kC
= 4.425  102 N/m2
 C0 = C + kC = (1+k)C
2 q2 Hence, total charge on the capacitors,
23. f= =
2 0 k 2 0 kds 2 C 1  k  C
Q0  0  ….(iii)
q2 V0 V0
= ....( ds = 4R2)
32  0 k2 R 4 Dividing equation (iii) by equation (i)
Q0 1  k  C V0 1  k 
=
12 10  6 2
   ….from (ii)
Q0 V0 C0 2
32  8.85 1012 1 9.87  101 
4
 Q0 
1  k  Q0
 5.15  102 N/m2.
2
1
24. u = k0E2 Q
2 33. C= ….(i)
V
1
=  2  8.85  1012  (400)2 Q
2 V= ….(ii)
= 1.416  106 J/m3 40 r
2
From equation (i) and (ii)
1 1 V  A
25. u= 0E2 = 0 2 40r = 0
2 2 R d
1 8.85  1012  100  106 A (20  103 ) 2
=  = 4.425 J/m3  d= = = 0.1 mm
2 104 4r 4  1
29. Q = VC  V = Q / C
0 A  kA
As V is constant, 34. C= = 8 pF and C = 0
Qg Q Qg Cg d d
 = o  = where Cg is the new But A = A , d = d/2
Cg Co Qo Co
 kA 2  50 A
capacitance and Qg is new charge.  C = 0 =
d/2 d
 Cg > Co  Qg > Qo  C = 10  8 pF = 80 pF
340
Chapter 12: Electrostatics
0 A 38. Potential difference across the condenser,
35. Without dielectric, C0 =
d  
V = V1 + V2 = E1t1 + E2t2 = t1  t2
kA k1  0 k 2 0
With dielectric, C1 = 1 0 = 2k1 C0
d/2   t1 t 2  Q  t1 t 2 
k 2 0 A V=    =   
and C2 = = 2k2 C0  0  k1 k 2  A0  k1 k 2 
d/2
As C1, C2 are in series, 39. If length of the foil is l, then
C1C2 k (l  b)
Cs = C 0 ….[ A = l  b]
C1  C2 d
2k1C0  2k 2 C0 2k1k 2 C0 2.5  8.85  10 12 (l  400  10 3 )
   =  2  10 6 
2C0 (k1  k 2 ) k1  k 2 0.15  10 3
Cs 2k1k 2 2  10 6  0.15  10 3
 =  l = = 33.9 m
C0 k1  k 2 2.5  8.85  10 12  400  10 3
36. Capacity of capacitor = C 40. While drawing the dielectric plate outside, the
capacitance decreases till the entire plate
 AV
Q = CV = 0 .…(i) comes out and then becomes constant. So, V
d increases and then becomes constant.
After inserting a slab, capacitance becomes C1
and charge remains same, Q = C1V1 1 1
By increasing the distance, we get same 41. U1 = CV12 , U2 = CV12
2 2
potential difference as in first case. 2
U1 V
Q = C2V ….(ii)  = 12
A U2 V2
C= 0
dt V22 900
 U2 = U1 =  U1 = 9 U1
1 d  3  2.4 3 d  0.6 3 V12
100
 = + = +
C2 0 A k0 A 0 A k0 A
1 1
From equations (i) and (ii), 42. Increase in energy = C1V12 – C0V02
2 2
C = C2
1

1
=
1 = C (V12 – V02) ....( C1 = C0 = C)
2
C C2
1
d d  0.6 3 =  10  10–6 (121 – 100)
 = + 2
0 A 0 A k0 A 1
3 =  10  21  10–6 = 105  10–6 J = 105 J
 d = d – 0.6 + 2
k
3 1 1
43. U1 + U2 = C1 V12 + C2 V22
 k= =5 2 2
0.6
1
37. Capacity of plate in medium, = [4  106  50  50 + 2  106  100  100]
2
k A 1 3
Cm = 0 ….(i) = [102 + 2  102] =  102 J
d 2 2
If medium is removed,
A 44. Initial energy of the system,
C= 0 ….(ii) 1 1 1
d
Ui = CV12  CV22 = C V12  V22
2 2 2
 
Cm = kC When the capacitors are joined, common
C 16 F CV1  CV2 V  V2
 C= m = = 2 F potential, V = = 1
k 8 2C 2
341
Evaluation Test
4 3 1 4 Hence option (A) is correct.

1. r g = 2rT +  r3g
3 2 3 h    2 2
P.E. = mg   = (dr2hg)  =
4 3 4  1 2  dgr  dg
 2rT = r g   r 3g  
3 3  2 Hence option (C) is correct.
4   2 2
2T = r 2 g     Remaining energy is liberated as heat.
3  2 dg
2T Hence option (D) is correct.
 r2 =
4   8. The surface area is given by (S.T.)  Area
g    
3  2 Work Done = Final surface energy  Initial
3T 3T surface energy.
 r2 = r= = 4 (2r)2  4r2 = 12r2
g(2  ) g(2  )
9. The correct reason would be that the soap
2. The pressures are bubble has an extra force due to the force of
2T 2T surface tension. Which has magnitude
Patm  , Patm + , Patm respectively.
r R 2T(2r).
3. Air flows from high pressure to low pressure 10. The two statements are not related. The first
region. Thus the smaller bubble will be statement is false and the length of tube and
engulfed. vertical direction are one and the same.
4. Balancing forces on the edge,
11. As there is no weight to bring equilibrium, the
(Tcos) 2r = mg
liquid level will keep rising due to the force of
0.157  10  103 surface tension.
 r= m = 3.3 mm
2  3.14  0.075  1
12. The atmospheric pressure from sides of two
5. F1 and F2 are balanced. plates presses them towards each other.
a F3 1
13. rh = constant  r 
h
F2 F1 Hence, if h is halved, then r is doubled.
14. This is same as saying the there is no gravity in
space as the weight will cancel the pseudo force
b of the lift. Thus the force of surface tension will
F4
take it to the maximum possible height.
Resultant force = F3  F4
= 1l  2l 15. P1V1 + P2V2 = PV
= (1  2)l 4T 4 3 4T 4 4T 4 3
or + r1 +  r23 =  R
6. If an bubble is formed, its radius is equal to r1 3 r2 3 R 3
that capillary or R = r12  r2 2
2s
 Required pressure = P0 + gh +
r h1r1
16. h1r1 = h2r2 or h2 = ….(i)
2 r2
7. h=
dgr A1 r12 A
Here  2 where A1 = A and A2 =
where, h = rise of liquid in capillary tube A 2 r2 16
Work done by surface tension r12 16 r
 =  1 =4 .…(ii)
 2  4 2 r2 2
1 r2
= Fh  (2)   = .
 dgr  dg  From (i) and (ii), h2 = 5  4 = 20 cm
241
1 1 1 59. Given circuit can be drawn as,
55. = +
Ceff C1 C 2  C3 8 F
1 1
= + 8 F
2 2 1
1 1 5 A B
= + = 8 F
2 3 6
6
 Ceff = F 8 F
5
6
 Total charge, Q =  10–6 120 = 14410–6 C
5  Equivalent capacitance between A and B
 Potential difference across C1, = Cp = 4  8 = 32 F
Q 144  106 Q
V1 = = = 72 V 60. V= But Q = Ceff V ....(i)
C1 2  106 C
Cp = 3 + 6 + 3 = 12 F
56. Charge on capacitor, 12  2 24 12
Q = CV = 8  106  12 = 96 C  Cs = Ceff = = = F
12  2 14 7
Q Q
 V=  C= 12
C V  Q=  70 = 120 C ....[From (i)]
96 7
Total capacity, C = C1 + C2 = = 32 F 120
3  V= = 60 V
 C2 = 32 F  C1 = 32  8 = 24 F 2
57. C1 = 2 F, V = 100 V 61. When two capacitors are connected in series
 Q1 = C1V = 2  100 = 200 C combination,
If we connect this condenser to uncharged 1 1 1 C  C2
= + = 1
condenser, then total charge, Q = Q1 CS C1 C2 C1C2
Q = 200 C (due to parallel combination) C1C2 15
Total capacitance C = C1 + C2  CS = = F
C1  C2 4
= 2 F + 3 F = 5 F
Totalcharge 15 (C1 + C2) = 4 C1 C2 ….(i)
 Common potential = When two capacitors are connected in parallel
Totalcapacitance
combination,
200 106 C1 + C2 = 16 ….(ii)
= = 40 V
5 106 Substituting eq. (ii) in eq. (i),
15  16 = 4 C1 C2
 15  4 = C1 C2
58. A F
60 = C1 C2
X E B Y  C1 (16 – C1) = 60 ….[From (ii)]
C C C
C12 – 16C1 + 60 = 0
Figure (a)
 C12 –10C1 – 6C1 + 60 = 0
Join B and E together. Similarly, join A and F.  (C1 – 10) (C1 – 6) = 0
Then the given circuit becomes as shown in  C1 = 10 F or C1 = 6 F
figure (b) Hence, values of capacitors are 6 F and 10 F.
C
62. In parallel combination,
X Y Ceff = C1 + C2 + C3 + C4 + C5 + C6 = 6  1
C
= 6 F and V = 2 V
C  Q = CV = 6  2 = 12 C
Figure (b) Q 12
 Q1 = = = 2 C
 Ceq = C + C + C = 3C = 3  2 = 6 F 6 6
343
Q1 2 C Now, for parallel combination,
In series, V1 = = =2V
C1 1 F Ceff = 3C = 3  6 = 18 F
 VT = 6V1 = 12 V 1 1
 U = Ceff V 2 = 18106  (200)2
C 1 2 2
Ceff (in series) = = F
6 6 = 9  106  4  104 = 36  102
1 = 0.36 J
Using E = CV2,
2 1 Q2 Ak0
1 1 69. U= and C =
 E=  106  12  12 = 12  106 J = 12 J 2 C d
2 6 1 1
q1
 U 
63. q2 q3 C k
U1 k
C1 C2 C3  = 2
U2 k1
V1 V2 V3 If k1 = 1 and k2 = 2 then,
U U
U2 = 1 = 1
V k2 2
R R4
In series grouping of condensers, the charge 70. E= =
k0 r 40  k  r
on each plate is same,  q1 = q2 = q3 = q
q 0.25 106  4 103  4  3.14  9 109
Let q = CV  V = =
C 6.28  2
q1 q q = 9 V/m
 V1 : V2 : V3 = : 2 : 3
C1 C 2 C 3

1 1 1 71. E=
= : : 20 r
C1 C 2 C 3
40 rE
  = 2 0r E =
23 6 2
64. Equivalent capacitance   F
23 5 1
=  4  10–2  9  104 = 2  10–7 C m–1
6 2  9  109
 Total charge by Q  CV   1000  1200 C
5
72. Total flux  E
 Potential (V) across 2 F is  
Q 1200 = E . A = E A cos 
V   600 volt L
C 2 (where  is an angle
R
 Potential on internal plates  1000  600  400 V between E and A) E
For top and bottom
1 1 1 1 faces of the cylinder,
65. = + +
Ceff . C1 C2 C3  = 90
1 1 1 3   = EA cos 90 ....( cos 90 = 0)
=   =
6 6 6 6  =0
 Ceff. = 2 pF = 2  1012 F
73. Volume = 1 litre = 1  103 m3
66. If C is the capacitance of each capacitor then, 1 1
u = 0E2 =  8.85  1012  (103)2
1 1 1 1 3 2 2
=   =
Ceff C C C C = 4.425  106
C  Energy stored in 103 m3 of air
 Ceff = = 2F  C = 6 F
3 = 4.425  106  103 = 4.425  109 J
344
74. Presence of proton will not affect field between 0 K  A  0 Ak
the plates (since proton charge is quite small With medium: C2 =  
d 4 4d
compared to the charges on the plate)
V 200 20000  Ceq = C1 + C2
 E= = 2
= = 10000 V/m 3 A  Ak  A 3 k  C
d 2 10 2  Ceq = 0  0 = 0     (k  3)
4d 4d 4d  4 4  4
75. C1 = 4  106 F, V1 = 50 volt, C2 = 2  106 F, C
V2 = 100 volt  Ceq = (k  3)
4
 Total energy before connection
1 1 0 A
= C1V12 + C2 V22 78. C=
2 2 d
1  0 A   0 r A 
= (4  106  50  50 + 2  106  100  100)  d / 2  . d / 2 
2 C1C2
 C=   
= 1.5  102 J C1  C2  0 A 0 r A 
Equivalent capacity in parallel combination, d/2 d/2 
 
CP = C1 + C2 = 4  106 + 2  106 = 6  106 F 20 A r 2C r
Common potential in parallel combination of = 
d(1   r ) (1   r )
C V C V
capacitors, V = 1 1 2 2 79. As separation between plates is reduced, C
C1  C2
increases but charge on it remains same.
4  106  50  2  106  100 1 q 02
= Hence, from the relation U = , U
4  106  2  106 2 C
4 104 2 decreases. Also, work done in charging the
= =  102 volt capacitor is stored as potential energy.
6 106 3
 Total energy after connection
1
= CpV2
2 1. From dimension we can check the answer,
1 2 2 only 0 (1 + 2) having the same dimension qy
=  6  106    (102)2 to the charge
2 3 3
q
4   = net
=  102 = 1.33  102 J 0
3
qnet =  0
1 1 0 A 2 all other options don’t having the dimension
76. U= CV2 = V equal to charge
2 2 d
So answer is
At any instant, let the separation between
0 (1 + 2)
plates be x
1 0 A 2 q Inc
 U= V 2. Electric flux () =
2 x 0
dU 1 1 dx 1  0 AV
2 10 C
 = 0 AV2(–1) 2 =– (v) =
dt 2 x dt 2 x 2 0
i.e., potential energy decreases as (1/x2). If more 10 C charge is placed.
20 C
77. The two condensers filled with k and with air Electric flux = = 2
0
are in parallel.
  3A  30 A q
With air: C1 = 0   4.   0  [ charge on dipole is zero.]
d 4  4d 0
345
Q  By using Gauss’s law,
5. Total flux = using Gauss’ law
0 8q
total flux through the bigger cube =
Q 0
 flux through one face =
60 1 8q q
 Flux through one small cube =   .
8  0 0
6.
13. By Gauss’ law,
a/2 a/2 1
O Q = (Qenclosed)
a Q a P 0
 Qenclosed = 0 = ( 8  103 + 4  103)0
=  4  103 0 C
Flux due to charge at O,
Q 14.
1 = 5 
60 a
q
Flux due to charge at P
Q
2 =
60 Let charge enclosed in the sphere of radius a
Q be q. According to Gauss’ theorem,
  = 1 + 2 =   q
0
 E.ds =
0
7. Charge enclosed by cylindrical surface is,
Q enc  100 Q. By applying Gauss' law, q
E.4r2 =
1 1 0
  (Qenc. )  (100Q)
0 0 q
4Ar3 = ….( E = Ar)
8. Total flux = ( 14  78.85  56)nC /  0 0
4  q = 4ε0Aa3 ….( r = a)
 8.85  109 C 
40  1
9
15. E= E
= 8.85  10  9  10  4 9
20 r r
= 1000 Nm 2 C1 16. Electric field intensity at a point outside
Totalchargeenclosed uniformly charged thin plane sheet is given
10. Flux = by,
0

i.e. for first surface, E
20
q
1 =  It is independent of ‘d’.
0
For second surface, 
17. Relation for electric field is given by, E =
q 20 r
2 =
0 2  2 0 rE
  = 20rE =
2
Qenclosed
11. E  ; Qenclosed remains unchanged. 2
1  2  10  7.182  108
0 = = 7.98  104 C/m
2  9  10 9
12.  Charge 8q is placed at one corner of the 

18. Electric field in vacuum Ev = and
cube, we can imagine it to be placed at the 0
centre of a large cube which can be formed

using an arrangement of 8 similar cubes. in medium, E =
Charge 8q is at centre of the 8 cubes arranged 0 k
to form a closed box. If k > 1, then E < E0.
346
19. The electric field is always perpendicular to Ratio of charge densities,
the surface of a conductor. On the surface of a 1 Q1 r2 2  Q 
  2 ….   
metallic solid sphere, the electrical field is  2 Q2 r1  4r 2 
oriented normally (i.e. directed towards the 2
centre of the sphere). 10 / 3  20  2
   
20. Given that, 20 / 3  10  1
s = c 26. There will be zero charge inside closed surface
 R2  R
Now, Es = s 2 and Ec = c
r r
27. T.N.E.I. = q enclosed
 T.N.E.I. for A = zero

R R R
 Es =  = Ec T.N.E.I. for B = (2q  q) = q  (0, q)
r r r
28. T.N.E.I. over the closed surface
21. E=
1 q = q = 5+74= 8C
4 0 r2
Q
9  10   4  10  1.6  10 
9 10 19 29. Electric potential, V =
40 R
=
 20 10 2 2 Electric field inside a charged conductor is zero.
= 1440 N/C 30. V1 + V2 = 0
1 ne kq kq r 
22. E=   = 0  q =   1  q
40 r 2 r1 r2  r2 
Er 2 q q
 n= 4 0 31. V= 
e 40 r 40 R
0.036  0.1  0.1 Now, q = .4r2 and q = .4R2
 n=
9  109  1.6  1019 .4r 2 .4R 2 (R  r)
360  V=  V=
=  105 4 0 r 4 0 R 0
144
1 q
= 2.5  105 32. E=  2
40 r
23. If charge acquired by the smaller sphere is Q,
kQ 9  109  3  109
then it’s potential, V =  E= 2 2
= 3  104 V/m
r (3  10 )
kQ kq
 120   kQ = 240 ..... (i) 33. E=
2 r2
Whole charge resides on the outer sphere,
Er 2 2   0.3
2
2  9  102  109
 Potential of the outer sphere, q=  =
kQ k 9  10 9
9
V   –11
q = 2  10 C
6
 

240  
 V = ….[From (i)] 34. AB =  B  A  = a 4jˆ  3kˆ
6  
 V = 40 V   ˆ
 
 
 Work done = F AB = q   k  a 4ˆj  3kˆ
24. At any point inside the sphere, the potential is  20 
same and is equal to that at the surface. 3qa

25. After redistribution, the new charges on 20
 10  10 35. For a charged conductor of any shape
spheres are Q1     10  C
 10  20  3 (assuming air medium),
 20  20 
and Q2   E1 = ….(i)
  10  C 0
 10  20  3
347
For a infinite thin plane sheet (assuming air 1 1  V2 
medium), 40. Energy  0 E 2  (A  d)  0  2  Ad
2 2 d 

E2 = ….(ii) 1 8.85  1012  (105 ) 2  25  106
20    1475J
Comparing (i) and (i) 2 0.75  103
E1 = 2E2. 41. When put 1 cm apart in air, the force between
Na and Cl ions = F. When put in water, the

36. Initially, F = qE and E  force between Na and Cl ions 
F
0 k
q
 F ….(i) E without dielectric 2  105
0 42. k  2
E with dielectric 1  105
When one plate is removed, then E becomes
 Ak0
43. C=
20 d
q F 44. For a spherical capacitor,
 F'   ….[From (i)]
2 0 2  ab 
C  40 k    Ck
37. Electric field intensity is given by,
ba 
 (Note: Refer Mindbender 1.)
E= 45. By inserting the dielectric slab, capacitance
0
(i.e. ability to hold the charge) increases. In
Between plates E = E1 – E2 the presence of battery more charge is
But electric field intensity inside the sheet is supplied from battery.
zero
 E1  E2 = 0 q
46. Electric field between plates, E =
Outside plates E = E1 + E2 0 A
 q2
i.e., E1 + E2 = Electrostatic force, F = qE =
0 0 A
38. For the soap bubble, Thus, F is independent of distance between the
Pm  Pout = Pexcess = PST  Pelectro plates.
4T q2 0 A
=  47. C=
r 2A 2 0 d
4T q2 Hence as d increases, C decreases.
= 
r 2(4r 2 )2 0 Q is constant  V increases.
4T q2 48. After separation:
= 
r 322 r 4 0 i. charge = constant
For equilibrium, A
ii. capacity C = 0
Pm = Pout d
4T q2 Capacity decreases with increase in distance.
  Q
r 322 r 4 0 iii. V =
C
1282 r 4  0 T 16  82 r 4  0 T Potential increases as capacitance decreases.
 q= 
r r
49. For spherical conductor, C = 40R
2 8 0 T Now, for a sphere,
 q = 4r
r 4
V = R3 and A = 4R2
39. Electrostatic energy density, 3
du 1 du 3V V
= k0 E 2   E2 Also, R =  C = 120
dV 2 dV A A
348
4 3 4 4 22. Force of surface tension balances the weight
17. R = 64   r3 = (4r)3 of liquid raised
3 3 3
 R = 4r (d 2 2  d12 )
  (d2 + d1)S =  hg
S1 = 64  4r2  T and S2 = 4R2T 4
2 4s 4  0.075
S1 64  4r 2  T  r  64  h=  3
   64    =4 (d 2  d1 )g 10  (2  1.5)  103  10
S2 4R  T
2
 R  16
= 0.06 m = 6 cm
1 1 1 23. A
18.  
R r1 r2
h
rr
R = 1 2 = 4 mm
r1  r1
H
4S
19. Then P = P0 + B
r To check all the options, we just need to apply
4 3 Bernoulli’s principle at two points A and B.
Now P  r = nRgT B is just inside the tube.
3
PA + gh = PB + gH
 4S  4
 Patm + gh = PB + gH
  P0   r 3  2RgT
 r 3  PB = Patm + g (h  H)
For 2 bubbles, For option (A),
 4S  3 Since H > h, PB < Patm
 P0   A Hence water flows out.
 rA  n
 A For option (B),
 4S  3 n B 0 < H ≤ h, PB > Patm
 P0   B
 rB   We can see that the weight of
a part of water above is
 4  0.004 
8  2 
(2  102 )3 balanced down. Now since
 2  10  n H < h, the force due to surface FT
  A
 4  0.004  nB tension has to balance some
8  2 
(4  102 )3
 4  10  part of the weight; hence
n convex meniscus.
 B 8 For option (C),
nA the weight will be just balanced by the
pressure force at H = 0
20. The air pressure is greater inside the smaller
For option (D),
bubble (4 S/r). Hence, air flows from the
Same explanation as in (B).
smaller to larger bubble.
24.
21. F F r r
r r
d l
r r
F F r r
The weight will be balanced by the force of

Corresponding to the given figure, area of
surface tension.
pricked region would be,
 (2T l cos) = g(h(dl)) A = r2 + 4(l  2r)r + (l  2r)2
2T = r2 + (l  2r) (4r + l  2r)
 h=
gd = r2 + l2  (2r)2  (  4)r2 + l2
242
Electric field remains constant between the 1 Q2
plates, so V  d 69. Energy, U = .
2 C
q2 For a charged capacitor, charge Q is constant
Now, force on each plate = But, F = ma
2A 0 and with the increase in separation, C will
F 1
acceleration (a) = d decrease (C  ).
m d
q2 Hence overall U will increase.
i.e., acceleration (a) =
2A 0  m  Q2 (40 106 ) 2 16 1010
t 70. U= = = = 8 105 J
a = constant 2C 2 10 106 2 105
So V-t curve V
= 8  105  107 = 800 erg
1 1
71. U= CV2 = 121012  (50)2 = 1.5  108 J
t 2 2
64. Cmedium = k Cair
C 110 72. 2F 4F
 k = medium = = 2.2
Cair 50
65. Aluminium being a metal, the field inside it
will be zero. Hence it would not affect the + –
field in between the two plates. Hence 6V
q q
capacity   remains unchanged. c1c 2
V Ed Ceff = = 2  4 = 8 F
c1  c 2 2  4 6
0 A  A  (5A)
66. C= and C = 0  0 8
d 2d 2d Q = Ceff V =  106  6 = 8  10–6 C
60 A 30 A 6
=   Q = 8C
2d d
Now ,
3 A  A 2 A
 C = C  C = 0  0 = 0 1 1 8 
d d d U = CV2 =    10 6   6 2 = 24J
Percentage change in capacitance, 2 2 6 
 2 0 A  73. Total capacitance of given system,
C  d  1 1 1 1
  100 %  200%   
C  0 A  Ceff 4  4  4  4
 d 
 
1 1 1 1
67. When a dielectric is introduced between the    
Ceq 4 8 4
plates, as battery remains connected, E or V
remains unchanged. 8
 Ceq = F
Charge on plates before introduction of 5
dielectric medium is, q0 = C0V 1 1 8
After inserting the medium, q = kC0V  U= CeqV2 =   106  225
2 2 5
Induced charge, q = q  q0
= 180  106 J
= C0V (k  1)
= 180  106  107erg = 1800 erg
5 
= 90  1012  20   1 = 1.2 nC
3  74. C1 = 5F C2 = 10F
68. Electric field inside parallel plate capacitor having
charge Q at place where dielectric is absent
Q Q
= and where dielectric is present =
A 0 kA0 300 V
350
1
1 1  CC 1 Q2
Ceq =     1 2 82. U=
 C1 C2  C1  C2 2 C
1
5  10 10  Increase in energy = Q22  Q12 
=  F 2C
15 3
1
10 = [0.52  0.12]
=  10–6 F 2  48106
3
106
1 1 10 = [24  102]
U = CeqV2 =   10–6  3002 = 0.15 J 96
2 2 3 = 0.25  104 = 2500 J
Q
75. Energy stored in fully charged capacitor, q
1
83. W= C
q
dq
U = CV2
2 q = 10C q 2 
10C
q 75C
 
5C
But work done by battery W = QV or W= dq = =
C 2C 2
U = W = CV.V = CV2 q = 5C
Energy required to charge the capacitor, Let W be the work done in increasing the
voltage across capacitor from 10V to 15V.
A  Ad
 U = CV2 = 0 .V2 = 0 2  V 2 q = 15C q 2 
15C
d d q 125C
 W =  dq = 10C
=
C 2C 2
 V q = 10C
= 0 E 2 Ad ….  E   W 125
 d  =  W = 1.67W
W 75
1 1 84. When connected in series,
76. U  CV 2   6  106 (100)2  0.03J C
2 2  
Ceq  1 ; V1  3V
1 N1
77. Work done in placing the charge = Energy When connected in parallel,
stored in the condenser
Q2 (8  1018 ) 2
 Ceq   N 2 C2 ; V2  V
2
 W  6
 32  1032 J 1
2C 2  100  10 U = CV 2
2
1 1
78. Work done =
1
2
qV =
1
2
 4  4  106 
2
 
Ceq V12  Ceq V22
1 2 2
 
= 8  106 J 1 C1 1
9V 2  N 2 C2 V 2
work 8  106 2 N1 2
 Power = = = 80 MW
time 0.1 C2 N1N 2
C1 =
9
1 1 1 1 1
79. U  QV  Area of triangle OAB 85. = + +
2 CR C1 C2 C3
CR =  C11  C21  C31 
1
80. Heat produced = Energy stored in capacitor 
1 1
= CV 2 =  4 106  (400)2 = 2  106  16  104 86.
1
=
1

1

1
2 2 Cs C1 C2 C3
= 0.32 J
1 1 1 1
=  
1 1 Cs 1 2 4
81. U= CV2 =  700 1012  (50) 2
2 2 4
Cs = pF
= 350  1012  2500 = 8.75  107 J 7
351
87. Capacitance of parallel plate capacitor is given by, Q Q
93. For series combination, V1 = and V2 =
KA0 C1 C2
C=
d V2 C1
A   =4:1
V1 C2
 C d ; K = 1 for air 94. The given circuit can be redrawn as shown in figure
Equivalent capacitance is given by,
where, C = (3 + 2) F = 5 F
Cp = C1 + C2 + C3 12 F
1 1 1 1
A 0 A0 A0  = + +
Cp = + + CPQ 5 20 12
3d 3  2d  3  3d  P
5 F C
20 1 Q
 1 1 1  = =
= A0  + +  60 3
 3d 6d 9d   CPQ = 3 F 20 F
A 0  11  C C 5C
=   95. CPR =  
d  18  2 3 6
110 A C 5C C 2
 Cp = CPQ = C +   1 
18d 4 4 C2 3
88. The two capacitors thus formed are in parallel. 96.
4 F 4 F 2 F
A
 C  0 (k1  k 2 ) A B
t2
4 F
89. The given arrangement is effectively an A B
arrangement of (n  1) capacitors connected in 4 F
parallel.
 CR = (n  1) C 4 F 4 F 2 F

1 1 1 1 3 C
90.      Ceff =
Ceff C C C C 3 8 F
 V = V1 + V2 + V3 = V + V + V = 3V A B
 CAB = 8 F
91. The given arrangement is equivalent to the
parallel combination of three identical capacitors. 97. C
A
Hence equivalent capacitance  3C  3 0 A C C B
d
C
92. The equivalent circuit is shown in the figure.
P
1 2 3.75 F
R
4 3 CP = C + C + C = 3C
X Y A 3C C B
3 2
Q
The condensers P and Q are in parallel. Hence 3.75 F
their equivalent capacitance is 2C. This 3C  C 3C2
combination is in series with capacitor R. Ceq =  3.75 =
3C  C 4C
Hence the equivalent capacitance between X
3C
and Y is given by  3.75 =
4
C  2C 2 2 0 A
CPQ = = C= . 3.75  4
C  2C 3 3 d  C= = 5 F
3
352
Now, given that l = 4 units and L = 15 units
But L = 4(l  2r) + 2r
= 4l + (2  8)r
 15 = 16 + (2  8)r
 1 
 r=   = 0.58 units
 8  2 
Total surface area of soap film
= l2  (Area of pricked region)
= (4  )r2
= 0.289 sq. units
[Note: If loop would have taken the shape of a
circle, then
L = d
L 15
 d= = = 4.775 > Length of the side of the
 
square loop
Thus, it would not form a circle but will take
shape as shown in the figure.]
25. Tension in the thread is uniform. We can find
the tension in any portion of thread as follows:
Force = Surface Tension  length
i.e. Tension in the wire = (S)  r
 1 
=S  
 8  2 
 S 
= 
 8  2 
243
105. Effective capacity when connected in parallel 108. Given that net FE and FG is zero.
= C + C = 2C i.e., FE = FG
C 1 (e)2 Gm 2
Effective capacity when connected in series =   2  2 ….(i)
2 40 d d
C In case of hydrogen atoms, net charge on one
 2C  = 6 H-atom will be e
2
3C G
=6  e = m ….[from (i)]
2  1 
 
C = 4 F  40 
106. 6.67  1011

= 1.67  10–27 = 1.438  10–37 C
1 F 2 F 5 F 9  10 9
+ – 109. Force on charged particle in electric field,

F = eE
10 V
eE
Equivalent capacitance of capacitor is given by,  Acceleration experienced by it, a =
m
1 1 1 1
   eE eE
Cs 1 2 5 For electron, ae = and for proton ap =
me mp
10
Cs = F As, mp > me, ae > ap
17
As electron is pulled with greater acceleration, it
Now, charge is given by, will take lesser time to cover height h.
10 100
Q = CsV =  10  C Q1 Q2
17 17 110. When  ; current will flow in
 Potential difference across 2F capacitor R1 R2
100 /17 50 connecting wire so that energy decreases in
=  V the form of heat through the connecting wire.
2 17
111. In air, the potential difference between the plates,
107. 3 F 6 F

Vair = .d
0
C1 C2 In the presence of partially filled medium,
+ – potential difference between the plates,
900 V  t
Vm = (d  t  )
Q = CV, Here Q is a constant 0 k
1 Potential difference between the plates with
 C dielectric medium and increased distance is,
V
C1 V2 3 V  t
    2  V1 = 2V2 Vm = (d  d ')  t  
C2 V1 6 V1 0  k
Also V1 + V2 = 900 V According to question, Vair = Vm which gives
 2V2 + V2 = 900 V t 2
k= k= =5
V2 = 300 V and V1 = 600 V t  d' 2  1.6
C V C V 112. As it is evident from symmetry of figure,
Common potential V = 1 1 2 2
C1  C2 plates 2 and 4 have charges + Q/2 each.
3  106  600  6  106  300 q Q / 2
= We know that, C = C=
3  106  6  106 V V
1800  10 6  1800  10 6 3600 0 A   A
= 6
= = 400 V  Q = 2CV = 2 V ….  C  0 
9  10 9 d  d 
354
1 q1q 2 116. When two air capacitors are connected in
113. F =

40 r  t  t k
 series, their effective capacity is,
2
C  C C2 C
2 C1 =  
 r r   3r 
2
9 2 C  C 2C 2
r    4  
F   2   2  
r When one of them is filled with dielectric
2
 =  2 = 42 material, effective capacity becomes,
F r2 r r
F 9 1 1 1
   ….(where K is dielectric constant)
C 2 C KC
F 4
4 1 1 1
F = F   1  
9 C2 C  K 
C CK
114. +  C2 =  1  =
(K  1)
1  K 
–
+
–
A +
k
+ – Change in effective capacities,
+ –
CK C
+ – C2 – C1 = 
K 1 2
t  K 1
= C  
K 1 2
Potential difference between the plates,
   2K  (K  1) 
V = Vair + Vmedium =  (d  t) + t = C 
0 k0  2(K  1) 
 t Q t  K 1 
 V= (d  t + ) = (d  t + ) = C 
0 k A0 k  2(K  1) 
Q 0 A 0 A C  K  1
 C= = = = 
V  t  1 2  K  1 
dt   d  t 1  
 k k
  
117. Work done, W = Uf  Ui
115. C1 C2 1 1 (C) 1
Ui = CV02 and Uf = .(3V0)2 = 3  CV02
2 2 3 2
V1 V2 1
 Uf  Ui = CV 02 (3  1) = CV 02
2
V  0 AV02   A
 W= ….  C  0 
d  d 
Given,
C1 = C2 = C (say) 118. The electric field is due to all charges present
We have, whether inside or outside the given surface.
V = V1 + V2
When capacitor C1 is completely filled with q
119. Total = A + B + C = ;
dielectric material of constant K, 0
V q  B =  and A = C =  [assumed]
V1 = 2 ...{ initially V1 = V2 ; V2 = }
K C2 q 1 q 
 2 +  =   =     .
V2 0 2  0 
 V= + V2
K
 


KV = V2 + KV2
KV = V2(1 + K)

120. Electric flux, E = E.d S =  EdScos 
KV =  EdScos90 0
 V2 =
1+K The lines are parallel to the surface.
355
121. According to Gauss’s law, total flux coming Cmed 180 A d 18
out of a closed surface enclosing charge q is    
Cair 4d 0 A 4
  q
given by,  = E.d S  0  Cmed =
18
 9 = 40.5 pF
4
From this expression, it is clear that total flux
linked with a closed surface only depends on 126. When another capacitor is connected in
the enclosed charge and independent of the parallel, then capacitance increases by a factor
shape and size of the surface. 2 and potential difference becomes half.
  q 1
 CV2

 = E.d S 
0
= 20 Vm ….[Given] Final energy (U) =
2
2
 2C   
1 V
q =
Thus, is constant as long as the enclosed 2 2
0
CV 2
charge is constant =
4
 The flux over a concentric sphere of radius  Total electrostatic energy of resulting system
20 cm = 20 Vm. decreases by a factor 2.
122. Eight identical cubes are required to arrange 2 0 L
so that this charge is at centre of the cube 127. Capacitance of a cylindrical capacitor =
b
formed. l n 
q a
  Energy stored in the capacitor,
80
b
2 Q 2l n   2
1Q 1  a   Q k
q U= 
2 C 2 20 L L
a 2a
where k is a constant.
a If the charge and length are doubled,
2a Q 2 4  Q2 
k    = 2 times the energy.
L 2 L 
2
1Q [Note: Refer Mindbender 2.]
123. Using, U = ,
2C
129. Heat produced = Energy of charged capacitor
1 (Q  2) 2
1.21U = 1
2 C  CV 2
2
1.21 (Q  2) 2
1.21 Q  2 1
  2
    (2  106 )  (100)2
1 Q 1 Q 2
 1.1Q = Q + 2  Q = 20 C  0.01 J
124. 1
CV 2
k2 = 6
k1 = 3
A air A 2 40  106  (3000) 2

130. Power =  = 90 kW
t 2  2  103
d
d/3 2d/3 131. Let r be radius of each small drop and R be
0 A radius of bigger drop.
Cair = = 9. The volume remains constant
d
4 3 4
1 1 1 d1 d2  R = n  r3
=  =  3 3
Cmed C1 C2 k10 A k 2 0 A
 R = n1/3r
k1 k 2  0 A 3  6  0 A 18 0 A For the small drop,
 Cmed = = 
k1d 2  k 2 d1 3  2d  6  d 4d Capacitance, C0 = 40r and
3 3 charge q0 = C0V = 40rV
356
For the bigger drop, 135. Q1
Capacitance, C = 40R and
Q 1F
charge Q = nq0
Q nq 0 C
 Potential of bigger drop =  Q2
C 40 R 2F
n(4  0 rV)  r   1 
= = nV    n  1/3  V
4  0 R R n  E
2/3
=n V
2 2Q
Q2 = Q= ….(i)
132. Let the charge of each drop is g 2 1 3
g Q = CRV
 C=  g = CV
V CR = (1 F||2 F) series with C
 charge of final drop  Q = ng 3C
 CR =
Let ratio of each small drop is r and big drop C3
is R  C3 
V = nv  Q = E 
 C3
4 3 4
R = n. r 3 2  3CE  2CE
3 3  Q2 =   …. using (i)
3 3 3 C3 C3
R = nr
This shows as C increases Q increases but not
R = (n)1/3 r linearly. Also the given relation does not
Potential on big drop correspond to exponential graph. Hence
kQ correct choice is (B).
V = Charge
R
kng Q2
V = 1/3
n r
Ratio of energy start in big drop to small drop C
1F 3F
1 kg
QV ng. n 2/3
U 2 QV r 136. 12 F and 6 F are in series and again are in
  
U 1 gV kg parallel with 4 F.
gV g.
2 r  Effective capacitance resultant of these three
5/3
n capacitor will be
U =
1 12  6
  4  4  4  8 F
12  6
1
133. Using, U = CV 2 , This system is in series with 1 F capacitor.
2 8 1 8
1 A0  V  Its equivalent capacitance   F ....(i)
U=   (Ed)2 ….  E   8 1 9
2 d  d Now, equivalent of 8F, 2F and 2F
1 4  8 32 8
= 0 E 2 Ad    F .....(ii)
2 4  8 12 3
Combinations (i) and (ii) are in parallel and
134. The given circuit can be redrawn as follows. are in series with C
The P.D. across 4.5 F capacitor, 32
4.5 F 9 F 8 8 32 C
9    and Ceq  1  9
V  12 9 3 9  32 
 9    C
  9  9 
2 
32
 C F
= 8V 12 V 23
357
137. The given figure is equivalent to a balanced The capacitance of a parallel plate capacitor in
Wheatstone’s bridge. the presence of dielectric slab of thickness t
 Ceq = 6 F and dielectric constant k, is
0 A 0 A
138. Cp  4Cs C = =
t  3   3d 
(d  t)     d  d    
C1C2 k  4   4k 
 (C1  C2 )  4
(C1  C 2 ) 0 A 4k0 A
C =  ….(ii)
 (C1  C2 ) 2  0  C1  C 2  d 3d  d(k  3)
  
 4 4k 
A A A Dividing equation (ii) by equation (i) we get,
0   k0   0  
139. C1    , C2 
4   ,C   4 
2 C 4k0 A d 4k
d d
3
d   
C0 d(k  3) 0 A k  3
A/4 A/2 A/4
143. In steady state, current through capacitor is zero
k E r
d
1 2 3 I r1
P Q
C
 C eq  C1  C 2  C3 r2
R S
 k  1  0 A  4  1   VPQ = VRS
=    10  25 F
 2  d  2  E
Also, I =
140. r  r2
Q S T V  E 
 VPQ =   r2  = VRS
A P C C R C C C U C
B  r  r2 
r2
C C  Charge on capacitor is, QC = CVPQ = CE
(r  r2 )
C Q.S.U C 144. The charge flowing through C4 is
 A.P.R T.V.B q4 = C4  V = 4 CV ….(i)
C C
For the series combination of C1, C2 and C3,
3C 3C 1 1 1 1
   
A B Ceq C 2C 3C
The equivalent capacitance between A and B 1 6  3  2 11 6C

    Ceq =
1 3C  3C Ceq 6C 6C 11
is   Ceq = 1.5C
Ceq (3C)(3C) Now, Ceq and C4 form parallel combination giving,
6C 50C
141. C1 and C2 are in parallel, C = Ceq + C4 =  4C 
11 11
 Ceq1 = C1 + C2 = 18 pF 50
Ceq2 and C3 are in series,  Net charge, q = CV = CV
11
Ceq1  C3
 Ceq2 = = 6 pF Total charge flowing through C1, C2, C3 will be
Ceq1  C3 50 6CV
q = q  q4 = CV  4CV = ….(ii)
Ceq2 and C4 are in parallel, 11 11
 Ceq2 + C4 = 6 + 9 = 15 pF As C1, C2, C3 are in series combination, the
142. The capacitance of a parallel plate capacitor in charge flowing through them will be same.
the absence of the dielectric is  From equations (i) and (ii),
A 6CV/11 3
C0 = 0 ….(i) the required ratio = 
d 4CV 22
358
 14. n = 400  T = 1/ 400
So phase difference,  =  + and
2 1 = t1 – kx
Using, x =  . we get, 2 = t2 – kx (at same point)
2  = 2 – 1 = (t2 – t1) = 2n  (t2 – t1)
   = 2  400  10–3 = 0.8 
x =    
2  2  0.8  = 180  0.8 = 144 ….[  = 180]
9. The given equation is y = 10 sin (0.01 x  2t) 15.
Hence  = coefficient of t = 2 Compressional Rarefactional
Maximum speed of the particle vmax = a maximum maximum
= 10  2 = 10  2  3.14 = 62.8  63 cm/s
 LONGITUDINAL
10. At t = 0 and x = , the displacement
2k WAVE
   
y = A0 sin  (0)  k   =  A0 sin =  A0 1
 2k  2 T = 0.2 sec  n = = 5 Hz
T
Point of maximum displacement (A0) in
negative direction is Q. Time interval between two consecutive
1 1
 t x compressional maxima, T = = s
11. x = 5 sin    cm n 500
 0.04 4  Time interval between compressional maxima
 t x  T 1 1
 x = 5 sin 2    and rarefactional maxima, = = s
 2  0.04 2  4  2 2n 1000
Comparing with standard form,
5
 t x 16. Here, A  0.05m,  0.25    0.1m
x = a sin 2    we get, 2
T  Now using standard equation of wave,
T = 2  0.04,  = 2  4 2
 4 y  A sin (vt  x) we get,
 v= = = 100 cm/s = 1 m/s 
T 0.04 y  0.05sin 2(3300t  10x)
2
12. Phase difference =  Path difference 17. Amplitude of reflected wave = 0.9 A
 On reflection at free end (rarer medium), no
2  phase change is introduced.
 = x  =x
 2  Equation of reflected wave is
From equation, y = 0.04 sin (500t + 1.5x) y = 0.9 A sin (2nt)
Compare with standard wave equation,
 2t 2x  18. Frequency remains constant in both media
y = A sin    we get, n = 100 kHz = 105 Hz
 T  
vair = 340 m/s, vw = 1450 m/s
2  1
= 1.5   = = 0.66 Reflected wave travels in air and its
 2 1.5 wavelength is
 x = 0.66 m v 340
air = air = 5
13. y = 0.5 (314 t – 12.56 x) n 10
Compare this equation with standard wave = 3.4  10 3 m = 3.4 mm
equation, Transmitted wave travels in water and its
 2t 2x  wavelength is
y = A sin    we get,
 T   v 1450
w = w =
2 2  3.14 n 105
= 12.56   = = 0.5 m
 12.56 = 1.45  102 m = 1.45 cm
245
1  V2 V2  b
 C  1  2  V1V2   total charge in the region a  r  b is, q =  dq

2  2 2  a
b
1 1  r2 
CV12  V22  2V1V2   C  V1  V2 
2 b
 = 4A  r dr = 4A  
4 4  2 a
a
1
U = C  V1  V2 
2 2
2
 q = 2A [b  a ]
4 Electric field at r = b is,
1 k  2  A  b 2  a 2   Q 
153. Initial energy stored, U =  2F  V2 Eb = ….(ii)
2 b2
 Energy dissipated on connection across 8 F, For electric field to be constant in the region
1  C1 C 2  2 1 2F  8 F a  r  b we must have, Ea = Eb
U=  V =   V2 from equation (i) and (ii)
2  C1  C2  2 10 F
 2 A  b 2  a 2   Q 
kQ  
1
 1.6 F V 2
= 2
k 2

2 a b
Q b2
 % loss of energy =
U
100 =
1.6
 100   Q  2 A  b 2  a 2 
U 2 a2
Q b2  Q a 2
= 80 %  2 A  b 2  a 2 
a2
kdq
155. Potential at O, V =  Lr Q  b2  a 2 
2
 2 A  b 2  a 2 
a
Q
 dq = dL Q
L  A=
2a 2
L
kQ dL
 V=
L  Lr 157. To make potential zero net charge on two
0 capacitors must be made zero. Hence,
kQ kQ capacitors must be connected such that
ln  L  r 0 =
L
= ln2 Q = Q1  Q2 = 0
L L
Q  C1V1  C2V2 = 0  C1V1 = C2V2
= ln 2  120 C1 = 200 C2  3 C1 = 5 C2
40 L
Q
156. 158. C =
V
1 Q
but V = for a spherical body.
40 R
Q a
 C = 40R
dr
r  C = 4  8.85  1012  6400  103
 C = 7.1  104 F
159.
r1 = 9 cm
r2 = R
Electric field due to charge Q at r = a is, 9 cm
O
kQ R
Ea = 2 ….(i)
a
Consider a shell of thickness dr in the region
a  r  b. q
A Capacity of isolated sphere, C =
charge on shell, dq = Area   = 4  r2d r V
r C = 40r1 ….(i)
360
Capacity of earthed concentric hollow sphere C  kC  energy stored will become k times
 r1 r2  q = CV  q will become k times
is; CH = 40   kq
 r2  r1   Surface charge density,  = = k0
A
 r1 R 
 10C = 40   ….(ii) 161. A charged cloud induces opposite charge on
 (R  r1 )  pointed conductors. At sharp points of the
Dividing equation (ii) by equation (i), conductor, surface density of charge is very high
10C  r1 R  1 and charge begins to leak from the pointed ends
=  by setting up oppositely charged electic wind.
C  R  r1  r1
9R 1 When this wind comes in contact with the
 10 = charged cloud, it neutralizes some of the charge
(R  9) 9
on it. Hence, the potential difference between the
 10R  90 = R
cloud and the building is reduced. This in turn
 9R = 90
reduces the chance of lightening striking the
 R = 10 cm
building (if the lightening strikes the building,
160. Here, V is constant. then the charge is conducted to the earth and the
1 building remains safe).
U = CV2
2
Evaluation Test
q in Kq K(3Q  q)
1. E = = 0  qin = 0 V1 = + and
0 R1 R2
Now, Kq K(3Q  q)
qIN for S1 = 3q  q + q =  3q V2 = +
R2 R2
qIN for S2 = + q  q = 0 where ‘q’ is the remnant charge on inner shell.
qIN for S3 = 3q + q =  2q As inner and outer shell are connected,
qIN for S4 = 3q V1 = V2

Kq Kq
rp
   =  q = 0 or R1 = R2
2. VP  VQ =  E.d l R1 R2

rq The later is not possible  q = 0
 K(3Q)
If E is constant, then Thus, V2 =  V2 = V2
R2


rp
 So the potential of the outer shell does not
VP  VQ =  E   dl change after connecting with wire.

rQ  (A) is correct.
  
VP  VQ =  E  ( r p  r Q ) 4. Assertion is true, Reason is true and Reason is
 
=  (2iˆ  ˆj). (1  2)iˆ  (2 1) ˆj  (0  1)kˆ a correct explanation for Assertion.
1  Q1  Q 2 
=  (2iˆ  ˆj). 1iˆ 1jˆ  1kˆ  = (2 + 1) = 1 V VA = 
40  R 2 
 R2
Q1 R1
3. The initial potential of the outer shell, 1  Q1 Q 2  B
KQ K(2Q) K(Q  2Q) VB =    Q2
V2 = + = 4 0  R1 R 2 
R2 R2 R2 A
1 1 1 
After connecting the shells, by a wire, the  VB  VA = Q1   
potentials of the shells, 40  R1 R 2 
361
5. Let us enclose the charge at the Substituting (i) in (ii),
mouth of the conical flask with Electric field dE = kd/R ….(iii)
another identical flask. Flux X component of electric field
2Q Q
through the closed surface = . (k cos )d
= dEx = dEcos = (from iii)
 0 C3 R
By symmetry, flux through either Y component of the electric field
1  2Q  Q (k sin )d
flask is  = = dEy = dEsin  = (from iii)
2  0  0 R

(k cos )
6. q +q q +q
Ex =  R
d = 0
C 2C 0
5V Net electric field due to the wire at point O

along Y axis

(k sin ) k
As both the earthed points are at 0 V, we can Ey =   d = (2) = –2k/R
R R
redraw the circuit as, 0
2CC 2 Resultant electric field (E)

C and 2C in series = = C
2C  C 3 
= E 2x  E 2y = 2k/R =
20 R
2 
q = CeqV =  C  (5 V)
3  The resultant electric field at the center of the
2  
=   6 F  (5 V) = 20 C circle =
20 R
3 
7. The electric field at the center of the 8. Consider the Gaussian surface
semicircle can be found by calculating the to be a spherical shell of
field due to an infinitesimal element and r
negligible thickness at a
integrating it. distance of r from the centre.
Wire with charge
density q The net flux through the surface is E(4r2)
Infinitesimal The net charge (Q) enclosed
element

X =  dV   0 [1  x 2 / 9] 4x 2  dx
 v
dE where, the limits of x varies from 0 to r.

r
 x2 
 Qnet =  0 1   (4x 2 )dx
0  9 
 r3 r5 
dE cos  = 40   
X
  3 5 9 
dE sin  Applying Gauss’s law E(4r2) = Qnet/0
dE
 r r3 
E= 0   
k 0  3 5  9 
Charge on the infinitesimal element
(q) = dx = (Rd) = Rd ….(i) Hence electric field (E) at a distance r from
Electric field at O due to this charge   r r3 
the centre = 0   
(dE) = k(dq)/R2 ….(ii) 2 0  3 5  9 
1 0 15r  r 2  0
Where k = =   = (15r  r3)
40 2 0  45  900
362
42. v0 = 720 km/hr = 200 m/s 50. Frequency of the note reflected by the wall is
 v  vo   v 
Using, n =   n n1 = n  
 v  vo   v  vo 
 340  200  140  Frequency of the note heard by the engine
 n =  n =  1080 = 280 Hz driver will be
 340  200  540
(v  v o ) v  vo nv
n = n1 = 
v  vo 340  60 v v v  vo
43. n = n=  133
v  vs 340  60  v  vo 
= n
 n = 190 Hz  v  vo 
44. There is no relative motion between source  340  60 
and listener.
=   1400 ….[ n = 1400 Hz]
 340  60 
45. Let n = actual frequency of sound produced by 400
=  1400 = 2000 Hz
source. 280
 v  vl  n v  vs 51. When source is moving towards listener,
 n = n    =
 v  vs  n v  vl vn 300  600
n1 = = = 1800 Hz
v  vs 300  200
 v 
46. n =   n When source is moving away from listener,
 v  vs  vn 300  600
n2 = = = 360 Hz
 v  vn  vn  vs n v  vs 300  200
 n – n =  n – n=
 v  vs  v  vs  Change in frequency = n1 – n2 = 1800 – 360
= 1440 Hz
n  n vs 25 1
 = = =
n v  vs 100 4 52.
 v  ul 
n = 
vv/2 3v / 2
n=  n= n
 4vs = v – vs  5vs = 332  vs = 66.4 m/s  v  us   vv/2 v/2
n
5  n = 3n  =3
47. v = 108 km/hr = 108  = 30 m/s n
18
n  n
If observer moves towards stationary source,  =2
then the apparent frequency n
 v  vo  n 'v n  n
n = 
v n  n = vv n
  o
= 2  100 = 200 %
504  330 504  330
 n= = = 462 Hz 53. The apparent frequency, when observer is
330  30 360
approaching source is
 v  vo   300  v 
48. n =  n n1 =  n
 v  vs   300 
1 =  v  vo   1  1 The apparent frequency, when observer is
   ....  n   moving away from the source is
T   v  vs  T  T
 300  v 
1  340  20  1 360 n2 =  n
 =  =  300 
T   340  20  10 3200 According to given question,
3200 2
 T = = 8.9 s n1 – n2 = n
360 100
49. Since there is no relative motion between the 300  v 300  v 2
 – =
source and listener, the apparent frequency 300 300 100
equals original frequency.  2v = 2  3  v = 3 m/s
248
The circuit is symmetric about AB. Therefore, The potential across the (8/3)C capacitor,
we can say that charge entering the 4C V2 = (3/30)E
capacitor to B would be the same as charge We now consider the following circuit:
leaving B through the other 4C capacitor. E
Therefore, there would be no charge flow
(3/30) E
along 3C capacitor. Hence, Energy in the 3C (2/3)C
capacitor = 0. 2C
2C
12. The given circuit can be redrawn and reduced
to the following: C C C
E
The charge on the X = 2 C capacitor is
C Q6 = (3/15)CE = (1/5)CE
C
C C 2C 13. Let the plates be numbered as shown below.
C Plates 2, 3, 4 and 5 may be treated as a
collection of two plates as shown in the
C C C diagram.
We get five capacitors with top and bottom
capacitors having a capacitance C/2 and the
Now, the potential across E
rest with capacitance C.
the two capacitors in 1
parallel in E. Hence the C
2L
charge stored in each is 2 A
(19/11)C L
q1, q2 = CE .…(i) C 3
L
The other two capacitors are L 4
B
in series. Hence the charge
C 2L 5
in each of them is
6
q3 = (19/30) CE .…(ii) Hence the circuit gets reduced as shown in the
Therefore the potential across the (19/11) C figure below.
capacitor is
C/2 C/2
V1 = q3 /[(19/11) C] = (11/30)E
Now working backwards we get the circuit,
E
A B
C
(11/30)E
(8/3)C
2C
C C
The equivalent capacitance of the above
C arrangement (Cnet) = 3/7 C.
C
C/2 C/2
Since the potential is (11/30)E, the charge on

the parallel capacitor, A B
q4 = (11/30)CE ….(iii) C
For the two series capacitors, net C = (8/11)C
Hence, charge in the capacitors C C
2/7 V 3/7 V 2/7 V
q5 = (8/30)CE
364
If the potential applied across AB is V, the 15. Net charge inside the sphere
charge on the capacitors (q) =   dV
q = CV
Due to spherical symmetry, we get,
Hence the charges on plate X = q = (1/7) CV R
14. The current flow in different segments can be

Q = 0
4r 2 rdr
R
found considering different open loops and = 4A  r 2 (R  r) dr
0
applying Kirchoff’s junction law.
 R4 R4 
2 i1 V i2 3 = 4A   
9V 7V  3 4 
i3
3Q
 A=
R 1 R 4
16. Electric flux through:

5V i. X-Y plane 3  100 = 300
ii. Y-Z plane 8  100 = 800
iii. X-Z plane 4  100 = 400
There are no direct series and parallel
connections which can be directly identified. Hence, the required ratio = 3 : 8 : 4
This circuit consists of only resistors. So 17. Potential of the bigger drop
elements need not be removed from the = n 2/3  potential on each droplet
circuit.
= 642/3  10
Let us mark different nodes and loops in the
= 42  10
circuit and consider the node B.
= 16  10
Current entering the node = current leaving
= 160 V
the node.
Current enters through AB, CB and DB. 18. Redistribution of charges takes place and
Let us assume the potential at the nodal point during flow of charges some energy is lost as
B to be V. heat.
Current entering the node = i1 + i2 + i3 20
20
10V 2 
V9 V7 V5 19. 5  (10V  4) dV = 5   4V 
=   0  2 0
2 3 1
= 5[5  400 + 80]
11V  71 = 5[2000 + 80]
= ….(i)
6 = 5  2080
Current leaving the node = 0 ….(ii) = 10400 J
11V  71 k
Equating equations (i) and (ii), =0 Q
6 20. C= ,C= 0
V d
71 1 1
 Voltage at node B = V = C C
11 V d
V 9  As ‘d’ increases, C decreases
 Current flowing through wire AB (i1) =
2 Hence ‘V’ increases.
14
= 
11
= 1.27 A
365
Textbook
Chapter No.
13 Current Electricity
Hints
Classical Thinking 1  4 V 8V 2 
P Q
4. Applying Kirchhoff’s I
V voltage law to the I
18. = 10 V/m
L given loop QPQ, 9
–2
 V = 10  L = 10  25  10 = 2.5 V 1
2I + 8 – 4  1  I  9I = 0  I = A
20. Potentiometer is said to be more sensitive if it 3
gives large change in the balancing length for a 1
 Potential difference across PQ = 9=3V
dE 3
small change in p. d. (i.e., should be small)
dl 5. I 1 I – I1
V
E= l I1
L 6V
dE V V I 2 R=2
 =  be small
dl L L
II
l   120  1
22. r = R   1 = 5   1 = 5  = 2.5  Applying Kirchhoff’s law to loop I,
 l1   80  2
6 – I  2I1 = 0 ….(i)
23. Zero (No Potential difference across voltmeter). Applying it to loop II,
– 2(I  I1) + 2I1 = 0 ….(ii)
l 
r = R   1  = 10   1 
75  – 2I = – 4I1  I = 2I1
24.
 l1   60  Substituting in equation (i),
6 – 2I1  2I1 = 0
= 10   = 2.5 
15
 60  6
 I1 = = 1.5 A
4
Critical Thinking
6. Applying Kirchhoff law,
(2 + 2) = (0.1 + 0.3 + 0.2)I
1. At a junction,
20
Current entering = Current leaving  I= A
 I+4+2=5+3I=2A 3
 Potential difference across A
2. According to Kirchhoff's first law, 20 4
= 2  0.1  = V (less than 2 V)
At junction A, IA = 2 + 2 = 4 A 3 3
At junction B, IB = IBC + 1 = 4 A  IBC = 3A Potential difference across B
2A 1A 20
1.3A = 2  0.3  =0
3
A B
C
7. The circuit can be simplified as follows:
2A I B C
I1 30 
I3 I3
At junction C, I = IBC  1.3 = 3  1.3 = 1.7 A A D
40  40 V
I2
3. V = I(R + r)
F E
 50 = 4.5 (10 + r) 40  80 V
5 Applying Kirchhoff’s current law to junction
 4.5 r = 5  r = = 1.1 
4.5 A,
366
Chapter 13: Current Electricity
I3 = I1 + I2 ….(i) For loop ABCDA,
Applying Kirchhoff’s voltage law for the loop IR + I1R + V – V = 0
ABCDA,  (I + I1)R = 0  I1 = – I
 30I1 + 40  40I3 = 0 Now, In loop ABFEA,
  30I1  40(I1 + I2) + 40 = 0 ….[From (i)] IR + (I – I1) R + (I – I1)R – V = 0
 7I1 + 4I2 = 4 ….(ii)  IR + IR – I1R + IR – I1R = V
Applying Kirchhoff’s voltage law for the loop  3IR – 2I1R = V
ADEFA,  3IR – 2(– I)R = V
 40I2 + 80 + 40  40I3 = 0 V
 5IR = V  I =
  40I2  40(I1 + I2) =  120 ….[From (i)] 5R
 I1 + 2I2 = 3 ….(iii) 11. 3 A 6
On solving equations (ii) and (iii),
I1 =  0.4 A X Y
20 V 2  V 4
8. 5V 5  B 10 
A I1 I2 B A
2 R1 = 3  R2 = 6 
I3
R5
0V X 10  Y
Let V be the potential of the junction as shown
in figure. Applying junction law, we have R4 = 5  R3 = 10 
20  V 5V V0
+ = R1 R 2 B
2 4 2  =
 40 – 2V + 5 – V = 2V R4 R3
 5V = 45  V = 9 V Wheatstone’s bridge network is balanced.
V Hence there is no current flowing through AB
 I3 = = 4.5 A (through R5).
2
2V  The given circuit is equivalent to
9. I1 Rxy = (3 + 6) | | (5 + 10)
A B
I1
9  15 9  15 45
I1 + I2  Rxy = = = 
I2 15  9 24 8
4V 4
12. The bridge is balanced.
2V
The balance condition after replacing 10 
D C resistor by 20  resistor will remain the same.
I2 2 4  28 4  28 7
 Req. = 4 || 28  = = = 
Applying Kirchhoff’s voltage law to ABCA, 4  28 32 2
2  4I1  4(I1 + I2) = 0 ….(i) V 12  2
Applying Kirchhoff’s voltage law to ADCA,  I= = = 3.4A
R eq. 7
2  2I2  4(I1 + I2) = 0 ….(ii)
Subtracting equation (ii) from equation (i), R AB R
13. As the bridge is balanced, = AD
 4I1 + 2I2 = 0 R BC R DC
 2I2 = 4I1  I2 / I1 = 2 15  6 15  (6 || 6)
I – I1
 =
10. A R D R E (X || 8)  3 4  (4 || 4)
21 18
I1  =
V  8X 
3
42
R R  
I 8 X 
 168 + 21 X = 33X + 72
V 96
 12X = 96  X = =8
B C F 12
367
14. As the bridge is balanced, 18. Let X be the smaller resistance in the metre
R AB R BC bridge lX = 20 cm
=  lR = 100  20 = 80 cm
R AD R CD
As the bridge is balanced,
44 10 || 5 lX X
 = =
 4  5 || 5 lR R
  X
3  20 X
 =
8 50 / 15 80 R

4  = 25 / 10 X 1
  X   =
3  R 4
8  R = 4X ....(i)
50 10 4
   From second condition,
4  = 15 25 3
  X  X  15 40
3  
R 100  40
4 4 14 X  15 40
 +X=6X=6– =   
3 3 3 R 60
15. For the balance condition, X  15 2
 
P R R 3
= where X is the resistance with  2R = 3X + 45
Q S || X
3X  45
which S is shunted,  R= ....(ii)
2
3 4
 = Equating (i) and (ii) we get,
3  6 X  3X  45
  = 4X
 6X  2
 6X = 24 + 4X  X = 12   8X = 3X + 45
 5X = 45  X = 9 
X 2
16. = RP 2
100  X 3 19. 1st case: =
RQ 3
 3X = 200 – 2X
 5X = 200  X = 40 cm 2
RP = RQ ....(i)
3
R1 2 2nd case: Resistance, instead of RQ is
17. 1st case: = .…(i)
X 3 10R Q
RQ||10 = + RQ = R
R2 3 10
2nd case: = .…(ii) Now, R P R =1  RP = R
X 2
Adding equations (i) and (ii), 10R Q
 RP = ....(ii)
R1 R 2 2 3 10  R Q
+ = +
X X 3 2 From equations (i) and (ii),
R1  R 2 13 2 10R Q
= RQ =
X 6 3 10  R Q
Let l be the distance of null point from left. 5
1
l 13  =
= 3 10  RQ
100  l 6
 10 + RQ = 15
 6 l = 1300 – 13 l
 RQ = 5  and RP = 10/3 
1300
 19 l = 1300  l = = 68.4 cm from left. 20. Manganin or constantan is used for making
19
the potentiometer wire.
368
21. G is a sensitive galvanometer and to protect it 2
from damage of heavy currents, some 29. I=
R  10
resistance R is introduced. 2 20
 V = I RAB =  10 =
22. RAB = 2  10 = 20  R  10 R  10
3 3 1 V 20 20
 I= = =  = =
10  20 30 10 L (R  10)1 R  10
E1 = l  
1 V
 V = I RAB =  20 = 2 V 
10 L
10  10–3 = 0.4 
V 2 20 
 = = 0.2 V/m  
L 10   10 
R
8
I  R + 10 = 2 = 800 R = 790 
23. Potential gradient = 10
A V E  R AB 
102  103  109  102 30. =  
= L L  R  R AB 
102  104
V E  R AB 
102  E1 = l=   .l
= 6 = 108 V/m L L  R  R AB 
10
E1 20 1
 = 5=
E 2 E (20  20).10 4
24. I=   0.2A
R  r 82  E : E1 : : 4 : 1
 V = IR = 0.2  8 = 1.6 V 31. Using,
V 1.6 E1  E 2 l1
 Potential gradient =  = 0.4 V/m 
L 4 E1  E 2 l2
1.5  1.1 260
E 2 2  
25. I=   A 1.5  1.1 l2
R  r 990  10 1000
2.6 260 260
2    l2 =  0.4 = 40 cm
 V = IR =  10 0.4 l2 2.6
1000
V 2 1 32. When null point is obtained on potentiometer
 Potential gradient =   = 0.01 V/m wire, the cell whose potential difference is to be
L 100 2 measured does not supply current to
potentiometer wire since galvanometer
E 5 5
26. I=    0.1A deflection is zero. Therefore current through the
R  r2 40  10 50 potentiometer wire is due to auxiliary battery.
33. As current through G is zero, it balances
27. Resistance per unit length is 1 /m Wheatstone’s bridge.
Balancing length = 2.9 m 6 9
   R = 18 
Resistance across balancing length = 2.9  12 R
e.m.f. = 1.45 V lP P 1
34.    3P = Q
1.45 lQ Q 3
Current, I = = 0.5 A
2.9  3P  Q = 0 ....(i)
P  40 3
28. El 
Q  40 5
E 75
 =  5P + 200 = 3Q + 120
1.02 50
 5P  3Q = 80 ....(ii)
3 Solving equations (i) and (ii) we have,
 E=  1.02 = 3  0.51 = 1.53 V
2 P = 20 , Q = 60 
369
 v  v0  1 1 1
67. We know that, n =  n 71. T= = = = 0.2 s
 v  vs  n 2  n1 325  320 5
As siren is at rest, vs = 0 v
72. Using, v = n we get, n =
 v  vA  
 nA =  n
 v  Given that, n2 – n1 = 5
340  v A  1 1
 4.5 = 4  v  =5
340   2 1 
 vA = 42.5 m/s  1 1  5  52  52.5
 v  vB 
 v  = 5  v =
and nB =   52 52.5  0.5
n
 v  = 10  52  52.5 = 273 m/s
340  vB 273
 5= 4  n1 = = 520 Hz and
340 52.5 102
 vB = 85 m/s 273
n2 = = 525 Hz
68. As student walks to the wall, frequency 52 102
incident on wall be n1. 73. nA = 305 Hz
 v  Given that, nA  nB = 5
 n1 =  n ….(i)
 v  vs  When B is filed, the number of beats reduce to
where, vs is velocity of student. 3 beats/s.
Now, wall will reflect sound of frequency n1.  The correct equation is,
But as the student is moving towards the wall, nB – nA = 5  nB = nA + 5 = 305 + 5 = 310 Hz
apparent frequency heard by student, 74. nB = 384 Hz
 v  vs  Given that nA  nB = 4
n    n1 When A is filed, the number of beats reduce
 v 
to 3 per second  The correct equation is,
 v  vs   v 
nB – nA = 4  nA = nB  4 = 384 – 4 = 380 Hz
= v  v n
 v   s  
….[Using equation (i)] 75. Given that, phase difference of rad
6
 v  vs   342  2  Corresponds to a path difference of x m.
= n =    170
 v  vs   342  2   A phase difference of 2 rad corresponds to
= 172 Hz path difference of , we get,
Beat frequency = 172  170 = 2 Hz v 100
69. Given equation is, Now,  =  =2m
n 50
 t x 
2 1
y = 0.03 sin 8    
 0.016 1.6   x=  m
12 6
 t x 
76. Given that, vmax = 4 vp
= 0.03 sin 2   
 0.004 0.4   A = 4  n
 Comparing with the standard form, 2 1
 t x  A =4 
y = A sin 2    we get, T T
T  A
 A   = 2  or  =
1 1 1000 2
T = 0.004 s = n = = = = 250 Hz,
T 0.004 4 77. Given equations are,
 = 0.4 m y1 = a sin (2000  t) = a sin 2 (1000 t) and
 Using, v = n = 250  0.4 = 100 m/s y2 = a sin (2008  t) = a sin 2 (1004 t)
70. Here, n11 = n1 + (11 – 1)  8 = n1 + 80  Comparing with the standard form,
and n11 = 2 n1 y = A sin 2 nt we get,
 2 n1 = n1 + 80  n1 = 80 Hz n1 = 1000 Hz and n2 = 1004 Hz
 n10 = 80 + (10 – 1)  8 = 152 Hz  Number of beats = 1004 – 1000 = 4 beats/s
255
Applying Kirchhoff’s second law for closed  i1  3i ....(ii)
loop AEFBA we get, For loop (2)
 (I1 + I2)  5  I1  2 + 2 = 0 or – (15 + 5) i1 + 10 i2 = 0
7I1 + 5I2 = 2 ….(i)  i2 = i1 = (3 i) = 6i ....(iii)
Again, applying Kirchhoff’s second law for a On solving equations (i), (ii) and (iii) we get
closed loop DEFCD we get, i = 0.1 A
(I1 + I2)  5  I2  2 + 2 = 0 Alternate Method:
or 5I1 + 7I2 = 2 ….(ii) Branch current =
Multiplying (i) by 5 and (ii) by 7 we get,  Resistance of opposite branch 
Main current   
35I1 + 25I2 = 10 ….(iii)  Total resistance 
35I1 + 49I2 = 14 ….(iv)  20 
Subtracting (iv) from (iii) we get,  
 i  1   3  = 0.1 A
 24I2 =  4  I2 = A
1  20  60 
6  3 
Substituting the value of I2 in equation (i) (Branch 60
we get, current)
i
1 7 1
7I1 = 2  5   7I1 =  I1 = A
6 6 6 1A 15 5
The current through the 5 , 10
1 1 1 20/3 
= I1 + I2 = A + A = A
6 6 3 (Note: Use shortcut 3.)
Competitive Thinking 6. Given circuit can also be drawn as,

2
A
2. According to Kirchhoff’s voltage law, the 2A
correct equation is 1  (i1 + i2)R  i1r1 = 0
3. According to Kirchhoff’s law, 3V VA  VB
ICD = I2 + I3
4. According to Kirchhoff’s junction law, 1
(+ 5) + (+ 4) + (3) + ( 5) + I = 0 4A B
 I=1A By Kirchhoff’s law,
x 3A
[ve sign shows that VA  (2  2)  (3)  (2  1)  VB = 0
current is flowing away 5A I  VA  4  3  2  VB = 0
from x.]  VA  VB = + 9V
5A B
7. 4V
60 
5.
I
1 4
A 15 5 B I2
I1 A I1 O
1A 1A
2 8V
I2 2 I3
10  2
Applying Kirchhoff's law 2V
At junction A: Let potential at O be V0. C
i  i1  i 2  1 ....(i) According to Kirchhoff’s current law,
I1 + I2+ I3 = 0
For Loop (1)
8  V0 4  V0 2  V0
 60i  (15  5)i1  0   =0
2 4 2
371
Evaluation Test
1. Coefficient of t l 30 45  102
Minimum deformation 7.   
Coefficient of x t 0.01 t
Maximum deformation 45  104
t= = 150 s
30
For a travelling wave, 8. Given equation is,

y = A sin (cot  kx + )  x
y = y0 sin 2  f t  
at a given position (x) : y = A sin (t + )  
Thus, the particle performs SHM 
At a given position, A= Ak=1
k
deformation w.r.t. mean position is minimum,
2
therefore its deformation potential energy is  y0 = 1   = 2 y0
minimum. 
2. Total energy radiated per unit time i.e. power 9. In general, to find the equation of a travelling
will be equal to the energy reaching the wave of a given curve, replace x by x  vt in
surface of radius x per second the equation of curve. If the wave is travelling
power P 1 in +x direction, use x – vt and otherwise.
 Intensity =  I 2
area x 2
x 10. For the given situation, the relation between
3. Direction reverses after reflection and phase pulse speed and height is governed by,
difference introduced after each reflection v2 = gh  The graph is as shown in (D).
depending upon nature of support.
11. reflected transmitted
4. For the given situation,
2v 2
Ay = Al 4/
v1  v 2 
T T T incident rigid boundary
But v =  v1 = , v2 =
 l y
Reflected wave will have a phase inversion of
T 2  while the transmitted wave will not.
2
y y Hence, yt = (4 mm) sin (5 t + 40 x)
 Ay = A1 = Al
 T T   1 1  12. If x is taken from the end of about which rope
      is rotated then,
 l    l  
 y   y  M2 2
l
T (x) =
2L
 L  x2 
2
y T (x) 
= ….[ Al = 1]  v(x) =  L2  x 2
 l   2
1  
  y  dx 
   L2  x 2
dt 2
6. From the figure, L T
dx 
v1 T  v(x) =    dt
 1 ; T2 = 2 T1 L2  x 2 2 0
v2 T2 0
where, T1 = tension in string AB T   x 

L

= sin 1    
and T2 = tension in string CD 2   L 0 2
v1 T1 1 
  =  =T=
v2 2T1 2 2
257
According to the principle of Wheatstone’s 23. The given circuit is a balanced Wheatstone’s
bridge, the effective resistance between the bridge circuit. Hence potential difference
given points is between A and B is zero.
= (4 + 4)  || (4 + 4) 
P R
= 8 || 8 = 4 24. For balanced Wheatstone bridge, 
Q S
18. This is a balanced Wheatstone’s bridge circuit. 12 x6
Hence potentials at B and D will be same and  
no current flows through the resistance 4R.
1 / 2  1 / 2 
x=6
19. This is a balanced Wheatstone bridge. Hence
25. 10 
no current will flow from the diagonal P S
resistance 10 .
10  10  10 
10  10   10  10  10 
 Equivalent resistance = AB
10  10   10  10  Q
= 10 
10 
20. Considering resistors are connected as shown
in figure below. This network can be redrawn in the bridge
form as, S
200
500 
10  10 
10 
100 300 
P
A B
500 
400 10  10 
10 
500  500
 R eff max = = 250 
500  500
Q
P Q AS AQ
21. Wheatstone’s network is balanced as  In this case,  Hence, bridge is
R S SB QB
 No current flows through galvanometer. balanced and no current will flow through
25  50 25  50 50 SPQ branch and thus, is neglected.
 Reff. = = = 
25  50 75 3 This modifies circuit into,
S
V 6
 I=   0.36 A
R 50 / 3 10 
10 
22. Given circuit is a balanced Wheatstone bridge

A B
circuit. Hence it can be redrawn as follows:
12  10  10 
4 8 12 
a b
 a b Q

2 4 6 20  in series
10  S 10 
6
12  6 A B
 RAB = =4
(12  6) 10  10 
Q 20  in series
373
RAB = [20  || 20 ] 31. For first case, the balancing condition is
1 1
1
10  R1 50
=    
 20 20  R2 50
= 10   R2 = 10 + R1.
For second case, the balancing condition is
26. R R
R1 40

R R R R 2R/3 2R/3 R 2 60
R1 2
A R B A R B   R1 = 20 
10  R1 3

R R R R 2R/3 2R/3 32. Let lX be balancing length obtained in front of
smaller resistance.
R R
 lX = 40 cm, lR = 60 cm
When the bridge is balanced,
As the bridge is balanced,
2R X lX 40 2
 Req =    ….(i)
3 R lR 60 3
when 30  is connected in series with X,
X 20 1
27. = X=  = 0.25  effective resistance becomes (X + 30) 
1 80 4 Also, length shifts by 20 cm
100  l  lX + 30 = 40 + 20 = 60 cm
29. S =  R
 l  X  30 60 3
  
100  l  R 40 2
Initially, 30 =    10
 l  2(X  30)
R= ….(ii)
 l = 25 cm 3
100  l  From equations (i) and (ii),
Finally, 10 =    30
 l  X 2
=
 l = 75 cm (X  30) 3
2
So, shift 75 cm  25 cm = 50 cm 3
3X 2
 
X lx 2(X  30) 3
30. 
R lR  5X = 120
20 lx  X = 24 

30 lR
5 R
l 40 33. Initially, = ….(i)
 x  l1 100  l1
lR 60
5 R/2
as for metrebridge, lx + lR = 100 cm Finally, = ….(ii)
 lx = 40 cm 1.6 l1 100  1.6 l1 
After reducing resistance, R R
X lx  =
 1.6 100  l1  2 100  1.6 l1 
R 100  lx
 160  1.6 l1 = 200  3.2 l1
10 lx  1.6 l1 = 40
 
30 100  lx  l1 = 25
 lx = 25 cm From equation (i),
The distance through which balance point is 5 R
  R = 15 
shifted lx  lx = 40 – 25 = 15 cm to the left 25 75
374
R1 l1 l1 When R1 and R2 are connected in series,
34. In balancing condition,   R1 + R2 = 1000  . ....(iv)
R 2 l2 100  l1
On solving equations (iii) and (iv), we get,
X 20 1
   ....(i) R1 = 550  and R2 = 450 
Y 80 4
4X l 37. Balancing length is independent of the area of
and  ....(ii) cross-section of the wire.
Y 100  l
4 l 38. Metrebridge is balanced,
  R AC 20
4 100  l  = =
 l = 50 cm 80 BC 80
 R = 20 
35. Initially,
R 1 l1 60 3 l1 2
   39. Unknown resistance, X=R =6
….(i) l2 3
R 2 l2 40 2
When, wire is stretched by 20 % i.e., becomes  X=4
1.2 L Resistance of bridge wire RW = 0.1 /cm = 10 
(Using shortcut 4), X =4 R =6
Resistance will increase to 1.44R2
Hence, after stretching wire,
G
R 1 l 2 3

R 2 100  l RW = 10 
But R1 = R and R 2 = 1.44 R2 ()
R1 l E = 5V K
 =
1.44 R 2 100  l Equivalent resistance,
From (i), Req = (X + R) || RW = (10 ) || (10 )
3 l Req = 5 
 E
1.44  2 100  l Current drawn from the battery is, I =
R eq
 300  3l = 2.88 l
300 5
 l=  51 cm =
5.88 5
 I = 1A
36. Let balancing length be l ,
R1 l 41. l P
 = ....(i) A B
R2 100  l L
If R1 and R2 are interchanged balancing length
becomes, ( l  10)
R2 l 10 l 10 + 
 = = ....(ii) ()
R1 100  (l 10) 110  l E K
From equations (i) and (ii), For a potentiometer wire AB of length L,
l 110  l V 
= VAP =  AB  l
100  l l 10
 L 
 l 2  10 l = (110  100) + ( l 2  210 l ) VAP l
 200 l = 110  100 =
 VAB L
 l = 55 cm
Substituting in equation (i), we get,  VAP 
The ratio   would remain constant if the
R1 55 11  VAB 
  ....(iii)
R 2 45 9 length of the wire is increased.
375
Textbook
Chapter No.
08 Stationary Waves
Hints
(  ) (  )
Classical Thinking 3. cos  + cos  = 2 cos cos
2 2
17. Frequency of pth overtone is
 y = y1 + y2 = 2  0.05  cos (x) cos (4t)
np = pn1
where p = no. of segments or loops For node, cos (x) = 0
n1 = Fundamental frequency  3 5
 x = , , ,…
(given) p = 1 2 2 2
 np = n1 1 3 5
 x = , , ,….  x = 0.5 m
i.e., fundamental mode or 1st harmonic 2 2 2
18. Comparing given equation with the standard form, 2
4. Using, = coefficient of x in the argument
 2x  
y = A sin   .cos (2nt) we get,
   2
of the sine function = k   =
8 k
2tn = 8t  n = = 4 cycles / s
2 Distance between adjacent nodes = /2.
25. In open organ pipe, both even and odd 
 The distance between adjacent nodes =
harmonics are produced. k
26. In an open organ pipe, all harmonics are present. 5. Velocity, v = n ,
For pth overtone, we have (p + 1)th harmonic v 1200
= = =4m
28. In closed pipes, only odd harmonics are present. n 300
39. When two bodies have the same frequency,  The distance between a node and the
then one is excited and other vibrates with its 
neighbouring antinode is = 1 m.
natural frequency due to resonance. 4
1 n l x
42. n  1 = 2 6. y = 6 sin cos 8t
l n2 l1 6
300 Comparing with the standard wave equation
 l2 =  30 = 22.5 cm
2x   2t  we get,
400 y = A sin   cos  
43. For closed pipe, in general,     T 
v 1 2x x
n= (2N  1)  n  =   = 12
4l l  6
 If length of air column decreases, then  The distance between two consecutive nodes,
frequency increases.  12
= =6
v v 2 2
44. nclosed = , nopen =
4L 2L 7. Energy is not carried by stationary waves.
 nopen = 2nclosed = 2n 8. The given equation can be written as,
 x 
y = 4sin  4t  
Critical Thinking  16 
Co-efficient of t()
2. In closed organ pipe, if  v=
yincident = A sin(t  kx), then Co-efficient of x(k)
yreflected = A sin(t + kx + ) =  A sin(t + kx) 4
 v= = 64 cm/s along + x direction.
Superimposition of these two waves gives the  / 16
required stationary wave. (Note: Refer Shortcut 9. iii.)
260
 n (n – 10) + 1 (n – 10) = 0 60. E0 r1
 (n + 1) (n – 10) = 0
Neglecting negative value of n,
A l
n = 10 P r
B
l l 
52. r =  1 2   R
 l2  E
E0
 55  50  Current in wire AB =
 r=    10 = 1  r1 + r
 50 
i r  E0  r
l 
Potential gradient (K) = = 
53. r =  1  1 R L  r1 + r  L
 l2  E = Kl
 3   E r
=  1 9.5   E=  0  l
 2.85   r1 + r  L
0.15 L
=  9.5  = 0.5  61. Resistance: R = 
2.85 A
l l  d 2 V
54. r =  1 2 R But, A = and L1 = 1
4 A1
 l2 
 25  R1 L A L d2
  = 1  2 = 1  22
R=   2 = 0.5  R2 A1 L2 L2 d1
 100 
V A 2 d 22
55. Internal resistance, =  
A1 V d12
l 
r =  1 1 R d 22 d 22 d 42
 l2  =  =
d12 d12 d14
=  1  5
52
 40  62. S1 is open and S2 is closed
12  5 12 12
= = 1.5  So, I = =
40
(6  4) 10
56. E1  L1 and E1  L2  I = 1.2 A
E1 L1 1.25 30
   = 63. B
E 2 L2 E2 40
R1 R3
5
 E2 =  1.67 V
3 A G C
E1 l1  l2 58  29 87 3 R2 R4
57. = = = =
E2 l1  l2 58  29 29 1 D
E1 l l (6  2) 2
58. = 1 2 = = + –
E2 l1  l2 (6  2) 1 E
Figure (a)
59. While assisting net E.M.F = E1 + E2
opposing net E.M.F =  E1  E2 In the Wheatstone bridge shown in figure (a),
null point is obtained when,
for potentiometer E  l
1   2 50 5 R1 R 3
   ….(i)
 R2 R4
E1  E 2 10 1
E 1 5 1 6 3 When the positions of galvanometer and cell
    (E) are interchanged, we get circuit shown in
E 2 5 1 4 2 figure (b).
377
B 66. Voltage across 10  = voltage across 40 
R1 R3  I1 (10) = I2 (40)
B
2.5  10
A C R1 R3  I2 = = 0.625 A
40
R2 R4  A G C 50 50  25
 R= = =8
D Equivalent I1  I 2 2.5  0.625
R2 R4
circuit
G D 67. Resistance between P and Q,
Figure (b) 5
R R
R R6 5
From figure (b), null point is obtained when, RPQ = R ||    = = R
 3 2   R  5 R  11
R1 R 2  
  6 
R3 R4 Resistance between Q and R,
R1 R 3 R 4R
i.e.,  ….(ii) 
RQR = ||  R   = 2
R2 R4 R R 3 4
= R
 2  3  R 4R  11
From equations (i) and (ii), we can say that   
null point is not disturbed when galvanometer 2 3 
and cell are interchanged. Resistance between P and R,
R 3R
64. Maximum resistance is obtained when 
= ||   R  = 3 2
R R 3
resistors are connected in series. RPR = R
3 2   R  3R  11
Rs = 10  (2)  
3 2 
Rs = 20 
Hence it is clear that RPQ is maximum.
Minimum resistance is obtained when
resistors are connected in parallel. 68. F = qE
2 F F V
Rp =   E=  
10 q q L
Rs 20 FL 2.4  1019  6
 = = 100  V= = V=9V
R p 2 / 10 q 1.6  1019
65. A  e.m.f. of cell = V = 9 V
3
69.
r r
1
230 V (100V, 500 W) 1 r 2
 r r
3 4
B 2
R I 4
r
Power P = IV
The centre resistor will be neglected
P 500 3
 I= = = 5A
V 100
r r
By Kirchhoff’s law, r r
230 V = IR + VAB 1 2
 230 V = IR + 100 V r r
r r 
 IR = 130 V
4 r
130
 R=  = 26 
5
r
378
1 1 1 1 Consider potential at points A and B be zero.

 = + + Hence, potential at points C and D will be 2 V.
Rp 2r 2r r
Similarly, potential at E and F is 4 V.
r This implies, potential drop across each
 Rp =
2 resistor R1, R2 and R3 is zero.
70. The equivalent circuits are as shown below  current through each resistor is zero.
C C C 75. Equivalent circuit is given by
2 2
100  400 
A
A B A B
2 2
200  300 
D B D D
The circuit is a balanced Wheatstone’s bridge.
Hence effective resistance between A and B 6V
= 4  || 4  = 2 
Capacitors behave as infinite resistance in
71. B steady state
A Voltage 6
Isteady = =
Resistance (100  200  300)
Assuming, x  as an equivalent of the 6 1
= = A = 10 mA
remaining without link 600 100
7 1(x) x 76. Current from D to C = 1 A
 
12 1  x 1  x  VD  VC = 2  1 = 2 V
7(1+ x) = 12x VA = 0  VC = 1 V,
7 + 7x = 12x  VD  VC = 2
7 = 5x
 VD  1 = 2  VD = 3 V
7
x   VD  VB = 2
5  3  VB = 2  VB = 1 V
72. The given network is a balanced Wheatstone 77.
bridge. Its equivalent resistance will be 12 V 1
18
R= 
5 13 V 2
V V 5V
 i=   10 
R 18 / 5 18
73. Since the current coming out from the positive
terminal is equal to the current entering the E1r2  E 2 r1 12  2   13  1 37
Eeq=   V
negative terminal, the current in the respective r1  r2 1 2 3
loop will remain confined to the loop. r1r2 1 2 2
 current through 2  resistor is zero Also, req = =  
r1  r2 1 2 3
74. 6V 4V 2V Current in the circuit will be,
H F D B 37
0V
E eq 37
2V 2V 2V I=  3  A
R  req 10  2 32
R1 = 1  R2 = 1  R3 = 1 
3
2V 2V 2V The voltage across the load,
0V 37
G E C A V = IR =  10 = 11.56 V
6V 4V 2V 32
379
78. With increase in temperature, the value of 105
unknown resistance will increase.  R = 21  = 420 k
5
For balanced Wheatstone bridge condition,
84. Simplifying the circuit
R l1 1k  1k  1k 

X l2 A
l1 1k  1k  1k  1k 
To take null point at same point or to 2k 
l2
R B
remain unchanged, should also remain 1k  1k  1k 
X A
unchanged. Therefore, if X is increasing R
should also increase. 1k  1k 
2
1k  k
3
79. l1 = 52 + 1 = 53 cm, l2 = 48 + 2 = 50 cm
As the bridge is balanced, B
1k  1k 
l1 X 53 X A
  
l2 R 50 10 5
1k  1k  1k  k
 X = 10.6  3
80. As I is independent of R6 , no current flows B
through R6. This implies that the junction of R1 1k  1k 
A
and R2 is at the same potential as the junction
of R3 and R4. This must satisfy the condition 1k 
5
1k  k
R1 R 3 8
 , as in the Wheatstone’s bridge.
R2 R4 B
1k 
81. 1.5 R A
X R O Y 13
1k  1k  k
8
3R B
1.5R  3R 1k 
ROY = =R A
(1.5  3)R
RXO = ROY = R 1k 
13
k
 VXO = VOY  VA = VB = VC 21
3 B
82. I=  0.5 103
6 103 A
VAD = IR = 0.5  10–3  3  103 = 1.5 V 34
1k  k
2  1.5 21
Q= = 2  0.5 = 1 C
3 B
Applying KVL from B to C, A
1
VB  0.5  103  2  103 + = VC 34
2 k
1 55
VB – VC = 1  = 0.5 V B
2
110  55 mA 21 mA 8 mA 3 mA 1 mA
83. I= ….(i) A
20  10  R
3
34 mA 13 mA 5 mA 2 mA
Now, V = IR X
5 =    20  103 ….[From (i)]
110
 
 20  10  R 
3
B
34
 105 + 5R = 22  105  VAB = 55 × 10–3 × × 103 = 34 V
55
380
Evaluation Test
1. The given circuit is a balanced Wheatstone’s P.D. across first cell, V1 = E  Ir1
network as shown in figure (ii). Hence, points 2E
Q and S are at the same potential =E  r1
r1  r2  X
 VQ – VS = 0 V
Given that, V1 = 0
Q
2 E r1
4 12   E=
r1  r2  X
P, T R
G  X + r1 + r2 = 2r1 or X = r1  r2
8 24  4. The circuit for the dashed lines can be drawn

S as,
1 1 1 1 1
+  A B
6V  Req = 5  1 = 5 
Figure (ii) The circuit obtained by adding dashed lines
2. Applying Kirchoff’s junction rule to point A, can be drawn as, 1 
(see figure)
 I1 – I2 – I3 = 0 1 1 1 1 1
A B
 I1 + I2 + I3 = 0 .…(i)
If VA is the potential at A, by applying Ohm’s
law to R1, R2 and R3 then we get, 1
VA – V1 = I1 R1 ,
R eq for this combination after simplifying the
VA – V2 = I2 R2 and X
VA – V3 = I3 R3 I1 circuit,
VA  V1 R eq = 3 
 I1 = , R1
R1  Difference in the final and initial values of Req
VA  V2 A is 2 .
I2 = , R2 R3
R2 I2 I3 R
5.
V  V3 Y Z x y
I3 = A
R3 x y
Substituting for I1, I2 and I3 in equation (i) we
get, V
1 1 1   V1 V2 V3  Figure (i) V
VA         0
 R1 R 2 R 3   R1 R 2 R 3  Figure (ii)
1
V V V  1 1 1  Equaivalent resistance decreases. Hence
 VA =  1  2  3      current will increase
 R1 R 2 R 3   R1 R 2 R 3   Vx + Vy = V
3. E r1 E r2 Due to the change, Vx increases
 voltmeter reading will decrease.
I I 6. P = 60 W, h = 12 m, V = 100 litre,  = 80%
P P
X  = out 
Pin  w 
From the figure,  
 t 
EE 2E mgh
I=  ….(i)    P
r1  r2  X r1  r2  X t
381
m 60 9. 4.3 V 10 
  = 0.625  0.63 kg/s
t 10  12  0.8
m 50 2
 t =
0.63 A
100  103  103 s
=  159 s V
0.63 200 
52  200 2520  10400
7. i = 40 mA Req = 10 + = = 51.269 
252 252
= 40  103 A 4.3
E  I= = 0.08 A
Using, I = 51.269
R net  r A
10. i2 4
3 3 V A A
40  10 = i1
100R V A A
22
100  R V 4 6
100R V 3
4+   75 i i1
100  R V 0.04
4V 2V
 RV  245  Potential difference across upper 4 
resistance is zero
8. Let the currents through various branches be  current is zero  i2 = 0
as shown Other two resistors are in series combination.
R D (a+b)
C b Hence current is same.
R
42
R = = 0.2 A
(a  b) a 46
B F  i = i1 = 0.2 A, i2 = 0
R
R R 11. From symmetry of network, it follows that the
circuit can be replaced by an equivalent one as
Aa
(a+b) b R shown below.
R/2 R/2
E
Applying Kirchoff’s voltage law in loop
ABCDEA and loop ABFA we get, R/2
R/2 R/2
E  aR  2Rb = 0 ….(i)
 aR  (a – b)R + 2Rb = 0 ….(ii) R
2aR = 3Rb  2a = 3b A B
3b
E=R  2Rb = (a + b) Req We replace the inner triangle consisting of an
2
infinite number of elements by a resistor of
7Rb  3b  resistance RAB/2, where the resistance
   b  R eq
2  2  RAB = Rx and RAB = A. After simplification,
7Rb 5b the circuit becomes a system of conductors
  R eq
2 2 connected in series and parallel. In order to
7R find Rx, we write the equation,
Req =  RR x / 2   RR x / 2 
5 Rx = R  R  R  R  
3b 5b  R  Rx / 2   R  Rx / 2 
Entering current, (a + b) = b I
2 2 Solving the equation, we obtain
b I R( 7  1) A( 7  1)
Current in common side, (a – b) =  . RAB = Rx = 
2 5 3 3
382
13. Using symmetry and junction rule, we can 16. iAD = iDB + iDC
arrange the currents as shown. Applying loop Let potential at D be V
rule along ABCD and battery to A, we get (7  V) (V  0) (V  1)
i D  
i/2 i/2 10 20 30
i i On solving the above equation, we get VD  4V
i/2 i/2
i C Hence option (A) is correct.
i
3i i i/2 Currents through the sections DB and DC are,
A B 74
= 0.3 A,
10
6V
i 4
iR  R  iR  6  0 = 0.2 A,
2 20
5iR 5i 6 4 1
6= =  2 or I = = 1.2 A = 0.1 A
2 2 5 30
....[ R = 2 ] Hence option (B) is correct
Total power drawn = (0.3)2  10 + (0.2)2  20
Current through the battery, 3i = 3.6 A
+ (0.1)2  30
14. 1.5 V = k.l1 = k(76.3) ….(i) = 0.9 + 0.8 + 0.3
E – ir = i(9.5 ) = kl2 = 2.00 W
E 1.5 Hence option (D) is correct.
 i= 
9.5  r 9.5  r So, only incorrect option is (C)
(1.5)
(9.5)  kl2 ….(ii) 17. When the diameter of wire AB is increased, its
9.5  r
Dividing (ii) by (i), we get, resistance will decrease. Therefore, the
potential difference between A and B due to
9.5 l 64.8 cm 9.5  r 76.3
 2   battery B1 will decrease. So, the null point will
9.5  r l1 76.3 cm 9.5 64.8 be obtained at a smaller value of x.
r  76.3 
   1 18. Here for the minor arc AB,
9.5  64.8 
R R
 76.3  RAB =  (r) =
 r=   1 (9.5)  = 1.7  2r 2
 64.8   l
   
15. We relabel the circuit in terms of potential  r
points as follows: C and for the major arc,
R
RAB =  r (2  )
2r
A B
R
= (2  )
2
A B R AB(minor) R AB(major)
R5  Req =
 R AB(minor)  R AB(major) 
R2 R4 R R
 (2  )
= 2 2
R1 R3 R R (2  )

2 2
A C B
R
R1 = R2 = R3 = R4 = R5 = 2  = (2  )
 Req = 1  4 2
383
Let T1 = Vdg and density of fluid in which Now, frequency  speed of sound
weight will be immersed is  n2 151
 T1 – T2 = Vg  =
n1 150
T1  T2 
 = 151 300  151
T1 d  n2 = n1  = = 302 Hz
T2  9 7 150 150
 1– = =1– = Hence beat frequency = 302 – 300 = 2
T1 d 16 16
d 16 
 = 71. For 1st resonance, L1 + e =
 7 4
3
1 T For 2nd resonance, L2 + e =
67. n= 4
2L r 2 d

1 9T  L2 – L1 =
n = 2
2L r 2 d
Speed of sound, v = n = 500  2 (L2 – L1)
n  3L r
   ….(i) = 500  2 (52 – 17)  102
n L r  = 350 m/s
 mass remains the same n T1
72. n T= 1= ….(i)
r L n2 T2

r L 50 150n1
Substituting in eq. (i)  n 2 = n1 +  n1 =
100 100
n L n1 100
3 2
n L  = = ….[From (i)]
n2 150 3
 L > L
T1 4
 n < 3 n  =
T2 9
T T2  T1  T2 
68. n  100 =
l % increase =   1 100
T1  T1 
 l  T ( n = constant)
9  500
l2 T2 =  1   100 = = 125%
 = 4  4
l1 T1
 l2 = l1
100
 l2 = 1.3l1 = l1 + 0.30 l1 = 30% of l1 2. Progressive waves propagate energy while
stationary waves do not propagate energy.
69. According to law of tension,
N T 3. Waves z1 = A sin(kx  t) is travelling
towards positive x-direction.
Therefore, when the tension is doubled, the
frequency becomes 2 times. Wave z2 = A sin(kx + t) is travelling towards
negative x-direction.
70. Let v1 be the speed of sound at 27 C and v2 at Wave z3 = A sin(ky  t) is travelling towards
31 C then, positive y direction.
1 1
v2  273  31  2  304  2 
1
Since waves z1 and z2 are travelling along the
4 2
=  =  = 1   same line, so they will produce stationary wave.
v1  273  27   300   300 
1 4 151 1 T 1 1
=1+  = 10. n=  n  and v  n  v 
2 300 150 2lr  r r
266
Textbook
Chapter No.

Hints
2. F = BIlsin 
Classical Thinking F 15 1
 sin  = = =
2. B represents the magnetic field. BIl 2  10  1.5 2
    = 30
6. From Ampere’s circuital law,  B. dl = 0I   
c
3. F = I l  B = Il B sin 
where I is the current in the closed path.
 F = 0 when sin  = 0   = 0
7. B = 0 n I  B does not depend upon radius
0 2I
9. Magnetic field due to solenoid is independent 4. B=
4 r
of diameter ( B = 0nI).
r
New distance =
15.   NBIA  100  0.2  2   0.08  0.1  0.32N m 2
Direction is given by Fleming's left hand rule.  0 2I
 New magnetic field = = 2B
21. The resistance of an ideal voltmeter is 4  r 
 
considered as infinite so that it does not 2
change the current in the circuit.
0 2I
24. The voltmeter is a high resistance galvanometer. 5. Using, B = ,
4 r
29. For motion of a charged particle in a magnetic 2I 2 2
mv B = 107  = 107  = 8  108 T
field, we have r = i.e. r  v r 5
qB
6. B1 = 103 T, x1 = 4 cm = 4  102 m,
33. Particles are entering perpendicularly. Hence, x2 = 12 cm = 12  102 m
they will describe circular path. Since their  2I
masses are different, they will describe paths B1 = 0 .
of different radii. 4  x1
2I
mv p 2mK 1 2mV  103 = 107 
34. r=    4  102
qB qB qB B q
 I = 2  102 A = 200 A
where, K = K.E. of the charged particle.
 2I 2  200
m B2 = 0 . = 107  = 3.33  104 T
r 4 x 2 12  10 2
q
2 2 0 nI 3000  5
m1  R1   q1   R   q  7. B = 0nI = = 4  107 
 =   =     2r 2  12
m 2  R 2   q 2   R / 2   4q 
= 2.5  104 T
m1
 =1 =
m2 8. B = 0nI = 4  107  10  5 = 2  105 T
0 2nI 2nI
Critical Thinking 9. B= = 107 
4 r r
   107  2  250  (20  103 )
1. F=Il  B =
 F = IlB sin   40  103 
 F = 1.6  0.5  2  sin (90) = 1.6 N = 7.85  105 T  7.9  105 T
385
0 n1I1 n I 0 NI
10. B= + 0 2 2 18. B=
2r1 2r2 l
 0  5  0.20 5  0.30  4  107  N  10
=  = 50  0.2 =
2  0.20 0.30  0.8
4  10 4
0 2I  N=
11. BA =  
4 R Since N turns are made from the winding
 2 (2I)  2 I wire, so length of the wire (L)
 BB = 0  = 0 
4 2R 4 R = 2r  N [2r = length of each turns]
BA 1 4  104
 =  L = 2  3  102 
BB 1 
= 2.4  103 m
0nI
12. Magnetic field at the centre of coil B = 19. d = 9 cm = 9  102 m
2R
L  A = r2 =  (4.5  102)2
n = 1 and 2R = L  R =  B = nIA = 30  1    (4.5  102)2
2
0 2I  0 I  B = 19.08  102 Am2
 B= =
2L L 20. It oscillates with the decreasing amplitude as
current is passed. Coil oscillates but current is
0 I  I momentary (it is for small time) and current
13. B1 = , B2 = 0
4 a 4 b decreases and becomes zero. So, oscillation of
0I  1 1  the coil is of decreasing amplitude.
 Field due of ABCD = B1  B2 =   
4  a b 
 5
21. B= = =2T
14. 4
B = 0.4  10 T = 4  10 T 5
InA 5  100  50 104
 nI
Using B = 0 we get, 22. Field is radial (plane of coil parallel to
2r magnetic field)
2Br 2  4  105  200  103   = nIAB
n= =
0 I 4  3.14  107  0.25 = 100  100  10–6  (5  2  104)  0.1
 n = 50.9  51 = 106 N m
  23.  = nIAB cos 60 = nIAB sin (90 60)
2    I
0 (2  )I 0  2 1
15. B= = = 500  0.2  4  104  103 
4 r 4 r 2
30 I   = 2  105 N-m
 B=
8r
C 5  10 7  45
24. I= =
0 2nI nAB 200  0.02  0.08  0.2
16. Using, B =  ,
4 r  4
I = 3.5  10 A
2nI 2    25  4
B = 107  = 107  25. B = 80 gauss = 80  104 tesla
r 5  102
3 For equilibrium of coil,
 B = 1.256  10 T
nBIA = C
17. r1: r2 = 1: 2 and B1 : B2 = 1 : 3 nBIA
 2nI  C =
B= 0.  I  Br 
4 r 40  80  104  0.2  103  5  104
I1 Br 1 1 1 =
 = 11 = = 20
I2 B2 r2 3 2 6 = 1.6  109 Nm/degree
386
39. Here, nl = constant 45. Fundamental frequency of the first wire is
 n1l1 = n2l2  110 (l1) = (l1 – 5) n2 1 T 1 T 1 T
n= = =
110  60 2l1 m 2l1 r1  2l1r1
2

 = n2  n2 = 120 Hz
55
1 T
 Number of beats = 120  110 = 10 The first overtone n1 = 2n =
l1r1 
40. When the length of sonometer wire increases Similarly, the second overtone of the second
by 4%, the new length, wire will be,
l2 = 1.04 l1 3 T
n2 =
Now, nl = constant 2l2 r2 
 n1 l1 = n2 (1.04 l1)  n1 = 1.04 n2 Given that n1 = n2
 n2 = n1  8 …( n2 < n1) 1 T 3 T
 =
 n2 = 1.04 n2 – 8 l1r1  2l2 r2 
 0.04 n2 = 8  n2 = 200 Hz  3l1r1 = 2l2r2
41. n T l1 2r2
=
n 1 ΔT l2 3r1
 =
n 2 T 2r2
= ….( r1 = 2r2)
 1 ΔT  3( 2r2 )
 Beat frequency, n =  n
2 T  1
=
1 2 3
=   400 = 4
2 100
1 T T
46. n  2
42. Let the frequency of tuning fork be N. 2l r 
2
r
As the frequency of vibrating string 2 2
1 n1  T  r      1  2   1 
    1  2   2         1
length of string n2  T2  r1   1   2  1   2 
For sonometer wire of length 20 cm,  n1  n 2
frequency must be (N + 5) and that for the
sonometer wire of length 21cm, the frequency 1 T
must be (N – 5) as in each case, the tuning 47. n=  n  l1
2l M
fork produces 5 beats/s with sonometer wire
n l
 n1l1 = n2l2  (N + 5)  20 = (N – 5)  21  % =   100
n l
 N = 205 Hz
= l = 1% = 1% (In magnitude)
1 T 48. Mass per unit length of the string
43. Using, n =
2 m 1.0  103
m= = 5  103 kg m1
1 T 1 1 20  102
Number of beats =    speed of waves in string
2 m  l2 l1 
I 0.5
1 20  1 1  v=  = 10 ms1
=  49.1  102  51.6  102   7
3
m 5  10
2 1  103  
Now, v = n
1 T v 10
44. Fundamental frequency n   = = = 0.1 cm = 10 cm
2l r 2 n 100

1 n r l r 2L 1  separation between successive nodes =
n  1  2 2   2
lr n 2 r1 l1 2r L 1
= 5 cm
269
43. For the actual measurement of potential Current in series connection of voltmeter
difference, it is necessary that the current remains constant.
between two points of the conductor should  I2 = 5  103 A, R2 = 32  103 ,
remain the same after putting the measuring V2 = I2R2 = 5  103  32  103 = 160 V
device across two points. This is the case  Line voltage = V1 + V2 = 80 + 160 = 240 V
when resistance of device is very high
(i.e., infinite). d d
51. SI = , Sv =
V 10 dI dV
44. RS = –G= – 40 = 39960 
Ig 0.25  103 SI dV S
 = = G  Sv = I
Sv dI G
45. Ig = 5  103 A
V Ig 1
Using, R = G 52. =
Ig I 5
20 S Ig 1
 3960 = 3
G  = =
5  10 SG I 5
 G = 4000  3960 = 40   5S=S+G
V  4 S = 20  S = 5 
46. R= –G
Ig
Current sensitivity
53. Voltage sensitivity =
V G
 0= – 100
3  103 Si
 2 div. per mV =
 V = 100  3  10–3 = 0.3 V 5
V 3  Si = 10 div. per mA
47. Ig = = = 15 mA
R 200
V 2
In (A), 10 mA < 15 mA  I < Ig 54. I= = = 0.1 mA = 100 A
 I  10 mA R 20 k
48. The current through the galvanometer d 50 1
 Sensitivity , S = = = div/A
3 dI 100 2
=
2950  50 55. Current sensitivity (S)
= 10–3 A d 1 nAB
 To reduce the deflection from 30 divisions to = = =
dI K C
20 divisions, the current required
 Sn
20 2
=  10–3 =  10–3 A S n
30 3  =
S n
3 2
 The required resistance, R = =  10–3 125
R  50 3  n =  28 = 35
100
3 3
 R + 50 =  103
2 d nAB
56. Current sensitivity = =
 R + 50 = 4.5  103 dI C
 R = 4500 – 50 = 4450  80  5  104  5
= = 20  106 rad/A
49. A voltmeter always has high resistance as R is in 10 8
series. = 20 rad/A
To increase the range of ammeter i.e. to
increase I, its resistance must decrease. 57. 5 div = 1 mA
 High range  low resistance.  30 div = 6 mA = 6  103 A,
50. V1 = 80 volt, 1 div = 1 mV
R1 = 200  80 = 16000  = 16 k,  30 div = 30 mV = 30  103 V
V 80 V 30  103
I1 = 1 = = 5  103 A Now, G = = =5
R1 16000 Ig 6  103
388
S Ig q 2 B2 R 2
Also, since = 63. K.E =
SG I 2m

S
=
6  103
= 103 =
1.6 10    0.5   4  10 
19 2 2 1 2
S5 6 2  1.67  1027

1.6 
2
5  103 5  103 5  103  103  1038  25  102  16  102
 S= = = =
1  103  1000  1  999 2  1.67  1027
 
 1000  1024  10 42
= = 306.58  1015
5 3.34  1027
 S= 
999 = 3.06  1013 J
3.06  1013
Ig = eV
S 1.6  1019
58. =
I SG = 1.9  106 eV
Ig G / 10 G / 10 1 = 1.9 MeV
 = = =
I (G / 10)  G 11G / 10 11 64. 10 div = 1 mA and 2 div = 1 mV
 150 div = 15 mA and 150 div = 75 mV
d
Initially, the sensitivity,  i = V 75
dIg  Ro = G = = =5
I 15
d S Ig
Finally, after the shunt is used,  f =  =
dI SG I
f /I Ig 1 S 15  103 5 103
 = = =  = =
i  / Ig I 11 S5 6 2
 2S = 5  10–3 S + 25  10–3
2e  S = 0.0125 
59. Current due to motion of  particle =
T 65. Magnetic field at the centre of circular coil,
2e (L = 2r1)
 Magnetic moment = I  A =  r2
T  2 i  0 42i
Bcircular  0  and
e( 2r )r 4 r1 4 L
= = evr
T Magnetic field at the centre of semi-circular
coil, (L = r2 )
mv (Using shortcut 5),
60. R=
eB   i  0 2 i
Bsemi  circular  0 
Now, v  2v 4 r2 4 L
 R  2 R = 2  2 cm = 4 cm Bcircular
 =4
Bsemi  circular
qB
61. Cyclotron frequency, f =
2m 66. Magnetic field at P due to wire (1),
where, q = charge of proton  2(8)
B1  0
49 4 d
1.6  10 19  1.4
 f= =  107 Hz P (0, 0, d) Y
 22  22 B2
2   1.6  1027
 
 7  B1

6A
62. t = 2.3  108 s X
 T = 2t = 4.6  108
8A 
1 1  0 2(6)
 f=  = 2.1  107 Hz and that due to wire (2), B2 
T 4.6  108 4 d
389
2 2 0 I
  16    12  7. B= 
 Bnet  B12  B22   0    0  2 r
 4 d   4 d 
0 
 2 5  5  105 = 
 0   10  0 2 r
4 d d
0  
 r=
4 5  105  2
67. Ig = I
100  r = 1040 metre
Ig G
Using, S = we get, 0 2I 2I
I  Ig 8. B  105  107 
4 r (10  102 )
 4I   I = 5A
S I  
S(I  Ig ) 100 
 G =   9.
Ig  4I  I1
 
 100  B2
96IS O d
= = 24 S = 24  5 = 120  B1
4I I2 P
68. Potential drop across galvanometer = Potential
drop across the shunt
0 2 2 1/ 2
i.e., IgG = (I  Ig) S B= B12  B22 =
2d
 I1  I2 
I
S = g G
I  Ig 10.
I
For Ig =
10
a
I / 10 G /2 a
S= G
 I  I / 10  9 B
2a
Competitive Thinking B
According to Ampere’s Circuital law,
1. F = BIl = 2  1.2  0.5 = 1.2 N For inside loop,
2. By Ampere’s circuital law,  r I  I  A 
  B 0 2 ....  as I  
2r  A 
 B.dl   I 0 enclosed   0 (2  1)   0
a
0 I  
3. For the same distance, field will remain the 2
 B
  2I  2a 2
same  B  0
 4 r  I
B o ....(i)
4. Because inside the pipe, I = 0 4a
I For outside loop,
 B 0 0 B  (2r) = µ0I
2r
0 I I
 B   0 ....(ii)
0 2I 1 2(2a) 4a
5. B=  B
4 r r From equations (i) and (ii),
8
B1 r2 10 12 B
 =  =  B2 = 3.33  109 tesla 1
B2 r1 B2 4 B
6. B=
0 I
B
1 11. Applying Ampere’s law,  B.dl   I , to any
0
2r r closed path inside the pipe, we find no current

 When r is doubled, B is halved. is enclosed. Hence, B = 0.
390
1 Given that,
12. B N1 = 1, N2 = 2, r1 = r, r2 = r / 2,
r
B1 r 2r B1 = B
 = 2 = =2 B 1 r/2 1
B2 r1 r      B2  4B .…[From (i)]
B2 2 r 4
13. the magnetic induction at centre of a coil is Alternate Method:
 Ni B 2  n 2 B1 = 22 B = 4B
B= 0
2r [Note: Refer Mindbender 1.]
0  10  0.2   10  0.3
 B1 = , B2 = 0 0 NI 0 I  1 0I
2  20  10 2
2  40  102 17. B0 =   for 1 turn.
2a 2a 2a
 15  5 For rewinding the coil in three turns, new
 B = B1 + B2 = 0  5   = 0
 4 4 radius a/3, number of turns (N) = 3.
0I  3 9 I
14. Magnetic field at the centre of a circular loop  New magnetic field =  0  9 B0
of radius R carrying current I, 2  (a / 3) 2a
 2I 0I [Note: Refer Mindbender 1.]
B= 0  and M = IA = I(R2)
4R 2R 0 Ic 0 Ie
B 0 I 1  18. 
    0 3  x [Given] 2R 2H
M 2R IR 2
2R IR
When both the current and radius are doubled,  H= e
Ic
the ratio becomes
B 0 1   x 19. The magnetic field in the solenoid along its
   0 3 axis (i) at an internal point = 0nI
M 2(2R) 8  2R  8
3
= 4  107  5000  4 = 25.1  103 Wb/m2
15. Let the wire of length l be bent into circle of (Here, n = 50 turns/cm = 5000 turns/m)
radius R. (ii) at one end
 nI 1  nI 25.1  103
 B= 0 Bend = Bin = 0 =
2R 2 2 2
3 2
here, n = 1 = 12.6  10 Wb/m
l 0 I 20. M = 2000  1.5  104  2 = 0.6
R=  B=  l 
2 2  1
  = MB sin 30 = 0.6  5  102 
 2  2
 I  = 1.5  102 N.m
 B= 0 ….(i)
l 21. The proton is moving parallel to the axis of
When the same wire is bent into coil of n solenoid. The magnetic field inside the
turns, let R be the radius of the coil, solenoid is uniform hence it doesn’t affect the
l velocity of proton.
 2nR = l  R=
2 n 22. B = 0nI ....(n = N/L)
 nI 0 nI  I 2 400
 B = 0 =  l  = 0 n = 4  3.14  107  5
2R  2 l 0.4  102

 2n  = 0.628 T
 B = n2B ….[From (i)] C
24. I=  I
16. Magnetic field at the centre of current carrying nAB
 2Ni N 25.   NBIA  100  0.5  1  400  10 4  2 N-m
coil is given by B  0   B
4 r r
B1 N1 r2 26. A
   ….(i) For square coil,
B2 N 2 r1
Area (A1) = length2 = a2
391
For circular coil, Ig G 5  103  99
2 35. S=  =1
 a  I  Ig (0.5  5  103 )
Area (A2) =   (radius)2 =   
 
G
a2 36. To convert an ammeter to range nI, S 
= = a2 n 1
 Here, I = 1 mA = 103 A
1 A1 a2 nI = 10 A
 = = 2 =1
2 A2 a  n = 104
100 
27. B  S = 102 = 0.01 
104
30 37. We know current through the capacitor will be
60 A zero at steady state and ammeter is ideal.
5 F
2
2
τ = NAIB sin θ 2
2 
= 50 × .012 × 2 × 0.2 × sin 60º
3V
= 0.20 Nm 3V A
A
29. Assertion is incorrect as shunt is added in parallel.

Reason is correct as, to increase range
additional shunt is connected across it. 1
I I
I 100
30. n=   500 I I
Ig 0.2
3V
G G A
 R=  I I I
n 500 3
I=
I 1
31. Ig = 10% of I =
10 I=3A
G 90 V
 S= = = 10  in parallel 40. Using, Rs =  G we get,
(n  1) (10  1) Ig
SG S  500 V
32. Reff. =  25 = for 1st case, 100 = R ….(i) and
SG S  500 Ig
500 2V
 500 S = 25 S + 12500  S =  for 2nd case, 1000 =  R ….(ii)
19 Ig
GS By subtracting equation (i) from (ii) we get,
33. Resistance of shunted ammeter = V
G S = 900
I G Ig
Also, =1+
Ig S  R = 900 
GS Ig .G 0.05  120 V
 = = = 0.6  41. Using, Rs =  G we get,
G S I 10 Ig
Ig G 5  103  102 0.5 V
34. S=  = for 1st case, 50 = G ….(i) and
I  Ig 1  5  10 3
1  5  103 Ig
5 5 2V
= =  for 2nd case, 500 = G ….(ii)
10  0.05 9.95 Ig
392
v With 3 antinodes and hanging mass M, we
98. n1 =
2(l1  2e) 3 Mg
have p = 3 and T = Mg  n 2 
 v = 2n1 (l1 +2e) ….(i) 2l m
v 5 9g 3 Mg
n2 =  n1 = n2  
2(l2  2e) 2l m 2l m
 25  9 g = 9  Mg  M = 25 kg.
 v = 2n2 (l2 + 2e) ….(ii)
From equation (i) and (ii), we get 105. If a rod clamped in the middle, then it vibrates
n l  n1l1 similar to an open organ pipe as shown in the
e= 22 figure. A
2(n1  n 2 )
N
l A A
99. Plucking distance from one end  l N
2p
100 l
 25 = p=2
2p A
p T 2 20  Fundamental frequency of vibrating rod is,
 n= = = 200 Hz v v
2L m 2×1 5×104 given by n1   2.53 
2l 2 1
L 80  v = 5.06 km/s.
100.  =  = 20 cm
p 4 106. In a stretched string, all multiples of
fundamental frequencies can be obtained.
101. Here, Tp2 = constant i.e., if fundamental frequency is ‘n’, then
 T p12 = (T – 0.011) p22 higher frequencies will be 2n, 3n, 4n, 5n …
 T (25) = (T – 0.011) (36)
 11 T = 0.011  36  T = 0.036 kg-wt
102. v = 4nl ….(i) 75 cm
P
v= ….(ii)  Any two successive frequencies will differ by ‘n’

Given that, n = 420 – 315 = 105 Hz.
P  The lowest resonant frequency of the string is
 = 4nl ....[From equation (i) and (ii)]
 105 Hz.
84  4  107. n1  n2 = 6
2
 1.2
 = = 1.354  1.4
1.0  10 5
1 T 1 T
  6
2l m 2l m
103. na = 250  4 = 254 Hz or 246 Hz 1 T
nb = 513  5  518 Hz or 508 Hz   600 = 6
2l m
Now, nb = 2na
Which is 508 = 2(254) 1 T
 = 606 ….(i)
 n = 254 Hz 2l m
1 T
p T also, = 600 ….(ii)
104. The frequency of vibration of a string n  2l m
2l m Dividing Equation (i) by Equation (ii), we get
Also number of loops = Number of antinodes.  1 T 
 With 5 antinodes and hanging mass of 9 kg,  
 2l m   606
5 9g  1 T  600
we have p = 5 and T = 9g  n1   
2l m  2l m 
274
G 2mqV
54. S= 62. Radius of circular path: r =
n 1 qB
G
Given: S = r  V where B is constant
8
G G i.e., V  r2
 = 2
8 n 1 V2  r2 
 
n=9 V1  r1 
As the range of galvanometer is increased V2  2r 
2
1    =4
9 times, its sensitivity will become . V  r 
9
 V2 = 4V
s
 s = 2mK
9 63. r r K
qB
mv 2Em
56. r=  R K
qB qB    R2  R 2
R2 2K
mv mv
57. r= rv 64. r=
Bq qB
58. Radius of circular path: mv
i.e., B =
mv qr
r=
qB 9.1  1031  106 9.1
B= 19
  105
1 1.6  10  0.2 1.6  2
 r
B = 2.84  10–5 T
B mv v
When B is reduced to , r is doubled 65. r= r
2 qB q
 New radius of circular path is 2r.  B
m
59. In cyclotron, 109
r= 11 4
= 102 m
r (10 ) 10
v
t
2m T m qp 2
 vr 66. T=    . 
Bq Tp m p q  1
Bq
While,  =
m 2m
67. T=
i.e.,  is independent of r. qB
i.e., T is independent of v.
2 qB  2 m 
60.      v0  T    Time period will remain the same.
T m  qB 
68. Here, f = 10 MHz = 107 Hz
q 2 B2 r 2 r = 50 cm = 50  102 m
61. K.E. = v = 2 rf = 2  50  102  107
2m
But here K.E. = qV = 3.14  107 ms1
qv  2m Bq
 r2 = 2 2 69. Cyclotron frequency, f =
q B 2m
r m 1  1.6  1019
 f =
2 2  3.14  9.1  1031
m1  r1  = 2.79  1010 Hz
 
m2  r2  = 27.9  109 Hz  28 GHz
394
2 mE As K.E. for all the particles is given to be same,

70. Radius of circular path: r =
qB p m
Also, the magnetic field is same,
q 2 B2 r 2
E= ....(i) p m
2m  r  or
qB q q
Cyclotron frequency is f =
2m For given particles,
 q2B2 = 42m2f2 ....(ii) qp = qe q = 2qp
Using equation (ii) in equation (i), mp = 1836 me m = 4mp
1 mp
E= (4 2m2f2)r2
2m mp 4mp mp
 E = 2 2mf2r2 ....(in joule)  rp  , re  1836 , r  
qp qp 2q p qp
22 mf 2 r 2
 E= ....(in eV)  re < rp = r
e
2  10  1.67  1027   10  10    0.6 
6 2 2
= eV 2m  K.E.
1.6  1019 75. r=
Bq
= 7.5  106 eV
= 7.5 MeV m 2m 4m
rp : rd : r : = : : =1: 2 :1
The closest value in the option is 7 MeV q q 2q
 Option (C) is correct.
76. F = IlB sin 
71. Frequency of revolution is,
3.57  102  1.76  1011  = 90
Be
f= =  sin 90 = 1
2m 2  3.14
9
 1  10 Hz = 1 GHz  F = IlB
72. Initially FE = Fm  mg = IlB
 qE = qvB IlB 2.5  50  102  0.5
m = =
E 2  104 2 g 10
 B= = 6
= = 2  10–2 T
v 10 100 1
Now when E is switched off, = = 62.5 g
16
mv mv v
r= = = 77. We know
qB eB e
B 
FB = i  l eq  B   i leff B ( leff  B)
 
m
106 1  
  = 0.5 m  
2  102  108 2 For PQ l eq || B
73. The oscillator frequency must be same as 
proton’s cyclotron frequency. (FB ) PQ = 0
qB For PR
f=
2 m 3 
2 mf 2  3.14  1.67  1027  12  106 lPR = l (which is perpendicular to B )

 B= = 2
q 1.6  1019  3 
= 78.6  102 T  0.8 T (FB)PR = i leff B = i  l  B
74. For a charged particle inside a magnetic field,  2 
radius of path is, 3
mv p
(FB)PR = ilB
r=  2
qB qB Similarly for QR
1 p2 3
E= mv2 = (FB)PR = ilB
2 2m 2
395
0I Magnetic field due to straight wire
78. B=
2r  2I  2 2
B1 = 0  = 0 
q 4 r 4 1 102
I= =en
t Also, magnetic field due to circular loop,
 en  2I  2 2
B= 0 B2 = 0  = 0
2r 4 r 4  / 2
B2 1
79. Kinetic energy in magnetic field remains  =
constant and it is K.E. = qV B1 50
 K.E  q 85. Magnetic field due to one side of the square at
(V = constant) centre O
 K.Ep : K.Ed : K.Ea = qp : qd : qa = 1 : 1 : 2  2Isin 45  2 2I
B1 = 0 . = 0.
q 4 a / 2 4 a
80. I= = 100  e Hence magnetic field at centre due to all sides,
t
 2I  2  100e  0 (2 2I)
Bcentre = 0 = 0 B = 4B1 =
a
4 r 4 r
Magnetic field due to n turns
 0  200  1.6  10 19
= = 1017 0  0 2 2nI
4  0.8 Bnet = nB =
a
q 2  1.6  1019 0 2 2nI
81. I= = = 1.6  1019 A = ….( a = 2l)
t 2 (2l )
I   1.6  1019 2 0 nI
 B= 0 = 0 = 0  1019 =
2r 2  0.8 l
82. 86. Case I,
1 Wire is bent to circle,
L = 2r
r L
2 O r=
2
 magnetic induction at centre,
3 I 0 I
 Bcircle  0 
2r L
Magnetic fields due to different portions 1, 2 2 
and 3 are respectively,  2 
B1 = 0,  I
 BA  0 ….(i)
 I L
B2 = 0 . (directed outside the paper) Case II
4 r
0 I Wire is bent to square,
B3 = . (directed outside the paper) L = 4l l
4 r B l C
L
0 I 0 I  l=
 Bnet = B2 + B3 = + 4
4r 4r 2
1
83. Magnetic field at point O,
I P
ˆ  0 I (î) = 0 I [î  2k]

B  0 (2k) ˆ
4R 4R 4R
84. If a wire of length l is bent in the form of a A D
circle of radius r then 2r = l
l 2 
 r= = =
2 2 2
396
Magnetic induction at P due to side BC l L
 I As l  
BBC  0 (sin1 + sin2) 2 8
4 l 
4 I
 1 = 2 = 45o here  BBC  0
2L
0 I  2  o I  By all four sides
 BBC    =
4 l   2  2 2l  160 I
l L Bsq 
As l    2L
2 8
Bcircle  0 I 2L 2  2
40 I    =  0.87
 BBC  Bsq L 16 0 I 16
2L
 By all four sides But Bsq > Bcircle
160 I Bsq
BB    1.15
2L Bcircle
BA  0 I 2L 2  2 2 89. For sides AD and BC, force acting on them is
   =  equal and opposite. Hence the net force is zero.
BB L 160 I 16 8 2
 Fnet = FBA  FCD
87. Case I, 0 2IiL
Wire is bent to circle, here, FBA  4 L
L = 2r 2
L 0 2IiL
r= for FCD  4 L
2
 magnetic induction at centre, 3
2
I 0 I  
 Bcircle  0 
2r L 0 IiL  1 1  0 IiL  4L  20 Ii
2   Fnet  L  L = =
 2  2  3  2  3L2  3
 I 2 2
 Bcircle  0 ….(i) 90.
L
Case II
Wire is bent to square, P
L = 4l l 90
B l C 30 d 3
L
 l= 2
4 2 60
1 60
P
 
 
 0 I 
Bnet = 2    [1  sin 30]
A D 4  d 3 
   
  2  
 2I 3  3 0 I
= 2 0   =
Magnetic induction at P due to side BC  4 d 3 2  2d
 I 91. The angle subtended by the circular part ABC
BBC  0 (sin1 + sin2)
4 l  at the centre is 3/2.
 1 = 2 = 45o here B
oI O
0 I  2 
 B BC    = C
4  l   2  2 2l A D
397
Field due to ABC, 96. Magnetic field inside the conductor,
 I  3  Bin  r and magnetic field outside the conductor,
B1 = 0  
4 r  2  1
Bout 
Field due to AD at O, r
 1 I (where r is the distance of observation point
B2 = 0   0 from axis).
2r 2 4r
…[ A is at the end of the wire] 97. I
 0 I  3 
 Total induction =   1
4r  2 
92. In the figure, magnetic fields at O due to
sections 1, 2, 3 and 4 are considered as
R
B1 ,B 2 , B3 and B4 respectively.
4
R2 2
As magnetic field inside conductor is zero,
R1
For d < R, B = 0
1 O 3 However, for d > R,
I
B1  B3  0 B= 0
2d
 i 1
B2  0 . (directed into the paper) i.e., B 
4 R 1 d
0  i Hence, the variation is best depicted by graph
B4  . (directed out of the paper) (C).
4 R 2
As | B2 |  | B4 | 98. I
G
 Bnet  B2  B4 S
 i 1 1 
 Bnet  0    (directed into the paper)
4  R1 R 2 
S
93. In the figure, magnetic field at mid point M is  GS 
given by, Now, G =    S
P Q  G S
Bnet  BQ  BP
GS
0 2 2.5 A 5A  G  S
  (I Q  I P ) G S
4 r M
G2
 2 2.5 M  S =
 0 (5  2.5) G S
4 2.5
 5M 99. 50 
= 0 G
2
Ig
94. M = I  Area of loop k̂
 a 2 
= I  a 2   4 kˆ
 4  2  8V 3950 
  the current in the circuit for which

= I  a 2   1 kˆ galvanometer shows full scale deflection of 30
2 
divisions is
  0 2 i  1 V 8
95. | B|    | B|  Ig = = = 2 mA
4 r r R 3950  50
398
For deflection to become 15 divisions, the 102. RS = 20 
current through galvanometer must be halved. 40.8 
Ig
 Ig = = 1 mA RA = 480
50  I
2 G
V 8
but, Ig = =
R  R s  50 Ig 30 V
= 1 mA 480  20
Req = 40.8 + = 40.8 + 19.2 = 60 
8 8V Rs 500
 = 103
R s  50 30
I= = 0.5 A
 Rs + 50 = 8  10 3 60
 Rs = 7950  So reading of ammeter is 0.5 A
103. With ideal ammeter, V = IR
6
100. R= =2
3
3A R
A
1970  2V
V
V 2 2 6V
I= = = = 1 mA
 R + r  1970 + 30  2000 but the ammeter has resistance of its own hence,
external resistance has to be less than 2 .
 for 10 divisions of deflection, I = 0.5 mA
2 I S
 0.5  103 = 104. G 
 R + r  I SG
2 1 3
 R + r = 
0.5 × 103 4 3G
 R = (4  103) – 30  3 + G = 12
 R = 3970   G=9
If additional shunt of 2  is connected then
101. V = Ig ( G + R) total shunt resistance becomes,
V 3 1 1 1
i.e., Ig = =  
 G  R  50  2950 S 2 3
3 23 6
=  S =   = 1.2 
3000 23 5
1 I S 1.2 1.2 1
= = 10–3 A Now, G    
1000 I S  G 1.2  9 10.2 8.5
Now, 30 divisions represent 10–3 A
250 mV
Let 20 divisions represent I A 105. For full scale deflection, Ig = ampere
G
2
 I=  10–3 A Value of shunt required for converting it into
3 ammeter of range 250 ampere is,
V 3 G
Also, I = = S=
 R eq  r  3000  r  I 
  1

2
 10–3 =
3  Ig 
3 3000  r IG 250 mV
 S= g  1
 r = 1500  I  Ig 250 mA
399
106. Kinetic energy, Equating (i) and (ii)
1 2 q 2 B2 R 2 1 2 2
mv  mr  = qV
2 2m 2
For an -particle, the charge is two times that mr 2 2 9.1  10 31  (0.20) 2  (120) 2
of the proton but mass is 4 times that of the  V= 
2q 2  1.6  10 19
proton. Hence compared to kinetic energy of a
proton, for the same conditions in the  V = 1.638 109 V
cyclotron, energy of alpha particle is E.
q
107. For cyclotron, 110.
mv m Q
B=  ….( v = R)
er e
m  2 2m
=  KqQ
e e Electrostatic force of attraction, F =
r2
1 1
mv 2max  m  R
2
K.E. = mv 2
2 2 But, centripetal force is given by, F =
r
=
1
2

mR 2 42  2  mv 2 KqQ
 = 2
= 2 mR222 r r
1
108. Radius in magnetic field v
r
mv 2mE
R=  Time taken by charge to complete a circular
qB qB 2r
path is given by, T =
q 2 B2 R 2 v
E=
2m r
 T
For proton v
e 2  B2  R 2  1 
E1 =  T  r3/2 ….  v 
2  mp 
 r
For -particle 0 I
But, for circular loop, B =
(2e)  B  R
2 2 2
2r
E2 =
2  4m p
I
 B
 E1 = E2 r
Q
109. The electron is revolving along a circular path As current I =
T
 K.E. = qV ….(i)
1 1 r 3/ 2
also, we know, I  3  B
T r
1 r2
K.E. = mv2
2 1
 B  r5/2 i.e., B 
but, v = r r 5/ 2
1
 K.E. = mr22 ….(ii)
2
400
Evaluation Test
1. Here, net field, From Figure, t = r sin 
B = Field due to circular portion t t Bq t Bq
 Field due to straight portion or sin  =   1
r mv
  I  I   I  1   I(  1)  2Vq  2
=  0  0   0 1    0 m 
 m 
 2r 2r  2r    2r
(perpendicular to the plane of page and Bt q q
=  Bt
directed into it) m 2V 2Vm
Field due to circular portion is directed into
6. Change in momentum = Impulse
the plane of the paper and that due to straight t t
portion is directed outward and perpendicular i.e., mv =  Fdt   BIl dt
to the plane of paper. Thus net field is directed 0 0
into the plane of the paper. t
2. Magnetic field inside a solenoid, B  I = Bl  I dt = Blq

0
Energy density,
1 Blq
E= B2  E  B2  E  I2 Or v= But v = 2gh
2 0 m
Hence curve should be a parabola symmetric Blq m 2gh
 2gh = or q =
about E axis passing through (0, 0). m Bl
3. The coil is made up of tiny current elements. 7.
Force acting on each current element is
directed outwards. As a result of this the coil x 30 O
expands.
4. Magnetic field due to AB is zero because C
lies on the extended wire itself. i
Magnetic field due to infinite wire CD is 0 i
Here, B = 6  (sin 1 + sin 2)
 i 4 r
B1 = 0 (sin 0 + sin 90) = 0
4r 4 r  i (2sin 30) 3 0i
= 6 0 
Magnetic field due to circular portion, 4  3  x
3   x
i  2r   2 
0  4   0i 3
B2 =  3 
4 r 2
4 r 2  Here, r  x
 2 
 0i  3 
 B = B1 + B2 =    1 8. Here, magnetic field due to straight portion,
4 r  2 
0I
1 BPQ = (sin  + sin )
5. Using qV = mv2, we get 4R cos 
2
( OM = R cos )
v= 2Vq / m
 0 I 2sin   0 I
mv 2 mv =  tan 
Again, Bqv = i.e., r = 4 R cos  2R
r Bq
O and magnetic field due to circular portion,
r
 I  2  2 
BPQ = 0  
 2R  2 
N B I
= 0 (  )
 2R
I
 B = BPQ + BPQ = 0 (   + tan )
t 2R
401
p 2 (mv) 2 (qBR) 2 12. Here magnetic force = BIa

9. Energy, E =  
2m 2m 2m Weight of a side is mag, where m is mass per
unit length, and that of two sides i.e., 2 mag is
 mv 2 
  qvB  effective at the centre.
 R 
a/2
(2e BR) 2 
Then, E =
2  4 mp
where mp is mass of proton. a/2
(2e BR) 2 E 2 magnetic force (BIa)

and Ed =  d 
2  2 mp E 1 (2m  a)g
(m  a)g
or Ed = 2E = 2  2 = 4 MeV
Then taking moments,
10. Magnetic induction at ‘a’, a
2 mag  sin  + mag  a sin  = BIa a cos 
0 nIr 2 2
B= and at centre
2(r 2  a 2 )3/2 i.e. 2ma g sin  = BIa2 cos 
2
0 nI BI
 BC = , we get or tan  = But m = A
2r 2 mg
  BI
 tan  =
  2Ag
0 nI  1 r 2

BC  B =  2 Ag
2  r 3  a 2 3/2   B= tan 
 r 1  2   I
  r  
13. Since R1 < r < R2,
 nI 1 1  3 a 2 
= 0   1  2 
( a < < r) I
2  r r  2 r  B = 0 where r is distance
2 r
 Fractional decrease
q
B  B 0 nI  3 a2   0 nI Now, electric field, E =
= C   2 r3  20 rl
BC 2   2r
R2 R2
q dr
=
3 a2  V=  E dr 
2 0l  r
2 r2 R1 R1
q R 
11. Considering a ring of radius r and width dr, = log  2 
charge on ring, dq = (2RdR) 20l  R1 
dq dq dq q V
Current, dI = = = = RdR i.e., 
dt T 2 20l log (R 2 /R1 )
( T = 2) V
 E=
r log (R 2 / R1 )
 0dIR 2
Using, dB =
2(R 2  y 2 )3/ 2 For no deflection,
FE = FM i.e., eE = evB
 0  R R 3 dr
B =  dB 
2 0 (R 2  y 2 )3/ 2
 eV ev  0 I
 
r log (R 2 / R1 ) 2 r
 0  R 2  y 2 
2V
=   2y  i.e., v =
2  R 2  y 2  0 I log (R 2 / R1 )
402
14. The structure can be compared to solenoid 0 I
having a single turn. 18. By using, B  (sin 1  sin 2 )
4 r
Using Ampere’s circuital law, 0 I
   B (2sin ) L
 B  dx = 0I  Bx = 0I 4 (L / 4) L/2 5
4
I O L/2 2 
or B= 0 Also, sin     P
x 5L / 4 5 L/4
4 0 I L/2
0 I  B
15. Magnetic induction, B = 5L
2r
For the coil,  0 2I
2r = 4(2r)  r = r/4 19. Magnetic field at centre, B =
4 r
4 0 I
 New magnetic induction, B = Magnetic field at a point on the axis,
2r 
 2 I r 2
40 I B = 0 
 B =  4 = 16B 4 3
2r (r 2  x 2 ) 2
16. Magnetic moment, M = IA B B
Given, B =  = 27
and magnetic field at the centre of a loop 27 B'
 I X(2r)  0 2 I
carrying current = 0 = X or I =
2r 0 4 r
 = 27
X.2r 0 2 I r 2
So, M =  r2 
0 4 3
(r 2  x 2 ) 2
2 Xr 3 3
 M= (r 2  x 2 ) 2
0  = 27
r3
17. For voltmeter, 1
V (r  x )
2 2 2
R= G  =3
Ig r
50 r2  x2
=  100  =9
50  106 r2
= 106  10  103 k  r2 + x2 = 9r2
 Option (A) is not correct.  8r2 = x2
V  x= 2 2r
R= G
Ig
20. Here, the wire does not produce any magnetic
10 field at O because the conductor lies on the
=  100
50  106 line through O. Also, the loop does not
= 199.9 k  200 k. produce magnetic field at O.
 Option (B) is correct.
Option (C) is not possible as for a voltmeter,
resistance should be connected in series.
For ammeter,
 Ig 
S= 
 I  Ig 
G
 
 50  106 
=  3 6 
 100 = 0.5 .
 (10  10 )  (50  10 ) 
 Option (D) is not correct.
403
Textbook
Chapter No.
15 Magnetism
Hints
1 1
Classical Thinking  l  2  l  2  2  l 2 l 2  2
5. leff =       =   
 2   2   4 4
M0
5. Gyromagnetic ratio = 1
L0 l2 2 l
=   =
2 2
9. r < 1 and r > 1.
ml M
 M = mleff = =
15. With rise in temperature, their magnetic 2 2
susceptibility decreases, i.e., 6. The magnetic moment of the revolving
1 electron is
m 
T e 2r
M = IA =  r2 But T =
T v
42. As every atom of a diamagnetic material is not
ev evr
a complete magnet in itself, its susceptibility is  M=  r2 =
not affected by the temperature. 2r 2
1.6 10  2.5 106  0.5 1010
19
43. Iron is ferromagnetic in nature. Lines of force  M= = 1023 Am2

2
due to external magnetic field prefer to pass
through iron. 7. r = 0.5 Å = 0.5  1010 m,
f = 1010 MHz = 1016 Hz
The revolving electron is equivalent to a current
Critical Thinking M = IA = (ef) r2
1. Magnetic induction is defined as the force exerted  M = 1.6  1019  1016  3.14  (0.5  1010)2
on a fictitious dipole of unit pole strength = 1.256  1023 Am2
F Distance travelled
 B=  F = mB 8. time(t) =
m Velocity
2R  R R(  2)
0 M  t= =
2. Magnetic field intensity =  Mx–3 v v
4 x 3
q qv
 n = –3  I= =
t R (  2)
3. The magnetic dipole moment of the earth qv R 2 Rqv
 M=IA=  =
M = IA = I R2 R(  2) 2 2(  2)
M 6.4  1021 109 9. Net magnetic induction B = B0 + Bm
 I= = =
R 2 3.14  6.4  6.4  1012 6.4  3.14 = 0H + 0Mz
 I  5  107 A 10.  = (r  1)
  = (600  1) = 599
4. Magnetic dipole moment,
11. Relative permeability,
M = nIA = nI (r2)
 0.1256
22 7 7 R = =
= 5  10    = 0.77 Am2 0 4107
7 100 100
0.1256 1256 104
The direction of M is perpendicular to the = = = 105
plane of the coil. Hence, it is along the Z axis. 4  3.14  107 12.56 107
404
Chapter 15 : Magnetism
M net M 1 M net
12. Mz = = =  Magnetization, MZ =
V Al 5  10  6 102
4
Domain volume
= 3.3  104 A/m 72  10 14 A m 2
=
10 18 m 3
13. % increase in magnetic field = 72  104 A m–1
B  B0  H  100 = 7.2  105 A m–1
=  100 = 0
B0 0 H 22. Magnetic intensity,
5
=  100 = 6.8  10  100 = 6.8  10 3
H = nI = 500  1 = 500 Am–1
r = 1 +    = (r – 1)
14. Volume of the magnet,  M = H = (r – 1)H = (500 – 1)  500
mass 75 103 = 2.495  105 Am–1  2.5  105 Am–1
V = = = 105 m3
density 75 102 B
23. B = 0rH  r  = slope of B- H curve
M 3 H
 Magnetization, Mz = net = 5
V 10 According to the given graph, slope of the
 Mz = 3  105 A/m graph is highest at point Q.
24. BA
1
15. From Curie’s law,   Bcir A cir r 2
T    2 ….(i)
Bsq A sq l
2 T  1
 = 1 but it is given that 2 = r
1 T2 1 2 Now, 2r = 4l  l = ….(ii)
2
and T1 = 273 + 127 = 400 K
 From equations (i) and (ii),
1 400
 = Bcir  r2 4 4
2 T2 = = r 2  
  r/2  r 
2 2 2
Bsq
 T2 = 800 K = (800 – 273) = 527 C
16. When  = 0.5, = 5  103/K
T L
1. 2r = L  r =
1 1000 2
 T= = = 200 K
5 103 5 L2 IL2
 M = IA = I M=
C 42 4
According to Curie’s law,  = 2. M = nIA
T
 C = T = 0.5  200 = 100 K For a coil, A = r2
 M  r2n
17. As temperature of a ferromagnetic material is th
1
raised, its susceptibility  remains constant but as radius becomes   , n becomes 4 times
first and then decreases. 4
2
M1 n r2 n r  1
18. For paramagnetic substance, magnetisation M  = 1 12 = 1   1  =  42 = 4
is proportional to magnetising field H, and M M 2 n 2 r2 n 2  r2  4
is positive. M1
 M2 =
20. Magnetism of a magnet falls with rise of 4
temperature and becomes practically zero at 3. M = nIA = nIr2 = 102  1 3.142  102
Curie temperature. = 3.142 Am2
21. The volume of the cubic domain is 4. Torque,
V = (106 m)3 = 1018 m3   MBH sin  = 0.1  103  4  103  sin 30o
Net dipole moment 1
= 107  4   2  107 N  m
Mnet = 8  1010  9  1024 A m2 = 72  1014 A m2 2
405
5.   MBsin     sin  15.  m    r  1   m   5500  1  5499
 sin 1  sin 90
 1   
2 sin 2  / 2 sin 2 16. The bar magnet has coercivity 4  103 Am 1
1 i.e., it requires a magnetic intensity
 sin 2   2  30o H = 4  103 Am1 to get demagnetised. Let i
2 be the current carried by solenoid having n
 angle of rotation  90  30  60 number of turns per metre length, then by
nh q e definition H = ni. Here, H = 4  103 A m1
6. L= and I = =
2 T 2 N 60
n   500 turn metre–1
Now, M = IA l 0.12
e 2 eR 2 H 4  103
 M= R = i  8A
2 2 n 500
e nh enh
 M = R2  =
=
B  / A =  = 6  104
2 2mR 2
4m 17. =
M enh 2 e H H HA 2000  3  104
 =  = 
–3
 = 10 Wb/Am
L 4m nh 2m
7. The magnetic moment of the revolving 
18. B = Mz Also, B =
neh  eh  A
electron is given by, M = = n 
4m  4m  B 
 = =
Thus, M  n (the principal quantum number). Mz AM z
M nIA q 5  105
8.    =
L mvr 2m 0.5  104  5000
M e = 2  104 Wb/Am
9. Gyromagnetic ratio, 
L 2m 19. Neon atom is diamagnetic. Hence its net
e magnetic moment is zero.
 m =
2 M / L 22. B = (1 + )H
1.6  1019
1 For paramagnetic materials,  is small and
= =  1029 kg positive.
2  8.8  1010
11
10. As we know for circulating electron magnetic For diamagnetic materials,  is small and
moment negative.
1 1
M  evr ....(i) 23. 
2 T
and angular momentum J  mvr ....(ii) 1 T2
   1T1 = 2T2
eJ  2 T1
From equations (i) and (ii) M 
2m
25. Repelled due to induction of similar poles.
CBext
11. Magnetization is given by, MZ = 29. Diamagnetic substances are repelled by
T
magnetic field.
M net
12. Intensity of magnetization = 33. Needle N1 is ferromagnetic. Ferromagnetic
Volume
M net materials are strongly attracted by magnet.
= length ×area of cross-section Needle N2 is paramagnetic. Paramagnetic
materials are weakly attracted by magnet.
3 Needle N3 is diamagnetic. Diamagnetic
= 3  10 2  2  10 4 = 5  105 A/m materials are weakly repelled by magnetic.
14. Magnetic field inside a solenoid is given by, 35. Diamagnetic will be feebly repelled.
B=nI Paramagnetic will be feebly attracted.
= 0 r n I = 0 (1 + ) n I Ferromagnetic will be strongly attracted.
406
1  T 46. On bending a rod, its pole strength remains
36.   1  2 unchanged whereas its magnetic moment
T  2 T1
changes.
1.0  105
 T2 =  (273 + 27) = 200
1.5  105 S N
S L' = 2R
K = 73 C L N
New magnetic moment
1  T  2L  2M
37.   2  1 M = m(2R) = m 
T 1 T2  =
   
2 273  73
 47. +m m
0.0075 273  173 +m m
2 200 
 L = 31.4 cm
0.0075 100 D
2 = 0.0150 As magnet of magnetic length is bent into semicircle,
L
39. On heating, different domains have net L = R  R =

magnetization in them which are randomly
2L
distributed. Thus, the net magnetisation of the  D = 2R =
substance due to various domains decreases to 
minimum. Magnetic moment (M) = (pole strength)
 (Distance between poles)
40. Soft iron is highly ferromagnetic. 2L
 M = mD = m
42. Diamagnetic material is repelled by magnetic 
field. This magnetic field energy of current 0.8  2  31.4 102
 M=
sources will be converted into potential energy 3.14
of the rod which is set up by switching on the  M = 0.16 Am2
current source.
48. When a ferromagnetic material is heated
43. Magnetic induction at a point inside the solenoid, above its Curie temperature, then it behaves
N like paramagnetic material.
B = 0ni =  0 i
l 49. From the relation, susceptibility of the material is
 NiA I
Magnetic flux  = BA = 0 =  I
l H
Magnetic moment Thus, greater the value of susceptibility of a
l 1.57  106  0.6 material greater will be the value of intensity of
= NiA = = = 0.75 Am2 magnetisation i.e., more easily it can be
0 4  10 7
magnetised.
Evaluation Test
1. Magnetic field lines avoid passing through For paramagnetic substances,

diamagnetic materials. Due to this reason, the 0 <  < E, where E is a small positive number.
bar of diamagnetic material aligns Hence I vs H graph is a straight line with a
perpendicular to the magnetic field small positive slope i.e., graph III.
Magnetic field lines prefer passing though the 3. Magnetic intensity H = nI = (500)(1)
paramagnetic materials. So, the bar of = 5  102 Am1
paramagnetic material aligns parallel to the Magnetization MZ = (B  0H)/0
magnetic field. = (r0H  0H)/0
= (r  1)H = (350  1) (5  102) Am1
1 = 1.75  105
2.  (susceptibility) =
H  1.8  105 Am1
407
Distance travelled 8. Net dipole moment is, Mnet = MZ  V.
4. Time (t) =
Velocity Volume of the cylinder V = r2l, where r is the
r    2
radius and l is the length of the cylinder, then
2r  r
= = dipole moment,
v 2X
Mnet = MZr2l
q 2Q  2X 
 I= = 22
t r    2 = (4.2  103)   (0.6  10–2)2  (4  10–2)
r r 7
4QX r 2  Mnet = 1.9  10–2 J/T
 M=IA= 
r    2 2
9. In paramagnetic substances, intrinsic magnetic
2Q  rX moment is not zero. Further, in the absence of
 M=
2 external magnetic field, spin exchange
interaction is present.
5. The magnetic field inside the toroid in the
absence of tungsten, B0 = 0H 68
When filled with tungsten, B = 0(1 + )H 10. Mean radius = r = = 7 cm
2
The increase in field = B – B0
= 0H = 7  102 m
The percent increase in the magnetic field  Number of turns/length,
B  B0 N 1500
=  100 n=   3412.19
B0 2r 2 7 102
0 H  100 As B = ni, where B = 2 T and i = 0.5 A
=
0 H B 2
 = 
=   100 ni 3412.19  0.5
= 4.6  10–5  100   = 11.7  104 Tm A1
= 4.6  103  11.7 104
Hence, the closest option is (B). r =  = 931.5
0 4107
6. The relative permeability of the rod is given
by, 11. B = 0 (H + I) where, I be intensity of
R = 1 + m = 1 + 599 = 600 magnetization.
 The permeability of iron =  = 0R B H
 I= H= H
  = 4  107  600 0 0
B = H = 4  107  600  800 = r H  H = (r  1) H
 B = 192  103
For a solenoid of n turns per unit length
 The magnetic flux produced in the coil, carrying current i; H = ni.
 = BA = 192  103  1  105
 I = (r  1) ni
  = 192  3.14  108  6  105 Wb
Here, n = 6 turns/cm = 600 turns/m
7. The bar magnet has coercivity 4  103 Am–1 I = (900  1)  600  0.4
i.e., it requires a magnetic intensity  I  2.16  105 Am1
H = 4  103 Am–1 to get demagnetised. Let i be
As magnetic moment, M = I  V
the current carried by solenoid having n
number of turns per metre length, then by  M = 2.16  105  104 = 21.6 Am2
definition H = ni.
12. On passing current through the coil, it acts as a
Here, H = 4  103 Ampere turn metre–1 magnetic dipole. Torque acting on magnetic
N 50 dipole is counter balanced by the moment of
n= = = 500 turn metre–1
l 0.10 additional weight about position O. Torque
H 4  103 acting on a magnetic dipole,
 i= = = 8.0 A
n 500  = MB sin  = (NiA)B sin 90 = NiAB
408
Again,  = Force  Lever arm = mg  l
 NiAB = mgl
mgl
 B=
NiA
40  106  9.8  20  102
=
100  18  103  1  104
 B = 0.44 T
13. From the relation susceptibility of the material
is
I
=
H
 I
Thus, greater the value of susceptibility of a
material greater will be the value of intensity
of magnetisation i.e., more easily it can be
magnetised.
14. Iron is ferromagnetic in nature. Lines of force
due to external magnetic field prefer to pass
through iron.
409
Textbook
Chapter No.
16 Electromagnetic Induction
Hints
Classical Thinking  200

41. M=  = 40 H
I 5
6.  = BAcos = 5  102  0.2  cos 60
= 5  103 Wb e e.dt 1000  0.01
42. M= = = =5H
13. Since e  B, so by reducing magnetic field to  dI  dI 2
 
half, induced e.m.f. will also be reduced to  dt 
half.
60. e = 100 sin (100 t + 0.6)
d 240
15. |e|= = =2V Comparing with the standard form,
dt 2  60
e = e0 sin (t + ) we get,
d 3  103  2  103 Peak volt = e0 = 100 V
16. |e|  
dt 25
3
= 0.04  10 = 0.04 mV 61. e0 = erms  2 = 220  2  311 volt
17. e.m.f. induced between ends of conductor, I0 6

62. Irms = = =3 2A
e = Blv = 5  10–3  1.5  5 = 37.5  10–3 V 2 2
dB 68. XL = L
18. | e | = nA = 100  102  103 = 103 volt
dt X 1
  = L  3 = 1000
19. E = Blv sin L 10
v sin 
v 69. Impedance of circuit, Z = XC
1 1
 v cos   Z= =  63.7 
2fC 2  50  50  10  6
l
 y 70. The impedance of combination,
32.  = LI  L = = henry
I x
 1 
Z =  2fL  
33.  = LI = 5  103  2 = 0.01 weber  2fC 
 10  106 1
34. L= = = 4  103 H = 4 mH = 2  50  1.2 
I 2.5  10 3
2  50  10 5
= 376.8  318.5 = 58.3 
35.  = LI = 2  5.8 = 11.6 Wb
dI 1 1
36. e=L =  (2)  (0.5) = + 1 V 71. XC = =
dt C 2fC
dI (5  3)  XC =  ....[f = 0 for D.C]
37. e=L = 1  10–3  =2V
dt 10 3 R 2 + X2L = 10 2 
72. Z=
38. Inductance of coil,
V0 = 2 V = 220 2 V
e 8
L= = = 0.2 H V0 220 2
 dI   84   I0 = = = 22 A
    Z 10 2
 dt   0.1 
410
Chapter 16: Electromagnetic Induction
79. e = 100 sin (100t) and I = 100 sin(100t) 2  1 B A  B1A1
Comparing these equations with the standard 6. |e|= = 2 2
t t
forms, 22
e = e0 sint and 1.8  (100  104 )  1.0  (  49  104 )
= 7
I = I0 sint we get, 0.1
e0 = 100 V and = 26 mV
I0 = 100  103 A
e I 7. Since the magnetic field is uniform, the flux 
P = e rms Irms = 0  0 through the square loop at any time t is
2 2
constant, because
100 100  103 10  = B  A = B  L2 = constant.
=  = =5W
2 2 2 d
 e = = zero
dI dt
87. |e| = M
dt 8. e = Blv  IR = Blv
3 IR
 15  103 = M   M = 0.05 H  v =
10 Bl
Il  l 
88.  = nBA cos  = ....  R  
BA.l  A
 Plane of the loop is at right angles to the field. 3 6
I 3  10  9  10
  = 90 = =
BA 2  1.8  107
  = 1  4  103  0.4  cos 90 = 0
27  109 3
= =  101 = 0.075
dI 5 36  10 8
4
89. e = M =4 = 6000  5 = 30 kV
dt  1   v = 7.5  102 m/s
 
 1500  9.  = 90  30 = 60, 1 T = 104 G
 = nAB cos 
Critical Thinking   = 100  (  104)  (106  104)  cos 60
1. 3 2 4
 = nBA = 10  10  10 = 10 weber 3 1
= 100    102  = 0.5 Wb
2
2.  = nAB cos  = 1  0.5  4  cos 60
1 d d
=2 = 1 weber 10. e=– = – (6t2  5t +1)
2 dt dt
=  (12t  5)
d 1  0.1 0.9 As t = 0.25 s, e =  [12 (0.25)  5]
3. |e|= = = =9V
dt 0.1 0.1 =  (3  5) = 2 V
e 9 e 2
 I= = = 0.09 A  I= = = 0.2 A
R 100 R 10
 0 IA  n(2  1 )
4.  = BA cos t = cos t 11. e=
2R t
4  3.14  107  10  104  50(1 10 6  31 10 6 )
= cos t =
2  0.628 0.02
= 109 cos t = 7.5  10–2 V
 d  n(B2  B1 )A cos 
  12. e= 
e dt 1 d
=   =
t
5. I= (4t2 – 4t +1)
R R R dt 50  (0  2  102 )  100  104  cos 0o
 t=
8t  4 8  (1 / 2)  4 0.1
 I= = =0
R 10  t = 0.1 s
411
13. d = n AB = 10  4  102  102 = 4  103 Wb 0 N 2 A
25. L= or L  N2
d 4 10 3 l
 |e|= = = 8  103 V = 8 mV 2
dt 0.5 L1 N 
 = 1
14. e = vt Bl = (v sin ) Bl = vBl sin 30 L2  N2 
1 108  600 
2
= 10  0.5  1  = 2.5 V  
2 
L 2  500 
dB  L2 = 75 mH
15. | e | = nA
dt
(0.1  0.05) 26. Let 1 = 2 = 
= 100  50 10–4  = 0.5 V  
0.05  L= I=
I L
d dB
16. e=– = – nA  
dt dt  I1 = , I2 =
L1 L2
dB gauss tesla
Now, = 108 = 104   
dt s s  
I1 L L 2  103 1
=  1 = 2 =
–3 4
 e = –10  10  10 = – 100 V  =
3
 e = 100 volt (numerically) I2    L1 8  10 4
 
e 100 L
 2
 I= = = 5 ampere
R 20
27. L = 0nI
18. As  through coil is constant and there is no L2 
relative motion between magnet and coil,   ….( n and I are same)
L1 0
neither e.m.f. nor current is induced in coil.
 L2 = rL1 = 900  0.18 = 162 mH
19. As I increases,  increases
2πfL 2 200 1 4
 Ii is such that it opposes the increase in . 28. tan  = = =
R 300   3
Hence  decreases (By Right Hand Rule). The
induced current will be counter clockwise.
4
d BdA ( r 2  L2 )   = tan1  3 
20. |e|=   B
dt dt dt
= 6.6  103 V dI I I
29. e = M = M  2 1
dI dt dt t
22. |e|=L L= e
dt dI 05
= 4  3 = 2  104 V
dI = 2 – (–2) = 4 A 10
8 0.05
 L= = 0.1 H 30. VP = VI = 300 volt,
4
VS = Vo = 15 kV = 15  103 volt
dI NP V 300 2 1
23. |e|=L or L  dt  = P = = =
dt NS VS 15  103 100 50
L1 dt1 5
   = 100 : 1 VS N N
L 2 dt 2 50  103 31. = S  VS = S  VP
VP NP NP
0 N 2 A
24. L= 500
l =  220 = 1100 volt
where N is the total number of turns. 100
As L  N2 VP N P
2 32. =
L2 N  VS NS
 =  2  = (2)2
L1  N1   220 
 NP =    2000 = 200
 L2 = 4L1  2200 
412
NS V 40. e0 = nAB = nAB.2f = 2(nA)  B    f
33. = S
NP VP 22
= 2  2 7  105   100 = 88 mV
200 V 7
 = S  VS = 240 V 2nAB 2  103  0.05  4  103
100 120 41. e= = = 40 V
VS I t 0.01
= P
VP IS 42. e0 = nAB = 2fnAB
2000
240 10 =2  50  80  104  0.05
 =  IS = 5 A 60
120 IS
4
= V
VP N P 500 1 3
34.   
VS NS 2500 5 43. e0 = 2 f nAB
200  600  4 4
 VP = = 40 V = 2    (5000)(50  10 )  8 10
5  60 
Also, IPVP = ISVS = 12560  104 = 1.256 V
V
 IP = IS S = 8  5 = 40 A 44. e0 = nBA = (2f)nBA
VP
= 2  3.14  100  5000  0.2  0.25
NS VS = 157 kV
35. =
N P VP 400 20
45.  = t = 90, n = = r.p.s.
1 VS 60 3
 =  Vs = 120 V
20 2400 Alternating current induced in the coil is given
For 100% efficiency, VSIS = VPIP by,
 120  80 = 2400 IP  IP = 4 A 2fnBA
I = I0 sin t =  sin 90
R
36. For 100% efficient transformer, VSIS = VPIP
2    20  1  103    0.4 
2
VS I P NS = 1
 = = 3  3
VP IS N P
= 6.79  10–4 A
I P 25
 = = 0.68 mA
4 100
 IP = 1 A 46. General equation for instantaneous e.m.f. is,
e = e 0 sin (t + ) = 200 sin (2 50t)
38. PP = PS = ISES = 200 sin (100 t)
P 2000
 IS = S  = 10 A 47. The instantaneous current in a circuit is,
ES 200 I = sin (t + )
NS I As I = I0 sin (t + )
Now, = P
NP IS  I0 = 1 A
N P I P 1000 0.1 I 1
 NS = = = 10  Irms = 0 = A
IS 10 2 2
e rms e0 C 100 2  100  0.5106
39. B = BA cos  48. Irms = = =
XC 2 2
where  is the angle between normal to the –3
plane of the coil and magnetic field. = 5  10 A = 5 mA
Induced e.m.f., 49. Ipeak = I0 = Ir.m.s  2 = 10 2 A
 e = BA sin 
 = 0 ….[Given] v rms 200
50. Irms = = =5A
 Magnetic flux is maximum and induced e.m.f. R 40
is zero. I0 = 2 Irms = 1.414  5  7.1 A
413
Radiation
75. Rate of heat loss  (T4  T 04 ) (d1 / dt1 ) (  0 )
81. = 1
R1 (T 4  T04 ) (d2 / dt 2 ) (2  0 )
 = 14
R2 (T2  T04 ) 0.75 50
 =
R1 (600) 4  (300) 4 1215 (d2 / dt 2 ) 30
 = =
R2 (900) 4  (300) 4 6480  d2  0.75  30
   = = 0.45 C/s
16  dt 2  50
 R2 = R
3
dQ
82. =  K (T  T0)
76. Rate of loss of heat per sec =  A (T4 – T04) dt
=  (4 R2) (T4 – T04) 0.6 =  K (40) .…(i)
 dQ  2 4 4 dQ 2
   =  4R1 (T – T0 ) and = K (20) .…(ii)
 dt 1 dt
 dQ  Dividing equation (i) by (ii) we get,
2 4 4
  = 4R2 (T – T0 ) 0.6 40
 dt  2 = =2
 dQ 2  20
(dQ / dt)1 R2  dt 
 = 12  
(dQ / dt) 2 R2 dQ2 0.6
 = = 0.3 C/s
77. Heat radiated per second per unit area  T4 dt 2
Here, T1 = 127 C = 400 K 83. In first case,
T2 = 527 C = 800 K 50  40  50  40 
Since T2 = 2T1 and E  T4, = K  0  ….(i)
4 4
5  2 
E 2  T2   2T1  4 In second case,
=  =  = (2) =16
E1  T1   T1  40  33.33  40  33.33 
= K    ….(ii)
 E2 = 16 E1 = 16  6 = 96 J 5  2 
By solving equations (i) and (ii), 0 = 20 C
dQ
78.  A4  r24  m2/3 4
dt 84. Rate of cooling (R)  Fall in temperature of
 dQ1  body ( – 0)
  2/3 4
R 1 1  0 100  40 3
  dt    m1    1    = 
   
 dQ 2   m 2   2  R 2  2  0 80  40 2
 dt 
 
2/3 4 61  59  61  59 
8  2000  85. = K  30  = K[30] ….(i)
=     4  2 
1  1000 
51  49  51  49 
= 4  16 = 64 : 1 = K  30  = K[20] ….(ii)
t  2 
79. According to Newton’s law,  By dividing equation (i) by equation (ii) we
d get,
= – K ( – 0)
dt t 30
d  =  t = 6 min
 = – K.dt 4 20
  0
0.1
Upon integration, we get 86. = 49.95 – 
5
log ( – 0) = – Kt + c
 0.1 = 249.75 – 5 ....(i)
This is a equation of straight line.
Also,
80. Rate of cooling = k.(excess temperature) 0.1
= 39.95 – 
0.2 10
 0.2 = k(20)  k = = 0.01
20  0.1 = 399.5 –10 ....(ii)
287
 XL = 30000 = 173.2  68. e = 5 sin(t + 90) and

XL = 2fL I = 2 sint
X 
 L = L There is phase difference of between E and
2f 2
173.2 IP=0
= = 0.55 H 69. Average power lost / cycle
2  3.14  50
e I 1
= ermsIrms cos  = 0 0 cos  = e0I0 cos 
120 2 2 2
66. R =
0.5
70. Power dissipation in pure inductive and
= 240 
capacitive circuit is zero.
Effective impedance for A.C. source,
V 12
120 71. R= = =3
Z= = 300  I 4
0.40
E 12
Using, Z2 = R2 + X 2L  Z = rms = =5
E L Irms 2.4
XL = Z2  R 2 120 V
Z2 = R2 + XL2
= (300) 2  ( 240) 2  XL2 = 25  9 = 16
= 180   XL = L = 4
 2fL = 180 4
 L= = 0.08 H = 8  102 H
180 50
 L = 72. R = 40 + 40 = 80 
2f
180 1.5  XL – XC = 100 – 40 = 60 
= =  0.48 H
2(60)  Z= R 2  (X L  X C ) 2 = 802  602 = 100
R 80
V V  Power factor, cos  = = = 0.8
67. I= = Z 100
Z  1 
2
R 2   L  
 C  100  101  cos  
e I cos  2 =0
As resistance is negligible, R  0 73. Pavg = 0 0 =
2 2
V 74. IWL = Irms sin
 I=
 1 
3
 L    3 = 2 sin   sin  =   = 60
 C 
2
1 V 100 1
Now, L – = =  Power factor = cos  = cos 60 =
C I 5 2
= 20  ….(i) 1
If the value of capacitor is decreased to half then, 75. cos  =
2
1 100 L
L – = = 10   = 60, tan 60 =
 C 10
  R
 2 3R 3  100 3
2  L= = = H
L  = 10  ….(ii)  2  50 
C 2
By equation (i) – equation (ii), we get 76. Z=  1 
R2   
1  2fC 
= 10 
C = (3000) 2 
1

2
Voltage across capacitor  2.5 
 2 50   106 
= I  Resistance across capacitor   
= 5  10
 Z= (3000) 2  (4000) 2 = 5  103 
= 50 V
415
R 3000 83. Component of the length perpendicular to
 Power factor, cos = = = 0.6 the field l = l sin 60
Z 5  103
v2 cos   3
Power dissipated, P = erms Irms cos  = rms = 1.0    = 0.5 3
Z  2 
(200)  0.6
2
 e = l Bv = 0.5 3  0.5  10
 P=
5 103 = 4.3 volt
= 4.8 W
84. e = e0 sin (t + )
77. The current will lag behind the voltage when e 200
 erms = 0 =
reactance of inductance is more than the 2 2
1
reactance of condenser. Thus, L > or  Power, P = erms Irms cos 
C
P 1000 2
1 1  Irms = =
 > or n > or n > nr where e rms  cos  200  cos 60 
LC 2 LC
nr = resonant frequency. = 10 2 A
78. Given that, XL = XC 85. XL = L = 2fL = 2   50  0.7  220 

1 1 Z= R 2  X 2L = 2202  2202 = 220 2 ohm
 = =
LC 4  10  10  10 6
 3
 Iv =
ev
=
220
=
1
= 0.707 A
1 1 Z 220 2 2
= =
4  10 8 2  10  4 86. Heat produced by A.C. = 3  Heat produced
4 by D.C
10
= = 5  103  2
I rms Rt = 3  I Rt
2
2
I 2rms = 3  22
1  Irms = 2 3 = 3.46 A
79. f=
2 LC
d
1 87. dq = = I dt = Area under I – t graph
f=  80 Hz R
2 2  2  10 6  d = R  (Area under I – t graph)
1 1
80. Using, fr = = 10   4  0.1 = 2 weber
2
2 LC
1 88. If a horizontal straight conductor placed along
= N-S falls under gravity, then there is no
2   100  106  4  108 induced e.m.f. along the length of the
1 106 25 conductor as there is no change in flux.
= = =  104 Hz
2  2  10 6
4  89. When magnet falls through ring, there is
change of flux associated with the ring. It
1 1
81. fr = = produces induced e.m.f. and hence induced
2 LC 2 9  10 3
 10  10 6 current. By Lenz’s law, the current flows in
such a direction so as to produce an induced
1 10000 e.m.f. which opposes the falling magnet.
= 4
= = 0.530 kHz
2  3  10 6  3.14 Acceleration of magnet is less than
acceleration due to gravity.
82. e = Blv = 0.15  0.5  2 = 0.15 V
90. When there is a cut in the ring, e.m.f. will be
e 0.15 induced in it but there is no induced current in
 I= = = 0.05
R 3 the ring. Hence there is no opposition to falling
 F = BIl = 0.15  0.05  0.5 = 3.75  10–3 N magnet. Therefore, acceleration is equal to ‘g’.
416
91.  = nBA cos  = 10 Ba2cos t
d d Competitive Thinking
 e=  (10Ba2 cost) = 10 Ba2 sint
dt dt 1. The energy of the field increases with the
92. Comparing given equation with the standard magnitude of the field. Lenz’s law infers that
form, there is an opposite field created due to
increase or decrease of magnetic flux around a
e = e0 sin t we get,
conductor so as to hold the law of
e = 200 sin 100
conservation of energy.
e0 = 200,  = 100 
Now, e0 = nAB 2. Considering that the electron is moving from
e left to right, the flux linked with the loop
 B= 0 (directed into the page) will first increase and
An then decrease as the electron passes by. Hence
200 the induced current in the loop will be first
= = 0.01 T
(0.25  0.25)  1000  100 anticlockwise and will change its direction as
the electron passes by.
2
 1  3. When e is coming towards the loop, magnetic
93. Z  R 2   2fL  
 2 fC  flux of one type increases and when going
From above equation at f = 0  z =  away, the same magnetic flux decreases. So
1 induced current opposite will reverse its
When f  (resonant frequency) direction as e– goes past the coil.
2 LC
ZR 4. If the current increases with time in loop A,
1 then magnetic flux in B will increase. By
For f   Z starts increasing. Lenz's law, loop-B will be repelled by loop-A.
2 LC
i.e., for frequency 0 – fr, Z decreases and for fr 5. I
to , Z increases. This is justified by graph C. If solenoid is pulled out then flux decreases
resulting into decrease in the value of current.
94. It is evident that when viewed from the
magnet side, the induced current will be 6.  = BA = 103  102 = 10 weber
anticlockwise. d
7. e= 
S dt
= (10t  4)
N  e =  (10  0.2  4) = 2 volt
d d 2
8. |e|= = (5t + 3t + 16) = (10t + 3)
dt dt
When t = 3 s, e3 = (10  3 + 3) = 33 V
95. B = 1.25 mT = 1.25  103 T When t = 4 s, e4 = (10  4 + 3) = 43 V
e = Bl Hence e.m.f. induced in fourth second
 The mechanical power required, = e4  e3 = 43  33 = 10 V
P = eI= BlI d d
9. |e| =   3t 2  4t  9  = 6t + 4
= 1.25  103  0.1  1  50 dt dt
= 6.25  103 W at t = 2 sec,
= 6.25 mW |e| = 16 V
96. e = nBA sin t d
10. e=  = (100t)
I dt
Given that, n = 1, B = 0 , A = a2
2b At t = 2 s,
I e 100  2
 e = 0  a 2   sin (t) I=  = 0.5 A
2b R 400
417
p 2A M A p 2A molar mass
 3 RT = = ....(i)  density =
M 2A MA volume
Let momentum of B = pB = MBcP m(N A )P
= ....[From (i)]
3RT RT
= MB R
MB But, =k
NA
p 2B M B p 2B k = Boltzmann constant
 3 RT = = ....(ii)
M 2B MB mP
From equations (i) and (ii) we get,  density =
kT
p2A p2 6. Since PV = nRT,
= B
MA MB For 1 mole of gas, 50  100 = 1  R  T
M  For 2 mole of gas, 100  V = 2  R  T
 p 2A =  A  p 2B 50  100 1
 MB   =
1/ 2
V  100 2
M   V = 100 mL
 pA =  A  pB
 MB  m
7. PV = nRT = RT
108. Using, P1V1 = P2V2 we get, M
80V P 10 m density M
PV = P   =   
100 P 8 VP P RT
P  P  10   density  M
    x ….(i)
  100 =   1  100  P  At 0 C R(273)
P 8 
2   density  M
=   100     ….(ii)
8   P  At 100 C R(373)
1  From equations (i) and (ii) we get,
=  100 = 25 %  density  273x
4  =
 
st  P  At 100 C 373
109. For 1 case,
 T  8. From PV = nRT as per given data,
 = 1  1   100 P n m / mo m
 T2  Pn O = O = = H
PH n H m / m H mo
 T1 
 1    100 = 40  T1 = 300 K 
M 2
PO = PH. H = 4. = 2 atm
 500 
MO 4
For 2nd case,
 300  9. Using ideal gas equation,
 = 1    100 = 60  T2 = 750 K m
 T2  PV = nRT = RT
M
mRT 2.8  8300  (27  273)
Competitive Thinking  V = =
MP 28  0.8211.013105
2. Number of moles in 4 g of hydrogen, 2.99 10 5
m 4 =  3 litre
n= = =2 10 5
M 2
 PV = nRT = 2RT 10. Ideal gas equation is, PV = nRT
n P
4. Ideal gas equation gives,  = = constant
V RT
PV = nRT Hence, at constant pressure and temperature,
 For n = 1 both balloons will contain equal number of
RT molecules per unit volumes.
V= ....(i)
P Note: This result is nothing but Avogadro’s law.
290
28. e = Bleff v (where leff = Diameter) MdI
= B(2 r)v = 2r Bv and R is at higher 43. e=
dt
potential by Fleming’s right hand rule. d
e=M (Im sin t)
29. Time varying magnetic field gives rise to eddy dt
currents in accordance with Lenz’s law. d
Now, (Im sin t) = Im cos t
31. dt
 dI
I

B For maximum value of emf, is maximum
 M dt
Electromagnetic damping
 cos t = 1
dI
 = Im
dt
dI
33. e=L  L = volt-s/ampere  e = 0.005  10  100  = 5 
dt
5 44. Q = M IP
e 5
34. L= = =  103 H = 5 mH But
 dI   (3  2)  1 dI Q
   3 
dt
   10  |ep| = M
dt
dI |e| 220 e P  dt
35. |e|  L L= = = 11 H M=
dt  dI   10  0  dI Q
   
 dt   0.5  e P  dt
dI  Q =  IP
36. e = L = 5  2 = 10 V dI Q
dt
15  103
P =  1.8
37. N = LI 10
LI 8  103  5  103  P = 2.7  103 Wb = 2.7 mWb
 = = = 107 = 0 Wb
N 400 4 45. For R-C series circuit,
38. n = LI Z= R 2  X C2
3
n 500  4  10
L=  100   100 
2 2
= 1 henry =
I 2
39. Given: N = 1000; I = 4A;  = 4  10–3 Wb. = 100 2 
 total magnetic flux linked with solenoid = N Peak value of displacement current,
N V V 2 220 2
Self inductance, L = ….(  = LI) i0 = 0 = rms = = 2.2 A
I Z Z 100 2
1000  4  103
 L= =1H 46. As efficiency is always less than unity in
4 practice, output power is less than the input
dI power
40. |e|=L  5  2  10V
dt 47. We know that for step-down transformer,
dI V I
41. | e | L VP > VS but P = S ;
dt VS IP
10  IS > IP
 10  L   L = 1 H
1 Current in the secondary coil is greater than
dI the primary.
42. | e | L
dt Poutput 100 100 10
L  10   10   48. =  100     90%
Pinput 1 110 11
 1=  L  25 mH 220 
0.5 2
419
49. Given: Vp = 220 V, Vs = 3.3 × 103 V 57. P = VrmsIrms
Np = 600, P = 4.4 × 103 W 12 = 48  Irms
Power, P = VS Is 12 1
P 4.4  103 4 Irms = = A
 IS = = = A 48 4
Vs 3.3 10 3
3 I
Irms = 0
2
Vs I p
50. Using,  I0 = Irms × 2
Vp Is
1
11000  2 I0 = × 2
 Ip   100 A 4
220 1
I0 = A
Pout VI 2 2
51. = = s s = 0.8
Pin Vp I p NBA(cos 2  cos 1 )
58. e= 
(440)(2) t
 Ip = =5A
(0.8)(220) (cos180  cos 0)
=  2000  0.3  70  104
Po 0.1
52. = =  42  (1  1)
Pi
 e = 84 V
80
 Po = Pi =  4  103 W
100 e0 nBA 2fnB(r 2 )
But Po = es Is 59. Using, I0   
R R R
 es Is = 0.8  4000
 200  2
0.8  4000 2     1  10  (0.3)
2
 Is =  60 
240 I0 
2
 Is = 13.33 A
= 6  103 A = 6 mA
53. Transformer works on A.C. alone which
changes in magnitude as well as in direction. 60. In D.C. ammeter, a coil is free to rotate in the
magnetic field of a fixed magnet. If an
N s Vs
54.  alternating current is passed through such a
N p Vp coil, the torque will reverse its direction each
50 V time the current changes direction and the
  s average value of the torque will be zero.
1000 220
 Vs = 11 V
63. Alternating voltage: e = 200 2 sin(100 t) volt
Now, VsIs = VpIp
 11  Is = 220  1 Comparing with e = e0 sin t
 Is = 20 A  = 100 rad/s, e0 = 200 2
VS N I Capacitive reactance,
55. = S = P
VP NP IS 1 1
XC = = 6
 = 104 
N S IS C 100  10
i.e., IP =
NP e0
25
I0 =
= × 2 = 50 A XC
1
200 2
90 I0 =
56. Power output = 3  = 2.7 kW 104
100
Ip = 6 A I0 = 2 2 ×10–2 A
2.7  103 3 103 I0 2 2  102
 VS = = 450 V and Ip = = 15 A Irms = = = 2 × 10–2 A = 20 mA
6 200 2 2
420
64. Ammeter measures the rms value of current Maximum current,
Vrms V0 V0
 Irms = = (C) 10 =
XC 2 Z
5 5
50 2 –6
10 = =
=  100  10  10 R  L
2 2 2
4  (1000  3  103 ) 2
2
2
5
= 5  10–2 A = 50 mA = =1A
5
67. e = 200 sin 50 t
Comparing this equation with the standard form, 75. Comparing given equation with the standard
e = e0 sin t we get, e0 = 200 V form,
200 e = e0 sin t we get,  = 2f
 erms = V  2f = 377  f = 60 Hz
2
e 200 e0 141.4
Now, Irms = rms = = 2 2 = 2.828 76. erms =  = 100 V
R 2  50 2 1.414
68. Comparing the given equation with the 77. Comparing the given equation with standard
standard form, I = I0 sin t we get, I0 = 4 A form,
I 4 e = e0 sin t we get, E0 = 200 2 v,  = 100
Irms = 0 = = 2 2 ampere
2 2 V V C
Irms  rms  0
69. Given, XC 2
I = 50 cos(100t + 45) A 200 2  100  (1  106 )
Comparing the equation by I = I0 cos(t + ) =
I0 = 50 A 2
2
I0 50 = 2  10 A = 20 mA
 Irms = = = 25 2 A
2 2
1
78. XC = ,
70. V0 = 2 Vrms = 1.414  100 = 141.4 V C
 angular frequency () for D.C. source is Zero
71. Induced emf e = NBA sin t
But sin t = 1  Capacitive reactance becomes infinite.
So, e0 = NBA 81. In LCR circuit power is always dissipated
e0= 100 × 0.3 × 2.5 × 60 through resistor.
e0 = 4500
e0 = 4.5 × 103 volt 82. Z= R 2  X 2L , XL = L and  = 2f
e0 = 4.5 kV
Z = R  4 f L
2 2 2 2

e0 423
72. er.m.s. = =  300 V
2 2  1 
X  XL  2fC  2fL 
73. Comparing the given equation with standard form, 83. tan  = C  tan 45 =  
R R
e = e0 sin t we get,  = 120, e0 = 240 V  
 
 120  7
 f= =  19 Hz  C=
1
2 2  22 2 f (2fL  R)
240
 erms = = 120 2  170 V
2 di
84. E= M
74. V = 5 cos 1000t volt
dt
V = V0 cos t d(5sin10t)
E = 2  10–2
V0 = 5 volt dt
 = 1000 rad/s = 2  10–2 5(cos 10t)  10
L = 3mH = 3 × 10–3 H, R = 4  Emax = 2  10–2  5  1  10 = 
421
Radiation
3 s
K.E. =  (1.38  1023 J K1)  (300 K) Now, principal specific heat, C =
2 M
3 (1.381023 JK 1 )  (300 K) R R
=  CP – CV =  For H2, a =
2  (1.6 1019 J / eV) M 2
= 3.9  102 eV = 0.039 eV R a
For N2, b =  = 14
43. Average kinetic energy per molecule for any 28 b
kind of molecule of an ideal gas is  a = 14b
3
K.Eavg = kT 51. Cp – Cv = R
2  Cp = R + Cv ….(i)
3
 (K.Eavg)hydrogen = kT1 and also, Cp = Cv ….(ii)
2 3R
3  substituting Cv = in eq. (i) and (ii)
(K.Eavg)oxygen = kT2 2
2
3R 3R
But T1 = T2 R+ =
 (K.Eavg)O = (K.Eavg)H 2 2
5
3  =
45. Average kinetic energy = RT 3
2
i.e. K.E.  T 52. Molar specific heat at constant pressure
As T is constant, K.E. remains same. 7
Cp = R
2
46. Using, K.E.  T,
Using, Cp  Cv = R
K.E1 T1
= . 7 5
K.E 2 T2 Cv = Cp  R = R  R = R
2 2
Given that, K.E.1 = 2K.E2, T2 = 273 K
T 
Cp
=
7 / 2 R = 7
 2 = 1  T1 = 546 K Cv (5 / 2)R 5
273
f 53. Given,
47. For 1 kg gas, energy, E = rT
2 R
= 0.4
As P = rT Cv
P Cp  C v
 rT =  = 0.4
 Cv
5 8 10 4
 E=  ….[ f = 5 for diatomic gas] Cp
2 4  = 0.4 + 1
4 Cv
 E = 5  10 J
  = 1.4
48. Internal energy of a gas with f degrees of
 the molecules of the gas are rigid diatomic.
freedom,
f CP
U = nRT 57. Given: =
2 CV
5 3
Now, fO2 = , fAr = CP  CV  1
2 2  =
CV 1
5 3
 Utotal = (2) RT + (4) RT = 11RT. R
2 2  =–1 .…( CP – CV = R)
CV
50. Let molar heat capacity at constant pressure = sP
and molar heat capacity at constant volume = sV R
 CV =
 sP – sV = R  1
293
2
Z= R 2  (X L  X C ) 2 2 I  I2p R
100. Power = I R =  p  R =
 2 2
 
2
Z= R 2  100 3  100 3
e 2 rms
101. For purely resistive circuit Power (P) =
Z = R  Z = 100 R
93. Erms = 10 V,  = 200, R = 50 , When inductance is connected in series with
L = 400mH = 400 × 10-3 H, resistance
c = 200F = 200 × 10-6 F P = erms irms cos 
2
2  e  R  e
 1  = e rms  rms   = rms R
R 2   X L  XC  =
2
Z= R 2   L    Z  Z  Z2
 c 
 PR  R

= 502   200  400  103 
1 
2
P =
Z2
 e2rms  PR 
6  
 200  200  10  
PR 2
= 502   80  25
2 P = 2
Z
Z = 74.3  102. P = VI
E 10 P 100 5
Irms = rms = = 0.13459 A I= = = A
Z 74.3 V 220 11
EL = IrmsXL = 0.1345 × 80 = 10.8 V
103. P = erms Irms cos
R 2   XC  X L  =
2
94. Z= (3) 2  (14  10) 2 R
But, cos  = and erms = Irms  Z
 Z=5 Z
e rms R 220  220  18
95. For series LCR circuit, P = erms   = = 800 W
Z Z 33  33
Z = R 2 + (X L  XC )2
104. Pavg = erms × Irms × cos
2
 106  Pavg 63
= (300) 2 + 1000× 0.9   cos = = = 0.1
1000× 2  e rms  I rms 210  3

= 500  105. Average power dissipated = erms × Irms
= Irms × R × Irms
Vo I0 I
96. Io = ( Z = XL for pure inductive circuit) = ×R× 0
XL 2 2
 2  10
2
2 Vrms 2  200 =
I02R
=
Io = = 2 2
XL 2fL
4
2  200 = × 10 = 20 watt
Io = = 0.9 A 2
2 50  1 106. Comparing the given equations with the
standard forms,
e
97. I= e = e0 sin t and I = I0 sin (t + )
R 2  X 2L we get,
220 220 
I= = = 3.33 A e0 = 100 V, I0 = 100 mA and  = rad
(20)  (2    50  0.2)
2 2 66 3
P = erms  Irms  cos 
98. XL = L 100 100  103 
=   cos
XL = 2fL 2 2 3
XL  f 3
10  10
4
1 10
 The graph will be a linear graph =  = = 2.5 watt
2 2 4
1
99. We have, X C  and X L  L  2 f 107. Phase angle,  = 90
C  2f  P = e. I. cos  = 0
423
108. Pavg = VrmsIrms cos (10)2
 P=  (40)
 v0  I0     v0 I0 2
=    cos 3  = 1
 2  2    4
 
 
2
 3 1
109. P = ermsIrmscos and Pmax = ermsIrms  (40) 2
  340  20  10   
  340  50  106  
Since P = 50 % Pmax = 0.5 Pmax
 2000 2000
 cos = 0.5   = = 2 =
3 1600  [6.8  58.8] 1600  [2704]
2000
110. Using, P = VI cos  = I2 Z cos  we get, =  0.46 W
4304
P 2 Nearest answer is option (C).
cos  = 2 = = 0.5
I Z 4 1
114. Given: L = 20mH = 20  10–3 H
111. Comparing given equations with the standard C = 100 F = 100  10–6 F, R = 50 
forms, V = 10 sin 314t,
e = e0 sin t and I = I0 sin(t + ) But, V= V0 sin  t
 On comparision we get,
e0 = 200 V, we get, I = 1 A,  = rad
3  = 314 rad/s and V0 = 10 V
200 1 Inductive reactance,
erms = , Irms = XL = L = 314  20  10–3 = 6.28 
2 2
Capacitive reactance,
 P = ermsIrms cos 
1 1
200 1  XC =  = 31.85 
=  cos = 50 watt C 314  100  106
2 2 3
Impedance,
112. Comparing given equations with the standard Z2 = R2 + (XL  Xc)2
forms, Z2 = 502 + (6.28 – 31.85)2
e = e0 sin t and i = i0 sin(t + ) we get, Z2 = 3153 
e0 = 100 V, I0 = 100 mA Average power,
e = 100 sin (100 t) V and V2 R V 2 R 100  50
Pav = rms2  0 2  = 0.79 W
  Z 2 Z 2  3153
I = 100 sin 100 t   mA
 3 
e0 I0 115. Z = (R) 2  (X L  X C ) 2
 Power =  cos 
2 2
= (8) 2  (31  25) 2
100  100 
=  cos    103 = 64  36
2 3
= 10 
100  100 1
=   103 R 8
2 2  Power factor, cos  =  = 0.8
Z 10
= 2.5 W
R
V2 2
Vrms R 116. Power factor = cos  =
113. P = rms cos =   Z
Z Z Z as current remains same, we can write,
V02 R R VR
 P= ….(i) cos  = =
2 Z2
 VR    VL  VC 
2 2
Z
Given V0 = 10 V;  = 340 rad/s; L = 20 mH;
C = 50 F; R = 40  80
=  0.8
 80    60 
2 2
Z= R  (X L  X C )
2 2
424
117. For CR circuit, power factor is given by 118. e = 100 sin 30 t
R R 100
cos  = =  erms =
R  XC
2 2
R2 
1 2
(C)2  
I = 20 sin  30t  
R  4
 (cos )1 = ….(i)
1 20
R2   Irms =
(1C) 2 2
1 R 
 = Also,  =
2 1 4
R2 
(1C) 2  Average power consumed,
1 R 2 
 = 2 P = erms  Irms  cos
2 R  1 4
(1C) 2 100 20 1 2000 1000
=     W
1 2 2 2 2 2 2
 R2 + = 2R2 
(1C) 2
Wattless current, I = Irms sin
1 4
 R2 = ….(ii) 20 1 20
(1C) 2  I=   10 A
Now, 2 2 2
R 1 1
(cos )2 = 121. Using, fr =  L  for fixed fr
1 2 LC C
R  2
(2 C) 2 L 2 C1 C L
    L2 =
1 L1 C2 2C 2
But, 2 =
2
122. Impedance of LCR circuit will be minimum at
R
 (cos )2 = ….(iii) resonant frequency
4
R  2
1 1 105 1
(1C) 2  f0 = = = s
2 LC 2π 1×103 × 0.1×106 2π
Dividing equation (iii) by equation (i)
1 1 1
R2  123. f0 = 
(cos ) 2 R (1C) 2 2 LC 2 5  10  2  106
3
= 
(cos )1 4 R 104 5  103
R2  =  Hz
(1C) 2 2 
1 124. Given that, VL = VC
R2 
(1C) 2 1 1
 (cos )2 = cos 1  fr = 
4 2 LC 2 3  10  30  106
3
R2 
(1C) 2 104
=  530 Hz
Using eq(ii), 2  3
1 R2  R2 1 1
(cos )2 = 125. L = =
2 R 2  4R 2 C LC
1 2R 2  XL and XC will get interchanged.

= 2
 200 L =
1
2 5R 800C
1 1
 (cos )2 =  = 200  800 = 400 Hz
5 LC
425
1 1 134. Comparing given equation with the standard

126. f0 = = form, I = I0 sin t we get,
2 LC 2  3.14 5  104  20  106
2 1
104
= 200  T = s
 f0 =  1592 Hz T 100
6.28
T
The current takes s to reach the peak value.
1 1 4
127. fr =  fr 
2 LC LC 1
1/ 2  Time to reach the peak value = s
(f r ) 2 1 LC  400
  L1C1   1 1 
(f r )1 L2 C2  L 2 C2  135. e = e0sin 
1/ 2 e will be maximum when  is 90o
 LC  1
=   1/2  Plane of the coil will be horizontal.
 2L  4C  (8)
(f r ) 2 d dA d dr
1 136. |e| = B  B (r2) = 2Br
  dt dt dt dt
(f r )1 2 2 2 3
 |e| = 2  0.04  2  10  2  10 = 3.2  V
f
 (fr)2 = 1 137.  = (5t2  4t + 1) Wb
2 2
d
 (fr)2 =
f
….[ (fr)1 = f]  = (10t  4) Wbs1
dt
2 2
 d
e= =  (10t  4)
128. According to condition of parallel resonance dt
for LC circuit, at resonant frequency (fr) At, t = 0.2 s, e =  (10  0.2  4) = 2 V
impedance of circuit is maximum and current e 2
is minimum.  I=   0.2 A
R 10
130. the voltage equation in going from point A to
B is d
138. E = 
di dt
 IR + E  L – VAB = 0
dt d  B.A 
E= 
 VBA =  2  2 + 12  (5  103  102) dt
 di  dB
 is decreasing hence rate is negative  E = A
 dt  dt
 VBA =  4 + 12 + 0.5 = 8.5 Volt d 0 I
= A
dt 2  vt 
dI
131. VAB – IR + E + L =0 0 d –1
dt  AI (t )
 VAB = (2) (7) – 4 – (9  10–3) (103) 2v dt
= 14 – 4 – 9 
 AI 0 t–2
 VAB = 1V 2v
1
132. Irms = (I 2 ) = (8  6sin t) 2 E 2
t
Irms = (64  96sin t  36sin 2 t) 139. Area of square loop, A = 10 cm  10 cm
Irms = (64)  96(sin t)  36(sin t) 2 A = 100 cm2 = 100  104 m2 = 102 m2
Initial magnetic flux linked with loop,
Since (sin2t) = 0.5 and (sint) = 0
1 = B1Acos  = 0.1  102  cos 45
Irms = 64  0  36  0.5 = 9.05 A 0.1  102  1 103
=  Wb
133. e = e0 cos t = e0 cos(2ft) 2 2
 2 50  1   Final magnetic flux linked with loop,
= 10cos   = 10cos = 5 3 V 2 = 0 Wb ….[ B2 = 0]
 600  6
426
 The induced e.m.f. in the loop, Now, rate of increase of induced EMF is
 103  de dv
 0    = Bl = Bla
d (   ) 2  dt dt
e =  2 1 =  de
dt t 0.7  = 5  104  0.1  5 = 2.5  104 Vs1
10 3 dt
=  103 V
0.7  2 148. Potential difference between 
1 B 
e 103 O and A is V0  VA  Bl 2
 I=  = 103 A = 1.0 mA
R 1 2
1 2
nd LdI dA LdI O and B is V0  VB  Bl 
140.   nB  2
dt dt dt dt A O B
11 5  2 1  149. Induced emf e =  Blv
 3
 L 3 
 L  10 H x
10  2  10  P + S
+
e N 1500
141. Using, S  S  we get,
ep N P 50 x
a v v
2
eS = 30 eP
d 
Now, | ep | =
dt
= 4 volt Q  R
a a
 eS = 30  4 = 120 V 2 2
a
142. eo = io  XL x
2
XL = L = 2fL = 2(50) = 100 εPQRS = εPQ + εRS
2 0I 0I
io = ampere = av  av
π  a  a
2  x   2  x  
2  2  2
 eo =  100 = 200 V
π  Iav  2 2 
= 0 
144.  = BA 2   2x  a 2x  a 

 = (B) (r2)  Iav  2x  a  2x  a  20 Ia 2 v
= 0   =
d  dr    (2x  a)(2x  a)  (2x  a)(2x  a)
 e= = (B) (2r)  
dt  dt 
150. e
= (0.025) (2) (2  102) (103)
=  V
+
d t
145. At B, flux is maximum, which means = 0 –
dt
d e = nAB sint
As,  e   e 0
dt  e changes direction twice per revolution.
3l 3l
 l2 
3l
5Bl 2 151. Magnetic field produced
146. e =  Bvdl =  B(l ) dl = B   = due to large loop
 2 2l 2
2l 2l  8 2I i
B 0
147. The induced EMF is given by 4 L l
Flux linked with smaller loop
e = l   v  B  
  
L
   8 2Il 2
  B(l 2 )  0
   4 L
but since l , v and B are mutually
perpendicular to each other, hence   8 2l 2 l2
   MI  M   0 . M
e = Blv I 4 L L
427
152. As the magnet moves towards the coil, the 159. For inductor,
magnetic flux increases (nonlinearly). Also 1 1
there is a change in polarity of induced emf I 
XL f
when the magnet passes on to the other side of
the coil. Hence, as frequency increases, current decreases.
For capacitor,
153. According to I – t graph, in the first half,
current increases uniformly so a constant 1
I f
negative e.m.f. get induced in the circuit. XC
In the second half, current decreases uniformly Hence, as frequency increases, current increases.
so a constant positive e.m.f. gets induced.
Hence graph (C) is correct. P 1000
160. I =  = 10 A
 1 
2 V 100
154. Z2 =  L   R
2
The voltage drop across heater must remain
 C 
same and the current it draws must be same.
Z
Hence, voltage across coil is
VC = 200 2  100 = 182 V
 V
0 We know that I = C
L
 As we gradually increase frequency, Z first
decreases and then increases V 182
L= C =
I 10  2  50
155. Induced electric field is non-conservative.
Also we have,  L = 0.057 henry
  d  
 e  dl =  d t  e  ds  0 161. Quantity of heat liberated in the ammeter of
resistance R
156. In pure capacitive circuit, let an A.C. voltage i. due to direct current of 3 ampere
be supplied of the form
= [(3)2 R/J]
e = e0 sin t ….(i)
ii. due to alternating current of 4 ampere
q
we know that, C = = [(4)2 R/J]
e ~  Total heat produced per second
 q = Ce = Ce0 sin t
dq (3) 2 R (4) 2 R 25R
 I= = Ce0  cos t =  
dt J J J
 I = I0 cos t ….(taking I0 = Ce0) Let the equivalent alternating current be I
 I = I0 sin (/2 + t) ….(ii) virtual ampere; then
Thus, on comparing (i) and (ii), we see that I 2 R 25R
current leads the voltage by a phase angle of /2.  or I = 5 A
J J
157. Let 1 = 50  2  L = 20 
c 3  108
 2 = 100  2  L = 40  162. f = 
200 200 200  300
 I=  = 6
= 10 Hz
Z R  (L)
2 2
(30) 2  (40) 2
1 1
 I=4A Now, fr =  LC 
2 LC 2f r
158. From V = 200 2 sin t, V0 = 200 2 1
V 200 2 200 2
 L=
 I0 = 0 =  4 f C
2 2
r
Z R 2   XL  XC  202  15  15
2 2
1
 L=
200 2 4 (10 )  2.4  106
2 6 2
 I0 = = 10 2
20  108 H
428
Radiation
At constant pressure 110. v1  v1/2
Qp = mCpT
Q v Cp adiabatic
 
Qp Cv
isothermal
For diatomic gas,
Cp 7
= 1.4 or
Cv 5
isobaric
Qv 1 5
 = =
Q p 1.4 7
103. Fraction of energy used in doing external v1/2 v1
work is given by
W Cv
=1 Work done = area under curve
Q Cp
Wadiabatic > Wisothermal > Wisobaric
Cp
but  = = 1.4 111.
Cv
300 1
 1
Q 1.4
300  1.4 adiabatic
 Q = = 1050 J
0.4
isothermal
104. Work done by the system = Area of shaded
portion on P-V diagram
= (300 – 100)10–6  (100 – 200)  103 = –20 J v/2 v
105. AB is isobaric process; BC is isothermal
process; CD is isometric process and DA is Work done = area under curve
isothermal process. While compressing the gas adiabatically, the
These processes are correctly represented by area under the curve is more than that for
graph (A). isothermal compression.
106. Work done = Area of PV graph (here trapezium) 113. Open window behaves like a perfectly black
1 body.
= (1  105  5  105 )  (5  1)
2
115. Using, a + r + t = 1,
= 12  105 J
t = 1  (a + r) = 1  (0.74 + 0.22)
107. QABC = QAC + WABCA = 1  0.96 = 0.04
In this case,
1 116. Using, a + r + t = 1,
WABCA = Area of PV graph =  AB  BC
2 a + 0.74 + 0.22 = 1  a = 0.04
1 By Kirchhoff’s law, a = e  e = 0.04
 500 = QAC +  (4  104  2  103)
2 Qr
 QAC = 500  40 = 460 J 117. Using r = ,
Q
108. For both the paths, U remains same. 15
For path iaf : U = Q  W = 50  20 = 30 J. r= = 0.1
150
For path fi : U = 30J and W =  13J
Using a + r + t = 1,
 Q =  30  13 = 43 J.
t = 1  (a + r) = 1  (0.6 + 0.1) = 0.3
109. 1st process is isothermal expansion which is Q
correctly shown in option (D) Now using, t = t we get,
Q
2nd process is isobaric compression which is
correctly shown in option (D). Qt = Qt = 150  0.3 = 45 J
297
118. r + a + t = 1 130. According to Wien’s displacement law,
 t = 1 – r – a = 1 – 0.8 – 0.1 = 1 – 0.9 = 0.1 1
max 
Q = 1000 J/min T
 Heat energy transmitted per minute  maxT = b
Qt = Q  t = 1000  0.1 = 100 J also T = 5760 K
 Heat energy transmitted in 5 minutes 2.88  106 nmK
= 100  5 = 500 J  max =  500 nm
5760 K
120. From Wien’s displacement law,  wavelength of maximum energy = 500 nm
1 i.e. U2 is maximum energy.

T 131. Black body has maximum radiated energy at
T same temperature.
This means more the temperature higher will 132. From Wien’s displacement law-
be the corresponding frequency max T = constant
Given T2 > T1, hence frequency corresponding If T is also same, max = constant
to maximum energy is more at T2. Hence, max   max
133. From Stefan’s law,
121. As Red > Green > Violet,
E  AT4 ...(i)
λQ > λR > λP.
According to Wien’s law, TQ < TR < TP  E1  A1 T14 ...(ii)
E2  A2 T24 ...(iii)
1
122. By Wien’s law,  m  and from the figure, Divide equation (iii) by equation (ii)
T
l b
( m )1  ( m )3  ( m ) 2 E 2  A 2   T2 
4
 3 × 3   327 + 273  4
 T1 > T3 > T2. =    =    
E1  A1   T1   l × b   27 + 273 
123. From Wien’s displacement law,  
4
1  1   600 
m  =   
T  9   300 
 m T = constant E2 1
  16 
126. From Wien’s displacement law  E1 9
b 16
T=  E2 = E ...{ E1 = E}
 max 9
b = Wien’s constant 134. E  T4
2892  106 E1 T   T 
4
1
4
 T= = 200 K  = 1 = 1  =
14.46  106 E2 16
 T2   2T1 
1  E2 = 16E1
127. By Wien’s law, T 
m 135. Q  r2T4
2 4
TS ( N )max 350 Q r  T 
    0.69  2 =  2    2  = (2)2  (2)4 = 64
TN (S )max 510 Q1  r1   T1 
137. For black body, P = AT4.
T1 2000 2 2
128.  m =  m =  m = m = m 1
2 T2 1 3000 1 3 1 3 For same power, A  4
T
2 4
 m2 T1  r1   T2 
129. By Wien’s law, =    = 
 m1 T2  r2   T1 
2 2
T 1500 r1 T  r T 
  m2  1   m1   5000 = 3000 Å  =  2  i.e., 2 =  1 
T2 2500 r2  T1  r1  T2 
298
direction of the induced emf is from B towards 7. Rate of work done by external agent is:
A. dW BIL(dx)
The current in the circuit ABCD,  = BIL v and thermal power
dt dt
e 1 dissipated in resistor = eI = (BvL) I
i= = =5A
R 0.2 Clearly both are equal. Hence (A) is correct.
The force required to maintain the motion If applied external force is doubled, the rod
= ilB = 5  0.5  0.5 = 1.25 N will experience a net force and hence
Mechanical work done by the force per second acceleration. As a result, velocity increases,
or mechanical power hence (B) is correct.
= Fv = 1.25  4  1 = 5 watts e
Since, I =
R
6. The two loops are connected in such a way On doubling ‘R’, current and hence required
that the currents induced in the loops are power becomes half. Hence (D) is correct.
always equal in magnitude but opposite in
1
direction. That is, if the current in the left loop Since P = BIl v and I 
is clockwise, it is anticlockwise in right loop R
and vice-versa. Thus, the emfs induced in the Hence option (C) is incorrect.
two loops will oppose each other.
The emf induced in first loop,
e1 =
d 2
(a B) = a2
dB Br 2  Ba 2 
8. Induced emf, e = = 
dt dt 2  2 
d
= a2 (B0 sin t) = a2 B0 cos t ( radius = a)
dt
The emf induced in second loop,  x e  x 0
By nodal equation, 4   =0
d 2 dB  r   r 
e2 = (d B) = b2
dt dt 5x = 4e
d
= b2 (B0 sin t) = b2 B0  cos t
dt
Net emf induced, r/2 e O e r/2 O e r/4
x  x
e = e1  e2 = (a2  b2) B0 cos t
Total resistance of the loops, R = 4 (a + b) r r r
where, r = resistance per unit length
x x
 Instantaneous current at time t,
(i) (ii)
e (a 2  b 2 ) B0 cos t
i= = 4e 2Ba 2
R 4(a  b) r x= 
5 5
For maximum value of current induced,
x 2Ba 2
cos t = 1  I= 
r 5r
(a 2  b 2 ) B0 (a  b) B0
 i0 = = Also, direction of current in ‘r’ will be
4(a  b) r 4r
towards negative terminal of cell. i.e. from rim
Here, a = 0.20 m, b = 0.10 m, B0 = 103 T, towards centre.
Resistance per unit length r = 50  103 /m, Alternatively, we can obtain the same result
 = 100 rad/s by considering the equivalence of cells (fig. ii)
 i0 =
 (0.20)  (0.10)   103  100
= 0.05 A
  d
4  50  103 9.  E  dx =  dt
and taking the sign of flux
1 according to right hand rule we get,
 = 0.05  n = 20  
n
 E  dx =  [ ( 2A) + ( A)] =  A
431
10. The emf induced,  Bl 2 Bl 2 
di   
e = M  2 2  B l 2
dt 16. i= 
R R
e = 40,000 V
di i 2  i1 04
 = = 6
= 4  105 A/s
dt t 2  t1 10  10 Bl 2 Bl 2
 Mutual inductance, 2 2
e 40000
M=  = 0.1 Henry
(di / dt) ( 4  105 )
  d

n
= 0.1  n = 10
17.  E dl  dt
10
l l 2 dB
2  E(2) = 
11.  = 2R B 2 4 dt
Initially current was zero. So self-linked flux l
was zero.  E= 
4
2R 2 B ql 
 Finally, Li = 2R2  B  i = Now, F = qE =
L 4
 The forces cancel out to give Fnet = 0
B2
12. E = . Hence a graph between E and B 18. Total charge flowing through the wire is
2 0
I  d 
will be a parabola symmetric about E axis and q =  Idt     dt
passing through origin. R  dt 
1 
  1  q =    
13. d = B A = BA cos 60 = R 
2500
Since the current in the coil before and after
d 1
 E=  = 2  103 V the rotation remains the same so,
dt 2500  0.2 I = 0
1
 dB  q= 
14. E (2l) = R2   R
 dt 
Further,
R 2  dB   2Ia
a b
dr
 E=    =  d =  Badr = 0
2l  dt  
2  a b r
Now, qE + mg = kx
0 ab
qR 2  dB  mg   = 2Ia log e  
 x=   4 ba 
k2l  dt  k
aI
1  qR 2 dB  = constant   m = 1, n = 1, p = 1
 R
x=  mg  
k  2l dt   m+n+p=1
 dB 
   a2 
19.  = B A  B   cos (t)
15. eAB =    area of  AOB  2 
 dt 
1  3   d  a 2 
=4   4   2   2 Since, e = B   sin (t)
2 2 dt  2 
 
e B a 2
 1 3  Induced current, I =   sin (t)
 Total emf of loop = 3   4   4   2   2 R 2R
 2 2  At any moment t, the thermal power generated
= 2  24 3 = 48 3 volt in circuit,
432
2
 B a 2   1 Ring starts rotating when,
Pt = e  I =   sin 2 (t)  due to electric field =  due to friction
 2  R
1 = (mg) r
Mean power,
2 mg
 Ba 2   1 T 2 On Solving, we get, t =
2  R 0
  sin t 2 2a 2 B0
 1  Ba 2 
P = T
   
2R  2    4  10
 dt
= 4 =4s
2   5  102   125  4
0 2
p=2
Ba 2 di 2  0.5
20. Eavg (2r) = 24. emf = L = = = 50
t dt 0.03
B a 2 1 1
Eavg (2r) r =    r = I avg Estored = Li2 =  50  0.52
t 2 2
 B0a2 r = mr2 avg t = 25  0.25 = 6.25 J
4
1    (102 ) 2 
B0  a 2  
 = 
mr 0.5  (2  102 )
= 4  102 rad/s
21. q = CBvl
dq
l=  CBla
dt
Now, ma = mg  Bl (CBla)
mg
 a=
m  B 2l 2 C
Substituting the values given,
a = 5 m/s2
d d d dI
22. e= = (B  A) = (KIA) = K
dt dt dt dt
dI dI
 e = 0 if  0 and e = K if K.
dt dt
Now, for the first portion of the given i vs t
dI
graph, = 0 and for the remaining two
dt
sections,
dI
= constant
dt
Hence the correct option is (C).
23. Induced electric field
d
E (2  r) =
dt
a 2  2B0 t 
E=
2r
Torque due to field about centre of ring,
 2a 2 B0 t 
1 = (qE) r = (2r)  r
 2 r 
433
Radiation
Hence, let x be the temperature of the body at 165. Given t = 60 – 30 = 30 C
the end of next 10 minutes. As the pressure remains constant,
2T  x 2  2T  x  2 x For isobaric process, work done is
    T =  
10 30  2  30  2  W = P(V)
x 3T Due to thermal expansion,
 2T  x = x= M
3 2 V = V0 (t ) = (t )

160. From Newton’s law of cooling, 1.5
1 2    =  5  105  30
= K  1 2  0  9 10 3
t  2  = 250  109 m3
70  60  W = 105  250  109 = 25  103 J
For 1st case: = K[65  0] ….(i)
5
 2 = K[65  0] 166. Using, Q = mCPT,
60  54 Q = 100  10–3  4184  20  8.4  103
For 2nd case: = K[57  0] ….(ii) Q  8.4 kJ, W = 0
5
 Using, Q = U + W,
 Dividing equation (i) by equation (ii) we get,
Q = U  8.4 kJ
5 65  0
=
3 57  0 167. In adiabatic process, Q = 0 and work is done
 285  50 = 195  30 on the system  internal energy of the system
increases
 20 = 90  0 = 45 C
 U = W    Cv  T = W
161. Using Newton’s law of cooling.  R  3
     7 = 146  10
d   1
= K(  0)
dt 8.3
For 1st case, 0.5 = K(50)  103   7 = 146  103
   1
0.5
K=  On solving we get,  = 1.4
50
 The gas is diatomic.
 d  0.5
  = K(30) =  30 = 0.3 C/min
 dt 2 50 1
168. Here,Mv2 = Cv.T
2
162. As for a black body, rate of absorption of heat 1 R
is more, thermometer A shows faster rise in  Mv2 = T
2  1
temperature but finally both will acquire the
atmospheric temperature. M.v 2    1    1 Mv 2
 T = =
2R 2R
163. By 1st law of thermodynamics,
dU = dQ – dW  dU = dQ (< 0) 169. Given T1 = 27 C = 300 K
….[ dW = 0] T2 = 0 C = 273 K
 dU < 0  Temperature will decrease. Q2 T2
coefficient of performance =  = 
W T1  T2
164. For the first process, using Q = U + W. here, Q2 = mL
 8  105 = U + 6.5  105 mL T2
 U = 1.5  105 J  
W T1  T2
Since final and initial states are same in both
processes, U will be same in both processes 2  333  103  (300  273)
 W=
For second process, using Q = U + W, 273
 105 = 1.5  105 + W 2  27  333
 W=  103 = 65.87  103 J
 W = –0.5  105 J 273
301
Chapter 17: Electrons and Photons
13. W0 = h0 1
20. mv 2max = h – h0
h c 6.63  1034  3  108 2
 W0 = =
0 5000  1010 = 9.2 eV – 4.2 eV
= 3.978  10–19 J = 5 eV
3.978  1019 = 5  1.6  1019
= = 2.48 eV = 8  1019 J
1.6  1019
h 0 6.63  10 34  1.6  1015 21. Slope of V0 –  curve for all metals are same
14. W0 = eV = = 6.63 eV h
e 1.6  10 19
  i.e. curves should be parallel.
K.E = E – W0 = 8 – 6.63 = 1.37 eV e
1 2 hc 22. Using Einstein photoelectric equation,
15. mv =  W0
2  E = W0 + K.Emax
1 2 6.63  1034  3  108 1
 mv =  2.5 = 1 h1 = W0 + mv12 ….(i)
2  3.6  107   1.6  1019 2
1
2  1  1.6  1019 h2 = W0 + mv22 ….(ii)
 v= 31
= 0.6  106 m/s 2
9.1  10 Subtracting equation (ii) from equation (i) we get,
= 6  105 m/s 1
h(1  2) = m(v12  v 22 )
hc hc 2
16. E=  W0 and 2E =  W0
  2h
 (v12  v 22 ) = (1  2)
 E  W0 m
 
 2E  W0  
But 2 = 1 
 1  W0 / E  2 2
  =    2h    h
 2  W0 / E   (v12  v 22 ) =    
m 2 m
(1  W0 / E) 1 
Since > , so  >
(2  W0 / E) 2 2 c 3  108
23. 0  = = 6  10 7 m  6000 Å
17. Einstein’s photoelectric equation is,  0 5  10 14
1
mv2 = h – h0 …(i) 25. The intercept of the line on the -axis gives
2 the threshold frequency 0 and work function
Comparing with equation of straight line,
W0 = h0. Thus, work function = slope 
y = mx + c …(ii)
intercept. The value of slope is the same for
where, m = slope and c = intercept for line on
metals A and B but 0 for B is greater than
X axis.
that for A.
Comparing equation (i) and equation (ii) we get,
Slope = h = Planck’s constant.
hc hc
19. eV1 = – W0 , eV2 = – W0 2. Initially when the moving electron is very far
1 2
away from stationary electron, it only has
hc hc
 – eV1 = – eV2 kinetic energy but as it approaches the
1 2 stationary electron, its K.E. decreases due to
 1 1 repulsion and gets converted to P.E. according
 e (V2 – V1) = hc    to law of conservation of energy. Hence, K.E.
 2 1  decreases and P.E. increases.
   2 
 hc  1  = e (V2 – V1) 4. Intensity  No. of photons
 1 2   No. of photoelectrons
e 1 2 6. Stopping potential does not depend on the
 h = (V2 – V1)
c 1   2 relative distance between the source and the cell.
435
7. Intensity increases means that more photons of 22. According to Einstein’s equation,
same energy will emit more electrons of same h = h0 + K.Emax 
energy, hence only photoelectric current increases.  K.Emax = h  h '0 . Comparing it with
8. For photo emission  ≥ 0 or λ ≤ 0 y = mx + c, we can say that,
this is the equation of straight line having
9. R > y > g. Here threshold wavelength < y positive slope (h) and negative intercept (h0)
10. For work function of 5 eV, on K.E. axis.
4  1015  3  108 23. From Einstein’s photoelectric equation,
min = = 240 nm, hc 1
5 = mv 2max + W0
For work function of 2 eV, λ 2
4  1015  3  108
hc 1 2
max = = 600 nm  = eV0 + W0 ...( mv max = eV0)
2 λ 2
This means wavelength of 650 nm cannot be 1
 V0 
used. 
Thus, if incident wavelength is decreased, then
11. The saturation photoelectric current is directly stopping potential will increase.
proportional to the intensity of incident radiation
24. eV0 = h – h0
but it is independent of its frequency. Hence,
saturation photoelectric current becomes double, If  increases, V0 will increase.
when both intensity and frequency of the 25. Above threshold frequency (0), the stopping
incident light are doubled. potential increases with the increase in
frequency.
12. If the voltage given is V, then the energy of 26. eV0 = h  W0
electron,
hc
1 =  W0
mv2 = eV 
2
 6.631034  3108 
2eV 2  1.6  1019  1000 =  9 19
1.07  eV
 v= =  332 10 1.6 10 
m 9.1 1031
= 2.67 eV
= 1.875  107 Nearest answer is (D)
 1.9  107 m/s
hc
27. W0 =
14.  = 1 Å = 1010 m 
hc 6.631034  3108 hc 6.631034  3108
E = hmax = = = 19.8  1016 J  = =
 110 10 W0 4.2 1.6 1019
1  = 2.959  107 Å
15. mv 2max  eV   = 2959 Å
2
28. K.Emax (eV) = E(eV)  W0(eV)
2eV 2 1.6 1019  9 = 6.2  4.2
 vmax = =
m 9.11031 = 2 eV
= 1.8  106 m/s  K.Emax(joule) = 2  1.6  1019 J
16. The plate current reduces with increasing = 3.2  1019 J
wavelength. When wavelength exceeds certain 29. Using, E = h  W for the two cases we get,
value, photo electric effect ceases, making 0.5 = h  W ….(i) and
current value zero. 0.8 = 1.2 h  W ….(ii)
By equation (i)  1.2  equation (ii) we get,
17. Photoelectric current  intensity of light 0.2 W = 0.2 or W = 1 eV
 I1 < I2 30. Number of photons emitted per second
18. Kmax = eV0  4 eV = eV0 p 10  103
n = 34
= 1.72  1031
 V0 = 4 V h 6.6  10  880  10 3
436
Radiation
substituting equation (ii) in equation (i)
11.2 2 106  2.76 1026
 T= = 8.363  104 K
1  P0  3   3 
2
23
31.38 10
T=    V0   3P0  V0  
nR  V0  2   2  
199. The entropy in an isolated system increases in
1  9 9 
 T=
nR   4 P0 V0  2 P0 V0  accordance with second law of thermodynamics.
 
9P0 V0 200. Qp = m.Cp  and Qv = m.Cv.
 T=
4nR Qv Cv
 =
195. Amount of energy required is given as, Qp Cp
f f Using, Cp  Cv = R we get,
E  n RT  NK  T2  T1 
2 2 Cv R 8.3
=1 =1  0.6
f Cp Cp 20.7
 E =  n  N A   k B   T2  T1 
2
Cv
where N = n. NA and kB = Boltzmann constant  Qv = Qp . = 207  0.6 = 124.2 J
Cp
3
 E = n N A k B (T 2 T1 )  ….[ f = 3 for He ]
2
1 U 1 4
m 1 201. P =    kT
Now, n   3 V  3
M 4
u
3 1 3 (  T4 and k is constant of proportionality)
 E =  N A k B (T2  T1 ) = N A k B ( T2  T1 ) V
2 4 8
PV = nRT
3RT nRT 1 4
196. Using, crms = ,  kT
M V 3
3RT1 3RT2  V T–3

(crms)O = and (crms)H = 4
MO MH Volume of spherical shell of radius R = R3
3
Given that,
i.e., V  R3
(crms)O = (crms)H, TH = 127 + 273 = 400 K
1
3RT1 3RT2 R
 = T
MO MH
T1 T 202. According to Wien’s displacement law,
 = 2
MO MH mT = constant
MH 2 T1  m 2 3 / 4 0 3
 T2 = T1  = 400     
MO 32 T2  m 0 4
1
= 25 K = 25  273 = 248 C
Power radiated for a black body, P = AT4
197. Escape velocity at the surface of the earth 4
P1  T1 
= 11.2 km/s = 11.2  103 m/s   
P2  T2 
Oxygen will escape when rms speed of its
molecules, 4
P 3 81
   
crms = 11.2  103 m/s nP  4  256
3k BT 256
 = 11.2  103  n=
m0 81
305
41. From Einstein’s equation, 43. Energy radiated as visible light
h = eV0 + h0 5
=  100 = 5 J/s
hc hc 100
  = eV0
 0 If n be the number of photons emitted per
case (i)  =  ; V0 = V second, then, nhv = E = 5
hc hc 5 5  5.6  107
 = eV ....(i)  n=  34
= 1.4  1019
 0 hc (6.62  10 )(3  10 ) 8
V 44. K.E. = E  W0
case (ii)  = 3 ; V0 =
6  W0 = 10.20  3.57
hc hc eV 6.63  1.6  1019
 = ....(ii)  v0 = = 1.6  1015 Hz
3 0 6 6.67  10 34
dividing equation (i) by equation (ii)

45. W0 = E  K.E.
 hc hc   W0 = E1  K.E1 and
  
  0 
=6
W0 = E2  K.E2 = E2  2K.E1
 hc hc   E2  2K.E1 = E1  K.E1
    K.E1 = E2  E1 = 4  2.5 = 1.5 eV
 3 0 
 W0 = 2.5  1.5 = 1 eV
1 1  1 1 
  = 6   46. Using photoelectric equation, h = K.E. + W0
 0  3 0 
Initially,
1 1 2 6 h = 0.4 + W0 ….(i)
  = 
 0  0 After increasing incident frequency by 30%,
1 6 2 1 h(1.3 ) = 0.9 + W0 ….(ii)
 + = 
0 0   multiplying equation (i) by 1.3 and then
subtracting from equation (ii),
5 1
 = 0 = [0.9 – 1.3(0.4)] + [W0 – 1.3 W0]
0   0.3 W0 = 0.9 – 0.52
 0 = 5 0.38
 W0 = = 1.267 eV
42. Using Einstein’s photoelectric equation 0.3
Case I : 47. We know,
hc hc 1 1  (K.E.)max = h  W0
eV =  = hc    ....(i)
 0   0   2 eV = 5 eV  W0
Case II : W0 = 3 eV
V hc hc Hence, when h = 6 eV,
e   (K.E.)max = 6 eV  3 eV = 3 eV
4 2  0
Also, (K.E.)max = eV0 = 3 eV
4hc 4hc
 eV =  ....(ii)  V0 = 3 V
2  0 As, stopping potential is a retarding potential,
1 1 potential of A relative to C =  3 V
= 4hc   
 2  0  48. Let K1 and K2 be the maximum kinetic energy
Equating (i) and (ii), of photoelectrons for incident light of
1 1  1 1 frequency  and 2 respectively.
hc    = 4 hc    By Einstein’s photoelectric equation,
  0   2  0  K1 = h  W0 = K ….(i)
1 1 2 4 and K2 = h(2)  W0 ….(ii)
  
 0  0 = 2h  W0 = h + h  W0
 0 = 3   K2 = h + K ….[From (i)]
438
hc 1 1 W0  eV1
49.  W0  mv 2max  
 2  2 W0  eV2
Assuming W0 to be negligible in comparison  W01 + eV21 = W02 + eV12
hc
to , W    1 
  e= 0 2
1V2  V1 2
1 1
v 2max   v max 
  54. K.Emax = (h  W0)
 On increasing wavelength from  to 4, vmax where,  = frequency of incident light
becomes half.
55. Velocity of photon c = 
50. Cut off frequency is given as 
1
Work function W0 = h 56. E
Now, E = K.E. + W0 
1 We know that,  infrared   visible
2h = mv2 + h
2  E infrared  E visible
1
 mv2 = 2h  h h hc
2 57. p= , E=
1  
 mv2 = h Thus, if  decreases, both p and E will increase.
2
2hν hc 6.6  1034  3  108
 v= 58. = = = 3.5  10–11
m E 35  103  1.6  1019
= 35  10–12 m
1 2 hc
51. mv =  W0 or
2   1 1 
59. K max (eV) = 12375   
hc 1 2   (Å)  0 (Å) 
= mv + W0 and
 2
 1 1 
1 2 hc 4 1   12375    = 6.2 eV
mv1 = 3  W0 =  mv 2  W0   W0 1000 2000 
2   3 2 
  h
 4  60. p
4 c
 v12  v 2 + constant
3 pc 3.3 1029  3 108
   = 1.5  1013 Hz
1 h 6.6  1034
4 2
So, v1 > v  
3 h 6.6  1034
61. p  = 1.5  10 27 kg.m / s
 4400  1010
52. For ejected electron,
p 1.5  1027
1 1 1  and mass m   = 5  10 36 kg
mv2 = hc    c 3  108
2   0 
E
62. p
2hc  1 1  c
 v=   
m   0   E = p  c = 2  1016  (3  1010) = 6  106 erg.
2  4.14  1015  3  108  1.6  1019  1010 1010  hc
=    63. E=
9.1  1031  2536 3250  
= 6.15  105 m/s  0.6  106 m/s–1 E1 
 = 2
E2 1
53. From Einstein’s photoelectric equation,
h1 = W0 + eV1 E11 3.2  1019  6000
 E2 = = = 4.8  10–19 J
h2 = W0 + eV2 2 4000
439
hc hc hc 1
64. Energy of photon, E  (joules)  (eV) 69. Using  W0  mv2
 e  2
34
6.6  10  3  10 8
12375 hc 1
 E = eV  9
 W0  mv 2 ….(i)
19
1.6  10   (m) Å  (Å) 400  10 2
12.37 12.4 hc 1
  k eV and  W0  m(2v) 2 ….(ii)
 (Å)  250  109 2
On solving equation (i) and equation (ii) we get,
65. Energy of incident light 1 2 hc  1 1 
mv   9
 9 
….(iii)
12375 2 3  250  10 400  10 
E (eV)   3.72eV (332nm  3320Å)
3320 From equations (i) and (iii),
According to the relation E  W0  eV0 W0  2hc  106 J
(E  W0 ) 3.72eV  1.07eV
 V0   =2.66 V 1 2
e e 70. Kmax = mv max = h  W0 ….(i)
2
12375 Now, when  is doubled, then
66. E  W0  K max ; E   4.125 eV
3000 1
m (2 vmax)2 = 2h  W0
 K max  E  W0  4.125 eV  1 eV  3.125 eV 2
1 2 1
 mv max  3.125  1.6  1019 J  4  mv 2max = 2h  W0
2 2
 4(h  W0) = 2h  W0 ….[from equation (i)]
2  3.125  1.6  10 19
 v max  31
= 1  106 m/s  3W0 = 2 h
9.1  10
2h
 W0 =
67. Energy received from the sun 3
= 2 cal cm2 (min)1 = 8.4 J cm2 (min)1
Energy of each photon received from sun,  hc  25
71.    N = 200  ….[Given]
hc 6.6  1034  3  108  100
E=   3.6  1019 J 200  25  200  25  0.6  106
 5500  1010  N=  =
 Number of photons reaching the earth per cm2 100 hc 100  6.2  1034  3  108
per minute will be = 1.5 1020
Energy received fromsun 72. Intensity of light
n=
Energy of one photon Watt nhc
I 
8.4 Area A
= = 2.3  1019
3.6  1019 IA
 Number of photon n 
68. The stopping potential gives maximum kinetic hc
energy of the electron. It depends on the 1 A 1 1 104  300  109
 n=  = 
material as well as the frequency of incident 100 hc 100 6.6  1034  3  108
light whereas the current depends on the = 1.5  1012 /s
number of incident photons. Hence, it is 0.5 V.
By inverse square law, saturation current is 73. P = n hc
inversely proportional to square of distance. t 
K K But P = Fc
 12 = 2
and I =
(0.2) (0.4)2  Fc = n hc
I (0.2) 2 1 t 
   or I = 3 mA 5 7
12 (0.4) 2 4  n F = 6.62  10  5  10 = 5  1022

 I = 3 mA  stopping potential = 0.5 V t h 6.62  1034
440
17. Assertion is false, Reason is true.
P1V1  P1V2

 P2   V1 
  =  
 P1   V2 
1
 P 
 V2 = V1  1  = V1C1/ …(C > 1)
 P2 
1
 P  
 V2 = V1  1  = V1C1/
 P2 
  > 
   Monotonic 
    Polyatomic   V2  V2
 
18. Isothermal compression  T = constant

3RT
vrms =
M
8RT
 Mean momentum = mv = m
M
3
Mean kinetic energy = RT
2
All the above equations are functions of
temperature, which is a constant.
19. According to Kirchhoff’s law, good absorbers
are good emitters and bad reflectors. While at
lower temperature, a black-body absorbs all the
incident radiations. It does not reflect any
radiation incident upon it when it is thrown into
the furnace. Initially, it is the darkest body.
At later times, the black body attains the
temperature of the hot furnace and so it
radiates maximum energy. It becomes the
brightest of all.
Option (A) represents the answer.
20. 3PV = nHRT ….(i)
P(2V) = n0R(3T) ….(ii)
Dividing equation (i) by (ii),
3 nH 1 n 9
=  H 
2 nO 3 nO 2
Using Avogadro’s principle,
H

 2n H N A  / V  n H 1  9
O  32n O N A  / 2V n O 8 16
308
Evaluation Test
2. We know that, 5. Stopping potential does not depend upon the
1 hc distance of source from photocell but
mv2 =  W0
2  saturation current
(6.631034 )(3108 )  1 
=  3.0  1.6  1019   
120 109  square of distance of source 
= 16.57  1019  4.8  1019 1 1
 I1  and I2 
= 11.77  1019 J (0.2) 2 (0.4) 2
 mv2 = 2  (11.77  1019)
I 2 (0.2) 2
or mv2 = 23.54  1019 J  =
12 (0.4) 2
23.54 1019
v= = 1.61  106 2
9.110 31  0.2 
or I2 = 12   = 3 mA
mv 2 mv  0.4 
Now, Bev = r=
r Be hc hc 12400eV Å
9.110 31 6. W0 =  max = =  3100 Å
r=  1.61  106  max W0 4eV
5 19
(4 10 ) (1.6 10 )
or r = 0.228 m  0.23 m 7. Energy of green photon,
hc
3. For the first wavelength: E=

eVs1 = h1  W0 ….(i)
(6.6 1034 )(3108 )
For the second surface: =
(4000 1010 )
eVs2 = h2  W0 ….(ii)
= (4.95  1019)J
Subtracting equation (i) from equation (ii),
Energy received per second
h
Vs2  Vs1 = (2  1) = (4.95  1019) (5  104)
e
= 2.48  1014 W/m2
hc  1 1  Sensitivity of eye in comparison to ear
or Vs2 = Vs1 +   
e   2 1  Power per square metre detected by ear
=
hc  1   2  Energy received per second
= Vs1 +  
e   2 1  1013
=
 450  120  (2.48 1014 )
= 0.2 + 1240  
 120  450  =4
 hc   2 ( 0  1 ) 2
....   1240eV  nm  8. Here, =
 e  1 ( 0   2 ) 1
= 7.78 V
From equation (i), or
5.4  0  3.4 107 
=
2
W0 =
hc
 eVs1 J
3.4  0  5.4 10 7
 1
1 or 0 = 12.7  10 m 7
W0 hc 1240 hc
=  Vs1 eV =  0.2 eV Now, W0 =
e e1 450 0
= 2.56 eV
W 2.56  1.6  1019 =
 6.6 10  310  34 8
0 = 0 =
h 6.6  1034 12.7 10 1.610 
7 19
= 0.62  1015 = 6.2  1014 Hz = 0.98 eV

442
hc 1 15. Gain in K.E. = Loss in P.E.
9. Here = mv12  W0
1 2 p2
 = qV  p = 2mqV
hc 1 2m
and = mv 2 2  W0
2 2 pp 2m p (e)V mP  e  1 1
 = =  = .
hc p 2m  (2e)V m   2e  4 2
2  W0
v  
Then  1  = 1 1
 v2  hc =
 W0 2 2
2
hc nhc
 W0 16. Using E = , we get
2 1 
or n =
hc
 W0 n(6.6 1034 ) (3108 )
2 107 =
(3000 1010 )
 hc   hc 
or n2   W0  =   W0   n = 1.5  1011
 2   1 
   hc (6.6 1034 ) (3108 )
hc  n 2  2  17. 0 = = = 300 nm
1  W 4.1251.6 1019
 W0 = 
 2 (n 1)
2
18. The maximum KE of ejected electron is given
10. Saturation current depends on intensity. Hence by
B and C will have same intensity different (KE)max = h  W0
from that of A. Stopping potential depends on hc
frequency. So A and B will have the same =  W0

frequency different from that of C.
For minimum B,  = 2000 Å
(6.631034 ) (3108 )
h h h  (KE)max =  2.22 eV
11. = = = 2000 1010  (1.6 1019 )
p 2mK 2mqV
= 6.19 eV  2.22 eV
h h = 3.97 eV
 P = ;  =
2m p (q p )V 2m  (q  )V 1
Further, (KE)max = mv2
h h 2
Now, P =   =
2m p q p V 2m  q  V = 3.97 eV
 m p q p V = m  q  V = 3.97  1.6  1019 J
1/ 2
m q V (1)(1)V V  2  3.97 1.6 1019 
 V = P P = = volt  v=  
m q  (4)(2) 8  9.11031 
= 11.8  105 m/s
hc 1240eV  nm
12. Ephoton = =  3.88 eV For zero current,
 320 nm
mv 2
This is greater than the work functions of = evB
Na(2.75 eV) and K(2.30 eV) but lesser than R
the work functions of Mo (4.17 eV) and mv
or, B =
Ni(5.15 eV). eR
Hence Na and K will give photocurrent and (9.11031 )(11.8 105 )
Mo and Ni wouldn’t. =
(1.6 1019 )  0.1
In photoelectric effect, as intensity increases,
photocurrent increases. = 6.7  105 T
443
1
19. Using E = mv2 = h0  W0 we get,
2
E1 = (1  0.6) = 0.4 eV
and E2 = (2.5  0.6) = 1.9 eV
E1 v 2 0.4
 = 12 =  0.21
E2 v2 1.9
v1
or = 0.458  0.5
v2
20. Using Einstein’s photoelectric equation,

h = W0 + Kmax
hc
 = W0 + e(3V0) ….(i)

( Kmax = eVs)
hc
Also, = W + eV0 ….(ii)
2
Subtracting equation (i) from 3  equation (ii)
we get,
 3  hc hc
  1 = 3W0  W0 or W0 =
2   4
hc
But W0 = , where 0 is the threshold
0
wavelength, hence 0 = 4.
Hence, option (C) is correct.
444
Textbook
Chapter No.
18 Atoms, Molecules and Nuclei

Hints
41. R  m. Thus, if mass is reduced to half, then

Classical Thinking Rydberg constant also becomes half.
12. Energy increases from lower state to higher state. 43. Energy is absorbed when atom goes from
17. In outermost stationary orbit, electron is at lower state to higher state.
maximum distance from the nucleus. Hence
47. As difference between the levels increases,
the energy of electron is least negative.
energy emitted increases and hence wavelength
18. r  n2  r  (3)2 decreases. It means colour must change to violet.
19. r  n2
2
51. For 7N13, N = 13  7 = 6 and
r1 n2 1 1 for 6C12, N = 12  6 = 6
 = 12 =   =
r2 n2 2 4 As number of neutrons is same, they are
isotones.
1 v1 n 2
21. v  = 2 =
n v2 n1 1 52. They have same mass number (A).
22. A  r2, but r  n2 61. Actual mass of the nucleus is always less than
 A  n4 total mass of nucleons
 M  (NM n  ZM p ) .
1
32. En  2
n 64. In fusion, two lighter nuclei combines which
E3 (5) 2 25 is not the radioactive decay.
 = 2
=
E5 (3) 9 0 4 
A 1  2 He 
70. zx   z + 1YA  
e2
33. K.E =
80 r A4

0
 z  1KA  4
z  1K
0
=
1.6 10 
19 2
eV 0.6931  1 0.6931 1
8(3.14)(8.854 1012 )(0.529 1010 )(1.6 1019 ) 71. T= =  1620 years
 4.28  104
= 13.6 eV
72. Fraction of sample after n-half-lives is given
34. E = 0 and by
 13 .6
E5 = =  0.544 eV N 1
25  n
N0 2
 E = E  E5
= 0  (0.54) = 0.54 eV Where; n = t/T
15/5
1 N 1 1
35. T.E. = (P.E.) =  (K.E.)   
2 N0  2  8
K.E. 1 1 7
=  Decayed fraction = 1  =
P.E. 2 8 8
1 1 73. Fraction of sample after n-half-lives is given
36. Wave number = =
 6000  1010 by
= 1.66  106 m1 N 1
 n
38. As n increases, energy difference between N0 2
adjacent energy levels decreases. Where; n = t/T
445
1
t /T
96. rn  n 2  A n  n 4 where, An = area
N = N0   4
2 A1  2  16
30/T    
N0 1 A0  1  1
 = N0  
64 2 97. The elements having atomic number greater
30 than that of uranium (U-92) are called
 T= =5s
6 transuranic elements. Plutonium (Pu) with
atomic number 94 is transuranic.
74. Fraction of sample after n-half-lives is given
by
Critical Thinking
N 1
 n
N0 2 1
1. L  n and p 
Where; n = t/T n
t /T 10/5  L  p  1  L  p  n0
1 1
Nt = N0   = 50000   = 12500
2 2 nh
2. Angular momentum = mvr =
77. According to Bohr’s theory, 2
 Angular momentum  n
h
mvr = n n 1
2  Ratio = 1 =
n2 2
 h 
 Circumference, 2r = n   = n
 mv  3. rn  n2
2
rn n
h 6.63  1027 erg -s  =   = (4)2 = 16
78. = = r0 1
mv 200g  3  103 cms 1
 rn = 16  0.53 = 8.48 Å
= 1.1  1032 cm
4. rn  n2
h 6.63  1034
79. = = 3
= 6.63  1033 m  A  r2  n4
mv 10  100 4
A2  n2  3
4
h 6.631034  =   =   = 81
80. = = A1  n1  1
mv 2 103 103 100 102  A2 = 81 A1 = 81 A
= 3.32  1028 m
2r
92. For  > 2D, sin  > 1 6. T= , r  n2 and
v
which is not possible.
1
v   T  n3
93. If the energy radiated in the transition be E, n
then we have, T1 3 1
E R G  E QS  E R S  E QR  E P Q   n1 =
T2 (2n1 ) 3 8
For getting blue line, the energy radiated
 1 mv 2
should be maximum  E   . 7. = qvB  mv = qBr
  r
nh
94. Using, R  A1/3 Now, mvr =
1/3 1/3
2
R Li  Li 7   7  1 nh nh
    =  qBrn2 =  r 2n =
R Fe  Fe56   56  2 2 2qB
95. Minimum energy required to excite from 8. Radius of electron in the hydrogen atom in the
ground state ground state = r1 = 5.3  1011 m. (n1 = 1)
1 1  Radius of electron in the hydrogen atom in the
 13.6  2  2   10.2 eV
1 2  excited state = r2 = 13.25  1010 m.
446
c sin i
Competitive Thinking 14. = =
v sin r
2. Huygens’ wave theory fails to explain the sin r sin 30
 v=c = 3  108 
particle nature of light (i.e. photoelectric effect) sin i sin 45
5. When the point source or linear source of light 2
= 3  108  = 2.12  108 m/s
is placed at very large distance, a small portion 2
of spherical or cylindrical wavefront appears to sin i i
be plane and is called a plane wavefront. 15. = = ( i << , sin i  i)
sin r r
c c i
= = =
v 0.75c r
3
 r = 0.75 i = i
4
3 i
 = i  r = i  i=
4 4
Among the given options none of the sources ca ca
16. = =
generates plane wavefront, it can be cg 0.8ca
artificially produced by reflection from a sin i 1
mirror or by refraction through a lens. =
 sin r 0.8
6. Direction of wave is perpendicular to the for small angle i, sin i  i and sin r  r
wavefront. i 1
=
8. Origin of spectra is not explained by Huygens’  r 0.8
theory.  r = 0.8 i
Angle of deviation,
9. The locus of all particles in a medium vibrating  = i – r = i – 0.8 i = 0.2 i
in the same phase is called wavefront. i
=
10. On the wavefront, all the points are in same 5
phase. a g 1.5
17. w g  
11. From Huygens’ principle, if the incident a w 1.3
wavefront be parallel to the interface of the 18. From the figure, A
B
two media (i = 0), then the refracted wavefront r
 BOC = 90 i
will also be parallel to the interface (r = 0). In 90  r
P O Q
other words, if light rays fall normally on the a 90  r
interface, then on passing to the second  g   1.5 r
g
medium, they will not deviate from their
C
original path. 19. Using c = n ,
c 3  108
sin i c a = = = 0.75  106 m
13. = and  = na 4  1014
sin r v
 a = 7500 Å
 For same i, as r increases, value of  decreases. c naa a
Now, ag =  
1 vg n g  g  g
But   , hence as value of  decreases v
v a 7500
increases.  g = = = 5000 Å
a g 1.5
This means as sin r increases v increases.
Therefore, speed of light is minimum where  a  g = 7500 – 5000 = 2500 Å
angle of refraction is minimum. = 2500  1010 = 2.5  107 m
312
20. For Balmer series, 1 1 1   4  1  3R
 24. =R  2  2 =R   = 4
= R  12  12  1 1 2   4 
B 2 n 
  4
And for Paschen series,  1 = = 121.6 nm ....(i)
3R
1
= R 1  1  1 1 1 16  4  12R
P  32 n 2  Let = R 2  2  = R  =
  2 2 4   64  64
Now, for series limit, n =  64
 1  1  2 = ....(ii)
    12R

 B  =  4
 From equations (i) and (ii),
 1  1
    2 2 64 3R
 P  9 = = 
1 121.6 12R 4
P 9
 =  2 = 4  121.6 = 486.4 nm
B 4
9 1 1
 p =  6400 = 91600 = 14400 Å 25. = RH  12  12  =
4  AC  
A  2000
C
21. Frequency of radiation emitted 1 1 1  1
and = RH  2  2  =
 = Rc  12  12  = 107  3  108  2  2 
1 1  BC  C B  6000
n
 n  2 3 
f i
1  1 1 
5 5
 = RH  2  2 
= 3  10  15
= 1015  4  1014 Hz  AB  B A 
9  4 12
= RH 
1 1 1 1 
  
B
2
C 2 C 2 A 2 
1 1 1
22. =R  2  2
= RH  2  2   RH  2  2 
 1 1 1 1
 n1 n 2 
1 C A  C B 
= R  n 2 2 n2 1 
2 2
 1 1
 1 1
 n1 n 2  =  = 
 AC  BC 2000 6000
1  n12 n 22 
 =
R  n 22  n12  =
2
=
1
6000 3000
36 1  n12 n 22 
 =  AB = 3000 Å
5R R  n 22  n12 
 n12 n 22 = 36 and n 22  n12 = 5 26. = R 1  1 
 2 2
 On simplifying these two equations, we get  n1 n 2 
n2 = 3, n1 = 2 X=R ….(Lyman series)
Z = R  
23. For longest wavelength in Lyman series, 1
….(Balmer series)
n1 = 1, n2 = 2 4
1 1 1  4
 = R  2  2   L =
Y = R 1   = R
1 3
L 1 2  3R 
 4  4
For shortest wavelength n1 = 1, n2 = 
From above, X = Y + Z  Z = X – Y
1 1  1
 = R  2  0  S =
S 1  R 27. In X-ray spectra, depending on the
L accelerating voltage and the target element,
4R 4
 = = we may find sharp peaks superimposed on
S 3R 3 continuous spectrum. These are at different
4 wavelengths for different elements. They form
 L =  912 = 1216 Å
3 characteristic X-ray spectrum.
448
Chapter 18: Atoms, Molecules and Nuclei
Mass of nucleus 36. Fraction that remains after n half lives,
28. Density of nucleus = n t /T
Volumeof nucleus N 1 1
=  = 
A  1.66  1027 N0  2  2
=
4 T/2
 1.1  1015   A
3 1/ 2
N 1 T 1 1
3  =  =  =
N0  2  2 2
= 2.97  1017 kg m3.
Since, density of nucleus is independent of mass dN
number, hence density of all nuclei is same. 37. =  N
dt
29. Be9  2 He4 6 C12  0 n1 . dN 0.693
4  = N
dt T1/ 2
1/3
30. Using R = R0 A ,
0.693
1/3 1/3 =  4  1015
R1 A  R A 1.2  10 7
= 1   
R2  A2  R He  4  = 2.3  108 atoms/s
1/3
A 1
t /T
 (14)1/3 =   38. Using N = N0  
4 2
 A = 56  Z = 56 – 30 = 26 1
N = 1   N0 = N0
7

31. R  (1)1/3  8 8
t /T
 R80  (80)1/3 and R10  (10)1/3 1 1
1/3
 N0 = N0  
R 80  80  8 2
 =   = (8)1/3 = 2 3 t /5
R10  10  1 1
   =    t = 15 days
 R80 = 2  R10 = 2  3  10–15 = 6  10–15 m 2 2
32. The equation is O17  0 n1  O16 dN

39. = N
 Energy required = B.E. of O – B.E. of O17 16 dt
= 17  7.75 – 16  7.97 dN
 n =  N …. ( = n)
= 4.23 MeV dt
n
33. Energy is released in a process when total  =
N
binding energy (B.E.) of the nucleus is
0.693 0.693 0.693 N
increased or we can say when total B.E. of  Half-life = = = s
products is more than the reactants. By   n
calculation, we can see that only in case of 40. Using N = N0et,
option (C), this happens. N0
Given W  2Y = N 0 e T1/ 2  2 = e  T1/ 2
2
B.E. of reactants = 120  7.5 = 900 MeVand  By taking loge on both the sides,
B.E. of products = 2  (60  8.5) = 1020 MeV
loge 2 = T1/2  T1/2 = 0.693
i.e., B.E. of products > B.E. of reactants.
41. A = A0et
A  A 232  208  975 = 9750 e5
34. n =  =6
4 4 e5 = 10
n = (2n  Z + Z) = (2  6  90 + 82) = 4  5 = loge10 = 2.303 log10 10 = 2.303
35. Average life    0.461
Sum of all lives of all the atom 1 h 6.625  1034
T= = 42. p= =
Total number of atoms   1017
 T = 1 = 6.625  1017 kg m s1
449
h h mv 2 1 e2
43. = v= 49. 
mv m a0 4 0 a 02
6.6  1034 e
=  v
(66  109 )  (9  1031 ) 4 0 a 0 m
= 0.011  106 2
 hc  Z 1
= 1.1  104 ms1 50. E   2    2
  n Z
4 / 1000 20.397
44. mHe = kg      5.099cm
6.02  10 23 He 4
= 6.64  1027 kg 2r n2h2
h 51. T ; r = radius of nth orbit 
 = v mZe 2
mv ze 2
6.63  1034 v = speed of e in nth orbit 
= 20 nh
6.64  1027  2.4  102
4 02 n 3 h 3 n3
= 0.416  109 m  T  T 
= 0.416 nm mZ2 e 4 Z2
13.6
h 52. E n  2  Z2 . For first excited state, n = 2
45. For the ground state, mvr = n
2 and for Li++, Z = 3
h 13.6
 2r = =  = de-Broglie wavelength  E=  9  30.6 eV
mv 4
h 53. E2
 de-Broglie wavelength  =
mv
2.3 eV
h
 = = 2r
h / 2r E1
h h Using, E2  E1 = h we get,
46. A = , B =
mv 0.25m  0.75v E  E1 2.3  1.6  1019 J
= 2 
B 1 h 6.6  1034 Js
= = 5.3 15 1
A 0.25  0.75 = 0.56  10 s = 5.6  1014 Hz
 B = 5.3 A = 5.3 Å N0
54. is the new N0
2
h 6.631034 To reduce one fourth the time taken,
47. =
2mE 2  9.110 31
 50  1.6 10 19 t  2  T1/2  = 2  40 = 80 years.
6.631034 0.693 0.693
=   =  0.0173 years
T1/2 40
1.456 1047
55. Since electron and positron annihilate,
= 1.737 Å
hc 6.6  1034  3  108
h  
h E Total (0.51  0.51)  106  1.6  1019
48. = =
mv 2mqV  1.21  1012 m  0.012Å .
e mpqp V mp 2r 2r
 = = 56. v= T=
p me  e V me T v
1
[ V is the same and qp = e (in magnitude)] But r  n2 and v 
1/ 2
n
 e   mp  r n2
  =    T   n3
 p  m  v (1 / n)
   e 
450
58. Consider a plane wavefront travelling horizontally. va  a
61. am = 
When it moves, its different parts move with vm  m
1 a 3
different speeds (as   ). Ray 1 will travel  = 1.5 =
v m 2
faster than Ray 2. So, its shape will change as
shown and beam will bend upward. m 2   2  3 1
   m a  
Higher R.I. a 3 a 3 3
Ray 2 1
3
= 33.33% (in magnitude)
Ray 1
62. i = 2r
Small R.I.  r = i/2
sin i
=
sin r
A
59. The amplitude will be A cos 60 = sin i
2 =
sin (i / 2)
g vm 4 2sin (i / 2)  cos (i / 2)
60. mg = = = =
m vg 3 sin (i / 2)
 i i 
vm  vg 43 1  = cos  = cos 1  
 = = ….(i) 2 2 2 2
vg 3 3
1 
Given that, vm  vg = 6.25  107  i = 2 cos  2 
 
63. Doppler shift when the source is moving
 vg = 3  6.25  107 m/s  v
7 7 towards observer,  =  1  
 vm = 6.25  10 + 3  6.25  10 c  
7
 = 4  6.25  10  5400 Å = 6200 Å 1  
 v
= 25  107 c  
 54 
= 2.5  108 m/s  v = 1  c  3.9  107 m/s
 62 
Evaluation Test
v a  a  a 2. Let I0 be the intensity of unpolarised light. The

1. am =   I
v m  m  m intensity transmitted by the first sheet is 0 .
2
Also, am = tan ip
 I  I
Therefore transmitted intensity =  I0  0   0
a  2 2
 tan ip =
m This will be the intensity of incident light on
the second polaroid. The intensity transmitted
 1 
 m = a  I 
 tan i p  by the second polaroid will be  0  cos 2 
  2
or a = m tan ip where  is the angle between their axes.
315
T2 23 8 20. Hydrogen atom takes E amount of energy for

12. T  n3    excitation from ground state (n = 1) to n = 3
T1 13 1
state.
 T2 = 8 T
13.6
 E = E3  E1 =   13.6  = 12.1 eV
nh  3
2
13. Angular momentum, L =
2
4h h 3h 21. P.E.  2  Total energy
 L = L4  L1 =  
2 2 2  = 2  (13.6)  27.2eV
1 v n 1 22. For an electron in a Bohr orbit in H-atom,

14. vn   3 1
n v1 n 3 3 K.E. = –T.E.
K.E. 1
2.1  106  =
 v3 = = 0.7  106 m/s T.E. 1
3
i.e., 1 : 1
15. Ground state energy = Ionisation potential
23. For hydrogen and hydrogen-like atoms,
 E1 =  13.6 eV
E Z2
Now, En = 21 (T.E)n =  13.6 2 eV
n n
13.6 Z2
 E2 = = 3.4 eV (P.E.)n = 2(T.E)n =  27.2 2 eV and
22 n
Z2
16. n = 3 (– 1.51 eV) (K.E)n = (T.E) n = 13.6 2 eV
E3 n
n = 2 (– 3.4 eV) From these three relations, we can see that as
n decreases, (K.E)n will increase but (T.E)n
n = 1 (– 13.6 eV) and (P.E.)n will decrease.
E32 =  3.4  ( 1.51) =  1.89 eV 1
24. K.E. =  T.E =  P.E.
 |E32|  1.9 eV 2
17. 4th excited state means n = 5 and 2nd excited Also, Total energy of 4th state of hydrogen
state means n = 3 atom is
E E 13.6
E5 = 1 and E3 = 1 E4 = eV = 0.85 eV
25 9 42
where, E1 = 13.6 eV  P.E = 1.7 eV, K.E = 0.85 eV
13.6 13.6 25. K.E. = T.E. = + 3.4 eV,
 |E5  E3| =  = 0.967 eV
25 9 1
and T.E. = P.E.  P.E. =  6.8 eV
13.6 Z2 2
18. Using En  we get,
n2 2c
26.   2   2c     .
13.6(3) 2 
E1 = 
(1) 2
30. Balmer series lies in the visible region.
13.6(3) 2
E3 =  1  1 1 
(3) 2 31. = R 2  2 
λ p n 
 1  13.6  9  8
 E = E3  E1 = 13.6(3)2 1    a) For n = 5 to p = 4,
 9 9
400
 E = 108.8 eV =
9R
19. Energy required to remove electron in the b) For n = 4 to p = 3
13.6 144
n = 2 state = + = 3.4 eV =
(2)2 7R
452
c) For n = 3 to p = 2 1 1 1
36 38.  RZ2  2  2 
=   n1 n 
5R
1
d) For n = 2 to p = 1    2 for given n1 and n2
4 Z
=  1 = 2 = 43 = 94
3R
  is minimum for n = 2 to p = 1 transition. 1  1 1  3R
39. = R 2  2  =
1  1 1   2 4  16
32.  RZ2  2  2 
 16 16
 n1 n 2   = =  105 cm
For first number of Lyman series, 3R 3
1 1 1  4 c 3  1010
 RZ2  2  2   L =  n= =
L 1 2  3RZ2   16 5 
  10 
For first number of Paschen series,  3 
1 1 1  144 9
 RZ2  2  2   P = =  1015 Hz
P 3 4  7RZ 2 16
L 4 / 3RZ 2 7 40. For Lyman series,
  
 P 144 / 7 RZ 2
108 1 1 1  3
= R 2  2 = R
 max 1 2  4
33. Given : R = 107 m1
For the last line of Balmer series, n1 = 2, 1 1 1  R
= R 2  2  =
n2 =   min 1   1
1 1 1  max 4
Wave number,  =  R  2  2   =
  n1 n 2   min 3
107 41. The wavelength of spectral line in Balmer
= = 0.25  107 m1
4 1 1 1
series is given by =R  2  2
35. 0.58 eV  2 n 
0.85 eV For first line of Balmer series, n = 3
1.51 eV 1  1 1  5R
 = R 2  2 = ;
3.4 eV n=2 1 2 3  36
10.2 eV
13.6 eV n=1 For second line, n = 4
It is clear that difference of 11.1 eV is not 1  1 1  3R
 = R 2  2 =
possible to obtain. 2 2 4  16
36. The absorption lines are obtained when the 2 20
electron jumps from ground state (n = 1) to the  =
1 27
higher energy states. Thus only 1, 2 and 3
lines will be obtained. 20
 1 =  6561 = 4860 Å
27
1 1 1
37. = R 2  2 42. For Paschen series
  n1 n 2 
1 1 1
1 1 1     R  2  2  ; n = 4, 5, 6....
 10
= 1.097  107  2  2   3 n 
970.6  10 1 n 2 
For first member of Paschen series n = 4
 n2  4
1 1 1 1 7R
 Number of emission lines, R 2  2 
1  3 4  1 144
n(n  1) 4  3
N= = =6 144 144
2 2  R=  = 1.1  107
(Note: Use shortcut 3.) 71 7  18800  1010
453
For shortest wave length n =  46. For Balmer series,
1 1 1  R 1 1 1
So  R  2  2    RZ2  2  2 
 3   9  2 n 
9 9
 =   8.225  107 m  8225Å 1  1 1  5RZ
2
R 1.1  10 7
  RZ2  2  2   ....(i)
 2 3  36
1  1 1 
43. =R  2  2 1 1 1  3RZ2
  n1 n 2   RZ2  2  2   ....(ii)
Lyman series : n1 = 1, n2 = 2  2 4  16
1
= R  2  2 
1 1  Dividing equation (ii) by equation (i),
…(i)
  1 2    3RZ2 36 27
Balmer series:   
 16 5RZ2 20
n1 = 2, n2 = 3
1
= R  2  2 
1 1
…(ii)  1 1 
  2 3  47.  = RZ2  2  2 
Dividing equation (ii) by equation (i),  n1 n 2 
1 1
R   5 Series limit of Balmer: n1 = 2, n2 = 
 4 9  36 5 4 5
   =   RZ2
  1 3 36 3 27  1 =
R 1   4
 4 4
Series limit of Paschen: n1 = 3, n2 = 
1 1 1
44. = RZ2  2  2  RZ2
  n1 n 2   2 =
9
For last line of Balmer: n1 = 2 and n2 =  st
1 line of Balmer series: n1 = 2, n2 = 3
1 1 1 
 = RZ2  2  2   1 1  RZ RZ
2 2
b 2    3 = RZ2  2  2  =  = 1  2
4 2 3  4 9
b =
RZ2
48. Series limit for Lyman series is,
For last line of Lyman series: n1 = 1 and
n2 =  1
L =
1 1 1  R
 = RZ2  2  2 
l 1   c
 L = Rc ….(  = )
1 
l =
RZ2 Series limit for Pfund series is,
 b (4 / RZ2 ) 25 Rc 
 =4 p =  p = = L
 l (1 / RZ2 ) R 25 25
45. For Balmer series,
1  1 1  1 1 1 1 1 1
= RZ2  2  2  49.  RZ2  2  2   RZ2  2  2 
 2 n  B 2 3   Br 4 5 
where, n = 3, 4, 5 5  9 
For second line n = 4, = RZ2   = RZ2 
 36   400 
1  1 1 3
 = RZ2  2  2  = RZ2 36 400
  2 4  16  B =  Br =
5RZ 2 9RZ 2
Assuming atom to be hydrogen, Z = 1,
16 B 36 9RZ 2
 =    = 0.162
3R  Br 5RZ 2
400
454
50. For Brackett series, 1 1 1 5 36
54.   2  2  R Z2  R Z2  1 = x
1 1 1 9 1  2 3  36 5
= R 2  2 = R and
 max  4 5  25  16 Let RZ2 = x
1 1 1  R 1 1 1  2 3 4
= R 2  2  =   2  2  RZ  RZ2  2 = x
 min  4   16  2 1 2  4 3
 max 25 1 1 1  2 8
 = 9
 min   RZ  RZ2  3 = x
9 3 12 32  9 8
51. For Lyman series, Comparing with given combinations,
1 1 1  36  48 2
= RZ2  2  2  x x x
 1 n  1 2 5 3 5
3 =  
1  1 1   2 36 x   x 108  20 x
  RZ2 1   = RZ2 ….(i) 5 3 15
 min  
For Paschen series, 48 2 15 36 9
= x   x x
1  1 1  7RZ
2
5 128 x 32 8
 RZ2  2  2   ….(ii)
 m ax  3 4  144
hc
 By dividing equation (i) by equation (ii), 55. E =

 max 144 144
 RZ2   For energy level diagram,
 min 7RZ2 7
hc hc
144 1 = [E  (2E)] =
 max =  912  18761 Å E
7
hc hc
2 = 
1 1 1   4E    E 
52. = R 2  2
  n1 n 2   E   3    3 
  
1 1 1 5 1 1
 =   R  
  22 32  36 2 3
c 5
 f=  Rc 56. Let the energy in A, B and C state be EA, EB
 36
and EC, then from the figure
53. Case I:
C
n = 3 to p = 2 1
1 B
1 1 1 1
= R 2  2= R   2 3
 p n  4 9
A
1 5
= R .…(i)
 36
Case II: (EC  EA) = (EC  EB) + (EB  EA)
n = 4 to p = 3 hc hc hc
  =
1  1 1  1 1  1  2 3
= R 2  2  = R  
  p n   9 16 
 3 =
1 2
1 7 1   2
= R ….(ii)
 144
2
 Dividing equation (i) and (ii)  Z
57. K.E.    and
  5 144 20 n
  
 36 7 7 K.E. =  (T.E.), P.E. = 2(K.E.)
20 This implies as K.E. increases and as K.E.
  = 
7 increases, T.E., P.E. decreases.
455
58. Minimum wavelength in X-ray spectrum, 5
 RTe = 3.6  1015 
hc 3
min = 15
eV  RTe = 6  10 m = 6 Fermi.
Taking logarithm on both sides, 72. R = R0A1/3
 hc  1/3
loge (min) = loge    loge (V) R Ge  A Ge 
 e    
R Be  A Be 
Comparing with, y = mx + c, relation has
negative slope and positive Y-intercept. 2R Be
This is satisfied by graph in option (C).   (ABe)1/3 = (AGe)1/3
R Be
59. Wavelength of continuous X-rays does not  23  9 = AGe
depend on the material used. However,  AGe = 72
wavelength of characteristic X-ray depends on 73. R = R0 (A)1/3
material used as the metal target (Z). 1/3 1/3
R 2  A2   64  4
63. To balance the atomic number and mass      
R 1  A1   27  3
number on both sides, 10 X
4
 X represents neutron  n
1
0
 R2 = 3.6  = 4.8
3
65. Nuclear density is independent of the mass 74. XY+Z
number so the required ratio will be 1 : 1. Now, Py = Pz (P  linear momentum)
67. Let X have atomic number Z and mass myvy = mzyz
number A m V 2
 y  z  =2

A 4
Y + 42 He m z Vy 1
Z X  Z2
A
But
A4
Y A
Z + 2e i.e.,  Ay = 2Az
Z 2 Z 1/3
A4 R z (A Z )1/3  1 
Z 2 Y A
Z Z 1
0
e+ 0
1 e Now,   
R y (A y )1/3  2 
 A  = A  4 and Z Z
 1 : 21/3
Since X and Z has same atomic number and
different mass numbers, they are isotopes of 75. B.E. per nucleon is maximum for Fe56.
each other. 76. Binding energy per nucleon increases with
atomic number. The greater the binding
68. B  [Z M p  N M n  M(N, Z)]c 2 energy per nucleon, the stability of the nucleus
 M(N, Z)  Z M p  N M n  B / c 2 will be more.
For 26Fe56, number of nucleons is 56.
1
This is the most stable nucleus because
70. R = R 0A 3
maximum energy is needed to pull a nucleon
1 1 away from it.
R Te  A Te  3  125  3 5
=  =   = 78. Since nuclear density is constant,
R Al  A Al   27  3
 mass  volume.
5
 RTe = RAl 79. E = mc2 = 3  (3  108)2 = 27  1016 J
3
80. E = mc2 = 1.5  (3  108)2 = 13.5  1016 J
1
71. R = RoA 3 81. Mass defect = m = 0.02866 u
1 Total energy = E = mc2
R Te  A Te  3 = 0.02866  931 MeV
  
R Al  A Al  = 26.68 MeV
1 E 26.68
Energy liberated per nucleon = =
15  125  3 A 4
 RTe = 3.6  10  
 27  = 6.67 MeV
456
B.E. mc 2 N 1 1 1
82.  98. = = =
A eA N0 (1+ 7) 8 (2)3
But 1 u = 931 MeV/c2  1 1 
B.E. 0.03  931  n=3  n  3 
 =  2 (2) 
A 4
t
= 6.9825 MeV/nucleon  n=  t = 3  20
T
83. B.E. = mc2 (Half-life of X = T = 20 years)
= [2(1.0087  1.0073)– 4.0015]  931  t = 60 years
= 28.4 MeV
99. N = Noet
84. m = 1  0.993 = 0.007 g N
 o  N o e t
 E = (m)c2 20
= (0.007  103) (3  108)2  ln 1  ln20 = t
= 63  1010 J. ln20
t=  6.93
85. Energy required to remove one neutron ln2
ΔE = (17  7.75) – (16  7.97)  t=
2.99  6.93
= 29.9  30 days.
= 131.75 – 127.52 0.693
= 4.23 MeV
X 1
86. During fusion, binding energy of daughter 100. 
Y 7
nucleus is always greater than the total energy
X 1 1
of the parent nuclei so energy released    3
= c – (a + b) = c – a – b XY 8 2
 3 half-lives
87. Q = 2(B.E. of He)  (B.E. of Li)
 T = 3  1.4  109 years = 4.2  109 yrs.
= 2  (4  7.06)  (7  5.60)
= 56.48  39.2  17.3 MeV 101. Given: A = 8 , B = , (NB)0 = (NA)0 = N0
N
88. 1 curie = 3.7 1010 disintergration/s.; For, NB = A ,
1 rutherford = 2.7  10–5 curie e
N0 e8t
= (2.7  10–5) (3.7  1010) disintegration/s N0 et =
 1  106 disintegration/s e
 t = 8t – 1
89. Penetration power of  is 100 times of , while
 7t = 1
that of  is 100 times of .
1
 
2  t= 
90. Z X A   Z2 Y A  4   Z X A 4 7
Negative sign here, indicates process of
92. 94Pu 239  92 U 235  2 He4 disintegration,
Hence, the particle emitted when Pu decays 1
into U is, -particle.  t=
7
95. A1 = N1 and A2 = N2
102. Half life T1/2 = 5 min
 A  A2  Total time t = 20 min
 N1  N2 =  1 
   t 20
 Number of half lives, n =  =4
96. Time taken to reduce from 2/3rd to 1/3rd T1/2 5
should also be one half life i.e., 20 days. Now,
n 4
N0 1
60/T
N 1 1
97. = N0    
32 2 N 0  2   2 
60 N 1
 5=  T = 12 days  
T N 0 16
457
Disintegrated nuclei of given element will be, 108. NA = N0et
 N0  N   N NB = N0  N0et
  100  1   100 N B N 0  N 0 e t
 N0   N0    = 0.3
NA N 0 e t
 1
= 1    100 = 93.75%  et  1 = 0.3
 16 
 et = 1.3
103. Nuclei remaining (N) = 600 – 450 = 150  t = ln(1.3)
N n
1 l n(1.3)  l n(2) 
Comparing with =   t=T ….   
N0 2 l n(2)  T 
n n
150  1  1 1 log(1.3)
      t=T
600  2  4 2 log 2
n=2 T N 
i.e., nuclei would disintegrate in two half-lives 109. t2  t1 = log e  1 
log e 2  N2 
which in this case equals 20 minutes.
104. Number of nuclei remained after time t can be 20  50 
= loge  
written as N = N0et log e 2  12.5 
N1 = N0e5t ….(i) 20
t = log e 4 = 40 minutes
and N2 = N0e ….(ii) log e 2
Dividing equation (i) by equation (ii), we get,
N1 1 T   N 
 e( 5 )t = e4t  4 t 110. t =  log e  0  
N2 e log e  2    N 
2 T   N0 
N1  1  1  t1 =  log e  
   2 ….[Given] log e  2  
N2  e  e  N1  
1 1 T   N0 
  t2 =  log e  
e 2 e 4 t log e  2    N 2 
2 1   N1  
 2 = 4t  t =  T
4 2  t2  t 1 =  log e  
log e  2    N 2 
105. Using   1   2
For 40% decay, N1 = 60
1 1 1 For 85% decay, N2 = 15
  
T T1 T2 30   60  
 t 2  t1 =  log e   
T1T2 810  1620 log e  2    15  
 T  = 540 years
T1  T2 810  1620 30
=  log e  4 
1 log e  2 
 th of material remains after 1080 years.
4 = 30  2 = 60 min
(Note: Refer mindbender 2.)
111. we know for radioactive decay,
T1T2 5103 105 N0
106. T = = = 4762 yrs N = N0et (or) ln = t
T1  T2 5 103 105 N
0.693 For 20% decay
107. T1/2 = 1 N
 t= ln 0
1  N
Average life  = 20  100   0.693 
 t= ….   
 ln  
 T1/2 = 0.693  0.693  20   T 
10 20
 = = 14.43 hours t= ln (5) ….(i)
0.693 0.693
458
sin i 15. For spherical wavefront, radius = r
10. =
sin r 1
Also, I  a2 but I  2
sin i sin 35 0.5736 r
sin r = = = 1
 1.5 1.5  a
 sin r = 0.3824 r
 r = 22.48 = 22 29 16. Speed of light in glass depends upon the
W cos 22.48 colour of the light. Violet colour travels faster
 Required ratio = 2   1.13 than the red light in a glass prism.
W1 cos35 This is because refractive index of glass for
11. Angle made with surface = 60 violet colour is less than that for red.
 i = 90  60 = 30 18. In the propagation of e.m. waves, plane of
sin i polarisation contains the direction of
1.5 = propagation.
sin r
19. Here p + 90 + r = 180
sin i sin 30
 sin r =   0.3333 i.e., p = 90 – r
1.5 1.5
 r = 19 28
Ratio of the width p
cos r cos19 28 0.9428
=   = 1.088  1 : 1
cosi cos30 0.8661 r
2 3
12. vd = c vw = c
5 4 As p – r = 34
c 5 c 4  90 – r – r = 34
  = d   w
vd 2 vw 3 i.e., 2 r = 56  r = 28
d 5 / 2 15 20. If the intensity of the unpolarised light in the
 wd =  
w 4 / 3 8 incident beam = I0, then the intensity of the
unpolarised component transmitted is same for
sin i sin i
 wd =  all orientation of the polarising sheet
sin r sin 30
I 
15 sin i  I0   0 
  2
8 sin 30 The transmitted intensity of the polarised light
15 1 15 component
 sin i =  
8 2 16 Ip  I p cos 2 
 15   (Ip ) max = Ip for  = 0 and
 i = sin1  
 16  
(Ip ) min = 0 for  =
13. In polar regions, magnetic compass becomes 2
inoperative hence sunlight which is easily Now the maximum transmitted intensity =
available and scattered by earth’s atmosphere I
Ip + 0 and the minimum transmitted intensity
gives plane polarised light when scattered 2
through 90. This is used for navigation I
purpose. = 0
2
14. The plane wavefront with the ray at the It is given that,
periphery has to travel least distance through I I 
the lens whereas the ray along the principal Ip + 0  5  0 
2 2
axis has to travel thickness of the lens hence
I
this is delayed than the peripheral ray. This Ip = I0  p = 1 : 1
results in a spherical converging wavefront. Io
317
120. 238  234 

  91Pa234 
1 ( 0 ) 234 nh
92U   90Th 92U 127. L = mv r =
2
121. An element is represented as AZ X 2h mvr4 
For n = 4, mvr4 = h=
where, A is atomic mass No. Z is atomic  2
number. But r4 = 16 r
when a  particle is emitted, mv16r
A does not change, Z increases by 1  h=  h = mvr8
2
When an  particle is emitted: h
A decreases by 4, Z decreases by 2.  = = 8r
mv
  
180
72 X  180
73 X1   176
71 X 2  72 X 3 
176
 172
70 X 4
h 6.626  1034
A
 A–12
 A–12 128.  =  = 6.626  10–34 m
122. ZX 4
3(2  )
Z–6(X) 0  Z–8(X)
2( 1  ) mv 0.1  10
Number of neutrons (A  12)  (Z  8) h
  129.  =
Number of protons Z8 mv
AZ4 1
  
Z8 v
Now, v  T
123. As emission of  doesn’t affect the atomic
1
mass no. A, hence No. of  particle emitted to  
decrease A from 238 to 206 is T
238  206 32  T
= =8  27  927
4 4  927 T27
(As single  decreases A by 4)  27 = 2 927
Thus, 8 particles needs to be emitted to  
decrease (A) from 238 to 206  927 = 27 
2 2
But emitting 8 will bring down the atomic
No. (Z) from 92 to 76. h 1
(As single  decrease Z by 2) 130.  = p
p 
Thus 6  needs to be emitted to raise (Z) from
76 to 82. 131. For a charged particle, de-Broglie wavelength
(As single  increases Z by 1) is,
h
238  222 
124. Number of -particles emitted = =4 2meV
4 1
This decreases atomic number to 90  4  2 = 82  
V
Since atomic number of 83 Y 222 is 83, this is
1 V2
possible if one  particle is emitted.  
2 V1
125. Rate disintegration, R = N0et
0.693 1 2 m2 v2
= 132. E = mv 
T 2 2m
0.693
 R=
T
N0 e0.693 t/T 
1
2m
p2  
0.693 0.693 ….( momentum p = mv)
R1 = N0 e0.693  12/2 = N0 e6(0.693)
2 2 2
1 h  h
0.693 0.693 =  ….  p  
R2 = N0 e0.693  12/4 = N0 e3(0.693) 2m  2  
4 4
4 h2
 R1 : R2 =  e3(0.693) = 0.25 = 1 : 4 =
2 2m 2
460
133. de-Broglie wavelength,  For electron,
h h h h
=  = = =
p 2mE hc 2mc
2m
1 
But p = 2 mE  
E h h 1
1 138.  = = 
i.e., E  2 mv 2mk k

2 h h
 E 2   1   1 
2
139.  = 
      4 p 2mE
 E1    2   0.5 
h
As, E2 = 4E1 Now,  =
2m(16E)
E = 3E1
1 h 
h = =  0.25
134.  = , 4 2mE 4
p  % change =    =   0.25 
h = 0.75  75%
But, p = 2mE  = ,
2mE h
1 1 E2 140.  =
    p
E 2 E1 P2 h2
K.E. = =
0.4  1010 E 2m 2m 2
 =  E = 0.16 keV
1.0  1010 1 (6.6 1034 ) 2
=
2  9.11031  (5.5 107 ) 2
h
135. Using  = ,  7.91  1025  8  1025 J
2mE
141. Let p be initial momentum of electron,
h2 hc
Eelectron = 2 and Ephoton = Given,
   2m   p  p  Pm
E photon  hc  2  2m  1
  .  as  
p
E electron  h2 
increase in p, decreases 
2mc 2 2  5  105 20
=   0.5  0.5 
 hc  (50  103 ) 1       = 1 
  100  100 

 p
 =
h  p
136. For electron,  e  and for photon,
2mE e  0.5  p
 1 = p P
hc  100 
p  m
Ep 0.995 p + 0.995 Pm = p
p
e h Ep 0.995Pm =
   200
p 2mE e hc
 p  200 Pm
1
e 1  E  2 12.27 12.27
 ….( Ep = Ee) 142.  =  = 1.227 Å
 p c  2m  V 100
137. For photon, 12.27 1.227  109

143.  = Å=
hc V 400
E=
 = 0.061  109 m = 0.06 nm
461
h p2
144.  = 149. K.E. of electrons =
2meV 2m
h2 h
 V= here, p = ....(De-Broglie hypothesis)
2me 2 
 6.63  10 
2
34 2
h
=  

2  9.1  1031  1.6  1019  1  1010 
2
 K.E. = ….(i)
2m
 150 volt Also, if 0 is cutoff wavelength, maximum
1 hc
145. db  K.E. of X- ray photons = ....(ii)
m V 0
1 Maximum K.E. of X- ray will be equal to that
 e  of electrons.
me V
hc h2
1  = ....[from (i) and (ii)]
p  0 2 2 m
mp 9V
2 2 mc
λp me V  0 =
 = . h
λe mp 9V
1
λp 150.  
m 1 V
 =   ...( me = m ; mp = M)
λe M  3 To decrease wavelength potential difference
λe m between anode and filament is increased.
 p =
3 M 152. From Bragg’s law,
λ m 2d sin 
 p = ...( e = ) 2d sin = n or  =
3 M n
146. K.E. = 120 eV  For maximum wavelength, nmin = 1,
 V = 120 V (sin)max = 1
12.27 12.27  max = 2d or max = 2  107 cm = 20 Å
=  = 1.12 Å = 1.12  1010 m
V 120 153. As electron transits from higher energy level
= 112  1012 m = 112 pm to lower, its n decreases, hence it K.E.
increases. This implies its velocity increases.
147. For electron, de-Broglie wavelength is, This means statements (A) and (B) are correct.
1 1 1
=  
2 meV V Also, de Broglie wavelength   . Hence,
v
1 V2 as velocity increases, associated de Broglie
  wavelength decreases. Hence, statement (D) is
2 V1
correct. But, angular momentum L  n. This
V1  12 10000   2 10000 means, as energy level changes, associated
 V2 =   = 2500 V
 22  2 
2
4 angular, momentum changes. Hence,
statement (C) is incorrect.
h
148.  = n(n  1) 3(3  1)
2mqV 154. Number of lines, NE = = =3
2 2
We know, q = 2qP
m = 4 mp 155. The hydrogen spectrum consists of different
series of spectral lines and each series can
P m q  4m P  2q P have infinite lines within itself. Hence, No. of
  =  82 2
 mP q P mP  q P spectral line observed in hydrogen atom is .
462
1  1 1  161. Mass of proton = mass of antiproton

156. = R 2  2   1.67  1027 kg  1 amu
 n p 
In this case, n = 1 and p = 4 Energy equivalent to 1 amu  931 MeV
1 1 1   1 15 So energy equivalent to 2 amu  2  931 MeV
 = R  2  2  = R 1   = R
  1 4   16  16  1862  106  1.6  1019  3  1010 J .
Energy of photon is given by, 162. Using principle of momentum conservation,
c 15 m1v1 = m2v2
E = h = h = hcR ….(i)
 16 3
According to Einstein mass-energy relation, v1 m 2  R 2 

   m  A  R3
E = mc2 ….(ii) v 2 m1  R1 
From equations (i) and (ii), 3
v1  2  8
15   
mc2 = hcR v2  1  1
16
2 15hRc E 6 1.6 1013
 c = 
16m 163. Momentum of photon =
c 3 108
15hR
c= = 3.2  1021 kg m/s
16m
As the momentum is conserved in nuclear
hc 4  1015  3  108 reactions, momentum of nucleus
157. Ephoton = (in eV) = = 4 eV
 300  109 = 3.2  1021 kg m/s
For an electron in the ground state of  3.2  10 21 
2
p2
hydrogen atom first excitation energy is  (K.E.)nucleus = 
10.2 eV. Since Ephoton < 10.2 eV no excitation 2m 2  20 1.6 10 27
is possible. = 1.6  1016 J = 1,000 eV = 1keV
158. E = E1 – E2 164. Given that, A0 = 8 count, A = 1 count,
13.6 13.6 t = 3 hours
 E =  2
1 2 A 1
n
3    , where n is the number of half

E = 13.6  = 10.2 eV A0  2 
4
This is the energy associated with emitted photon lives
n 3 n
i.e., h = 10.2 eV 1 1 1 1
 =         n = 3
but according to photoelectric equations, 8 2 2 2
h = W0 + eV0 t
 10.2 eV = 4.2 eV + eV0 Now, n = , where T1/2 is the half-life of a
T1/2
 eV0 = 6 eV
radioactive sample
159. For least energetic photon emitted in Lyman
series, E = E2  E1 = 10.2 eV t 3
 T1/2 =  = 1 hour.
hc 6.63  1034  3  108 n 3
= 
E 10.2  1.6  1019 165. 20 g substance reduces to 10 g
= 1.2187  107 m  122 nm  T1/ 2  4 min
160. Let the percentage of B10 atoms be x. t /T1/ 2
1
 Hence percentage of B11 atom = (100  x) Using, M  M 0  
Average atomic weight 2
10x  11(100  x) 1
t/4
  10.81  x  19  10  80  
100 2
N 10 19 3 t/4
 B
 1 1 1
    
N 11 81 8 2 2
B
(Note: Refer Mindbender1.)  t = 12 min

463
1
2
N 1 ln2
166. N = N0     172. Half-life = 6 min. =
2 N0 4 
N 1 3 ln2
Probability = 1  1  l=
N0 4 4 6
0.692
l=
167. By using N  N 0 et and average life time 6
1  at t = 0, 1024 particles per minute
t
 After 42 minute, 7 half-life is complete
 N  N0 e1/   N0e1 1024
N 1  no. of particles =
  e1  27
N0 e No. of particle = 8
N 1 e 1
 Disintegrated fraction  1  1  173. By conservation of linear momentum,
N0 e e m
mv = mv1 + v2
N01 N 2
168. N1 = t / 20
, N 2  02 where, v1 and v2 are velocities of particles A
(2) (2) t /10
and B after collision.
N1 = N2 ….[Given]
 t   2v = 2v1 + v2 ….(i)
40 160 2 
As collision is head on and elastic,
 t / 20
 t /10
 2 t /20  2 10 
(2) (2) v  v1
e= 2 =1
t t t t u1  u 2
 2   2
20 10 20 10  v = v2 – v1 ....(ii)
t Solving equation (i) and (ii),
 = 2  t = 40 s
20 3v 2
v = 3v1 and v =
169. N = N0et 4
N0 1 1
= N0e(5)   = As,  
e 5 p
N0 m
 = N0e(t)  t = 5 loge 2 v
2  A p 2 2 2 (4 / 3)v
   = =2
170. Although the beta spectrum is a continuous  B p1 mv1 (2 / 3)v
spectrum, the energy states of daughter
nucleus are discrete. 
Binding energy of Hydrogen nucleus is zero 1 1  n 2  (n  1) 2 2n 1
174.      = 2
whereas for Helium it is 28.3 MeV.   n  12 2
n  2
n (n  1) n (n 1) 2

0.693 0.693 1
171.     0.03465  For n >> 1,  
T1/2 20 n3
2.303  N 0  1240
t log   175. EPh = eV = 2.48 eV
  N 500
2.303  100  K.Emax = EPh – 0 = 2.48 – 2.28 = 0.2 eV
 t1  log    11.6min
0.03465  67  For electron,
2.303  100  12.27 12.27
and t 2  λmin = Å= Å = 27.436 Å
log    32min K.E max (eV) 0.2
0.03465  33 
Hence time difference between points of time = 27.436 × 10–10 m
= t1 – t2 = 32 – 11.6 λmin.= 2.7436 × 10–9 m
= 20.4 min  20 min. λ ≥ λmin
464
 D
8. = , a1 = 4, a2 = 3 16. X=  X   for the same set-up.
3 d
So, a = a12  a 22  2a1 .a 2 cos  X1 1
 
X2 2
 a= 37  6
1.0 5000
2  
9. For maxima, 2 n  (XO)  2l X 2 6000
 6000
2  X2 = = 1.2 mm
 (XO)  2(n  l ) or (XO) = (n + l) 5000

D
10. Let the amplitudes of the two waves be a1 and a2 17. X=
d
 a12  4I and a 22  I
1
Let amplitude of the new wave = a  X

 a2  3I
Let K be the constant of proportionality X'  1
  
 a12 = K (4I), a 22 = K(I) X   4 
 
a2 = K (3I) 3
 a2 = a12 + a 22 + 2 a1a2 cos  3
 X = 0.4 
(where  is the phase angle) 4
 X = 0.3 mm
K (3I) = K (4I) + KI + 2 K(4I) . KI cos 
 3 = 4 + 1 + 4 cos  D
18. X=
1 d
 cos  = L Xd
2  X= =
  = 120 d L
1 19. Distance of third maxima from central maxima

11. I  I = Kr–2 is
r2
 dI = K(–2)r–3 dr 3 D 3  5000  1010  (200  102 )
x= =
dI (2)dr d 0.2  103
 = = 1.5 cm
I r
dI 20. D1 – D2 = 4  10–2 m, X1 – X2 = 2  10–5 m
 =–21%
I d = 10–3 m
=–2% D
Let, X =
 Intensity must decrease by 2%. d
12. In interference between waves of equal 
 X1 – X2 = (D1 – D2)
amplitudes ‘a’, the minimum intensity is zero d
and the maximum intensity is proportional to 
4a2. For waves of unequal amplitudes ‘a’ and  2  10–5 = 3 (4  10–2)
10
A(A > a), the minimum intensity is non-zero
2  10  103
5
and the maximum intensity is proportional to  =
(a + A)2, which is greater than 4a2. 4  102
= 5000  1010 m
14. Contrast between the bright and dark fringes = 5000 Å
will be reduced.
D 6000  1010  25  102 21. Distance between successive fringes
15. X= = = fringe width
d 1  103
= 6  25  10–6 = 150  10–6 m D 8  105  200
X= = = 0.32 cm
= 0.015  10–2 m = 0.015 cm d 0.05
319
For electron: E = mc2 = pc nh
 2rn =
E mv
p=
c h
But, de-Broglie wavelength  =
h hc mv
 e =  ....(ii)  2rn = n
p E
Circumference of
Comparing equations (i) and (ii), No. of waves the orbit
p  e contained =
in the orbit wavelength
187. According to Bohr’s second postulate, 2rn
=
nh 
mvrn =
2 =n=2
Evaluation Test
1. We know eh 3 ehB
 =  B  = 3
N = N0et 4m 2 8m
For X1,  = 5
3. We know that, de-Broglie wavelength
 N1 = N0 e–5t ….(i)
h 1
For X2, = and E = mv2
mv 2
 N2 = N0 et ….(ii)
h
N1 e 5t  =
  = e–4t 2mE
N 2 e t
In first case,
N1 1 h
Given that,  200  10–12 = ….(i)
N2 e 2mE1
1 –4t 1 In second case,
 =e or 4t = 1  t =
e 4 h
100  10–12 = ….(ii)
2. According to Bohr’s postulate 2mE 2
nh h Dividing equation (i) by equation (ii), we get
mvr =  ….( n = 1)
2 2  E2 
h 2=  
or v = ….(i)  E1 
2mr
We know that the rate of flow of charge is Or E2 = 4E1
current. So, energy to be added = 4E1 – E1 = 3E1
h
e  v  e Now, = 200  10–12
Hence, i = = e   v 2mE1
t  2r  2r
e h eh 6.63  1034
=   2 2 ….(ii) or 2mE1 =
2r 2mr 4 mr 2  1010
Magnetic dipole moment, M = i  A or 2mE1 = 3.315  10–24
eh (3.315  1024 ) 2
 M=  r2 or E1 = = 0.6038  1017
42 mr 2 2(9.1  1031 )
eh  Energy added = 3E1
M= ….(iii)
4m 3  0.6038  1017
   = eV
Torque,  = M  B (1.6  1019 )
or  = MB sin 60 = 113 eV
466
4. Power to be obtained from power house 7. For Lyman series, nf = 1 and ni = 2
= 200 megawatt and Z = 2(He)
 Energy obtained per hour  1 1 
E = 13.6 Z2   
= 200 megawatt  1 hour n2 n 2 
 i f 
= (200  106 watt)  (3600 s)
 3 
= 72  1010 J = –13.6 (2)2    = 13.6  3
 4 
Here only 10% of output is utilized. In order
 Total available energy = 3  13.6 Joule
to obtain 72  1010 J of useful energy, the
output energy from the power house Ionization energy of Hydrogen = 13.6 eV
Now energy available to an electron after the
(72  1010 )  100 ionisation of hydrogen,
=
10 1
E = 3  13.6 – 13.6 = 2  13.6 eV = mev2
= 72  1011 J 2
Let this energy be obtained from a mass-loss 1
of m kg. Then  mev2 = 2  13.6 Ev
2
(m)c2 = 72  1011 2  2  13.6  1.6  1019
 v2 =
72  1011 9.1  1031
Or m = = 8  10–5 kg
(3  10 )
8 2
 v = 3.1  106 m/s
m = 0.08 g 8. Orbital frequency,
Since 0.90 milligram (= 0.90  103 g) mass is v
f= n
lost in 1 g uranium, hence for a mass loss of 2rn
0.08 g the uranium required
2.2  106 Z 2.2  106 (1)
1  0.08 vn = m/s =
= n 2
0.90  103 6
= 1.1  10 ms –1
= 88.88  89 g Now radius,

Thus, to run the power house, 89 g uranium is n2
required per hour. rn = 0.53  10–10 = 4  0.53  10–10 m
Z
5. Lyman series belongs to the ultraviolet region. ….[ n = 2]
= 2.12  10–10 m
13.6 2(13.6) f = number of revolution in one second
6. K.E. = eV, P.E. = eV
n2 n2 N v
For Hydrogen, Z = 1 =  n
t 2rn
 K.E = K.Ef  K.Ei  Number of revolutions,
 1 1  1.1  106
K.E. = 13.6  2  2  N=ft=  10–8
 (2) (1)  2  2.12  1010
= – 10.2 eV (decrease) = 8.2  106 revolutions
 1 1
1   Period = = 1.2  107
P.E. = –2(13.6)  2  2  8.2  106
 (2) (1) 
2
= 20.4 eV (increase) 9. 1H + 1H2  2He4 + Energy
nh Binding energy (B.E.) of 1H2 = 2  1.1
Angular momentum, L = = 2.2 MeV
2 2
 B.E. of two 1H = 2  2.2 = 4.4 MeV
h h B.E. of 2He4 nucleus = 4  7.1 = 28.4 MeV
 L = (2 – 1) =
2 2  Energy released when two 1H2 fuse to form
–34
= 1.05  10 J-s (increase) 4
2He = 28.4 – 4.4 = 24 MeV
467
10. Total energy of C12 atom But orbital angular momentum,
= Number of Nucleons  7.68 nh
L = mr2 =
= 12  7.68 = 92.16 MeV 2
Similarly, energy for C13 atom For n = 1,
= 13  7.47 = 97.11 MeV r2 = h/2m
Energy required to remove 1 neutron from 1 qh
 M=
C13 = (97.11 – 92.16) = 4.95 MeV 4 m
t /T (1.6  1019 )(1.05  1034 )
N 1 =
11. Using,   2  9.1  1031
N0  2 
= 9.2  10–24 Am2
N 67
 For 33% decay,  14. A photon is emitted when hydrogen atom
N 0 100
comes to first excited state i.e., n = 2
t /10
 67   1 
1
 Energy transferred
  
   ….(i)
 100   2   1 1
=  13.6  2  2 
N 33 2 1 
For 67% decay, 
N 0 100 3
=  13.6 eV
t /10 4
33  1  2
   ….(ii) = 10.2 eV
100  2  By conservation of momentum,
Dividing equation (ii) by equation (i) we get, 1 1 1
t 2  t1
1 t  t  /10
mv2 = mv12 + mv22 + 10.2
33  1  10 1 1
2 1 2 2 2
       2
or v1  vv1 + 10.2 = 0 ….[eliminating v2]
67  2  2 2
t t  v1 is real  v2  4  10.2
 2 1 = 1 or t2 – t1 = 10 min
10 4  10.2
or vmin =
12. From law of conservation of momentum, m
1
= m  v min 
2
u  K.Emin
mu = 2 mv or v = 2
2
Excitation energy, 1 4  10.2
= m
2 2 m
1 1 u 1
E = mu2 – 2  m   = mu2 = 20.4 eV
2 2 2 4
Minimum excitation energy 15. Sum of masses of deutron and lithium nuclei
before disintegration
1 1 
= 13.6  2  2  eV = 2.0147 + 6.0169
1 2  = 8.0316 amu
3 Mass of  particles
=  13.6
4 = 2  4.0039
= 10.2 eV = 8.0078 amu
1 Difference of mass
 (10.2)(1.6  10–19 J) = (1.0078)(1.66  10–27)u2 = 8.0316 – 8.0078
4
 u = 6.25  104 ms1 = 0.0238 amu
Mass converted into energy
13. Using magnetic moment, = 0.0238  931.3 MeV
q Energy given to each  particle
M = current  area =  A
t 0.0238  931.3
=
 1 2
 M=  q  r2 = qr2
2 2 = 11.08 MeV
468
49. Band width    
So, for first minima of red, sin  = 1   R 
 yellow < red, hence for red light, the diffraction  d 
bands become broader and further apart. and as first maxima is midway between first
and second minima, for wavelength , its
51. For diffraction, size of the obstacle must be of position will be
the order of wavelength of wave i.e., a     2 3
d sin  =  sin  
53. a sin  = n 2 2d
For n = 1, According to given condition sin  = sin 
 550  109 2
sin  = = = 103 = 0.001 rad   =  R
a 0.55  103 3
2
54. Position of first minima = Position of third     589 = 392.6 nm = 3926 Å
3
maxima
1  1D  2  3  1  2 D 62. d
 = d1 
d 2 d  = 1
 1 = 3.5 2 d2 2
0.1 6000
th n D    d2 = 0.08 mm
55. Position of n minima, xn = d 2 4800
d
For n = 1, 63. Limit of resolution,
1  5000  10 10
1 1.22  0.61
5  103 = d= =
d 2 sin   sin 
4
 d = 10 m = 0.1 mm Numerical aperture =  sin  = 0.12
56. Diffraction is obtained when the slit width is 0.61  6  107
 d= = 30.5  107 m
of the order of wavelength of EM waves (or 0.12
light). Wavelength of X-rays (1-100 Å) is
very less than slit width (0.6 mm). 1.22  d
64. R.P. = =
Therefore, no diffraction pattern will be a x
observed. ad 103  0.1
 x= = = 163.9 m
1.22 1.22  5  107
57. Linear diameter of second maximum,
2(2n  1)f 1.22
2x = 65. d 
2a a
 = 5  107 m, a = 5  104 m, f = 0.8 m 1.22
 a
2  5  5 107  0.8 d
 2x =
2  5104 m 1.22  5  105  180
 a  3.5 cm
= 4  103 m = 4 mm 103  3.14
2 66. d = angle of the cone of light from the objects
58. Angular width,  = 
d =
1 1 1 6000 distance of the moon
   
2  2  70  2 5
 1  =
 100  4 105 103
  2  4200Å 1.22 1.22  1.22  5000 1010
 d = D= =
59. In a single slit diffraction experiment, position D d 5 / (4 108 )
of minima is given by, d sin  = n  D = 48.8 m  50 m
322
Textbook
Chapter No.
19 Semiconductors
Hints
24. If forward bias is made large, the majority
Classical Thinking charge carriers would move from the emitter
94. At absolute zero, semiconductor behaves as an to the collector through the base with high
insulator. velocity. This would give rise to excessive
heat causing damage to transistor.
95. The current gain,
I
I 25. dc = C  IC = 99  20 = 1980 A
= C IB
I B
 IE = IC + IB = 1980 + 20 = 2000 A
 IC =   IB = 4  6 = 24 mA
80
 Change in collector current = 24 mA 26. IC =  IE
100
 24 =  IE  IE = 30 mA
4. By using mass action law, 100
Using, IE = IB + IC, IB = 30 – 24 = 6 mA
n i2 = nenh
27.  is the ratio of collector current and emitter
n2 (1016 ) 2 current while  is the ratio of collector current
 nh = i = = 1011 per m3
ne 1021 and base current.
13. Diodes D1 and D3 are forward biased and D2 is 28. Vb = IbRb
reverse biased. So the circuit can be redrawn 9
 Rb = = 257 k
as follows. R 35×106
39. Time t = CR is known as time constant. It is
R time in which charge on the capacitor
1
decreases to times of its initial charge
e
I R (steady state charge).
E E In figure (i), PN junction diode is in forward
 I= bias, so current will flow in the circuit i.e.,
R
charge on the capacitor decreases and in time t
P 240 103 1
15. I= = = 48 mA it becomes Q = (Qo); where Qo = CV
V 5 e
VS  VZ 30  10 CV
16. IS = = = 13.33 mA  Q=
RS 1.5  10 3 e
In figure (ii), p-n junction diode is in reverse
VO 10
IL = = = 5 mA bias, so no current will flow through the circuit
RL 2  10 3 hence charge on capacitor will not decay and it
IZ = IS – IL = 13.33 – 5 = 8.33 mA remains same i.e., CV after time t.
20. In P-N-P transistors, majority charge carriers P 100  10 3
40. I= = = 0.2 A
are holes while in case of N-P-N transistors, V 0.5
majority charge carriers are electrons which VR = 1.5  0.5 = 1.0 volt
have greater mobility. 1.0
 R= =5
23. IE = IB + IC = IB + IB 0.2
= IB ( + 1) = 5 A (50 + 1)
41. This is because n-side is more positive as
= 255 A = 0.255 mA
compared to p-side.
470
Chapter 19 : Semiconductors
27.
p-side n-side
1. With temperature rise, the conductivity of
For forward bias, p-side must be at higher
semiconductors increases.
potential than n-side.
3. At 0 K, semiconductor behaves as an insulator.
28. For diode to be in forward bias, p-side of
4. The conduction and valence bands in the diode needs to be connected at potential
conductors merge into each other. higher than potential to which n-side of diode
is connected.
8. Band gap of insulator is highest, while that of
This condition is satisfied in option (A) only.
conductor is least. So,
Eg  Eg  Eg 29. From the figure in option (A),
1 3 2
‘p’ is at low potential (6 V) than ‘n’ (3 V)
i.e., Eg  Eg ,
1 2  diode is reverse biased.
Eg  Eg –6 V –3 V
3 2
 Eg  Eg  Eg
1 2 3
31. In forward bias, the diffusion current increases
10. The energy gap between valence band and and drift current remains constant. Hence no
conduction band in germanium is 0.76 eV and current flows due to diffusion.
the energy gap between valence band and In reverse bias, diffusion becomes more
conduction band in silicon is 1.1 eV. Also, it is difficult. Hence net current (very small) is due
true that thermal energy produces fewer to drift.
minority carriers in silicon than in germanium
32. As in both the figures the p-type material of
11. Gallium is trivalent impurity. diode is connected to positive terminal of
battery and n-type to negative terminal, both
12. Antimony and phosphorous are both
are forward biased.
pentavalent.
33. In case of p-n junction diode, width of the
13. Extrinsic semiconductors (n-type or p-type)
depletion region decreases as the forward bias
are neutral.
voltage decreases.
16. n  n h n e  ne
2
=
 3  10 
16 2

9  1032 34. When p-side of junction diode is connected
i
4.5  10 22
4.5  1022 to positive of battery and n-side to the
negative, then junction diode is in forward
= 2  1010 m–3 biased mode.
17. nenh = ni2 Hole Junction Electron
 4  1010  nh = 4  1016
 nh = 106 m–3
18. In p-type semiconductors, holes are the
majority charge carriers
20. Boron is a trivalent impurity.
21. In n-type semiconductors, minority carriers + 
are holes, majority carriers are electrons and
pentavalent atoms are dopants. Battery
22. Phosphorus is a pentavalent impurity. In this mode, more number of electrons enter
Hence, ne >> nh. in n-side from battery thereby increasing the
number of donors on n-side.
24. When a free electron is produced, a hole is
also produced at the same instant. V 0.6
35. Rd =  = 500 
25. In reverse bias, no current flows. I 1.2  103
471
D nD
29. = 38. Distance of nth bright fringe, xn =  xn  
d d
 increases from violet to red x n1 1
 =
 R > G > B  R > G > B x n2 2
31. For maxima, path difference, x = n x(Blue) 4360
 =
 For n = 1, x =  = 6320 Å x(Green) 5460
32. X  x (Green) > x (Blue)
X2   39. XD
 = 2  X2 = X1  2  % change in fringe width = 25%
X1 1 1
4800 1
= 0.32  40. X
6400 d
= 0.24 mm 1
 If d becomes thrice, then X becomes times.
 Change in X = 0.32  0.24 3
= 0.08 mm = 8  105 m 41. Second minimum is exactly in front of one slit
d
D D indicates, y2 =
33. X= d= 2
d X
(2n  1)D
6000  10  (40  102 )
10 But y2 =
 d = = 0.2 cm 2d
0.012  102 For n = 2
d (2  2  1)D
D 6000 107 mm  25 10 mm  =
34. Using, X = = 2 2d
d 1mm 2
d
= 15  102 = 0.15 mm  =
3D
Xd 42. Fringe width is independent of the order of
35. We know that, = n fringe.
D
as X, d and D are same, n = constant D
43. X= XD
 n1 1 = n22 d
9  5896 Å = 11  2 X1 D1 X  X 2 D1  D2
   1 
9  5896 X2 D2 2 D2
 2 =
11 X X 2  2
  
 2 = 4824 Å D D2 d 2
 3  105
36. Path difference = 5 = 10   2  2
 103  6  107 m  6000Å
2 5  10
 Point is bright. n2 
44. n11 = n22  = 1
 Using, Xn = nX we get, n1 2
0.5 = 5X  X = 0.1 mm n2 5898
 =  n2 = 99
D D' 92 5461
37. X= and X =
d d' 45. Using,
d  5600
But d = and D = 2 D n11 = n22  n2 = n1 1 = 60  = 70
2 2 4800
(2D) D 46. n1 = (n + 1)2
 X = =4 = 4X
(d / 2) d  n(6750) = (n + 1) (5400)
 Fringe width will become four-times.  n  5 = (n + 1)  4  n = 4
326
58. When NPN transistor is used as an amplifier, 66. For a transistor,
majority charge carrier electrons of N-type  dc 
emitter move from emitter to base and then dc =  (1 – dc) = dc ….(i)
1   dc dc
base to collector.
Simplifying the ratio given in the question,
59. As emitter (N) is common to both, the base (P)    
and collector (N), it is a CE amplifier circuit. dc  1  dc  1  dc
dc   dc  dc  dc
= =
63. In active region of CE amplifier, the collector-  dc dc  dc dc  dc
base junction is reverse biased while emitter- 1  1  dc 
base junction is forward biased. = ….[Using equation (i)]
dc
64. During positive half cycle due to forward dc   dc 1  1   dc
biasing, emitter current and consequently  = =1
collector current increases.  dc dc  dc
As, VCE = VCC  ICRL, increase in collector  0.98
current causes decrease in collector voltage. This, 67. =   49
1   0.02
as collector is connected to positive terminal of
VCC battery, makes collector less positive, i.e.,  dc 69 / 70
negative with respect to initial value. 68. dc = = = 69
1   dc 1  (69 / 70)
Thus, during positive half cycle, unlike input
signal voltage, output signal voltage at 69. IE = IB + IC
collector varies through a negative half cycle. IE IB
  1
Similarly, it can be seen that, during negative IC IC
half cycle, unlike input signal voltage, output
1 1 1 20
signal voltage at collector varies through a    1  1 
positive half cycle.   19 19
This shows, in a CE amplifier, input and 19
  = 0.95
output voltages are in opposite (180) phase. 20
Alternate method:
IC
For a CE amplifier, 70. =  IC =  IB = 100  5 mA
IB
input signal voltage Vi = IB  RB
where, IB = change in base current and = 500  103 = 0.5 A
RB = input resistance of emitter base circuit.  0.96
71. = = = 24
I 1  1  0.96
AC current gain ac = C
IB
IC
where, IC = change in collector current. 72. = = 0.96 and IE = 7.2 mA
IE
As, VCE = VCC  ICRL, considering change in  IC = 0.96  IE = 0.96  7.2 = 6.91 mA
VCE,
 IE = IC + IB
VCE = 0 – ICRL  7.2 = 6.91 + IB
[Since change in base current IB changes  IB = 0.29 mA
collector current, but not VCC]
 VCE = (ac  IB) RL Ro I Ro I R
73. AV =  = C = C o = gm Ro
Output voltage Vo = VCE R in I B R in Vin
 Voltage gain of CE amplifier,  AV  gm.
Vo ac I B R L R  A V1 gm 0.03 3
AV = = = ac  L   = 1 = =
I B R B A V2 g m2 0.02 2
Vin  RB 
Negative sign indicates that output voltage is out 2 2
 A V2 = A V1 = G.
of phase (180) with respect to input voltage. 3 3
473
IC 84. Given:
74. = = 0.95 ….[Given]
IE  IC = 0.49 mA
 IE = 0.50 mA
 IC = 0.95 IE
We know,
Now, IE = IC + IB  0.05 IE = IB
IC
I 0.2mA =
 IE = B = = 4 mA I B
0.05 0.05
 IE =  IC +  IB
0.8   IB =  IE   IC = 0.50  0.49 = 0.01 mA
75.  = 0.8    =4
(1  0.8) 0.49
iC  = = 49
   iC   i B = 4  6 = 24 mA. 0.01
i B
IC
85. Current gain for common emitter is,  =
76.  = 45 IB
Ic 95% of IE
 45  =
Ib 5% of I E
V = IcR 95
 5 = Ic  1  103  = = 19
5
 Ic = 5  10–3 A
I 5  103 IC
Ib = c  = 0.111  10–3 A = 111 A 86. =  IC = IB = 2  10–3 A
45 45 IB
VCC  ICRL = VCE  10 – (2  10–3)RL = 4
77. i C   i E = 0.98  2 = 1.96 mA
 RL = 3 k
 i B  i E  i C  2  1.96 = 0.04 mA.
88. The input characteristics of the CE mode
78. I E  I B  IC  IC  I E  I B transistor (common emitter mode) represents
the variation of the input current (base current
79. In common emitter transistor amplifier current IB) with input voltage (base emitter voltage
gain  > 1, so output current > input current, VBE) at constant output voltage (collector
hence assertion is correct. emitter voltage VCE).
Also, input circuit has low resistance due to
forward biasing to emitter base junction, R2
89. Voltage gain = AV =  and
hence reason is false. R1
80. Current gain,  0.98
Current gain  =  = 49
i 1103 1   1  0.98
  C  iB   105 A = 0.01 mA  500  103 
iB 100  AV = (49)  
By using i E  i B  iC  i E = 0.01 + 1  R1 
= 1.01 mA.  Power gain = .AV
 500  103 
Q ne  6.0625  106 = 49     49
81. I=   R1 
T T
where, n is the number of electrons entering 492  500  103
 R1 =
the emitter, e is the charge on one electron 6.0625  106
1010  1.6  1019  R1  198 
 I= = 800  106 A
2  106 90. The collector current is given by,
IC 5.488 V 0.6V
83. =   0.98 IC = C  = 1  103 A = 1 mA
I E 5.60 R C 600 
 0.98 IC I 1mA
=  = 49 =  IB  C  = 0.05 mA
1   1  0.98 IB  20
474
91. Here, 96. The input resistance is
Collector current, IC = 25 mA  VBE 0.04
Base current, IB = 1 mA Ri = 
 IB 20  106
As IE = IB + IC = (1 + 25) mA = 26 mA
 Ri = 2  103 = 2 k
I 25
As  = C  the A.C current gain is
I E 26  IC 2 mA 2  103
= = = = 100
92. Vi = IB  RB I B 20 A 20  106
20 97. Given
 IB = = 40  10–6 A = 40 A
500  103 0.5 = IC R
VC = IC  RC 0.5
IC =
20 800
 IC = = 5  10–3 A = 5 mA
4  103 IC = 0.625 mA
 IC + IB = IE
IC 5  103
=   125 IC
I B 40  106  =
IE
IC
93. = = 60  IC = 60 IB   = 0.96 (given)
IB
0.625mA
But IE = IB + IC  IB = IE IC 0.96 =
 IB = 6.6  60IB  61IB = 6.6 IE
IB = 0.108 mA IE = 0.651 mA
94. Given, IB = IE  IC
Rin = RB = 1 k IB = 0.651  0.625
Rout = RC = 2 k IB = 0.026 mA
Vout = 4 V  VCE = VCC – IC RC
 = 100 = 8 – 0.625  10–3  800
We know,  VCE = 7.5 V
AV =   resistance gain V 2
98. IC = CE  = 0.5  10–3 A = 0.5 mA
RC 2 k RC 4  103
 AV =   = 100  = 200
RB 1k I
 = C
Vout IB
Also, AV =
Vin IC 0.5  103
Vout 4  IB   = 10–5 A = 10 A
 = 200  = 200  50
Vin Vin 100. Amplification with negative feedback is
4 A
 Vin = = 20 mV A =
200 1  A
95. Given: RL = 2 k = 2000 , Where  = fraction of output feedback to input
Ri = 150 , IB = 20 A = 20 × 10–6 A, 9
 = = 0.09 and A = 10
IC = 1.5 mA = 1.5 × 10–3A 100
Voltage gain is given by, A
V  10 =  A = 100
Av = 0 1  0.09A
V1 1 1
1
R I 101. f = =
= L C 2 LC 2 10
R i I B  103  0.04  106
2
2000 1.5 103 = 25 kHz
=
150  20 106 106. Gate shown in option (B) is a NOR gate. Output
= 1000 of NOR gate when both the inputs are 0, is 1.
475
107. For ‘OR’ gate, X = A + B 118.
i.e., 0 + 0 = 0, 0 + 1 = 1, 1 + 0 = 1, 1 + 1 = 1 A
Y =  A  B
B
109. Truth table for the given circuit is  A  B  A  B = A + B
A B Y Thus, given network is equivalent to NOR gate.
0 0 0 A
119. A
0 1 0 A  B = A.B
1 0 0
Y
1 1 1
B
This belongs to AND gate B
120.
110. The Boolean expression for ‘NOR’ gate is A Y1
Y= AB
B Y
If A = B = 0(Low), Y = 0  0  0 = 1 (High)
112. If inputs are A and B, then output for NAND Y2
gate is Y = AB Y1 = AB,
 If A = B = 1, Y = 1.1  1 = 0 Y2 = A  B
113. Y = Y1  Y2
A Y = A.B X= A.B = A.B For A = B = 1,
B Y1 = 1, Y2 = 0
 Y = Y1  Y2 = 0
A B Y X Similarly, for A = B = 0,
0 0 1 0 Y1 = 0, Y2 = 1
0 1 1 0  Y = Y1  Y2 = 0
1 0 1 0
1 1 0 1 121.
A
A
 X = A.B = A.B A B
115. A single terminal NAND works as NOT.
B
A A.B B
A.B  A.B
B From figure,
NAND NOT Output Y = A  B = A  B = A + B
116. A A.B 122. A

A AB
B Y =  A  B  C B A  B  A B
B
C
A
A B (AB) C Y=  A  B   C A B
B
0 0 0 0 1
1 1 1 1 0 123. Y = A  B Y1  A
A
117. = A.B Y  Y1  Y2
= A.B Y2  B
B
Shorted NAND Shorted NOR Y2
124. From time graph it is clear that output remains
Both shorted NAND and NOR gates act as a high when any of the input is high. This is
NOT gate. represented by OR gate.
476
125. These gates are called digital building blocks 138. I(mA)
because by using various combinations of these a
gates (either NAND or NOR) we can compile
all other gates (like OR, AND, NOT, XOR). Vz
V(V)
d c b
126. p-n junction diode works only in forward bias
e
and not in reverse bias.
I(A)
127. Diode will be in forward bias only in 0-5 volt
hence, it will conduct.
When the reverse bias is greater than the Vz, it
128. Majority charge carriers in n-type semiconductor is breakdown condition. In breakdown region,
are electrons. (Vi > Vz) for a wide range of load; (RL), the
voltage across RL remains constant though the
129. For a Solar cell, Open circuit  I = 0 and current may change. Hence portion ‘de’ of the
potential V = e.m.f. characteristics is relevant for the zener diode
Also,  Short circuit  I = I and potential to operate as a voltage regulator.
V=0
139. During the positive half cycle of the input
131. The voltage-current curve for GaAs material is A.C. signal, diode D1 is forward biased and
as shown in figure below. D2 is reverse biased. Hence in the output
voltage signal, A and C are due to D1.
Thus, there exists a region where increase in
During negative half cycle of input A.C.
voltage leads to decrease in current which is a
signal, D2 conducts. Hence output signals B
non-ohmic behaviour and is attributed to
and D are due to D2.
negative resistance.
140. Rectifier converts AC signal into pulsating DC
132. Heating will have effect on number of
signal. Filter circuit filters DC signal while
minority as well as majority charge carriers.
regulator makes the DC value stable.
This change in charge carriers will affect
overall V-I characteristics of p-n junction. 141. Given, RL= 800 , VL = 0.8 V
133. Resistivity of a semiconductor decreases with VL
 IC = = 1 mA = 10–3 A
temperature. The atoms of a semiconductor RL
vibrate with larger amplitudes of higher
ri = 192 
temperatures thereby increasing its conductivity.
IC
Current amplification =  = = 0.96
134. With decrease in temperature, resistance of IB
metal decreases and semi conductor increases.
103 1
 IB = 
hc 0.96 960
135. Eg =
 VL VL 0.8
Also, AV =    960 = 4
hc 6.63  1034  3  108 Vin I B ri 192
= = 19
= 6.54  107 m
1.9  1.6  10
Eg
 
2
I C2 R L 103  800
AP = 2 = 2 = 3.84
136. The electronic configuration of C and Si are: I B ri  1 
6   192
C = 1S2, 2S2 2P2 and 14Si = 1S2, 2S2 2P6, 3S2 3P2  960 
Thus, the electrons in the outer most shell of
carbon atoms are more tightly bound to the Vnet 3.5  0.5 3
142. i =  = A = 30 mA
nucleus unlike for silicon and are not available R net 100 100
for conduction. Hence it acts as an insulator.
143. The Boolean expression for the given
V 3 V V combination is
137. E =  10
= 108 = 106
d 300  10 m cm Y = (A + B).C
477
The truth table for the same is: For Option (A)
A B C Y = (A+B).C   
y= 00  10 =0+0=0 
0 0 0 0  Option (A) is incorrect.
1 0 0 0 For Option (B)
0
0
1
0
0
1
0
0   
y= 10  10 =0+0=0 
1 1 0 0  Option (B) is incorrect.
0 1 1 1 For Option (C)
1
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
  
y= 01  01 = 0+0=0 
 Option (C) is incorrect.
 A = 1, B = 0, C = 1. For Option (D)
144. (i) 1
1
0 1 1   
y= 00  11 =0+1=1 
0
1
Hence answer is option (D).
0 1
(ii) 0
1 149. To get the output Y = 1 from the AND gate,
both its inputs must be one. For this C = 1,
(iii) 1 0 0 and for the OR gate, either A or B or both
1 must be = 1.
1
The outputs of (i), (ii) and (iii) are respectively 150.
1, 1, 0. A D
145.
C Y
A B Y
0 0 0
B E
0 1 1
1 0 1
A B C D = A.C E = C.B Y
1 1 1
0 0 1 1 1 0
Y will be 1 when either of the inputs or both 0 1 1 1 0 1
the inputs are 1. 1 0 1 0 1 1
1 1 0 1 1 0
146.  A.B   C   A  B  C 
151.
A AB
147. P(0)
Q(1)
0
X(0) B  
Y = AB  A  B 
Z(0)
R(0) 0 1
Y(1) AB
S(1)
From Figure,

148. y = A  B  C  D      
Output Y  (A  B)  (A  B)  A  B  A  B 
A A
 A  B  (A  B)  (A  B)
A B AB A + B Y
B B
0 0 0 0 0
C C
  
y = AB  CD  1 0
0 1
0
0
1
1
1
1
D
C  D
D
1 1 1 1 1
478
Evaluation Test
1. In semiconductor, the forbidden energy gap 7. In a common emitter configuration, input

between valence band and conduction band is impedence is given by
very small (almost equal to kT). Further, the  Δv 
valence band is completely filled and the Impedence =  BE 
conduction band is empty.  ΔI B  V = constant CE
The base current Ib is of order of few
2. P.D. across series resistance, microampere. Hence, the input impedence of
= 9V – 4V = 5V common emitter amplifier is low.
 Current through series resistance, Therefore, assertion as well as reason are true
4 statements but reason is not the correct
i= = 0.04 A.
100 explanation of assertion.
 Current through load resistance, 8. The base in a transistor is made thin because
V 4 most of the holes coming from the emitter are
iL = L = = 0.01 A able to diffuse through the base region to the
R L 400
collector retion. Hence, the assertion is true
Changein collector current but reason is false.
3. =
IC  R C  2  10  4  10 
3 3
Changein emitter current
10. Voltage gain = 
 =

=
0.94
= 15.67
IB  R B 10 106   400 
1 1  0.94 = 2000
n i2  2  10  2  10 
 IC = (IB) = 15.67  0.5 = 7.83 mA 16 16
11. ne  
4. The energy of emission, np  3.5  1022 
hc 6.62  1034  3  108
E = h = =  1.1  1010 m3.
 5780  1010
12. When A is V(0) or B is V(0) or both are 0,
= 3.43  1019 J
accordingly D1 or D2 or both are forward
3.43  1019 biased. Current flows via R, the potential at
= = 2.14 eV
1.6  1019 Y is 0. But when both A and B are at V(1),
For,  = 5780 Å, E = 2.14 eV then D1 and D2 do not conduct current. So
The condition for emission of electrons is, potential at Y is V(1). Y is 1 only when A and
h > Eg. B are both 1.
But here, h < Eg [Eg = 2.8 eV] Thus, this represents an AND gate.
 For emission of electrons,  < 5780 Å is a must.  Option (B) is correct.
13. For 0 < t < t1, Input = 0  output = 1
5. When a p-n junction diode is formed, n-side For t1 < t < t3, Input = 1  output = 0
attains positive potential and p-side attains
For t3 < t < t4, Input = 0  output = 1
negative potential. When ends of p and n of a
Hence (B) is the correct option.
p-n junction are joined by a wire, there will be
a steady conventional current from n-side to 14. P  A and Q = B
p-side through the wire and p-side to n-side Now Y = 1  both P and Q are 0
through the junction. P = 0  A = 1 amd Q = 0  B = 1
E  V 83 1 15. Mid-frequency
6. I= = = A region
R 60 12
Voltage gain
V 3 1
 IL = Z = = A
RL 120 40
1 1 7
 IZ = I  IL =  = A
12 40 120 f (log scale) 
479
For a transistor in CE mode, the voltage gain ne 1010  1.6  1019
vs frequency (log scale) looks as shown in the 21. IE   = 1.6  103 A
t 106
diagram.
= 1.6 mA
As can be seen, the voltage gain is low at high
3  1.6
and low frequencies and constant at mid I B  3% of I E   0.048mA
frequencies. 100
I 1.552
16. Here, R i = 500 , R0 = 40  103 ,  = 75 The current transfer ratio, C   0.97
IE 1.6
R 
Voltage gain =   0   0.96
 Ri  22. A.C. current gain,     24.
1   1  0.96
40  103  Collector current,
 75   6000
500  Voltage drop across collector resistor
IC 
Power gain = Voltage gain  Current gain Load resistance
= 6000  75 = 450000  4.5  105 4V
=  8  103 A
17. Since diode D1 is reverse biased, therefore it 500 
will act like an open circuit. IC
Effective resistance of the circuit, Now,  
IB
R = 5 + 3 = 8 .
Current in the circuit, I = E/R = 10/8 = 1.25 A. IC 8  103 A
 Base current, I B   = 0.33 mA.
 24
18. Applying Kirchhoff’s second law, we have
I  R + 0.7 = 4 hc
23. E
4  0.7 3.3 
 R   1650 
I 2  103 hc
Power dissipated across R = I2R  
E
=  2  103   1650  6.6  103 W
2
6.63  1034  3  108
=
0.74  1.6  1019
19. R 0.4 V = 16.798  107
= 1679.8  109 m
 1680 nm
I
3V
The value of R should be such that the current
in the circuit does not exceed 5 mA. By
Ohm’s law, we have
I  R + 0.4 V = 3 V
 5  103  R = 2.6
 R = 520 
20. Given that,  = 0.96 I E = 8 mA,
IC

IE
 IC =  I E = 0.96  8  7.7 mA.
The base current,
I B  I E  IC =8  7.7 = 0.3 mA
480
Textbook
Chapter No.
20 Communication Systems
Hints
16. Here, fc = 1.5 MHz = 1500 kHz, fm = 10 kHz
Classical Thinking
 Low side band frequency = fc  fm
1. A communication system is made up of three = 1500 kHz  10kHz
parts: transmitter, communication channel and = 1490 kHz
receiver. Upper side band frequency = fc + fm
3. Quality of transmission is governed both by = 1500 kHz + 10kHz
nature of signal and nature of communication = 1510 kHz
channel/medium. 17. In space communication, the information can
5. Sound produced by a fork is continuous. be passed from one place to another with the
Therefore, it is a sort of analog signal. speed of light (= 3108 m/s). Hence time taken
100 103
8. A guided medium alone can provide point to for a distance of 100 km = =3.3104 s
3 108
point communication.
18. MUF = fc sec (I)
22. FM because modulation index  B.W. I = 74 for F-layer
24. It mixes weak signals with carrier signals.  MUF = 50  106  3.62 = 181 MHz
35. Ozone layer will absorb ultraviolet rays; 20. E = h  E  
reflect the infrared radiation and does not 21. Sky wave propagation is suitable for
reflect back radiowaves. radiowaves of frequency 3 MHz to 30 MHz.
40. d= 2hR  d  h1/2 23. A geosynchronous satellite is located at a
58. Both the assertion and the reason are true but height of about 36000 km from the surface of
reason is not correct explanation of assertion earth and its period of revolution around earth
as UHF/VHF waves being of high frequency is 24 hours.
are not reflected by ionosphere.
24. d = 2Rh = 2  6400 1000  300 = 3840 106
Critical Thinking = 62  103 = 62 km
1. All the three types of energy losses persist in 25. For ionosphere propagation, the critical
transmission lines. frequency is given by fc = 9 N max
2. A transmitter is made up of message signal where, Nmax is the maximum electron density
generator, modulator and antenna. in per m3.
3. A communication link between a fixed base f 9 2 106
 (Nmax)1/2 = c = = 2  106
station and mobile units on a ship or aircraft 9 9
works on 30 to 470 MHz.  Nmax = ( 2  106)2 = 2  1012/m3
12. Number of stations 27. The maximum distance of the line of sight is
B.W. 300,000 DM = 2 Rh T + 2 Rh R
= =
2× Highest modulating frequency 2  15000 where, R is the radius of the earth
= 10
= 2  64 105  50 + 2  64 105  32
A m 15
13. = =  100 = 50% = 80  102 10 + 64  102 10
Ac 30
14. When  > 1, then carrier is said to be over = 144  102 10
modulated. = 455  102 = 45.5  103 m = 45.5 km
481
28. When an electromagnetic wave enters an
ionised layer of earth’s atmosphere, the Competitive Thinking
motion of electron cloud produces space
5. VHF (Very High Frequency) band having
current which has a phase retardation of 90
frequency range 30 MHz to 300 MHz is
with the sinusoidal electromagnetic wave. The
typically used for TV and radar transmission.
electric field oscillations in electromagnetic
wave also produces its own capacitive 6. A maximum frequency deviation of 75 kHz is
displacement current which leads the field by permitted for commercial FM broadcast stations
90. Thus, the space current lags behind the in the 88 to 108 MHz VHF band.
displacement current by a phase of 180. 7. Optical fibres are not subjected to
31. Optical source frequency, electromagnetic interference from outside.
c 3108 8. Optical communication using fibres is
f= = = 3.75  1014 Hz
 800 109 performed in frequency range of 1 THz to
Bandwidth of channel (1% of above) 1000 THz and an optical fibre can offer a
= 3.75  1012 Hz transmission band width in excess of 100 GHz.
Number of channels = (Total bandwidth of 9. A very small part of light energy is lost from an
channel) / (Bandwidth needed per channel) optical fibre due to absorption or due to light
Number of channels for audio signal leaving the fibre as a result of scattering of light
3.75  1012 sideways by impurities in the glass fibre.
=  4.7  108
8  103
10. Bandwidth is equal to twice the frequency of
1 modulating signals
32. 1% of 10 GHz = 10  109  = 108 Hz
100  Bandwidth = 2fm = 2  4000 Hz = 8 kHz
108 12. Modulation index µ is kept  1 to avoid distortion
 Number of channels = = 2  104
5  103
13. One carrier fc and two side band frequencies
33. In AM modulation, the amplitude of the fc  fm
carrier signal varies in accordance with the 14. In amplitude modulation, the amplitude of
information signal. AM signal is easily carrier wave is varied according to
affected by external atmosphere and information signal.
electrical disturbances. Thus it results in
noisy reception. In FM modulation, 16. For amplitude modulation,
amplitude of carrier wave is fixed while its Bandwidth = fUSB  fLSB =(fc+fm)(fcfm)= 2 fm
frequency is changing. FM reception is quite  Bandwidth is equal to twice the frequency of
immune to noise as compared to AM modulating signal frequency.
reception and gives better quality
18. Amplitude modulated signal contains
transmission. It is preferred for transmission
frequencies m + c, c and c  m.
of music.
Demodulation is the process in which the 19. VC = V0
original modulating voltage is recovered 75
from the modulated wave.  12 = V0
100
34. The modulation index determines the  V0 = 16 V
strength and quality of the transmitted 20. Frequencies of resultant signal are
signals. Fc + fm, fc and fc – fm
If the modulation index is small the amount i.e., (2000 + 5) kHz, 2000 kHz, (2000 – 5) kHz,
of variation in the carrier amplitude will be 2005 kHz, 2000 kHz, 1995 kHz
small. Consequently, the audio signal being
A
transmitted will not be strong. 21. Modulation index,  = m
High modulation index offers greater degree Ac
of modulation hence the audio signal  50 
reception is clear and strong. Am = Ac =    12  Am = 6 V
 100 
482
1 1 1 15. E1 +  (E2) = 0
8. E  E1  and E2 
k k1 k2  E1 = E2
E1 6 Let x be the distance of the point from centre
 E2 = = = 2 N/C of A where electric field is zero.
k2 3
1 q1 1 q2
 =
R 1 R  4 40 x 2
40 (80  x)2
9. E= = 
k0 r 40 kr (80  x) 2 15
 = =3
9  109  2  10 6  5  10 3  4  3.14 x 2
5
=
6.28  2 80  x
= 90 V/m  = 3
x
 ....[Retaining positive square root]
10. E=   = 20rE
2k 0 r  80 – x = 3x
r 1 2  80 = 3 x + x  80 = (1 + 3 )x
  = 40   E =     4.5  104
2 9  109
2 80
 x=  29 cm
1 1 3
=  105 = 5 C/m
2
q
11. Electric potential inside a conductor is constant 16. Charge density  =
A
and it is equal to that on the surface of conductor.
 q = .A =  (4 R2)
 1  Distance of point from centre
12. E= i.e. E 
2K0 r r r = R + 0.2 = 0.1 + 0.2 = 0.3 m
E r 20 1 1 q
 = = =  E=
E r 40 2 40 r 2
E 0.4 1 (4R 2 )  R
2
 E = = = 0.2 N/C = =
2 2 40 r 2
0  r 
R 2 1.8  106  (0.1) 2 2  107
13. E= = =
k 0 r 2 (0.3) 2  0 0
R2
Just outside the conductor, R  r  1 17. As 1 = 2,
r2
Q1 Q2
 4  =
 E= = 4r1 2
4r2 2
k0 40 k
Q1 Q2
12  10 12  4  3.14  9  109  =
= 4 0 r1 2
4  0 r2 2
3.14
= 43.2  10–2 = 0.43 V/m E1 1
 E1 = E2  = or E1 : E2 = 1 : 1
E2 1
Q
14. E=
40 R 2 18. The cube has six surfaces and as the charge is
Q max at its centre. Hence, it will produce equal
 Emax = number of lines of forces through each surface.
40 R 2
Q
 Qmax = 40R2  Emax The charge of Q will produce in all lines
0
1
=  (10  10–2)2  2  106 of force.
9  109
2  Q 
=  105 C  Each surface will allow  .
9  60 
339
frequency, the reflection cannot take place. Hence, the three frequencies are c, c – m,
Beyond critical frequency, waves cross the c + m.
ionosphere and never return back to earth as Thus, one of the angular frequency of the AM
for these values of frequency, the refractive wave is equal to the angular frequency of
index of ionosphere becomes very high. carrier wave.
45. The expression for modulated carrier signal 46. It is true that the radio waves are polarised
Cm (t) is – electromagnetic waves. The antenna of
A c portable AM radio is sensitive to only
Cm(t) = Ac sin c t + cos (c  m) t
2 magnetic components of electromagnetic
A c waves. On account of this, the set should be
 cos (c + m) t placed horizontal and in proper situation so
2
A that the signals are received properly from
Where,  = m is modulation index. radio station.
Ac
Evaluation Test
1. The critical frequency for sky wave 9. The modulation index determines the strength
propagation, and quality of the transmitted signals.
fc = 9 N max = 9(1010)1/2 If the modulation index is small, the amount
of variation in the carrier amplitude will be
= 9  105 Hz = 900 kHz small. Consequently the audio signal being
2. For sky wave propagation: the critical transmitted will not be strong.
frequency High modulation index offers greater degree
1
f2 of modulation hence the audio signal reception
fc = 9  N max  2  Nmax = c is clear and strong.
81
(5  10 )6 2 10. In an amplitude modulated wave,
= = 0.3  1012 carrier wave >> audio-wave
81
 For a 400 cycle/s audio wave, among the
 3  1011 per cubic metre
given frequencies, 40000 cycle/second carrier
3. d= 2hR frequency will be appropriate.
11. Modulation index,
d = 2h R but d = 2 d ….[Given]
A  A min 11  3 8
 2h R = 2 2hR  = max = = = 57.14 %
A max  A min 11  3 14
 h = 2 h = 4  150 = 600 m
12. fSB = fc  fm = 3000  0.5 = 3000.5 kHz and
Increase in height of tower
2999.5 kHz
600 m  150 m = 450 m
13. Frequency of carrier, fc = 1 MHz = 1000 kHz
4. In space communication, the speed of Frequency of signal, fs = 4 kHz
information is equal to speed of light. Hence Modulation factor, ma = 50% = 0.5
time taken for a distance of 60 km is Amplitude of carrier, Ac = 100 V
60  103 m The lower and upper side band frequencies are
= = 2  104 s
3  108 ms 1 fc  fs and fc + fs respectively, hence they are
996 kHz and 1004 kHz
5. AM avoids receiver complexity. Hence option (B) is correct.
6. Assertion is true but reason is false as 14. We know that,
UHF/VHF waves being of high frequency are height of T.V. tower = 200 m
not reflected by ionosphere. Distance through which signal can be received
8. Assertion is true but reason is false as a dipole (d) = 2hR
antenna is omnidirectional. = 2  200  6.4  106
 50  103
484
Chapter 20: Communication Systems
Population density
 Total population covered 
 
by T.V.tower
=  
Area
 Total population covered by T.V. tower
= Population density  d2
103
= 3 2
 3.14  2500  106
(10 )
= 78.50 lakh
15. Number of stations

B.W.
=
2  Highest modulating frequency
200000
= = 10
2  10000
485

MHT Cet Triumph Physics Mcqs Based On STD Xi Xii Syllabus MH Board Sol

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

MHT Cet Triumph Physics Mcqs Based On STD Xi Xii Syllabus MH Board Sol

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

MHT-CET TRIUMPH

HINTS TO MULTIPLE CHOICE QUESTIONS

r 4 54. Avogadro number (N) represents the number

a 2 b2 Corrected Observed zero

0.5 Force (F)

q q q2 8. The number 37800 has three significant digits

a 2 b2 Corrected Observed zero

0.5 Force (F)

Magnitude of resultant vector is

 A2 + B2 + 2AB cos = A2 + B2  2AB cos 10

   67. As A  B  C  0, it means A, B and C form

( a + b )  ( a – b ) = 2( b  a ) | v | 32  [4(2  2)]2 = 9  256  265 m/s

ˆi  kˆ =  ĵ and ˆj  kˆ  ˆi 13. Net force on the body F = F1  F 2

18. The vector product of two non-zero vectors is

31. W = F s = Fs cos 180°

For ball ‘B’,

initial momentum = 0.05  (6) d

5 r1 = 35 (0.7  r1) 10. Given that p = p x ˆi  p y ˆj = 2cos t ˆi  2sin t ˆj

According to law of conservation of linear 21. W= 

 A2 + B2 + 2AB cos = A2 + B2  2AB cos 10

A B  m3  4 = (1  12) 2  (2  8) 2 = 122  162 = 20

Wg = mgh = 103  10  103 = 10 J Let v R be direction of relative velocity of B

Hence, component of r along x-axis will Displacement r = (a î + 0 ĵ)  (0 î + 0 ĵ) = a î

1 So total work done =  Ka2

X-direction. This means centre of mass can’t

A B  m3  4 = (1  12) 2  (2  8) 2 = 122  162 = 20

Wg = mgh = 103  10  103 = 10 J Let v R be direction of relative velocity of B

= 1.01  105 + 103  10  10 r2 2 3 r12

fAB A On lower block (m2)

30° F cos 30°

Kinetic friction = kR = 0.2(Mg  F sin 30) m1

71. According to Bernoulli’s principle,

 ma = SR  kR 1  0.1

Referring to diagram, 83. v2 = u2 + 2as ….(i)

mg sin  From equation (i),

5. Case I : When push or pull (F) is horizontal. 

From Bernoulli’s theorem,  

21. Velocity of efflux, v  2gd

sin i sin x 1

21. i  e = 10 ....(i) 28.  = A ( – 1), b = A (b – 1), r = A (r – 1)

63. Refractive index of liquid C is same as that of

1 1 As  for violet colour is maximum, so sin iC is

2  2  45° < < 60°

= 1.01  105 + 103  10  10 r2 2 3 r12

Thus, for  = sin1  2  , light ray grazes

71. According to Bernoulli’s principle,

 fo = 5fe For a convex lens:

47. Three lenses are: objective, eye piece and fe I

From Bernoulli’s theorem,  

21. Velocity of efflux, v  2gd

12 Magnetic Effect of Electric Current

28. Fmax = IlB

0 I 4  107  10 32. Since currents are flowing in opposite

 0 Ia 2 I 19. Maximum force will act on proton so it will

Bl charge, B is directed vertically down.

0 Ia 2 From (i) and (ii),

58. B= B2H  BV2 d

Thus, for  = sin1  2  , light ray grazes

 12 = rg , 4 2 = rg 59. Using, h = l sin 

38. If a mirror is placed in a medium other than air

Angular speed of hour hand, 2 1 v1

55. Object should be placed at focus of a concave